SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Governor & Co of the Bank of Ireland – ‘20-F/A’ for 12/31/13

On:  Tuesday, 9/30/14, at 12:12pm ET   ·   For:  12/31/13   ·   Accession #:  1047469-14-7972   ·   File #:  1-14452

Previous ‘20-F’:  ‘20-F’ on 3/31/14 for 12/31/13   ·   Next & Latest:  ‘20-F’ on 3/25/15 for 12/31/14

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 9/30/14  Governor & Co of the Ban… Ireland 20-F/A     12/31/13    6:14M                                    Merrill Corp/New/FA

Amendment to Annual Report of a Foreign Private Issuer   —   Form 20-F
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 20-F/A      Amendment to Annual Report of a Foreign Private     HTML   8.48M 
                          Issuer                                                 
 2: EX-4.12     Instrument Defining the Rights of Security Holders  HTML    597K 
 3: EX-12.1     Statement re: Computation of Ratios                 HTML     15K 
 4: EX-12.2     Statement re: Computation of Ratios                 HTML     15K 
 5: EX-13.1     Annual or Quarterly Report to Security Holders      HTML      9K 
 6: EX-13.2     Annual or Quarterly Report to Security Holders      HTML      9K 


20-F/A   —   Amendment to Annual Report of a Foreign Private Issuer
Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential) | (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page   -   Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"Cross reference Index
"Presentation of Information
"Forward Looking Information
"Definitions
"Reporting Currency
"Exchange Rates
"Business Review
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data
"Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
"Risk Management Report
"Principal Risks and Uncertainties
"Risk management framework
"2.1
"Risk identity, appetite and strategy
"2.2
"Risk governance
"2.3
"Risk identification, measurement and reporting
"Management of key Group risks
"3.1
"Credit risk
"3.2
"Liquidity risk
"132
"3.3
"Market risk
"141
"3.4
"Life Insurance risk
"146
"3.5
"Regulatory risk
"147
"3.6
"Operational risk
"148
"3.7
"Business and strategic risk
"150
"3.8
"Pension risk
"151
"3.9
"Reputation risk
"152
"Capital management
"154
"Governance
"Corporate Governance Statement
"157
"Charter and Bye-Laws
"178
"Directors and Senior Management
"187
"Remuneration Report
"197
"Financial Statements
"Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
"210
"Consolidated Financial Statements
"212
"Consolidated income statement
"Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
"213
"Consolidated balance sheet
"214
"Consolidated statement of changes in equity
"216
"Consolidated cash flow statement
"219
"Index to accounting policies
"221
"Basis of preparation
"222
"Going concern
"Adoption of new accounting standards
"224
"Comparatives
"226
"Group accounts
"Common control transactions
"229
"Foreign currency translation
"Interest income and expense
"230
"Fee and commission income
"Operating loss/profit
"231
"Leases
"Financial assets
"Financial liabilities
"233
"Valuation of financial instruments
"Sale and repurchase agreements and lending of assets
"234
"Issued debt and equity securities
"Debt for debt exchanges
"235
"Debt for equity exchanges
"Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
"Impairment of financial assets
"236
"Property, plant and equipment
"238
"Investment property
"239
"Intangible assets
"Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale
"240
"Provisions
"241
"Employee benefits
"242
"Income taxes
"243
"Cash and cash equivalents
"244
"Capital stock and reserves
"Life assurance operations
"246
"Offsetting financial instruments
"247
"Collateral
"Financial guarantees
"Operating segments
"248
"Materiality
"Impact of new accounting standards
"249
"Critical accounting estimates and judgements
"252
"Index to notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
"256
"258
"Interest income
"267
"Interest expense
"269
"Net insurance premium income
"Fee and commission income and expense
"270
"Net trading income/(expense)
"Life assurance investment income, gains and losses
"271
"Gain on liability management exercises
"272
"Other operating income
"276
"Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid
"Other operating expenses
"277
"Cost of restructuring programme
"278
"Auditors' remuneration (excluding VAT)
"279
"Impairment charges on financial assets (excluding assets sold to NAMA)
"280
"Impairment charges on assets sold to NAMA
"(Loss)/gain on sale of assets to NAMA including associated costs
"Loss on deleveraging of financial assets
"281
"Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax)
"283
"(Loss)/profit on disposal/liquidation of business activities
"284
"Taxation
"285
"Earnings per share
"288
"Trading securities
"289
"Derivative financial instruments
"290
"Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
"293
"Loans and advances to banks
"294
"Available for sale financial assets
"NAMA senior bonds
"296
"Loans and advances to customers
"297
"Impairment provisions
"298
"Interest in associates
"299
"Interest in joint ventures
"300
"Investment properties
"301
"302
"Other assets
"305
"Deposits from banks
"306
"Customer accounts
"Debt securities in issue
"307
"Liabilities to customers under investment and insurance contracts
"Subordinated liabilities
"309
"Other liabilities
"312
"313
"Deferred tax
"314
"Retirement benefit obligations
"316
"Contingent liabilities and commitments
"328
"Capital Package in relation to 2009 Preference Stock
"329
"Capital stock
"330
"Stock premium account
"335
"2011 Capital stress test and associated recapitalisation
"336
"Liquidity risk and profile
"338
"Measurement basis of financial assets and financial liabilities
"341
"Fair values of assets and liabilities
"343
"356
"Profit or loss of the parent company
"Related party transactions
"357
"Summary of relations with the State
"366
"Principal undertakings
"372
"Interest in other entities
"373
"Transferred financial assets
"378
"Offsetting financial assets and liabilities
"379
"Life assurance business
"380
"Impact of adopting new accounting standards
"382
"EU restructuring plan
"388
"Director's information
"Risk Management
"Post balance sheet events
"389
"Approval of financial statements
"Other Supplementary Information
"Group Exposures to Selected Countries
"390
"Supplementary Asset Quality Disclosures
"400
"Other Disclosures
"444
"Additional Information
"General Information on the Company
"446
"Competition
"447
"Supervision and Regulation
"449
"Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012
"466
"Interest Rates-Ireland, UK and US
"467
"Average Balance Sheet and Interest Rates
"468
"Change in Net Interest Income
"470
"Description of Assets and Liabilities
"472
"Terms of Office of the Directors
"489
"Group Pension Plans
"490
"Indebtedness of Directors and Executive Officers
"Stock Options
"Directors and Executive Officers Interest in Stock
"491
"Control of Registrants
"492
"Description of US Stockholders
"494
"Dividend Policy
"495
"Legal Proceedings
"496
"Nature of the Trading Market
"497
"Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders
"499
"500
"Documents available through the SEC
"503
"Relations with Stockholders
"American Depositary Shares
"504
"Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders & Use of Proceeds
"505
"Controls and Procedures
"Audit Committee Financial Expert
"506
"Code of Ethics
"Principal Accountant Fees and Services
"Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
"507
"Unresolved Staff Comments
"Defaults, Dividends, Arrearages and Delinquencies
"Exhibits
"508
"Glossary (Definitions & Abbreviations)
"510
"Signatures

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]




This 20-F/A is identical to the 20-F filed on March 31, 2014 except that the certifications contained in 12.1, 12.2, 13.1, and 13.2 in this filing correct the omission from original filing of the relevant electronic signatures. The physical forms of these certifications were signed prior to the filing but the electronic filing omitted the electronic signatures.

Investors should note that on 1 August 2014 the registrant issued its results announcement for the six months ended June 30, 2014.


Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F/A


o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended 31 December 2013

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                    to                                     

OR

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report

Commission file number: 1-14452

THE GOVERNOR AND COMPANY OF

THE BANK OF IRELAND
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

IRELAND
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

40 MESPIL ROAD, DUBLIN 4, IRELAND
(Address of principal executive offices)

The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland
40 Mespil Road,
Dublin 4, Ireland
Telephone no: +353 1 6378000
Facsimile no: +353 76 6234786
(Name, telephone number, facsimile number and address of company contact person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant
to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
—Ordinary stock (nominal value of €0.05 each)
—American Depositary Shares, each representing 40 units of
Ordinary Stock (nominal value of €0.05 each)
  Name of each exchange on which registered
The New York Stock Exchange**
The New York Stock Exchange
**
Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares representing such ordinary stock, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the Issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of 31 December 2013:

Ordinary stock (nominal value of €0.05 per unit): 32,363,275,073

Deferred stock (nominal value of €0.01 per unit): 91,980,594,628

Preference stock (nominal value of €1.27 per unit): 3,026,598

Preference stock (nominal value of €0.01 per unit): 1,300,000,000

Preference stock (nominal value of Stg£1 per unit): 1,876,090

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

YES ý            NO o

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

YES o            NO ý

Note—checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

YES ý            NO o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

YES o            NO o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated file and large accelerated file" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

Large accelerated filer ý   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

US GAAP o   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ý   Other o

If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17 o            Item 18 o

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

YES o            NO ý


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

SIGNATURES

The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

    THE GOVERNOR AND COMPANY OF THE
BANK OF IRELAND (REGISTRANT)

 

 

Date: 30 September 2014

 

 

By:

 

/s/ RICHIE BOUCHER

Name: Richie Boucher
Title:
Group Chief Executive Officer

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW KEATING

Name: Andrew Keating
Title:
Group Chief Financial Officer

Table of Contents


THE GOVERNOR AND COMPANY OF THE BANK OF IRELAND

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 20-F

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contents
  Page

Cross reference Index

  3

Presentation of Information

 
 

Forward Looking Information

  6

Definitions

  8

Reporting Currency

  8

Exchange Rates

  9

Business Review

 
 

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

  10

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

  15

Risk Management Report

  74

Governance

 
 

Corporate Governance Statement

  157

Charter and Bye-Laws

  178

Directors and Senior Management

  187

Remuneration Report

  197

Financial Statements

 
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  210

Consolidated Financial Statements

  212

Other Supplementary Information

 
 

—Group Exposures to Selected Countries

  390

—Supplementary Asset Quality Disclosures

  400

—Other Disclosures

  444

Additional Information

 
 

General Information on the Company

  446

Competition

  447

Supervision and Regulation

  449

Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012

  466

Interest Rates—Ireland, UK and US

  467

Average Balance Sheet and Interest Rates

  468

Change in Net Interest Income

  470

Description of Assets and Liabilities

  472

Terms of Office of the Directors

  489

Group Pension Plans

  490

Indebtedness of Directors and Executive Officers

  490

Stock Options

  490

Directors and Executive Officers Interest in Stock

  491

Control of Registrants

  492

Description of US Stockholders

  494

Dividend Policy

  495

Legal Proceedings

  496

Nature of the Trading Market

  497

Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders

  499

1


Table of Contents

Contents
  Page

Taxation

  500

Documents available through the SEC

  503

Relations with Stockholders

  503

American Depositary Shares

  504

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders & Use of Proceeds

  505

Controls and Procedures

  505

Audit Committee Financial Expert

  506

Code of Ethics

  506

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  506

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

  507

Unresolved Staff Comments

  507

Defaults, Dividends, Arrearages and Delinquencies

  507

Exhibits

 
508

Glossary (Definitions & Abbreviations)

 
510

Signatures

 
 

2


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CROSS REFERENCE INDEX

Item
 
Cross reference to:
  Page
Item 1—Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors   Not applicable    

Item 2—Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

 

Not applicable

 

 

Item 3—Key Information

 

 

 

 
Selected Consolidated Financial Data   Selected Consolidated Financial Data   10-14

Risk Factors

 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

 

75-84

Item 4—Information on the Company

 

 

 

 
General   Additional Information   446

Corporate Structure

 

Financial Information—Operating segments

 

258-267

Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures

 

Financial Information—(Loss)/profit on disposal/liquidation of business activities

 

284-285

Material Subsidiaries

 

Financial Information—Principal undertakings

 

372

Description of Property

 

Additional Information

 

446
    Financial Information—Property plant and equipment   302-304

Competition

 

Additional Information

 

447

Supervision and Regulation

 

Additional Information

 

449-466

Economic Conditions affecting the Group

 

Overview and Market Environment

 

21-23

Item 4A—Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Additional Information

 

507

Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

 

 

 
Overview and Market Environment   Basis of Presentation   15
    Overview and Market Environment   15-23

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements

 

Financial Information

 

252-255

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Risk Management Report

 

74-156

Analysis of Results of Operations

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

 

15-73

Average Balance Sheet and Interest Rates

 

Additional Information

 

468

Description of Assets and Liabilities

 

Additional Information

 

472

3


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CROSS REFERENCE INDEX (Continued)

Item
 
Cross reference to:
  Page
Item 6—Directors, Senior Management and Employees        
Directors and Senior Management   Directors and Senior Management   187-196
    Additional Information   491

Remuneration of Directors and Officers

 

Remuneration Report

 

197-208
    Additional Information   490

Corporate Governance Statement

 

Corporate Governance Statement

 

157-177

Court Appointed Executive Committees

 

Corporate Governance Statement

 

157-177

Employees

 

Financial Information—Other operating expenses

 

277-278

Stock Options

 

Additional Information

 

490-492

Item 7—Major Stockholders and Related Party Transactions

 

 

 

 
Control of Registrant   Additional Information   492

Related Party Transactions

 

Financial Information—Related party transactions

 

357-366

Description of US stockholders

 

Additional Information

 

494

Item 8—Financial Information

 

 

 

 
Dividend Policy   Additional Information   495

Legal Proceedings

 

Additional Information

 

496

Significant changes

 

Financial Information—Post balance sheet events

 

389

Prospective Accounting Changes/Impact of New Accounting Policies

 

Financial Information—Accounting policies

 

222-251

Item 9—The Offer and the Listing Nature of the Trading Market

 

Additional Information

 

497

Item 10—Additional Information

 

 

 

 
Charter and Bye-Laws   Charter and Bye-Laws   178

Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders

 

Additional Information

 

499

Taxation

 

Additional Information

 

500

Documents available through the SEC

 

Additional Information

 

503

Relations with Stockholders

 

Additional Information

 

503

4


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CROSS REFERENCE INDEX (Continued)

Item
 
Cross reference to:
  Page
Item 11—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   Risk Management Report   74

Item 12—Description of Securities other than Equity Securities

 

 

 

 
American Depositary Shares   Additional Information   504

Item 13—Defaults, Dividend Arrearages & Delinquencies

 

Additional Information

 

507

Item 14—Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders & Use of Proceeds

 

Additional Information

 

505

Item 15—Controls & Procedures

 

Additional Information

 

505

Item 16

 

 

 

 
Audit Committee Financial Expert   Additional Information   506

Code of Ethics

 

Additional Information

 

506

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

Additional Information

 

506

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

 

Not applicable

 

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

 

Additional Information

 

507

Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountants

 

Not applicable

 

 

Corporate Governance

 

Corporate Governance Statement

 

157

Mine Safety Disclosure

 

Not applicable

 

 

Item 17—Financial Statements

 

Not applicable

 

 

Item 18—Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

212-389

Item 19—Exhibits

 

 

 

508-509

5


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION

In this Annual Report on Form 20-F (Annual Report or Form 20-F), the term 'Ordinary Stock' refers to units of ordinary stock of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland (the 'Bank') and the term 'ADSs' refers to American Depositary Shares each representing the right to receive forty units of ordinary stock and evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (ADRs).

The ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and are evidenced by ADRs issued by The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary under a Deposit Agreement.

Unless a specific source is identified, all information regarding market and other operating and statistical data provided in this Annual Report is based on the Group's own estimates. In making estimates, the Group relies on data produced internally and, where appropriate, external sources, including information made public by other market participants or associations.

Information found on any website address included in this Annual Report is not part of or incorporated into this Annual Report and the inclusion of such addresses is for the reader's reference only.

Certain definitions are also in the Glossary (Definitions and Abbreviations) section on page 510 of this Form 20-F.


FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION

This document contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 27A of the US Securities Act of 1933 with respect to certain of the Bank of Ireland Group's (the 'Group') plans and its current goals and expectations relating to its future financial condition and performance, the markets in which it operates, and its future capital requirements. These forward-looking statements often can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. Generally, but not always, words such as 'may,' 'could,' 'should,' 'will,' 'expect,' 'intend,' 'estimate,' 'anticipate,' 'assume,' 'believe,' 'plan,' 'seek,' 'continue,' 'target,' 'goal,' 'would,' or their negative variations or similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, but their absence does not mean that a statement is not forward looking.

Examples of forward-looking statements include among others, statements regarding the Group's near term and longer term future capital requirements and ratios, level of ownership by the Irish Government, loan to deposit ratios, expected impairment charges, the level of the Group's assets, the Group's financial position, future income, business strategy, projected costs, margins, future payment of dividends, the implementation of changes in respect of certain of the Group's pension schemes, estimates of capital expenditures, discussions with Irish, United Kingdom, European and other regulators and plans and objectives for future operations.

Such forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, and hence actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:

concerns on sovereign debt and financial uncertainties in the EU and in member countries and the potential effects of those uncertainties on the Group;

general and sector specific economic conditions in Ireland, the United Kingdom and the other markets in which the Group operates;

the ability of the Group to generate additional liquidity and capital as required;

the effects of the 2011 PCAR, the 2011 PLAR and the deleveraging reviews conducted by the Central Bank of Ireland and any further capital assessments undertaken by regulators;

6


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION (Continued)

property market conditions in Ireland and the United Kingdom;

the potential exposure of the Group to various types of market risks, such as interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, credit risk and commodity price risk;

the impact of any arrangements following the exit by the Irish Government from the EU/IMF programme;

the availability of customer deposits at sustainable pricing levels to fund the Group's loan portfolio and the outcome of the Group's disengagement from the Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009;

deterioration in the credit quality of the Group's borrowers and counterparties, as well as increased difficulties in relation to the recoverability of loans and other amounts due from such borrowers and counterparties, have resulted in significant increases, and could result in further significant increases, in the Group's impaired loans and impairment provisions;

implications of the Personal Insolvency Act 2012 and/or the measures introduced by the Central Bank of Ireland to address mortgage arrears on the Group's distressed debt recovery and impairment provisions;

the performance and volatility of international capital markets;

the effects of the Irish Government's stockholding in the Group (through the NPRFC) and possible changes in the level of such stockholding;

the impact of further downgrades in the Group's or the Irish Government's credit ratings or outlook;

the stability of the eurozone;

changes in the Irish and United Kingdom banking systems;

changes in applicable laws, regulations and taxes in jurisdictions in which the Group operates particularly banking regulation by the Irish and United Kingdom Governments together with implementation of the Single Supervisory Mechanism and establishment of the Single Resolution Mechanism and the conduct and outcome of asset quality reviews and stress tests;

the exercise by regulators of powers of regulation and oversight in Ireland and the United Kingdom;

the introduction of new government policies or the amendment of existing policies in Ireland or the United Kingdom;

the outcome of any legal claims brought against the Group by third parties or legal or regulatory proceedings or any Irish banking inquiry more generally, that may have implications for the Group;

the development and implementation of the Group's strategy, including the implementation of the Group's revised EU Commission restructuring plan and the Group's ability to achieve net interest margin increases and cost reductions;

the responsibility of the Group for contributing to compensation schemes in respect of banks and other authorised financial services firms in Ireland, the United Kingdom and the Isle of Man that may be unable to meet their obligations to customers;

the inherent risk within the Group's life assurance business involving claims, as well as market conditions generally;

potential further contributions to the Group sponsored pension schemes if the value of pension fund assets is not sufficient to cover potential obligations;

the exposure of the Group to NAMA losses in the event that NAMA has an underlying loss at the conclusion of its operations, which could adversely impact the Group's capital and results of operations;

7


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION (Continued)

the impact of the implementation of significant regulatory developments such as Basel III, Capital Requirements Directive (CRD) IV, Solvency II and the Recovery and Resolution Directive;

the impact on the Group of the Central Bank of Ireland's Balance Sheet Assessment/Asset Quality Review of the Group and the European Central Bank's Comprehensive Assessment of the Group; and

the Group's ability to address weaknesses or failures in its internal processes and procedures including information technology issues and equipment failures and other operational risks.

Analyses of asset quality and impairment in addition to liquidity and funding are set out in the Risk Management Report. Investors should read 'Principal Risks and Uncertainties' in this document beginning on page 75).

Nothing in this document should be considered to be a forecast of future profitability or financial position and none of the information in this document is or is intended to be a profit forecast or profit estimate. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as at the date it is made. The Group does not undertake to release publicly any revision to these forward-looking statements to reflect events, circumstances or unanticipated events occurring after the date hereof. The reader should however, consult any additional disclosures that the Group has made or may make in documents filed or submitted or may file or submit to the US Securities and Exchange Commission.


DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Annual Report, the term 'Bank' means The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland, the terms 'Group' and 'Bank of Ireland Group' mean the Bank and its consolidated subsidiaries and, where the context permits, its interests in associated companies and joint ventures.

The term 'the State' means the Republic of Ireland, its Government and, where and if relevant, Government departments, agencies and local Government bodies.

Certain financial and statistical information in this Annual Report is presented separately for domestic and foreign activities. Domestic activities include transactions recorded on the books of the Group branches and offices located in Ireland. Foreign activities include transactions recorded on the books of the Group branches and offices in the United Kingdom 'UK', the United States of America 'US' and elsewhere outside of Ireland.

Unless otherwise stated, for the purposes of this Annual Report, references to 'Ireland' exclude Northern Ireland.

Further definitions are set out in the Glossary (Definitions and Abbreviations) section on page 510 of this Form 20-F.


REPORTING CURRENCY

The Group publishes consolidated financial statements in euro '€' or 'EUR'. Each euro is made up of one hundred cent, each of which is represented by the symbol 'c' in this Annual Report.

References to 'dollars', 'US$', '$' or '¢' are to US currency, and references to 'Stg£', 'GBP£' and 'pounds sterling' are to UK currency. Amounts in dollars, unless otherwise stated, for the current financial (fiscal) year have been translated from euro at the rate prevailing on 31 December 2013 as shown below under 'Exchange Rates'. This rate should not be construed as a representation that the euro amounts actually denote such dollar amounts or have been, could have been, or could be converted into dollars at the rate indicated.

8


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION (Continued)


EXCHANGE RATES

As a significant portion of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the Group is denominated in currencies other than euro, fluctuations in the value of the euro relative to other currencies have an effect on the euro value of assets and liabilities denominated in such currencies as well as on the Group's results of operations. The principal foreign currencies affecting the Group's financial statements are sterling and the dollar. At 21 March 2014, the spot rate was US$1.3791 = €1.00.

The following table sets forth, for the dates or periods indicated, the spot or Noon Buying Rate in New York for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the 'Noon Buying Rate') and the rates used by the Group in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements, which are sourced from the European Central Bank (ECB):

 
  Year ended 31 December 2013   Year ended 31 December 2012   Year ended 31 December 2011   Year ended 31 December 2010   9 months ended 31 December 2009  
 
  (US$ per €)
 

Dollar/euro rates:

                               

End of period

    1.3779     1.3186     1.2973     1.3269     1.4332  

Average(1)

    1.3303     1.2908     1.4002     1.3216     1.4223  

High

    1.3816     1.3260     1.4875     1.4536     1.5100  

Low

    1.2774     1.2930     1.2926     1.1959     1.2903  

End of period rate used by the Group(2)

    1.3791     1.3194     1.2939     1.3362     1.4406  

Average rate used by the Group(2)

    1.3281     1.2848     1.3920     1.3258     1.4248  

The highest spot or noon buying rate for each of the last six months was: February 2014: 1.3806, January 2014: 1.3682, December 2013: 1.3816, November 2013: 1.3606, October 2013: 1.3810, September 2013: 1.3537.

The lowest spot or noon buying rate for each of the last six months was: February 2014: 1.3507, January 2014: 1.3500, December 2013: 1.3552, November 2013: 1.3357, October 2013: 1.3490, September 2013: 1.3120.

 
  Year ended 31 December 2013   Year ended 31 December 2012   Year ended 31 December 2011   Year ended 31 December 2010   9 months ended 31 December 2009  
 
  (Stg£ per €)
 

Sterling/euro rates:

                               

End of period rate used by the Group(2)

    0.8337     0.8161     0.8353     0.8607     0.8881  

Average rate used by the Group(2)

    0.8493     0.8109     0.8679     0.8579     0.8851  

(1)
The average of the spot or Noon Buying Rates on the last day of each month during the Group's financial year/period.

(2)
The rates used by the Group in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

9


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present selected consolidated financial data which have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group. Tables 1 and 2 detail financial data under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the nine months ended 31 December 2009.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the nine months ended 31 December 2009. The financial statements on pages 212 to 389 cover the three years ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011. The EU adopted version of IAS 39 currently relaxes some of the hedge accounting rules in IAS 39 'Financial Instruments—Recognition and Measurement'. The Group has not availed of this relaxation, hence these financial statements comply with both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB.

The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the consolidated financial statements of the Group and the notes thereto, which are included in this Annual Report. The financial results should not be construed as indicative of financial results for subsequent periods. See 'Operating & Financial Review and Prospects'.

On 17 February 2010 the Group changed its financial year to 31 December to align its financial calendar with that of its peer banks.

10


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA (Continued)

Table 1

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013(1)
  Year ended
31 December
2013
  Restated(2)
Year ended
31 December
2012
  Restated(2)
Year ended
31 December
2011
  Restated(2)
Year ended
31 December
2010
  Restated(2)
9 months
ended
31 December
2009
 
 
  US$m
  (in € millions, except per unit amounts and percentages)
 

Income Statement Data

                                     

Interest income

    5,060     3,669     4,006     4,618     5,179     4,188  

Interest expense

    (2,296 )   (1,665 )   (2,560 )   (3,076 )   (2,960 )   (2,009 )
                           

Net interest income

    2,764     2,004     1,446     1,542     2,219     2,179  

Net insurance premium income

    1,480     1,073     1,156     929     969     665  

Fees and commission income

    680     493     515     612     633     474  

Fees and commission expense

    (265 )   (192 )   (215 )   (192 )   (257 )   (255 )

Net trading (expense)/income

    16     12     (275 )   19     225     (28 )

Life assurance investment income, gains and losses

    732     531     678     (38 )   474     958  

Gain on liability management exercises

    6     4     69     1,789     1,402     1,037  

Other operating income

    88     64     80     (1 )   199     31  
                           

Total operating income

    5,501     3,989     3,454     4,660     5,864     5,061  

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

    (2,027 )   (1,470 )   (1,725 )   (750 )   (1,268 )   (1,462 )
                           

Total operating income, net of insurance claims

    3,474     2,519     1,729     3,910     4,596     3,599  

Other operating expenses

    (2,180 )   (1,581 )   (1,638 )   (1,653 )   (1,804 )   (1,391 )

Cost of restructuring programmes

    (124 )   (90 )   (150 )   3     (18 )    

Impact of amendments to defined benefit pension schemes

    377     274             733      
                           

Operating (loss)/profit before impairment charges on financial assets and gain/(loss) on NAMA/deleveraging

    1,547     1,122     (59 )   2,260     3,507     2,208  

Impairment charges on financial assets

    (2,296 )   (1,665 )   (1,769 )   (2,004 )   (2,284 )   (4,057 )

(Loss)/gain on sale of assets to NAMA including associated costs

            (1 )   33     (2,241 )    

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets

    (4 )   (3 )   (326 )   (565 )        
                           

Operating (loss)/profit

    (753 )   (546 )   (2,155 )   (276 )   (1,018 )   (1,849 )

Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax)

    43     31     46     35     49     35  

(Loss)/profit on disposal/liquidation of business activities

    (14 )   (10 )   (69 )   34         (3 )
                           

Loss before taxation

    (724 )   (525 )   (2,178 )   (207 )   (969 )   (1,817 )

Taxation

    48     35     337     233     344     345  
                           

(Loss)/profit for the period

    (676 )   (490 )   (1,841 )   26     (625 )   (1,472 )
                           

Attributable to non-controlling interests

    (4 )   (3 )   (6 )   (4 )   5     (9 )

Attributable to stockholders

    (672 )   (487 )   (1,835 )   30     (630 )   (1,463 )
                           

(Loss)/profit for the period

    (676 )   (490 )   (1,841 )   26     (625 )   (1,472 )
                           

Earnings per unit of €0.05/€0.10/€0.64(3) ordinary stock

    (3.2c )   (2.3c )   (6.7c )   (0.8c )   (22.0c )(4)   (105.7c )(4)
                           

Diluted earnings per unit of €0.05/€0.10/€0.64(3) ordinary stock

    (3.2c )   (2.3c )   (6.7c )   (0.8c )   (22.0c )(4)   (105.7c )(4)
                           

Dividends per unit of €0.05/€0.10/€0.64(3) ordinary stock(5)

                         
                           

Number of shares used in EPS calculation (in millions)

    30,252     30,252     30,109     15,704     3,811 (4)   1,587 (4)
                           

Number of shares used in diluted EPS calculation (in millions)

    30,252     30,252     30,109     15,704     3,811 (4)   1,587 (4)
                           


See page 12 for footnotes to Table 1.

11


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA (Continued)

Table 1 (Continued)

 
  As at
31 December
2013(1)
  As at
31 December
2013
  Restated(2)
As at
31 December
2012
  Restated(2)
As at
31 December
2011
  Restated(2)
As at
31 December
2010
  Restated(2)
As at
31 December
2009
 
 
  US$m
  (in € millions, except per unit amounts and percentages)
 

Balance Sheet Data

                                     

Total assets

    182,229     132,137     147,964     154,700     167,462     181,098  

Loans and advances to customers (net of impairment provisions)

    116,553     84,514     92,621     99,314     114,457     119,439  

Loans held for sale to NAMA (net of impairment provisions)

                    793     9,457  

Other assets classified as held for sale

                2,446     119      

Loans and advances to banks

    6,563     4,759     9,502     8,051     7,458     5,031  

Allowance for impairment provisions on loans and advances to customers (including loans held for sale to NAMA and loans classified as held for sale)

    (11,365 )   (8,241 )   (7,544 )   (6,365 )   (5,050 )   (5,775 )

Available for sale financial assets

    16,692     12,104     11,093     10,262     15,576     20,940  

NAMA senior bonds

    5,457     3,957     4,428     5,016     5,075      

Deposits from banks

    16,843     12,213     21,125     31,382     41,075     17,903  

Customer accounts

    101,870     73,867     75,170     70,506     65,443     84,812  

Debt securities in issue

    21,072     15,280     18,073     19,124     28,693     43,144  

Subordinated liabilities

    2,310     1,675     1,707     1,426     2,775     6,053  

Non-controlling interests

    (8 )   (6 )   (2 )   37     56     50  

Capital stock

    3,528     2,558     2,452     2,452     1,210     699  

Stock premium account

    1,565     1,135     1,210     5,127     3,926     4,092  

Retained earnings

    5,228     3,791     4,673     3,571     3,806     3,309  

Other reserves

    557     404     336     (869 )   (1,510 )   (1,580 )

Own shares held for the benefit of life assurance policyholders

    (18 )   (13 )   (14 )   (15 )   (15 )   (87 )

Stockholders' equity

    10,860     7,875     8,657     10,266     7,417     6,433  
                           

(1)
Translated solely for convenience into dollars at €1.00 = US$1.3791, the Spot Rate on 31 December 2013.

(2)
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'.

For additional information on the restatements for the years ended 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011, see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The restatements for the impact of IAS 19R for the year ended 31 December 2010 and the nine months ended 31 December 2009 are as follows:

an increase in the pension charge included in operating expenses of €19 million for the year ended 31 December 2010 and €4 million for the nine months ended 31 December 2009;

at 31 December 2010, other liabilities have been reduced by €77 million, stockholders equity has been increased by €66 million and other assets have been reduced by €11 million; and

at 31 December 2009, other liabilities have been reduced by €54 million, stockholders equity has been increased by €46 million and other assets have been reduced by €8 million.

The Group did not restate the results for the year ended 31 December 2010 or the nine month period ended 31 December 2009 following the adoption of IFRS 10 as it was not a requirement under the standard.

(3)
The Group's ordinary stock was renominalised from €0.64 to €0.10 with effect from 19 May 2010 and from €0.10 to €0.05 with effect from 11 July 2011.

(4)
Adjusted to reflect the bonus element of the rights issue, which took place in July 2011. An adjustment factor of 1.007809 has been applied.

(5)
See 'Dividend Policy' on page 495 for details of dividends per unit of ordinary stock in dollars.

12


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA (Continued)

Table 2

 
  Year ended
31 December 2013
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December 2012
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December 2011
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December 2010
  Restated*
9 months
ended
31 December
2009(2)
 
 
  (in Percentages %)
 

Other Financial Data

                               

Return on average total assets(3)

    (0.36 )   (1.20 )   0.02     (0.36 )   (1.03 )

Return on average stockholders' equity(4)

    (6.0 )   (20.0 )   0.3     (8.6 )   (25.0 )

Net interest margin(5)

    1.7     1.1     1.1     1.4     1.7  

Cost/income ratio(6)

    62     96 (1)   42 (1)   39 (1)   38 (1)

Impairment provisions on loans and advances to customers(7)

    8.9     7.5     6     4.2     2.5  

Impairment provisions on loans held for sale to NAMA(8)

                8.6     22.7  

Impairment charges to average total loans(9)

    1.9     1.7     1.7     1.6     3.9  

Stockholders' equity to assets(10)

    6.0     5.9     6.6     4.4     3.6  

Dividend payout ratio(11)

                     
                       

 

Key Capital Ratios
  As at
31 December
2013
  As at
31 December
2012
  As at
31 December
2011
  As at
31 December
2010
  As at
31 December
2009
 
 
  (in Percentages %)
 

Capital

    Basel II     Basel II     Basel II     Basel II     Basel II  

Core tier 1(12)

    12.2     13.8     14.3          

Tier 1

    12.4     13.9     14.4     9.7     9.8  

Total capital

    13.6     15.3     14.7     11.0     13.4  
                       

*
The comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See table 1 on pages 11 to 12 for additional information.

(1)
Impacted by the gain of €4 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €69 million, year ended 31 December 2011: €1,789 million; year ended 31 December 2010: €1,402 million and 9 month period ended 31 December 2009: €1,037 million) on the repurchase of subordinated liabilities.

(2)
Other financial data for the nine month period ended 31 December 2009 is presented on an annualised basis.

(3)
Return on average total assets represents profit attributable to the ordinary stockholders as a percentage of average total assets. The calculation of the average balances for all years includes daily, weekly or monthly averages for certain reporting units (see 'Average Balance Sheet and Interest Rates' section on page 468). The Group considers these average balances to be representative of the operations of the Group.

(4)
Return on average stockholders' equity represents profit attributable to the ordinary stockholders as a percentage of average stockholders' funds, excluding minority interests.

(5)
Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

13


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA (Continued)

(6)
The cost/income ratio is determined by dividing the Other operating expenses including goodwill impairment of the Group by the total income (including gain on liability management exercises) of the Group including income from associated undertakings and joint ventures.

(7)
Impairment provisions on loans and advances to customers is calculated by dividing the impairment provision on loans and advances to customers by total loans and advances to customers at the balance sheet date.

(8)
Impairment provisions on loans held for sale to NAMA is calculated by dividing the impairment provision on loans held for sale to NAMA by loans held for sale to NAMA at the balance sheet date.

(9)
Impairment charges to average total loans is calculated by dividing impairment charges for the financial period on loans and advances to customers by average loans and advances to customer (including assets classified as held for sale and held for sale to NAMA).

(10)
Stockholders' equity excludes minority interests.

(11)
Dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing the annual equity dividends by profit attributable to ordinary stockholders.

(12)
With effect from 1 January 2013, the deduction for the Group's participation in its Life and pension business is deducted 50:50 from Core tier 1 and Tier 2 capital in accordance with the Capital Requirements Directive (CRD). The comparative period for 31 December 2012 has been restated to reflect this change. The previously reported Core tier 1 ratio under Basel II was 14.4%. Otherwise, the 31 December 2012 amounts remain as previously reported for regulatory purposes and have not been restated for the impact of the adoption of new accounting standards in the year ended 31 December 2013 as set out in note 62. The pro forma Core tier 1 ratio at 31 December 2012 would remain unchanged if the amounts were restated for the impact of the accounting changes. The ratio at 31 December 2011 has not been restated.

14


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Percentages presented throughout this document are calculated on the absolute underlying figures and so may differ from the percentage variances calculated on the rounded numbers presented, where the percentages are not measured this is indicated by n/m.

References to 'the State' throughout this document should be taken to refer to the Republic of Ireland, its Government and, where and if relevant, Government departments, agencies and local Government bodies.

OVERVIEW AND MARKET ENVIRONMENT

2013—a year of further substantial progress

At the start of 2013, we set ourselves a number of strategic objectives. We have delivered these objectives and substantially enhanced the Group and its franchises.

Our performance has improved by over €1.6 billion in 2013

Our financial results for 2013 have improved significantly relative to 2012. This improvement has been driven by our strong net interest margin performance, offset by lower average interest earning assets, albeit with the pace of decline in interest earning assets slowing in the second half of 2013. A significant decline in Eligible Liabilities Guarantee Scheme (ELG) fees, ongoing tight management of costs and a modest decline in impairment charges also contributed to this result. The impairment charges, amongst other things, reflect consideration of the Central Bank's BSA/AQR observations on impairments as at 30 June 2013. Our loss before tax reduced from €2,178 million in 2012 to €525 million in 2013.

We have increased our net interest margin, notwithstanding the low interest rate environment

Having troughed at 1.0% in the first half of 2012, our net interest margin has increased by 94 basis points to an average of 1.94% for the second half of 2013. The increase in the margin reflects the actions that the Group has taken to optimise the price of assets and funding, to efficiently manage the balance sheet and to generate sustainable returns on new business.

We safely managed the ELG expiry

The Irish Government's ELG scheme expired at the end of March 2013. The expiry had no adverse impact on our deposit volumes or pricing strategies. The ELG fees are phasing out quickly, in line with our expectations. The ELG expiry has also very materially reduced the risk to the taxpayer.

Asset quality—defaulted loan volumes are €1.2 billion lower than June 2013

We have invested heavily in our people, processes and systems to effectively support those of our customers who are in financial difficulty. We have over 1,400 staff, who are specially trained and dedicated to supporting business and personal customers with repayment challenges.

Resolution of Irish mortgage arrears and SME challenged cases remains a key priority. Our dedicated teams are focussed on this task. We have developed and are deploying sustainable restructuring solutions, which are suitable for our customers and acceptable for the Group. Our experience indicates that in 8 out of 10 challenged Irish mortgages with agreed restructuring solutions, these repayment arrangements are being met. We have had a similar focus on the SME sector where specialist teams have worked through a

15


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

detailed range of options and strategies for challenged customers, reaching an ultimate resolution in over 90% of cases.

As a result of our efforts, together with the improved economic climate in our main markets and recovery in their property markets, the level of defaulted loans has fallen by €1.2 billion or 6% since June 2013. This reduction is evident across all major loan categories.

The regulatory BSA/AQR has been addressed

Ahead of Ireland's exit from the EU/IMF programme of support, the Central Bank undertook a Balance Sheet Assessment (BSA/AQR). The BSA/AQR was a point in time capital assessment as at 30 June 2013 and included an assessment by the Central Bank of risk classifications and provisions and a review of the appropriateness of calculations of risk weighted assets. In December 2013, the Central Bank confirmed that Bank of Ireland had adequate capital as at 30 June 2013 to meet the requirements determined under the BSA. Consequently, the Central Bank did not require Bank of Ireland to raise additional capital as a result of the BSA.

The Central Bank also made a range of observations on the Group's treatment of expected loss on mortgage assets, the level of impairment provisions at 30 June 2013 and the Group's risk weighted asset calculations as part of the BSA. The Central Bank requested that the Group consider these observations in preparing its financial results and Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2013. The Group has done so by incorporating the updated treatment of expected loss and has taken the Central Bank's observations into consideration as part of its comprehensive process in setting the year end impairment provisioning stock and associated impairment charge for 2013. Further engagement with the Central Bank in respect of risk weighted assets is envisaged during 2014 and, in the meantime, the Group has applied certain Central Bank required adjustments to the outputs of the Group's risk weighted asset calculations, which are also reflected in the Group's reported capital ratios at 31 December 2013.

Taxpayers rewarded and repaid

In the period 2009 to 2011, the State invested €4.8 billion in the Group. We are grateful for this support from taxpayers. Approximately €6 billion has been returned in cash to the State, which continues to own, at its discretion, a valuable c.14% equity shareholding in the Group. It is right and appropriate that taxpayers have got back their cash investment in Bank of Ireland, with a cash profit achieved and considerable potential upside.

The Irish State is also an important customer of the Group and we hold significant investments of €6.1 billion in Irish Government bonds.

We have addressed the 'Step-up' feature of the 2009 Preference Stock

At the beginning of 2013, the Group had €1.8 billion 2009 Preference Stock in issue. The 2009 Preference Stock contained a redemption 'Step-up' feature, which would have triggered on 31 March 2014. Had this occurred, the Group would have been required to pay a 25% premium to par, amounting to c. €460 million, on redemption of this instrument.

In December 2013, we successfully executed a capital package to fully address this 'Step-up' feature and reimburse the State aid relating to the 2009 Preference Stock. This package was agreed with the Central Bank and the State. It involved (i) an equity placing to redeem c.€0.5 billion 2009 Preference Stock; and (ii) the sale of notes, secured on €1.3 billion 2009 Preference Stock, to private investors, who waived their rights to the "Step-up". The Central Bank has confirmed that it will recognise the 2009 Preference Stock

16


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

sold to private investors as Common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital under the grandfathering provisions of the Capital Requirements Regulation. We have advised the Central Bank that it is not the Group's intention to recognise the 2009 Preference Stock as regulatory CET1 capital after July 2016, unless de-recognition would mean an adequate capital buffer cannot be maintained above applicable regulatory requirements. As a further consequence of the capital package, certain restrictions including those on ordinary stock dividends, which had previously been imposed under EU Restructuring Plans, have been removed.

We have accessed markets across all levels of our capital structure

From January 2013 to date, we have issued both secured and unsecured debt totalling €4 billion, through 6 issues with maturity profiles of 3, 5 and 7 years. The cost of debt issuance continues to fall. Separately, we facilitated the sale by the State of €1 billion contingent convertible notes and €1.3 billion 2009 Preference Stock to private investors. We also raised c.€0.6 billion from the equity markets as part of the capital package. All these issues were strongly supported by international investors. Our issuance capability was recognised in December 2013, when the Group won the prestigious IFR 'Financial Issuer of the Year' award.

We have agreed a shared solution to address the pension deficit, which is being implemented

During 2013, we carried out a review of the defined benefit pension schemes sponsored by the Group and the related IAS 19 deficits. The objectives of this review were to continue to sponsor competitive pension benefits and help secure the future of the schemes, while recognising the need to substantially reduce the IAS 19 deficits and associated volatility.

A shared solution has been agreed with staff members of the largest Group sponsored defined benefit pension scheme, the Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund (BSPF). The solution involves changes to members' potential defined benefits, which have now been implemented. As a result of the review, the IAS 19 pension deficit has been reduced by approximately €0.4 billion, which has immediate capital as well as future cost benefits. In return, the Group has agreed to increase its support for the BSPF, above existing support arrangements, so as to broadly match the deficit reduction achieved from changes to potential defined benefits. It is also intended, subject to consultation with the BSPF's trustees, that there will be reductions in the proportion of the BSPF's assets which are invested in potentially more volatile higher return seeking assets.

Capital ratios maintained above planning and regulatory requirements

We have worked carefully to position the Group for Basel III and to meet our capital planning targets. Our Basel III pro forma transitional CET1 ratio was 12.3% as of 1 January 2014. We continue to expect to maintain a buffer over a CET1 ratio of 10% on a Basel III transitional basis.

Strategic positioning strengthened by retaining New Ireland Assurance Company plc

In July 2013, the European Commission agreed to amend our EU approved Restructuring Plan so that we could retain New Ireland Assurance Company plc (NIAC) but imposed replacement substitution measures. NIAC is the number two provider in the life, pensions and investment market in Ireland, part of our very strong bancassurance model. We are successfully managing the substitution measures which involve, over time, deleveraging our Corporate and Business Banking activities in Great Britain, and discontinuing our broker introduced mortgage business, through our ICS subsidiary, in Ireland. The Group

17


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

has met all of its obligations under the plan to date, with the remaining obligations expiring by the end of 2016.

Strong franchise positions

Our success in meeting our strategic objectives means that we are well positioned to pursue business opportunities, which are increasing in our main markets as the economic environment continues to improve. We are continuing to invest in our strong core franchises.

Economic conditions are improving with the outlook becoming more favourable

2013 was an important year for the Irish economy. The labour market has shown a consistent improvement with the numbers employed increasing and a sharp fall in unemployment during the year. The property markets continue to recover and for the first time since 2007 investment contributed to economic growth. 2013 was also a positive year for the UK economy. While the economic environment continues to have challenges, the outlook is becoming more favourable in both Ireland and the UK, with activity forecast to strengthen in 2014.

We have the capital and liquidity available to grow our core businesses

We have the capital and the liquidity available to support our growth objectives in Ireland and in our core overseas franchises. We continue to actively seek new lending and other revenue generating opportunities, which are increasing as the Irish and UK economies continue their recovery.

We are continuing to invest in our core franchises

We have been investing in Ireland. A core component of our strategy is having a viable branch network in centres of commerce throughout Ireland. We are rolling out a new branch model, which makes it easier for customers to do business with us and is more cost efficient. To date, we have upgraded over 70 branches, with further new branch locations and upgrades planned for 2014.

We have also been investing heavily in our payments, mobile, e-banking and digital delivery infrastructure. A key priority for us in 2013 was to ensure compliance with the Single European Payments Area regulation (SEPA), which we achieved, on schedule, on 1 February 2014. We continue to invest in consumer and business online, mobile, tablet, digital and payments infrastructure and propositions, with significant further investment planned.

We are supporting our customers and the recovery of the Irish economy

In Ireland, approvals for new and increased credit for SMEs amounted to €4 billion in 2013, which was up c.8% on 2012. We received c.56,000 applications for credit, with 85% of those approved. We provided approximately half of all new non-property SME lending in the most recent period for which comparable information is available. Our lending has been to all sectors of the economy, with the agricultural, export and healthcare sectors particularly featuring. We continue to provide over 50% of new lending into the agricultural sector. We supported almost 16,000 start-up businesses in 2013 through our dedicated 'Start-up' business package. Our National Enterprise Week, which runs twice a year, continues to be a real success, with over 3,000 businesses showcasing their products and services in 2013. Our asset finance business continues to win market share and provides lending facilities to over 400 motor dealerships. Our seed venture funds, where we have committed a total of €37 million, have invested in 53 new businesses to date.

18


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

We launched a further €2 billion mortgage fund in Ireland for first time buyers and movers in July 2013, in response to existing and anticipated demand. This fund supplemented the €2 billion mortgage fund we had established in October 2012. During the year, mortgage applications to the value of €2.2 billion were approved for 12,500 customers, with first time buyers accounting for almost half of all drawdowns. We are also introducing new products to meet specific customer needs in the current Irish market, including products to facilitate customers in negative equity.

In our Insurance and Investments business, NIAC issued 55,000 new policies, provided investment solutions to over 67,000 customers and paid out €200 million in risk claims to existing protection customers. NIAC's strong customer focus was again recognised in 2013 when it retained the Professional Insurance Broker Association Excellence award.

Our Corporate and Treasury business continues to gain market share in Ireland, establishing a number of new relationships in 2013, driven by a strong and consistent focus on meeting customer needs. We have provided support to customers seeking a new banking partner, as the Irish market consolidates and we have continued to strengthen existing relationships. We have had particular success in winning new multinational customers, where we have continued to work closely with IDA Ireland, supporting foreign direct investment. Our Corporate business has also provided significant support for schools and national road projects, through public private partnership initiatives in conjunction with the Irish Government.

We are also continuing to invest in our international businesses

We are also investing in our international businesses. The relationship with the UK Post Office continues to develop on the back of the main contract's 2012 renewal and extension to 2023. Working in conjunction with our partner, the range of financial services products being offered through the Post Office's extensive network continues to grow. During 2013, we placed particular emphasis on investing in and enhancing our mortgage product offering and we processed mortgage applications in excess of £1 billion, with first time buyers accounting for almost half of all drawdowns. The Post Office is also investing significantly in the partnership by revamping the space in its branch network designated for financial services product sales. It has further invested through the appointment of specialist financial advisers to assist in product sales. We have made progress on the current account pilot with the Post Office, with encouraging results to date. Our foreign exchange joint venture has maintained its position as the leading provider of retail foreign currency in the UK and has expanded its product range to meet changes in customer demand. We supply ATM services to the Post Office with over 2,000 machines and identified opportunities for further growth. These investments leave the partnership well positioned to grow its share of financial services activities in 2014 and beyond.

The restructuring of our Northern Ireland business to bring it to sustainable profitability continues to progress in line with expectations. We have invested in upgrading our branch network during the year and continue to focus on providing lending to SMEs and consumers, contributing to economic recovery.

Our international Leveraged Acquisition Finance business continues to generate healthy returns and a number of new mandates were won and transactions concluded during the year.

Total focus on delivering our priorities for 2014 and beyond

Over the past three years, a clear objective has been to reduce the risk to the State of any support for Bank of Ireland and reward and repay the State for its investment in the Group. With this objective achieved, we are enhancing our focus on the next stage in the Group's development. We have a clear set of priorities.

19


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Building strong relationships with customers continues to be our key priority

Our key priority is to continue to develop relationships with both existing and new customers, leveraging the strength of our Irish and international business franchises. In Ireland, we believe this relationship building will assist us in delivering our ambition to lend over €30 billion to the Irish economy in the period to 2017. We will continue to work with customers of exiting banks who are seeking a banking partner committed to Ireland for the long term.

We will also continue to enhance our customer services, infrastructure and distribution platforms to enhance our customers' experience and support efficiencies. We are simplifying our products and processes. We continue to invest in our online and digital offerings, with over 600,000 Irish customers already actively using our online services and c.300,000 customers actively banking via our mobile app.

We are profitable in 2014—our priority is to generate strong and sustainable returns

As a consequence of the work done over the past number of years, we are profitable and generating capital in 2014. Against the backdrop of improving economic conditions and outlook in both Ireland and the UK, our priority is to generate strong and sustainable returns in the coming years, building on the significant momentum underway.

A key contributor to improved profitability in the coming years will be reducing current elevated impairment charges to normalised levels. We continue to work with our customers who are in financial difficulty. The ongoing development and provision of appropriate restructuring solutions to customers, combined with improving economic conditions and collateral values, should support continued reduction in defaulted loan volumes. Borrower behaviour and collections activity continues to be in line with our expectations.

Another important contributor will be rebuilding our loan volumes in our core franchises. While, in the short term, repayments and loan books running down under our EU restructuring plan may outstrip new lending we are confident that we can rebuild our loan books in the medium term. As improved economic conditions and customer sentiment translates into enhanced credit appetite, the strength of our Irish franchise in an evolving market, our partnership with the UK Post Office and our international acquisition finance business position us well to deliver on our lending ambitions.

The actions we have taken have resulted in the improvement in our net interest margin over the past 18 months. This has been achieved despite low official interest rates. The margin in the second half of 2013 has been sustained in early 2014. From here, we expect future net interest margin expansion will reflect the volume of new lending, where we are achieving higher margins and, over time, any increases in official interest rates.

We remain focussed on controlling our costs, while investing further in our people, businesses and infrastructure.

Effectively managing our capital and the evolving regulatory environment is an important priority

Effectively managing the evolving regulatory environment is an important priority for the Group. In 2014, the ECB will conduct its stress tests, whose parameters have not yet been finalised. The Group continues to expect to maintain a buffer above a CET1 ratio of 10% on a Basel III transitional basis.

We have been generating capital since the beginning of 2014. With State aid repaid, capital generated will be prioritised towards facilitating the de-recognition of the remaining €1.3 billion 2009 Preference Stock in

20


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

2016. After that, once regulatory requirements have been clearly defined and prudently met, our ambition will be to progress towards dividend payment capacity.

People—the key differentiator for our business

We continue to enhance the capability of our people. During 2013, we supported colleagues who attended over 10,000 classroom based courses, completed over 65,000 web based learning modules and achieved accreditation and qualifications through education and other external professional programmes. We have extended our learning programmes to our customers and have supported significant numbers of our personal and SME customers and representatives from charitable partners who attended classroom training programmes in our learning centres during 2013. Our focus in 2014 will be to continue to invest in our people through programmes that engage staff in activities, which promote and encourage their professional career development and wellbeing.

Global and Eurozone economy

The pace of global GDP growth was largely unchanged in 2013 at 3.0% from 3.1% in 2012. The pace of growth is expected to improve in 2014 and 2015 to 3.7% and 3.9% respectively(1). This pickup in growth is expected to be largely on foot of a continued recovery in advanced economies with emerging economies growing at a slower pace than in recent years.

In the US, the economy grew every quarter in 2013 and by 1.9% for the full year(2). Growth is expected to increase to 2.9% in 2014(3). The labour market has also improved over the course of 2013. The unemployment rate has fallen to 6.7% at the end of 2013(4) from 7.9% a year earlier. The ongoing recovery in the US economy prompted the Federal Reserve to signal, in early summer, that a slowing in the pace of purchases under the Federal Reserve's quantitative easing program would be considered. This initially put upward pressure on market interest rates both in the US and around the world. Rates eased back somewhat, after the Fed delayed the start of tapering of asset purchases at its September meeting and it ultimately commenced in December.

The euro area economy started 2013 in recession with another quarter of negative growth in Q1 marking six consecutive quarters of contraction. However, a recovery began in the second quarter with the economy expanding in three successive quarters since then(5). The fallout from the debt crisis and continued austerity has negatively affected domestic activity in many euro area economies. The ECB responded by easing monetary policy, cutting the main interest rate to a record low of 0.25% in November and the ECB continues to provide support to the banking sector in order to promote stability in financial markets. Inflation has fallen sharply in the euro area with the annual rate of Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices (HICP) inflation under 1% in the final months of the year(6); which is less than half the ECB's target rate. The low inflation rate and weak economic recovery may prompt further monetary easing by the ECB in 2014. The ECB also keeps open the possible use of its Outright Monetary Transaction Program. The existence of this program is considered to help reduce tensions in euro area debt markets.

   


(1)
IMF world economic outlook, January 2014

(2)
Bureau of Economic Analysis

(3)
Reuters US consensus poll February 2014

(4)
Bureau of Labor Statistics

(5)
Eurostat, euro area GDP

(6)
Eurostat, December 2013 inflation

21


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Irish economy

The economic picture was mixed in 2013 with two quarters of growth in Q2 and Q3 bookended by contractions in Q1 and Q4.For the year as a whole GDP declined by 0.3%(7). This followed GDP growth of 0.2% in 2012. The composition of growth in 2013 has been unusual as export growth slowed significantly due to the effects of the 'patent cliff' (where several pharmaceutical products produced in Ireland came off patent in 2012 and subsequently production and export of those products has declined substantially) and was also held back by weak external demand in some key markets particularly the euro area. Exports rose by 0.2%(7) in 2013 but the contribution to growth from net exports was negative as imports increased by 1.0%(7). Investment is showing signs of picking up. Investment increased by 4.2% in 2013(7) driven mainly by construction. Machinery and Equipment investment (excluding aircraft investment) also rose. However, consumer spending (which fell by 1.1%(7)) and ongoing fiscal consolidation weighed on domestic demand in 2013.

The Irish labour market has improved significantly over the past year. Employment growth turned positive and 61,000 new jobs were created in the year to Q4 2013(8). Unemployment has declined and in Q4 2013 the seasonally adjusted unemployment rate was estimated at a still high 12.1%(8) but down from 14.2% a year earlier and a peak of over 15% in early 2012.

The property market also appears to have stabilised. Residential property prices rose 6.4% in 2013, the first end of year increase since 2007. Dublin prices increased by 15.7% in 2013 and while residential property prices outside the capital fell by 0.4% in 2013(9), the pace of decline was close to being the lowest since the crisis began.

The public finances continue to improve with all fiscal targets under the Troika programme met. Ireland successfully exited the programme in December 2013. The 2014 Budget estimates that the general government deficit in 2013 would be 7.3% of GDP(10), coming in under the 7.5% target, and the deficit is forecast to fall to 4.8% in 2014 and 2.9% in 2015. The National Treasury Management Agency (NTMA) has successfully re-entered the debt market and the agency held €20 billion in cash at the end of 2013(11) which is expected to be enough to fund the State until into 2015.

UK economy

The UK economy has performed robustly in 2013 with the recovery strengthening over the course of the year. GDP, which grew every quarter in 2013, is estimated to have expanded by 1.8%(12), the fastest pace of growth since 2007. Growth has been primarily driven by increases in consumer spending and investment. The Bank of England (BoE) has kept its main monetary policy on hold as the recovery strengthened maintaining the bank rate at 0.5% and leaving the stock of assets purchased under its 'Quantitative Easing' (QE) policy unchanged at £375 billion. Unemployment in the UK has improved considerably over

   


(7)
CSO, Q4 national accounts

(8)
CSO, Q4 2013 Quarterly National Household Survey

(9)
CSO, December 2013 Residential Property Price Index

(10)
Budget 2014

(11)
NTMA, Funding of Exchequer Balance Q4 2013

(12)
ONS, GDP second estimate Q4 2013

22


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

the course of the year with the unemployment rate falling to 7.2%(13) in December from 7.8% a year earlier. The housing market has also improved. Property prices have increased with house prices rising 8.4% in the year to December 2013(14) and are just 5.5% below the previous peak level set in late 2007. House price gains accelerated in the second half of 2013. The upturn in UK house prices is becoming broad based with all regions reporting house price increases in Q4 although this continues to be led by London and the South East which is recording the strongest pace of growth.

STRATEGIC REPORT

Bank of Ireland Group (the Group) is one of the largest financial services groups in Ireland with total assets of €132 billion as at 31 December 2013.

The Group provides a broad range of banking and other financial services. These services include; current account and deposit services, overdrafts, term loans, mortgages, business and corporate lending, international asset financing, leasing, instalment credit, invoice discounting, foreign exchange facilities, interest and exchange rate hedging instruments, life assurance, pension and financial advisory services, including mergers and acquisitions. All of these services are provided by the Group in Ireland, with selected services being offered in the UK and internationally.

The Group generates the majority of its revenue from traditional lending and deposit taking activities as well as fees for a range of banking and transaction services.

The Group operates an extensive distribution network of over 280 branches and 1,400 ATMs in Ireland and access to 11,500 branches and over 2,200 ATMs in the UK via the Group's relationship as financial services partner with the UK Post Office.

The Group is organised into operating divisions to effectively service its customers as follows: Retail Ireland, Bank of Ireland Life, Retail UK, Corporate and Treasury and Group Centre.

The Group's central functions establish and oversee policies, processes and delivery platforms. These functions comprise Group Manufacturing, Group Finance, Group Credit & Market Risk, Group Governance Risk and Group Human Resources.

Retail Ireland

Retail Ireland offers a comprehensive range of banking products and related financial services to the personal and business markets including deposits, mortgages, consumer and business lending, credit cards, current accounts, money transmission services, commercial finance, asset finance and general insurance. Retail Ireland serves customers through a distribution network of branches, central support teams, ATMs and through direct channels (telephone, mobile and on-line) with a focus on delivering enhanced customer convenience and simplicity.

Retail Ireland is managed through a number of business units namely Distribution Channels, Consumer Banking (including Bank of Ireland Mortgage Bank and ICS Building Society), Business Banking and Customer and Wealth Management.

   


(13)
ONS, labour market statistics, February 2014

(14)
Nationwide House Price Index, January 2014

23


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Bank of Ireland Life

Bank of Ireland Life includes the Group's wholly owned subsidiary, New Ireland Assurance Company plc (NIAC). Through NIAC, the Group offers a wide range of pension and life products, including life assurance, life protection, pensions and investment products to the Irish market through the Group's branch network, its financial advisors (direct sales force) and independent brokers.

Retail UK

Retail UK comprises consumer and business banking via a branch network in Northern Ireland, its UK residential mortgage business and the business partnerships with the UK Post Office. A substantial part of Retail UK's operations are conducted through the Group's wholly owned UK licensed subsidiary, Bank of Ireland (UK) plc.

A range of retail financial services are provided in the UK via an exclusive relationship with the UK Post Office. This gives the Group access to an extensive distribution network through which it distributes mortgage, insurance, banking and foreign exchange products and a large fleet of ATMs.

Corporate and Treasury

Corporate and Treasury comprises the Group's Corporate Banking and Global Markets activities across the Republic of Ireland, UK and international jurisdictions. This division also incorporates IBI Corporate Finance.

Corporate Banking provides banking services to major corporations and financial institutions. The range of lending products provided includes overdraft and short term loan facilities, term loans, project finance and structured finance. Corporate Banking also includes the Group's Leveraged Acquisition Finance (LAF) business.

Global Markets transacts in a range of market instruments on behalf of both the Group itself and its customers. The activities include transactions in inter-bank deposits and loans, foreign exchange spot and forward contracts, options, financial futures, bonds, swaps, forward rate agreements and equity tracker products.

IBI Corporate Finance advises publicly-quoted, private and semi-state companies across a variety of complex domestic and international transactions.

Group Centre

Our central Group functions are responsible for delivering services to each division and include Group Manufacturing, Group Finance, Group Credit & Market Risk, Group Governance Risk & Group Human Resources.

Strategic objectives

The Group's balance sheet, credit risk profile and funding profile have been substantially restructured since 2010, with a focus on the Group's core Republic of Ireland (RoI) market and selected international diversification. The Group is focussed on building sustainable profitability by nurturing and developing its:

(i)
strong customer and client relationships and appropriate and effective sales capabilities;

(ii)
franchise positions in its core markets in Ireland;

24


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

(iii)
access to an extensive distribution network, primarily through the UK Post Office (PO) partnership; and

(iv)
proven capabilities in LAF.

All delivered by committed and motivated employees.

In addition, the Group has an ongoing focus on the effective management of its portfolios that are challenged from a credit and/or pricing perspective.

This strategy will help the Group to deliver on its customer promises and create positive, sustainable returns for our shareholders.

(a)   Focus on RoI

A key focus of the Group's strategy is to strengthen its core franchises in the RoI and to further develop its market positions by strengthening our customer offering and access. The Group continues to be focused on being a market leader in its Consumer Banking, Business Banking, Wealth Management and Corporate Banking Ireland businesses. Building a sustainable bank for the future is our priority. A key tenet of this strategy is consolidating and challenging our customer offerings and simplifying our processes to improve customer experience and the ability of staff to serve and support our customers.

(b)   Selective international diversification

The Group's international businesses provide diversification from the Irish economy. The relationship with the UK Post Office is a key priority, in addition to which the Group will continue to leverage our strong capabilities in LAF, which has consistently provided profitable returns from exposure to assets in Europe and in the US. The Group carefully evaluates investments in these international markets, focusing on opportunities where there is potential for profitable returns.

(c)   Funding model

The Group maintains a stable funding base with core loan portfolios substantially funded by customer deposits and term wholesale funding.

The commitment and dedication of the Group's staff has been key to the progress made during the challenging conditions of the past several years and their continued support and commitment will underpin the successful implementation of the Group's strategy.

EU Restructuring Plan

On 9 July 2013, the European Commission gave approval under the State aid rules to amend the Group's Revised 2011 EU Restructuring Plan, which has enabled the Group to retain NIAC. Further details are set out in note 63.

25


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

GROUP INCOME STATEMENT

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Net interest income

    2,004     1,446     1,542  

Other income, net of insurance claims

    515     283     2,368  
               

Total operating income, net of insurance claims

    2,519     1,729     3,910  

Operating expenses

    (1,397 )   (1,788 )   (1,650 )

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers

    (1,665 )   (1,724 )   (1,939 )

Impairment charges on assets sold to NAMA

            (44 )

Impairment charges on available for sale financial assets

        (45 )   (21 )

(Loss)/gain on sale of assets to NAMA including associated costs

        (1 )   33  

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets

    (3 )   (326 )   (565 )

Share of results of associates and jointly controlled entities (after tax)

    31     46     35  

(Loss)/profit on disposal/liquidation of business activities

    (10 )   (69 )   34  
               

Total loss before tax

    (525 )   (2,178 )   (207 )

Taxation

    35     337     233  
               

(Loss)/profit

    (490 )   (1,841 )   26  
               
               

Attributable to non-controlling interests

    (3 )   (6 )   (4 )

Attributable to stock holders

    (487 )   (1,835 )   30  
               

(Loss)/profit

    (490 )   (1,841 )   26  
               
               

Basic EPS per share

    (2.3c )   (6.7c )   (0.8c )

Diluted EPS per share

    (2.3c )   (6.7c )   (0.8c )
               

(1)
For the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.

INCOME

The period on period changes in 'net interest income' and 'net other income' are affected by certain IFRS income classifications. Under IFRS, certain assets and liabilities can be designated at 'fair value through profit or loss' (FVTPL). Where the Group has designated liabilities at 'fair value through profit or loss', the total fair value movements on these liabilities, including interest expense, are reported in 'net other income'. However, the interest income on any assets which are funded by these liabilities is reported in the 'net interest income'. In addition, assets are purchased and debt is raised in a variety of currencies and the resulting foreign exchange and interest rate risk is economically managed using derivative instruments—the cost of which is reported in 'net other income'.

26


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

NET INTEREST INCOME

The following table shows net interest income for the year ended 31 December 2013, the year ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 31 December 2011.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Net interest income

    2,004     1,446     1,542  
               

(1)
For the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

Net interest income of €2,004 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 has increased by €558 million or 39% compared to the previous year.

The increase in net interest income reflects a 63 basis points increase in the Group's net interest margin to 1.73% for the year ended 31 December 2013, partly offset by a 13% reduction in average interest earning assets in the period.

The Group's success in rebuilding its net interest margin given the low interest rate environment, reflects substantial progress on repricing loan and deposit portfolios, more efficient balance sheet management and the benefits of reduced risk premia in the capital markets. While margins are higher on new lending, demand remains low.

The reduction in average interest earning assets is due to a combination of muted demand for new lending, the impact of loan redemptions including the run off of certain portfolios and the reduction in excess regulatory liquidity in the Group's UK subsidiary, the termination of the IBRC repo transaction (on a no gain/no loss basis) (for further details see note 56), the impact of the weakening of the sterling exchange rate against the euro and increased impairment provisions.

ELG fees of €129 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 are €259 million lower compared to fees of €388 million for the previous year. Total liabilities covered by the ELG scheme reduced from €26 billion at 31 December 2012 to €5 billion at 31 December 2013. The ELG scheme ended for all new liabilities on 28 March 2013. The Group did not experience any adverse impacts on deposit volumes or pricing following the expiry of the ELG scheme.

The cost of the ELG scheme will continue to reduce in line with the maturity of covered liabilities. Final maturity of the covered liabilities is expected to occur by December 2017, with c.80% of the covered liabilities of €5 billion expected to mature by 30 June 2015.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

Net interest income of €1,446 million decreased by €96 million compared to the previous year.

The decrease in net interest income of €96 million was driven by a €10 billion or a 7% reduction in the Group's average interest earning assets due to balance sheet deleveraging, loan repayments and impairment provisions partly offset by new lending. It also reflected the relatively high cost of customer deposits and the continued negative impact of historically low official interest rates.

27


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The above factors were partly offset by the following items:

a gain of €79 million which the Group generated during the year ended 31 December 2012, reflecting a decrease in the carrying value on the re-measurement of the Contingent Capital Note as a result of a fall in the expected future coupon payments on this instrument. This gain will not recur or reverse as the State sold its entire holding in the instrument to a diverse group of international institutional investors on 9 January 2013, thereby fixing all future cash coupon payments on the notes at 10% per annum; and

a lower charge for Government guarantee fees relating to the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (ELG) scheme for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the previous year. As the fees payable under the ELG scheme are directly attributable to and incremental to the issue of a security or the raising of a deposit, they are included in the calculation of the effective interest rate of that security or deposit and classified, under accounting rules, as part of 'Net interest income'.

ELG fees of €388 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 are €61 million lower than the previous year. Total liabilities covered by the ELG reduced from €42 billion at 31 December 2011 to €26 billion at 31 December 2012, reflecting the withdrawal of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc and the Group's Isle of Man subsidiary from the scheme, the sale of non ELG covered deposits and the repayment of ELG covered wholesale funding.

IFRS CLASSIFICATIONS

The table below sets out a reconciliation of net interest income under IFRS to net interest income after adjusting for IFRS classifications.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Net interest income (IFRS)

    2,004     1,446     1,542  

IFRS income classifications

    (10 )   (87 )   (102 )
               

Net interest income after IFRS income classifications

    1,994     1,359     1,440  
               
               

(1)
For the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.

Net interest income is impacted by the classification of certain income between interest expense and other income (net of insurance claims) under IFRS which relates to the designation of certain financial instruments under the fair value option. This treatment resulted in additional net interest income of €10 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 (year ended 31 December 2012: €87 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €102 million), offset by a similar reduction in 'other income (net of insurance claims)' in the three reporting periods. After adjusting for the impact of the IFRS classifications, the Group's net interest income increased by €635 million in the year ended 31 December 2013 (year ended 31 December 2012: decreased by €81 million).

28


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The main drivers of the IFRS income classifications (which are classified as part of other income under IFRS) in the year ended 31 December 2013, the year ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 31 December 2011 are outlined below.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

                   

Trading expense

    48     55     42  

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

    23     41     40  

Derivatives not designated under hedge accounting

                   

Trading expense

    (61 )   (9 )   20  
               

    10     87     102  
               
               

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

The decrease in the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the previous year is largely due to changes in the composition of derivatives within the banking book and movements in interest rates.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

The decrease in the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the previous year is largely due to changes in the composition of derivatives within the banking book and movements in interest rates.

For further information on interest rates see 'Additional Information' on page 467.

GROUP NET INTEREST MARGIN (GROUP NET YIELD)

The following table sets forth the Group's net interest margin for the year ended 31 December 2013, the year ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 31 December 2011.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€bn
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€bn
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€bn
 

Average interest earning assets

    115     132     142 (1)
               

Group net interest margin—annualised(2) (Group net yield) (%)

    1.73%     1.10% (3)   1.09% (3)
               

(1)
For the year ended 31 December 2011, average interest earning assets of €142 billion include loans and advances to customers before average specific impairment provisions of €4.6 billion.

(2)
The Group net interest margin—annualised is calculated using average interest earning assets that include average loans and advances after average specific impairment provisions.

(3)
Restated, for the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.

29


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

The increase in net interest income reflects a 63 basis points increase in the Group's net interest margin to 1.73% for the year ended 31 December 2013, partly offset by a 13% reduction in average interest earning assets in the period. The net interest margin for the six months ended 30 June 2013 was 1.46%. The margin for the second half of the year to 31 December 2013 was 1.94%.

The Group's success in rebuilding its net interest margin given the low interest rate environment, reflects substantial progress on repricing loan and deposit portfolios, more efficient balance sheet management and the benefits of reduced risk premia in the capital markets. While margins are higher on new lending, demand remains low.

The reduction in average interest earning assets is due to a combination of muted demand for new lending, the impact of loan redemptions including the run off of certain portfolios and the reduction in excess regulatory liquidity in the Group's UK subsidiary, the termination of the IBRC repo transaction (on a no gain/no loss basis), the impact of the weakening of the sterling exchange rate against the euro and increased impairment provisions.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

The Group net interest margin for the year ended 31 December 2012 increased by 1 basis point to 1.10% compared to the previous year.

The increase was primarily due to:

a gain of €79 million which the Group generated during the year ended 31 December 2012, reflecting a decrease in the carrying value on the re-measurement of the Contingent Capital Note as a result of a fall in the expected future coupon payments on this instrument. This gain will not recur or reverse as the State sold its entire holding in the instrument to a diverse group of international institutional investors on 9 January 2013, thereby fixing all future cash coupon payments on the notes at 10% per annum; and

lower Government guarantee fees in the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the previous year.

The above factors were substantially offset by the relatively high cost of customer deposits and the continued negative impact of historically low official interest rates.

30


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

OTHER INCOME, NET OF INSURANCE CLAIMS

The following table shows other income (net of insurance claims) for the year ended 31 December 2013, the year ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 31 December 2011.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Net insurance premium income

    1,073     1,156     929  

Fee and commission income

    493     515     612  

Fee and commission expense

    (192 )   (215 )   (192 )

Net trading income/(expense)

    12     (275 )   19  

Life assurance investment income, gains and losses

    531     678     (38 )

Gain on liability management exercises

    4     69     1,789  

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

    (1,470 )   (1,725 )   (750 )

Other operating income

    64     80     (1 )
               

Other income, net of insurance claims

    515     283     2,368  
               
               

(1)
For the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

Other income, net of insurance claims of €515 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 increased by €232 million compared to the previous year from €283 million in the year ended 31 December 2012. IFRS income classifications, as mentioned above have also impacted 'other income, net of insurance claims' (a charge of €10 million in the year ended 31 December 2013 versus a charge of €87 million in the year ended 31 December 2012).

The increase in other income, net of insurance claims was primarily due to the following items:

A positive movement of €143 million, arising from the impact of the change in credit spreads relating to the Group's own debt and deposits accounted for at 'fair value through profit or loss'. These liabilities consist of certain subordinated debt, certain structured senior debt and tracker deposits. During the year ended 31 December 2013 a charge of €154 million was recognised compared to a charge of €297 million which was recognised during the year ended 31 December 2012.

A positive movement of €53 million, arising from the accounting impact of fair value movements in derivatives that economically hedge the Group's balance sheet.

A positive movement of €40 million due to a recovery during the year ended 31 December 2013 in relation to the Lehman Brothers administration settlement.

The principal other items within other income, net of insurance claims, which contributed to the change in the year ended 31 December 2013 included:

a positive movement of €22 million in Retail Ireland's other income This is primarily due to higher retail banking fees €14 million, higher interchange income €7 million and increased gains on international investment properties €5 million in 2013. These factors are partly offset by lower general insurance income;

31


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

a positive movement of €11 million in the accounting impact of fair value movements on the Contingent Capital Note embedded derivative, reflecting a charge of €11 million in the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to a charge of €22 million in the previous year;

a €36 million negative movement following the adoption during 2013, of a valuation adjustment, related to the funding cost of derivatives in line with emerging market practice;

a negative movement of €10 million relating to transfers from the AFS reserve on asset disposals, reflecting a gain of €50 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to a gain of €60 million in the previous year; and

a negative movement of €34 million in Retail UK's other income. Commissions payable to the UK Post Office were €29 million higher than the previous year. This reflects a change in the contractual arrangements for commission payments where revised commission arrangements for all products were agreed with the UK Post Office in August 2012 as part of the renegotiation and extension of the overall financial services relationship. Since August 2012, commission paid is primarily reflected in net other income whereas under previous contractual arrangements a small proportion of the total amount paid was included in operating costs. Income from the sale of structured deposit products, transaction related fees and commissions and foreign exchange income also decreased in the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the previous year.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

Other income, net of insurance claims of €283 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €2,085 million compared to the previous year. IFRS income classifications, as mentioned above have also impacted 'other income, net of insurance claims' (a charge of €87 million in the year ended 31 December 2012 versus a charge of €102 million in the year ended 31 December 2011).

The decrease in other income, net of insurance claims was primarily due to the following items:

A gain of €69 million on liability management exercises was recognised in the year ended 31 December 2012 reflecting the repurchase of certain Group debt securities. Gains of €1,789 million were recognised in the year ended 31 December 2011, reflecting the successful completion in July 2011 of a Debt for Equity Exchange (including a cash offer) together with other liability management exercises completed by the Group during the year ended 31 December 2011. Further information is set out in note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

During the year ended 31 December 2012 a charge of €297 million was recognised arising from the impact of the change in credit spreads relating to the Group's own debt and deposits accounted for at 'fair value through profit or loss'. These liabilities consist of certain subordinated debt, certain structured senior debt and tracker deposits. A gain of €56 million was recognised during the year ended 31 December 2011.

The principal other items within other income, net of insurance claims, which contributed to the change in the year ended 31 December 2012 included:

a positive movement of €88 million relating to transfers from the available for sale reserve on asset disposals, reflecting a gain of €60 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 following the Group's participation in Irish sovereign exchanges during 2012 compared to a charge of €28 million in the previous year;

a positive movement of €49 million in the investment variance in Bank of Ireland Life, reflecting a gain of €21 million in the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to a charge of €28 million in the previous year;

32


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

a positive movement of €16 million in economic assumption changes and interest rate movements in Bank of Ireland Life due to a charge of €3 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to a charge of €19 million for the previous year;

a positive movement of €13 million due to gains of €1 million on international investment properties in the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to a charge of €12 million for the previous year;

a positive movement of €13 million reflecting a provision on a European investment property for the year ended 31 December 2011 which did not reoccur in 2012;

a negative movement of €52 million reflecting the accounting impact of fair value movements in derivatives that economically hedge the Group's balance sheet;

a reduction of €31 million in fees and commissions arising in BoISS and FCE Corporation in the year ended 31 December 2011, businesses which were no longer held by the Group in the year ended 31 December 2012;

a negative movement of €15 million reflecting the accounting impact of fair value movements on the Contingent Capital Note embedded derivative; and

a gain of €14 million in the year ended 31 December 2011 arising from a positive fair value movement on a NAMA related derivative which did not reoccur in 2012; partly offset by:

a decrease of €48 million in other income from Retail Banking and Corporate and Treasury businesses, primarily reflecting lower levels of net other income associated with lower levels of new business and lower activity levels during the year ended 31 December 2012 when compared to the year ended 31 December 2011 and higher commission payments following the extension and strengthening of the financial services relationship with the UK Post Office in the second half of 2012; and

a decrease of €36 million in other income from Bank of Ireland Life, reflecting a change in the mix of new business sales. Customers continue to invest in and switch to low risk funds, predominantly invested in deposit based products resulting in a higher proportion of Bank of Ireland Life's income being recognised in Net interest income for the year ended 31 December 2012 (€38 million) compared to the previous year (€5 million).

OPERATING EXPENSES

The following table sets out the Group's operating expenses for the year ended 31 December 2013, the year ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 31 December 2011.

Operating expenses
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Staff costs (excluding pension costs)

    739     905     772  

Impact of amendments to defined benefit pension schemes

    (274 )        

Pension costs

    133     70     106  

Other costs

    799     813     772  
               

Operating expenses

    1,397     1,788     1,650  
               
               

Average staff numbers

    11,831     13,091     13,671  
               

(1)
For the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.

33


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

Operating expenses of €1,397 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 are €391 million, or 22%, lower than the previous year.

The Group has continued its focus on reducing operating expenses and delivering efficiencies with savings being achieved in both staff and other costs during the year ended 31 December 2013. These savings have been partly offset by an increase in pension costs due to a higher deficit in the Group sponsored defined benefit pension scheme, reductions in discount rates and in part due to changes in the accounting for pensions following the introduction of IAS 19 Revised.

Staff costs (excluding pension costs) of €739 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 were €166 million lower than the previous year. This is primarily due to the departure of employees under the Group's restructuring programme. Costs relating to the programme of €48 million were recognised in 2013 compared to €134 million in 2012. The average number of staff employed by the Group has declined by 1,260 from an average of 13,091 in 2012 to 11,831 in 2013. Full time equivalent (FTE) staff numbers at 31 December 2013 were 11,255.

A gain of €274 million was recognised in the year ended 31 December 2013, reflecting the impact of amendments to defined benefit pension schemes. At 31 December 2012, the IAS 19 deficit in the Group sponsored defined benefit pension schemes was €1.1 billion. The most significant scheme sponsored by the Group is the Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund (BSPF) which accounted for approximately 75% of the total deficit across all of its defined benefit sponsored schemes. The Group completed a review of the BSPF during 2013 and is implementing amendments to benefits to address the IAS 19 deficit. Based on the status of implementation of the amendments and assumption changes made at 31 December 2013, the Group has recognised a reduction in the deficit of €391 million net of directly related expenses. The Group has recognised €274 million of this amount as a gain in the income statement, with the remaining €117 million recognised in other comprehensive income. At 21 March 2014, c.97% of serving staff had accepted the benefit changes and the Group expects to recognise a further reduction in the deficit of €81 million which is expected will be reported as part of gains in the income statement during 2014. Further details are set out in note 44 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 317.

Pension costs of €133 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 were €63 million higher than the previous year. Of this increase, €48 million relates to a combination of lower discount rates and a higher pension deficit and c.€15 million relates to a lower recovery of the pension levy by Trustees of the Group sponsored defined benefit pension schemes compared to 2012 when two years of the BSPF levy were recovered compared to one year in 2013.

Other costs, including technology, property and other non-staff costs were €799 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 and were €14 million lower than the previous year. The decrease reflects strong cost control with an ongoing focus on efficiency improvements in the year ended 31 December 2013, as the Group continues to consolidate, standardise and simplify its operations. The Group's outsourcing contracts continue to deliver benefits. These savings have been partly offset by costs associated with strategic initiatives supporting improved customer experience and the costs associated with regulatory compliance projects.

34


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

Operating expenses of €1,788 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 was €138 million higher compared to the previous year. The increase was primarily due to a charge of €150 million (of which €134 million was included within staff costs and €16 million within other costs) which the Group recognised in relation to a restructuring programme in the year ended 31 December 2012. In May 2012, the Group announced that it had recommenced a programme to reduce the number of people employed by the Group, primarily in areas affected by business change and lower activity levels. This programme has led to a reduction in staff numbers of 1,218 or 9% since December 2011. The Group recognised a gain of €3 million in the year ended 31 December 2011 reflecting the release of restructuring provisions in that year.

During 2012 the Group continued its focus on its strategy to reduce operating expenses and deliver efficiencies, however the savings achieved were more than offset by the impact of the above restructuring charge, together with the impact of an additional charge in respect of the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) and the adverse impact of exchange rate movements.

Staff costs (excluding pension costs) of €905 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 were €133 million higher than the previous year as a result of the charge in relation to the restructuring programme mentioned above. The impact of lower average staff numbers, including the reduction as a result of business disposals, was partly offset by the adverse impact of exchange rate movements in 2012 together with the significant investments made by the Group in programmes to support customers in financial difficulty.

Pension costs of €70 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 were €36 million lower than the previous year. During 2012 the trustees of the Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund (BSPF) agreed to recover the 2011 and 2012 Irish pension levies from the relevant ROI members. As a result, the current year net charge of €70 million reflected a recovery of €20 million in respect of the 2011 pension levy.

Other costs of €813 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 were €41 million higher than the previous year, primarily due to the following items:

a charge of €30 million in respect of the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS). This charge related to a levy by the FSCS for costs incurred in respect of actions taken in 2008 to protect and/or compensate depositors in failing UK banks. The charge was allocated between current FSCS members, including Bank of Ireland (UK) plc, based on deposit volumes at dates on or before 31 December 2012; and

a charge of €16 million in relation to the restructuring programme as mentioned above.

Excluding these charges, other costs for the year ended 31 December 2012 were lower than the previous year, reflecting efficiencies achieved through investment in customer service and technology initiatives and the implementation of initiatives to consolidate, standardise and simplify the Group's operations, partly offset by the cost of investments aimed at further improvement in efficiencies and customer service over time. This includes the extension and strengthening of the financial services relationship with the UK Post Office as well as targeted investments in the future branch model, online and mobile channels.

35


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

IMPAIRMENT CHARGES ON LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers
  Year ended 31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended 31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended 31 December
2011
€m
 

Residential mortgages

    573     462     469  

Retail Ireland

    542     418     444  

Retail UK

    31     44     25  

Non-property SME and corporate

    468     413     497  

Republic of Ireland SME

    233     223     281  

UK SME

    113     53     74  

Corporate

    122     137     142  

Property and construction

    583     797     893  

Investment

    343     437     593  

Land and development

    240     360     300  

Consumer

    41     52     80  
               

Total impairment charges on loans and advances to customers

    1,665     1,724     1,939  
               
               

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers of €1,665 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 were €59 million or 3% lower than the previous year. The impairment charge for 2013 reflects the performance of the Group's loan portfolios, the economic environment in the countries in which those portfolios are located, up to date assessment of collateral values securing the loan portfolios, the Group's activities in restructuring loans for customers with repayment challenges, the Group's existing stock of impairment provisions, implementation of the Central Bank of Ireland 'Impairment Provisioning and Disclosures Guidelines' (revised 31 May 2013) and the observations from the Central Bank's Asset Quality Review (AQR) of the Group's loan portfolios as at 30 June 2013.

The impairment charge on Residential mortgages of €573 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 has increased by €111 million from €462 million in the previous year. The current year charge reflects, among other things, the consideration of the AQR and implementation of the revised CBI guidelines.

The impairment charge on the Retail Ireland mortgage portfolio of €542 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 has increased by €124 million from €418 million in the previous year. The current year charge reflects a significant improvement in default arrears trends in the second half of 2013, particularly in the Owner occupied segment, the impact of implementation of the revised CBI guidelines and consideration of the AQR. While the volume of default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due and / or impaired) has continued to increase, the pace of default arrears formation has reduced significantly in the year, particularly in the Owner occupied segment. In addition to the reduction in the pace of formation of default arrears, reflecting improving economic conditions, the Group has continued to formally restructure a significant number of customer mortgages on a sustainable basis.

For the year ended 31 December 2013, Residential property prices recorded an annual increase of 6.4% according to the Central Statistics Office (CSO) Index. This compares to a decline of 4.5% in 2012. This is

36


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

the first annual increase since January 2008, with residential property prices in Dublin continuing to perform significantly better (15.7% annual increase to 31 December 2013) than the national average. The CSO Index for December 2013 reported that national residential prices were 46% below peak, compared to 50% at December 2012 and June 2013, with residential prices in Dublin 49% below peak, while properties outside of Dublin were 47% below peak.

Owner occupied default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due and / or impaired) were 10.10% at 31 December 2013 as compared with 10.52% at 30 June 2013 and 9.88% at 31 December 2012. The volume of default arrears in the Owner occupied segment has decreased in the second half of the year reflecting improving economic conditions, such as falling unemployment levels and the Group's ongoing strategy to assist customers in financial difficulty with sustainable mortgage restructure and resolution strategies. The level of Owner occupied default arrears for the Group remains at about half the level of the other Irish banks as published on a quarterly basis by the Central Bank of Ireland.

Buy to let default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due and / or impaired) were 27.72% at 31 December 2013 as compared to 26.01% at 30 June 2013 and 23.26% at 31 December 2012. The volume of default arrears in the Buy to let segment has continued to increase, albeit the pace of arrears formation has slowed in 2013 compared to 2012, consistent with improved rental market conditions, particularly in city centre locations and Dublin commuter counties(1). Buy to let borrowers continue to be impacted by rising repayments as interest only periods come to an end and they move to fully amortising loans. At 31 December 2013, 65% of the Buy to let mortgage book was on a 'principal and interest' repayment basis (31 December 2012: 52%). As part of the Group's Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategies, the Group continues to work with Buy to let customers, particularly those with interest only periods that are coming to an end, to restructure customer mortgages prior to them moving to fully amortising loans. The level of Buy to let default arrears for the Group remained below the level of the other Irish banks as published on a quarterly basis by the Central Bank of Ireland.

The impairment charge on the Retail UK mortgage portfolio of €31 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 has decreased by €13 million from €44 million in the previous year reflecting the stable performance of the UK mortgage book. Default arrears (volume of loans 90 days past due and / or impaired) increased marginally to 2.37% at 31 December 2013 as compared with 2.35% at 30 June 2013 and 2.34% at 31 December 2012, primarily reflecting the reduction in the size of the total UK mortgage book.

The impairment charge on the Non property SME and corporate loan portfolio of €468 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 has increased by €55 million from €413 million in the previous year. The current year charge reflects, among other things, the consideration of the AQR.

Republic of Ireland SME impairment charges of €233 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 have increased by €10 million from €223 million in the previous year. There have been some signs of improvement for the SME sector, as reflected in modest annual retail sales growth, increased consumer sentiment, and lower business insolvencies. However, there is a lag between consumer sentiment and consumer spending; hence, trading conditions remain difficult. As a result, Republic of Ireland SME impairment charges continue to be at an elevated level, particularly for those sectors correlated with consumer spending. The Group has made significant progress in agreeing end state resolution strategies with a large number of our challenged SME customers, and these strategies will be implemented over time.

Impairment charges on our UK SME portfolio increased to €113 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €53 million in the previous year, primarily driven by a small number of large individual

   


(1)
Source: Daft.ie National Rental Index.

37


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

exposures and case specific events. The UK macro-economic conditions and outlook have been on an improving trend in recent months, with the unemployment rate falling.

The impairment charges on the Corporate portfolios reduced to €122 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €137 million in the previous year. The domestic Irish Corporate portfolio was impacted by challenging domestic demand and market conditions, albeit the pace of migration of new cases into our challenged portfolios has reduced considerably. Our international corporate banking portfolios continue to perform satisfactorily reflecting their exposure to global, rather than exclusively Irish economic indicators, with impairments driven by individual case specific events.

The impairment charge on the Property and construction loan portfolio of €583 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 decreased by €214 million compared to €797 million in the previous year. The current year impairment charge reflects, among other things, the consideration of the AQR.

The impairment charge on the Investment property element of the Property and construction portfolio was €343 million for year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €437 million in the previous year.

Between 2007 and 2012, the Irish market experienced a significant fall in asset values, with Irish commercial property capital values down 66% from peak(2). However, capital values rose by 3% in 2013, which represented the first annual increase in capital values since 2007. Activity in the commercial property market in Dublin has continued to increase, particularly for prime Office assets, and improving economic conditions in recent months has led to capital value growth spreading to the Retail and Industrial sectors by late 2013. There have been some early signs of improvement in the Retail sector in recent months, such as increased Retail sales and consumer sentiment, however, conditions in the sector remained difficult in 2013 as evidenced by increased retail tenant defaults and high vacancy levels, particularly in provincial / regional locations, which have contributed to continued elevated impairment charges on our Investment property portfolio.

UK commercial property capital values increased by 4% in 2013, reflecting continued strong returns from London based properties coupled with rising returns in recent months in key regional centres on foot of growing investor confidence in real estate outside of London, particularly in the office market. Performance in the UK Retail sector continues to remain more subdued, with limited occupier demand outside of London. Tenant failures and market rental pressures are continuing to impact on impairment levels.

The impairment charge on the Land and development element of the Property and construction portfolio was €240 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €360 million for the previous year. The charge remains elevated reflecting continued challenging market conditions.

The impairment charge of €41 million on Consumer loans for the year ended 31 December 2013 is €11 million lower compared to the impairment charge of €52 million in the previous year. Consumer loans have continued to reduce reflecting accelerated repayments and subdued demand for new loans and other credit facilities, in addition to lower than expected default arrears.

Further analysis and commentary on the changes in the loan portfolios, asset quality and impairment is set out in the asset quality and impairment sections of the Risk Management Report.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers of €1,724 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 were €215 million or 11% lower than the previous year.

   


(2)
Source: Investment Property Databank Ltd (IPD).

38


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The impairment charge on Residential mortgages of €462 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €7 million from €469 million in the previous year.

The impairment charge on the Retail Ireland mortgage portfolio of €418 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 has decreased by €26 million from €444 million in the previous year. While the volume of default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due) has continued to increase, the pace of default arrears formation has reduced since the first quarter of 2012. In addition to the reduction in formation of arrears, the Group has continued to formally restructure a significant number of customer mortgages on a sustainable basis.

In 2012, the annual rate of decline in Residential property prices slowed to 4.5% as reflected in the CSO Index (2011 annual rate of decline was 16.7%), its lowest rate in over four years, with residential property prices in Dublin, particularly Dublin house prices, being the key driver of this improvement. The CSO Index for December 2012 reported that national residential prices were 50% below peak.

Owner occupied default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due) were 9.88% at 31 December 2012 as compared with 9.22% at 30 June 2012 and 7.40% at 31 December 2011. The volume of default arrears in the Owner occupied segment continued to increase, primarily reflecting the continued impact of the general economic downturn in Ireland and affordability issues including falling disposable incomes and sustained high unemployment levels. However, the pace of Owner occupied default arrears formation (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due) has been reducing since the first quarter of 2012 reflecting a stabilisation in unemployment levels and the restructure of customer mortgages on a sustainable basis. A similar trend is evident in the less than 90 days past due arrears. The level of Owner occupied default arrears for the Group remains materially below the industry average as published on a quarterly basis by the Central Bank of Ireland.

Buy to let default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due) were 23.36% at 31 December 2012 compared to 20.77% at 30 June 2012 and 16.81% at 31 December 2011. The volume of default arrears in the Buy to let segment continued to increase primarily reflecting the continued impact on borrowers of rising repayments as interest only periods came to an end and customers moved to fully amortising loans. The pace of Buy to let arrears formation (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due) has reduced since the first quarter of 2012, and the level of Buy to let default arrears for the Group remains below the industry average as published on a quarterly basis by the Central Bank of Ireland.

The impairment charge on the Retail UK mortgage portfolio of €44 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 increased by €19 million from €25 million in the previous year.

Default arrears (number of cases 3+ payments past due) and the associated impairment charge on Retail UK mortgages (particularly in the Standard and Self certified segments) increased marginally in the second six months of the year ended 31 December 2012, albeit from a low base. The level of default arrears for the Group was at 1.53% at 31 December 2012 remains below the industry average as published by the Council of Mortgage Lenders.

The impairment charge on the Non property SME and corporate loan portfolio of €413 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €84 million from €497 million in the previous year.

Republic of Ireland SME impairment charges of €223 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €58 million from €281 million in the previous year. The impairment charge for the six months ended 31 December 2012 amounted to €100 million compared with a charge of €123 million for the six months ended 30 June 2012 and a charge of €140 million for the six months ended 31 December 2011. The reduction in Republic of Ireland SME impairment charges reflect some early indicators of improvement in certain elements of the SME sector (e.g. strong export performance, lower increase in business

39


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

insolvencies, and some improvement in the levels of consumer sentiment), however, the sector is fragile and challenges remain. As a result, the level of Republic of Ireland SME impairment charges continues to be at an elevated level, particularly for those sectors correlated with consumer spending.

Impairment charges on the UK SME portfolio reduced to €53 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €74 million in the previous year, albeit UK economic conditions remain subdued.

The Group's corporate banking portfolios remained broadly stable, with impairment charges on the Corporate portfolios reduced to €137 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €142 million in the previous year. The domestic Irish Corporate portfolio continued to be impacted by more challenging domestic demand and market conditions, albeit the pace of migration of new cases into our challenged portfolios has reduced. Our international corporate banking portfolios continued to perform satisfactorily reflecting their exposure to global, rather than exclusively Irish, economic indicators.

The impairment charge on the Property and construction loan portfolio of €797 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €96 million compared to €893 million in the previous year.

The impairment charge on the Investment property element of the Property and construction portfolio was €437 million for year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €593 million in the previous year.

The impairment charge on the Land and development element of the Property and construction portfolio was €360 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €300 million for the previous year reflecting the continued challenging conditions in this sector, highly illiquid markets, and deteriorating individual borrower circumstances.

The impairment charge of €52 million on Consumer loans for the year ended 31 December 2012 was €28 million lower compared to the impairment charge of €80 million in the previous year. Consumer loans continued to reduce reflecting accelerated repayments and subdued demand for new loans and other credit facilities. Default arrears and impairment charges were better than expected in both the Republic of Ireland and the UK.

Further analysis and commentary on the changes in the loan portfolios, asset quality and impairment is set out in the Asset Quality and Impairment section of the Risk Management Report.

IMPAIRMENT CHARGE ON ASSETS SOLD TO NAMA

 
  Year ended 31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended 31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended 31 December
2011
€m
 

Residential mortgages

            1  

Property and construction

            43  
               

Impairment charges on assets sold to NAMA

            44  
               
               

As the Group completed the transfer of assets to NAMA in 2011, there was no related impairment change for the years ended 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012.

40


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

IMPAIRMENT CHARGE ON AVAILABLE FOR SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

 
  Year ended 31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended 31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended 31 December
2011
€m
 

NAMA subordinated bonds

        40      

Irish Life and Permanent plc subordinated bonds

            16  

Other

        5     5  
               

Impairment charges on AFS financial assets

        45     21  
               
               

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

There was no impairment charge on available for sale (AFS) financial assets for the year ended 31 December 2013.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

The impairment charge on available for sale (AFS) financial assets of €45 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 included a charge of €40 million relating to the NAMA subordinated bonds following NAMA's updated outlook for its long term performance. The charge of €21 million in the previous year was due primarily to a charge of €16 million reflecting the liability management exercise announced by Irish Life and Permanent in respect of their subordinated bonds.

(LOSS)/GAIN ON SALE OF ASSETS TO NAMA

There were no transfers to NAMA during the years ended 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012. The (loss) / gain on sale of assets to NAMA reflects those assets that were sold to NAMA in the year ended 31 December 2011 as set out below.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Fair value of consideration(1)

                              246  

Assets transferred

                                     

—Loans sold to NAMA (nominal value)

                        (498 )      

—Impairment provisions at date of sale

                      198     (300 )
                                 

Other items(2)

                    (1 )         (3 )
                                 

                    (1 )         (57 )

Adjustment to consideration in respect of assets transferred during 2010(3)

                              90  
                                 

(Loss)/gain on sale of assets to NAMA

                    (1 )         33  
                                 
                                 

(1)
The consideration consists of the fair value of NAMA senior bonds (representing 95% of the nominal consideration) and the fair value of NAMA subordinated bonds (representing 5% of the nominal consideration) (see notes 27 and 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

(2)
Other items includes provision for servicing liability, other related sale costs and adjustments in respect of movements in assets between the due diligence valuation date and the date at which they transferred to NAMA.

(3)
As at 31 December 2010, the final NAMA due diligence process was still ongoing for €3.6 billion of assets transferred to NAMA. Given the uncertainty over the final consideration for these transferred assets, the Group was required to estimate the amount receivable from NAMA. The ultimate amount received from NAMA was greater than originally anticipated by €90 million.

41


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

During the year ended 31 December 2013, there were no transfers to NAMA.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

During the year ended 31 December 2012, the Group recognised a net loss of €1 million which relates primarily to an adjustment to the consideration in respect of assets previously transferred to NAMA. No assets were transferred to NAMA during the year ended 31 December 2012.

LOSS ON DELEVERAGING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

During 2013, the Group undertook deleveraging of certain financial assets, all of which had been completed and settled at the balance sheet date. An analysis of the deleveraging completed during the year ended 31 December 2013 (which includes the sale of loan portfolios to third parties together with managed refinancing decisions taken by the Group) is set out below:

Year ended 31 December 2013
  Consideration
received
(net of costs)
€m
  Carrying
value of assets
derecognised
€m
  Loss
€m
 

Corporate and Treasury division

                   

Other international loans

    86     87     (1 )

Retail UK division

                   

UK Mortgage loan portfolio

    178     180     (2 )
               

Total

    264     267     (3 )
               
               

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

During 2012 the Group completed its 2011 to 2013 divestment target of €10 billion of international loans under the 2011 PCAR. This included the sale of Burdale loans of €0.7 billion which were disposed as part of the sale of that business. An analysis of the divestments completed during the year ended 31 December 2012 (which includes the sale of loan portfolios to third parties together with managed re-financing decisions taken by the Group) is set out below:

Year ended 31 December 2012
  Consideration
received
(net of costs)
€m
  Carrying
value of assets
derecognised
€m
  Loss
€m
 

Corporate and Treasury division

                   

Project Finance loan portfolios

    817     989     (172 )

Other international loans

    568     599     (31 )

Retail UK division

                   

UK Mortgage loan portfolio

    514     635     (121 )

UK Investment property loans

    82     84     (2 )
               

Total

    1,981     2,307     (326 )
               
               

42


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

(LOSS)/PROFIT ON DISPOSAL/LIQUIDATION OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

A loss on disposal of business activities of €10 million was recognised in the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to a loss of €69 million in the previous year.

As part of the Group's focus on simplifying its corporate structure the Group has been winding up a number of wholly owned dormant and non-trading subsidiary companies. In accordance with accounting standards any cumulative unrealised foreign exchange gains and losses are required to be realised on disposal and recycled through the income statement. A loss of €12 million arose in the year ended 31 December 2013 on the recycling of foreign exchange reserves on the liquidation of a number of legal entities within the Group with a sterling functional currency. This compares to a loss of €56 million in the previous year. These charges do not impact the Group's regulatory capital. This loss has been reflected as loss on disposal / liquidation of business activities.

The loss on disposal of business activities in the previous year also includes a loss of €14 million which arose in the year ended 31 December 2012 on the sale of Burdale.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

The loss on disposal of business activities of €69 million in the year ended 31 December 2012 primarily reflects a loss of €14 million which arose on the sale of Burdale and a loss of €56 million which arose on the recycling of foreign exchange reserves on the liquidation of a number of legal entities with a sterling reporting currency within the Group.

The profit on disposal of business activities of €34 million in the year ended 31 December 2011 primarily reflects the sale of BIAM, the sale of BoISS and the sale of FCE Corporation, partly offset by a charge relating to the impairment of the goodwill in Burdale following the announcement of the sale of this business to Wells Fargo International Banking Corporation.

TAXATION

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

The taxation credit for the Group was €35 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to a taxation credit of €337 million in the previous year. The effective tax rate for the year ended 31 December 2013 is 7% (taxation credit) which is lower than the comparable rate for the previous year of 16% (taxation credit). The effective tax rate is influenced by changes in the geographic mix of profits and losses and the impact on deferred tax of the reduction in the UK corporation tax rate to 20% with effect from 1 April 2015.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

The taxation credit for the Group was €337 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to a taxation credit of €233 million in the previous year due to losses incurred in both years (see note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The effective tax rate for the year ended 31 December 2012 was a credit of 16% compared to a credit of 113% for the previous year.

43


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

Summary consolidated balance sheet
  31 December
2013
€bn
  Restated(1)
31 December 2012
€bn
 

Loans and advances to customers (after impairment provisions)

    85     93  

Liquid assets

    27     33  

Other assets(1)

    20     22  
           

Total assets

    132     148  
           
           

Customer deposits

    74     75  

Wholesale funding(1)

    27     39  

Subordinated liabilities

    2     2  

Other liabilities(1)

    21     23  
           

Total liabilities

    124     139  
           
           

Stockholders' equity(1)

    8     9  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

    132     148  
           
           

Loan to deposit ratio

    114 %   123 %

Common equity tier 1 ratio (pro forma)—Basel III transitional rules

             

at 1 January 2014

    12.3 %    

Core tier 1 ratio—Basel II rules

    12.2 %   13.8% (2)
           
           

(1)
For the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.

(2)
With effect from 1 January 2013, the deduction for the Group's participation in its Life and pension business is deducted 50:50 from Core tier 1 and tier 2 capital in accordance with the Capital Requirements Directive (CRD). The comparative period has been restated to reflect this change. The previously reported ratio was 14.4%.

Loans and advances to customers

The Group's loans and advances to customers (after impairment provisions) of €85 billion have decreased by €8 billion or 9% since 31 December 2012. This decrease is primarily driven by lower net new lending as loan repayments exceed origination of new loans in the Group's core markets.

The composition of the Group's loans and advances to customers by portfolio and by division at 31 December 2013 was broadly consistent with 31 December 2012.

The stock of impairment provisions on loans and advances to customers of €8.2 billion has increased by €0.7 billion since 31 December 2012.

Further analysis and commentary on changes in the loan portfolios, asset quality and impairment is set out in the asset quality and impairment section of the Risk Management Report, see pages 74 to 153.

44


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

LIQUID ASSETS

Liquid assets
  31 December
2013
€bn
  31 December
2012
€bn
 

Cash at banks

    5     9  

Irish Bank Resolution Corporation (IBRC) repo

        3  

Other

    5     6  

Cash and balances at Central Banks

    6     9  

Bank of England

    5     8  

Other

    1     1  

Government bonds

    7     6  

NAMA senior bonds

    4     4  

Covered bonds

    3     3  

Senior bank bonds and other

    2     2  
           

    27     33  
           
           

The Group's portfolio of liquid assets of €27 billion has decreased by €6.2 billion since 31 December 2012. The reduction is primarily due to the termination of the IBRC repo transaction of €3.1 billion on a no gain / no loss basis, on 13 February 2013 (see note 56 to the Consolidated Financial Statements), together with a decrease in liquid assets held by Bank of Ireland (UK) plc of €2.8 billion. The reduction in liquid assets held by Bank of Ireland (UK) plc is as a result of more efficient balance sheet management including the sale of loans to the value of €1.5 billion from other Group entities to Bank of Ireland (UK) plc, together with a reduction in deposit volumes in line with the objective of optimising the level of deposits in Bank of Ireland (UK) plc to more appropriately reflect its balance sheet requirements.

At 31 December 2013, Bank of Ireland (UK) plc held liquid assets in excess of its minimum regulatory liquidity requirements. However, the level of excess liquid assets has been substantially reduced in early 2014 following the transfer c.€1.5 billion of assets from other Group entities to the UK subsidiary on 27 March 2014.

Further analysis of the Group's sovereign and other bonds is set out on pages 390 to 399.

45


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

CUSTOMER DEPOSITS

Customer deposits
  31 December
2013
€bn
  31 December
2012
€bn
 

Retail Ireland

    36     35  

Deposits

    24     24  

Current account credit balances

    12     11  

Retail UK

    26     30  

Retail UK (Stg£bn equivalent)

    22     25  

UK Post Office

    16     19  

Other Retail UK

    6     6  

Corporate and Treasury

    12     10  
           

Total customer deposits

    74     75  
           
           

Loan to deposit ratio

    114 %   123 %

Deposits covered by ELG scheme

    2     21  
           

Group customer deposits of €74 billion have decreased by €1 billion since 31 December 2012. Increases of €1.0 billion in Retail Ireland and €1.6 billion in Corporate and Treasury were offset by a reduction of €3.6 billion in Retail UK balances due to a combination of the impact of the weakening of sterling against euro during the period and a planned fall in volumes in line with the strategy of optimising the Bank of Ireland (UK) plc balance sheet requirements and the closure of Bank of Ireland (IOM) Ltd. On a constant currency basis, the Group's customer deposits are €0.7 billion lower than 31 December 2012.

A key milestone for the Group during 2013 was the Irish Government's withdrawal of the ELG scheme at the end of March for all new liabilities. Volumes of deposits covered by the ELG scheme have reduced from €21 billion at 31 December 2012 to €2 billion at 31 December 2013. There was no adverse impact on deposit volumes or pricing arising from the withdrawal of the ELG scheme.

During the year ended 31 December 2013, reducing deposit pricing has continued to be a key strategic focus of the Group. The Group has taken actions in all of its markets to reduce the price paid on deposits.

Notwithstanding the expiry of ELG and actions to manage down pay rates, Irish retail deposits remained stable with some increase in current account credit balances.

Deposit balances in the Corporate and Treasury division have increased by €1.6 billion to €12 billion since 31 December 2012, reflecting growth in the large corporate and multinational deposit book. The book primarily comprises a mixture of corporate, State, SME and structured retail customer deposits.

The £3 billion reduction in balances in Retail UK to £22 billion at 31 December 2013, was primarily driven by a reduction in the UK Post Office deposits in line with the objective of optimising the level of deposits in Bank of Ireland (UK) plc to more appropriately reflect its balance sheet requirements. The closure of Bank of Ireland (IOM) Ltd also contributed to a reduction in deposits in Retail UK. Deposits in the Group's other UK businesses continue to remain stable and broadly in line with 31 December 2012.

The loan to deposit ratio improved from 123% at 31 December 2012 to 114% at 31 December 2013, which exceeded the requirement of a minimum of 122.5% at 31 December 2013, as set out in the 2011 PCAR .

Customer deposits at 31 December 2013 of €74 billion (31 December 2012: €75 billion) do not include €2.3 billion (31 December 2012: €2.5 billion) of savings and investment products sold by Bank of Ireland Life. These products have a fixed term (typically of five years) and consequently are an additional source of stable retail funding for the Group.

46


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

WHOLESALE FUNDING

 
  31 December 2013   Restated(1) 31 December 2012  
Wholesale funding sources
  €bn   %   €bn   %  

Secured funding

    22     81%     31     79%  

Monetary Authority (gross) other

    8     30%     12     31%  

Monetary Authority (gross) IBRC

            3     8%  

Covered bonds

    7     26%     7     18%  

Securitisations

    3     11%     4     10%  

Private market repo

    4     14%     5     12%  

Unsecured funding

    5     19%     8     21%  

Senior debt

    3     11%     6     16%  

Bank deposits

    2     8%     2     5%  
                   

Total Wholesale funding

    27     100%     39     100%  
                   
                   

Wholesale funding > 1 year to maturity

    20     72%     27     68%  

Wholesale funding < 1 year to maturity

    7     28%     12     32%  

Drawings from Monetary Authorities (net)

    8         15      

Wholesale funding covered by ELG scheme

    3         5      
                   

(1)
For the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.

Wholesale funding of €27 billion has decreased by €12 billion (net) since 31 December 2012 reflecting:

the termination on a no gain / no loss basis of the IBRC repo transaction of €3.1 billion on 13 February 2013 (see note 56 to the Consolidated Financial Statements);

the impact of lower net lending and the sale of assets from other Group entities to Bank of Ireland (UK) plc to the value of €1.5 billion, leading to a reduction in the liquid assets held by Bank of Ireland (UK) plc in excess of regulatory liquidity requirements; and

the remaining reduction of €7 billion is primarily due to the reduction in funding requirements for the lending book.

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group has continued to access the longer term debt markets with:

€2.0 billion of Irish Mortgage Asset Covered Securities across three transactions:

a €500 million five-year transaction in March 2013 at a price of 190 basis points above mid swaps;

a €500 million seven-year transaction in September 2013 at a price of 195 basis points above mid swaps; and

a €1 billion three and half-year transaction in November 2013 at a price of 120 basis points above mid swaps.

A €500 million three-year unguaranteed senior unsecured funding transaction in May 2013 at a price of 220 basis points above mid swaps, which was the Group's first fully unguaranteed senior unsecured term funding transaction since June 2008.

47


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Since the year end the Group has issued a €750 million five year senior unsecured funding transaction in January 2014 at a price of 210 basis points above mid swaps and a €750 million five year Irish Mortgage Asset Covered Securities transaction in March 2014 at a price of 80 basis points above mid swaps.

Other funding from Monetary Authorities (gross) of €8 billion has decreased by €4 billion since 31 December 2012 due to the repayment of amounts borrowed through the ECB's Long Term Refinancing Operations (LTRO). At 31 December 2013, all of the Group's Monetary Authority drawings are under the LTRO and include €4 billion of funding related to NAMA senior bonds. Borrowings under the LTRO will mature by 26 February 2015.

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group repaid €2.8 billion of senior unsecured debt.

At 31 December 2013, €19.9 billion or 72% of wholesale funding had a term to maturity of greater than one year (31 December 2012: €27.0 billion or 68%). Of the €7 billion of wholesale funding with less than one year to maturity €6 billion is secured funding of which €4 billion is private market repo funding.

At 31 December 2013, €2.7 billion or 98% of wholesale funding covered by the ELG has a maturity date of greater than one year. Final maturity of the covered liabilities is expected to occur by December 2015, with c.98% of the covered liabilities of c.€3 billion expected to mature by 30 June 2015.

SUBORDINATED LIABILITIES

Subordinated liabilities
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Contingent Capital Note (CCN)

    977     986  

€250 million 10% Fixed Rate Notes

    240     250  

Other

    458     471  
           

Total

    1,675     1,707  
           
           

The Group's subordinated liabilities at 31 December 2013 are broadly unchanged from 31 December 2012. On 9 January 2013, the State sold its entire holding in the CCN at a price of 101% of its par value plus accrued interest to a diverse group of international institutional investors thereby fixing all future cash coupon payments at 10% per annum.

48


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Movements in stockholders' equity
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
 

Stockholders' equity at beginning of year

    8,657     10,265  

Movements:

             

Loss attributable to stockholders

    (487 )   (1,835 )

Dividends on preference stock

    (240 )   (196 )

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit pension liability

    (117 )   (775 )

Changes in actuarial assumptions and other movements

    (218 )   (775 )

Impact of amendments to defined benefit pension schemes

    101      

Available for sale (AFS) reserve movements

    317     875  

Cash flow hedge reserve movement

    (181 )   148  

Foreign exchange movements

    (81 )   136  

Purchase of non-controlling interest in Midasgrange (note 58)

        39  

Other movements

    7      
           

Stockholders' equity at end of year

    7,875     8,657  
           
           

(1)
For the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.

Stockholders' equity decreased from €8,657 million at 31 December 2012 to €7,875 million at 31 December 2013.

The loss attributable to stockholders of €487 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compares to the loss attributable to stockholders of €1,835 million in the previous year.

During 2013, the Group paid dividends of €232.3 million on the 2009 Preference Stock, including on 9 December 2013, a dividend of €44 million payable on the redemption of €537 million of this stock as part of the capital package announced on 4 December 2013. The Group also paid dividends of €4.6 million and £2.4 million on its other euro and sterling preference stock respectively.

The remeasurement of the net defined benefit pension liability is primarily driven by changes in actuarial assumptions including the discount rate and inflation rate, partly offset by assumption changes arising from amendments to the Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund (BSPF) to address the IAS 19 deficit in the scheme. The market value of pension scheme assets increased by 7.4% (before the impact of the 2013 pension levy charge) and by 6.9% after the levy during the year ended 31 December 2013.

The AFS reserve movement during 2013 is primarily due to a tightening of credit spreads, particularly on the portfolio of Irish Government bonds and Spanish covered bonds.

The cash flow hedge reserve movement primarily reflects changes in the mark to market value of cash flow hedge accounted derivatives. Over time, the reserve will flow through the income statement in line with the underlying hedged instruments.

Foreign exchange movements relate primarily to the impact arising from the translation of the Group's net investments in foreign operations and is due primarily to the strengthening of euro against sterling in the year ended 31 December 2013. It also reflects the recycling of foreign exchange reserves of €12 million (31 December 2012: €56 million) on the winding up of a number of wholly owned dormant and non-trading companies, a number of which are foreign operations.

49


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Other assets and other liabilities
  31 December
2013
€bn
  Restated(1)
31 December 2012
€bn
 

Other assets

    20.5     22.1  

Bank of Ireland Life assets

    14.0     13.2  

Derivative financial instruments

    3.5     5.8  

Deferred tax asset

    1.7     1.6  

Other assets

    1.3     1.5  

Other liabilities

    21.2     23.2  

Bank of Ireland Life liabilities

    14.0     13.2  

Derivative financial instruments

    3.2     5.3  

Pension deficit

    0.8     1.1  

Other liabilities

    3.2     3.6  

(1)
For the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.

At 31 December 2013, Bank of Ireland Life assets and liabilities were €14 billion, an increase of €0.8 billion since 31 December 2012, primarily due to positive investment returns on policyholder managed funds in the year.

Other assets at 31 December 2013 include derivative financial instruments with a positive fair value of €3.5 billion compared to a positive fair value of €5.8 billion at 31 December 2012. Other liabilities at 31 December 2013 include derivative financial instruments with a negative fair value of €3.2 billion compared to a negative fair value of €5.3 billion at 31 December 2012. The movement in the fair value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities is due to the impact of interest rates and the movement in foreign exchange rates (particularly the euro / sterling exchange rate) during 2013.

At 31 December 2013, the deferred tax asset was €1.7 billion, an increase of €0.1 billion since 31 December 2012. The increase in the year ended 31 December 2013 is primarily due to the tax effect of further losses in both Ireland and the UK. The deferred tax asset of €1.7 billion at 31 December 2013 includes an amount of €1.7 billion in respect of operating losses which are available to relieve future profits from tax. Under current Irish and UK tax legislation there is no time restriction on the utilisation of trading losses and based on its estimates of future taxable income, the Group has concluded that it is probable that sufficient taxable profits will be generated to recover this deferred tax asset and it has been recognised in full.

The Finance (No 2) Act 2013 abolished the tax provision applicable to financial institutions participating in NAMA which restricted by 50%, the amount of profits against which the carried forward trading losses could be utilised. The effect of this change is to accelerate the Group's ability to utilise its tax losses carried forward and shorten the recovery period of the deferred tax asset.

At 31 December 2013, the pension deficit was €0.8 billion, a net reduction of €0.3 billion from 31 December 2012. The drivers of this reduction are as follows:

the assets of the Group's pension schemes increased by c.€0.3 billion during the year;

these impacts were partly offset by a reduction in discount rates, with the RoI discount rate reducing to 3.65% at 31 December 2013 from 3.9% at 31 December 2012. Together with other liability assumption changes, this increased the deficit by c.€0.4 billion; and

the Group completed the review of the Group sponsored Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund (BSPF) during 2013 and implemented amendments to benefits to address the IAS 19 deficit in the scheme, reducing the deficit by €0.4 billion.

50


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

CAPITAL

Regulatory capital and key capital ratios

Basel II/CRD    
  Pro forma
Basel III/
CRD IV
transitional
  Pro forma
Basel III/
CRD IV
fully loaded
 
31 December
2012(13)
€m
  31 December
2013
€m
   
  1 January
2014
€m
  31 December
2013
€m
 
 

       

Capital Base

             
 

8,604

    7,869  

Total equity

    7,869     7,869  
 

     

—Impact of amendments to defined benefit pension schemes(1)

    81     81  
 

349

    (210 )

Regulatory adjustments being phased in/out under Basel III/CRD IV

    (465 )   (1,966 )
 

     

Deferred tax assets(5)

        (1,526 )
 

     

10%/15% threshold deduction(6)

    (47 )   (235 )
 

1,154

    842  

Retirement benefit obligations(2)

    609      
 

(150

)   (467 )

Available for sale reserve(3)

    (486 )    
 

(394

)(13)   (338 )

Deduction for unconsolidated investments(4,13)

         
 

(54

)   (75 )

Pension supplementary contributions(2)

    (60 )    
 

(116

)   (59 )

Capital contribution on CCN(2)

    (47 )    
 

     

Tier 1 deductions in excess of Tier 1 capital(7)

    (187 )    
 

(91

)   (113 )

Other adjustments(8)

    (247 )   (205 )
 

(1,180

)   (760 )

Other regulatory adjustments

    (730 )   (1,064 )
 

(242

)   (183 )

Expected loss deduction(9)

    (83 )   (417 )
 

(362

)   (368 )

Intangible assets and goodwill(10)

    (368 )   (368 )
 

(162

)   (115 )

Dividend expected on 2009 Preference Stock(10)

    (115 )   (115 )
 

(227

)   (46 )

Cash flow hedge reserve(10)

    (46 )   (46 )
 

(112

)   22  

Own credit spread adjustment (net of tax)(10)

    22     22  
 

(75

)   (70 )

Securitisation deduction(11)

    (140 )   (140 )
 

7,773

    6,899  

Core tier 1/Common equity tier 1(14)

    6,755     4,920  
                   
 

       

Additional Tier 1

             
 

93

    92  

Tier 1 hybrid debt(7,12)

    74      
 

     

Regulatory adjustments

    (261 )    
 

     

Expected loss deduction(9)

    (167 )    
 

     

10%/15% threshold(6)

    (94 )    
 

     

Tier 1 capital deficit deducted from CET1 capital(7)

    187      
                   
 

7,866

    6,991  

Total tier 1 capital

    6,755     4,920  
                   
                   
 

       

Tier 2

             
 

1,208

    993  

Tier 2 dated debt

    987     965  
 

96

    94  

Tier 2 undated debt

    106     155  
 

(711

)   (591 )

Regulatory adjustments

    (261 )    
 

(394

)(13)   (338 )

Deduction for unconsolidated investments(4,13)

         
 

(242

)   (183 )

Expected loss deduction(9)

    (167 )    
 

     

10%/15% threshold(6)

    (94 )    
 

(75

)   (70 )

Securitisation deduction(11)

         
 

78

    60  

Standardised incurred but not reported (IBNR) provisions

    60      
 

114

    101  

Other adjustments

    83      
                   
 

785

    657  

Total tier 2 capital

    975     1,120  
                   
                   
 

8,651

    7,648  

Total capital

    7,730     6,040  
                   
                   

51


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Basel II/CRD    
  Pro forma
Basel III/
CRD IV
transitional
  Pro forma
Basel III/
CRD IV
fully loaded
 
31 December
2012(13)
€bn
  31 December
2013
€bn
   
  1 January
2014
€bn
  31 December
2013
€bn
 
 

51.9

    51.7  

Credit risk

    50.1     50.1  
 

1.0

    1.2  

Market risk

    1.2     1.2  
 

3.6

    3.5  

Operational risk

    3.5     3.5  
                   
 

56.5

    56.4  

Total risk weighted assets

    54.8     54.8  
                   
                   
 

       

Capital ratios (including 2009 Preference Stock)

             
 

13.8

%   12.2 %

Core tier 1/Common equity tier 1

    12.3 %   9.0 %
 

13.9

%   12.4 %

Tier 1

    12.3 %   9.0 %
 

15.3

%   13.6 %

Total capital

    14.1 %   11.0 %

(1)
Equity is increased in the Basel III pro forma transitional and fully loaded ratios to account for the €81 million arising from the impact of changes made to defined benefit pension schemes which is being realised in Q1 2014 (see note 44 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

(2)
Regulatory deductions applicable under Basel II and phased out under Basel III relate primarily to national filters. These will be phased out at 20% per annum until 2018 and are not applicable under fully loaded rules. The Basel III transitional adjustment for Retirement benefit obligations has been amended to reflect the €81 million of gains arising from the impacts of changes made to defined benefit pension schemes highlighted in footnote 1.

(3)
Available for sale reserve removed from regulatory capital under Basel II. Basel III transitional rules in 2014 require phasing in 20% of unrealised losses and 0% of unrealised gains. Between 2015-2018 unrealised losses and gains will be phased in at the following rates 40%, 60%, 80%, 100%. Reserve is recognisable in capital under fully loaded Basel III rules.

(4)
The deduction for unconsolidated investments is taken 50% from Core tier 1 and 50% from Tier 2 under Basel II. Under Basel III, investments in financial sector entities are incorporated into the 10%/15% threshold deduction. See footnote 6.

(5)
Deduction for deferred tax assets (DTA) relates to DTA on losses carried forward, net of associated deferred tax liabilities. The deduction is phased at 0% in 2014 and 10% per annum thereafter.

(6)
The 10%/15% threshold deduction is phased in at 20% in 2014 and deducted in full from CET1 under fully-loaded rules. The calculation of the 10% / 15% threshold amount includes the benefit of the 2009 Preference Stock on a transitional and fully loaded basis.

(7)
Under Basel III Additional tier 1 deductions in excess of Additional tier 1 capital are deducted from CET1. Under Basel III transitional rules expected loss and significant investments not deducted from CET1 are deducted 50:50 from Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. These deductions contribute to the excess of Additional tier 1 deductions over Additional tier 1 capital. Grandfathered Tier 1 hybrid debt has been offset against total Additional tier 1 deductions.

(8)
Includes technical items such as other national filters and non-qualifying CET1 items.

(9)
The expected loss deduction is taken 50% from Core tier 1 and 50% from Tier 2 under Basel II. Under Basel III transitional rules it is phased in at 20% in 2014. It is deducted in full from CET1 under fully loaded rules. See also footnote 7.

(10)
Regulatory deductions fully applicable under Basel II and Basel III.

(11)
The securitisation deduction is taken 50% from Core tier 1 and 50% from Tier 2 under Basel II. Under Basel III transitional and fully loaded rules it is deducted in full from CET1.

(12)
Non qualifying Tier 1 hybrid debt is phased out of Additional tier 1 at 20% in 2014 and 10% per annum thereafter. Certain debt instruments are phased into Tier 2 capital from Tier 1 capital.

(13)
With effect from 1 January 2013, the deduction for the Group's participation in its Life and pension business is deducted 50:50 from Core tier 1 and Tier 2 capital in accordance with the Capital Requirements Directive (CRD). The comparative period has been restated to reflect this change. The previously reported Core tier 1 ratio under Basel II was 14.4%. Otherwise, the 31 December 2012 amounts remain as previously reported for regulatory purposes and have not been restated for the impact of the adoption of new

52


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

(14)
CET1 capital calculated under both the fully loaded and transitional rules includes the benefits of the 2009 Preference Stock (€1.3 billion outstanding at 31 December 2013). Under Basel III transitional rules state aid instruments are grandfathered until 31 December 2017. However, as part of the capital package completed in December 2013 the Group advised the Central Bank of Ireland that it is not the Group's intention to recognise the 2009 Preference Stock as regulatory CET1 capital after July 2016, unless de-recognition would mean that an adequate capital buffer cannot be maintained above applicable regulatory requirements.

The observations from the Central Bank's Balance Sheet Assessment (BSA) / Asset Quality Review (AQR) at June 2013 have been addressed in the Basel II / CRD and pro forma Basel III / CRD IV reported capital ratios. The Group has incorporated the updated treatment of expected loss and it has considered the observations of the Central Bank in setting the year end impairment provisioning stock and associated impairment charge for 2013. Further engagement in respect of RWA's is envisaged with the Central Bank of Ireland during 2014 and in the meantime the Group has applied certain Central Bank of Ireland required BSA adjustments to the outputs of the Group's RWA calculations which are also reflected in the reported capital ratios.

Basel II/CRD

RWA at 31 December 2013 are in line with 31 December 2012 primarily due to declines in risk weighted assets arising from a reduction in the quantum of loans and advances, loan repayments in excess of new lending and the impact of foreign exchange movements, offset by the impact of incorporating the Central Bank's risk weighted asset adjustments made as part of the BSA / AQR.

On a Basel II / CRD basis, the Core tier 1 ratio at 31 December 2013 of 12.2% compares to an equivalent ratio of 13.8% at 31 December 2012. The decrease is primarily driven by the decline in Core tier 1 capital primarily due to attributable losses incurred during the year ended 31 December 2013 and dividends paid on preference stock.

The Total capital ratio at 31 December 2013 of 13.6% compares to 15.3% at 31 December 2012 driven by lower capital primarily as a result of attributable losses, dividends paid on preference stock and regulatory amortisation of subordinated debt.

Capital actions

In January 2013, the State sold 100% of its €1 billion holding of the CCN's originally issued in July 2011 at a price of 101% of its par value plus accrued interest to a diverse group of international institutional investors thereby fixing all future cash coupon payments on the notes at 10% per annum. This Tier 2 classified note would convert into Bank of Ireland ordinary stock on a breach of the Core tier 1 or transitional CET1 trigger ratio of 8.25% (ratio was 12.2% at 31 December 2013 and 12.3% on a pro forma basis at 1 January 2014) or on a 'non-viability event' as determined by the CBI.

In December 2013, the Group announced a capital package in relation to the 2009 Preference Stock, which had been agreed with the Irish State and the CBI comprising (i) the placing of new units of ordinary stock to generate proceeds of c.€537 million (net of expenses), to redeem c.€537 million of the 2009 Preference Stock and (ii) the sale by the NPRFC of €1.3 billion 2009 Preference Stock to private investors. As part of the capital package completed in December 2013 the Group stated its intention not to redeem the 2009 Preference Stock prior to January 2016, save in certain limited circumstances which would include changes in regulatory capital treatment, breach of waiver deed and taxation. The Group also advised the CBI that it is not the Group's intention to recognise the 2009 Preference Stock as regulatory CET1 capital after July

53


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

2016, unless de-recognition would mean that an adequate capital buffer cannot be maintained above applicable regulatory requirements.

Basel III/CRD IV

The Capital Requirements Directive (CRD IV) and the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) were published in the Official Journal of the EU on 27 June 2013. The CRR had direct effect in EU member states and CRD IV was required to be implemented through national legislation in EU member states by 31 December 2013. CRD IV also includes requirements for regulatory and technical standards to be published by the European Banking Authority (EBA). Many of these have not yet been published or their impact is uncertain. The CRD IV legislation is being implemented on a phased basis from 1 January 2014, with full implementation by 2019.

The Basel III/CRD IV transition rules results in a number of new deductions from CET1 capital being introduced on a phased basis typically with a 20% impact in 2014, 40% in 2015 and so on until 2018. The CBI published their 'Implementation of Competent Authority Discretions and Options in CRD IV and CRR' on 24 December 2013 which clarifies the application of transitional rules in Ireland under CRD IV.

The pro forma ratios as outlined in the above table represents estimates reflecting the Group's interpretation of the CRD IV rules as published on 27 June 2013 and subsequent clarifications, including the CBI paper 'Implementation of Competent Authority discretions and options in CRD IV and CRR'. The actual capital ratios under CRD IV may differ once the rules are assessed in their entirety, related technical standards are finalised and other guidance is issued by the relevant regulatory bodies.

The Group continues to expect to maintain a buffer above a CET1 ratio of 10% on a transitional basis.

Transitional Ratio at 1 January 2014

Risk weighted assets (RWA) at 1 January 2014 of €54.8 billion compares to Basel II RWA at 31 December 2013 of €56.4 billion. Reductions in RWA due to the SME reduction factor, application of fixed maturity adjustment and treatment of deferred tax assets during the transitional period are partially offset by increases due to Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA), higher risk weighted assets for financial institutions and the RWA associated with the 10% / 15% threshold deduction.

The Common equity tier 1 ratio at 1 January 2014 of 12.3% on a pro forma basis compares to the Basel II Core tier 1 ratio of 12.2% at 31 December 2013. The increase relates primarily to lower RWA's partially offset by the impact of the phasing in and out of regulatory deductions and adjustments under the transitional arrangements of the CRR, including:

retirement benefit obligations—add back of deficit under Basel II rules is phased out at 20% p.a., giving a 20% reduction in the add back from that as at 31 December 2013;

expected loss—phased deduction at 1 January 2014 reflects the incorporation of the updated treatment post BSA / AQR;

10% / 15% threshold deduction—reflects threshold calculation for significant investments in financial sector entities and deferred tax assets relating to future profitability and temporary differences; and

items in excess of Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital—CRR rules require that any excess of deductions over available AT1 capital must be deducted from CET1 capital.

The Total capital ratio at 1 January 2014 of 14.1% on a pro forma basis compares to 13.6% at 31 December 2013 primarily driven by lower RWA's, higher Tier 2 capital as a result of the unconsolidated

54


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

investments deduction (in the Life and pension business) being replaced by the 10% / 15% threshold deduction and securitisations being deducted fully from CET1.

Fully Loaded Ratio

The Group's pro forma CET1 ratio, including the 2009 Preference Stock is estimated at 9.0% as at 31 December 2013 on a fully loaded basis, which has increased from 8.5% as at 31 December 2012. The increase is primarily driven by lower RWAs and an improvement in the pension deficit and available for sale (AFS) reserve, partly offset by attributable losses incurred during the year.

Under Basel III transitional rules, state aid instruments, including the 2009 Preference Stock are grandfathered until 31 December 2017. However, as part of the capital package completed in December 2013 the Group advised the Central Bank of Ireland that it is not the Group's intention to recognise the 2009 Preference Stock as regulatory CET1 capital after July 2016, unless de-recognition would mean that an adequate capital buffer cannot be maintained above applicable regulatory requirements. The Group's pro forma ratio excluding the 2009 Preference Stock is estimated to be 6.3% at 31 December 2013.

Leverage ratio

The leverage ratio is 4.9% on a Basel III / CRD IV pro forma transitional basis and 3.7% on a pro forma full implementation basis including the 2009 Preference Stock. The Group expects to remain above the Basel Committee indicated minimum level leverage ratio of 3% on a fully loaded pro forma basis and on a transition basis, including the 2009 Preference Stock.

The Basel committee will monitor the proposed 3% minimum requirement for the leverage ratio and have proposed that final calibrations and any further adjustments to the definition of the leverage ratio will be completed by 2017, with a view to migrating to a Pillar I treatment on 1 January 2018.

Regulatory initiatives

Ahead of Ireland's exit from the EU / IMF programme of support, the Central Bank undertook a BSA / AQR. The BSA / AQR was a point in time capital assessment as at 30 June 2013 and included an assessment by the CBI of risk classifications and provisions and a review of the appropriateness of calculations of risk weighted assets. In December 2013, the CBI confirmed that Bank of Ireland had adequate capital as at 30 June 2013 to meet the requirements determined under the BSA. Consequently, the CBI did not require Bank of Ireland to raise additional capital as a result of the BSA.

As part of the BSA, the CBI also made a range of observations on the Group's treatment of expected loss on mortgage assets, the level of impairment provisions at 30 June 2013 and the Group's risk weighted asset calculations. The CBI requested that the Group consider these observations in preparing its financial results and Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2013. The Group has done so by incorporating the updated treatment of expected loss and has taken the CBI's observations into consideration as part of its comprehensive process in setting the year end impairment provisioning stock and associated impairment charge for 2013. Further engagement in respect of risk weighted assets is envisaged with the Central Bank of Ireland during 2014 and, in the meantime, the Group has applied certain Central Bank of Ireland required BSA adjustments to the outputs of the Group's risk weighted asset calculations, which are also reflected in the Group's reported capital ratios at 31 December 2013.

The BSA also included a Data Integrity Verification (DIV) element to ensure key data, data fields and processes are robust. There were no findings or issues arising from the DIV that materially impact the BSA. The BSA represents a review under the CBI's Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP)

55


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

and Full Risk Assessment (FRA) and, as such, the result may be considered by the Central Bank of Ireland in determining the Pillar II capital requirements of the Group.

The European Central Bank (ECB) under the forthcoming Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM) will also conduct a Comprehensive Assessment (CA) during 2014. The CA will include a balance sheet and risk assessment and is expected to encompass the European Banking Authority (EBA) and ECB EU-wide stress test.

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE

Divisional Performance—on an Underlying Basis

Income statement—underlying (loss)/profit before tax
  Year ended 31 December 2013
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Retail Ireland

    (697 )   (989 )   (1,023 )

Bank of Ireland Life

    107     96     25  

Retail UK

    (153 )   (368 )   (327 )

Corporate and Treasury

    487     350     385  

Group Centre

    (310 )   (570 )   (565 )

Other reconciling items(2)

    (3 )   (18 )   (31 )
               

Underlying loss before tax

    (569 )   (1,499 )   (1,536 )

Non-core items

    44     (679 )   1,329  
               

Loss before tax

    (525 )   (2,178 )   (207 )
               
               

(1)
For the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.

(2)
This relates to segmental income on certain inter-segment transactions, which is eliminated at a Group level.

The individual divisional income statements have been presented on an underlying basis in accordance with IFRS 8—Operating segments. Information on the divisions and their underlying performance is shown in note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—operating segments (see pages 258 to 267).

Underlying performance excludes non-core items which are those items that the Group believes obscure the underlying performance trends in the business. The Group has treated the following items as non-core; impact of changes to pension benefits in the Group sponsored defined benefit schemes, charge / gain arising on the movement in the Group's credit spreads, cost of restructuring programme, gross-up for policyholder tax in the Life business, loss / profit on disposal / liquidation of business activities, loss on delever-aging of financial assets, gain on liability management exercises, investment return on treasury stock held for policyholders and gain on Contingent Capital Note.

The divisional underlying performance is reconciled to the Group statutory performance on pages 71 to 73.

56


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

RETAIL IRELAND

Retail Ireland incorporates the Group's branch network and Direct Channels (mobile, online and phone), Mortgage Business, Consumer Banking, Business Banking and Private Banking activities in the Republic of Ireland and is built on a broad distribution platform and a comprehensive suite of retail and business products and services.

As set out in note 63 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, on 9 July 2013 the European Commission gave approval under the State aid rules to amend the Group's Revised 2011 EU Restructuring Plan, which permitted the retention of New Ireland Assurance Company plc (NIAC) its life assurance company which distributes protection, investment and pension products to the Irish market, through independent brokers, its financial advisors (direct sales force) and the Group's branch network, but required a range of substitution measures. One of these substitution measures is that the Group will exit from the origination of new mortgages through its intermediary channel, including the sale (or retirement) of the ICS Building Society's distribution platform together with the sale, if required by the acquirer, of up to €1.0 billion of intermediary originated mortgage assets and matched deposits.

Retail Ireland:
Income statement
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 
Net interest income     886     674     857  
Net other income     326     304     284  
               
Operating income     1,212     978     1,141  
               
Operating expenses     (791 )   (829 )   (858 )
               
Operating profit before impairment charges on financial assets and gain on sale of assets to NAMA     421     149     283  
               
Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers     (1,109 )   (1,149 )   (1,297 )
Impairment charges on assets sold to NAMA             (9 )
Gain on sale of assets to NAMA         5     1  
Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax)     (9 )   6     (1 )
               
Underlying loss before tax     (697 )   (989 )   (1,023 )
               
               

(1)
From 1 January 2013, the Group adopted IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) which resulted in an increase in the pension charge included in operating expenses of €4 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 and €7 million for the year ended 31 December 2011 (see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

The Group adopted IFRS 10, from 1 January 2013, which resulted in the deconsolidation of certain entities with interests in an international investment property within Retail Ireland. The impact of this has been to reclassify the income statement lines relating to these entities to share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax), but with no impact on underlying loss before tax. The comparative figures for the year ended 31 December 2012 have been restated to reflect this, resulting in a €9 million increase in net interest income, a €26 million decrease in net other income, a €11 million decrease in operating expenses and a €5 million increase in share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax). The comparative figures for the year ended 31 December 2011 have been restated to reflect this, resulting in a €8 million increase in net interest income, a €13 million decrease in net other income, a €10 million decrease in operating expenses and a €4 million decrease in share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax). See note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

57


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

Retail Ireland reported an underlying loss before tax of €697 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €989 million for the previous year. The reduction of €292 million was due primarily to an increase of 183% in operating profit before impairment charges of €272 million to €421 million and a reduction of €40 million in impairment charges.

The change in 'net interest income' and 'net other income' is impacted by IFRS income classifications between the two income categories (see pages 28 and 29).

Net interest income
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 
Net interest income     886     674     857  
IFRS income classifications     24     26      
               
Net interest income (after IFRS income classifications)     910     700     857  
               
               

*
Please see page 57 for details.

Net interest income (after IFRS income classifications) of €910 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 was €210 million or 30% higher than the previous year. This increase is primarily driven by the lower cost of customer deposits and other funding sources, the impact of higher lending margins on new lending and repricing relevant loan portfolios to incorporate a liquidity charge that references the actual cost of funds. While demand for new lending remains relatively muted, new lending volumes have been increasing quarter on quarter throughout 2013. These factors have been partly offset by the continued negative impact of historically low official interest rates and lower average loan volumes.

Net other income
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 
Net other income     326     304     284  
IFRS income classifications     (24 )   (26 )    
               
Net other income (after IFRS income classifications)     302     278     284  
               
               

*
Please see page 57 for details.

Net other income (after IFRS income classifications) of €302 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 was €24 million or 9% higher than the same period in 2012. This is primarily due to higher retail banking fees of €14 million, higher interchange income of €7 million and increased gains on international investment properties of €5 million in 2013. These factors are partly offset by the impact of lower general insurance income.

Operating expenses of €791 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 are €38 million or 5% lower than the previous year. The impacts of lower staff numbers and lower infrastructure costs were partly offset by higher pension costs primarily due to the impact of lower discount rates during 2013. Staff numbers have reduced by 7% from 4,932 at 31 December 2012 to 4,592 at 31 December 2013.

58


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax) gave rise to a charge of €9 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to a gain of €6 million for the year ended 31 December 2012. This was primarily due to a decrease in the value of international investment properties and other investment funds.

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 
Residential mortgages     542     418     444  
Non-property SME and corporate     233     223     281  
Property and construction     309     479     520  
Consumer     25     29     52  
               
Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers     1,109     1,149     1,297  
               
               

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers of €1,109 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 were €40 million or 3% lower compared to the previous year.

Further analysis and commentary on changes in the loan portfolios, asset quality and impairment is set out in the asset quality and impairment section.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

Retail Ireland reported an underlying loss before tax of €989 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €1,023 million for the previous year.

Net interest income (after IFRS income classifications) of €700 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 was €157 million or 18% lower than the previous year. This decrease was driven by the relatively high cost of customer deposits and other funding sources, together with the continued negative impact of historically low official interest rates and lower average loan volumes. These factors were partly offset by higher lending margins on new lending, albeit demand for new lending remained muted, and by repricing relevant loan portfolios to incorporate a liquidity charge that references the actual cost of funds.

Net other income (after IFRS income classifications) of €278 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 was €6 million or 2% lower than the previous year. This was due to a reduction of €26 million from IFRS income classifications and the loss of income which resulted from the sale of FCE Corporation in August 2011. This was partly offset by the impact of gains of €1 million on investment properties compared to charges of €12 million in the previous year and the impact of a provision of €13 million in the previous year relating to a court hearing in connection with a European property investment, together with an increase in retail banking fees and commissions in 2012.

Operating expenses of €829 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 were €29 million or 3% lower than the previous year. The impacts of lower staff numbers, lower infrastructure costs and the sale of FCE Corporation in August 2011 were partly offset by investments in a programme to provide support for customers in mortgage arrears.

The share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax) gave rise to a gain of €6 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to a loss of €1 million in the previous year.

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers of €1,149 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 were €148 million or 11% lower compared to the previous year.

59


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Further analysis and commentary on changes in the loan portfolios, asset quality and impairment is set out in the Asset Quality and Impairment section.

Retail Ireland:
Balance sheet
  31 December
2013
€bn
  31 December
2012
€bn
 
Loans and advances to customers (net of impairment provisions)     39     41  
Customer deposits     36     35  
           

Loans and advances to customers (after impairment provisions) of €39 billion at 31 December 2013 have decreased by €2 billion since 31 December 2012. This net decrease is as a result of loan repayments and impairment provisions, partly offset by new lending across all sectors which remains muted.

Customer deposits of €36 billion at 31 December 2013 have increased by €1 billion since 31 December 2012. Reducing deposit pricing has continued to be a key strategic focus and action has been taken in all markets to reduce the price paid on deposits. Within deposits, current account credit balances of €12 billion at 31 December 2013 have increased by €1 billion since 31 December 2012.

BANK OF IRELAND LIFE

Bank of Ireland Life comprises the life assurer, New Ireland Assurance Company plc (NIAC) which distributes protection, investment and pension products to the Irish market, through independent brokers, its financial advisors (direct sales force) and the Group's branch network.

As set out in note 63 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, on 9 July 2013 the European Commission gave approval under the State aid rules to amend the Group's Revised 2011 EU Restructuring Plan, which permitted the retention of NIAC but required a range of substitution measures (see page 388).

Bank of Ireland Life:
Income statement
(IFRS performance)
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December 2011
€m
 

Net interest income

    48     38     5  

Net other income

    131     133     169  
               

Operating income

    179     171     174  

Operating expenses

    (90 )   (93 )   (102 )
               

Operating profit

    89     78     72  
               
               

Investment variance

    21     21     (28 )

Economic assumption changes

    (3 )   (3 )   (19 )
               

Underlying profit before tax

    107     96     25  
               
               

(1)
From 1 January 2013, the Group adopted IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) which resulted in an increase in the pension charge included in operating expenses of €1 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 and €1 million for the year ended 31 December 2011 (see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

The underlying profit before tax of €107 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 is €11 million or 11% higher than the previous year and has benefited from a positive investment variance.

60


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Bank of Ireland Life has performed well in a challenging market during the year ended 31 December 2013, with sales growing by 6%, in line with the market and resulting in 24% market share of new business. Sales were ahead in each channel compared to the prior year with pension sales showing strong growth. Total new business margins were ahead of last year reflecting lower acquisition costs. Profits from the book of existing business were also strong reflecting positive experience variances from mortality and persistency compared to those assumed.

Operating profit of €89 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 was €11 million or 14% higher than the previous year as a result of higher operating income and lower costs.

Operating income of €179 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 is €8 million or 5% higher than the previous year reflecting higher persistency and mortality profits over the year.

Operating expenses of €90 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 are €3 million lower than the year ended 31 December 2012. Costs excluding those related to the higher pension deficit, were €6 million lower than the previous period reflecting the efficiency benefits arising from investments in customer service and technology together with the impact from an uplift in the value of NIAC's owner occupied property of €1.6 million. This was partly offset by a €3 million increase in pension costs, primarily due to the impact of lower discount rates in 2013.

During the year ended 31 December 2013, investment funds outperformed the unit growth assumption to give rise to a positive investment variance of €21 million (31 December 2012: €21 million).

The overall impact of higher interest rates, including the impact on the economic assumptions, gave rise to a net charge of €3 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €3 million). The discount rate applied to future cash flows was increased to 7.11% at 31 December 2013 (an increase of 0.50% as compared to 31 December 2012). The future growth rate on unit linked assets increased to 4.75% at 31 December 2013 (an increase of 0.60% as compared to 31 December 2012).

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

Operating profit of €78 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 was €6 million or 8% higher than the previous year, primarily due to lower operating expenses.

Operating income of €171 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 is €3 million or 2% lower than the previous year, primarily as a result of a lower risk discount rate in 2012, offset by the benefit of higher new business volumes and improved persistency and mortality experience. Customers continued to invest in and switch to low risk funds, predominantly invested in deposit based products, resulting in a higher mix of income in interest income.

Bank of Ireland Life performed well during the year ended 31 December 2012, with sales growing by 4% compared to a market which decreased by 5% over the same period. Market share continued to grow in a challenging environment and had grown to 24% by 31 December 2012. Annual premium equivalent (APE) sales for the year ended 31 December 2012 were 4% higher than the previous year. Higher sales volumes were achieved in regular premium pension products and single premium life products. Bank channel sales were particularly strong over the period.

Experience variances on existing business were positive over the period as actual mortality and morbidity experience compared favourably to that assumed. Persistency experience improved on the prior year.

Operating expenses of €93 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 were €9 million or 9% lower than the previous year, reflecting efficiencies achieved through investment in customer service and technology

61


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

initiatives together with lower staff numbers, and a lower property impairment in respect of NIAC's owner occupied property.

The underlying profit before tax for the year ended 31 December 2012 benefited from a positive investment variance.

During the year ended 31 December 2012, investment funds outperformed the unit growth assumption to give rise to a positive investment variance of €21 million. This compared to a negative investment variance of €28 million in the previous year following a fall in investment markets in that year.

The impact of economic assumption changes and interest rate movements (including changes in the value of sovereign bonds and lower interest rates) gave rise to a net charge of €3 million for the year ended 31 December 2012, compared to a net charge of €19 million for the previous year. As yields fell the value of Government bonds increased during the year ended 31 December 2012. Risk free rates also reduced over the same period. As a result, the discount rate applied to future cash flows was reduced from 7.0% at 31 December 2011 to 6.6% at 31 December 2012 and the future growth rate on unit linked assets was reduced from 4.75% at 31 December 2011 to 4.15% at 31 December 2012.

RETAIL UK (STERLING)

The Retail UK Division incorporates the exclusive financial services relationship and foreign exchange joint venture with the UK Post Office, the UK residential mortgage business, the Group's branch network in Northern Ireland and the Group's business banking business in Great Britain and Northern Ireland. The Retail UK division includes the activities of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc, the Group's wholly owned UK licensed banking subsidiary.

As set out in note 63 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, on 9 July 2013, the European Commission gave approval under the State aid rules to amend the Group's Revised 2011 EU Restructuring Plan, which permitted the retention of NIAC but required a range of substitution measures. One of these substitution measures is that the Group will exit its existing Great Britain based business banking activities, with gross assets of c.£3 billion, which form part of the Retail UK division. This measure does not impact on the Group's consumer banking business in Great Britain including its partnership with the Post Office, or its activities in Northern Ireland.

62


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Retail UK:
Income statement
  Year ended
31 December
2013
£m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
£m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2011
£m
 

Net interest income

    486     298     319  

Net other income

    3     32     103  
               

Operating income

    489     330     422  

Operating expenses

    (292 )   (313 )   (330 )
               

Operating profit before impairment charges on financial assets and loss on sale of assets to NAMA

    197     17     92  

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers

    (360 )   (342 )   (375 )

Impairment charge on available for sale (AFS) financial assets

        (1 )    

Impairment charges on assets sold to NAMA

            (23 )

Loss on sale of assets to NAMA

        (7 )   (6 )

Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax)

    34     32     31  
               

Underlying loss before tax

    (129 )   (301 )   (281 )
               

Underlying loss before tax (€m equivalent)

    (153 )   (368 )   (327 )
               
               

(1)
From 1 January 2013, the Group adopted IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) which resulted in an increase in the pension charge included in operating expenses of £1 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 and £2 million for the year ended 31 December 2011 (see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

Retail UK reported an underlying loss before tax of £129 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to an underlying loss before tax of £301 million in the previous year. The reduction of £172 million relates to an improvement in operating profit before impairment charges of £180 million and an increase of £18 million in impairment charges.

Net interest income of £486 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 is £188 million or 63% higher than the previous year. The increase reflects the full year impact of asset pricing decisions made during 2012 and in early 2013. The increase also reflects the material reduction in deposit pay rates during the first quarter of 2013 and in other funding costs, partially offset by a 10% decrease in average lending volumes.

Net other income was a gain of £3 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 and is £29 million lower than the previous year. Commissions payable to the UK Post Office were £25 million higher than the previous year. This reflects a change in the contractual arrangements for commission payments where revised commission arrangements for all products were agreed with the UK Post Office in August 2012 as part of the renegotiation and extension of the overall financial services relationship. Since August 2012, commission paid is primarily reflected in net other income whereas under previous contractual arrangements a small proportion of the total amount paid was included in operating costs. Income from the sale of structured deposit products, transaction related fees and commissions and foreign exchange income also decreased in the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the previous year.

Operating expenses of £292 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 are £21 million lower than the previous year reflecting lower staff and infrastructure costs following the implementation of a cost

63


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

reduction programme in the Northern Ireland business and the Group's business banking business in Great Britain, partially offset by ongoing investment in the relationship with the UK Post Office.

The share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax) of £34 million, which relates to First Rate Exchange Services Limited (FRES), the foreign exchange joint venture with the UK Post Office, is £2 million higher than the previous year. The Group's share of income from FRES has increased despite a continued decline in the overall UK travel market.

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers
  Year ended
31 December
2013
£m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
£m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
£m
 

Residential mortgages

    27     35     22  

Non-property SME and corporate

    95     43     64  

Property and construction

    224     246     265  

Consumer

    14     18     24  
               

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers

    360     342     375  
               
               

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers of £360 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 were £18 million or 5% higher than the previous year.

Further analysis and commentary on changes in the loan portfolios, asset quality and impairment is set out in the asset quality and impairment section.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

Retail UK reported an underlying loss before tax of £301 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to £281 million in the previous year.

Net interest income of £298 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 is £21 million or 7% lower than the previous year. The decrease is primarily due to a 14% reduction in average lending volumes and high deposit and other funding costs, partly offset by increased asset pricing, primarily on residential mortgages where the standard variable rate was increased by 150 basis points in two phases during 2012.

Net other income of £32 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 is £71 million lower than the previous year. Commissions payable to the UK Post Office and to the Group's provider of ISA savings products were £21 million higher than the previous year, reflecting a combination of a 19% increase in average deposit volumes originated under the Post Office brand and revised commission arrangements for all products agreed with UK Post Office as part of the extension and strengthening of the overall financial services relationship.

Transaction related fees and commissions and foreign exchange income decreased during the year reflecting lower levels of fee generating current account activity and lower transactional activity in other products. Net other income for the year ended 31 December 2011 also included the benefit of certain gains amounting to £22 million (including NAMA related adjustments) which did not re-occur in 2012.

Operating expenses of £313 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 were £17 million lower than the previous year. Reductions in staff and infrastructure costs were partly offset by investment in the relationship with the UK Post Office and higher regulatory costs.

64


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax) of £32 million, which related to First Rate Exchange Services Limited (FRES), the foreign exchange joint venture with the UK Post Office, was £1 million higher than the previous year.

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers of £342 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 were £33 million or 9% lower than the previous year.

Further analysis and commentary on changes in the loan portfolios, asset quality and impairment is set out in the Asset Quality and Impairment section.

Retail UK:
Balance sheet
  31 December
2013
£bn
  31 December
2012
£bn
 

Loans and advances to customers (net of impairment provisions)

    29     32  

Customer deposits

    22     25  
           

Loans and advances to customers (after impairment provisions) of £29 billion have decreased by £3 billion since 31 December 2012. This decrease was the result of loan repayments and impairment provisions, partly offset by new lending. New lending during 2013 primarily comprises UK Residential mortgages marketed under both the Post Office and Bank of Ireland brands. Demand for business lending remained muted during the year.

Customer deposits of £22 billion have decreased by £3 billion since 31 December 2012, this planned fall in volumes is in line with the objective of optimising the level of deposits in Bank of Ireland (UK) plc to more appropriately reflect its balance sheet requirements and the closure of Bank of Ireland (IOM) Ltd.

65


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

CORPORATE AND TREASURY

The Corporate and Treasury Division comprises Corporate Banking, Global Markets and IBI Corporate Finance.

As set out in note 63 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, on 9 July 2013, the European Commission gave approval under the State aid rules to amend the Group's Revised 2011 EU Restructuring Plan, which permitted the retention of NIAC but required a range of substitution measures. One of these substitution measures is that the Group will exit from its Great Britain based Corporate Banking activities, which form part of the Corporate and Treasury division. This measure does not impact on the Group's Leveraged Acquisition Finance business.

Corporate and Treasury:
Income statement
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Net interest income

    617     633     742  

Net other income

    174     57     44  
               

Operating income

    791     690     786  
               

Operating expenses

    (172 )   (184 )   (188 )
               

Operating profit before impairment charges on financial assets and gain on sale of assets to NAMA

    619     506     598  
               

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers

    (132 )   (153 )   (207 )

Impairment charges on assets sold to NAMA

            (9 )

Impairment charge on available for sale (AFS) financial assets

        (4 )   (21 )

Gain on sale of assets to NAMA

        1     24  
               

Underlying profit before tax

    487     350     385  
               
               

(1)
From 1 January 2013, the Group adopted IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) which resulted in an increase in the pension charge included in operating expenses of €1 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 and €1 million for the year ended 31 December 2011 (see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

Corporate and Treasury reported an underlying profit before tax of €487 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €350 million in the previous year. The increase of €137 million or 39% is primarily driven by higher income arising from improved lending margins, higher yields on liquid assets and the reduction in the cost of deposits. It also reflects recoveries of the administrators settlement associated with the collapse of Lehman Brothers in September 2008 and higher gains arising on the transfer from the available for sale reserve on asset disposals.

66


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The change in 'net interest income' and 'net other income' is impacted by IFRS income classifications between the two income categories (see pages 28 and 29).

Net interest income
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Net interest income

    617     633     742  

IFRS income classifications

    (34 )   (113 )   (102 )
               

Net interest income (after IFRS income classifications)

    583     520     640  
               
               

Net interest income (after IFRS classifications) of €583 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 has increased by €63 million or 12% compared to the previous year. This increase is primarily as a result of improved margins on the corporate loan books as term facilities at historic lower margins are replaced by facilities reflecting current market pricing, a reduction in the cost of deposits, and a higher yield on the liquid asset portfolio. These factors are partly offset by a reduction in average loan volumes due to deleveraging in 2012 and net loan repayments, together with a reduction in the size of the liquid asset portfolio, primarily due to lower requirements to hold liquid assets as the Group increases the term of its wholesale funding profile.

Net other income
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Net other income

    174     57     44  

IFRS income classifications

    34     113     102  
               

Net other income (after IFRS income classifications)

    208     170     146  
               
               

Net other income (after IFRS classifications) of €208 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 has increased by €38 million or 22% compared to the previous year. Ongoing business income levels were similar in both years, with the increase in reported income attributable to a number of non-recurring items, primarily €40 million higher recoveries on the administration settlement associated with the collapse of Lehman Brothers in September 2008 and €33 million higher transfers from the available for sale reserve on asset disposals as the Group switched some shorter dated Irish sovereign bonds to longer maturities, partly offset by a valuation adjustment related to the funding cost of derivatives in line with emerging market practice.

Operating expenses of €172 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 have decreased by €12 million or 7% compared to the previous year primarily due to continued tight cost management and lower average staff numbers.

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Non-property SME and Corporate

    122     137     142  

Property and construction

    10     16     65  
               

Total impairment charges on loans and advances to customers

    132     153     207  
               
               

67


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers of €132 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 have decreased by €21 million or 14% compared to the previous year.

Further analysis and commentary on changes in the loan portfolios, asset quality and impairment is set out in the asset quality and impairment section.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

Corporate and Treasury reported an underlying profit before tax of €350 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €385 million in the previous year.

The change in 'Net interest income' and 'Net other income' is impacted by IFRS income classifications between the two income categories (see pages 28 and 29).

Net interest income (after IFRS classifications) of €520 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €120 million or 19% compared to the previous year. This decrease was primarily as a result of a reduction in average loan volumes due to both deleveraging and loan repayments and a reduction in the size of the liquid asset portfolio due to lower requirements to hold liquid assets as the Group increases the term of its wholesale funding profile. These factors were partly offset by improved margins on the corporate loan books as term facilities at historic lower margins were replaced by facilities reflecting current market pricing and a higher yield on the liquid asset portfolio.

Net other income (after IFRS classifications) of €170 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 increased by €24 million or 16% compared to the previous year. This increase was driven by movements in interest rates during 2012 impacting non-hedged derivatives in the banking book and higher transfers from the available for sale reserve on asset disposals in the year ended 31 December 2012, partly offset by lower upfront fees in Corporate Banking, lower fee income on the termination of loans (the higher income in the prior year arose from the Group's deleveraging initiatives) and the loss of income from BoISS following its disposal in 2011.

Operating expenses of €184 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €4 million or 2% compared to the previous year. The decrease was primarily due to lower costs following the sale of BoISS during 2011 and the Burdale business in 2012, as well as the benefits from continued tight management of all other costs, offset by the impact of some costs recoveries in 2011 which did not reoccur in 2012.

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers of €153 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €54 million or 26% compared to the previous year.

Further analysis and commentary on changes in the loan portfolios, asset quality and impairment is set out in the Asset Quality and Impairment section.

The impairment charge on available for sale (AFS) financial assets of €4 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €17 million or 81% compared to the previous year, due primarily to an impairment charge of €16 million in 2011 which the Group incurred on subordinated debt issued by Irish Life and Permanent plc.

Corporate and Treasury:
Balance sheet
  31 December
2013
€bn
  31 December
2012
€bn
 

Loans and advances to customers (net of impairment provisions)

    10     12  

Customer deposits

    12     10  
           

68


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Loans and advances to customers (after impairment provisions) of €10 billion at 31 December 2013 were €2 billion lower than the previous year, primarily as a result of net loan repayments.

Customer deposits at 31 December 2013 of €12 billion were €2 billion higher than at 31 December 2012, reflecting growth in the large corporate and multinational deposit book. The book primarily comprises a mixture of corporate, State, SME and structured retail customer deposits.

GROUP CENTRE

Group Centre comprises capital management activities, unallocated Group support costs and the cost associated with schemes such as the ELG scheme, the Deposit Guarantee Scheme (DGS) and the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS).

Group Centre:
Income statement
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated(1)
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

ELG fees

    (129 )   (388 )   (449 )

Other income

    3     4     (7 )
               

Net operating expense

    (126 )   (384 )   (456 )
               

Operating expenses

    (184 )   (148 )   (122 )

Impairment charge on available for sale (AFS) financial assets

        (40 )    

Gain on sale of assets to NAMA

        2     13  
               

Underlying loss before tax

    (310 )   (570 )   (565 )
               
               

(1)
From 1 January 2013, the Group adopted IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) which resulted in an increase in the pension charge included in operating expenses of €3 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 and €6 million for the year ended 31 December 2011 (see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

Group Centre reported an underlying loss before tax of €310 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €570 million for the year ended 31 December 2012.

Net operating expense was a charge of €126 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to a charge of €384 million for the previous year. The decreased charge of €258 million in the year is driven primarily by lower ELG fees of €129 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €388 million for the previous year. The ELG scheme was withdrawn for all new liabilities on 28 March 2013. The total liabilities covered by the ELG scheme is €5 billion at 31 December 2013 compared to €26 billion at 31 December 2012. Final maturity of the covered liabilities is expected to occur by December 2017, with c.80% of the covered liabilities of €5 billion expected to mature by 30 June 2015.

Operating expenses of €184 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 are €36 million higher than the previous year. The increase is due mainly to higher pension charges in 2013 coupled with higher regulatory related costs and a charge under the deposit guarantee scheme following the liquidation of IBRC.

An impairment charge on available for sale (AFS) financial assets of €40 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 related to the NAMA subordinated bonds following an assessment of NAMA's outlook for its long term performance at that time.

69


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

Group Centre reported an underlying loss before tax of €570 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €565 million for the year ended 31 December 2011.

Net operating expense was a charge of €384 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to a charge of €456 million for the previous year. The decreased charge of €72 million in the year is driven primarily by:

lower ELG fees of €388 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €449 million for the previous year, primarily due to a reduction in total liabilities covered by the ELG from €42 billion at 31 December 2011 to €26 billion at 31 December 2012, reflecting the withdrawal of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc and the Group's Isle of Man subsidiary from the scheme, the sale of non ELG covered deposits and the repayment of ELG covered wholesale funding;

lower interest expense on subordinated debt securities following the liability management exercises completed during 2011;

favourable trading gains on the exchange of the Group's holding of Irish Government bonds in respect of a 4% Treasury bond 2014 for a new 4.5% Treasury bond maturing in 2015 and in respect of a 5% Treasury bond 2013 and a 4% Treasury bond 2014 for a new 5.5% Treasury bond maturing in 2017;

partly offset by:

charges associated with hedging the Group's structural balance sheet given the movement in exchange rates together with hedge ineffectiveness.

Operating expenses of €148 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 were €26 million higher than the previous year. Operating expenses for 2012 included a charge of €30 million in respect of the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS). This charge related to a levy by the FSCS for costs incurred in respect of actions taken in 2008 to protect and / or compensate depositors in failing UK banks. The charge was allocated between current FSCS members, including Bank of Ireland (UK) plc, based on deposit volumes at dates on or before 31 December 2012.

Increases in other regulatory and compliance costs were partly offset by efficiencies achieved through investment in customer service and technology initiatives and the implementation of initiatives to consolidate, standardise and simplify the Group's operations.

During 2012 the Group and the trustees of the Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund (BSPF) agreed to recover the 2011 and 2012 Irish pension levies from the relevant ROI members. Operating expenses in 2012 reflected the recovery of the 2011 pension levy.

An impairment charge on available for sale (AFS) financial assets of €40 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 related to the NAMA subordinated bonds following NAMA's updated outlook for its long term performance.

70



BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

INCOME STATEMENT—OPERATING SEGMENTS

Year ended
31 December 2013
  Net
interest
income
€m
  Insurance
net
premium
income
€m
  Other
income
€m
  Total
operating
income
€m
  Insurance
contract
liabilities
and claims
paid
€m
  Total
operating
income
net of
insurance
claims
€m
  Operating
expenses
€m
  Operating
profit/(loss)
before
impairment
charges on
financial
assets
€m
  Impairment
charge on
loans and
advances to
customers
€m
  Loss on
deleveraging
€m
  Share of
results of
associates
and joint
ventures
(after tax)
€m
  Loss on
disposal/
liquidation
of
business
activities
€m
  Profit/
(loss)
before
taxation
€m
 

Retail Ireland

    886         326     1,212         1,212     (791 )   421     (1,109 )       (9 )       (697 )

Bank of Ireland Life

    48     1,064     551     1,663     (1,466 )   197     (90 )   107                     107  

Retail UK

    572         3     575         575     (344 )   231     (424 )       40         (153 )

Corporate and Treasury

    617         174     791         791     (172 )   619     (132 )               487  

Group Centre

    (120 )   9     (47 )   (158 )   32     (126 )   (184 )   (310 )                   (310 )

Other reconciling items

    1         (4 )   (3 )       (3 )       (3 )                   (3 )
                                                       

Group—underlying(1)

    2,004     1,073     1,003     4,080     (1,434 )   2,646     (1,581 )   1,065     (1,665 )       31         (569 )

Total non-core items

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Impact of changes to pension benefits in the Group sponsored defined benefit schemes

                            274     274                     274  

Change arising on the movement in the Group's credit spreads

            (118 )   (118 )   (36 )   (154 )       (154 )                   (154 )

Cost of restructuring programme

                            (90 )   (90 )                   (90 )

Gross-up for policyholder tax in the Life business

            26     26         26         26                     26  

Loss on disposal/liquidation of business activities

                                                (10 )   (10 )

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets

                                        (3 )           (3 )

Gain on liability management exercises

            4     4         4         4                     4  

Investment return on treasury stock held for policyholders

            (3 )   (3 )       (3 )       (3 )                   (3 )
                                                       

Group total

    2,004     1,073     912     3,989     (1,470 )   2,519     (1,397 )   1,122     (1,665 )   (3 )   31     (10 )   (525 )
                                                       
                                                       

(1)
Underlying performance excludes the impact of non-core items (see page 56).

71



BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

INCOME STATEMENT—OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Operating
profit/(loss)
before
impairment
charges on
financial
assets
€m
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  Insurance
contract
liabilities
and claims
paid
€m
  Total
operating
income
net of
insurance
claims
€m
   
  Impairment
charge on
loans and
advances to
customers
€m
  Impairment
charge on
available
for sale
assets
€m
  Gain/
(loss) on
sale of
assets
to NAMA
€m
   
  Share of
results of
associates
and joint
ventures
(after tax)
€m
  Loss on
disposal/
liquidation
of
business
activities
€m
   
 
 
   
  Insurance
net
premium
income
€m
   
   
   
   
  Profit/
(loss)
before
taxation
€m
 
 
  Net
interest
income
€m
   
  Total
operating
income
€m
   
   
 
Restated(1)
  Other
income
€m
  Operating
expenses
€m
  Loss on
deleveraging
€m
 
Year ended 31 December 2012
 

Retail Ireland

    674         304     978         978     (829 )   149     (1,149 )       5         6         (989 )

Bank of Ireland Life

    38     1,146     725     1,909     (1,720 )   189     (93 )   96                             96  

Retail UK

    368         40     408         408     (384 )   24     (422 )   (1 )   (9 )       40         (368 )

Corporate and Treasury

    633         57     690         690     (184 )   506     (153 )   (4 )   1                 350  

Group Centre

    (347 )   10     (89 )   (426 )   42     (384 )   (148 )   (532 )       (40 )   2                 (570 )

Other reconciling items(2)

    1         (19 )   (18 )       (18 )       (18 )                           (18 )
                                                               

Group—underlying(3)

    1,367     1,156     1,018     3,541     (1,678 )   1,863     (1,638 )   225     (1,724 )   (45 )   (1 )       46         (1,499 )

Total non-core items

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Loss on deleveraging

                                                (326 )           (326 )

Charges arising on the movement in the Group's credit spreads(4),(5)

            (250 )   (250 )   (47 )   (297 )       (297 )                           (297 )

Cost of restructuring programme

                            (150 )   (150 )                           (150 )

Loss on disposal/liquidation of business activities

                                                        (69 )   (69 )

Gain on Contingent Capital Note

    79             79         79         79                             79  

Gain on liability management exercises

            69     69         69         69                             69  

Gross-up for policyholder tax in the Life business

            16     16         16         16                             16  

Investment return on treasury stock held for policyholders

            (1 )   (1 )       (1 )       (1 )                           (1 )
                                                               

Group total

    1,446     1,156     852     3,454     (1,725 )   1,729     (1,788 )   (59 )   (1,724 )   (45 )   (1 )   (326 )   46     (69 )   (2,178 )
                                                               
                                                               

(1)
For the impact of restatements and reclassification of the comparative periods please see note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 382.
(2)
This relates to certain inter-segment transactions which are reported as core income in the Corporate and Treasury division but eliminated from the Group's measure of underlying (loss)/profit before tax.
(3)
Underlying performance excludes the impact of non-core items (see page 56).
(4)
This relates to charges arising on the movement in credit spreads on the Group's own debt and deposits accounted for at fair value through profit and loss.
(5)
The analysis of the changes arising on the movement in the Group's credit spreads between Other income and Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid has been represented to enhance comparability with the year ended 31 December 2013, with no change to the total amount.

72



BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

INCOME STATEMENT—OPERATING SEGMENTS (continued)

Year ended 31 December 2011
  Net
interest
income
€m
  Insurance
net
premium
income
€m
  Other
income
€m
  Total
operating
income
€m
  Insurance
contract
liabilities
and claims
paid
€m
  Total
operating
income
net of
insurance
claims
€m
  Operating
expenses
€m
  Operating
profit/(loss)
before
impairment
charges on
financial
assets and
gain on
sale to
NAMA
€m
  Impairment
charge on
loans and
advances to
customers
€m
  Impairment
charge on
available
for sale
assets
€m
  Impairment
charge on
assets held
for sale to
NAMA
€m
  Gain on
sale of
assets to
NAMA
€m
  Loss on
deleveraging
€m
  Share of
results of
associates
and joint
ventures
(after tax)
€m
  Gain on
disposal
of
business
activities
€m
  Profit/
(loss)
before
taxation
€m
 

Retail Ireland

    857         284     1,141         1,141     (858 )   283     (1,297 )       (9 )   1         (1 )       (1,023 )

Bank of Ireland Life

    5     916     (66 )   855     (728 )   127     (102 )   25                                 25  

Retail UK

    367         119     486         486     (383 )   103     (435 )       (26 )   (5 )       36         (327 )

Corporate and Treasury

    742         44     786         786     (188 )   598     (207 )   (21 )   (9 )   24                 385  

Group Centre

    (420 )   13     (16 )   (423 )   (33 )   (456 )   (122 )   (578 )               13                 (565 )

Other reconciling items

    (9 )       (22 )   (31 )       (31 )       (31 )                               (31 )
                                                                   

Group—underlying(1)

    1,542     929     343     2,814     (761 )   2,053     (1,653 )   400     (1,939 )   (21 )   (44 )   33         35         (1,536 )

Loss on deleveraging

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
(565

)
 
   
   
(565

)

Gains arising on the movement in the Group's credit spreads(2)

            45     45     11     56         56                                 56  

Cost of restructuring programmes

                            3     3                                 3  

Gain on disposal of business activities

                                                            34     34  

Gain on liability management exercises

            1,789     1,789         1,789         1,789                                 1,789  

Gross-up for policyholder tax in the Life business

            10     10         10         10                                 10  

Investment return on treasury stock held for policyholders

            2     2         2         2                                 2  
                                                                   

Group total

    1,542     929     2,189     4,660     (750 )   3,910     (1,650 )   2,260     (1,939 )   (21 )   (44 )   33     (565 )   35     34     (207 )
                                                                   
                                                                   

(1)
Underlying performance excludes the impact of non-core items (see page 56).
(2)
This relates to charges arising on the movement in credit spreads on the Group's own debt and deposits accounted for at fair value through profit or loss.

73


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

RISK MANAGEMENT REPORT

Index
   
  Page

1

 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

  75

2

 

Risk management framework

 
85

 

2.1

 

Risk identity, appetite and strategy

 
85

 

2.2

 

Risk governance

 
86

 

2.3

 

Risk identification, measurement and reporting

 
89

3

 

Management of key Group risks

 
92

 

3.1

 

Credit risk

 
92

 

3.2

 

Liquidity risk

 
132

 

3.3

 

Market risk

 
141

 

3.4

 

Life Insurance risk

 
146

 

3.5

 

Regulatory risk

 
147

 

3.6

 

Operational risk

 
148

 

3.7

 

Business and strategic risk

 
150

 

3.8

 

Pension risk

 
151

 

3.9

 

Reputation risk

 
152

4

 

Capital management

 
154

The information below in sections or paragraphs denoted as audited in sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 4 and all the tables (except those denoted unaudited) in the Risk Management Report form an integral part of the audited financial statements as described in the Basis of preparation on page 222.

All other information in the Risk Management Report is additional disclosure and does not form an integral part of the audited financial statements.

74


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

1  PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

This section addresses those risks to the Group's business that are considered material by the Directors. These risks should not be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties: some risks are not yet known and some that are not currently considered material could later turn out to be material. All of these risks could materially adversely affect the Group, its income, operating profits, earnings, net assets, liquidity, funding and/or capital resources and its ability to meet any targets or objectives.

Given the challenging conditions that remain in financial markets, ongoing concerns over sovereign debt levels, particularly of certain Eurozone countries, and the continuing weakness of the economies in which the Group operates, the precise nature of all the risks and uncertainties it faces cannot be predicted and many of these risks are outside the Group's control.

The Group regards the following risks and uncertainties to be particularly important in the next twelve months. Any of these risks could have a material impact on the Group's results, financial condition and prospects.

Inherent risks arising from macroeconomic conditions in the Group's main markets, namely Ireland and the UK

The Group's businesses are subject to inherent risks arising from general and sector specific economic conditions in countries to which the Group has an exposure, particularly in Ireland and the UK.

Reduced growth prospects of Ireland's trading partners could set back recovery efforts in the Irish economy, possibly leading to a renewed rise in unemployment and a renewed downturn in the housing market, which could adversely impact the Group's results, financial condition and prospects.

Downward pressure on firms' profitability and household disposable incomes from unexpected fiscal measures, as well as the high level of private sector debt combined with the consequent deterioration in the business environment could depress demand for financial products and credit facilities and increase the Group's impaired loans and impairment provisions.

Deterioration in the credit quality of the Group's borrowers and counterparties, as well as increased difficulties in relation to the recoverability of loans and other amounts due from such borrowers and counterparties

Exposures originated and managed in Ireland and the UK represent the substantial majority of the Group's credit risk. The Group has exposures to Residential mortgages, SME and corporate customers in different sectors and investors in commercial property and residential property. Economic conditions may deteriorate in the Group's main markets, which may lead to, amongst other things, further declines in values of collateral (including residential and commercial property values) and investments, increases in unemployment levels, weak consumer and corporate spending, declining corporate profitability, declining equity markets and bond markets and a further increase in corporate insolvencies. This may give rise to further deterioration in the credit quality of Group's borrowers and counterparties and increased difficulties in relation to the recoverability of loans and other amounts due from such borrowers and counterparties, resulting in further significant increases in the Group's impaired loans and impairment provisions.

Renewed uncertainty in the global and eurozone economies could result in further downgrades and deterioration in the credit quality of the Group's Irish and eurozone sovereign and banking exposures.

75


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Personal Insolvency Act 2012 and the Central Bank of Ireland measures to address mortgage arrears

The Irish Personal Insolvency Act 2012 (the 'Personal Insolvency Act') which became effective in 2013 provides for judicial and non-judicial resolution options for consumers deemed under the provisions of the Personal Insolvency Act to have unsustainable indebtedness levels. The Personal Insolvency Act amends existing bankruptcy provisions by reducing the timescale for discharge from bankruptcy from twelve years to three years. The Personal Insolvency Act also introduces several non-judicial resolution options to debt resolution as an alternative to bankruptcy.

There is a risk that customers behaviours may change regarding payment obligations which could have an adverse impact on the Group's results, financial condition, prospects and reputation.

The Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) announced a range of measures to address mortgage arrears, including the publication of performance targets for the main Irish banks (which include the Group) and changes to the Code of Conduct on Mortgage Arrears. The CBI will consider regulatory actions, including the imposition of additional capital requirements, for Irish banks that fail to meet its targets or which demonstrate poor resolution strategies or poor execution of their strategies.

The CBI has also set out its plans to require more rigorous provisioning for mortgage loans in arrears greater than 90 days which have not been subject to a sustainable solution. The cumulative impact of these measures could adversely impact the Group's results, financial conditions and prospects.

Further interventions may occur in the event that the regulatory or other State authorities deem these to be necessary. Any such interventions could have an adverse impact on the Group's financial results, conditions or prospects.

Risks associated with the banking system and the regulatory environment in the jurisdictions in which the Group carries out its principal activities, namely Ireland and the UK

Irish and UK Banking System

The exercise of powers under existing legislation, in particular the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 ('Stabilisation Act') (the effective period of which has been extended to 31 December 2014) and the Central Bank and Credit Institutions (Resolution) Act 2011 ('Resolution Act'), the introduction of new government policies or the amendment of existing policies in Ireland or the UK (including supervision, regulation, capital levels and structure), or the introduction of new regulatory obligations by the Group's regulators, could have an adverse impact on the Group's results, financial condition and prospects.

Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM)

The SSM is the mechanism through which the European Central Bank (ECB) will carry out key supervisory tasks for banks in EU member states participating in the European banking union from November 2014. The ECB will conduct a comprehensive assessment of large banks during 2014 in advance of assuming full responsibility for supervision as part of the SSM.

The assessment will consist of;

(i)
a supervisory risk assessment intended to address key risks in banks' balance sheets, including liquidity, leverage and funding;

(ii)
an asset quality review of all asset classes including non-performing loans, restructured loans and sovereign exposures, as at 31 December 2013; and

76


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

(iii)
a stress test building on and complementing the asset quality review by providing a forward-looking view of banks' shock-absorption capacity under stress.

Single Resolution Mechanism (SRM)

The European Institutions have agreed in principle to establish a SRM including a single resolution board and a single fund for the resolution of banks. The establishment of the SRM is designed to ensure the supervision and resolution are exercised at the same level for countries that share the supervision of banks within the SSM. The SRM will cover banks in all countries participating within the SSM. The single resolution fund will be financed by bank levies raised at national level. It is expected that the regulation establishing the SRM will be adopted by the European Institutions before 30 June 2014 and will come into force on 1 January 2015 with the BRRD.

Basel III

Basel III has been implemented into EU law via the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) and Capital Requirements Directive IV (CRD IV), both of which were published in June 2013. The rules came into effect on a phased basis commencing in January 2014. The estimated full impact of the published revised rules on the Group's capital ratio is material and this estimate has been publicly disclosed. The legislation requires the European Banking Authority (EBA) to prepare technical standards setting out requirements around the implementation of certain aspects of the legislation. There is some level of risk that the EBA's interpretation may affect the Group's capital and other ratios in the future.

The CRR liquidity requirements came into force on 1 January 2014. Under the CRR, the EBA has been allocated responsibility to determine additional technical standards relating to a wide range of liquidity related matters. Many of these new technical standards have not been published or finalised and their impact on the Group's regulatory liquidity requirements is uncertain. In addition, CRD IV which allows local regulators discretion with respect to certain liquidity requirements has not been yet passed into law by the Irish Government and thus the final impact of CRD IV on the Group's regulatory liquidity requirements is uncertain.

Solvency II

Solvency II is the new pan European regulatory framework for insurance companies. When implemented, it will transition the existing regulatory framework to a more risk based approach coupled with additional governance and disclosure requirements. It is expected that the new capital regime will apply from 1 January 2016. From 2014 onwards companies are expected to demonstrate their readiness for Solvency II through compliance with interim guidelines. As a risk based measure Solvency II is expected to increase New Ireland Assurance Company's plc (NIAC's) total level of free assets.

The Banking Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD)

Regulatory bodies in the UK and Ireland are introducing new measures in respect of loss absorbency and bail-in rules which may result in further significant changes in the regulatory framework for capital and debt instruments of credit institutions. The BRRD published by the European Commission remains in draft form but it is expected to be adopted by the European Institutions by 30 June 2014 and transposed into national law by 1 January 2015. It envisages certain powers similar to those granted by the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 and the Credit Institutions (Resolution) Act 2011 and provides for a potential 'bail-in' of certain senior unsecured debt and corporate deposits in the circumstances of a bank resolution from 1 January 2016. EU regulatory authorities (including the Central Bank of Ireland (the

77


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Central Bank)) have taken an interim step, pending finalisation of this Directive, and the Group has submitted a Recovery Plan, as required, by 31 December 2013. The impact of the Directive on the Group is as yet unclear pending finalisation of the measures and subsequent EBA publications.

Regulatory obligations

The Group is subject to extensive regulation and oversight. Regulatory obligations including licence conditions have increased and continue to increase and the number of regulatory sanctions and fines are increasing globally. Where breaches occur, a sanction or fine requiring public disclosure may be imposed by a regulator, which could adversely impact market sentiment and consequently adversely impact Group results, financial conditions, prospects and reputation.

The impact of the proposed EU banking union is not yet clear. It is envisaged that the ECB will discharge a direct supervisory role with respect to certain eurozone banks, including the Group, with the right to scrutinise other banks in the eurozone area. Were the ECB to increase the level of regulatory obligations and/or impose more stringent sanctions and fines, this could adversely impact the Group's results, financial conditions and prospects.

Balance Sheet Assessment

The CBI conducted a Balance Sheet Assessment (BSA) as at 30 June 2013 of a number of Irish banks, including Bank of Ireland. The BSA consisted of an assessment by the CBI of risk classification and provisions against the CBI's May 2013 Impairment Guidelines, namely an Asset Quality Review (AQR) and a review of the appropriateness of risk weighted assets (RWA).

The CBI confirmed that Bank of Ireland had adequate capital as at 30 June 2013 to meet the requirements determined under the BSA. Consequently Bank of Ireland was not required to raise additional capital as a result of the BSA.

The BSA represents a review under the CBI's Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) and Full Risk Assessment (FRA) and, as such, the result may be considered by the CBI in determining the Pillar II capital requirements of the Bank. The CBI has noted that it is the intention that the BSA output will be utilised by the European Central Bank in the forthcoming Single Supervisory Mechanism assessment but it is not yet confirmed whether this will be the case.

UK reform measures

Bank of Ireland (UK) plc is the Group's licensed banking subsidiary in the UK. It comprises the Group's financial services relationship with the UK Post Office, its branch business in Northern Ireland, certain assets from its former intermediary sourced mortgage business, and parts of its UK business banking operations. Bank of Ireland (UK) plc is authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority and regulated by both the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority. Bank of Ireland (UK) plc could be subject to future structural and non-structural reforms currently under consideration by the UK government to promote financial stability and competition and to protect UK retail depositors. Further, Bank of Ireland (UK) plc could be subject to special resolution regime powers under the UK Banking Act 2009.

78


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Banking inquiry

The Irish Government previously commissioned and received three preliminary reports into the factors which contributed to the Irish banking crisis, including one report from the Statutory Commission of Investigation (under the Commissions of Investigation Act, 2004).

In addition, the Irish Government has brought forward legislation to provide a statutory framework for enquiries by the Oireachtas (Houses of the Oireachtas (Inquiries Privileges and Procedures) Act 2013). Under this legislation, the Irish Government is expected to hold an inquiry into the banking crisis.

The scope of any further inquiry (which may include findings of the Statutory Commission of Investigation, including the possibility of public hearings under the Commissions of Investigation Act, 2004) pursuant to the above legislation or otherwise, its costs and potential implications for the Group are currently unknown.

EU restructuring plan

On 20 December 2011, the European Commission approved the revised EU restructuring plan prepared by the Group for the period to 31 December 2015. The revised EU restructuring plan approved on 20 December 2011 included additional deleveraging of assets, extension of the period in which to divest NIAC by twelve months, together with the deferral of the market opening measures by twelve months and the expansion and extension of other behavioural measures already agreed in the previous EU restructuring plan for the Group for the period to 31 December 2014 which was approved by the European Commission on 15 July 2010.

On 9 July 2013, the European Commission gave approval under the State aid rules to amend the Group's revised EU restructuring plan, which permitted the retention of NIAC but required a range of substitution measures including the exit from the Group's Great Britain based business and corporate banking activities, the exit from the origination of new mortgages through the intermediary channel in Ireland and the expansion and extension of other behavioural measures already agreed in the previous EU restructuring plans for the Group.

While the Group has met all of its obligations due under the restructuring plan, it has certain continuing obligations. If the Group fails to comply with commitments contained in the EU Restructuring Plan or if the Group materially deviates from the EU Restructuring Plan or needs additional State aid not foreseen in the Commission's decision approving the EU Restructuring Plan, the Commission may reopen the State aid control procedure and/or open a new procedure and reassess the aid measures in their entirety, which may result in an adverse outcome for the Group.

Other

The Government through the NPRFC and through the Relationship Framework could exert a significant level of influence over the Group. The National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission (NPRFC) could exercise its voting rights in respect of the ordinary stock in a manner which is not aligned with the interests of the Group or its other stockholders. As previously disclosed, the Group has also given certain undertakings to the Minister for Finance (the 'Undertakings') in respect of its lending, corporate governance and remuneration. Actions on foot of the NPRFC holding of ordinary stock and the Undertakings could require the Group to implement operational policies that could adversely affect the Group's results, financial condition and prospects.

79


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Downgrades to the Irish sovereign or the Group's credit ratings or outlook

The Irish sovereign credit ratings and outlook are set out on page 138. Downgrades of the sovereign may hinder normal market funding for the State and may impair the Group's access to private sector funding, trigger additional collateral requirements and weaken the financial position of the Group. Downgrades could also adversely impact potential funding from Irish Government bonds used as collateral for the purposes of accessing the liquidity provision operations offered by Monetary Authorities, or secured borrowing from wholesale markets as well as the value of Irish Government bonds held by the Group's life assurance business to meet its liabilities.

The Group's credit ratings and outlook are set out on page 138. Downgrades in the credit ratings of the Group could have a negative impact on the volume and pricing of its private sector funding and its financial position, restrict the Group's access to the capital and funding markets, trigger material collateral requirements or associated obligations in other secured funding arrangements or derivative contracts, make ineligible or lower the liquidity value of pledged securities and weaken the Group's competitive position in certain markets.

Concern regarding European sovereign debt

Concerns regarding European sovereign debt, represented by sovereign credit spreads, diminished significantly in 2013. However, international debt markets could be impacted by renewed concerns on the level of fiscal deficits, an increased requirement for support of the banking system, evolving sovereign debt levels of EU member states, speculation about the stability of the eurozone including the potential for a country exiting the system and the potential impact of these factors on the individual EU member state economies.

A material and unexpected escalation of market concern towards Ireland could lead to speculation or further concern about the applicability of policy choices that might be applied to resolve those concerns which could ultimately have an adverse impact on the Group's results, financial condition or prospects.

There is no certainty that the new, tighter budgetary rules to enforce economic discipline and deepen economic integration outlined in the Fiscal Stability Treaty, or any mechanisms available or to be made available within the eurozone, will ensure stability in financial markets.

Lack of liquidity to fund the Group's business activities

The Group relies on customer deposits to fund a considerable portion of its loan portfolio.

Loss of customer confidence in the Group's business or in banking businesses generally, among other things, could result in unexpectedly high levels of customer deposit withdrawals, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group's results, financial condition and prospects. Liquidity risk can be heightened by an over-reliance on a particular kind of funding and may be exacerbated by any restrictions on the flow of liquidity between jurisdictions and legal entities.

The Group sources funding from Monetary Authorities and any disruption to access could increase the Group's funding and liquidity risks. The CBI prescribes regulatory liquidity ratios for Irish domestic financial institutions. Compliance with these ratios can be adversely impacted by a range of factors, including the stability of customer deposits, the split between unsecured and secured funding, the mix of liquidity facilities provided by Monetary Authorities and the concentration of wholesale funding maturity. Failure to comply with these ratios could result in regulatory sanctions and adversely impact the Group's reputation and prospects.

80


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Furthermore the Group will be required to comply with the obligations of the European Commission's formal proposals for implementing Basel III, including new liquidity ratios (the Liquidity Coverage Ratio and the Net Stable Funding Ratio), which are expected to be phased in as regulatory requirements between 2015 and 2018.

The Advanced Monitoring Framework which replaced the Liquidity Assessment Review requirements from September 2012 sets out certain requirements for the Group. The Group, under the Advanced Monitoring Framework, is currently reporting its progress towards achievement of compliance by the proposed implementation dates with requirements for the Liquidity Coverage Ratio and the Net Stable Funding Ratio to the CBI. A failure to demonstrate such progress may lead to regulatory sanction.

Capital adequacy and its effective management, which is critical to the Group's ability to operate its businesses and to pursue its strategy

The Group's business and financial condition would be affected if the Group was insufficiently capitalised. This could be caused by a materially worse than expected financial performance (including, for example, reductions in earnings as a result of impairment charges, an unexpected change in interest rates and unexpected increases in risk weighted assets).

The minimum regulatory requirements imposed on the Group, the manner in which the existing regulatory capital is calculated, the instruments that qualify as regulatory capital and the capital tier to which those instruments are allocated, are the subject of extensive analysis and debate in the media and by regulatory authorities and could be subject to change in the future. A number of regulatory initiatives have recently been proposed or enacted which have the potential to impact the Group's capital requirements. These initiatives include Capital Requirements Directives (CRD II, III and IV), Basel III and Solvency II and the transfer of supervisory powers to the Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM) in 2014.

The CBI has confirmed to the Group that, in line with the 31 October 2013, communication published by the EBA on its website and following their sale to private investors, it will recognise the 2009 Preference Stock for grandfathering purposes as CET1 capital under Article 483 of the Capital Requirements Regulation from 1 January 2014.

The Group announced on 4 December 2013, that save in certain circumstances (including changes in the regulatory capital treatment of the 2009 Preference Stock or taxation events) it does not intend to redeem the 2009 Preference Stock prior to 1 January 2016. The Group has advised the CBI that it is not the Group's intention to recognise the 2009 Preference Stock as CET1 capital after July 2016, unless the de-recognition of the 2009 Preference Stock would mean that an adequate capital buffer can not be maintained above applicable regulatory requirements. It is noted that in any event the 2009 Preference Stock would no longer qualify as CET1 capital under Article 483 of the Capital Requirements Regulation after 31 December 2017.

If the grandfathering requirements or the definition of CET1 capital are subsequently amended or if new qualification requirements are introduced, or if the CBI, SSM or similar authority otherwise applies a different approach to their determination of what constitutes CET1 capital, there is no guarantee that the 2009 Preference Stock will continue to qualify or be recognised as CET1 capital and this could adversely affect the Group's ability to meet its regulatory capital obligations and could adversely affect the Group's results, financial conditions and prospects. In addition, the Group may be required or may consider it necessary to take appropriate actions to address such matters, such as the redemption of the 2009 Preference Stock.

81


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The Group could be subject to increased capital requirements following the results of asset quality reviews or other stress tests overseen by regulatory and/or other authorities.

It is expected that relevant European banks (including the Group), under the SSM will be subject to a comprehensive assessment (SSM CA) during 2014. The SSM CA will include a balance sheet and risk assessment and is expected to encompass the EBA and EU-wide stress test. The CBI has noted the intention that the significant reviews and outputs of the CBI's balance sheet assessment will be utilised in the SSM CA, although it cannot be confirmed that this will be the case.

The outcome of the CBI balance sheet and/or any subsequent SSM CA may adversely impact the Group's financial results, capital and/or liquidity requirements. The Group may be required or may consider it necessary to take appropriate actions to address matters arising from these assessments.

Failure in the Group's processes, operational systems, technology or infrastructure, or those of third parties

The Group is exposed to operational risk as a direct and indirect consequence of its normal business activities; arising in the day-to-day execution of business processes, the functioning and resilience of its technologies and the risk of information leakage, loss or theft in the various activities performed by its employees, contractors and by third party suppliers on its behalf.

Operational risks may materialise as a result of a broad range of factors, including inadequate or failed internal or customer facing processes (including financial reporting, risk monitoring processes and controlled deficiencies), information technology or equipment failures, the malfunction of external systems and controls (including those of the Group's suppliers or counterparties), or from people-related or external events, such as cyber-crime and fraud or from natural disasters and social or political events.

The Group faces various risks associated with operational disruption, breakdown or constraints, including in the capacity of third party suppliers, that are integral to the provision of its products and services. If one or more of these risks were to materialise, the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the Group's computer systems and networks may be compromised, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in the Group's, as well as its clients' or third parties', operations.

As part of its day-to-day operations, the Group processes a large volume of transactions, some of which are highly complex, across a diverse range of products and services, in various markets and currencies and subject to several legal and regulatory regimes. The Group faces the risk that due to errors, control failures or criminal acts, the Group's execution and provision of these transactions and services may be negatively impacted.

The Group is required to implement and adhere to a significant body of existing and new regulatory and legal requirements. The implementation of these requirements and the ongoing adherence to their associated obligations, pose various risks, including the potential for non-compliance and direct operational impacts on existing processes and systems and on the continuity of services provided to customers.

The occurrence of one or more of the above, or any weakness in the Group's internal control structures and procedures, could lead to a material adverse impact on the Group's results, financial condition and prospects, as well as reputational damage which could exacerbate such adverse impact, and could give rise to regulatory penalties.

82


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Potential further contributions to the Group sponsored defined benefit pension schemes if the value of pension fund assets is not sufficient to cover potential obligations and/or the impact of new Basel III/CRD IV capital rules.

The Group sponsored defined benefit pension funds are subject to market fluctuations and changes in the value of underlying assets, as well as to interest rate risk, mortality risk and changes to actuarial assumptions. These fluctuations could impact on the value of the schemes' asset portfolios and result in returns on the pension funds being less than expected and/or result in there being a greater than expected increase in the estimated value of the schemes' liabilities.

Due to adverse market conditions impacting the value of liabilities, deficits still exist in the majority of the Group's Defined Benefit schemes. As the pension funds continue to be subject to market fluctuations, interest rate and inflation risks, a level of volatility associated with pension funding also remains.

Legislative changes were made to the Irish Pensions Act (1990) in June 2012 introducing a revised statutory funding standard for Republic of Ireland schemes. The introduction of these new requirements could have an adverse impact on the Group's financial condition and prospects due to the introduction of additional Risk Reserve requirements from 1 January 2016.

The impact of material volatility could be exacerbated under the new Basel III/CRD IV capital rules under which defined benefit pension deficits will be a deduction from capital ratios over time.

Market risks such as changes in interest rates, interest rate spreads (or bases) and foreign exchange rates

A range of market risks are inherent to the Group's business including, inter alia, the interest rate risks that rise from the presence of non-interest related assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, the exposure of Group earnings to basis risk and the exposure of the Group's net worth and its principal capital ratios to exchange rate movements. Whist the Group engages in a range of hedging strategies, the Group remains potentially exposed to adverse movements in interest rates, interest rate bases (the differential between variable interest rates), cross currency basis (primarily the cost of borrowing in euro to fund assets in sterling) and exchange rates. The persistence of exceptionally low interest rates for an extended period into the future or a material reduction in current interest rates could adversely affect the Group's financial condition and prospects through, among other things, the compression of net interest margin, the low absolute level of yields at which certain liabilities are invested together with the rate at which pension liabilities are discounted.

Fundamental changes are underway in derivatives markets, in particular the mandatory clearing of most forms of interest rate swap and other standardised derivatives. The Group will access clearing through a number of appointed clearing brokers. The move to clearing brings with it concentration risks for many banks, including the Group, arising from the fact that access to clearing through central exchanges will be controlled by a relatively small number of counterparties. This compares with the bilateral over-the-counter (OTC) markets where no such concentration exists. The deterioration in the credit standing of the Group or credit appetite of one or more clearing brokers could impact on the Group's ability to execute new, or to clear existing derivatives.

The availability of skilled management and the continued services of key members of its management team, both at its head office and at each of its business units

Failure by the Group to staff its operations appropriately, or the loss or one or more key senior executives and failure to replace them in a satisfactory and timely manner may have a material adverse impact on the Group's results, financial condition and prospects.

83


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

In addition, if the Group fails to attract and appropriately train, motivate and retain highly skilled and qualified people, or if it was to be impacted by industrial unrest, its businesses may also be negatively impacted.

The Group is subject to ongoing restrictions on remuneration arising from the implementation of Irish legislation, agreements with the Irish Government associated with the recapitalisation of the Bank Group and the EBA remuneration guidelines. Restrictions imposed on remuneration by Government, tax or regulatory authorities, the CRD III and IV or other factors outside the Group's control in relation to the retention and recruitment of key executives and highly skilled and qualified people may also adversely impact on the Group's ability to attract and retain such staff.

Adverse changes to tax rates, legislation and practice in the various jurisdictions in which the Group operates

In accordance with applicable accounting rules, the Group has recognised deferred tax assets on losses available to relieve future profits to the extent that it is probable that such losses will be utilised. Failure to demonstrate convincing evidence of the availability of future taxable profits, or changes in tax legislation or government policy may reduce the recoverable amount of the deferred tax assets currently recognised in the financial statements, and result in a material adverse impact on the Group's results, financial condition and prospects.

The taxation charge accounts for amounts due to fiscal authorities in the various territories in which the Group operates and includes estimates based on a judgement of the application of law and practice in certain cases to determine the quantification of any liabilities arising. In arriving at such estimates, management assesses the relative merits and risks of tax treatments assumed, taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance and, where appropriate, external advice. There is a risk that the final taxation outcome could be different to the amounts currently recorded.

Other changes in tax rates, legislation and practice could also adversely impact the results, financial condition, prospects and reputation of the Group.

Litigation and regulatory proceedings

Disputes, legal proceedings and regulatory investigations in which the Group may be involved are subject to many uncertainties, and their outcomes are often difficult to predict, particularly in the earlier stages of a case or investigation.

Adverse judgments in litigation or regulatory proceedings involving the Group or other financial institutions could result in restrictions or limitations to the Group's operations or result in a material adverse impact on the Group's results, financial condition and prospects, together with its reputation.

Reputation risk is inherent in the Group's business

Reputation risk is inherent in the Group's business. Negative public or industry opinion can result from the actual or perceived manner in which the Group conducts its business, actual or perceived practices in the banking industry or from issues arising in the external environment. Such activities could, potentially, include necessary commercial decisions that impact on customers, the availability of credit, the treatment of customers in difficulties, the occurrence of cybercrime or other fraudulent activity, allegations of overcharging and mis-selling or mispricing of financial products, non-compliance with legal or regulatory requirements, including obligations associated with money laundering, inadequate or failed internal processes or systems or issues arising from human error or remuneration practices.

Negative publicity may adversely impact the Group's ability to have a positive relationship with key stakeholders, including regulatory authorities, and/or to keep and attract customers, the loss of which may adversely impact the Group's business, financial condition and prospects.

84


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

2  RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

The Group follows an integrated approach to risk management to ensure that all material classes of risk are taken into consideration and that the Group's overall business strategy practices are aligned with its risk and capital management strategies. This integrated approach is set out in the Group Risk Framework, which is approved by the Court of Directors (the Court). It identifies the Group's formal governance process around risk, the framework for setting risk appetite and the approach to risk identification, assessment, measurement, management and reporting.

2.1  Risk identity, appetite and strategy

The Group's risk identity, appetite and strategy are set by the Court.

Risk identity

The Group's risk identity is to be the leading Irish retail, commercial and corporate bank committed to long-term relationships with its customers. The Group's core franchise is in Ireland with income and risk diversification through a meaningful presence in the UK and selected international activities where the Group has proven competencies. The Group will pursue an appropriate return for the risks taken and on capital deployed while operating within prudent Court-approved risk parameters to have and maintain a robust, standalone financial position.

Risk appetite

Risk appetite defines the amount and nature of risk the Group is prepared to accept in pursuit of its financial objectives. It is defined in qualitative terms as well as quantitatively through a series of high level limits and targets covering areas such as credit risk, market risk, funding and liquidity risk and capital measures. These high level limits and targets are cascaded where appropriate into more granular limits and targets across portfolios and business units. Risk appetite guides the Group in its risk taking and related business activities, having regard to the maintenance of financial stability, solvency and the protection of the Group's core franchises and growth platforms. The Group has defined measures to track its profile against the most significant risks that it assumes. Each of these measures has a defined target level or limit, as appropriate, and actual performance is tracked against these target levels or limits. As such, risk appetite represents a boundary condition to the Group's strategy.

The risk appetite statement (RAS) includes specific credit limits on sectoral and single name exposures among other qualitative and quantitative risk parameters and it also provides for the implementation of a hierarchy of sectoral credit limits. The RAS is set and approved by the Court. It is reviewed at least annually in light of changing business and economic conditions.

Risk strategy

The Group's risk strategy is to protect the Group's balance sheet while supporting the Group in re-building its profitability. The Group seeks to accomplish this by:

defining risk identity and risk appetite as the boundary condition for the Group's strategic plan and annual Operating plan/budget;

defining the risk principles upon which risks may be accepted;

ensuring that all material risks are correctly identified, assessed, measured, managed and reported;

85


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

ensuring that capital and funding considerations shape the approach to risk selection/management in the Group;

allocating clear roles and responsibilities/accountability for the control of risk within the Group;

avoiding undue risk concentrations;

engendering a prudent and balanced risk management culture;

ensuring that the basis of remuneration for key decision makers is consistent with EBA guidelines, as appropriate; and

ensuring that the Group's risk management structures remain appropriate to its risk profile and take account of lessons learnt and emerging internal and external factors.

2.2  Risk governance

Risk in the Group is controlled within the Risk Governance Framework which incorporates both the Court, risk committees appointed by the Court (e.g. Court Risk Committee, Group Audit Committee), and also the Group Risk Policy Committee and its appointed committees (e.g. Group Credit Committee, Asset & Liability Committee etc.).

The Risk Governance Framework is supported by the Group's management body, with risk responsibilities extending throughout the organisation based on a three lines of defence approach.

First line of defence:    Primary responsibility and accountability for risk management lies with line management in individual businesses and relevant Group functions. They are responsible for the identification and management of risk at business unit/Group function level including the implementation of appropriate controls and reporting to the Group in respect of all major risk events.

Second line of defence:    Central risk management functions are responsible for maintaining independent risk oversight of the first line of defence and ensuring that a risk control framework is in place. They formulate risk policy and strategy, and provide independent oversight and analysis and centralised risk reporting.

Third line of defence:    Group Internal Audit (incorporating Group Credit Review) provides independent, reasonable, risk based assurance to key internal (Court, Group and subsidiary audit committees, senior management, staff) and external (regulators, external auditors, customers) stakeholders on the effectiveness and sustainability of the Group's internal control environment and culture. Group Internal Audit carries out a range of risk based assignments on an annual basis across all key Group businesses and functions (including outsourcing providers) with ratings assigned as appropriate. Findings are communicated to senior management with timely remediation plans agreed and progress monitored.

The organisational structure for risk management is designed to facilitate reporting and escalation of risk concerns from business units, Group functions and Group Internal Audit upwards to Group Risk Policy Committee (GRPC), the Court Risk Committee (CRC), the Group Audit Committee (GAC) and the Court of Directors, and conveying approved risk management policies and decisions to business units.

Risk Governance Framework

The Court of Directors is responsible for ensuring that an appropriate system of internal control is maintained and for reviewing its effectiveness.

86


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The identification, assessment and reporting of risk in the Group is controlled through risk committees appointed by the Court of Directors and also the Group Risk Policy Committee (appointed by the Court Risk Committee) and its appointed committees.

Each of the risk committees has detailed terms of reference, approved by the Court or their parent committee, setting out their respective roles and responsibilities. In summary, the following are the key responsibilities of the Group's risk committees.

GRAPHIC

The Court, comprising the Governor, 11 non-executive Directors and 2 Executive Directors, is responsible for approving high level policy and strategic direction in relation to the nature and scale of risk that the Group is prepared to assume to achieve its strategic objectives. It approves the Group Risk Framework which identifies the Group's formal governance process around risk and the approach to risk identification, analysis, measurement, management and reporting. It regularly reviews reports on the size and composition of key risks facing the Group as well as the minutes of direct committees. The Court approves the Group's Risk Appetite Statement (incorporating risk identity and high level risk limits and targets), thereby defining the amount and nature of risk the Group is prepared to accept in pursuit of its financial objectives, and forming a boundary condition to strategy. It has reserved authority to review and approve a number of key risk policies. The Court also approves the Group Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) report which is a key process for the Group and facilitates the Court and senior management in adequately identifying, measuring and monitoring the Group's risks and ensures that the Group holds adequate capital to support its risk profile.

The Court Risk Committee (CRC) comprises non-executive Directors and its primary responsibilities are to make recommendations to the Court on risk issues where the Court has reserved authority, to maintain oversight of the Group's risk profile, including adherence to Group risk principles, policies and standards, and to approve material risk policies within delegated discretion. It also ensures risks are properly identified and assessed, that risks are properly controlled and managed and that strategy is informed by and aligned with the Group's risk appetite. The committee met ten times during 2013.

The Group Audit Committee (GAC) comprises non-executive Directors. In close liaison with the CRC, it reviews the appropriateness and completeness of the system of internal control, reviews the manner and framework in which management ensures and monitors the adequacy of the nature, extent and effectiveness of internal control systems, including accounting control systems, and thereby maintains an

87


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The Group Risk Policy Committee (GRPC) is the most senior management risk committee and reports to the CRC. It is chaired by the Chief Credit & Market Risk Officer (CCMRO) and its membership comprises members of the Group executive team and Group wide divisional and control function executives. It met twenty-five times during 2013. The GRPC is responsible for managing all risk types across the Group, including monitoring and reviewing the Group's risk profile and compliance with risk appetite and other approved policy limits, approving risk policies and actions within discretion delegated from the CRC. The GRPC reviews and makes recommendations on all risk matters where the Court and the CRC has reserved authority. The CRC oversees the decisions of the GRPC through a review of the GRPC minutes. The GRPC delegates specific responsibility for oversight of the major classes of risk (including credit, market, liquidity, operational, regulatory and tax) to committees that are accountable to it. The relevant committees are set out in the following diagram.

GRAPHIC


(1)
Risk-adjusted returns (RAR).

(2)
The committee ceased meeting in 2013 as circumstances no longer warranted its invocation.

Management oversight of risk

Consistent with the three lines of defence approach to risk management, business units and relevant Group functions are the first line of defence and are accountable for the risks in their business unit/Group function and are responsible for the identification and management of those risks.

Central risk and Group management functions are responsible for establishing a risk control framework and for risk oversight. These are referred to as 'Risk Owners'.

88


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Risk Owners are responsible for ensuring that:

a policy or a process is in place for the risks assigned to them;

exposure to the risk is correctly identified, assessed according to the Group's materiality criteria, and reported; and

identified risk events are appropriately managed or escalated.

There are two key functions in the Group responsible for managing different aspects of risk—the Credit & Market Risk function and Group Governance Risk function:

Credit & Market Risk is responsible for the independent oversight and underwriting of credit risk and the monitoring of market risk within the Group as well as for the centralised management of certain challenged portfolios. It assists the Court in the setting of risk appetite for the Group and the formulation of credit and market risk policies. It is also responsible for over sight of risk models and for integrated risk reporting within the Group; and

Group Governance Risk is responsible for the management of regulatory compliance and operational risk, Group Legal Services and the Group Secretariat.

In addition a number of other Group functions have responsibility for the Group's other key risk types, namely Group Treasury (Liquidity risk), Group Communications (Reputation risk) and Group Finance (Pension risk). Business & Strategic Risk is managed by the relevant Divisional Chief Executive Officers, Group Strategy Development and Group Finance, and Life Insurance risk is managed within NIAC, an independent regulated subsidiary with its own independent board.

2.3  Risk identification, measurement and reporting

Risk identification

Risks facing the Group are identified and assessed annually through the Group's Risk Identification Process.

Arising out of the Risk Identification Process, the identified risks are aggregated and ten key risk categories identified which could have a material impact on its earnings, capital adequacy and on its ability to trade in the future. These ten key risk categories form the basis on which risk is managed and reported in the Group.

A risk owner is assigned to each key risk category and appropriate policies and/or processes put in place and a formalised measurement and management process defined and implemented.

Business and strategic risk is the volatility of the Group's projected outcomes (including income, net worth or reputation), associated with damage to the franchise or operational economics of the business and reflected in the income or net worth of the Group. Typically business risk occurs in a one year timeframe and relates to volatilities in earnings caused by changes in the competitive environment, new market entrants and/or the introduction of new products or inflexibility in the cost base. Strategic risk generally relates to a longer timeframe and pertains to volatilities in earnings arising from failure to develop or execute an appropriate strategy.

Credit risk is the risk of loss resulting from a counterparty being unable to meet its contractual obligations to the Group in respect of loans or other financial transactions. This risk includes concentration risk and country risk.

89


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Life insurance risk is the volatility in the amount and timing of claims caused by unexpected changes in mortality, morbidity, persistency and longevity.

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will experience difficulty in financing its assets and/or meeting its contractual payment obligations as they fall due, or will only be able to do so at substantially above the prevailing market cost of funds.

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from movements in interest rates, foreign exchange rates or other market prices. Market risk arises from the structure of the balance sheet, the Group's business mix and discretionary risk taking.

Model risk is the risk of loss resulting from the Group's suite of models (credit, market, liquidity and operational) inaccurately measuring the risk of the Group's exposures, resulting in the Group mispricing deals, holding insufficient or too much capital (economic and/or regulatory) and being subject to financial, regulatory and/or market censure.

Operational risk is the risk of loss arising from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It includes legal and contractual risk which is the risk of loss due to litigation arising from errors, omissions and acts by the Group in the conduct of its business.

Pension risk is the risk that the assets in the Group's sponsored defined benefit pension schemes are inadequate or fail to generate returns that are sufficient to meet the schemes' liabilities.

Regulatory risk is the risk of failure to meet new or existing regulatory and/or legislative requirements and deadlines or to embed requirements into processes. It also includes the risk to the Group's capital, liquidity and profitability from the impact of future legislative and regulatory changes.

Reputation risk is the risk to earnings or franchise value arising from an adverse perception of the Group's image on the part of customers, suppliers, counterparties, shareholders, investors, staff, legislators or regulators.

In addition to, and separate from, the Group's Risk Identification Process, a review of the top five risks facing the Group is carried out on a semi-annual basis. This review facilitates a senior management assessment of any new or emerging macro threats to the Group, independent of the risk management and reporting structures that apply to the ten key risk types. Members of the Group Executive Committee (GEC) and the GRPC identify and rank the top five risks facing the Group for consideration by the CRC and the Court. The following criteria are used to identify and assess the top five risks:

the severity of the risk in terms of materiality and the length of time it would take the Group to recover;

the likelihood of the risk occurring; and

the impact of the risk, taking mitigants and likelihood into account.

Risk measurement

The ten identified key risk categories are actively analysed and measured in line with the formalised policies and management processes in place for each risk category.

For credit, market, liquidity, operational and life insurance risk, risk models are used to measure, manage and report on these respective risk types. Risk concentrations, in particular for credit and liquidity/funding risk, could lead to increased volatility in the Group's expected financial outcomes. Risk limits and diversification, together with regular review processes, are in place to manage such risk concentrations.

90


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Additionally, the Group's calculation of Economic Capital takes into consideration the extent to which credit concentration risk exists in respect of single name, sector and geography.

At Group level, common measures and approaches for risk aggregation and measurement have also been adopted, in order to inform operational and strategic plans and to steer the business within the boundaries of its risk appetite. These include one-year or multi-year forecasting/stress testing and a capital allocation framework which incorporates economic capital modelling and risk adjusted return analysis.

The Group uses a suite of risk measurement models and systems to support decision-making processes at transaction and portfolio levels, e.g. approving a loan facility to a borrower.

The common measure of return on risk used by the Group is Risk Adjusted Return on Capital (RAROC). RAROC provides a uniform measure of performance that the Group utilises to analyse the economic profitability of businesses with different sources of risk and different capital requirements.

Forecasting and stress testing (including reverse stress testing) are risk management tools used by the Group to inform potential risk outcomes under different scenarios and mitigating actions.

The Group conducts solvency stress tests in order to assess the impacts of adverse scenarios on the Group's impairment charges on financial assets, deleveraging losses, earnings, capital adequacy, liquidity and financial prospects.

The results of solvency stress tests are used to assess the Group's resilience to adverse scenarios and to aid the identification of potential areas of vulnerability. The tests are applied to the existing risk exposures of the Group and also consider changing business volumes as envisaged in the Group's business plans and strategies. Macroeconomic scenarios of different levels of severity are combined with assumptions on volume changes and margin development. Impacts are measured in terms of potential impairment charges on financial assets, earnings, capital adequacy, liquidity and financial prospects. Solvency stress test results are presented to the GRPC, the CRC and the Court.

The Group also performs other scenario analyses and stress tests to measure exposure to liquidity risk, operational risk and market risk to inform management and limit setting of individual risks.

Risk reporting

The key risk types identified under the Group's risk identification process are assessed and their status is reported quarterly by the CCMRO in the Court Risk Report which is reviewed by the GRPC, the CRC and the Court. The content of the report includes an analysis of and commentary on all key risk types as set out on pages 89 and 90. It also addresses governance and control issues and compliance with risk appetite. Regular updates on emerging risks, risk surveys and relevant international economic or monetary reports are also considered. In addition, the GRPC and the Court consider more frequent formal updates on the key areas of credit and liquidity risk and capital management. The reports also provide data on the external economic environment and management's view of the implications of this environment on the Group's risk profile. The Court Risk Report forms the top of a reporting hierarchy with more detailed risk information being considered by divisional level management.

The CRC also receives risk information through its review of the GRPC minutes and through investigations carried out into specific risk matters.

91


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

3  MANAGEMENT OF KEY GROUP RISKS

3.1  Credit risk

Key points: (unaudited)

The Irish economy has begun to recover, while recovery in the UK economy continued through 2013.

While defaulted and forborne loans remain elevated, the volume of defaulted loans reduced for the first time in a number of years, with defaulted loans totalling €17.1 billion at 31 December 2013 as compared to €17.7 billion at 31 December 2012 and €18.3 billion at 30 June 2013.

Values in a number of segments of the commercial property market increased in both Rol and the UK in 2013, representing the first annual increase in Rol commercial property values since 2007. Residential property prices increased in Rol in 2013, with Dublin residential property prices recovering and property prices outside of Dublin stabilising. Residential property prices also increased in the UK in 2013.

Total loans and advances to customers (before impairment provisions) reduced from €100 billion at 31 December 2012 to €93 billion at 31 December 2013.

Provision coverage on defaulted loans was 48% at 31 December 2013 compared to 43% at 31 December 2012.

The pace of arrears formation in the Retail Ireland Residential mortgage book has reduced significantly in the Owner occupied segment, with a slowdown in Buy to let, reflecting improving economic conditions and the Group's ongoing strategy to assist customers in financial difficulty with sustainable mortgage restructure and resolution strategies.

Effective workout structures comprising our Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategies (MARS) and Challenged Assets Group (CAG) continued the alignment of significant specialist resources to the management of challenged assets.

A Real Estate Advisory Unit (REAU) staffed by property professionals has been established within CAG to support the continued development and execution of recovery strategies in the Property and construction portfolio.

Total impairment charges on loans and advances to customers of €1,665 million (31 December 2012: €1,724 million) reflects the Group's response to the observations set out in the Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) Asset Quality Review and the implementation of the revised CBI 'Impairment Provisioning and Disclosures Guidelines' (dated 31 May 2013).

3.1.1    Definition of Credit Risk (audited)

Credit Risk is the risk of loss resulting from a counterparty being unable to meet its contractual obligations to the Group in respect of loans or other financial transactions. The manner in which the Group's exposure to credit risk arises, its policies and processes for managing it and the methods used to measure and monitor it are set out below.

How Credit Risk arises

Credit risk arises from loans and advances to customers. It also arises from the financial transactions the Group enters into with financial institutions, sovereigns and state institutions. It comprises both drawn exposures and exposures the Group has committed to extend. While the Group could potentially suffer loss to an amount equivalent to its undrawn commitments, the Group does not expect to incur losses to

92


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

that extent as most consumer related commitments can be cancelled by the Group and non-consumer related commitments are entered into subject to the customer continuing to achieve specific credit standards.

The Group is also exposed to credit risk from its derivatives, available for sale financial assets, other financial assets and from its reinsurance activities in NIAC.

Country risk

The Group is exposed to country risk. Exposures are managed in line with approved policy and country maximum exposure limits.

Country risk is governed by the Group Country Risk Policy which is approved by the Court. Limits are set and monitored for countries and for sovereign obligors in accordance with this policy. Further information is set out below.

Settlement risk

Settlement risk arises in any situation where a payment in cash, securities or equities is made in expectation of a corresponding receipt in cash, securities or equities. Appropriate policies exist and settlement limits are monitored.

Credit concentration risk

Credit concentration risk is the risk of loss due to exposures to a single entity or group of entities engaged in similar activities and having similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. Undue concentrations could lead to increased volatility in the Group's impairment charges on financial assets, earnings, capital requirements and financial prospects. Management of risk concentrations is an integral part of the Group's approach to risk management. Target levels and, where appropriate, limits are defined by the Court for each credit category. In addition, monetary risk limits are set by the GRPC or its appointed committees and, where necessary, approved by the Court. These target levels and, where appropriate, limits, are informed by the Group's Risk Appetite Statement. Single name concentrations are also subject to limits. As the Group reduces the overall size of its balance sheet, concentration risk may increase in relative terms.

Large exposures

The Group's Risk Appetite Statement and regulatory guidelines set out maximum exposure limits to a customer or a group of connected customers. The limits and regulatory guidelines cover both bank and non-bank counterparties.

The Group's Risk Appetite Statement specifies a range of exposure limits for credit concentration risk. The Group also monitors single customer exposure against regulatory guidelines.

At 31 December 2013, the Group's top 50 non-bank potential exposures (including off balance sheet and undrawn exposures) amounted to €7.1 billion (31 December 2012: €7.1 billion).

Credit related commitments

The Group manages credit related commitments that are not reflected as loans and advances on the balance sheet on the same basis as loans for credit approval and management purposes.

These include:

guarantees and standby letters of credit;

performance or similar bonds and guarantees;

documentary and commercial letters of credit;

commitments; and

letters of offer.

93


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Further information on the Group's exposures is set out in note 45 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

3.1.2    Credit risk management (audited)

The Group's approach to the management of credit risk is focussed on a detailed credit analysis at origination followed by early intervention and active management of accounts where creditworthiness has deteriorated.

The Credit & Market Risk function has responsibility for the independent oversight of credit and market risk and overall risk reporting to the GRPC, the CRC and the Court on (a) developments in these risks and (b) compliance with specific risk limits. It is led by the CCMRO who reports directly to the Group Chief Executive.

The function provides independent oversight and management of the Group's credit risk strategy, credit risk management information and credit risk underwriting as well as strategic oversight and management of certain challenged portfolios.

Credit policy

The core values and principles governing the provision of credit are contained in Group Credit Policy which is approved by the Court. Individual business unit credit policies define in greater detail the credit approach appropriate to the units concerned. These policies are aligned with the Group's Risk Appetite Statement and applicable credit limits, the lessons learned from the Group's recent loss history, the markets in which the business units operate and the products which they provide. In a number of cases business unit policies are supplemented by sectoral/product credit policies.

Each staff member involved in developing banking relationships and/or in assessing or managing credit has a responsibility to ensure compliance with these policies. There are procedures for the approval and monitoring of exceptions to policy.

Lending authorisation

The Group's credit risk management systems operate through a hierarchy of lending authorities which are related to internal loan ratings. All exposures above certain levels require approval by the Group Credit Committee (GCC). Other exposures are approved according to a system of tiered individual authorities which reflect credit competence, proven judgment and experience. Material lending proposals are referred to credit units for independent assessment/approval or formulation of a recommendation and subsequent adjudication by the applicable approval authority.

Counterparty credit risk arising from derivatives

Credit risk exposure arising from derivative instruments is managed as part of the overall lending limits with customers and financial institutions. Credit risk exposure on derivative transactions is calculated using the current value of the contract (on a mark to market basis) and an estimate of the maximum cost of rewriting the contract in the event of counterparty default. The credit process also limits gross derivative positions.

3.1.3    Credit risk measurement (audited)

All credit transactions are assessed at origination for credit quality and the borrower is assigned a credit grade based on a predefined credit rating scale. The risk, and consequently the credit grade, is reassessed

94


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

periodically. The use of internal credit rating models and scoring tools, which measure the degree of risk inherent in lending to specific counterparties, is central to the credit risk assessment and ongoing management processes within the Group. Details of these internal credit rating models are outlined in section on Credit Risk Methodologies on page 122.

Loan loss provisioning

Through its ongoing credit review processes, the Group seeks early identification of deteriorating loans with a view to taking corrective action to prevent the loan becoming impaired. Typically, loans that are at risk of impairment are managed by dedicated specialist units/debt collection teams focused on working out loans.

The identification of loans for assessment as impaired is driven by the Group's credit risk rating systems. It is the Group's policy to provide for impairment promptly and consistently across the loan book. For those loans that become impaired, the focus is to minimise the loss that the Group will incur from such impairment. This may involve implementing forbearance solutions, entering into restructuring arrangements or action to enforce security.

Other factors taken into consideration in estimating provisions include domestic and international economic climates, changes in portfolio risk profile and the effect of any external factors such as legal or competition requirements. Whilst provisioning is an ongoing process, all business units formally review and confirm the appropriateness of their provisioning methodologies and the adequacy of their impairment provisions on a half yearly basis. Their conclusions are reviewed by the Credit & Market Risk function and the GRPC.

Under delegated authority from the Court, the Group's provisioning methodology is approved by the GRPC on a half yearly basis, details of which are set out in Credit Risk Methodologies on page 122.

The quantum of the Group's impairment charge, impaired loan balances and provisions is also reviewed by the GRPC half yearly, in advance of providing a recommendation to the GAC.

An analysis of the Group's impairment provisions at 31 December 2013 is set out in note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

3.1.4    Credit risk mitigation (audited)

An assessment of the borrower's ability to service and repay the proposed level of debt (principal repayment source) is undertaken for credit requests and is a key element in the Group's approach to mitigating risk. In addition, the Group mitigates credit risk through the adoption of both proactive preventative measures (e.g. controls and limits) and the development and implementation of strategies to assess and reduce the impact of particular risks, should these materialise including hedging, securitisation and the taking of collateral (which acts as a secondary repayment source).

Controls and limits

The Group imposes credit risk control limits and guide points to mitigate significant concentration risk. These limits and guide points are informed by the Group's Risk Appetite Statement which is approved annually by the Court.

The Court approves country maximum exposure limits based on the Group's country risk rating models which are supported by external ratings.

Maximum exposure limits for exposures to banks are also approved by the GRPC for each rating category based on credit risk modelling techniques combined with expert judgement.

95


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Risk transfer and financing strategies

The objective of risk mitigation/transfer is to limit the risk impact to acceptable (quantitative and qualitative) levels. Where the risk review process indicates the possible emergence of undue risk concentrations, appropriate risk transfer and mitigation options are explored and recommended to the Portfolio Review Committee (PRC).

Collateral

Credit risk mitigation includes the requirement to obtain collateral, depending on the nature of the product and local market practice, as set out in the Group's policies and procedures. The nature and level of collateral required depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the amount of the exposure, the type of facility made available, the term of the facility, the amount of the borrower's own cash input and an evaluation of the level of risk or probability of default. The Group takes collateral as a secondary source, which can be called upon if the borrower is unable or unwilling to service and repay debt as originally assessed.

Various types of collateral are accepted, including property, securities, cash, guarantees and insurance, grouped broadly as follows:

financial collateral (lien over deposits, shares, etc.);

residential and commercial real estate;

physical collateral (plant and machinery, stock, etc.); and

other collateral (debtors, guarantees, insurance, etc.).

The Group's requirements around completion, valuation and management requirements for collateral are set out in appropriate Group or business unit policies and procedures. The extent to which collateral and other credit enhancements mitigate credit risk in respect of the Group's Residential mortgage portfolio is set out in tables 3c on pages 405, 406 and 424.

Counterparty credit risk arising from derivatives

The Group has executed standard internationally recognised documents such as International Swaps and Derivative Association (ISDA) agreements and Credit Support Annexes (CSAs) with its principal interbank derivative counterparties. The purpose of a CSA is to limit the potential cost of replacing derivative contracts at market prices in the event of default by the counterparty. A very high proportion of the Group's interbank derivatives book is covered by CSAs and is hence collateralised, primarily through cash.

3.1.5    Credit risk reporting/monitoring (audited)

It is the Group's policy to ensure that adequate up to date credit management information is available to support the credit management of individual account relationships and the overall loan portfolio.

Credit risk at a Group, divisional and significant operating unit/product type level is reported on a monthly basis to senior management. This monthly reporting includes information and detailed commentary on loan book growth, quality of the loan book (credit grade and probability of default (PD) profiles and risk weighted assets) and loan impairment provisions including individual large impaired exposures. Changes in sectoral and single name concentrations are tracked on a quarterly basis highlighting changes to risk concentration in the Group's loan book. A report on any exceptions to credit policy is presented to and

96


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

reviewed by the GRPC on a monthly basis. The Group allocates significant resources to ensure ongoing monitoring and compliance with approved risk limits.

The PRC considers and recommends to the GRPC, on a quarterly basis, credit concentration reports which track changes in sectoral and single name concentrations measured under agreed parameters. Credit risk including compliance with key credit risk limits is reported monthly in the Court Risk Report. Statistics on credit policy exceptions are also included on a quarterly basis. This report is presented to and discussed by the GRPC, the CRC and the Court.

In addition other reports are submitted to senior management and the Court as required.

Group Credit Review (GCR) is an independent function within Group Internal Audit. Its reviews cover lending units in each division and incorporate an examination of adherence to credit policies and procedures across the various portfolios. GCR also addresses the timeliness of the annual review process and the quality of credit assessment in each portfolio.

3.1.6    Management of challenged assets (audited)

A range of initiatives are in place on an ongoing basis to deal with the effects of the deterioration in the credit environment and decline in asset quality in recent years including;

enhanced collections and recoveries processes;

expansion of specialist work-out teams to ensure early intervention in vulnerable cases;

intensive review cycles for 'at risk' exposures and the management of excess positions;

support from central teams in managing 'at risk' portfolios at a business unit level;

modified and tighter lending criteria for specific sectors;

a reduction in certain individual bank exposures; and

revised Risk Appetite Framework and Statement.

The segregation of certain challenged portfolios and the realignment of resources to manage these assets allows the remaining portfolio managers to focus on the loan book classified as 'acceptable quality' or better and to work closely with those customers.

Group forbearance strategies

Forbearance occurs when a borrower is granted a temporary or permanent concession or agreed change to a loan ('forbearance measure') for reasons relating to the actual or apparent financial stress or distress of that borrower. If the concession or agreed change to a loan granted to a borrower is not related to the actual or apparent financial stress or distress of that borrower, forbearance has not occurred. A loan which has an active 'forbearance measure' is a 'forborne loan'. The Group definition of forbearance is consistent with the CBI regulatory definition of forbearance.

A range of forbearance strategies are used by the Group for customers in arrears or facing potential arrears on contracted loan repayments, in order to arrange, where viable, sustainable short term or longer

97


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

term repayment solutions as appropriate. A forbearance strategy may include, but is not necessarily limited to, one or more of the following measures:

adjustment or non-enforcement of covenants: an arrangement whereby the Group agrees to either waive an actual or expected covenant breach for an agreed period, or adjust the covenant(s) to reflect the changed circumstances of the borrower;

facilities in breach of terms placed on demand: an arrangement whereby the Group places a facility in breach of its contractual terms on a demand basis as permitted under the facility agreement rather than enforcing, and pending a more long term resolution;

reduced payments (full interest): an arrangement where the borrower pays the full interest on the principal balance, on a temporary or longer term basis, with the principal balance unchanged, rather than repaying some of the principal as required under the original facility agreement;

reduced payment (greater than full interest) incorporating some principal repayments: a temporary or medium term arrangement where the borrower pays the full interest due plus an element of principal due on the basis that principal payments will increase in the future;

capitalisation of arrears: an arrangement whereby arrears are added to the principal balance, effectively clearing the arrears, with either the repayments or the original term of the loan adjusted accordingly to accommodate the increased principal balance; and

term extension: an arrangement where the original term of the loan is extended.

The forbearance strategies adopted by the Group seek to maximise recoveries and minimise losses arising from non-repayment of debt, while providing suitable and sustainable restructure options that are supportive of customers in challenged circumstances. The Group has an operating infrastructure in place to assess and, where appropriate, implement such options on a case-by-case basis. Group Credit Policy outlines the core principles and parameters underpinning the Group's approach to forbearance with individual business unit policies defining in greater detail the forbearance strategies appropriate to each unit.

Forbearance requests are assessed on a case-by-case basis taking due consideration of the individual circumstances and risk profile of the customer to ensure, where possible, the most suitable and sustainable repayment arrangement is put in place. Forbearance will always be a trigger event for the Group to undertake an assessment of the customer's financial circumstances and ability to repay prior to any decision to grant a forbearance treatment. This assessment may result in a disimprovement in the credit grade assigned to the loan, potentially impacting how frequently the loan must be formally reviewed; and, where impairment is deemed to have occurred, will result in a specific provision. Where appropriate, and in accordance with the Group's credit risk management structure, forbearance requests are referred to credit units for independent assessment prior to approval by the relevant approval authority.

Forborne loans are reviewed in line with the Group's credit management processes, which includes monitoring borrower compliance with the revised terms and conditions of the forbearance arrangement. Loans to which forbearance has been applied continue to be classified as forborne until the forbearance measure expires. The Group does not currently apply a set time period after which the forbearance classification on a performing forborne loan is discontinued but may do so in future in light of regulatory guidance in this area. Borrower compliance with revised terms and conditions may not be achieved in all cases. Non-compliance could for example arise because the individual circumstances and risk profile of the borrower continues to deteriorate, or fails to show an expected improvement, to the extent that an agreed reduced level of repayment can no longer be met. In the event of non-compliance, a request for further

98


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

forbearance may be considered. It is possible that the Group, by virtue of having granted forbearance to a borrower, could suffer a loss that might otherwise have been avoided had enforcement action instead been taken—this could for example arise where the value of security held in respect of a loan diminishes over the period of a forbearance arrangement which ultimately proves unsustainable.

It is the Group's policy to measure the effectiveness of forbearance arrangements over the lifetime of those arrangements. A forbearance arrangement is considered to be effective where the risk profile of the affected borrower stabilises or improves over the measured time period, resulting in an improved outcome for the Group and the borrower. The measurement of effectiveness takes account of the nature and intended outcome of the forbearance arrangement and the period over which it applies.

3.1.7    Book profile—Loans and advances to customers (unaudited)

Loans and advances to customers are shown in the tables below and in the tables on pages 100 and 110 to 121.

Geographical and industry analysis of loans and advances to customers

The following table gives the geographical and industry breakdown of total loans (before impairment provisions).

31 December 2013

Geographical/industry analysis
  Rol
€m
  UK
€m
  US
€m
  ROW
€m
  Total
€m
 

Personal

    28,206     26,262             54,468  

Residential mortgages

    26,700     24,946             51,646  

Other consumer lending

    1,506     1,316             2,822  

Property and construction

    9,144     7,647     11         16,802  

Investment

    7,263     6,365     11         13,639  

Land and Development

    1,881     1,282             3,163  

Business and other services

    6,323     2,891     224     46     9,484  

Distribution

    2,883     176             3,059  

Manufacturing

    2,627     739     336     99     3,801  

Transport

    1,437     160     20         1,617  

Financial

    880     177             1,057  

Agriculture

    1,499     283             1,782  

Energy

    599     86             685  
                       

Total

    53,598     38,421     591     145     92,755  
                       
                       

The geographical breakdown is primarily based on the location of the business unit where the asset is booked.

99


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

31 December 2012

Geographical/industry analysis
  Rol
€m
  UK
€m
  US
€m
  ROW
€m
  Total
€m
 

Personal

    29,150     28,880             58,030  

Residential mortgages

    27,485     27,543             55,028  

Other consumer lending

    1,665     1,337             3,002  

Property and construction

    9,877     9,285             19,162  

Investment

    7,814     7,747             15,561  

Land and development

    2,063     1,538             3,601  

Business and other services

    6,771     3,280     173     31     10,255  

Distribution

    3,289     264             3,553  

Manufacturing

    3,094     539     386     86     4,105  

Transport

    1,532     61             1,593  

Financial

    787     161     8         956  

Agriculture

    1,492     246             1,738  

Energy

    684     89             773  
                       

Total

    56,676     42,805     567     117     100,165  
                       
                       

The geographical breakdown is primarily based on the location of the business unit where the asset is booked.

The Group's primary markets are Ireland and the UK and exposures originated and managed in these countries represent a material concentration of credit risk. Similarly, the Group exhibits a material concentration in Residential mortgages and in the Property and construction sector.

The Group's Residential mortgage portfolio is widely diversified by individual borrower and amounted to 56% of total loans at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 55%). 52% of Residential mortgages related to Ireland (31 December 2012: 50%) and 48% related to the UK at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 50%). At 31 December 2013, the Group's UK Residential mortgage book amounted to £20.8 billion (31 December 2012: £22.5 billion) (before impairment provisions).

The Property and construction sector accounted for 18% or €16.8 billion of total loans at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 19% or €19 billion). This book consists primarily of investment loans.

100


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

3.1.8    Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers (unaudited)

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers
Composition
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Residential mortgages

    573     462     469  

Retail Ireland

    542     418     444  

Retail UK

    31     44     25  

Non-property SME and corporate

    468     413     497  

Republic of Ireland SME

    233     223     281  

UK SME

    113     53     74  

Corporate

    122     137     142  

Property and construction

    583     797     893  

Investment

    343     437     593  

Land and development

    240     360     300  

Consumer

    41     52     80  
               

Total impairment charges on loans and advances to customers

    1,665     1,724     1,939  
               
               

Year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers of €1,665 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 were €59 million or 3% lower than the previous year. The impairment charge for 2013 reflects the performance of the Group's loan portfolios, the economic environment in the countries in which those portfolios are located, up to date assessment of collateral values securing the loan portfolios, the Group's activities in restructuring loans for customers with repayment challenges, the Group's existing stock of impairment provisions, implementation of the CBI 'Impairment Provisioning and Disclosures Guidelines' (revised 31 May 2013) and the observations from the CBI's Asset Quality Review (AQR) of the Group's loan portfolios as at 30 June 2013.

The impairment charge on Residential mortgages of €573 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 has increased by €111 million from €462 million in the previous year. The current year charge reflects, among other things, the consideration of the AQR and implementation of the revised CBI guidelines.

The impairment charge on the Retail Ireland mortgage portfolio of €542 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 has increased by €124 million from €418 million in the previous year. The current year charge reflects a significant improvement in default arrears trends in the second half of 2013, particularly in the Owner occupied segment, the impact of implementation of the revised CBI guidelines and consideration of the AQR. While the volume of default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due and/or impaired) has continued to increase, the pace of default arrears formation has reduced significantly in the year, particularly in the Owner occupied segment.

In addition to the reduction in the pace of formation of default arrears, reflecting improving economic conditions, the Group has continued to formally restructure a significant number of customer mortgages on a sustainable basis.

For the year ended 31 December 2013, Residential property prices recorded an annual increase of 6.4% according to the Central Statistics Office (CSO) Index. This compares to a decline of 4.5% in 2012. This is

101


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

the first annual increase since January 2008, with residential property prices in Dublin continuing to perform significantly better (15.7% annual increase to 31 December 2013) than the national average. The CSO Index for December 2013 reported that national residential prices were 46% below peak, compared to 50% at December 2012 and June 2013, with residential prices in Dublin 49% below peak, while properties outside of Dublin were 47% below peak.

Owner occupied default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due and/or impaired) were 10.10% at 31 December 2013 as compared with 10.52% at 30 June 2013 and 9.88% at 31 December 2012. The volume of default arrears in the Owner occupied segment has decreased in the second half of the year reflecting improving economic conditions, such as falling unemployment levels and the Group's ongoing strategy to assist customers in financial difficulty with sustainable mortgage restructure and resolution strategies. The level of Owner occupied default arrears for the Group remains at about half the level of the other Irish banks as published on a quarterly basis by the CBI.

Buy to let default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due and/or impaired) were 27.72% at 31 December 2013 as compared to 26.01% at 30 June 2013 and 23.26% at 31 December 2012. The volume of default arrears in the Buy to let segment has continued to increase, albeit the pace of arrears formation has slowed in 2013 compared to 2012, consistent with improved rental market conditions, particularly in city centre locations and Dublin commuter counties(1). Buy to let borrowers continue to be impacted by rising repayments as interest only periods come to an end and they move to fully amortising loans. At 31 December 2013, 65% of the Buy to let mortgage book was on a 'principal and interest' repayment basis (31 December 2012: 52%). As part of the Group's Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategies, the Group continues to work with Buy to let customers, particularly those with interest only periods that are coming to an end, to restructure customer mortgages prior to them moving to fully amortising loans. The level of Buy to let default arrears for the Group remains below the level of the other Irish banks as published on a quarterly basis by the CBI.

The impairment charge on the Retail UK mortgage portfolio of €31 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 has decreased by €13 million from €44 million in the previous year reflecting the stable performance of the UK mortgage book. Default arrears (volume of loans 90 days past due and/or impaired) increased marginally to 2.37% at 31 December 2013 as compared with 2.35% at 30 June 2013 and 2.34% at 31 December 2012, primarily reflecting the reduction in the size of the total UK mortgage book.

The impairment charge on the Non property SME and corporate loan portfolio of €468 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 has increased by €55 million from €413 million in the previous year. The current year charge reflects, among other things, the consideration of the AQR.

Republic of Ireland SME impairment charges of €233 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 have increased by €10 million from €223 million in the previous year. There have been some signs of improvement for the SME sector, as reflected in modest annual retail sales growth, increased consumer sentiment, and lower business insolvencies. However, there is a lag between consumer sentiment and consumer spending; hence, trading conditions remain difficult. As a result, Republic of Ireland SME impairment charges continue to be at an elevated level, particularly for those sectors correlated with consumer spending. The Group has made significant progress in agreeing end state resolution strategies with a large number of our challenged SME customers, and these strategies will be implemented over time.

Impairment charges on our UK SME portfolio increased to €113 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €53 million in the previous year, primarily driven by a small number of large individual exposures and case specific events. The UK macro-economic conditions and outlook have been on an improving trend in recent months, with the unemployment rate falling.

102


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The impairment charges on the Corporate portfolios reduced to €122 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €137 million in the previous year. The domestic Irish Corporate portfolio was impacted by challenging domestic demand and market conditions, albeit the pace of migration of new cases into our challenged portfolios has reduced considerably. Our international corporate banking portfolios continue to perform satisfactorily reflecting their exposure to global, rather than exclusively Irish economic indicators, with impairments driven by individual case specific events.

The impairment charge on the Property and construction loan portfolio of €583 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 decreased by €214 million compared to €797 million in the previous year. The current year impairment charge reflects, among other things, the consideration of the AQR.

The impairment charge on the Investment property element of the Property and construction portfolio was €343 million for year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €437 million in the previous year.

Between 2007 and 2012, the Irish market has experienced a significant fall in asset values, with Irish commercial property capital values down 66% from peak(2). However, capital values rose by 3% in 2013, which represented the first annual increase in capital values since 2007. Activity in the commercial property market in Dublin has continued to increase, particularly for prime office assets, and improving economic conditions in recent months has led to capital value growth spreading to the Retail and Industrial sectors by late 2013. There have been some early signs of improvement in the retail sector in recent months, such as increased retail sales and consumer sentiment, however, conditions in the sector remained difficult in 2013 as evidenced by increased retail tenant defaults and high vacancy levels, particularly in provincial/regional locations, which have contributed to continued elevated impairment charges on our Investment property portfolio.

UK commercial property capital values increased by 4% in 2013, reflecting continued strong returns from London based properties coupled with rising returns in recent months in key regional centres on foot of growing investor confidence in real estate outside of London, particularly in the office market. Performance in the UK Retail sector continues to remain more subdued, with limited occupier demand outside of London. Tenant failures and market rental pressures are continuing to impact on impairment levels.

The impairment charge on the Land and development element of the Property and construction portfolio was €240 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to €360 million for the previous year. The charge remains elevated reflecting continued challenging market conditions.

The impairment charge of €41 million on Consumer loans for the year ended 31 December 2013 is €11 million lower compared to the impairment charge of €52 million in the previous year. Consumer loans have continued to reduce reflecting accelerated repayments and subdued demand for new loans and other credit facilities, in addition to lower than expected default arrears.

Further analysis and commentary on the changes in the loan portfolios, asset quality and impairment is set out in the Asset Quality and Impairment section.

Year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011

Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers of €1,724 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 were €215 million or 11% lower than the previous year.

The impairment charge on Residential mortgages of €462 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €7 million from €469 million in the previous year.

   


(1)
Source: Daft.ie National Rental Index
(2)
Source: Investment Property Databank Ltd (IPD).

103


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The impairment charge on the Retail Ireland mortgage portfolio of €418 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 has decreased by €26 million from €444 million in the previous year. While the volume of default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due) has continued to increase, the pace of default arrears formation has reduced since the first quarter of 2012. In addition to the reduction in formation of arrears, the Group has continued to formally restructure a significant number of customer mortgages on a sustainable basis.

In 2012, the annual rate of decline in Residential property prices slowed to 4.5% as reflected in the CSO Index (2011 annual rate of decline was 16.7%), its lowest rate in over four years, with residential property prices in Dublin, particularly Dublin house prices, being the key driver of this improvement. The CSO Index for December 2012 reported that national residential prices were 50% below peak.

Owner occupied default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due) were 9.88% at 31 December 2012 as compared with 9.22% at 30 June 2012 and 7.40% at 31 December 2011. The volume of default arrears in the Owner occupied segment continued to increase, primarily reflecting the continued impact of the general economic downturn in Ireland and affordability issues including falling disposable incomes and sustained high unemployment levels. However, the pace of Owner occupied default arrears formation (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due) has been reducing since the first quarter of 2012 reflecting a stabilisation in unemployment levels and the restructure of customer mortgages on a sustainable basis. A similar trend is evident in the less than 90 days past due arrears. The level of Owner occupied default arrears for the Group remains materially below the industry average as published on a quarterly basis by the Central Bank of Ireland.

Buy to let default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due) were 23.36% at 31 December 2012 compared to 20.77% at 30 June 2012 and 16.81% at 31 December 2011. The volume of default arrears in the Buy to let segment continued to increase primarily reflecting the continued impact on borrowers of rising repayments as interest only periods came to an end and customers moved to fully amortising loans. The pace of Buy to let arrears formation (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due) has reduced since the first quarter of 2012, and the level of Buy to let default arrears for the Group remains below the industry average as published on a quarterly basis by the Central Bank of Ireland.

The impairment charge on the Retail UK mortgage portfolio of €44 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 increased by €19 million from €25 million in the previous year.

Default arrears (number of cases 3+ payments past due) and the associated impairment charge on Retail UK mortgages (particularly in the Standard and Self certified segments) increased marginally in the second six months of the year ended 31 December 2012, albeit from a low base. The level of default arrears for the Group was at 1.53% at 31 December 2012 remains below the industry average as published by the Council of Mortgage Lenders.

The impairment charge on the Non property SME and corporate loan portfolio of €413 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €84 million from €497 million in the previous year.

Republic of Ireland SME impairment charges of €223 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €58 million from €281 million in the previous year. The impairment charge for the six months ended 31 December 2012 amounted to €100 million compared with a charge of €123 million for the six months ended 30 June 2012 and a charge of €140 million for the six months ended 31 December 2011. The reduction in Republic of Ireland SME impairment charges reflect some early indicators of improvement in certain elements of the SME sector (e.g. strong export performance, lower increase in business insolvencies, and some improvement in the levels of consumer sentiment), however, the sector is fragile

104


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

and challenges remain. As a result, the level of Republic of Ireland SME impairment charges continues to be at an elevated level, particularly for those sectors correlated with consumer spending.

Impairment charges on the UK SME portfolio reduced to €53 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €74 million in the previous year, albeit UK economic conditions remain subdued.

The Group's corporate banking portfolios remained broadly stable, with impairment charges on the Corporate portfolios reduced to €137 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €142 million in the previous year. The domestic Irish Corporate portfolio continued to be impacted by more challenging domestic demand and market conditions, albeit the pace of migration of new cases into our challenged portfolios has reduced. Our international corporate banking portfolios continued to perform satisfactorily reflecting their exposure to global, rather than exclusively Irish, economic indicators.

The impairment charge on the Property and construction loan portfolio of €797 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 decreased by €96 million compared to €893 million in the previous year.

The impairment charge on the Investment property element of the Property and construction portfolio was €437 million for year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €593 million in the previous year.

The impairment charge on the Land and development element of the Property and construction portfolio was €360 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to €300 million for the previous year reflecting the continued challenging conditions in this sector, highly illiquid markets, and deteriorating individual borrower circumstances.

The impairment charge of €52 million on Consumer loans for the year ended 31 December 2012 was €28 million lower compared to the impairment charge of €80 million in the previous year. Consumer loans continued to reduce reflecting accelerated repayments and subdued demand for new loans and other credit facilities. Default arrears and impairment charges were better than expected in both the Republic of Ireland and the UK.

Impairment charge by nature of impairment provision
  Year ended
31 December 2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December 2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December 2011
€m
 
Specific charge individually assessed     1,323     1,672     1,294  
Specific charge collectively assessed     151     355     453  
Incurred but not reported     191     (303 )   192  
               
Total impairment charge     1,665     1,724     1,939  
               
               

 

Impairment provision by nature of impairment provision
  31 December 2013
€m
  31 December 2012
€m
 
Specific provisions individually assessed     6,195     5,658  
Specific provisions collectively assessed     1,155     1,183  
Incurred but not reported     891     703  
           
Total impairment provision     8,241     7,544  
           
           

Incurred but not reported (IBNR) impairment provisions increased by €188 million to €891 million in the year. This increase was due to increased IBNR on the Retail Ireland and Retail UK mortgage portfolios reflecting, among other things, the impacts of the implementation of the revised CBI guidelines and the consideration of the Central Bank of Ireland's observations in the AQR, partially offset by a reduction in

105


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

the Property and construction portfolio, due to a decrease in the volume of relevant Property and construction loans consistent with the overall contraction in loans and advances to customers.

The increase in the individual specific provisions and the decrease in the collective specific provisions in the year were due to an increase in the volume of loans classified as 'impaired' and individually assessed for provisioning in the Retail Ireland mortgage portfolio. Additionally, this also reflects increases to existing specific provisions attaching to individually assessed Non-property SME and Corporate and Property and construction exposures.

The individual and collective specific provisions at 31 December 2013 are after provisions utilised in the year of €1.1 billion as set out in note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 298.

The total impairment charge on loans and advances to customers for the year ended 31 December 2013 was €1,665 million. Of this, the impairment charge on forborne loans amounted to €112 million as set out in the table below:

31 December 2013

Impairment charge on forborne loan and advances
Composition
  Specific
charge
individually and
collectively
assessed
€m
  Incurred but
not reported
€m
  Total
impairment
charge on
forborne loans
€m
 
Residential mortgages     29     83     112  

Retail Ireland

    29     82     111  

—Retail UK

        1     1  
Non-property SME and corporate         (1 )   (1 )

Republic of Ireland SME

        2     2  

—UK SME

        (2 )   (2 )

—Corporate

        (1 )   (1 )
Property and construction         3     3  

Investment

        2     2  

—Land and development

        1     1  
Consumer         (2 )   (2 )
               
Total Impairment charge on forborne loans     29     83     112  
               
               

Impairment charge on forborne loans and advances

The charge incurred during 2013 on Retail Ireland forborne mortgage loans largely reflects the increase in the stock of 'impaired' forborne mortgage loans. The charge of €1 million on Retail UK forborne mortgage loans reflects the stable performance of the UK mortgage loan book and the limited use of forbearance as a resolution strategy. In the non-mortgage book, where a specific provision is required the exposure is reported as 'impaired' and is not reported as 'forborne'; hence, only IBNR provisions are held against non-mortgage loans that are reported as forborne. The IBNR charge of €2 million on forborne non-mortgage loans in the year reflects an increase in the volume of non-mortgage 'lower quality but neither past due nor impaired' forborne loans.

106


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The total impairment provisions on loans and advances to customers for the year ended 31 December 2013 were €8,241 million (31 December 2012: €7,544 million). Of this, the impairment provisions on forborne loans amounted to €521 million (31 December 2012: €406 million) as set out in the tables below:

31 December 2013

Impairment provision on forborne loan and advances
Composition
  Specific
provisions
individually and
collectively
assessed
€m
  Incurred but
not reported
€m
  Total
impairment
provision on
forborne loans
€m
 
Residential mortgages     182     181     363  

Retail Ireland

    181     177     358  

—Retail UK

    1     4     5  
Non-property SME and corporate         61     61  

Republic of Ireland

        34     34  

—UK SME

        13     13  

—Corporate

        14     14  
Property and construction         95     95  

Investment

        85     85  

—Land and development

        10     10  
Consumer         2     2  
               
Total impairment provision on forborne loans     182     339     521  
               
               

31 December 2012

Impairment provision on forborne loan and advances
Composition
  Specific
provisions
individually and
collectively
assessed
€m
  Incurred but
not reported
€m
  Total
impairment
provision on
forborne loans
€m
 
Residential mortgages     149     98     247  

Retail Ireland

    148     95     243  

—Retail UK

    1     3     4  
Non-property SME and corporate         62     62  

Republic of Ireland

        32     32  

—UK SME

        15     15  

—Corporate

        15     15  
Property and construction         93     93  

Investment

        84     84  

—Land and development

        9     9  
Consumer         4     4  
               
Total Impairment provision on forborne loans     149     257     406  
               
               

107


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Impairment provision on forborne loans

Specific and Incurred but not reported (IBNR) provisions held against forborne Retail Ireland mortgage loans increased during 2013, largely due to an increase in the stock of 'impaired' forborne mortgage loans. Provisions held against forborne Retail UK mortgage loans were €5 million, reflecting the stable performance of the UK mortgage loan book and the limited use of forbearance as a resolution strategy. In the non-mortgage book, where a specific provision is required the exposure is reported as impaired and is not reported as forborne; hence, only IBNR provisions are held against non-mortgage loans that are reported as forborne. IBNR provisions on non-mortgage forborne loans were largely unchanged at 31 December 2013 compared to 31 December 2012.

3.1.9    Asset Quality—Loans and advances to customers (audited except where denoted unaudited)

The Group classifies forborne and non-forborne loans and advances to customers as 'neither past due nor impaired', 'past due but not impaired' and 'impaired' in line with the requirements of IFRS 7.

Forbearance occurs when a borrower is granted a temporary or permanent concession or agreed change to a loan ('forbearance measure'), for reasons relating to the actual or apparent financial stress or distress of that borrower. A loan which has an active forbearance measure is a 'forborne loan'.

The Group applies internal ratings to both forborne and non-forborne loans based on an assessment of the credit quality of the customer, as part of its credit risk management system. A thirteen point credit grade rating scale is used for more complex, individually managed loans, including wholesale, corporate and business lending. A seven point credit grade rating scale is used for standard products (including mortgages, personal and small business loans). Both credit scales have a defined relationship with the Group's Probability of Default (PD) scale.

'Neither past due nor impaired' ratings are summarised as set out below:

Mappings to external rating agencies are indicative only, as additional factors such as collateral will be taken into account by the Group in assigning a credit grade to a counterparty.

high quality ratings apply to loans to customers, strong corporate and business counterparties and consumer banking borrowers (including Residential mortgages) with whom the Group has an excellent repayment experience. For both forborne and non-forborne loans, high quality ratings are derived from grades 1 to 4 on the thirteen point grade scale, grades 1 and 2 on the seven point grade scale and ratings equivalent to AAA, AA+, AA, AA-, A+, A, A- and BBB+ and BBB for the external major rating agencies;

satisfactory quality ratings apply to good quality loans that are performing as expected, including loans to small and medium sized enterprises, leveraged entities and more recently established businesses. Satisfactory quality ratings also include some element of the Group's retail portfolios. For both forborne and non-forborne loans, satisfactory quality ratings are derived from grades 5 to 7 on the thirteen point grade scale, grade 3 on the seven point grade scale and external ratings equivalent to BBB-, BB+, BB and BB-. In addition, satisfactory quality ratings can also apply to certain temporary and permanent mortgage forbearance arrangements that are neither past due nor impaired;

acceptable quality ratings apply to loans to customers with increased risk profiles that are subject to closer monitoring and scrutiny by lenders with the objective of managing risk and moving accounts to an improved rating category. For both forborne and non-forborne loans, acceptable quality ratings are derived from grades 8 and 9 on the thirteen point grade scale, grade 4 outstandings within the seven

108


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

the lower quality but neither past due nor impaired rating applies to those loans that are neither in arrears nor impaired but where the Group requires a work down or work out of the relationship unless an early reduction in risk is achievable. For both forborne and non-forborne loans, lower quality ratings are derived from outstandings within rating grades 10 and 11 on the thirteen point grade scale, grade 5 on the seven point grade scale and external ratings equivalent to B or below. In addition, the lower quality but neither past due nor impaired ratings can apply to certain temporary mortgage forbearance arrangements that are neither past due nor impaired and mortgages which are forborne, were previously in default and have had their terms and conditions modified and which are subject to a twelve month probation period under revised contractual arrangements.

'Past due but not impaired' loans, whether forborne or not, are defined as follows:

loans where repayment of interest and/or principal are overdue by at least one day but which are not impaired.

'Impaired' loans are defined as follows:

loans with a specific impairment provision attaching to them together with loans (excluding Residential mortgages) which are greater than 90 days in arrears. For Residential mortgages, forborne loans with a specific provision attaching to them are reported as both forborne and impaired. Forborne loans (excluding Residential mortgages) with a specific provision attaching to them are reported as impaired and are not reported as forborne.

'Defaulted' loans are defined as follows:

impaired loans together with Residential mortgages which are greater than 90 days in arrears. Defaulted loans are derived from grades 11 and 12 on the thirteen point grade scale and grades 5 and 6 on the seven point grade scale.

 
  31 December
2013
  31 December
2012
 
Loans and advances to customers
Composition (before impairment provisions)
  €m   %   €m   %  
Residential mortgages     51,646     56 %   55,028     55 %

Retail Ireland

    26,700     29 %   27,485     27 %

—Retail UK

    24,946     27 %   27,543     28 %
Non-property SME and corporate     21,485     23 %   22,973     23 %

Republic of Ireland SME

    10,275     11 %   10,733     11 %

—UK SME

    3,339     4 %   3,524     3 %

—Corporate

    7,871     8 %   8,716     9 %
Property and construction     16,802     18 %   19,162     19 %

Investment

    13,639     15 %   15,561     15 %

—Land and development

    3,163     3 %   3,601     4 %
Consumer     2,822     3 %   3,002     3 %
                   
Total loans and advances to customers     92,755     100 %   100,165     100 %
                   
                   

109


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Unaudited:

The Group's loans and advances to customers before impairment provisions at 31 December 2013 were €92.8 billion compared to €100.2 billion at 31 December 2012. Low demand for credit, repayments and exchange rate movements contributed significantly to the reduction in loans and advances to customers. The majority of the reduction in the Group's loans and advances to customers relates to portfolios outside the Republic of Ireland. Residential mortgages accounted for 56% of total loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2013, broadly unchanged from 55% at 31 December 2012, albeit with a slightly higher percentage now accounted for by Retail Ireland mortgages. The other loan portfolios account for broadly equivalent proportions of the loan book at 31 December 2013 and at 31 December 2012. The majority of the decrease in the loan book relates to portfolios outside the Republic of Ireland.

Risk profile of loans and advances to customers

The tables and analysis below summarise the Group's loans and advances to customers over the following categories: 'neither past due nor impaired', 'past due but not impaired' and 'impaired'. Exposures are before provisions for impairment.

31 December 2013

Risk profile of loans and
advances to customers
(before impairment provisions)
  Residential
mortgages
€m
  Non-property
SME
and corporate
€m
  Property and
construction
€m
  Consumer
€m
  Total loans
and
advances
to customers
€m
  Total loans
and
advances
to customers
%
 
Total loans and advances to customers                                      
High quality     43,625     3,886     946     2,003     50,460     54 %
Satisfactory quality     659     8,685     2,805     454     12,603     14 %
Acceptable quality     769     3,055     2,397     23     6,244     7 %
Lower quality but not past due or impaired     258     1,705     1,650         3,613     4 %
                           
Neither past due nor impaired     45,311     17,331     7,798     2,480     72,920     79 %
                           
Past due but not impaired     3,288     243     413     106     4,050     4 %
Impaired     3,047     3,911     8,591     236     15,785     17 %
                           
Total loans and advances to customers     51,646     21,485     16,802     2,822     92,755     100 %
                           
                           

110


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The Group's total loans and advances to customers of €92,755 million at 31 December 2013 are analysed below over the following categories: 'non-forborne' and 'forborne'. Exposures are before provisions for impairment.

 
  Residential
mortgages
€m
  Non-property
SME
and corporate
€m
  Property and
construction
€m
  Consumer
€m
  Total loans
and
advances
to customers
€m
  Total loans
and
advances
to customers
%
 
Non-forborne loans and advances to customers                                      
High quality     43,625     3,852     909     2,002     50,388     61 %
Satisfactory quality         8,312     1,849     319     10,480     13 %
Acceptable quality         1,985     376     13     2,374     3 %
Lower quality but not past due or impaired         413     610         1,023     1 %
                           
Neither past due nor impaired     43,625     14,562     3,744     2,334     64,265     78 %
                           
Past due but not impaired     2,619     156     160     87     3,022     4 %
Impaired     2,597     3,621     8,008     236     14,462     18 %
                           
Total non-forborne loans and                                      
advances to customers     48,841     18,339     11,912     2,657     81,749     100 %
                           
Forborne loans and advances to customers                                      
High quality         34     37     1     72     1 %
Satisfactory quality     659     373     956     135     2,123     19 %
Acceptable quality     769     1,070     2,021     10     3,870     35 %
Lower quality but not past due or impaired     258     1,292     1,040         2,590     24 %
                           
Neither past due nor impaired     1,686     2,769     4,054     146     8,655     79 %
                           
Past due but not impaired     669     87     253     19     1,028     9 %
Impaired     450     290     583         1,323     12 %
                           
Total forborne loans and advances to customers     2,805     3,146     4,890     165     11,006     100 %
                           
                           

111


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

31 December 2012

Risk profile of loans and advances to
customers (before impairment provisions)
  Residential
mortgages
€m
  Non-
property
SME and
corporate
€m
  Property
and
construction
€m
  Consumer
€m
  Total loans
and
advances
to customers
€m
  Total loans
and
advances
to customers
%
 

Total loans and advances to customers

                                     

High quality

    46,820     4,332     926     2,076     54,154     54 %

Satisfactory quality

    390     8,742     3,652     485     13,269     13 %

Acceptable quality

    1,088     3,929     3,149     27     8,193     8 %

Lower quality but not past due or impaired

    161     1,321     2,070         3,552     4 %
                           

Neither past due nor impaired

    48,459     18,324     9,797     2,588     79,168     79 %
                           

Past due but not impaired

    3,722     291     556     133     4,702     5 %

Impaired

    2,847     4,358     8,809     281     16,295     16 %
                           

Total loans and advances to customers

    55,028     22,973     19,162     3,002     100,165     100 %
                           
                           

The Group's total loans and advances to customers of €100,165 million at 31 December 2012 are analysed below over the following categories: 'non-forborne' and 'forborne'. Exposures are before provisions for impairment.

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Non-forborne loans and advances to customers

                                     

High quality

    46,820     4,253     842     2,074     53,989     61 %

Satisfactory quality

        8,260     2,616     311     11,187     13 %

Acceptable quality

        2,583     1,160     15     3,758     4 %

Lower quality but not past due or impaired

        518     1,310         1,828     2 %
                           

Neither past due nor impaired

    46,820     15,614     5,928     2,400     70,762     80 %
                           

Past due but not impaired

    2,984     241     414     108     3,747     4 %

Impaired

    2,464     3,919     7,708     281     14,372     16 %
                           

Total non-forborne loans and advances to customers

    52,268     19,774     14,050     2,789     88,881     100 %
                           
                           

Forborne loans and advances to customers

                               

High quality

        79     84     2     165     1 %

Satisfactory quality

    390     482     1,036     174     2,082     19 %

Acceptable quality

    1,088     1,346     1,989     12     4,435     39 %

Lower quality but not past due or impaired

    161     803     760         1,724     15 %
                           

Neither past due nor impaired

    1,639     2,710     3,869     188     8,406     74 %
                           

Past due but not impaired

    738     50     142     25     955     9 %

Impaired

    383     439     1,101         1,923     17 %
                           

Total forborne loans and advances to customers

    2,760     3,199     5,112     213     11,284     100 %
                           
                           

112


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Unaudited:

Loans and advances to customers classified as 'neither past due nor impaired' amounted to €72.9 billion or 79% of the Group's loan book at 31 December 2013 compared to €79.2 billion or 79% at 31 December 2012. Low demand for credit, repayments and exchange rate movements contributed significantly to the reduction in loans and advances to customers classified as 'neither past due nor impaired'.

Forborne loans and advances to customers classified as 'neither past due nor impaired' amounted to €8.7 billion or 79% of the Group's forborne loan book at 31 December 2013 compared to €8.4 billion or 74% at 31 December 2012.

The 'past due but not impaired' category amounted to €4.0 billion or 4% of loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2013 compared to €4.7 billion or 5% at 31 December 2012. This reduction is largely driven by the decrease in Residential mortgages 'past due but not impaired.

Forborne loans and advances to customers classified as 'past due but not impaired' amounted to €1.0 billion or 9% of the Group's forborne loan book at 31 December 2013 compared to €1.0 billion or 9% at 31 December 2012.

'Impaired' loans decreased to €15.8 billion or 17% of loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2013 from €16.3 billion or 16% of loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2012. This decrease reflects the Group's progress in executing end state resolution strategies for challenged non-property corporate and Property and construction customers, aided by improving economic and property market conditions, particularly in the second six months of the year.

Forborne 'impaired' loans decreased to €1.3 billion or 12% of the Group's loan book at 31 December 2013 compared to €1.9 billion or 17% at 31 December 2012, consistent with the reduction in total loan and advances 'impaired' loans, and specifically in the Non-property SME and corporate and Property and construction portfolios.

Risk profile of loans and advances to customers

The tables below summarise the Group's loans and advances to customers according to the Group's interpretation of regulatory guidance with regard to 'performing' and 'non-performing' reflecting the observations of the CBI's AQR. Non-performing loans includes loans which are impaired, 90 days past due but not impaired and mortgages (denoted by *) which are forborne, have had their terms and conditions modified, were previously in default and which are subject to a twelve month probation period under revised contractual arrangements until they are reclassified to a performing status. Exposures are before provisions for impairment.

113


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

 
  31 December 2013  
Risk profile of loans and advances to
customers (before impairment provisions)
  Performing
€m
  Non-performing
€m
  Total
€m
 

Total loans and advances to customers

                   

High quality

    50,460         50,460  

Satisfactory quality

    12,603         12,603  

Acceptable quality

    6,244         6,244  

Lower quality but not past due or impaired

    3,357     256 *   3,613  
               

Neither past due nor impaired

    72,664     256     72,920  
               

Past due but not impaired

                   

—Past due 0–90 days

    2,602     108 *   2,710  

—Past due more than 90 days but not impaired

        1,340     1,340  
               

Total past due but not impaired

    2,602     1,448     4,050  
               

Impaired

        15,785     15,785  
               

Total loans and advances to customers

    75,266     17,489     92,755  
               
               

The Group's total loans and advances to customers of €92,755 million at 31 December 2013 are analysed below over the following categories: 'non-forborne' and 'forborne'. Exposures are before provisions for impairment.

Non-forborne loans and advances to customers

                   

High quality

    50,388         50,388  

Satisfactory quality

    10,480         10,480  

Acceptable quality

    2,374         2,374  

Lower quality but not past due or impaired

    1,023         1,023  
               

Neither past due nor impaired

    64,265         64,265  
               

Past due but not impaired

                   

—Past due 0–90 days

    2,047         2,047  

—Past due more than 90 days but not impaired

        975     975  
               

Total past due but not impaired

    2,047     975     3,022  
               

Impaired

        14,462     14,462  
               

Total non-forborne loans and advances to customers

    66,312     15,437     81,749  
               
               

Forborne loans and advances to customers

                   

High quality

    72         72  

Satisfactory quality

    2,123         2,123  

Acceptable quality

    3,870         3,870  

Lower quality but not past due or impaired

    2,334     256 *   2,590  
               

Neither past due nor impaired

    8,399     256     8,655  
               

Past due but not impaired

                   

—Past due 0–90 days

    555     108 *   663  

—Past due more than 90 days but not impaired

        365     365  
               

Total past due but not impaired

    555     473     1,028  
               

Impaired

        1,323     1,323  
               

Total forborne loans and advances to customers

    8,954     2,052     11,006  
               
               

114


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

'Past due and/or impaired'

The tables below provide an aged analysis of loans and advances to customers 'past due and/or impaired' by asset classification. Amounts arising from operational and/or timing issues that are outside the control of customers are generally excluded.

31 December 2013

Risk profile of loans and advances to customers—
past due and/or impaired
  Residential
mortgages
€m
  Non-
property
SME and
corporate
€m
  Property
and
construction
€m
  Consumer
€m
  Total
€m
 

Total loans and advances to customers

                               

Past due up to 30 days

    684     169     154     59     1,066  

Past due up to 31–60 days

    887     36     171     33     1,127  

Past due up to 61–90 days

    377     38     88     14     517  
                       

    1,948     243     413     106     2,710  
                       

Past due more than 90 days but not impaired

    1,340                 1,340  

Impaired

    3,047     3,911     8,591     236     15,785  
                       

Defaulted loans

    4,387     3,911     8,591     236     17,125  
                       

Total loans and advances to customers

                               

—past due and/or impaired

    6,335     4,154     9,004     342     19,835  
                       
                       

The Group's total loans and advances to customers—past due and/or impaired of €19,835 million at 31 December 2013 are analysed below over the following categories: 'non-forborne' and 'forborne'. Exposures are before provisions for impairment.

Non-forborne loans and advances to customers

                               

Past due up to 30 days

    557     118     58     53     786  

Past due up to 31–60 days

    780     13     75     24     892  

Past due up to 61–90 days

    307     25     27     10     369  
                       

    1,644     156     160     87     2,047  
                       

Past due more than 90 days but not impaired

    975                 975  

Impaired

    2,597     3,621     8,008     236     14,462  
                       

Defaulted loans

    3,572     3,621     8,008     236     15,437  
                       

Total non-forborne loans and advances to customers

                               

—past due and/or impaired

    5,216     3,777     8,168     323     17,484  
                       
                       

Forborne loans and advances to customers

                               

Past due up to 30 days

    127     51     96     6     280  

Past due up to 31–60 days

    107     23     96     9     235  

Past due up to 61–90 days

    70     13     61     4     148  
                       

    304     87     253     19     663  
                       

Past due more than 90 days but not impaired

    365                 365  

Impaired

    450     290     583         1,323  
                       

Defaulted loans

    815     290     583         1,688  
                       

Total forborne loans and advances to customers

                               

—past due and/or impaired

    1,119     377     836     19     2,351  
                       
                       

115


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

31 December 2012

Risk profile of loans and advances to customers—
past due and/or impaired
  Residential
mortgages
€m
  Non-
property
SME and
corporate
€m
  Property
and
construction
€m
  Consumer
€m
  Total
€m
 

Total loans and advances to customers

                               

Past due up to 30 days

    810     193     197     71     1,271  

Past due up to 31–60 days

    1,049     69     230     42     1,390  

Past due up to 61–90 days

    456     29     129     20     634  
                       

    2,315     291     556     133     3,295  
                       

Past due more than 90 days but not impaired

    1,407                 1,407  

Impaired

    2,847     4,358     8,809     281     16,295  
                       

Defaulted loans

    4,254     4,358     8,809     281     17,702  
                       

Total loans and advances to customers

                               

—past due and/or impaired

    6,569     4,649     9,365     414     20,997  
                       
                       

The Group's total loans and advances to customers—past due and/or impaired of €20,997 million at 31 December 2012 are analysed below over the following categories: 'non-forborne' and 'forborne'. Exposures are before provisions for impairment.

Non-forborne loans and advances to customers

                               

Past due up to 30 days

    669     163     104     62     998  

Past due up to 31–60 days

    930     57     196     31     1,214  

Past due up to 61–90 days

    378     21     114     15     528  
                       

    1,977     241     414     108     2,740  
                       

Past due more than 90 days but not impaired

    1,007                 1,007  

Impaired

    2,464     3,919     7,708     281     14,372  
                       

Defaulted loans

    3,471     3,919     7,708     281     15,379  
                       

Total non-forborne loans and advances to customers

                               

—past due and/or impaired

    5,448     4,160     8,122     389     18,119  
                       
                       

Forborne loans and advances to customers

                               

Past due up to 30 days

    141     30     93     9     273  

Past due up to 31–60 days

    119     12     34     11     176  

Past due up to 61–90 days

    78     8     15     5     106  
                       

    338     50     142     25     555  
                       

Past due more than 90 days but not impaired

    400                 400  

Impaired

    383     439     1,101         1,923  
                       

Defaulted loans

    783     439     1,101         2,323  
                       

Total forborne loans and advances to customers

                               

—past due and/or impaired

    1,121     489     1,243     25     2,878  
                       
                       

116


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Unaudited:

Loans and advances to customers classified as 'past due and/or impaired' amounted to €19.8 billion or 21% of the Group's loan book at 31 December 2013 compared to €21.0 billion or 21% at 31 December 2012. Forborne loans and advances to customers classified as 'past due and/or impaired' amounted to €2.4 billion or 21% of the Group's forborne loan book at 31 December 2013 compared to €2.9 billion or 26% at 31 December 2012.

Residential mortgages classified as 'past due and/or impaired' decreased by €0.3 billion from €6.6 billion at 31 December 2012 to €6.3 billion at 31 December 2013 reflecting the reduced volume of Retail Ireland and Retail UK Residential mortgage loans classified as past due up to 90 days, which was partially offset by the increase in the volume of Retail Ireland Residential mortgage loans classified as 'impaired'. Forborne Residential mortgages classified as 'past due and/or impaired' remained unchanged at €1.1 billion.

Property and construction loans classified as 'past due and/or impaired' were €9 billion at 31 December 2013 (€9.4 billion at 31 December 2012) a decrease of €0.4 billion, reflecting the reduction in the volume of loans classified as 'impaired' as referenced earlier, together with a reduction in Property and construction loans past due up to 90 days. Forborne Property and construction loans classified as 'past due and/or impaired' decreased by €0.4 billion from €1.2 billion at 31 December 2012 to €0.8 billion at 31 December 2013, consistent with the overall reduction in 'past due and/or impaired' Property and construction loans.

The volume of Non-property SME and corporate loans that are 'past due and/or impaired' decreased by €0.5 billion to €4.2 billion at 31 December 2013 primarily reflecting a reduction in the volume of Non-property Corporate loans classified as 'impaired'. Forborne non-property SME and corporate loans classified as 'past due and/or impaired' decreased by €0.1 billion from €0.5 billion at 31 December 2012 to €0.4 billion at 31 December 2013.

Consumer loans that are 'past due and/or impaired' are €342 million at 31 December 2013 compared to €414 million at 31 December 2012, reflecting the overall reduction in consumer loans due to accelerated repayments and subdued demands for new loans and other credit facilities. Forborne Consumer loans that are 'past due and/or impaired' are minimal at €19 million at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €25 million).

117


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

31 December 2013

Total loans and advances to customers
Composition and impairment
  Advances
(pre-impairment)
€m
  Defaulted
loans
€m
  Defaulted
loans as
% of
advances
%
  Impairment
provisions
€m
  Impairment
provisions
as % of
defaulted loans
%
 

Residential Mortgages

    51,646     4,387     8.5 %   2,002     46 %

Retail Ireland

    26,700     3,796     14.2 %   1,863     49 %

—Retail UK

    24,946     591     2.4 %   139     24 %

Non-property SME and corporate

    21,485     3,911     18.2 %   1,909     49 %

Republic of Ireland SME

    10,275     2,747     26.7 %   1,379     50 %

—UK SME

    3,339     571     17.1 %   286     50 %

—Corporate

    7,871     593     7.5 %   244     41 %

Property and construction

    16,802     8,591     51.1 %   4,118     48 %

Investment

    13,639     5,766     42.3 %   2,183     38 %

—Land and development

    3,163     2,825     89.3 %   1,935     68 %

Consumer

    2,822     236     8.4 %   212     90 %
                       

Total loans and advances to customers

    92,755     17,125     18.5 %   8,241     48 %
                       
                       

31 December 2012

Total loans and advances to customers
Composition and impairment
  Advances
(pre-impairment)
€m
  Defaulted
loans
€m
  Defaulted
loans as
% of
advances
%
  Impairment
provisions
€m
  Impairment
provisions
as % of
defaulted loans
%
 

Residential Mortgages

    55,028     4,254     7.7 %   1,594     37 %

Retail Ireland

    27,485     3,610     13.1 %   1,452     40 %

—Retail UK

    27,543     644     2.3 %   142     22 %

Non-property SME and corporate

    22,973     4,358     19.0 %   1,836     42 %

Republic of Ireland SME

    10,733     2,846     26.5 %   1,213     43 %

—UK SME

    3,524     631     17.9 %   234     37 %

—Corporate

    8,716     881     10.1 %   389     44 %

Property and construction

    19,162     8,809     46.0 %   3,876     44 %

Investment

    15,561     5,585     35.9 %   1,931     35 %

—Land and development

    3,601     3,224     89.5 %   1,945     60 %

Consumer

    3,002     281     9.4 %   238     85 %
                       

Total loans and advances to customers

    100,165     17,702     17.7 %   7,544     43 %
                       
                       

118


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Unaudited:

Loans and advances to customers reduced by 7% or €7.4 billion, from €100.2 billion at 31 December 2012 to €92.8 billion at 31 December 2013 due to muted demand for new lending, actions taken by customers to reduce their levels of debt and movements in foreign exchange.

Defaulted loans decreased to €17.1 billion at 31 December 2013 from €17.7 billion at 31 December 2012 and €18.3 billion at 30 June 2013. The reduction in defaulted loans reflects the Group's progress in executing a combination of end state resolution strategies aided by improved economic and property market conditions. These strategies include debt restructures, loan sales, collateral realisation, customer repayments and utilisation of impairment provisions.

The stock of impairment provisions increased from €7.5 billion at 31 December 2012 to €8.2 billion at 31 December 2013 and impairment provisions as a percentage of defaulted loans ('total provision cover') also increased from 43% at 31 December 2012 to 48% at 31 December 2013. Impairment provisions of €8.2 billion at 31 December 2013 are after provisions utilised of €1.1 billion as set out in note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 298.

Total Residential mortgages defaulted loans increased to €4.4 billion or 8.5% of the loan book at 31 December 2013 from €4.3 billion or 7.7% of the loan book at 31 December 2012, reflecting increased default arrears (based on loan volumes 90 days or more past due and/or impaired) in the Retail Ireland mortgage book and the reduction in the volume of Residential mortgage loans.

The Retail UK Residential mortgage loan book is broadly stable, with reduced defaulted loans reflecting improved economic and residential property market conditions in the UK.

Further additional disclosures on the Retail Ireland and Retail UK Residential mortgages is set out in the Supplementary Asset Quality Disclosures section on page 400.

Non-property SME and corporate defaulted loans decreased to €3.9 billion or 18.2% of the loan book at 31 December 2013 from €4.4 billion or 19.0% of the loan book at 31 December 2012. The reduction in non-property SME and corporate defaulted loans is driven largely by the Group's progress in executing end state resolution strategies for larger challenged non-property Corporate customers, particularly in the second six months of the year.

There have been some signs of improvement for the Irish SME sector, albeit trading conditions remained difficult during the year, and particularly for those sectors correlated with consumer spending. The Group's international corporate banking portfolios continue to perform satisfactorily.

Defaulted loans in the Property and construction portfolio decreased from €8.8 billion or 46.0% of the portfolio at 31 December 2012 to €8.6 billion or 51.1% of the portfolio at 31 December 2013.

In the Investment property sector, defaulted loans were €5.8 billion at 31 December 2013 as compared with €5.6 billion at 31 December 2012 and €5.9 billion at 30 June 2013. Commercial property values rose by 3% in Rol in 2013, the first annual increase in property values since 2007. Commercial property values rose by 4% in the UK in 2013, with rising returns spreading to key regional centres in recent months. Defaulted loans reflect the continued challenges in both the Rol and UK Retail sectors for much of 2013, as evidenced by increased retail tenant defaults and high vacancy levels.

Land and development defaulted loans amounted to €2.8 billion or 89.3% of the portfolio at 31 December 2013 from €3.2 billion or 89.5% of the portfolio at 31 December 2012, reflecting economic conditions.

Consumer defaulted loans amounted to €236 million or 8.4% of the loan portfolio at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: defaulted loans of €281 million or 9.4% of the loan portfolio). Consumer loans have

119


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

continued to reduce reflecting accelerated repayments and subdued demand for new loans and other credit facilities.

Coverage ratios have increased from 43% at 31 December 2012 to 48% at 31 December 2013 reflecting the decrease in the level of defaulted loans and the impact of impairment charges of €1,665 million during 2013. Coverage ratios have increased across most portfolios over the same period.

3.1.10    Asset Quality—Segmental analysis (audited)

31 December 2013

Risk profile of loans and advances to customers
Total before impairment provisions
  Retail Ireland
€m
  Retail UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Total
Group
€m
 

High quality

    22,641     25,454     2,365     50,460  

Satisfactory quality

    5,464     2,470     4,669     12,603  

Acceptable quality

    3,002     1,612     1,630     6,244  

Lower quality but not past due or impaired

    1,558     1,283     772     3,613  
                   

Neither past due nor impaired

    32,665     30,819     9,436     72,920  
                   

Past due but not impaired

    2,268     1,717     65     4,050  

Impaired

    10,237     4,530     1,018     15,785  
                   

Past due and/or impaired

    12,505     6,247     1,083     19,835  
                   

Total

    45,170     37,066     10,519     92,755  
                   
                   

31 December 2012

Risk profile of loans and advances to customers
Total before impairment provisions
  Retail Ireland
€m
  Retail UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Total
Group
€m
 

High quality

    24,080     27,715     2,359     54,154  

Satisfactory quality

    5,280     3,211     4,778     13,269  

Acceptable quality

    3,536     2,182     2,475     8,193  

Lower quality but not past due or impaired

    1,622     1,305     625     3,552  
                   

Neither past due nor impaired

    34,518     34,413     10,237     79,168  
                   

Past due but not impaired

    2,596     2,074     32     4,702  

Impaired

    10,024     4,734     1,537     16,295  
                   

Past due and/or impaired

    12,620     6,808     1,569     20,997  
                   

Total

    47,138     41,221     11,806     100,165  
                   
                   

120


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The table below provides an aged analysis of loans and advances to customers 'past due and/or impaired' by division:

31 December 2013

Loans and advances to customers which are past due and/or impaired
Total before impairment provisions
  Retail Ireland
€m
  Retail UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Total
Group
€m
 

Past due up to 30 days

    687     371     8     1,066  

Past due up to 31–60 days

    344     745     38     1,127  

Past due up to 61–90 days

    221     277     19     517  
                   

    1,252     1,393     65     2,710  
                   

Past due more than 90 days but not impaired

    1,016     324         1,340  

Impaired

    10,237     4,530     1,018     15,785  
                   

Defaulted loans

    11,253     4,854     1,018     17,125  
                   

Total past due and/or impaired loans

    12,505     6,247     1,083     19,835  
                   
                   

31 December 2012

Loans and advances to customers which are past due and/or impaired
  Retail Ireland
€m
  Retail UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Total
Group
€m
 

Past due up to 30 days

    885     379     7     1,271  

Past due up to 31–60 days

    419     953     18     1,390  

Past due up to 61–90 days

    259     368     7     634  
                   

    1,563     1,700     32     3,295  
                   

Past due more than 90 days but not impaired

    1,033     374         1,407  

Impaired

    10,024     4,734     1,537     16,295  
                   

Defaulted loans

    11,057     5,108     1,537     17,702  
                   

Total past due and/or impaired loans

    12,620     6,808     1,569     20,997  
                   
                   

Repossessed collateral

At 31 December 2013, the Group had collateral held as security, as follows:

Repossessed collateral
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Residential properties;

             

Ireland

    25     17  

UK and other

    35     45  
           

    60     62  

Other

    6     7  
           

Total

    66     69  
           
           

121


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

3.1.11    Asset Quality—Other financial instruments (audited except where denoted unaudited)

Asset quality: Other financial instruments

Other financial instruments include trading securities, derivative financial instruments, other financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss (excluding equity instruments), loans and advances to banks, available for sale financial assets (excluding equity instruments), NAMA senior bonds, interest receivable and any reinsurance assets. The table below sets out the Group's exposure to Other financial instruments based on the gross amount before provisions for impairment.

Other financial instruments are rated using external ratings attributed to external agencies or are assigned an internal rating based on the Group's internal models, or a combination of both. Mappings to external ratings agencies in the table below are therefore indicative only.

 
  31 December 2013   Restated(1)
31 December 2012
 
Asset quality:
Other financial instruments with ratings equivalent to:
  €m   %   €m   %  

AAA to AA-

    7,500     25%     7,514     21%  

A+ to A-

    7,209     24%     10,036     28%  

BBB+ to BBB-

    13,988     47%     16,809     47%  

BB+ to BB-

    510     2%     648     2%  

B+ to B-

    125     1%     277     1%  

Lower than B-

    201     1%     225     1%  
                   

Total

    29,533     100%     35,509     100%  
                   
                   

(1)
The comparative period has been restated to reflect the change in rating categories in the current year.

Unaudited:

Other financial instruments at 31 December 2013 amounted to €29.5 billion, a decrease of €6.0 billion as compared with €35.5 billion at 31 December 2012. This decrease primarily reflects a lower level of loans and advances to banks including the Group's cancellation of the repo transaction with IBRC of €3.1 billion in February 2013.

3.1.12    Credit risk methodologies (audited)

Internal credit rating models

The use of internal credit rating models and scoring tools, which measure the degree of risk inherent in lending to specific counterparties, is central to the credit risk assessment and ongoing management processes within the Group.

The primary model measures used are:

Probability of Default (PD): the probability of a given counterparty defaulting on any of its borrowings from the Group within the next twelve months;

Exposure at Default (EAD): the exposure the Group has to a defaulting borrower at the time of default;

122


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Loss Given Default (LGD): the loss incurred (after the realisation of any collateral) on a specific transaction should the borrower default, expressed as a percentage of EAD; and

Maturity: the contractual or estimated time period until an exposure is fully repaid or cancelled.

These measures are used to calculate expected loss and are fully embedded in, and form an essential component of, the Group's operational and strategic credit risk management and credit pricing practices.

For the Group's retail consumer and smaller business portfolios, which are characterised by a large volume of customers with smaller individual exposures, the credit risk assessment is grounded on application and behavioural scoring tools. For larger commercial and corporate customers, the risk assessment is underpinned by statistical risk rating models which incorporate quantitative information from the customer (e.g. financial accounts) together with a qualitative assessment of non-financial risk factors such as management quality and market/trading outlook. Other financial assets are assigned an internal rating supported by external ratings of the major rating agencies.

The credit risk rating systems employed within the Group use statistical analysis combined, where appropriate, with external data and the judgement of professional lenders.

An independent unit annually validates internal credit risk models from a performance and compliance perspective. This unit provides reports to the Risk Measurement Committee (RMC).

Risk modelling is also applied at a portfolio level in the Group's credit businesses to guide economic capital allocation and strategic portfolio management.

The measures to calculate credit risk referred to above are used to calculate expected loss on a regulatory basis. A different basis is used to derive the amount of incurred credit losses for financial reporting purposes. For financial reporting purposes, impairment allowances are recognised only with respect to losses that have been incurred at the balance sheet date based on objective evidence of impairment.

Regulatory approval of approaches

The Bank of Ireland Group has regulatory approval to use its internal credit models in the calculation of its capital requirements. As at 31 December 2013, 79% of credit risk weighted assets (excluding non-credit obligations) were calculated using internal credit models. This approval covers the adoption of the Foundation IRB approach for non-retail exposures and the Retail IRB approach for retail exposures.

The structure of internal rating systems

The Group divides its internal rating systems into non-retail and retail approaches. Both approaches differentiate PD estimates into eleven grades in addition to the category of default. For both non-retail and retail internal rating systems, default is defined based on the likelihood of non-payment indicators that vary between borrower types. In all cases, exposures 90 days or more past due are considered to be in default.

PD calculation

The Group produces estimates of PD on either or both of the following bases:

Through-the-Cycle (TtC) estimates are estimates of default over an entire economic cycle, averaged to a twelve month basis. These are in effect averaged expectations of PD for a borrower over the economic cycle; and

123


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Cyclical estimates are estimates of default applicable to the next immediate twelve months. These cyclical estimates partially capture the economic cycle in that they typically rise in an economic downturn and decline in an economic upturn but not necessarily to the same degree as default rates change in the economy.

Non-Retail internal rating systems

The Group has adopted the Foundation IRB approach for certain of its non-retail exposures. Under this approach, the Group calculates its own estimates for probability of default and uses supervisory estimates of loss given default, typically 45%, and credit conversion factors. To calculate PD, the Group assesses the credit quality of borrowers and other counterparties using criteria particular to the type of borrower under consideration. In the case of financial institutions, external credit agency ratings provide a significant challenge within the Group's ratings approach. For exposures other than financial institutions, external ratings, when available for borrowers, play a role in the independent validation of internal estimates.

Retail internal rating systems

The Group has adopted the Retail IRB approach for its retail exposures. Under this approach, the Group calculates its own estimates for PD, loss given default and credit conversion factors. External ratings do not play a role within the Group's retail internal rating systems, however, external credit bureau data does play a significant role in assessing UK retail borrowers. To calculate loss given default and credit conversion factors, the Group assesses the nature of the transaction and underlying collateral. Both loss given default and credit conversion factors estimates are calibrated to produce estimates of behaviour characteristic of an economic downturn.

Other uses of Internal Estimates

Internal estimates play an essential role in risk management and decision making processes, the credit approval functions, the internal capital allocation function and the corporate governance functions of the Group. The specific uses of internal estimates differ from portfolio to portfolio, and for retail and non-retail approaches, but typically include:

internal reporting;

credit management;

calculation of risk adjusted return on capital (RAROC);

credit decisioning/automated credit, decisioning;

borrower credit approval; and

internal capital allocation between businesses of the Group.

For non-retail exposures, through the cycle PD estimates are used to calculate internal economic capital. For other purposes, the cyclical PD estimates typically are used. Both estimates feature within internal management reporting.

Control mechanisms for rating systems

The control mechanisms for rating systems are set out in the Group's model risk policy. Model risk is one of the ten key risk types identified by the Group, the governance of which is outlined in the Group's Risk

124


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Framework. RMC approves all risk rating models, model developments, model implementations and all associated policies. The Group mitigates model risk as follows:

model development standards: the Group adopts centralised standards and methodologies over the operation and development of models. The Group has specific policies on documentation, data quality and management, conservatism and validation. This mitigates model risk at model inception;

model governance: the Group adopts a uniform approach to the governance of all model related activities. This ensures the appropriate involvement of stakeholders, ensuring that responsibilities and accountabilities are clear;

model performance monitoring: all models are subject to testing on a quarterly basis. The findings are reported to, and appropriate actions, where necessary, approved by RMC; and

independent validation: all models are subject to in-depth analysis at least annually. This analysis is carried out by a dedicated unit (the Independent Control Unit—ICU). It is independent of credit origination and management functions.

In addition, Group Internal Audit regularly reviews the risk control framework including policies and standards to ensure that these are being adhered to, meet industry good practices and are compliant with regulatory requirements. The ICU function is independently audited on an annual basis.

Where models are found to be inadequate, they are remediated on a timely basis or are replaced.

Methodology for loan loss provisioning

All credit exposures, either individually or collectively, are regularly reviewed for objective evidence of impairment. Where such evidence of impairment exists, the exposure is measured for an impairment provision. The criteria used to determine if there is objective evidence of impairment include:

delinquency in contractual payments of principal or interest;

cash flow difficulties;

breach of loan covenants or conditions;

granting a concession to a borrower, for economic or legal reasons, relating to the borrower's financial difficulty that would otherwise not be considered;

deterioration of the borrower's competitive position;

deterioration in the value of collateral;

external rating downgrade below an acceptable level; or

initiation of bankruptcy proceedings.

At 31 December 2013, each of the following portfolio specific events requires the completion of an impairment assessment to determine whether a loss event has occurred at the balance sheet date that may lead to recognition of impairment losses:

Residential mortgages

loan asset has fallen 90 days past due;

a forbearance measure has been requested by a borrower and formally assessed;

125


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

a modification of loan terms resulting in the non-payment of interest, including the refinancing and renegotiation of facilities where there is evidence of a loss event and/or borrower financial distress;

notification of, or intended application for, bankruptcy proceedings, debt settlement or personal insolvency arrangement or similar; or

offer of voluntary sale at possible shortfall or voluntary surrender of property security.

Non-property SME and Corporate

loan asset has fallen 90 days past due

a forbearance measure has been requested by a borrower and formally assessed;

a modification of loan terms resulting in the non-payment of interest, including the refinancing and renegotiation of facilities where there is evidence of a loss event and/or borrower financial distress;

internal credit risk rating, or external credit rating, has been downgraded below a certain level;

financial statements or financial assessment indicates inability of the borrower to meet debt service obligations and/or a negative net assets position;

borrower has ceased trading; or

initiation of bankruptcy/insolvency proceedings.

Property and construction

loan asset has fallen 90 days past due;

a forbearance measure has been requested by a borrower and formally assessed;

a modification of loan terms resulting in the non-payment of interest, including the refinancing and renegotiation of facilities where there is evidence of a loss event and/or borrower financial distress;

internal credit risk rating, or external credit rating, has been downgraded below a certain level;

financial statements or financial assessment indicates inability of the borrower to meet debt service obligations and/or a negative net assets position;

initiation of bankruptcy/insolvency proceedings;

a fall in the assessed current value of security such that the loan to value ratio is greater than or equal to 120%;

a fall in net rent such that it is inadequate to cover interest with little/no other income to support debt service capacity (Investment property exposures only); or

a fall in the assessed gross development value such that sale proceeds are no longer expected to fully repay debt (development exposures only).

Consumer

loan asset has fallen 90 days past due;

a forbearance measure has been requested by a borrower and formally assessed; or

a modification of loan terms resulting in the non-payment of interest, including the refinancing and renegotiation of facilities where there is evidence of a loss event and/or borrower financial distress.

126


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Where objective evidence of impairment exists, as a result of one or more past events, the Group is required to estimate the recoverable amount of the exposure or group of exposures.

For financial reporting purposes, loans on the balance sheet that become impaired are written down to their estimated recoverable amount. The amount of this write down is taken as an impairment charge in the income statement.

Loans with a specific impairment provision attaching to them together with loans (excluding Residential mortgages) which are more than 90 days in arrears are included as impaired loans.

The Group's impairment provisioning methodologies are compliant with IFRS. International Accounting Standard (IAS) 39 requires objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a 'loss event') and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. Losses expected as a result of future events, no matter how likely, are not recognised.

Methodology for individually assessing impairment

An individual impairment assessment is performed for any exposure for which there is objective evidence of impairment and where the exposure is above an agreed threshold. For Residential mortgage, Non-property SME and corporate, and Property and construction exposures, a de-minimus total customer exposure level of €1 million applies for the mandatory completion of a discounted cash flow analysis for the assessment of impairment. The carrying amount of the exposure net of the estimated recoverable amount (and thus the specific provision required) is calculated using a discounted cashflow analysis. This calculates the estimated recoverable amount as the present value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the exposure's original effective interest rate (or the current effective interest rate for variable rate exposures). The estimated future cash flows include forecasted principal and interest payments (not necessarily contractual amounts due) including cash flows, if any, from the realisation of collateral/security held, less realisation costs.

A significant element of the Group's credit exposures are assessed for impairment on an individual basis. An analysis of the Group's impairment provisions and impairment charge by nature of impairment provision is set out in the tables on page 105.

Methodology for collectively assessing impairment

Where exposures fall below the threshold for individual assessment of impairment by way of discounted cash flow analysis, such exposures are subject to individual lender assessment to assess for impairment (which may involve the completion of a discounted cash flow analysis to quantify the specific provision amount), or are automatically included for collective impairment provisioning. For collective impairment provisioning, exposures with similar credit risk characteristics (e.g. portfolio of consumer personal loans) are pooled together and a provision is calculated by estimating the future cash flows of a group of exposures. In pooling exposures based on similar credit risk characteristics, consideration is given to features including: asset type; industry; past due status; collateral type; and forbearance status. The provision estimation considers the expected contractual cash flows of the exposures in a portfolio and the historical loss experience for exposures with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio being assessed. Assumptions and parameters used to create the portfolio provision, which are based on historical experience (i.e. amount and timing of cash flows/loss given default), are regularly compared against current experience in the loan book and current market conditions.

127


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

For example, Retail Ireland Residential mortgage customer exposures less than €1 million are provisioned for impairment on a collective basis. These mortgage exposures are pooled based on similar credit risk characteristics such as: asset type; geographical location; origination channel; and forbearance status. The Retail Ireland Residential mortgage collective specific provisioning model has been revised, in the current year, for implementation of the revised Central Bank of Ireland Impairment Provisioning and Disclosures Guidelines (May 2013) ('CBI guidelines'). This provisioning model redevelopment included:

enhanced cure segmentation, incorporating forbearance and loan to value (for relevant cohorts) as segmentation factors;

application of a twelve month probation period and a less than 30 days past due status for loans to cure; and

revised cure rate calculations to exclude loans with interest only forbearance and apply a zero cure rate to loans where the Group has taken a decision to foreclose.

The Group's Retail Ireland Residential mortgage portfolio is the most material portfolio which is collectively assessed for provisioning purposes, and therefore is the portfolio which has been most impacted by implementation of the revised CBI guidelines as highlighted below.

Some of the key factors used in the calculation of the portfolio specific provision for the Retail Ireland Residential mortgage portfolio include assumptions in relation to: residential property price peak to trough (31 December 2013: 55%); weighted average cure rate (31 December 2013: c.4.8% over two years) forced sale discount/work-out costs (31 December 2013: (c.15%), and time to sale (31 December 2013: continuing 2 year rolling average from the reporting date). The provisioning model assumptions and parameters use historical loan loss experience adjusted where appropriate for current conditions and current observable data. Cure assumptions reflect the revised CBI guidelines definition of cure which requires satisfactory completion of a twelve month probation period, while being less than 30 days past due. All provisioning model assumptions and parameters are reviewed on a half-yearly basis and updated, if appropriate, based on most recent observed experience.

A key assumption used in the calculation of the collective specific impairment provisions for Retail Ireland Residential mortgages is the expected decline in the value of underlying residential properties securing the loans. At 31 December 2013, the assumption adopted by the Group in respect of expected average decline in the value of Irish residential properties was 55% from their peak in 2007. Actual house prices in Ireland, as published by the CSO in its residential property price index, showed a decline of 46% nationally from peak to 31 December 2013.

The collective specific provisioning methodology has been reviewed in light of the revised CBI guidelines, whilst the factors and assumptions underpinning the collective specific provisioning model have also been updated for the Group's most recent observed experience. The more material changes to the model factors and assumptions compared to 31 December 2012 relate to cure, both segmentation and rate, driven by implementation of the revised definition of cure in line with the CBI guidelines as outlined above. At 31 December 2013, the collective specific provisioning model cure assumptions are segmented by a number of factors, including forbearance classification, and LTV (for relevant cohorts), and reflect a weighted average cure rate of c.4.8% over 2 years. At 31 December 2012, the collective specific provisioning model cure assumptions were not segmented for forbearance or LTV, and a weighted average cure rate of c.9.75% over two years, based on actual observed experience, was applied. These assumptions are not directly comparable and the reduction in the weighted average cure rate applied in the collective specific provisioning methodology at 31 December 2013 is as a result of the implementation of the revised CBI

128


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

guidelines. There have been no other material changes to the collective specific model factors and assumptions compared to 31 December 2012.

The Group's critical accounting estimates and judgements on pages 252 and 253, includes sensitivity analysis disclosure on some of the key judgmental areas, including Residential mortgages, in the estimation of impairment charges.

Where there is objective evidence of impairment on a collective basis, this is reported as a specific provision ('collective specific') in line with individually assessed loans. An analysis of the Group's impairment provisions and impairment charge by nature of impairment provision is set out in the tables on page 105.

Methodology for establishing incurred but not reported (IBNR) provisions

Impairment provisions are also recognised for losses not specifically identified but which, experience and observable data indicate, are present in the portfolio/group of exposures at the date of assessment. These are described as incurred but not reported provisions. Statistical models are used to determine the appropriate level of IBNR provisions for a portfolio/ group of exposures with similar credit risk characteristics (e.g. asset type, geographical location, forbearance status etc.). These models estimate latent losses taking into account three observed and/or estimated factors:

loss emergence rates (based on historic grade migration experience or probability of default, offset by cure expectations where appropriate);

the emergence period (historic experience, adjusted to reflect the current conditions and the credit management model); and

loss given default rates (loss and recovery rates using historical loan loss experience, adjusted where appropriate to reflect current observable data).

Account performance is reviewed periodically to confirm that the credit grade or probability of default assigned remains appropriate and to determine if impairment has arisen. For consumer and smaller ticket commercial exposures, the review is largely based on account behaviour and is highly automated. Where there are loan arrears, excesses, dormancy, etc. the account is downgraded to reflect the higher underlying risk.

A significant element of the Group's IBNR provisions relate to the Retail Ireland Residential mortgage portfolio. A key assumption used in the calculation of the IBNR impairment provisions for defaulted (but not impaired) Retail Ireland Residential mortgages is the expected decline in the value of underlying residential properties securing the loans. At 31 December 2013, the assumption adopted by the Group in respect of expected average decline in the value of Irish residential properties was 55% from their peak in 2007. Actual house prices in Ireland, as published by the CSO in its residential property price index, showed a decline of 46% nationally from peak to 31 December 2013.

The IBNR provisioning methodology has been reviewed during the year to implement the revised CBI guidelines and the resulting methodology changes, particularly in relation to cure assumptions, are the same as those outlined above in respect of the Retail Ireland Residential mortgage collective specific provisioning methodology. The factors and assumptions underpinning the Retail Ireland Residential mortgage IBNR provisioning model have also been updated for the Group's most recent observed experience. At 31 December 2013, the default (but not impaired) IBNR provisioning model cure assumptions are segmented by a number of factors, including forbearance classification, and LTV (for relevant cohorts), and reflect a weighted average cure rate of c.7.4% over two years. IBNR cure

129


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

assumptions reflect the revised CBI guidelines definition of cure which includes satisfactory completion of a twelve month probation period, while being less than 30 days past due. At 31 December 2012, the IBNR provisioning model cure assumptions were not segmented for forbearance or LTV, and a weighted average cure rate of c.24% over two years, based on actual observed experience, was applied. These assumptions are not directly comparable and the reduction in the weighted average cure rate applied in the IBNR provisioning methodology at 31 December 2013 is as a result of the implementation of the revised CBI guidelines.

For larger commercial loans the relationship manager reassesses the risk at least annually (more frequently if circumstances or grade require) and re- affirms or amends the grade (credit and PD grade) in light of new information or changes (e.g. up to date financials or changed market outlook). Grade migration and adjusted PD grades are analysed for inclusion in the loss model. Recent data sets are used in order to capture current trends rather than averaging over a period which might include earlier and less stressed points in the credit cycle.

Emergence period refers to the period of time between the occurrence and reporting of a loss event. Emergence periods are reflective of the characteristics of the particular portfolio. For example, at 31 December 2013, emergence periods are in the following ranges: forborne 9-10 months, non-forborne 7-9 months for Retail Ireland Residential mortgages and 3-4 months for both forborne and non-forborne larger SME/Corporate and Property loans. Emergence periods are estimated based on historic loan loss experience supported by back testing and, as appropriate, individual case sampling. Given the economic environment over recent years, emergence periods reflect the more intensive credit management model in place, particularly for the Group's larger SME/Corporate and Property loans, where all vulnerable portfolios are reviewed on a shortened cycle. Emergence periods are reviewed and back tested half-yearly and updated as appropriate. At 31 December 2013, the only material change to emergence periods, compared to 31 December 2012, is the segmentation of the emergence period for the Retail Ireland Residential mortgage portfolio between forborne and non-forborne (previously nine months for forborne and non-forborne).

The LGD is calculated using historical loan loss experience and is adjusted where appropriate to apply management's credit expertise to reflect current observable data (including an assessment of the deterioration in the property sector, discounted collateral values and repayment prospects, etc.).

While loss emergence rates have been assessed in light of the Group's most recent grade migration experience and current probability of default grades, back testing of emergence periods and LGD factors against current experience in the loan book has not resulted in any material changes in these factors compared to 31 December 2012, with the exception of the changes outlined above in relation to cure and emergence period. All IBNR provisioning model assumptions and parameters are reviewed on a half-yearly basis and updated, if appropriate, based on most recent observed experience. Increasing the emergence period or LGD factors in the IBNR model would give rise to an increase in the level of IBNR provisions for a portfolio.

The Group's critical accounting estimates and judgements on pages 252 and 253 includes sensitivity analysis disclosure on some of the key judgemental areas in the estimation of IBNR provisions.

Methodology for loan loss provisioning and forbearance

Forbearance will always be a trigger event for the Group to undertake an assessment of the customer's financial circumstances and ability to repay prior to any decision to grant a forbearance treatment. This assessment may result in a disimprovement in the credit grade assigned to the loan, potentially impacting

130


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

how frequently the loan must be formally reviewed; and, where impairment is deemed to have occurred, will result in a specific provision.

Individually Assessing Impairment & Forbearance

The methodology for individually assessing impairment, whether an exposure is forborne or not, is as outlined above (i.e. on an individual case-by-case basis). The underlying credit risk rating of the exposure, and ultimately the individual impairment assessment, takes into account the specific credit risk characteristics of the exposure.

Collectively assessing impairment and forbearance

Forborne exposures are pooled together for collective impairment provisioning, including IBNR provision calculations, as detailed above. Assumptions and parameters used to create the portfolio provision(s) take into consideration the historical experience on assets subject to forbearance (e.g. amount and timing of cash flows, cure experience, emergence period etc.), adjusted where appropriate to reflect current conditions, and require the satisfactory completion of a twelve month probation period, while being less than 30 days past due. Management adjustments are also applied, as appropriate, where historical observable data on forborne assets may be limited. Impairment provisioning methodologies and provisioning model factors applied to forborne loan pools are reviewed regularly, and revised if necessary, to ensure that they remain reasonable and appropriate and reflective of the credit characteristics of the portfolio being assessed and current conditions. This includes a comparison of actual experience to expected outcome. As previously outlined, during the current year, the collective provisioning model methodologies have been further enhanced for forbearance segmentation, including forbearance treatment type (where relevant), and the differentiation of individual model factors between forborne and non-forborne where statistically relevant.

Provisioning and forbearance

For Residential mortgages, exposures which are subject to forbearance and have a specific provision are reported as both 'forborne' and 'impaired'. The total provision cover on the Residential mortgage portfolio which is subject to forbearance is higher (typically c.2-3 times higher) than that of the similar portfolio of Residential mortgage exposures which are not subject to forbearance. For nonresidential mortgage exposures which are subject to forbearance and where a specific provision is required, the exposure is reported as 'impaired' and is not reported as 'forborne'. The IBNR provision cover on the non-residential mortgage portfolio which is subject to forbearance is higher (typically c.3 times higher) than that of the similar portfolio of non-residential mortgage exposures which are not subject to forbearance. In both cases, the higher provision cover is reflective of the additional credit risk inherent in such loans (given that forbearance is only provided to borrowers experiencing actual or apparent financial stress or distress), particularly the potentially higher risk of default and/or re-default.

Forbearance related disclosures are subject to evolving industry practice and regulatory guidance.

Impaired loans review

Irrespective of the valuation methodology applied, it is Group policy to review impaired loans above agreed thresholds quarterly, with the review including a reassessment of the recovery strategy, the continued appropriateness of the valuation methodology and the adequacy of the impairment provision.

131


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Where information is obtained between reviews that impact expected cash flows (e.g. evidence of comparable transactions emerging, changes in local market conditions, etc.), an immediate review and assessment of the required impairment provision is undertaken.

An impaired loan is restored to unimpaired status when the contractual amount of principal and interest is deemed to be fully collectible. Typically, a loan is deemed to be fully collectible based on an updated assessment by the Group of the borrower's financial circumstances. The assessment includes a demonstration of the customer's ability to make payments on the original or revised terms and conditions as may be agreed with the Group as part of a sustainable forbearance arrangement. If a restructured loan is removed from impaired status, its specific provision (either individual or collective) will be released. However, the loan would be included in a pool of loans on which the Incurred But Not Reported (IBNR) provision is determined.

Methodologies for valuation of collateral

Retail Ireland mortgage loan book property values are determined by reference to the original or latest property valuations held indexed to the Residential Property Price Index published by the CSO. Retail UK mortgage loan book property values are determined by reference to the original or latest property valuations held indexed to the Nationwide UK house price index.

In relation to commercial property valuations, there is a Court approved policy which sets out the Group's approach to the valuation of commercial property collateral and the key principles applying in respect of the type and frequency of valuation required. This policy is consistent with the CBI regulatory guidance. In line with the policy, valuations may include formal written valuations from external professionals or internally assessed valuations.

Internally assessed valuations are informed by the most appropriate sources available for the assets in question. This may include property specific information/characteristics, local market knowledge, comparable transactions, professional advice (e.g. asset management reports) or a combination thereof, in line with more detailed guidance and metrics which are approved at least annually by GRPC. These guidelines and metrics are informed by both internal and externally sourced market data/valuation information, including input from the Group's Real Estate Advisory Unit (REAU).

The appropriate methodology applied depends in part on the options available to management to maximise recovery which are driven by the particular circumstances of the loan and underlying collateral, e.g. the degree of liquidity and recent transactional evidence in the relevant market segment, the type, size and location of the property asset and its development potential and marketability. In all cases where the valuations for property collateral are used, the initial recommendation of the realisable value and the timeline for realisation are arrived at by specialist work-out units. These estimated valuations are subject to review, challenge and, potentially, revision by experienced independent credit professionals in underwriting units within the Credit & Market Risk function and are ultimately approved in line with delegated authority upon the recommendation of the credit underwriting unit. At all approval levels, the impairment provision and the underlying valuation methodology is reviewed and challenged for appropriateness, adequacy and consistency.

3.2  Liquidity risk

Key points (unaudited)

The Capital Requirements Regulations that implement the Basel III liquidity requirements (Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio) came into effect on 1 January 2014. The Group projects

132


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Group customer deposits of €74 billion have reduced by €1 billion since 31 December 2012. Planned volume reductions in Retail UK balances and foreign exchange translation impacts have been largely offset by growth in Retail Ireland and Corporate and Treasury balances.

The Group has taken actions in all of its markets to reduce the price paid on deposits.

A key milestone for the Group during 2013 was the Irish Government's withdrawal of the systemic ELG scheme at the end of March for all new liabilities. Volumes of deposits covered by the ELG scheme have reduced from €21 billion at 31 December 2012 to €2 billion at 31 December 2013. There was no adverse impact on deposit volumes or pricing arising from the withdrawal of the ELG scheme.

The Group has had an on-going and cost effective access to funding markets and issued €2.5 billion of senior funding during 2013, in both secured and unsecured formats.

The Group continues to reduce funding from Monetary Authorities, from €12 billion at December 2012 to €8 billion, of which €4 billion is related to NAMA bonds.

Definition of Liquidity Risk
(audited)

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will experience difficulty in financing its assets and/or meeting its contractual payment obligations as they fall due, or will only be able to do so at substantially above the prevailing market cost of funds. Liquidity risk arises from differences in timing between cash inflows and outflows. Cash inflows are driven, among other things, by the maturity structure of loans and investments held by the Group, while cash outflows are driven, inter alia, by the term of the debt issued by the Group and the outflows from deposit accounts held for customers. Liquidity risk can increase due to the unexpected lengthening of maturities or non-repayment of assets, a sudden withdrawal of deposits or the inability to refinance maturing debt. These factors are often associated with times of distress or adverse events such as a credit rating downgrade(s) or economic or financial turmoil.

Liquidity risk management
(audited)

The Group's exposure to liquidity risk is governed by the Group's Risk Appetite Statement and associated limits and the Group's Funding and Liquidity policy, both of which are approved by the Court on the recommendation of the GRPC and CRC. The objective of the policy is to ensure that the Group can meet its obligations, including deposit withdrawals and funding commitments, as they fall due. The operation of this policy is delegated to the Group's Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO). Liquidity management within the Group focuses on the overall balance sheet structure together with the control, within prudent limits, of risk arising from the mismatch in contracted maturities of assets and liabilities and the risks arising from undrawn commitments and other contingent liabilities. Liquidity management consists of two main activities:

tactical liquidity management focuses on monitoring current and expected daily cash flows to ensure that the Group's liquidity needs can be met. This takes account of the Group's access to unsecured funding (customer deposits and wholesale funding) and the liquidity value of a portfolio of highly marketable assets and a portfolio of contingent assets that can be readily converted into funding to cover unforeseen cash outflows; and

133


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

structural liquidity management focuses on assessing an optimal balance sheet structure taking account of the expected maturity profile of assets and liabilities and the Group's debt issuance strategy. The Group is required to comply with the liquidity requirements of the CBI and also with the requirements of local regulators in those jurisdictions where such requirements apply to the Group. The CBI requires that banks have sufficient resources (cash inflows and marketable assets) to cover 100% of expected cash outflows in the 0 to 8 day time horizon and 90% of expected cash outflows in the 9 day to 30 day time horizon.

Stress testing and scenario analysis
(audited)

The Group performs stress testing and scenario analysis to evaluate the impact of stresses on its liquidity position. These stress tests incorporate Group specific risks and systemic risks and are run at different levels of possible, even if unlikely, severity. Tactical actions and strategies available to mitigate the stress scenarios are evaluated as to their appropriateness. Stress test results are reported to ALCO, the GRPC, the CRC and the Court.

Basel III/CRD IV
(unaudited)

The Basel III framework is a comprehensive set of reform measures, developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, to strengthen the regulation, supervision and risk management of the banking sector. When implemented, these regulations introduce additional minimum liquidity requirements for the Group and licensed subsidiaries including;

Liquidity coverage ratio—The liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) will require banks to have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to withstand a 30-day stressed funding scenario. The ratio comes into effect from January 2015 with a phased implementation to 2019. A minimum 60% of target will be required in January 2015;

Net stable funding ratio—The net stable funding ratio (NSFR) requires banks to have sufficient quantities of funding from stable sources. The ratio is proposed to come into effect from January 2018; and

the Capital Requirement Regulations that implement the Basel III liquidity requirements came into effect on 1 January 2014. The Group projects compliance with the ratios by the implementation dates and is reporting its progress in this regard to the CBI under the Advanced Monitoring Framework which replaced the PLAR requirements from September 2012.

Liquidity risk measurement
(audited)

The Group's cash flow and liquidity reporting processes provide management with daily liquidity risk information by designated cash flow categories. These processes capture the cash flows from both on balance sheet and off balance sheet transactions. The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group's financial assets and liabilities, excluding those arising from insurance and participating investment contracts at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012 based on the remaining contractual maturity period at the balance sheet date (discounted) and the totals agree to the balance sheet on page 214. Unit linked investment liabilities and unit linked insurance liabilities with a carrying value of €5,460 million and €8,502 million respectively (31 December 2012: €5,256 million and €7,988 million respectively) are excluded from this analysis as their repayment is linked directly to the financial assets backing these

134


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

contracts. The Group measures liquidity risk by adjusting the contractual cash flows on retail deposit books to reflect their inherent stability.

Customer accounts include a number of term accounts that contain access features. These allow the customer to access a portion or all of their deposits notwithstanding that this withdrawal could result in financial penalty being paid by the customer. For such accounts, the portion subject to the potential early access has been classified in the 'demand' category in the table below.

31 December 2013

Maturities of financial assets and liabilities
  Demand
€m
  Up to 3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-5
years
€m
  Over 5
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Assets

                                     

Cash and balances at central banks

    6,385                     6,385  

Trading securities

                252         252  

Derivative financial instruments

    517     86     199     1,435     1,255     3,492  

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss(1)

    1,017     65     80     186     2,227     3,575  

Loans and advances to banks

    1,594     2,882     254     25     4     4,759  

Available for sale financial assets(1)

    14     200     166     7,990     3,734     12,104  

NAMA senior bonds(2)

            417     2,187     1,353     3,957  

Loans and advances to customers
(before impairment provisions)

    5,627     8,115     6,098     24,147     48,768     92,755  
                           

Total

    15,154     11,348     7,214     36,222     57,341     127,279  
                           
                           

Liabilities

                                     

Deposits from banks

    358     3,267     1,975     198         5,798  

Drawings from Monetary Authorities (gross) other

                8,300         8,300  

Drawings from Monetary Authorities (gross) IBRC

                         

Customer accounts

    43,527     16,950     9,135     4,085     170     73,867  

Derivative financial instruments

    388     72     127     1,134     1,507     3,228  

Debt securities in issue

        143     1,554     7,876     3,822     13,395  

Subordinated liabilities

                1,041     634     1,675  
                           

Total

    44,273     20,432     12,791     22,634     6,133     106,263  
                           
                           

135


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Restated3
31 December 2012

Maturities of financial assets and liabilities
  Demand
€m
  Up to 3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-5
years
€m
  Over 5
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Assets

                                     

Cash and balances at central banks

    8,472                     8,472  

Trading securities

            35     39     69     143  

Derivative financial instruments

    713     150     274     2,454     2,256     5,847  

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss(1)

    737     98     87     355     1,878     3,155  

Loans and advances to banks

    2,130     3,988     3,329     7     48     9,502  

Available for sale financial assets(1)

        435     945     7,657     2,002     11,039  

NAMA senior bonds(2)

            667     1,880     1,881     4,428  

Loans and advances to customers (before impairment provisions)

    6,240     7,631     7,344     24,783     54,167     100,165  
                           

Total

    18,292     12,302     12,681     37,175     62,301     142,751  
                           
                           

Liabilities

                                     

Deposits from banks

    467     3,494     449     2,615         7,025  

Drawings from Monetary Authorities (gross) other

                12,300         12,300  

Drawings from Monetary Authorities (gross) IBRC

        3,060                 3,060  

Customer accounts

    46,906     20,475     5,187     2,521     81     75,170  

Derivative financial instruments

    559     110     278     1,885     2,442     5,274  

Debt securities in issue

        528     4,513     8,078     3,694     16,813  

Subordinated liabilities

                1,051     656     1,707  
                           

Total

    47,932     27,667     10,427     28,450     6,873     121,349  
                           
                           

(1)
Excluding equity shares which have no contractual maturity.

(2)
The maturity date of the NAMA senior bonds is based on their assessed behavioural maturity.

(3)
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10' Consolidated Financial Statements. See note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Liquidity risk mitigation

Wholesale funding diversification
(unaudited)

The Group in the normal course aims to maintain funding diversification, minimise concentrations across funding sources and minimise refinancing maturity concentrations.

The Group returned to the public bond markets in November 2012 and the Group has issued debt across the capital structure. The maturity profile of this debt has extended from three to seven years.

136


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Customer deposits
(unaudited)

The Group's customer deposit strategy is focused on growing high quality stable deposits at acceptable pricing by leveraging the Group's extensive retail and corporate customer franchise in Ireland and by accessing the UK retail market through Bank of Ireland (UK) plc and particularly the Group's strategic partnership with the UK Post Office. The Group continues to focus on the growth of retail deposits and relationship- based corporate deposits which arise from the Group's broader lending and treasury risk management activities with a view to funding its core lending portfolios substantially through deposits and term funding.

Group customer deposits of €74 billion have decreased by €1 billion since 31 December 2012. Notwithstanding the expiry of ELG and actions to reduce the cost of deposits, balances in the Retail Ireland division have grown by €1 billion with a marginal decline in deposits more than offset by an increase in current account credit balances. The £3 billion reduction in UK Post Office deposits reflects the planned reduction of excess liquidity in Bank of Ireland (UK) plc. In addition, the positive market sentiment shown towards the Group has aided the growth of banking customer relationships in the Corporate and Treasury division, in Ireland, the UK and internationally.

Included within deposits is €0.5 billion relating to sale and repurchase agreements with financial institutions that do not hold a banking licence.

The Minister for Finance announced the withdrawal of the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee effective from midnight 28 March 2013, in late February 2013. The majority of personal and business customer deposits continued to be guaranteed under the statutory Deposit Guarantee Scheme. There was no adverse impact on volumes or pricing following the withdrawal of the ELG scheme.

Customer deposits
  31 December
2013
€bn
  31 December
2012
€bn

Retail Ireland

  36   35

Deposits

  24   24

—Current account credit balances

  12   11

Retail UK

  26   30

Retail UK (Stg£bn equivalent)

  22   25

UK Post Office

  16   19

Other Retail UK

  6   6

Corporate and Treasury

  12   10
         

Total customer deposits

  74   75
         
         

Loan to deposit ratio

  114%   123%

Funding and liquidity position
(unaudited)

The Group's credit ratings of BBB/BBB for Fitch and DBRS respectively have remained stable during 2013. The Group's Standard & Poor's credit rating outlook was revised to stable from negative following the revision of the Irish Sovereign outlook to positive in July 2013.

137


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Moody's lowered the Group's credit rating from Ba2 to Ba3 in December 2013. Moody's revised the Irish Sovereign outlook to stable from negative in September 2013.

Ireland—Senior debt (unaudited)
  31 December 2013   31 December 2012
Standard & Poor's   BBB+ (Positive)   BBB+ (Negative)
Moody's   Ba1 (Stable)(1)   Ba1 (Negative)
Fitch   BBB+ (Stable)   BBB+ (Stable)
DBRS   A (Low) (Negative trend)   A (Low) (Negative trend)

 

BOI—Senior debt (unaudited)
  31 December 2013   31 December 2012
Standard & Poor's   BB+ (Stable)   BB+ (Negative)
Moody's   Ba3 (Negative)   Ba2 (Negative)
Fitch   BBB (Stable)   BBB (Stable)
DBRS   BBB (High) (Negative trend)   BBB (High) (Negative trend)

(1)
Subsequent to year end Moody's has upgraded the Irish Sovereign Rating from Ba1 to Baa3 on 17 January 2014.

Funding position
(unaudited)

The Group has access to the liquidity operations offered by Monetary Authorities using its pool of contingent collateral. The Group has decreased its usage of liquidity facilities made available by Monetary Authorities primarily by asset deleveraging and growing customer deposits. The Group's funding from Monetary Authorities decreased to €8 billion (net) from €12 billion (net and excluding the IBRC repo transaction) at 31 December 2012 and is all sourced via the ECB's Long Term Refinancing Operation (LTRO) facility. As described in note 56 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group participated in the ELG scheme, which guaranteed certain liabilities of Irish financial institutions. The scheme was withdrawn effective 28 March 2013. Any existing qualifying liabilities (i.e. those opened from 11 January 2010 up to and including 28 March 2013) will continue to be covered until maturity up to a limit of five years.

Deleveraging
(unaudited)

The 2011 PCAR incorporates a deleveraging plan (PLAR) which anticipates a loan to deposit ratio of less than 122.5% for the Group by 31 December 2013. This plan included the proposed divestments of c.€10 billion of the non-core loan portfolios by 31 December 2013. As reported on 28 June 2012, the Group has achieved this divestment target. For further information see notes 17 and 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The CBI has also set a volume target for certain non-core portfolios which can be impacted, inter alia, by non-core mortgage redemptions and asset transfers to the UK subsidiary. This target expires on 31 July 2014.

138


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

 
  31 December 2013   31 December 2012
Wholesale funding sources
  €bn   %   €bn   %

Secured funding

  22   81%   31   79%

Monetary Authority (gross) other

  8   30%   12   31%

—Monetary Authority (gross) IBRC

      3   8%

—Covered bonds

  7   26%   7   18%

—Securitisations

  3   11%   4   10%

—Private market repo

  4   14%   5   12%

Unsecured funding

 
5
 
19%
 
8
 
21%

Senior debt

  3   11%   6   16%

—Bank deposits

  2   8%   2   5%
                 

Total wholesale funding

  27   100%   39   100%
                 
                 

Wholesale funding > 1 year to maturity

  20   72%   27   68%

Wholesale funding < 1 year to maturity

  7   28%   12   32%

Drawings from Monetary Authorities (net)

  8     15  

At 31 December 2013

Wholesale funding maturity analysis(1)
  Unsecured
funding
€bn
  Secured
funding from
Monetary
Authorities
€bn
  Secured
funding
private
sources
€bn
  Total
wholesale
funding
€bn
 

Less than three months

    1         2     3  

3 months to one year

            4     4  

One to five years

    4     8     6     18  

More than five years

            2     2  
                   

Wholesale funding

    5     8     14     27  
                   
                   

(1)
The maturity analysis has been prepared on the expected maturity of the liabilities.

At 31 December 2012

Wholesale funding maturity analysis
  Unsecured
funding
€bn
  Secured
funding from
Monetary
Authorities
€bn
  Secured
funding
private
sources
€bn
  Total
wholesale
funding
€bn
 

Less than three months

    1     3     3     7  

3 months to one year

    2         3     5  

One to five years

    4     12     7     23  

More than five years

    1         3     4  
                   

Wholesale funding

    8     15     16     39  
                   
                   

139


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Wholesale funding
(unaudited)

Wholesale funding of €27 billion has decreased by €12 billion (net) since 31 December 2012 reflecting:

the termination on a no gain/no loss basis of the IBRC repo transaction of €3.1 billion on 13 February 2013 (see note 56 to the Consolidated Financial Statements);

the impact of lower net lending and the sale of assets from other Group entities to Bank of Ireland (UK) plc to the value of €1.5 billion, leading to a reduction in the liquid assets held by Bank of Ireland (UK) plc in excess of regulatory liquidity requirements; and

the remaining reduction of €7 billion is primarily due to the reduction in funding requirements for the lending book.

At 31 December 2013, €19.9 billion or 72% of wholesale funding had a term to maturity of greater than one year (31 December 2012: €27 billion or 68%). Of the €7 billion of wholesale funding with less than one year to maturity €6 billion is secured funding of which €4 billion is Private market repo funding.

At 31 December 2013, €2.7 billion or 98% of wholesale funding covered by the ELG has a maturity date of greater than one year. Final maturity of the covered liabilities is expected to occur by December 2017, with c.80% of the covered liabilities of €3 billion expected to mature by 30 June 2015.

Other funding from Monetary Authorities (gross) of €8 billion has decreased by €4 billion since 31 December 2012 due to the repayment of amounts borrowed through the ECB's LTRO. At 31 December 2013, all of the Group's Monetary Authority drawings are under the LTRO and include €4.0 billion of funding related to NAMA senior bonds. Borrowings under the LTRO will mature by 26 February 2015.

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group has continued to access the longer term debt markets with:

€2 billion of Irish Mortgage Asset Covered Securities across three transactions:

a €500 million five-year transaction in March 2013 at a price of 190 basis points above mid swaps;

a €500 million seven-year transaction in September 2013 at a price of 195 basis points above mid swaps; and

a €1 billion three and half-year transaction in November 2013 at a price of 120 basis points above mid swaps.

A €500 million three-year unguaranteed senior unsecured funding transaction in May 2013 at a price of 220 basis points above mid swaps, which was the Group's first fully unguaranteed senior unsecured term funding transaction since June 2008.

Since the year end the Group has issued a €750 million five year senior unsecured term funding transaction in January 2014 at a price of 210 basis points above mid swaps and a €750 million five year Irish Mortgage Asset Covered Securities transaction in March 2014 at a price of 80 basis points above mid swaps.

The Group repaid €2.8 billion of senior unsecured debt during 2013. As set out in note 56 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the IBRC repo transaction was terminated by the Group on a no gain/no loss basis effective on 13 February 2013, reducing wholesale funding by €3.1 billion.

140


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Liquidity risk reporting
(unaudited)

The Group's liquidity risk appetite is defined by the Court of Directors to ensure that funding and liquidity are managed in a prudent manner. The Court monitors adherence to the liquidity risk appetite through the quarterly Court Risk Report. An annual review process is in place to enable the Court to assess the adequacy of the Group's liquidity risk management process.

Through this process, management advises the Court of any significant changes in the Group's funding or liquidity position. Management receive daily, weekly and monthly funding and liquidity reports which are monitored daily against the Group's risk appetite statement. It is the responsibility of ALCO to ensure that the measuring, monitoring and reporting of funding and liquidity is adequately performed and complies with the governance framework.

On a monthly basis, the Court and the CRC receive the results of liquidity stress tests which estimate the potential impact on Group liquidity in a range of scenarios. On a semi-annual basis, the Court and CRC review and approve the stress test results. The Court is also advised in the monthly CEO Report of emerging developments in the area of funding and liquidity in the markets in which the Group operates.

3.3  Market risk

Key points: (unaudited)

The reduction in size of the balance sheet through de-leveraging and the normalisation of financial markets has materially reduced the Group's exposure to basis risk (including cross currency basis risk), which has been a central focus of market risk management in recent years. Nonetheless, this area of risk will continue to be actively monitored and managed.

The Value at Risk (VaR) arising from discretionary risk remains at low levels, but this partly reflects the exceptionally low levels of interest rate volatility. The Group continues to take moderate trading positions in interest rate, foreign exchange (fx) and traded credit markets.

In 2013, the Group devoted substantial resources to its preparations for the central clearing of standardised derivatives under the European Market Infrastructure Regulation (EMIR) and related obligations, notably trade reporting. The Group is well-positioned to manage its business and meet its regulatory obligations in the new environment.

Definition
(audited)

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from movements in interest rates, fx rates or other market prices.

Market risk arises naturally through customer lending and deposit-taking, the servicing of customer fx and other customer risk management needs, wholesale funding and investment in securities for liquid asset purposes.

It is Group policy to minimise exposure to market risk, subject to a relatively conservative permission to take discretionary risk. Nonetheless, certain structural market risks remain and, in some cases, are difficult to eliminate fully. These structural risks arise inter alia from the presence of non-interest related assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, the multiplicity of pricing conventions for variable rate assets, liabilities and derivatives, the multi-currency mix of assets and liabilities and the requirement in the Group's case to fund sterling assets out of euro. In addition, the Group bears economic exposure to changes in the value of

141


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

securities held as liquid assets or held in the non-linked book in New Ireland Assurance Company plc (NIAC) arising from credit spread movements.

Risk management, measurement and reporting
(audited)

The management of market risk in the Group is governed by the Group's Risk Appetite Statement and by the Group Policy on Market Risk, both of which are approved by the Court. Market risk limits and other controls are set by the Group's Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) which has primary responsibility for the oversight of market risk.

Group Market Risk is responsible for ensuring that Group identifies, understands and measures the market risks to which it is exposed. It is charged with maintaining a policy framework and a set of methods to quantify market risk that are appropriate and fit for purpose and with operating effective monitoring and reporting arrangements that ensures compliance with policy, limits and other controls. Management receives daily, weekly and monthly reports that show compliance with the Group's market risk limits on both discretionary and structural risks. On a quarterly basis, the Court monitors adherence to the defined risk appetite for market risk through the quarterly Court Risk Report.

In the case of the Group's banking business, interest rate risk arising on customer lending and term deposit-taking is centralised by way of internal hedging transactions with Bank of Ireland Global Markets (BoIGM), which is the treasury execution arm of the Group. Market risk also arises through wholesale funding, investment in securities for liquid asset purposes, the creation of certain savings products (mainly equity-linked) and through servicing the fx and interest-rate risk management needs of corporate and business customers.

With the exception of interest rate and cross-currency basis risk (which is discussed below under Structural Risks), these naturally arising market risks are hedged by BoIGM as a matter of course with external markets or—in the case of a small quantum of the risks concerned—are run as short-term discretionary risk positions subject to policy and limits. Discretionary risk-taking is confined to interest rate, fx and traded credit risk.

Similarly, market risks in the Group's life assurance business, NIAC, are minimised. However, certain residual risks are inherent in this business, notably exposure to credit spreads on assets held in the non-unit linked book and indirect exposure to equity markets through changes in the discounted value of fees applied to equity assets held by policy holders in insurance contracts. This is discussed in greater detail below.

The activities set out above involve, in many instances, transactions in a range of derivative instruments. The Group makes extensive use of derivatives to hedge its balance sheet, service its customer needs and—to a much lesser extent—assume discretionary risk.

The Group's participation in derivatives markets is subject to policy approved by the GRPC. The Group makes a clear distinction between derivatives which must be transacted on a perfectly hedged basis and those whose risks can be managed within broader interest rate or foreign exchange books. Since these books can be structured to assume some degree of discretionary market risk, derivative positions held within them will not necessarily be exactly hedged. Discretionary market risk can only be assumed in clearly defined categories of derivatives which are traded in well- established liquid markets, supported by industry standard conventions and documentation and valued in accordance with generally accepted methods.

142


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Structural and other economic risks
(audited)

Notwithstanding the overriding objective of running minimal levels of market risk, certain structural market risks remain and are managed centrally as part of the Group's asset and liability management process. In addition, certain residual economic risks are inherent in the Group's balance sheet, notably exposure to changes in credit spreads in the case of securities and certain liabilities.

Structural interest rate risk

Structural interest rate risk arises from the existence of non-interest bearing liabilities and assets on the balance sheet. The principal non-interest bearing liabilities are equity and non-interest bearing current accounts; the principal assets are expected recoveries on impaired loans. It is Group policy to invest its net non- interest bearing liabilities (or free funds) in a portfolio of swaps with an average life of 3.5 years and a maximum life of 7 years. This has the effect of mitigating the impact of the interest rate cycle on net interest margin. The structural risk arising on impaired loans is managed with a combination of swaps and natural offsets on the liability side of the balance sheet.

Basis risk

The multiplicity of re-pricing conventions for variable rate assets, liabilities and derivatives creates an exposure to changes in the differential between these rates known as reset basis risk. In the Group's case, the principal rates used for product and derivative repricing are 1, 3 and 6 month Euribor and sterling Libor, the ECB Refinancing Rate and the Bank of England Base Rate. Changes in the level of systemic stress in financial markets, structural supply/demand factors and the policy actions of central banks can bring about sustained changes in the differential, or basis, between these different floating rate indices and this, in turn, can have an adverse impact on the Group's net interest margin. The Group employs selective hedging to reduce its exposure to reset basis risk.

In addition, the requirement to fund a material part of the Group's sterling balance sheet from euros creates a structural exposure to the cost of hedging this currency mismatch which is known as cross currency basis. The Group actively hedges this exposure to secure the funding of the sterling balance sheet and smooth the exposure to cross currency basis.

Structural foreign exchange risk

The Group defines structural foreign exchange risk as the exposure of its key capital ratios to changes in exchange rates. Changes in exchange rates can increase or decrease the overall euro- equivalent level of RWAs. It is Group policy to manage structural foreign exchange risk by ensuring that the currency composition of its RWAs and its structural net asset position by currency are broadly similar. This is designed to minimise the impact of the exchange rate movements on the principal capital ratios.

At 31 December 2013, the Group's structural net asset positions in sterling and US dollar are set out in the table below. This represents the Group's net investment in subsidiaries, associates and branches, the functional currencies of which are currencies other than euro.

143


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Reflecting a range of initiatives, the Group has reduced its structural net asset positions, as set out in the table below:

Structural fx position
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Sterling—net asset position

    2,649     2,833  

US dollar—net asset position

    438     430  
           

Total structural fx position

    3,087     3,263  
           
           

Unaudited:

A 10% strengthening in both sterling and US dollar against the euro would have resulted in an increase in the Group's Core tier 1 ratio of 7 basis points as at December 2013.

Credit spread risk on available for sale assets
(unaudited)

The Group bears economic exposure to changes in credit spreads on traded securities. Securities purchased as liquid assets are held at fair value on the balance sheet with movements in fair value (other than changes due to impairments) recognised in the reserves. At 31 December 2013, the Group held €12.1 billion in securities classified as available for sale financial assets (31 December 2012: €11.1 billion). A one basis point increase in the average spread to Euribor or Libor of the book at 31 December 2013 would have reduced its value by €4.6 million (31 December 2012: €4 million). Analogous economic risk exists in relation to securities held against the non-linked book in the NIAC, discussed below.

Discretionary market risk
(audited)

Discretionary market risk is any risk that is voluntarily assumed in anticipation of a gain from favourable movements in financial markets. Discretionary risk can be taken by leaving naturally arising customer or wholesale-generated risks un-hedged for a period or by taking proprietary positions in the market.

Discretionary market risk is subject to strict controls which set out the markets and instruments in which risk can be assumed, the types of positions which can be taken and the limits which must be complied with. BoIGM's discretionary market risk is confined to interest rate risk, fx risk and credit spread exposure to sovereigns, financials and credit default swap (CDS) indices.

The Group does not seek to generate a material proportion of its earnings through discretionary risk taking and it has a low tolerance for earnings volatility arising from this activity which is reflected in policy, limits and other controls applied. Discretionary risk is discussed further below.

The Group employs a Value at Risk (VaR) approach to measure, and set limits on, discretionary market risk. This applies to risk taken in the Banking Book (naturally arising risk that is left un-hedged) or risk that is pro-actively assumed in the Trading Book.

The Group measures VaR for a one-day horizon at the 99% (two-tailed) level of statistical confidence. This means that, for a given set of market risk positions on a given day, the Group believes there is no more than a 1% chance of a gain or loss in excess of the VaR number over the following day.

144


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The Group recognises that VaR is subject to certain inherent limitations and therefore VaR limits are supplemented by scenario-based stress tests and long run historic simulations. Position limits and 'stop losses' are also central to the control environment.

The Group's peak, average and end-of- year one-day VaR is shown in the table below for interest rate and fx risk. In the case of interest rate risk, this distinguishes between overall interest rate risk (Trading plus Banking Book) and interest rate risk in the Trading Book.

The Group's peak, average and end of period, 1 day VaR in the year ended 31 December 2013 and in the year ended 31 December 2012 are set out in the following table:

Value at risk
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
 

Overall interest rate VaR

             

Peak

    1.9     1.9  

Average

    0.7     0.8  

End period

    0.4     0.2  

Trading book interest rate VaR

             

Peak

    1.4     1.8  

Average

    0.6     0.7  

End period

    0.2     0.2  

Foreign exchange VaR

             

Peak

    1.3     0.9  

Average

    0.8     0.4  

End period

    0.3     0.3  

Market risk in NIAC
(unaudited)

Life insurance risk is discussed in the section immediately to follow. The market risks inherent in life assurance are set out below.

NIAC's business consists of a non-unit linked protection policy book and a unit linked book.

Under IFRS, insurance contracts are accounted for on a discounted cash flow (DCF) basis. This means that any change in the discounted value of its liabilities that is not exactly matched by the combined effect of changes in the market value of its assets and the discounted value of certain future income streams will flow through to earnings. At 31 December 2013, NIAC's assets consisted of €890 million in a mix of eurozone sovereign bonds (31 December 2012: €813 million) and €287 million in non-sovereigns (31 December 2012: €178 million).

In managing the interest rate risk, in its non-linked book, NIAC has regard to the sensitivity of its solvency reserves as well as its IFRS earnings to market movements. These sensitivities will not typically be the same because there is not an exact correspondence between earnings and changes in reserves. NIAC follows a policy of close asset/liability matching to ensure that the exposure of its reserves to interest rate movements remains within prudent tolerances. This will tend to be associated with a somewhat higher sensitivity of IFRS earnings to interest rate movements.

Earnings on its non-linked book can also be affected by credit spread changes. A widening of sovereign—and to a much lesser extent corporate—credit spreads can adversely affect reserves and profitability. This

145


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

is mitigated by diversification across eurozone sovereigns and between sovereigns and corporates, but it can not be fully eliminated.

At 31 December 2013, the impact on earnings of a 50 basis point parallel shift in yield curves, holding spread relationships constant, would have been €11 million negative for an upward shift and €11 million positive for a downward shift (31 December 2012: €9 million negative and €7 million positive respectively).

At the same time, a 50 basis point widening of all credit spreads (measured as bond yields minus the corresponding swap rate) would have had an impact on earnings of €21 million negative, by a 50 basis point tightening would have had a positive impact of €21 million (31 December 2012: €17 million negative and €23 million positive).

NIAC's earnings are also indirectly exposed to changes in equity markets. This arises because a management fee is charged on the value of €4 billion of equities held for policy holders and insurance contracts in its unit-linked book. As equity markets move up and down, this gives rise to a change in current and discounted future stream of equity-related fees which is reflected in NIAC's earnings. Every 1% fall in equity markets applied to positions at 31 December 2013 would have reduced NIAC's earnings by €2 million (31 December 2012: €1 million reduction). Every 1% increase would have had an equal and opposite impact.

3.4  Life insurance risk

Key points: (unaudited)

The insurance market in Ireland remains challenging but with opportunities for well diversified, well focussed companies.

Persistency rates improved during the year and were in line with the long term average assumptions and management of persistency remains a key focus.

Solvency II will commence in 2016 and a number of interim measures will apply from 2014.

Definition
(audited)

Life insurance risk is defined as the volatility in the amount and timing of claims caused by an unexpected change in mortality, longevity, persistency or morbidity. Mortality risk is the risk that the claim payments incurred by the business due to deaths of assured lives within the portfolio are greater than expected. Longevity risk is the risk that claim payments incurred by the business due to the rates of survival within the portfolio of annuitants within the portfolio are greater than expected. Morbidity risk, primarily critical illness risk, is the risk that claim payments incurred by the business due to critical illness events are greater than expected. Persistency or lapse risk is the risk that customers lapse their policies earlier than expected resulting in a loss of future anticipated fees.

Risk management
(audited)

Life insurance risk is underwritten and managed by NIAC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group. The management of insurance risk is the responsibility of the Board of NIAC. Responsibilities delegated by the Board to the Reinsurance Committee include completing a review of the reinsurance arrangements at least annually and reporting on this review to the Board Risk Committee. This includes a review of the panel of

146


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

reinsurers that may be used and the optimal structure of its reinsurance arrangements. The Reinsurance Committee comprises senior members of the management team with actuarial and underwriting expertise.

Risk measurement
(audited)

The amount at risk on each life insurance policy is the difference between the sum assured payable on the insured event and the reserve held. Risk experience is monitored monthly. Actual claims experience is compared to the underlying risk assumptions (including difference between sum assured and reserves and expected movement in VIF). Risk profits and losses are reported to senior management and reflected in new business pricing and new product design.

Risk mitigation
(audited)

NIAC mitigates the potential impact of insurance risk through a number of measures. These include reinsurance, underwriting, contract design and diversification.

Risk reporting
(audited)

An update on the status of life insurance risk is included in the Court Risk Report which is presented to the GRPC, the CRC and the Court on a quarterly basis.

Future developments
(audited)

Solvency II is the new pan European regulatory framework for insurance companies. When implemented, it will transition the regulatory framework to a more risk based system coupled with additional governance and disclosure requirements. It is expected that the new capital regime will apply from 1 January 2016. From 2014 onward companies are expected to demonstrate their readiness for Solvency II through compliance with the interim guidelines.

3.5  Regulatory risk

Key points:

The regulatory environment continued to be challenging through 2013 as had been projected in 2012.

The key focus during the year from a regulatory risk perspective was ensuring compliance with the existing regulatory requirements of the Central Bank of Ireland, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and Prudential Regulatory Authority (PRA) of the UK.

There remains a strong Group focus on ensuring compliance with regulatory obligations including upstream obligations. During the year the Group prepared for the implementation of Single European Payments Area (SEPA), Capital Requirements Directive IV (CRD IV) and European Market Infrastructure Regulation (EMIR) and this will continue in 2014

The heavy regulatory and compliance agenda is expected to continue in 2014 and will be influenced by the creation of the Single Supervisory Mechanism. The Group will maintain its focus on continuing compliance and will ensure that enhancements are made where appropriate with respect to its oversight and management of its regulatory obligations.

147


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Definition

Regulatory risk is the risk of failure to meet new or existing regulatory and/or legislative requirements and deadlines or to embed requirements into processes. It also includes the risk to the Group's capital, liquidity and profitability from the impact of future legislative and regulatory changes. It arises from a failure to comply with the laws, regulations or codes applicable to the financial services industry such as prudential, conduct and AML obligations, in the jurisdictions within which the Group operates. Non-compliance has adverse reputational and financial implications and may lead to fines, public reprimands, enforced suspension of operations or, in extreme cases, withdrawal of authorisation to operate.

Risk management, measurement and reporting

The Group manages regulatory risk under the Group risk management framework. The framework identifies the Group's formal governance process around risk, its framework for setting risk appetite and its approach to risk identification, assessment, measurement, management and reporting. This is implemented by accountable executives, monitored by the Group Regulatory Compliance and Operational Risk Committee (GRCORC), and within the overall Group risk governance structure outlined on page 86 and supported by the Group Regulatory Compliance and Operational Risk (GRCOR) function. The effective management of regulatory risk is primarily the responsibility of business management.

As detailed in the Group's risk appetite statement, the Group adopts a zero- tolerance to regulatory risk, however acknowledges that instances may occur as a consequence of being in business. The Group has therefore established a formal approach to ensure the identification, assessment, monitoring, management and reporting of these instances. The Group also undertakes risk based regulatory and compliance monitoring, and annual monitoring plans are in place and reviewed regularly to reflect changes or emerging risks. business unit regulatory compliance reports are analysed and reviewed at Divisional and Group levels. The current status of regulatory risk is reported to senior executives and Court members through the Court Risk Report on a quarterly basis.

Risk mitigation

Risk mitigants include the early identification, appropriate assessment and measurement and reporting of risks, however the primary risk mitigants for regulatory risk are the appropriate controls in place throughout the business. A robust mandatory training programme to support the Group's strong compliance culture is in place.

3.6  Operational risk

Key points:

In support of effective mitigation and control of operational risk, the Group continued to enhance its operational risk management framework including organisational structures, risk identification process and systems in support of effective mitigation and control of operational risk.

Throughout 2013, regulatory bodies within all relevant jurisdictions have continued their focus on overseeing the development of operational risk standards throughout 2013. The Group has maintained constructive engagements with supervisors and is focussed on meeting its regulatory obligations including fulfilling specified risk mitigation requirements within expected timeframes.

148


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Definition

The Group faces operational risks in the normal pursuit of its business objectives. operational risk is defined as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, or from external events. As such, operational risk encompasses a very broad range of sources of potential financial loss which the Group actively seeks to mitigate, transfer and control including for instance, business disruption, financial crime, outsourcing, information security and technology risks.

Risk management

The Group faces operational risks in the normal pursuit of its business objectives. The primary goals of operational risk management and assurance are ensuring the sustainability of the Group's operations and the protection of its reputation; by controlling, mitigating or transferring the risk of financial losses. By its nature, operational risk cannot be fully eliminated, however the Group has established a formal approach to the management of operational risk in the form of an 'Operational Risk Management Framework' which defines the Group's approach to identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting the operational risks which may impact the achievement of the Group's business objectives. It consists of inter alia:

formulation and dissemination of a Group Operational Risk policy specifying the risk management obligations of management within the Group;

establishment of organisational structures for the oversight, monitoring and management of operational risk throughout the Group;

embedding formal operational risk management processes and standards within business and support units throughout the Group; and

maintaining competencies of relevant staff in the operational risk management process and awareness of potential exposures.

Operational risk policy

The Group's exposure to operational risk is governed by policy formulated by the GRCORC and approved by the CRC within the overall Group risk governance structure outlined on page 86.

Risk mitigation and transfer

In addition to business unit risk mitigation initiatives, the Group implements specific policies and risk mitigation measures for key operational risks, including financial crime, data protection and privacy, outsourcing and business disruption risks. This strategy is further supported by risk transfer mechanisms such as the Group's insurance programme, whereby selected risks are reinsured externally.

The Group holds Pillar I regulatory capital to cover the potential financial impact of operational risk events, and has adopted the Standardised Approach (TSA) to determine its capital requirement.

Operational risk events

An operational risk event is any circumstance where as a result of an operational risk materialising, the Group has, or could have made a gross, financial loss. A standard reporting threshold is used across the Group for recording such events and for standard inputs to Common Reporting (COREP) reporting to the CBI. Every business unit within the Group submits detailed operational risk event information. This

149


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

information includes the gross loss amount, direct and indirect recoveries and causes and remediation initiatives.

Risk reporting

The Court receives a quarterly operational risk update via the Court Risk Report. In addition, there is an annual challenge and review process in place to enable the Court to consider the adequacy of Group- wide operational risk management processes and whether residual risks remain within the Group's Risk Appetite.

The Head of the GRCOR function reports to the GRCORC on the status of operational risk in the Group, including the status of the top operational risks across the Group and the progress of associated risk mitigation initiatives, significant loss events and the nature, scale and frequency of overall losses.

3.7  Business and strategic risk

Key points:

The Court initiated a major review of the Group's strategic objectives during 2013 and concluded that the strategic shape and focus of the Group remains appropriate.

The Group's strategic positioning was reaffirmed in 2013 with the EC's approval of the retention of New Ireland Assurance.

The Group made good progress in 2013 in improving its net interest margin despite very low official interest rates.

The Group continues to effectively manage significant change and cost reduction programmes whilst investing in its infrastructure, complying with regulatory requirements and seeking to enhance the experience of the Group's customers in their dealings with the Group.

Definition

Business risk is defined as the risk to the Group (i.e. income, net worth or reputation) which could be associated with:

a change in the operational economics of the Group; and/or

exposure to an event which causes reputational damage to the Group.

The risk may arise from a change in the competitive environment, new market entrants, new products, or a failure to anticipate or mitigate a related risk. Typically business risk occurs in a one year time-frame and references the risk to earnings caused by changes in the above factors.

Strategic risk is defined as the risk to the Group (i.e. income, net worth or reputation) which could be associated with:

failure to develop a strategy, leaving the Group exposed to developments that could have been foreseen including adverse macro-economic or market changes;

poor execution of a chosen strategy, whatever the cause, including investments not aligned with strategic direction; and/or

failing to realign a strategy, when one or several of the fundamental assumptions underpinning that strategy have changed, making that strategy inappropriate.

150


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Strategic risk general relates to a longer timeframe than business risk.

Business and strategic risk is impacted by other risks that the Group faces that may contribute to an adverse change in the Group's revenues and/or costs if these risks were to crystallise. Examples include funding risk (through volatility in the cost of funding), interest rate risk, operational risk, regulatory and reputation risks.

Risk management, measurement and reporting

Business units and divisions are responsible for delivery of their business plans and management of such factors as pricing, sales volumes, operating expenses and other factors that can introduce earnings volatility.

The Group reviews business and strategic risk as part of the annual risk identification process. The risk is managed on a divisional basis, and measured quarterly, with a scorecard addressing moves in key indicators around income diversification, margin trends, customer advocacy, direct and indirect costs and staff turnover. Input from the Group's divisions is collated by Credit and Market Risk, who liaise with Group Finance to provide an overall group context and assess the impact of changes in the environment on the Group's business plan. An update is provided quarterly in the Court Risk Report.

Risk mitigation

The Group mitigates business risk through business planning methods, such as the diversification of revenue streams, cost base management and oversight of business plans which reflect expectations of the external environment and the Group's strategic priorities. At an operational level, the Group's annual budget process sets expectation at a business unit level for volumes and margins. The tracking of actual and regularly forecasted volumes and margins against budgeted levels is a key financial management process in the mitigation of business risk. In the case of strategic risk, this risk is mitigated through update to the Court on industry developments, regular updates on the key macro-economic environment impacting the Group's activities, a review of the competitive environment and strategies at a divisional and business unit level, and the Group's EU Restructuring Plan commitments. The Group's EU Restructuring Plan commitments are monitored by an EC appointed Monitoring Trustee with updates on progress provided to the Court through the monthly CEO Report.

3.8  Pension risk

Key point:

Due to adverse market conditions impacting the value of liabilities, deficits exist in the majority of the Group sponsored Defined Benefit (DB) schemes. As the pension funds continue to be subject to market fluctuations, and interest rate and inflation risks, a level of volatility associated with defined benefit pension funding remains. Therefore, as a result of the current financial market difficulties and recent changes to both pension and accounting regulations, a review of the Group sponsored defined benefit pension schemes was initiated. During 2013, the Group completed a review of the main Group sponsored defined benefit pension scheme, the BSPF. The proposals arising from the review were accepted by the main trade union, the Irish Bank Officials Association.

151


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Definition

Pension risk is the risk that the assets in the Group sponsored defined benefit pension schemes fail to generate returns that are sufficient to meet the schemes' liabilities and the Group, as sponsor, would elect to or may have to make up the shortfall, or a significant part of it.

Risk management, measurement and reporting

The Group sponsors a number of defined benefit pension schemes for past and current employees. The Group's net IAS 19 pension deficit at 31 December 2013 was €0.8 billion (31 December 2012: €1.2 billion). The investment policy pursued to meet the schemes' estimated future liabilities is a matter for the Trustees and the schemes' Investment Committees. The Group, as sponsor, has an opportunity to communicate its views on investment strategy to the Trustees and receives regular updates including scenario analysis of pension risk.

The Court receives monthly updates on movements in asset, liabilities and the size of the deficit and also quarterly updates through the Court Risk Report. In addition, there is an annual review of pension risk to ensure that the Court is satisfied with the processes in place to manage the risk and that residual risk is within the Group's risk appetite.

Risk mitigation

In order to mitigate pension risk, a new hybrid scheme was introduced in 2006 for all new entrants (see note 44 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) and the defined benefit schemes were closed to new entrants. In 2010 the Group carried out an extensive pensions review in order to address the pension deficit by a combination of benefits restructuring and additional employer contributions over a period of time. Since 2010 the Group has paid c.€400 million of additional employer contributions and expects to pay a further €350 million in the period to 2016. In 2013, a further review, which incorporated benefit restructuring, was carried out which reduced the pension deficit and is expected to further reduce the deficit through additional employer contributions which will broadly match this reduction. In addition, a defined contribution scheme is to be introduced for all new employees and, subject to the agreement of the scheme Trustees, there will be an acceleration of risk reduction in the asset portfolio. By December 2013, the Group has recognised a reduction in the pension deficit of €391 million net of directly related expenses.

However a deficit still exists and as the pension funds are subject to market fluctuations, and interest rate and inflation risks, a level of volatility associated with pension funding remains.

3.9  Reputation risk

Key points:

The Group's reputation continues to be influenced and shaped by a range of factors; macro-economic and political environment, media and public commentary and general sector developments. More specifically Bank of Ireland decisions and actions in pursuit of its strategic and tactical business objectives and their interaction with the external environment will also influence reputation.

Within this context, the actions and achievements of the Group over the past twelve months have succeeded in enhancing the Group's reputation, most notably:

The only Irish bank with approved EU Restructuring Plans (subsequently amended and confirmed during the year) enabling the retention of NIAC.

152


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The Group's ability to generate and maintain customer deposits, following the exit from the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee.

Demonstrated access to wholesale markets, with successful bond issuance across the corporate structure.

Reimbursement of the Irish State's investment in the 2011 Contingent Capital Note and the 2009 Preference Shares.

Investment in RoI and NI branch networks and further development of UK Post Office partnership.

Meeting our target for new and increased lending to Irish SMEs and increasing share of SME and mortgage markets in Ireland.

Addressing the IAS 19 pension deficit.

Meeting CBI targets for mortgage arrears and SME resolution.

During the past year the Group has also managed the potential impact on its reputation when dealing with a number of challenges, for example:

Increased pricing on some products, to more properly reflect funding costs.

Migration to SEPA and related IT risks.

Initial customer impact of changes to the Branch model, put in place to ensure the Group maintains its current distribution footprint.

Definition

Reputation risk is defined as the risk to earnings or franchise value arising from adverse perception of the Group's image on part of the customers, suppliers, counterparties, shareholders, investors, staff, legislators or regulators. This risk typically materialises through a loss of business in the areas affected.

Risk management, measurement and reporting

Group Communications is the primary function responsible for managing reputation risk in Bank of Ireland. It includes all external and internal communications, stakeholder and government relations, and corporate responsibility, helping to reinforce the Group's reputation with its employees, customers, government, general public and the wider community. Reputation risk indicators are tracked on an ongoing basis. These indicators include external market conditions and risk events which may have the potential to impact reputation.

The Group reviews reputation risk as part of the annual risk identification process. Quarterly updates are reported to the GRPC, the CRC and the Court as part of the Court Risk Report. In addition there is an annual review of reputation risk to ensure that the Court is comfortable with the processes in place to manage reputation risk and that residual risk is within the Group's risk appetite.

Risk mitigation

A wide range of processes and structures are used to identify, assess and mitigate the potential risk to the Group's reputation. Managing the Group in a manner that ensures that the potential impact on the Group's reputation is taken into account in decision making is paramount in mitigating against reputation risk.

153


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

4  CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Key points: (unaudited)

Common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio is 12.3% on a pro forma basis under the Basel III/CRD IV transitional rules at 1 January 2014. On a pro forma full implementation basis including the 2009 Preference Stock the CET1 ratio is 9.0% at 31 December 2013. The observations from the CBI's BSA/AQR at 30 June 2013 have been addressed in these reported capital ratios.

Leverage ratio is 4.9% on a Basel III/CRD IV pro forma transitional basis and 3.7% on a pro forma full implementation basis including 2009 Preference Stock.

The Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) was published in the Official Journal of the EU on 27 June 2013 and applies from 1 January 2014. The Group continues to expect to maintain a buffer above a CET1 ratio of 10% on a Basel III transitional basis.

The CBI's BSA/AQR confirmed that the Group had adequate capital to meet the requirements determined under the BSA. The Group was not required to raise additional capital as a result of the BSA.

On 4 December 2013, the Group announced a capital package in relation to the 2009 Preference Shares which had been agreed with the Irish State and the CBI, comprising (i) the placing of new units of ordinary stock to generate proceeds of c.€537 million (net of expenses), to redeem c.€537 million of the 2009 Preference Shares and (ii) the sale by the NPRFC of €1.3 billion 2009 Preference Shares to private investors. In addition, the Group stated its intention not to redeem the 2009 Preference Stock prior to January 2016, save in certain limited circumstances which would include changes in regulatory capital treatment, breach of waiver deed and taxation. The Group also advised the CBI that it is not the Group's intention to recognise the 2009 Preference Shares as regulatory CET1 capital after July 2016, unless de-recognition would mean that an adequate buffer can not be maintained above applicable regulatory requirements.

Capital management objectives and policies
(audited)

The objectives of the Group's capital management policy are to ensure that the Group has sufficient capital to cover the risks of its business and support its strategy and at all times to comply with regulatory capital requirements. It seeks to minimise refinancing risk by managing the maturity profile of non-equity capital whilst the currency mix of capital is managed to ensure that the sensitivity of capital ratios to currency movements is minimised. The capital adequacy requirements set by the Central Bank of Ireland are used by the Group as the basis for its capital management. These requirements set a floor under which capital levels must not fall. The Group seeks to maintain sufficient capital to ensure that even under difficult conditions these requirements are met.

Unaudited:

The EU Capital Requirements Directive (CRD I) came into force on 1 January 2007 and is divided into three sections commonly referred to as Pillars.

Pillar I introduced the Internal Ratings Based Approach (IRBA) which permits banks to use their own internal rating systems to calculate their capital requirements for credit risk. Use of IRBA is subject to regulatory approval Where credit portfolios are not subject to IRBA, the calculation of the minimum capital requirements is subject to the Standardised Approach;

154


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

Pillar II of the CRD deals with the regulatory response to the first pillar whereby banks undertake an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) which is then subject to supervisory review; and

Pillar III of the CRD (Market Discipline) involves the disclosure of a range of qualitative and quantitative information relating to capital and risk. The CRD also introduced a requirement to calculate capital requirements, and to set capital aside, with respect to operational risk. In assessing capital adequacy the Group is also required to set capital aside for market risk. The Group considers other methodologies of capital metrics used by rating agencies. Separately it also calculates economic capital based on its own internal models. The Group stress tests the capital held to ensure that under difficult conditions, it continues to comply with regulatory minimum ratios.

Basel III/CRD IV
(unaudited)

The Capital Requirements Directive IV (CRD IV) and the CRR were published in the Official Journal of the EU on 27 June 2013. The CRR had direct effect in EU member states and CRD IV was required to be implemented through national legislation in EU member states by 31 December 2013. CRD IV also includes requirements for regulatory and technical standards to be published by the European Banking Authority (EBA). Many of these have not yet been published or their impact is uncertain. The CRD IV legislation is being implemented on a phased basis from 1 January 2014, with full implementation by 2019.

The Group continues to expect to maintain a buffer above a CET1 ratio of 10% on a transitional basis. The Basel III/CRD IV transition rules results in a number of new deductions from CET1 capital being introduced on a phased basis typically with a 20% impact in 2014, 40% in 2015 and so on until 2018. The Central CBI published their 'Implementation of Competent Authority Discretions and Options in CRD IV and CRR' on 24 December 2013 which clarifies the application of transitional rules in Ireland under CRD IV.

Regulatory initiatives
(unaudited)

Ahead of Ireland's exit from the EU/IMF programme of support, the CBI undertook a BSA/AQR. The BSA/AQR was a point in time capital assessment as at 30 June 2013 and included an assessment by the CBI of risk classifications and provisions and a review of the appropriateness of calculations of RWAs. In December 2013, the CBI confirmed that Bank of Ireland had adequate capital as at 30 June 2013 to meet the requirements determined under the BSA. Consequently, the CBI did not require Bank of Ireland to raise additional capital as a result of the BSA.

As part of the BSA, the CBI also made a range of observations on the Group's treatment of expected loss on mortgage assets, the level of impairment provisions at 30 June 2013 and the Group's RWA calculations. The CBI requested that the Group consider these observations in preparing its financial results and Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2013. The Group has done so by incorporating the updated treatment of expected loss and has taken the CBI's observations into consideration as part of its comprehensive process in setting the year end impairment provisioning stock and associated impairment charge for 2013. Further engagement in respect of risk weighted assets is envisaged with the Central Bank of Ireland during 2014 and, in the meantime, the Group has applied certain Central Bank of Ireland required BSA adjustments to the outputs of the Group's RWA calculations, which are also addressed in the Group's reported capital ratios at 31 December 2013.

155


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

BUSINESS REVIEW (Continued)

The BSA also included a Data Integrity Verification (DIV) element to ensure key data, data fields and processes are robust. There were no findings or issues arising from the DIV that materially impact the BSA. The BSA represents a review under the CBI's Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) and Full Risk Assessment (FRA) and, as such, the result may be considered by the CBI in determining the Pillar II capital requirements of the Group.

The European Central Bank (ECB) under the forthcoming Single Supervisory Mechanism (SSM) will also conduct a Comprehensive Assessment (CA) during 2014. The CA will include a balance sheet and risk assessment and is expected to encompass the European Banking Authority (EBA) and ECB EU-wide stress test.

Capital resources

The following table sets out the Group's capital resources.

Group capital resources
  31 December
2013
€m
  Restated(1)
31 December
2012
€m
 

Nominal amount outstanding of 2009 Preference Stock

    1,300     1,837  

Other equity (including equity reserves)

    6,575     6,820  
           

Stockholders' equity

    7,875     8,657  

Non-controlling interests—equity

    (6 )   (2 )
           

Total equity

    7,869     8,655  

Undated subordinated loan capital

    162     165  

Dated subordinated loan capital

    1,513     1,542  
           

Total capital resources

    9,544     10,362  
           
           

(1)
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, the comparative period has been restated to reflect the adoption of IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R) and IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements. See note 62 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Unaudited:

In the year ended 31 December 2013 the Group's total capital resources decreased by €0.8 billion to €9.5 billion due primarily to:

the loss after tax arising during the year ended 31 December 2013 driven by impairment charges on loans and advances to customers;

the payment of €0.2 billion in dividends for the State's preference shares.

156


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

The Court of Directors (the Court) is accountable to stockholders for the overall direction and control of the Group. It is committed to high standards of governance designed to protect the interests of stockholders and all other stakeholders while promoting the highest standards of integrity, transparency and accountability.

A key objective of the Group's governance framework is to ensure compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland (the Bank) is subject to the Central Bank of Ireland's Corporate Governance Code for Credit Institutions and Insurance Undertakings (the Irish Code which is available on www.centralbank.ie), including the additional requirements of Appendix 1 of the Irish Code for major institutions. It is also subject to the UK Corporate Governance Code 2012 published by the Financial Reporting Council in the UK (the UK Code which is available on www.frc.org.uk) and the Irish Corporate Governance Annex to the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange (the Irish Annex which is available on www.ise.ie). As a non-US company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the Bank is permitted to follow these home country corporate governance practices in lieu of most of the corporate governance standards set out in Section 303A of the NYSE corporate governance standards (NYSE Rules), which domestic US companies must follow. Further details, including the significant differences between the Group's practice and NYSE Rules, are set out on page 175.

The Directors believe that the Bank complied with the provisions of the Irish Code throughout 2013. They also believe the Bank complied with the provisions of the UK Code and the Irish Annex throughout 2013, otherwise than as set out herein:

Tom Considine's membership of the Group Audit Committee and Joe Walsh's membership of the Group Remuneration Committee. As these directors were nominated by the Minister for Finance under the terms of the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme, 2008 and are not required to stand for election or regular re-election by stockholders, they are not classified as independent non-executive directors. Both Committees benefit from the judgement and the quality of the contributions of Tom Considine and Joe Walsh and do comprise a minimum of three independent non-executive directors as per provisions D.2.1 and C.3.1 of the UK Code;

provision B.7.1 of the UK Code requires annual election of directors by stockholders. In accordance with the Bye-Laws of the Bank, Tom Considine and Joe Walsh are not required to put themselves up for re-election on an annual basis and accordingly were not submitted for re-election at the Annual General Court held in 2013. In the case of both Directors, the requirement to stand for re-election is dispensed with for as long as they remain Government Appointees in accordance with the Bye-Laws of the Bank; and

it is the Group's practice for all Directors to attend the Annual General Court of the Bank. In 2013 two Directors were unable to attend the Annual General Court due to separate personal issues. Both Directors conveyed their thoughts on the Group's strategy and progress to the Chairman who shared these views with attendees at the meeting.

Details of how the Bank applied the main and supporting principles of the UK Code throughout the year ended 31 December 2013 are set out in this report and in the Remuneration Report. These reports also cover the disclosure requirements set out in the Irish Annex, which supplement the requirements of the UK Code with additional corporate governance provisions.

The Group believes it has robust governance arrangements, which include a clear organisational structure with well defined, transparent and consistent lines of responsibility, effective processes to identify, manage,

157


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

monitor and report the risks to which it is or might be exposed and adequate internal control mechanisms, including sound administrative and accounting procedures, IT systems and controls. The system of governance is subject to regular internal review.

Directors are aware that, should they have any material concern about the overall corporate governance of the Group, it should be reported without delay to the Court and, should their concerns not be satisfactorily addressed within five business days, the Directors should report the concern to the Central Bank of Ireland.

The Court's oversight of risk and control is facilitated through delegation of certain responsibilities to Committees of the Court, the principal Committees being the Group Audit Committee, the Court Risk Committee, the Group Nomination and Governance Committee and the Group Remuneration Committee. Details of these Committees are set out on pages 162 to 175 and 196. The terms of reference of the Committees are reviewed annually by the relevant Committees and by the Court and are available on the Group's website (www.bankofireland.com) or by request to the Group Secretary.

The Court of Directors

Board Size and Composition

At close of business on 31 December 2013, the Court comprised fourteen Directors: the Governor, who was independent on appointment, two Executive Directors and eleven non-executive Directors, seven of whom have been determined by the Court to be independent non-executive Directors in accordance with the requirements of the UK Code and Irish Code. All of the Directors except Davida Marston (who was appointed to the Court on 24 April 2013) and Brad Martin (who was appointed to the Court on 23 July 2013) served on the Court throughout the year ended 31 December 2013. Prem Watsa retired as a Director on 23 July 2013. Biographical details, including each Director's background, experience and independence classification, are set out on pages 187 to 196.

The composition of the Court and its Committees is reviewed by the Group Nomination and Governance Committee and the Court, on an annual basis, to ensure that there is an appropriate mix of skills and experience. This includes a review of tenure, an assessment of the skills profile of the Court and consideration of succession for key roles, to ensure the Court and Committees have a comprehensive understanding of the Group's activities and the risks associated with them. In addition, where any appointment or resignation will alter the overall size of the Court, a review is undertaken to ensure that the composition remains appropriate. In advance of the appointment of Davida Marston, the Court concluded that the increase in the total number of Directors to fourteen was appropriate having regard to the operations of the Bank. The Court regards its current size and composition as appropriate to provide the broad range of skills and experience necessary to govern the business effectively, while enabling full and constructive participation by all Directors.

In 2013 the Group completed a review of the on-going fitness and probity of persons in 'pre-approval controlled functions' whereby Directors were asked to confirm any changes in circumstances in respect of their compliance with the Fitness and Probity Standards issued by the Central Bank of Ireland (the Standards). All changes in circumstance disclosed were assessed and their materiality determined. In addition external checks on financial soundness and probity, involving a review of various publicly available sources, were completed. With reference to the review process conducted, the Court concluded that each of the Directors of the Court has the requisite standard of fitness, probity and financial soundness to perform their functions with reference to the Standards.

158


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Role of the Court

The Court's role is to provide leadership of the Group within the boundaries of Risk Appetite and a framework of prudent and effective controls which enable risk to be identified, assessed, measured and controlled. The Court sets the Group's strategic aims, ensuring that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Group to meet its objectives, and reviews management performance. The Court has a schedule of matters specifically reserved for its decision which is reviewed and updated regularly. Matters requiring Court approval include:

the determination of strategy;

determination of risk appetite, including approval of the Group's Risk Appetite Statement;

reviewing and agreeing company values with management;

overseeing the management of the business, including control systems and risk management;

approval of the Group's business plans and budgets;

overseeing corporate governance and succession planning;

acquisitions or divestments of companies for sums greater than €40 million except for credit management purposes;

approval of Core equity tier 1 capital investments of greater than €20 million in a regulated subsidiary and €40 million in any other subsidiary;

approving capital expenditure (in excess of €40 million);

approving guarantees entered into by the Group, other than in the normal course of business;

approving changes in the funding/benefits of Group pension schemes;

the approval of equity underwriting sums of greater than €20 million; and

certain specified senior management appointments.

The Court is also responsible for endorsing the appointment of individuals who may have a material impact on the risk profile of the Group and monitoring on an on-going basis their appropriateness for the role. The removal from office of the head of a 'control function', as defined in the Irish Code, is also subject to Court approval.

The Court is responsible for approving high-level policy and strategic direction in relation to the nature and scale of risk that the Group is prepared to assume to achieve its strategic objectives. The Court ensures that an appropriate system of internal control is maintained and reviews its effectiveness. Specifically, the Court:

sets the Group's Risk Appetite incorporating high level risk limits, thereby forming a boundary condition to strategy;

approves the Group Risk Framework which identifies the Group's formal governance process around risk and the approach to risk identification, analysis, measurement, management and reporting;

approves the projected balance sheets, income statements and capital projections including stress testing for the Group's Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP); and

159


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

approves the Group Credit Policy (incorporating the Group Forbearance Policy), Group Country Risk Policy, Group Funding and Liquidity Policy and Group Market Risk Policy. The Court also approves the Group Impairment Policy.

The Court receives regular updates on the Group's risk environment and exposure to the Group's material risk types through a Court Risk Report reviewed quarterly (and monthly for liquidity, credit and capital).

The strategy of the Group continued to receive considerable focus throughout 2013. In addition the following are amongst matters which received Court attention during the year:

the evolving capital and liquidity position throughout 2013 and implications of the Third Basel Accord on such requirements;

the capital structure of the Bank, with particular focus on the assessment of options in relation to the 2009 Preference Shares and the successful execution of a €1.9 billion capital package in relation to these shares;

the financial performance of the Group;

the performance of the Group's business divisions and its major subsidiaries;

the Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategy (MARS);

IT strategy;

recovery and resolution planning;

developments in the regulatory and corporate governance environment;

EU restructuring plan revisions, including substitutions for the measure to divest of New Ireland Assurance Company plc (NIAC);

review of the Group's Communications Strategy; and

measures to address the pensions deficit.

Throughout 2013, the Court also received updates from the Group's principal businesses on the execution of their business strategy and considered reports from each of the principal Court Committees.

The Court held twelve scheduled meetings and three unscheduled meetings during the year ended 31 December 2013. To ensure oversight of major subsidiaries, the Court visited the registered office of its UK subsidiary, Bank of Ireland (UK) plc twice during the year and held a business review of NIAC.

Further details on the number of meetings of the Court and its Committees and attendance by individual Directors are set out on page 177.

The Group ensures that individual Directors of the Court have sufficient time to dedicate to their duties, having regard to applicable regulatory limits on the number of directorships held by any individual Director. As at 31 December 2013, Directors were within or had been granted a derogation/waiver from the limits set out for major institutions in the Irish Code, relating to restrictions on the number of directorships held in other financial and non-financial institutions. In the case of one Director, the Central Bank of Ireland granted a derogation/waiver from the requirements contained in paragraphs 7.7 and 7.8 respectively of Appendix 1 of the Irish Code.

Agendas and papers are circulated prior to each meeting to provide the Directors with relevant information to enable them to discharge fully their duties. The Group Secretary provides dedicated

160


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

support for Directors on any matter relevant to the business on which they require advice separately from or additional to that available in the normal Court process.

The Bank has in place Directors' and Officers' liability insurance in respect of legal actions against its Directors.

Governor, Deputy Governor and Group Chief Executive

The respective roles of the Governor, who is Chairman of the Court, and the Group Chief Executive, which are separate, are set out in writing and have been agreed by the Court. The Governor oversees the operation and effectiveness of the Court, including ensuring that agendas cover the key strategic items confronting the Bank and encouraging all Directors to participate fully in the discussions and activities of the Court. He also ensures that there is effective communication with stockholders and promotes compliance with corporate governance standards. The Governor commits a substantial amount of time to the Group and his role has priority over any other business commitment. There were no changes to the significant commitment of the Governor during the year ended 31 December 2013. During the year the Chairman and non-executive Directors met without the Executive Directors present, to discuss a range of business matters.

The Deputy Governor is the 'Senior Independent Director' ('SID'). The SID provides Court members, the Group Secretary, stockholders and customers with an additional channel, other than the Governor or the Group Chief Executive, through which to convey, should the need so arise, concerns affecting the Governorship or the Court, or any other issue.

The Group Chief Executive is responsible for execution of agreed strategy, holds delegated authority from the Court for the day to day management of the business and has ultimate executive responsibility for the Group's operations, compliance and performance. Procedures are in place to review the Group Chief Executive's contract at least every five years and this was last reviewed in 2010.

Board Balance and Independence

On appointment the independence status of each Director is considered by the Group Nomination and Governance Committee and the Court. In addition the independence status of each Director is reviewed on an annual basis to ensure that this remains appropriate. In 2013 the Court considered the principles relating to independence contained in the Irish Code and the UK Code and concluded that the previously determined independence status of each director was appropriate. Specifically the Court concluded that the Governor was independent on appointment, that each current non-executive Director, with the exception of Tom Considine, Joe Walsh, Wilbur L Ross Jr and Brad Martin, is independent within the meaning of the Irish Code and the UK Code. Tom Considine and Joe Walsh were nominated by the Minister for Finance under the terms of the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme, 2008 and are not required to stand for election or regular re-election by stockholders. Wilbur L Ross Jr and Brad Martin represent significant stockholders in the Bank. These Directors are not, therefore, considered independent by reference to the terms of the Irish Code and the UK Code. The Court values and benefits from their judgement and the quality of their contribution to the deliberations of the Court and, in the case of Tom Considine and Joe Walsh, its Committees.

Each of the Governor, Deputy Governor and all of the non-executive Directors bring independent challenge and judgement to the deliberations of the Court through their character, objectivity and integrity and all are considered independent of management in accordance with the criteria set out in the NYSE Corporate Governance Standards.

161


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010

The Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 (the Stabilisation Act) has given the Minister for Finance extensive powers regarding the affairs, assets and liabilities of certain covered financial institutions in Ireland, including the Bank. The period of effectiveness of the Stabilisation Act has been extended, by resolution of both houses of the Oireachtas (Irish Parliament), to 31 December 2014. Section 48 of the Stabilisation Act imposes a duty on the Directors of the Bank to align the activities of the Bank and the duties and responsibilities of the Directors, officers and employees of the Bank with the public interest and the other purposes of the Stabilisation Act (as set out in Section 4 of the Stabilisation Act). This duty is owed by the Directors to the Minister, on behalf of the State, and takes priority over any other duty of the Directors to the extent of any inconsistency. The statutory framework for a resolution regime dealing with failing credit institutions comprised in the Central Bank and Credit Institutions (Resolution) Act 2011 will apply to all authorised credit institutions in the State, including the Bank, once the Stabilisation Act expires, pending the implementation of the proposal for a Directive of The European Parliament and of the Council establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

Role of the Group Nomination and Governance Committee

The Group Nomination and Governance Committee is chaired by the Governor and its composition is fully compliant with the Irish Code and the UK Code. Biographical details, including each member's background and experience, are set out on pages 187 to 196. The Group Nomination and Governance Committee met six times in 2013, of which one meeting was unscheduled. The key responsibilities of the Committee include:

satisfying itself that plans are in place for the orderly succession to the position of Group Chief Executive;

leading the process for appointments and renewals for the Court and Court Committees;

overseeing the process for key subsidiary Board non-executive director appointments and renewals;

with the support of the Group Secretary, monitoring developments in corporate governance, assessing the implications of such developments for the Group and advising the Court accordingly;

overseeing the Group's Corporate Responsibility Programme;

reviewing the size, composition and balance of the Court and its principal Committees and recommending the appointment of any new Directors to the Court and its Committees;

reviewing the independence of each non-executive Director;

reviewing succession plans for the Court and its Committees in the context of the Group's strategy, with particular reference to the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity of current Directors, and making appropriate recommendations to the Court; and

reviewing the succession plans of key subsidiaries.

The Court benefits from the diverse range of skills, knowledge and experience acquired by the non-executive Directors as Directors of other companies, both national and international, or as leaders in the public and private sectors. The effectiveness of the Court depends on ensuring the right balance of Directors with banking or financial services experience and broader commercial experience. Following review in 2013, the Committee determined that collectively the Court possesses the necessary skills and experience in the areas identified as relevant to the business of the Group including: financial services

162


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

(incorporating retail, corporate and insurance sector experience), strategy development, finance, risk management, business experience, economics, corporate finance, human resources, customer relations, credit and IT skills. Directors bring their individual knowledge, skills and experience to bear in discussions on the major challenges facing the Group.

Following a review of composition of Court Committees in 2013, the Group Nomination and Governance Committee recommended the appointment of one additional independent non-executive Director to the Group Remuneration Committee. On 17 October 2013, the Court approved the appointment of Pat Butler to the Group Remuneration Committee with immediate effect.

The Group recognises the benefits of having a diverse board. During 2013 the Committee considered and recommended a Court Diversity Policy which was subsequently adopted by the Court. In reviewing Board composition and identifying suitable candidates, the Committee considers the benefits of all aspects of diversity including skills, regional and industry experience, background, race, gender and other relevant qualities in order to maintain an appropriate range and balance of skills, experience and background on the Court. During the year the Group Nomination and Governance Committee discussed the measurable objectives for achieving diversity on the Court, with a particular focus on gender diversity. A target has been set of achieving and maintaining a minimum of 15% female representation on the Court by the end of 2015. The Bank remains committed to having a diverse board and to achieving the targets set in this regard.

Appointments to the Court

The Court is committed to identifying the people best qualified and available to serve on the Court and is responsible for the appointment of Directors (with the exception of the Government nominated Directors). The Court plans for its own renewal with the assistance of the Group Nomination and Governance Committee, which regularly reviews board composition, tenure and succession planning. In accordance with the Court Diversity Policy (which is available on the Group's website) all appointments are made on merit against objective criteria (including the skills and experience the Court as a whole requires to be effective) with due regard for the benefits of diversity on the Court.

Prior to the appointment of a Director, the Group Nomination and Governance Committee approves a job specification, assesses the time commitment involved and identifies the skills and experience required for the role, having regard to the formal assessment of the skills profile of the Court and succession planning. The recruitment process for non-executive Directors is supported by an experienced third party professional search firm which develops an appropriate pool of candidates and provides independent assessments of the candidates. The Group then works with that firm to shortlist candidates, conduct interviews/meetings (including meetings with members of the Committee) and complete comprehensive due diligence. The due diligence process completed is extensive and includes self-certification confirmations of probity and financial soundness and external checks involving a review of various publicly available sources. It also involves the Committee satisfying itself as to the candidate's ability to devote sufficient time to the role, independence, fitness and probity, and assessing and documenting its consideration of possible conflicts of interests. The Committee then makes a recommendation to the Court. Appointments will not proceed where conflicts emerge which are significant to the overall work of the Court.

The processes described above were followed in the selection and appointment of Davida Marston to the Court in 2013. Korn/Ferry Whitehead Mann, an external search consultancy firm which, among other suppliers, also assists with executive searches for the Group, was engaged in respect of this non-executive Director appointment.

163


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

The external search process described above was not employed in relation to Brad Martin who was appointed to the Court in 2013 as the representative of a significant stockholder. Following completion of an extensive due diligence process, the Nomination and Governance Committee considered fully the independence, fitness, probity and potential conflicts of interest of Brad Martin.

All newly-appointed Directors are provided with a comprehensive letter of appointment detailing their responsibilities as Directors, the terms of their appointment and the expected time commitment for the role. A copy of the standard terms and conditions of appointment of non-executive Directors can be inspected during normal business hours by contacting the Group Secretary. Directors are required to devote adequate time to the business of the Group, which includes attendance at regular meetings and briefings, preparation time for meetings and visits to business units. In addition, non-executive Directors (with the exception of Wilbur Ross Jr and Brad Martin) are normally required to sit on at least one Committee of the Court, which involves the commitment of additional time. Certain non-executive Directors, such as the Deputy Governor and Committee Chairmen, are required to allocate additional time in fulfilling those roles.

Induction and Professional Development

On appointment, all non-executive Directors receive a comprehensive induction programme designed to familiarise them with the Group's operations, management and governance structures, including the functioning of the Court and the role of the key committees. In addition, new non-executive Directors undertake significant induction in relation to risk and business matters, including visits to or presentations by Group businesses and briefings with senior management. Further meetings are arranged as required based on the particular circumstances of each Director. Following their appointment to the Court in 2013, both Davida Marston and Brad Martin received a bespoke and tailored induction programme as agreed with the Group Secretary.

On an on-going basis, briefings appropriate to the business of the Group are provided to all non-executive Directors. In order to ensure that the Directors continue to further their understanding of the issues facing the Group, Directors are provided with professional development sessions and briefings on a range of technical matters tailored to their particular requirements. During the year ended 31 December 2013, the modules attended by Directors included Market Risk Management and the Group's Use of Derivatives; Risk Framework and the Role of Risk Governance; Recovery Planning; Credit Processes and Accounting and Audit Update. Directors are also offered the option of attending suitable external educational courses, events or conferences designed to provide an overview of current issues of relevance to Directors including, for example, the Bank Director Programme organised through The Institute of Bankers in Ireland.

The Directors have access to the advice and services of the Group Secretary, who is responsible for advising the Court on all governance issues and for ensuring that the Directors are provided with relevant information on a timely basis to enable them to consider issues for decision and to discharge their oversight responsibilities. The Directors also have access to the advice of the Group Legal Adviser and to independent professional advice, at the Group's expense, if and when required. Committees of the Court have similar access and are provided with sufficient resources to undertake their duties.

Performance Evaluation

There is a formal process in place for annual evaluation of the Court's own performance, that of its principal Committees and of individual Directors (including the Governor). An evaluation of the Court's performance and that of its committees is conducted every year. In addition, an externally facilitated

164


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

review is conducted at least every third year. The objective of these evaluations is to review past performance with the aim of identifying any opportunities for improvement and determining whether the Court as a whole is effective in discharging its responsibilities.

In 2013, a comprehensive process to review and evaluate available suppliers of this service was conducted, including third party referencing. ICSA Board Evaluation (ICSA) was commissioned to facilitate the review of the effectiveness of the Court and its Committees. ICSA has been conducting board evaluations for a number of years for a wide range of boards, including the boards of UK Regulators, UK and Irish corporations and major international financial services groups. ICSA is part of an organisation that supplies software solutions to the Group. The Group Nomination and Governance Committee, which oversaw the selection process, was satisfied that the annual value of the relevant contracts was not material to the Bank or ICSA. The process for these external reviews involved confidential one to one interviews with each Court member, conducted by the ICSA evaluator, with the aim of ascertaining views on current performance and identifying any underlying issues or concerns. In considering the effectiveness of the operation of the Court and its Committees the review considered:

the role of the Court, its responsibilities and those of its Committees;

oversight, covering how the Court oversees risk, business ethics and corporate governance and the arrangements for reviewing the performance of Directors and senior managers;

the arrangements for and effectiveness of Court meetings;

the support and training for the Court;

Court composition, including the range of skills required, diversity, succession planning and effectiveness of the Chairman, Senior Independent Director and Committee Chairmen;

how the Court works together and its engagement with shareholders; and

outcomes and achievements including how the Court is perceived externally.

The ICSA report concluded that the Court's corporate governance policies and processes were of a high standard and that it had the appropriate skill sets amongst its members to be able to lead the future progress of the Bank.

The results, of the evaluation were presented, by the ICSA evaluator at a meeting of the Court for its review and consideration. Three recommendations, although not material to the effectiveness of the Court, were suggested as enhancements and accepted by the Court. The Court, taking account of the external evaluation report, concluded that it remains effective.

The annual individual Director performance evaluation involves the circulation of tailored questionnaires to Directors, one to one discussions between the Governor and each Director and presentation of the overall findings to the Court for consideration. The evaluation process seeks to establish whether each individual Director continues to make a valuable contribution to the deliberations of the Court, continues to be effective and demonstrates continuing commitment to the role.

As part of the overall performance evaluation process, each Director completes an assessment questionnaire and meets individually with the Senior Independent Director, to appraise the Governor's performance. The Senior Independent Director presents the results of these assessments to the Court for discussion, without the Governor being present. The Senior Independent Director then meets the Governor to present him with the Court's conclusions on his effectiveness. The Senior Independent Director also meets individual Directors on such other occasions as are deemed appropriate.

165


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Term of Appointment and Re-election of Directors

Non-executive Directors are normally appointed for an initial three year term, with an expectation of a further term of three years, assuming satisfactory performance. Only in exceptional circumstances would a non-executive Director serve any longer than two terms. In respect of executive Directors, no service contract exists between the Bank and any Director which provides for a notice period from the Group of greater than one year. None of the non-executive Directors has a contract of service with the Group.

It is Group practice that all Court Directors, with the exception of the Government nominated Directors, are subject to annual reelection by stockholders. During the year all Directors in situ retired at the Annual General Court held on 24 April 2013, with the exception of Tom Considine and Joe Walsh, who were nominated to the Court by the Minister for Finance. In the case of Tom Considine and Joe Walsh, the requirement to stand for election and regular re-election is dispensed with for as long as they remain Government Appointees in accordance with the Bye-Laws of the Bank.

In 2013 the following directors, being eligible, offered themselves for election and were elected: Archie Kane, Wilbur Ross Jr and Prem Watsa. The following directors, being eligible, offered themselves for re-election and were re-elected: Kent Atkinson, Richie Boucher, Pat Butler, Patrick Haren, Andrew Keating, Patrick Kennedy, Patrick Mulvihill and Patrick O'Sullivan. In addition Davida Marston was proposed by the Directors for election to the Court and was duly elected by stockholders.

Remuneration

The Remuneration Report, incorporating the responsibilities of the Group Remuneration Committee, is set out on pages 197 to 208.

The Group Remuneration Committee has appointed Deloitte as remuneration consultants. Deloitte have no other remuneration consultancy connection with the Group. However during the financial period Deloitte provided corporate recovery services, regulatory and risk focused advisory services and IT consulting services.

Directors' Loans

The Companies Acts, International Accounting Standard 24—Related Party Disclosures (IAS 24) and a condition imposed on the Bank's licence by the Central Bank of Ireland in August 2009 require the disclosure in the Annual Report of information on transactions between the Bank and its Directors and their connected persons. The amount of outstanding loans to Directors (and relevant loans to connected persons) is set out on pages 358 to 366.

A condition imposed on the Bank's licence by the Central Bank of Ireland in May 2010 requires the Bank to maintain a register of loans to Directors and relevant loans to their connected persons, which is updated quarterly and is available for inspection by stockholders on request for a period of one week following quarterly updates. The Group's process for ensuring compliance with the Central Bank of Ireland's Code of Practice on Lending to Related Parties (Related Party Lending Code) has been in place since 1 January 2011, and a Related Party Lending Committee of the Court is in place which is authorised to review and approve lending to Related Parties as more particularly defined in the Related Party Lending Code. The process was reviewed in 2013 to ensure compliance with the amended Related Party Lending Code issued by the Central Bank of Ireland effective 1 July 2013.

166


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Internal Controls

The Directors acknowledge their overall responsibility for the Group's systems of internal control and for reviewing their effectiveness. Such systems are designed to control, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss. Such losses could arise because of the nature of the Group's business in undertaking a wide range of financial services that inherently involves varying degrees of risk.

The Court has obligations as a non-US registrant under US securities laws and regulations, including the requirement to comply, where applicable, with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOx). The Group has put in place a comprehensive framework to document and test its internal control structures and procedures in line with the requirements of Section 404 of SOx, which requires, among other things, certification by management regarding the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. The Group's overall control systems include:

a clearly defined organisation structure with defined authority limits and reporting mechanisms to higher levels of management and to the Court, which support the maintenance of a strong control environment;

Court and Management Committees with responsibility for core policy areas;

a comprehensive set of policies and procedures relating to financial controls, asset and liability management (including interest rate, foreign currency and liquidity risk), operational risk and credit risk management (further details are given in the Risk Management Report on pages 74 to 156); such procedures include the annual preparation of detailed operational budgets for the following year and projections for subsequent years;

monthly reporting by business units which enables progress against business objectives to be monitored, trends to be evaluated and variances to be acted upon by the Court and relevant subsidiary Boards;

regular meetings, prior to each Court or relevant subsidiary Board, of the senior management teams, where the Executive Directors and other senior executives responsible for running the Group's businesses, amongst other matters, review performance and explore strategic and operational issues;

reconciliation of data, consolidated into the Group's financial statements, to the underlying financial systems. A review of the consolidated data is undertaken by management to ensure that the financial position and results of the Group are appropriately reflected, through compliance with approved accounting policies and the appropriate accounting for non-routine transactions; and

a Code of Conduct setting out the standards of behaviour expected of all Directors, officers and employees. This covers arrangements, should the need arise, for the independent investigation and follow up of any concerns raised by staff regarding matters of financial and non-financial reporting.

The Group operates a comprehensive internal control framework over financial reporting with documented procedures and guidelines to support the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. The main features are as follows:

a comprehensive set of accounting policies relating to the preparation of the annual and interim financial statements in line with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and as issued by the IASB;

a Group Internal Audit function with responsibility for review and assessment of the Group's internal control framework, to provide independent, reasonable, risk based assurance to management and the Group Audit Committee (GAC) on the design and operating effectiveness of the Group's internal control framework;

167


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

a SOx compliance framework incorporating the design and test of specific controls over key financial processes to confirm that the Group's SOx controls are appropriate to mitigate the financial reporting risks;

a robust control process is followed as part of interim and annual financial statements preparation, involving the appropriate level of management review and attestation of the significant account line items, and where judgements and estimates are made they are independently reviewed to ensure that they are reasonable and appropriate. This ensures that the consolidated financial information required for the interim and annual financial statements is presented fairly and disclosed appropriately;

the Annual Report, Form 20-F and Interim Report are also subject to detailed review and approval through a structured governance process involving senior and executive finance personnel;

summary and detailed papers are prepared for review and approval by the GAC covering all significant judgmental and technical accounting issues together with any significant presentation and disclosure matters; and

user access to the financial reporting system is restricted to those individuals that require it for their assigned roles and responsibilities.

The Directors confirm that the Court, through its Committees, has reviewed the effectiveness of the Group's systems of internal control for the year ended 31 December 2013. This review involved consideration of the reports of the internal audit and the risk management functions, (including operational risk, regulatory risk and compliance) and establishing that appropriate action is being taken by management to address issues highlighted. In addition, any reports of the external auditors which contain details of any material control issues identified arising from their work are reviewed by the GAC, if they arise. After each meeting of the GAC, its Chairman reports to the Court on all significant issues considered by the Committee and the minutes of meetings are circulated to all members of the Court.

Following the year ended 31 December 2013, the Court reviewed the GAC's conclusions in relation to the Group's systems of internal control and the appropriateness of the structures in place to manage and monitor them. This process involved a confirmation that a system of internal control in accordance with the Financial Reporting Council Guidance on Internal Control was in place throughout the year and up to the date of the signing of these financial statements. It also involved an assessment of the on-going process for the identification, evaluation and management of individual risks and of the roles of the various Committees and Group risk management functions and the extent to which various significant challenges facing the Group are understood and are being addressed.

Speak Up Policy

The Group has a Speak Up policy in place for all staff, which is in accordance with international practice and is compliant with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This policy is reviewed on an annual basis in line with the Group Code of Conduct policy.

The Speak Up policy gives an assurance that it is safe and acceptable to raise a concern about malpractice or potential wrongdoing and outlines how to speak up and raise a concern. The Court and Group Chief Executive are committed to this policy, which encourages staff to raise concerns openly and locally. Where this is not possible or the problem has not been resolved effectively at that level, there are clear alternative senior contacts within the Group to whom the concern may be addressed. If staff would prefer independent, confidential advice this is available from Public Concern at Work, an independent, not-for-profit organisation, through a free phone number and a dedicated email address. In the case of

168


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

concerns regarding fraudulent financial reporting, fraudulent accounting or irregularities in audit work, these can be passed directly to the Chairman of the Group Audit Committee, an independent non-executive Director, whose contact details are available from Public Concern at Work.

Group Audit Committee (GAC)

At 31 December 2013, the GAC comprised six non-executive Directors. On her appointment to the Court on 24 April 2013 Davida Marston, an independent non-executive Director, joined the GAC. The Court believes that the Group Audit Committee members' collective skills and recent and relevant financial experience enables them to discharge their responsibilities. Biographical details, including each member's background and experience, are set out on pages 187 to 196.

One of the key responsibilities of the GAC is to assist the Court in monitoring the integrity of the financial statements and to recommend to the Court that it believes that the Annual Report and Accounts taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for stockholders to assess the Group's performance, business model and strategy. To achieve this for the current reporting period, the GAC reviewed the Annual Report and considered whether the financial statements were consistent with the operating and financial reviews elsewhere in the Annual Report. The GAC also reviewed the governance and approval processes in place in the Group. These governance and assurance measures include the completion by management of disclosure checklists to ensure all required disclosures from applicable company law, listing requirements and accounting standards are included and the review of the draft Annual Report by the SOx Disclosure Committee. In considering if the Annual Report was fair, balanced and understandable the GAC also had regard to the significant issues relating to the financial statements that are more particularly set out below.

The GAC considered, inter alia the following key significant accounting issues in its review of the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013.

In addressing these issues, the GAC considered the appropriateness of management's judgements and estimates and, where appropriate, discussed those judgements and estimates with the external auditor.

Loan Impairment

The GAC considered the methodology for loan loss provisioning, including the specific trigger events which are considered as an indicator of impairment, as set out on pages 125 to 132. The GAC also discussed and challenged management's assumptions used in determining the overall level of impairments recognised in the financial year and the total impairment allowance at the year end with management noting the requirements of IAS 39 in respect of the timing of recognition of impairments (the incurred loss methodology) and the requirements of the Central Bank of Ireland.

The GAC focused on a number of critical assumptions such as the peak to trough assumption for Residential mortgages and the approach to valuing commercial property collateral.

The GAC reviewed management papers which considered arrears levels, forbearance measures and key assumptions and was satisfied that the level of loans classified as impaired at year end was consistent with the Group's methodology, and that the calculation and resulting provision recognised and disclosures were appropriate based on the requirements of IAS 39.

Deferred Tax Assets

The GAC considered the extent of deferred tax assets to be recognised in respect of unutilised tax losses, and in particular the projections for future taxable profits against which those losses may be utilised in the

169


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

future. In order for the Group to recognise these assets it must have convincing evidence of sufficient future taxable profits against which the losses can be utilised.

The projections for future taxable profits incorporate economic factors (e.g. inflation, unemployment level, interest rates etc.) and expected performance measures from each business unit within the bank (e.g. expected new business, expected costs, loan losses etc.). The Group engaged international risk consultants to assist in the preparation of impairment projections, involving an extensive review of projection models for loan loss provisions and challenge of key assumptions and scenarios.

The Group's projections incorporate the Group's 2013 Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), approved by the Court of Directors, as updated for any relevant information and changes in assumptions between the ICAAP submission date and 31 December 2013. The ICAAP projections are prepared for the purpose of the Group's assessment of its capital adequacy. They are subjected to considerable internal governance at a divisional and Group level and are reviewed in detail and approved by executive management and the Court.

Management's assessment of the projections determined that it was probable that there would be sufficient taxable profits in the future to recover the deferred tax asset arising from unused tax losses.

The GAC discussed with management its assessment of the recoverability of the deferred tax asset and the related disclosures. The GAC concluded that it was probable that there would be sufficient taxable profits in the future to recover the deferred tax asset arising from unused tax losses, and that the related disclosures were as required under IAS 12.

Going Concern

The GAC considered management's assessment of the appropriateness of preparing the financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2013 on a going concern basis. In making this assessment, matters considered include the Group's business, profitability forecasts (which incorporate the Group's 2013 ICAAP), funding and capital plans, under both base and plausible stress scenarios, together with a range of other factors such as the outlook for the Irish economy taking due account of the impact of fiscal realignment measures, the availability of collateral to access the Eurosystem, together with the likely evolution and impact of the eurozone crisis. The detailed considerations assessed by the GAC are set out in the Going Concern disclosure within the Accounting Policies on pages 222 and 223 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

On the basis of review performed and the discussions with management, the GAC was satisfied that there were no material uncertainties related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group's and Bank's ability to continue as a going concern over the period of assessment. This assessment, together with the Going Concern disclosure (as set out on pages 222 and 223), was subsequently proposed to the Court of Directors for assessment and approval by the Directors.

Retirement benefit obligations

The GAC considered management's key assumptions and judgements used in determining the actuarial values of the liabilities of each of the Group's sponsored defined benefit pension schemes under IAS 19 (Revised). Management considered advice from independent actuaries, Towers Watson, for the determination of actuarial assumptions including discount rates and inflation. The key assumptions proposed by management and considered by the GAC were the Irish and UK discount rates.

170


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

The GAC was satisfied that the discount rate and other significant assumptions are consistently applied and that the accounting for the Group's sponsored defined benefit pension schemes and related disclosures were in accordance with IAS 19 (Revised).

Further detail on the discount rate and other significant assumptions related to Retirement benefit obligations are set out in note 44 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Life assurance operations

The GAC considered management's key assumptions and judgements used in determining the value of in force business and insurance contract liabilities. The key assumptions in projecting future surpluses and other net cash flows attributable to the shareholder arising from business written were the risk discount rate, unit growth rate, realistic interest rate, lapse rates, mortality and expenses.

The GAC was satisfied that the significant assumptions are consistently applied and that the accounting for the Group's value of in force business and insurance contract liabilities is appropriate.

Further information on these significant items is set out in the Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements on pages 252 to 255.

In close liaison with the Court Risk Committee, which advises the Court on establishing the Group's risk appetite and setting standards for the Group's risk control framework, the GAC is responsible for the appropriateness and completeness of the system of internal control, reviews the manner and framework in which management ensures and monitors the adequacy of the nature, extent and effectiveness of internal control systems, including accounting control systems, and thereby maintains an effective system of internal control.

In addition the GAC has responsibility for:

assisting the Court in meeting obligations under relevant Stock Exchange listing rules and other applicable laws and regulations including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in the US;

monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group's Internal Audit function and its operations;

discharging the statutory responsibility of the Bank under Section 42 of the Companies (Auditing and Accounting) Act, 2003 and other statutes or regulations; and

overseeing compliance with Government requirements associated with their support for the Bank.

The GAC is also responsible for overseeing all matters relating to the relationship between the Group and its external auditor, including the external audit plan, terms of engagement, audit and non-audit fee budgets, interim findings and audit finding reports. The GAC also meets annually with the external auditors without management present.

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) have been appointed as sole auditors of the Group since 1990. The external auditors are required to rotate the audit engagement partner every five years. The Group is committed to ensuring the independence and objectivity of the external auditor and on an annual basis the GAC formally reviews the effectiveness, independence and performance of the external auditor. This process is supported by questionnaires completed by GAC members and relevant senior management personnel. The responses received in 2013 were collated and presented to the GAC for discussion. As a result of the review process conducted and the GAC's own interactions with the external auditors, no issues were identified. The GAC concluded that they remain satisfied with the performance of PwC as external auditor.

171


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

As an additional check on independence, the GAC also reviews the procedures and processes by which non-audit services, if any, are provided by the external auditors in order to ensure, among other things, that auditor objectivity and independence are not compromised. In this regard, a key procedural control requires that any engagement of the external auditors to provide non-audit services must be pre-approved by the GAC. The GAC monitors compliance with the Group policy on the provision of non-audit services and receives reports on the performance of such services. Further details of non-audit services provided during the year are set out in note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements 'Auditors' remuneration'.

The Group last put its external audit contract out to tender in 1990. The requirement of the UK Code to put the external audit contract out to tender at least every ten years and relevant guidance issued by the Financial Reporting Council were considered by the GAC, including the suggested transitional arrangement that the timing of tenders could be aligned with the cycle for rotating the audit engagement partner. As the current Group Audit Partner's rotation is not due to end until the completion of the audit of the 2014 Annual Report and Accounts, the GAC did not recommend an audit contract tender in 2013. This position and relevant EU regulatory developments in this regard will continue to be monitored by the GAC on behalf of the Group.

The GAC met eight times in 2013. Matters considered at scheduled meetings included:

year end, interim, and Form 20-F reporting, including the significant accounting issues detailed herein;

the governance and approval arrangements underlying the fair, balanced and understandable assessment;

the Group Impairment Policy;

Group Internal Audit reports and findings;

SOx Disclosure Committee findings and Corporate Controls review;

the External Auditor's audit plan and external audit findings;

the External Auditor's effectiveness, independence, audit fee and non-audit fee approval;

reports from Group Regulatory Compliance and Operational Risk;

the Group's Pillar 3 Disclosure Policy and disclosures; and

subsidiary audit committee minutes.

The GAC was provided with a technical training session on accounting and audit updates during the year.

Court Risk Committee

The Court Risk Committee (CRC) is established to monitor risk governance and to assist the Court in discharging its responsibilities in ensuring that risks are properly identified, reported, and assessed; that risks are properly controlled; and that strategy is informed by and aligned with the Group's risk appetite.

On 24 April 2013 Davida Marston was appointed to the Court and the CRC, increasing the membership of the CRC to six nonexecutive Directors. This position remained unchanged as at 31 December 2013. Biographical details, including each member's background and experience, are set out on pages 187 to 196. To ensure co-ordination with the work of the GAC, the Chairman of the GAC is a member of the CRC and the Chairman of the CRC is a member of the GAC. At least one member of the CRC is also a member of the Group Remuneration Committee to ensure remuneration decisions are informed from a risk

172


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

perspective. Membership, including balance, mix of skills and experience, is reviewed annually by the Group Nomination and Governance Committee.

The CRC makes recommendations to the Court on risk issues where the Court has reserved authority, maintains oversight of the Group's risk profile, including adherence to Group risk principles, policies and standards, and approves material risk policies within delegated discretion.

The CRC is responsible for reviewing and recommending the key risk statements, policies and frameworks that the Court has reserved authority to approve and has a strategic role in advising on the structure of the Risk Management Report in the Annual Report.

It maintains oversight of the Group's risk profile through review and consideration of the quarterly Court Risk Report and review and consideration of the minutes of the Group Risk Policy Committee.

The CRC approves the output of the annual risk identification process, thereby ensuring that risk is properly identified and assessed and that a framework is in place to ensure that risks are properly controlled and managed. Ten key risk types have been identified that the Group believes could have a material impact on earnings and ability to trade in the future. With the exception of credit, liquidity and market risks where the Court has reserved authority, the CRC is responsible for approving, where applicable, the key policies in relation to the Group's other identified material risks e.g. Group Operational Risk Policy, Group Model Risk Policy, Group Reputation Risk Policy.

It provides advice to the Group Remuneration Committee to inform remuneration decisions from a risk perspective, monitors the risk elements of any due diligence appraisal of any merger or acquisition activity, as required, and considers the findings of Group Internal Audit and Group Credit Review in respect of risk management.

The CRC met ten times in 2013, of which two meetings were unscheduled. Various risk specific training modules were also held during the year focusing on market risk management, credit processes and risk governance. In addition to the quarterly Court Risk Reports, Risk Appetite Statement, Group Risk Framework and Stress Testing Results, the CRC also considered, amongst other matters;

the Group ICAAP Report and supporting documents;

the Group Credit Policy (incorporating the Group Forbearance Policy) and the Group Country Risk Policy;

management's assessment of risk in the Group, including management's view on the likelihood of occurrence and the mitigants available;

the Group's asset quality. The results of this asset quality review were brought to the attention of the GAC in the context of its assessment of impairment provisions;

the review and challenge process, through which the CRC satisfied itself that appropriate processes and monitoring policies are in place to meet the requirements of the Risk Appetite Statement;

the quality of risk reporting;

regular updates on interactions with the Regulator in relation to risk related matters; and

minutes of risk committee meetings of material subsidiaries.

During 2013 the CRC also reviewed the terms of reference of the Group Risk Policy Committee (GRPC), and considered the findings of the GRPC annual review of effectiveness of its operations. On an on-going

173


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

basis the CRC reviews decisions of the GRPC through its minutes as presented to the CRC and receives reports from the committee chairman.

Group Risk Policy Committee (GRPC)

The GRPC is the most senior management risk committee and reports to the CRC. All items approved by the GRPC are notified to the CRC through the GRPC minutes. Membership comprises members of the Group Executive team and group-wide divisional and control function executives. The GRPC is responsible for managing all risk types across the Group, including monitoring and reviewing the Group's risk profile and compliance with risk appetite and other approved policy limits; approving risk policies and actions within discretion delegated from the CRC and making recommendations to the CRC on risk issues where the Court and the CRC has reserved authority. The GRPC in turn delegates specific responsibility for oversight of major classes of risk to specific committees that are accountable to it.

GRPC manages risk through review and consideration of the monthly and quarterly Court Risk Reports, consideration of reports and minutes of the GRPC appointed committees and through review and approval of business unit and sectoral loan portfolio reviews and credit policies. It also approves selected policies and actions within the boundary parameters of Risk Appetite limits and the policies approved by the Court and CRC, taking account of, as appropriate, capital and funding considerations (e.g. Group Derivatives Policy and the Group's Credit Concentration Risk Policy).

Group Investment Committee (GIC)

The GIC is responsible for evaluating all material investment, divestment and capital expenditure proposals, determining those within its authority and recommending those outside its authority to the Court for approval. It is also responsible for monitoring the implementation of such proposals and ensuring satisfactory delivery of expected benefits.

Relations with Stockholders

Communication with stockholders is given high priority. One of the responsibilities of the Governor is to ensure effective communication with stockholders and to ensure that Directors develop an understanding of the views of major investors. The Group seeks to provide through its Annual Report a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Group's performance and prospects. The Group uses its website (www.bankofireland.com) to provide stockholders and potential investors with recent and relevant financial information including annual reports, interim reports and Form 20-F filings. Copies of presentations to analysts and investors are also made available on the website, so that information is available to all stockholders. Annual and interim results presentations are webcast live so that all stockholders can receive the same information at the same time.

The Investor Relations section on the Group's website is updated with all stock exchange releases as they are made, presentations and press releases. It also contains dedicated investor relations contact details. The Group has an active and well developed Investor Relations programme, which involves regular meetings by Executive Directors, selected senior executives and the Head of Group Investor Relations with the Group's principal institutional stockholders, financial analysts and brokers. All meetings with stockholders are conducted in such a way as to ensure that price sensitive information is not divulged. A dedicated Debt Investor section of the Group website provides access to relevant information, including presentations, publications, bond tables and suitable treasury, capital and debt contacts within the Group.

Directors receive an investor relations update at all scheduled Board meetings. The content of this update is varied, based on recent investor activities, but can include market updates, equity investor interactions,

174


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

debt investor interactions, roadshow/meeting feedback and relevant analyst reports. All Directors are encouraged and facilitated to hear the views of investors and analysts at first hand. The Governor met with major stockholders to discuss governance and remuneration issues in early 2014 and the Court was updated on the outcome of these discussions.

The Governor and/or the Senior Independent Director are available to all stockholders if they have concerns that cannot be resolved through the normal channels.

The aim of the Court is to make constructive use of the Annual General Court (AGC) and all stockholders are encouraged to participate. Questions are invited from stockholders in advance of the AGC, and a dedicated email address is provided for this purpose. A substantial part of the agenda of the AGC is dedicated to responding to stockholder questions. A 'Help Desk' facility is provided by the Group's registrar to assist stockholders to resolve any specific queries that they may have in relation to their stockholding. The AGC was held on 24 April 2013 in the Burlington Hotel, Dublin 4 (2013 AGC). In line with the Group's policy to issue notice of the Annual General Court at least 20 working days before the meeting, notice of the 2013 AGC was circulated to stockholders on 19 March 2013. The Governor and the Chairs of the Group Audit Committee, Court Risk Committee, Group Nomination and Governance Committee and Group Remuneration Committee were in attendance to hear the views of stockholders and answer queries. It is usual for all Directors on the Court at the time of the AGC to attend; however Wilbur Ross and Prem Watsa were unavailable to attend the 2013 AGC due to separate personal issues. Their personal regrets were conveyed by the Governor to attendees at this meeting.

At the 2013 AGC separate resolutions were proposed on each substantially separate issue and voting was conducted by way of poll. The results of every general court of the Bank, including details of votes cast for, against and withheld on each resolution, are posted on the Group's website and released to the Irish, London and New York Stock Exchanges. As soon as the results of the 2013 AGC were calculated and verified, these were released to applicable exchanges, as set out above, and were made available on the Group's website.

The AGC of the Bank in 2014 is scheduled to be held on 25 April 2014. Shareholders who will be unable to attend on this date are encouraged to submit queries and vote in advance to ensure continued participation.

New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) Corporate Governance Requirements

As a company formed by Charter in Ireland, listed on the Irish and London Stock Exchanges and with an ADR listing on the NYSE, the Group's corporate governance practices reflect Irish law (including the provisions of the Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act, 2010), the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange and the UK Listing Authority, the Irish Code, the Irish Annex and the UK Code. As a non-US company listed on the NYSE, the Bank is permitted to follow these home country corporate governance practices in lieu of most of the corporate governance standards set out in Section 303A of the NYSE corporate governance standards (NYSE Rules), which domestic US companies must follow. However, the Bank is required to submit an executed Annual Written Affirmation to the NYSE confirming compliance with applicable NYSE Rules and must also disclose any significant differences between its corporate governance practices and the requirements of the NYSE Rules applicable to US companies.

Significant differences between the Group's practice and NYSE Rules arise in the following areas:

Board Committees:    Under NYSE Rules, listed companies must have a Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee and a Compensation Committee, both of which must be composed entirely of independent Directors. The Bank has a Nomination and Governance Committee and a Remuneration

175


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Committee, both of which are broadly similar in purpose and constitution to the Committees required by the NYSE Rules and whose terms of reference comply with the requirements of the Irish Code and the UK Code. As the Governor was independent on appointment, the UK Code permits him to chair the Group Nomination and Governance Committee and be a member of the Group Remuneration Committee. Joe Walsh, who is Chairman of the Group Remuneration Committee and a member of the Group Nomination and Governance Committee, was nominated by the Minister for Finance under the terms of the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme, 2008, and is not considered independent by reference to the terms of the Irish Code and the UK Code, but is considered independent of management in accordance with the criteria set out in the NYSE Rules. There are no enhanced independence standards for members of the Group Remuneration Committee under the Irish Code or UK Code. In accordance with the UK Code, the Bank discloses in its annual report whether remuneration consultants are appointed and includes a statement as to whether they have any other connection with the Group. It is Group practice to review the independence and objectivity of any remuneration consultants; however there are no specific independence criteria for remuneration committee advisors as would be the case for domestic US companies.

Under NYSE Rules, listed companies must have an Audit Committee comprised solely of independent non-executive Directors. The GAC is composed entirely of non-executive Directors who are independent in accordance with NYSE Rules. However the Bank follows the UK Code recommendations, rather than the NYSE Rules, regarding the responsibilities of the Audit Committee, although both are broadly comparable. Tom Considine, who is a member of the GAC was nominated by the Minister for Finance under the terms of the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme, 2008, and is not considered independent by reference to the terms of the Irish Code and the UK Code, but is considered independent of management in accordance with the criteria set out in the NYSE Rules.

Otherwise than as disclosed, the above-mentioned Committees are composed entirely of non-executive Directors whom the Board has determined to be independent by reference to the terms of the Irish Code and the UK Code.

Corporate Governance Guidelines:    The NYSE Rules require domestic US companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. There is no equivalent requirement or recommendation in the Irish Code or UK Code. The Bank complies with corporate governance and disclosure requirements set out in the Irish Code, the UK Code and the Irish Annex except as set out herein.

Independence:    The NYSE Rules contain different tests for determining whether a director is independent. The UK Code and Irish Code set out their own factors relevant for determining independence but the Board is permitted to classify a director as independent notwithstanding the existence of such relationships or circumstances provided it states its reasons. The independence of non-executive Directors is reviewed annually and the conclusions of the Court on independence are set out in this report.

176


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP
GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Attendance at scheduled and unscheduled meetings of the Court and its Committees during the year ended 31 December 2013

 
  Court
Scheduled
  Court
Unscheduled
  Group
Audit
Committee
Scheduled
  Group
Audit
Committee
Unscheduled
  Group
Nomination
and
Governance
Committee Scheduled
  Group
Nomination
and
Governance
Committee
Unscheduled
  Group
Remuneration
Committee
Scheduled
  Group
Remuneration
Committee
Unscheduled
  Court
Risk
Committee
Scheduled
  Court
Risk
Committee
Unscheduled
 
Name
  A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B   A   B  

Kent Atkinson

    12     12     3     2     8     8                                             8     8     2     2  

Richie Boucher

    12     12     3     3                                                                  

Pat Butler

    12     11     3     1                     5     5     1     1     1     1             8     8     2     2  

(Appointed to the Group Remuneration Committee 17 October 2013)

                                                                                                                         

Tom Considine

    12     12     3     3     8     8                                             8     8     2     2  

Patrick Haren

    12     12     3     3     8     8                             4     4                          

Archie Kane

    12     12     3     3                     5     5     1     1     4     3                          

Andrew Keating

    12     12     3     3                                                                  

Patrick Kennedy

    12     12     3     3                                     4     4             8     8     2     2  

Davida Marston

    7     7     3     2     5     4                                             5     4     1     1  

(Appointed 24 April 2013)

                                                                                                                         

Brad Martin

    5     5     2     2                                                                  

(Appointed 23 July 2013)

                                                                                                                         

Patrick Mulvihill

    12     12     3     3     8     8                                             8     8     2     2  

Patrick O'Sullivan

    12     10     3     3     8     8             5     4     1     1                                  

Wilbur L Ross Jr

    12     11     3     3                                                                  

Joe Walsh

    12     12     3     3                     5     5     1     1     4     4                          

Prem Wasta

    7     5     1     1                                                                  

(Retired 23 July 2013)

                                                                                                                         

Column A Indicates the number of meetings held during the period the Director was a member of the Court and / or the Committee and was eligible to attend.

Column B Indicates the number of meetings attended.

177


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

CHARTER AND BYE-LAWS

Objects and Registration Details

The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland (the "Bank") is a chartered corporation owing its legal existence to an Act of Irish Parliament of 1781/1782 (Bank of Ireland Act) and to a charter granted in 1783. The Bank is registered in Ireland with Companies Registration Office number C-1 and registered office at 40 Mespil Road, Dublin 4, Ireland (Tel: 00353 1 661 5933).

The Bank has registered a number of trading names including Bank of Ireland and Bank of Ireland Group. See note 57 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details of principal Group undertakings.

The Bank's objects and purposes were set out originally in the charter and have been subsequently amended by legislation and by resolutions passed by the Stockholders at General Court. The principal objects of the Bank are to carry on the business of banking and provision of all financial services.

Information required under the European Communities
(Takeover Bids (Directive 2004/25/EC)) Regulations 2006

As required by these Regulations, the information contained below represents the position at 31 December 2013.

Structure of the Bank's capital

The capital of the Bank is divided into ordinary stock, non-cumulative dollar preference stock, non-cumulative sterling preference stock, non-cumulative euro preference stock (which includes the 2009 Preference Stock), undesignated dollar, euro and sterling preference stock, collectively '2005 preference stock' and deferred stock.

At 31 December 2013, there was no non-cumulative dollar preference stock in issue. At 31 December 2013, there were in issue 1,876,090 units of non-cumulative sterling preference stock and 3,026,598 units of non-cumulative euro preference stock. As at December 2013, there was no units of 2005 preference stock in issue. As at 31 December 2013, there were 1,300,000,000 units of 2009 Preference Stock in issue. As at 31 December 2013, there were 91,980,594,628 units of deferred stock.

In November 2012, the High Court of Ireland approved a reduction in the Bank's stock premium account of €3.92 billion from €5.117 billion to €1.197 billion.

Further detail on the structure of the Bank's capital is set out in note 47 to the consolidated financial statements.

(i)    Rights and Obligations attaching to the classes of stock

Ordinary stock

Dividend rights

Under Irish law and under the Bye-Laws of the Bank, dividends are payable on the ordinary stock of the Bank only out of profits available for distribution. Holders of the ordinary stock of the Bank are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the stockholders in General Court, provided that the dividend cannot exceed the amount recommended by the Directors. The Bank may pay stockholders such interim dividends as appear to the Directors to be justified by the profits of the Bank. No dividend on the ordinary stock may be declared unless the dividend on the dollar preference stock, the sterling preference stock, the euro preference stock (including the 2009 Preference Stock) and the 2005 Preference Stock most

178


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

recently payable prior to the relevant General Court shall have been paid in cash. Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for twelve years from the date of its declaration may be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Bank.

Voting rights

Voting at any General Court is by a show of hands or by poll. On a show of hands, every stockholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote regardless of the number of units of stock held by him or her. On a poll, every stockholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every unit of ordinary stock of €0.05 each.

A poll may be demanded by the Chairman of the meeting or by at least nine members of the Bank present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on a poll. The necessary quorum for a General Court is ten persons present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote. All business is considered to be special business if it is transacted at an Extraordinary General Court as is all business transacted at an Annual General Court other than the declaration of a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, the balance sheet and reports of the Directors and Auditors, the election of Directors in the place of those retiring, the reappointment of the retiring Auditors, and the determination of the remuneration of the Auditors, all of which is deemed ordinary business. Special business is dealt with by way of an ordinary resolution save where a special resolution is expressly required by the Bye-Laws or the Companies Acts 1963 to 2013 in so far as they apply to the Bank from time to time (the Companies Acts). A special resolution must be passed by not less than three fourths of the votes cast by such members as being entitled so to do, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a General Court at which not less than twenty one days' notice specifying the intention to propose a resolution as a special resolution has been duly given.

Ordinary business is dealt with by way of an ordinary resolution which requires a simple majority of the votes cast by the members voting in person or by proxy at a General Court. Where an equal number of votes have been cast on any resolution the Chairman of the meeting is entitled to a second or casting vote. An Extraordinary General Court (other than an Extraordinary General Court called for the passing of a special resolution) may be called on fourteen days' notice in writing, at least, where: (i) the Bank offers the facility for stockholders to vote by electronic means accessible to all stockholders; and (ii) a special resolution reducing the period of notice to fourteen days has been passed at the immediately preceding Annual General Court or at an Extraordinary General Court held since the immediately preceding Annual General Court.

Liquidation rights

In the event of any surplus arising on the occasion of the liquidation of the Bank, the ordinary stockholders would be entitled to a share in that surplus pro rata to their holdings of ordinary stock.

Renominalisation of ordinary stock—deferred stock

The Bank's ordinary stock was renominalised by Stockholders to €0.05 at the Extraordinary General Court held on 11 July 2011. Refer to note 47 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the deferred stock created on the renominalisation.

The deferred stock created on the renominalisation has no voting or dividend rights and, on a return of capital on a winding up of the Bank, will have the right to receive the amount paid up thereon only after stockholders have received, in aggregate, any amounts paid up thereon plus €10 million per unit of €0.05 ordinary stock, the purpose of which is to ensure that the units of deferred stock have no economic value.

179


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

The deferred stock is not transferable at any time, other than with the prior written consent of the Directors. At the appropriate time, the Bank may redeem or repurchase the deferred stock, make an application to the High Court of Ireland for the deferred stock to be cancelled, or acquire or cancel or seek the surrender of the deferred stock (in each case for no consideration) using such other lawful means as the Directors may determine.

Preference stock

Any non-cumulative dollar preference stock issued will rank equivalently to the existing euro or sterling preference stock as regards entitlements to dividends.

The holders of non-cumulative sterling and euro preference stock are entitled to a fixed annual dividend, at the discretion of the Bank, in accordance with the terms and conditions relating to the issue of the particular class of preference stock. Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for twelve years from the date of its declaration may be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Bank.

The non-cumulative sterling preference stock and the non-cumulative euro preference stock rank pari passu inter se and the right to a fixed dividend is in priority to the dividend rights of ordinary stock in the capital of the Bank. On a winding-up or other return of capital by the Bank, the non-cumulative sterling preference stockholders and the non-cumulative euro preference stockholders are entitled to receive, out of the surplus assets available for distribution to the Bank's members, an amount equal to the amount paid up on their preference stock including any preference dividend outstanding at the date of the commencement of the winding-up or other return of capital. Otherwise the preference stockholders are not entitled to any further or other right of participation in the assets of the Bank.

Bye-Law 7 enables the Directors to issue and allot new preference stock (2005 Preference Stock) which can be either redeemable or nonredeemable, and can be denominated in dollars, in euro or in sterling. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors prior to their allotment, any preference stock issued under Bye-Law 7 will rank equivalently to the existing euro and sterling preference stock as regards entitlements to dividends. Bye-Law 7 permits the substitution of all of the outstanding preferred securities in the event of the occurrence of a trigger event.

A trigger event will occur when the capital adequacy requirements of the Central Bank of Ireland have been, or are expected to be, breached.

2009 Preference stock

On a winding up or other return of capital of the Bank, the repayment of paid up capital (inclusive of premium) on the 2009 Preference Stock ranks pari passu with repayment of paid up nominal value (excluding premium) of the ordinary stock. The 2009 Preference Stock ranks ahead of the Ordinary Stock as regards dividends and as regards the repayment of premium on Ordinary Stock on a winding up or other return of capital of the Bank and pari passu as regards dividends with other stock or securities constituting Core tier 1 capital of the Bank (other than Ordinary Stock and other than dividends to minority interests). The 2009 Preference Stock entitles the holders thereof to receive a non-cumulative cash dividend at a fixed rate of 10.25% per annum, payable annually in arrears on 20 February at the discretion of the Bank.

If a cash dividend is not paid by the Bank, the Bank shall issue units of Ordinary Stock to the holders of the 2009 Preference Stock to be settled on a day determined by the Bank, in its sole discretion, provided that this must occur no later than the day on which the Bank subsequently redeems or repurchases or pays a dividend on the 2009 Preference Stock or any class of capital stock. In such circumstances the Bank is precluded from paying dividends on Ordinary Stock until payment of dividends in cash on 2009 Preference Stock resumes. The Bank will also be precluded from paying any dividend on ordinary stock where the

180


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

payment of such a dividend would reduce the distributable reserves of the Bank to such an extent that the Bank would be unable to pay the next dividend due for payment on the 2009 Preference Stock.

(ii)   2011 Agreements

On 17 October 2011, the NPRFC sold a portion of its holding in the Bank to a group of significant institutional investors and fund managers ('Investors'), thereby reducing its holding in the ordinary stock of the Bank from 36% to 15.13% on that date.

In a Deed of Undertaking executed contemporaneously with that sale the Bank agreed, inter alia, that it would issue relevant securities only on a pre-emptive basis up to 29 July 2016, subject to certain specified exceptions, including any issue pursuant to existing or future authorities granted by Stockholders at an annual general court or an extraordinary general court to permit the Bank to issue relevant securities on a non pre-emptive basis.

The Bank has in a separate agreement also agreed to file at the request of the Investors one or more registration statements under the U.S. Securities Act to facilitate resale of their ordinary stock by the Investors under the U.S. Securities Act subject to customary exceptions and procedures.

(iii) 2013 Capital Package

On 9 December 2013, the Bank issued 2,230,769,231 units of ordinary stock (the Placing Stock) with nominal value of €0.05 each and used proceeds from the issuance of the Placing Stock to redeem 537,041,304 units of the 2009 Preference Stock held by the NPRFC. On 11 December 2013, the NPRFC sold its remaining 1,300,000,000 units of the 2009 Preference Stock to Baggot Securities Limited (Baggot), a special purchase company, which funded the purchase using the proceeds of the issuance of €1,300,000,000 of 10.24% perpetual non-cumulative notes to private investors. Baggot has irrevocably waived in favour of the Bank its right to receive any redemption monies in respect of the 2009 Preference Stock in excess of €1.00 per unit.

(iv)  Variation of class rights

The rights attached to the ordinary stock of the Bank may be varied or abrogated, either while the Bank is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up, with the sanction of a resolution passed at a class meeting of the holders of the ordinary stock. Similarly, the rights, privileges, limitations or restrictions attached to the 2009 Preference Stock may be varied, altered or abrogated, either while the Bank is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up, with the written consent of the holders of not less than 75% of such class of stock or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a class meeting at which the holders of 75% in nominal value of those in attendance vote in favour of the resolution.

(v)   Percentage of the Bank's capital represented by class of stock

The ordinary stock represents 62% of the authorised capital stock and 63% of the issued capital stock. The preference stock represents 7% of the authorised capital stock and 0.8% of the issued capital stock, of which the 2009 Preference Stock represents 0.5% and 0.5% respectively. The deferred stock represents 31% of the authorised capital stock and 36% of the issued capital stock.

Restrictions on the transfer of stock in the Bank

There are no restrictions imposed by the Bank on the transfer of stock, nor are there any requirements to obtain the approval of the Bank or other stockholders for a transfer of stock, save in certain limited

181


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

circumstances set out in the Bye-Laws. A copy of the Bye-Laws may be found on www.bankofireland.com or may be had on request from the Group Secretary.

Special rights with regards to the control of the Bank

There are no special rights with regard to control of the Bank.

Stock relating to an employee share scheme that carry rights with regards to the control of the Bank that are not directly exercisable directly by employees.

Details of shares relating to employees may be found in capital stock note 47 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Restrictions on voting rights

There are no unusual restrictions on voting rights.

Agreements between stockholders that are known to the Bank and may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or voting rights.

There are no arrangements between stockholders, known to the Bank, which may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or voting rights.

Rules of the Bank concerning the:

(a)   Appointment and replacement of directors,

With the exception of those Directors nominated by the Minister for Finance, all Directors nominated between Annual General Courts are submitted to stockholders for election at the first Annual General Court following their co-option. In accordance with the UK Code (adopted by the Irish Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange) all Directors other than those nominated by the Minister for Finance, retire by rotation every year and, if eligible, may offer themselves for re-election, subject to satisfactory performance evaluation. Directors nominated by the Minister for Finance are not subject to retirement by rotation but may not serve as a director of the Bank for a period longer than nine years after the date of his or her appointment. In proposing the election or re-election of any individual Director to the Annual General Court, the reasons why the Court believes that the individual should be elected or re-elected are provided in the Governor's Letter to stockholders.

(b)   Amendment of the Bank's Bye-Laws

The Bank's Bye-Laws may be amended by special resolution passed at an Annual General Court or Extraordinary General Court. An Annual General Court and a Court called for the passing of a special resolution shall be called on twenty one days' notice in writing at the least. Special resolutions must be approved by not less than 75% of the votes cast by stockholders entitled to vote in person or by proxy. No business may be transacted at any General Court unless a quorum of members is present at the time when the Court proceeds to business. Ten persons present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.

182


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Powers of the Bank's Directors, including powers in relation to issuing or buying back by the Bank of its stock

Under its Bye-Laws, the business of the Bank is managed by the Directors, who exercise all powers of the Bank as are not, by the Charter, the Bank of Ireland Act 1929 (as amended) or the Bye-Laws, required to be exercised by the Bank in General Court. The Directors may exercise all the borrowing powers of the Bank and may give security in connection therewith.

These borrowing powers may be amended or restricted only by the stockholders in General Court. The members of the Bank in General Court may at any time and from time to time by resolution enlarge the capital stock of the Bank by such amount as they think proper. The approval in writing of the Minister for Finance is required before any such resolution (a 'Capital Resolution') can be tabled at a General Court. Whenever the capital stock of the Bank is so enlarged, the Directors may, subject to various provisions of the Bye-Laws, issue stock to such amount not exceeding the amount of such enlargement as they think proper. All ordinary stock so issued shall rank in equal priority with existing ordinary stock.

Subject to provisions of the Companies Acts, to any rights conferred on any class of stock in the Bank and to the Bye-Laws, the Bank may purchase any of its stock of any class (including any redeemable stock) and may cancel any stock so purchased. The Bank may hold such stock as treasury stock, in accordance with Section 209 of the Companies Act, 1990 (the treasury stock) with liberty to reissue any such treasury stock on such terms and conditions and in such manner as the Directors may from time to time determine. The Bank shall not make market purchases of its own stock unless such purchases shall have been authorised by a special resolution passed by the members of the Bank at a General Court (a Section 215 Resolution).

The 2009 Preference Stock may be repurchased at the option of the Bank, in whole or in part, at a price per unit equal to the issue price of €1.00 provided that the consent of the Central Bank of Ireland to the repurchase of the 2009 Preference Stock is obtained. Rights to receive any repurchase monies in excess of €1.00 per unit have been irrevocably waived. The 2009 Preference Stock will not be capable of being repurchased if it would breach or cause a breach of the capital adequacy requirements of the Central Bank of Ireland. The 2009 Preference Stock may be repurchased from profits available for distribution or from the proceeds of any issue of stock or securities that constitute capital.

The Group announced on 4 December 2013, that save in certain circumstances (including changes in the regulatory capital treatment of 2009 Preference Stock or taxation events) it does not intend to redeem the 2009 Preference Stock prior to 1 January 2016. The Group has advised the Central Bank of Ireland that it is not the Group's intention to recognise the 2009 Preference Stock as CET1 capital after July 2016, unless the de-recognition of the 2009 Preference Stock would mean that an adequate capital buffer can not be maintained above applicable regulatory requirements.

Significant agreements to which the Bank is a party that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Bank following a bid and the effects of any such agreements.

Certain Group agreements may be altered or terminated upon a change of control of the Bank following a takeover. Those that may be deemed to be significant in terms of their potential impact on the business of the Group as a whole are the joint ventures between the Bank and Post Office Limited in the UK (in respect of foreign exchange and Post Office branded retail financial service products).

Agreements between the bank and its Directors or employees providing for compensation for loss of office or employment that occurs because of a bid.

There are no agreements between the Bank and its Executive Directors or employees providing for compensation for loss of office or employment (whether through resignation, purported redundancy or

183


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

otherwise) that occur because of a bid. There are however provisions for early maturity of employee stock schemes in the event of a change of control.

The service contracts for non-executive Directors do make provision for benefits on termination in the event of a bid.

Convening of General Courts

The Directors must convene an Annual General Court in addition to any other General Court held that year and not more than 15 months should elapse between the date of one Annual General Court and the following Annual General Court. The Directors may convene an Extraordinary General Court whenever they think fit. Stockholders entitled to vote on a poll at a General Court together holding at least one tenth of the nominal value of ordinary stock in issue can requisition an Extraordinary General Court. The Group's policy is to issue notice of the Annual General Court at least 20 working days' before the meeting. A General Court, other than an Annual General Court or a General Court called to pass a special resolution, may be convened by giving 14 clear days' notice in writing in accordance with the Bank's Bye-Laws. All General Courts must be held in Ireland. Attendance at General Courts is limited to Ordinary Stockholders of the Bank and validly appointed proxies. Preference stockholders are not entitled to attend General Court save in exceptional circumstances set out in the Bye-Laws.

Limitation on the Rights to Own Securities

Neither the Charter nor the Bye-Laws impose restrictions on the right of non-resident or foreign shareholders to own securities in the Group. See, however, 'Exchange Control and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders' on page 499 for restrictions imposed in the context of EU and UN sanctions.

Further Capital Calls

Bye-Laws 17 to 22 deal with the mechanisms that enable the Directors to make calls upon members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their stock. All of the issued ordinary and preference stock is fully paid up.

Disclosure of Stock Ownership

Under Irish company law, where a person acquires or disposes of an interest of 5% or more of shares in a public limited company they are obliged to notify that interest in writing to the company (the Bank is considered to be a public limited company for these purposes). In addition, where a person acquires or disposes of an interest of 3% or more of the voting rights attaching to shares in a listed entity they are obliged to notify the Central Bank of Ireland and the company of such interest. The Bank publishes details of notifications received in respect of the voting rights attaching to its stock via a regulatory information service in accordance with the requirements of the Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 2007 (as amended) and the Transparency Rules of the Central Bank of Ireland.

Any public limited company registered in Ireland can issue notice to persons requiring them to disclose the nature of their interest in shares in the company in accordance with the provisions of Irish company law. Shareholders holding at least 10% of the paid-up capital in a public limited company may also requisition the company to issue such notices (the Bank is considered to be a public limited company for these purposes).

Under Bye-Law 60 of the Bank, members of the Bank may be required by notice from the Directors, to declare by statutory declaration whether they are beneficially entitled to the Ordinary Stock of the Bank of which they are a registered holder and, if they are not the beneficial owner, to disclose details of the

184


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

persons in trust or on whose behalf the Ordinary Stock is held. The Bye-Laws provide that the Directors may issue a disenfranchisement notice to members in the event that they do not provide a declaration within the period prescribed within the Bye-Laws.

Employee Share Schemes, Long Term Incentive Plan and Executive Stock Option Schemes

Stockholders of the Bank have from time to time approved (and renewed) executive stock option schemes and more broadly based employee profit participation plans.

The Group Sharesave Scheme (1999), established under similar enabling legislation in both Ireland and the UK, enables participating employees, who enter into a savings related contract, to be granted an option to acquire units of ordinary stock on completion of that contract at a price related to the market price which prevailed at the time of the granting of the option. Eligible employees, whose remuneration is subject to Irish or UK income tax, may be awarded options over stock the exercise price of which may be set at a discount of up to 25% of the prevailing stock market price (20% in the UK). Participants must take out an approved savings contract and may contribute from €12 to €320 per month. The last offer under the Group's Sharesave Scheme was in 2007. No new options have been created since this offer and there are no outstanding options under this scheme.

The Long Term Incentive Plan (2004) is restricted to senior executive officers and focuses on the Group's Total Shareholder Return (TSR) relative to a group of leading European financial services businesses. The TSR takes into account both the Group's stock price performance and dividend payments to stockholders. The performance conditions for awards in 2006, 2007 and 2008 were not met and subsequently, all grants lapsed. There have been no further awards under the Group Long Term Incentive Plan since 2008.

The Group Executive Stock Option Scheme (2004) focuses on underlying earnings per share ('underlying EPS') growth. Under the scheme, executives may be granted options to purchase stock up to one time's salary each year. The performance conditions for awards in 2006, 2007 and 2008 were not met and subsequently, all related options lapsed. There have been no further awards under the Group Executive Stock Option Scheme since 2008.

The Group Staff Stock Issue Scheme (2006) was established under profit sharing legislation and approved by the Revenue Commissioners in Ireland. All Irish resident employees (including executive directors of the Bank and of participating companies) are eligible to participate in the scheme. As presently implemented the scheme allows the Group to make an award of free stock up to a maximum of 6% of the salary of eligible employees in any one year, up to a ceiling of €12,700. Subject to being held in trust for a period of three years, the stock is passed to the employee tax free and is thereby a very tax efficient mechanism for creating employee stock ownership. The amount of stock allocated by the directors reflects the Group's performance but cannot exceed 5% of the consolidated profits of the Group in any year. The Stock Incentive Plan (2003) approved by the Inland Revenue of the UK, makes similar provisions for employees of the Group or any participating company resident in the UK. There have been no awards under the Group Staff Stock Issue Scheme since 2008.

All of the above stock issue and stock option schemes are subject to a range of flow rate controls approved by the stockholders.

For further information on the stock option schemes refer to note 47 in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

185


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance

Irish company law permits companies to purchase and maintain insurance against directors' and officers' liability. The Bye-Laws of the Bank enable the Group to purchase such liability insurance and make it clear that directors are entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of any resolution concerning the purchase of such insurance.

Material Contracts

See note 56 to the 'Consolidated Financial Statements' for details of material transactions with the State.

Share Capital

See note 47 to the 'Consolidated Financial Statements' for details on Capital Stock.

186


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Directors and Senior Management

The strategic direction of the Group is provided by the Court of Directors (the "Court") which comprises executive and non-executive Directors. Management is delegated to certain officers and committees of the Court. The table below details, as at 21 March 2014 the roles held by members of the Court of Directors, the year in which they were appointed a Director and, in the case of executive Directors, the year of their appointment to their present position in brackets (if different to the year of appointment to the Court). The table below also details, as at 21 March 2014, the roles held by members of senior management and the year in which they were appointed as members of senior management.

Name
  Age   Position held   Year
appointed
 

Directors

       

 

       

Archie Kane

    61  

Governor

    2012  

Patrick O'Sullivan

    64  

Deputy Governor and Senior Independent Director, Non-Executive Director

    2009  

Richie Boucher

    55  

Group Chief Executive Officer (2009)

    2006  

Andrew Keating

    43  

Group Chief Financial Officer

    2012  

Kent Atkinson

    68  

Non-Executive Director

    2012  

Pat Butler

    53  

Non-Executive Director

    2011  

Tom Considine

    69  

Non-Executive Director

    2009  

Patrick Haren

    63  

Non-Executive Director

    2012  

Patrick Kennedy

    44  

Non-Executive Director

    2010  

Davida Marston

    60  

Non-Executive Director

    2013  

Brad Martin

    54  

Non-Executive Director

    2013  

Patrick Mulvihill

    51  

Non-Executive Director

    2011  

Wilbur L. Ross Jr

    76  

Non-Executive Director

    2012  

Joe Walsh

    70  

Non-Executive Director

    2009  

Executive Officers

   
 
 

 

   
 
 

Donal Collins

    54  

Head of Group Strategy Development

    2014  

Sean Crowe

    47  

Group Treasurer

    2014  

Des Crowley

    54  

Chief Executive—Retail UK

    2000  

Liam McLoughlin

    50  

Chief Executive—Retail Ireland

    2009  

Peter Morris

    57  

Chief Governance Risk Officer

    2010  

Vincent Mulvey

    53  

Chief Credit and Market Risk Officer

    2009  

Senan Murphy

    45  

Head of Group Manufacturing

    2012  

Helen Nolan

    56  

Group Secretary

    2009  

Julie Sharp

    48  

Head of Group Human Resources

    2010  

Michael Torpey

    54  

Chief Executive—Corporate and Treasury Division

    2013  

Archie Kane—Governor

Archie retired from Lloyds Banking Group plc in May 2011, where he was Group Executive Director—Insurance and Scotland. Prior to that, he held a number of senior and general management positions with Lloyds Banking Group plc and TSB Bank plc. He was Chairman of the Association of British Insurers. He is a former member of the UK Takeover Panel, the Financial Services Global Competitiveness Group, the

187


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Insurance Industry Working Group and HM Treasury and the Financial Services Advisory Board—Government of Scotland. He is a member of TheCityUK Advisory Council.

Archie has extensive experience of the financial services industry, having spent more than twenty five years in various senior commercial, strategic and operational roles in Lloyds Banking Group plc and TSB Bank plc. He is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in June 2012. Appointed Governor on 29 June 2012 (1.5 years). Date of expiration of current term of office is June 2015.

Patrick O'Sullivan—Deputy Governor and Senior Independent Director, Non-executive Director

From 2007 until 2009, Patrick was Vice Chairman of Zurich Financial Services Group where he had specific responsibility for its international businesses. He previously held roles at Zurich as Group Finance Director, CEO, General Insurance and Banking, of its UKISA division and CEO Eagle Star Insurance (London). Prior experience includes positions as Chief Operating Officer, Barclays DE Zoete Wedd Holdings (London); Managing Director, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (part of GE Capital) (London & New York); Executive Director, Goldman Sachs International (London) and General Manager, Bank of America Futures (London).

Patrick has extensive international financial services experience gained over a period of more than thirty five years through his positions with Zurich, Old Mutual plc, Man Group plc, Goldman Sachs, Bank of America, Barclays and Eagle Star. As a Fellow of Chartered Accountants Ireland and a former member of the International Accounting Standards Board Insurance Working Group on IFRS, he has particular insight into accounting standards and their application in the financial services industry.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in July 2009 (4.5 years). Date of expiration of current term of office is July 2015.

Other Principal Directorships:

Chairman of Old Mutual plc, Chairman of UK Government Shareholder Executive, Director of Equity Syndicate Management Limited and Executive Advisor to Aquiline Capital Partners LLC.

Executive Directors

Richie Boucher—Group Chief Executive Officer

Richie was appointed Group Chief Executive Officer in 2009. He joined the Group as Chief Executive, Corporate Banking in December 2003 from Royal Bank of Scotland. He was appointed Chief Executive, Retail Financial Services Ireland in January 2006. He is a past President of the Institute of Banking in Ireland (2008) and of the Irish Banking Federation (2006).

Richie has over thirty years' experience in all aspects of financial services. He has held a number of key senior management roles within the Bank of Ireland, Royal Bank of Scotland and Ulster Bank through which he has developed extensive leadership, strategy development, financial, people, operational and risk management skills. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Banking.

188


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in October 2006 (7.5 years) and appointed Group Chief Executive Officer in February 2009 (5 years).

Andrew Keating—Group Chief Financial Officer

Andrew joined the Group in 2004, prior to which he held a number of senior finance roles with Ulster Bank, having qualified as a Chartered Accountant with Arthur Andersen. Prior to his appointment as Group Chief Financial Officer, Andrew held the role of Director of Group Finance.

Andrew is an experienced financial services professional who has held a number of senior finance roles in Bank of Ireland and Ulster Bank. He has in-depth knowledge of financial reporting and related regulatory and governance requirements. He is a Fellow of Chartered Accountants Ireland.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in February 2012 (2 years).

Non-Executive Directors

Kent Atkinson

Kent was Group Finance Director of Lloyds TSB Group between 1994 and 2002. Prior to that, he held a number of senior executive appointments in Retail Banking with Lloyds, including Regional Executive Director for their South East region, and worked for twenty two years in South America and the Middle East with the Group.

In addition to his extensive commercial and financial executive experience in the financial services industry, Kent has significant experience as a non-executive Director across a range of international companies. He currently serves as Senior Independent Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of UK Asset Resolution Limited (which includes Bradford & Bingley plc and Northern Rock (Asset Management) plc). Previous board appointments include Coca-Cola HBC AG, Cookson Group plc, Gemalto N.V., Standard Life plc, Telent plc (formerly Marconi plc) and Millicom International Cellular S.A.

Kent has significant experience in governance, risk management and financial oversight, including in the capacity of Senior Independent Director, Chair of Audit Committee of a number of entities, and as a member of Risk, Strategy and M&A, Remuneration and Nomination Committees.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in January 2012 (2 years). Date of expiration of current term of office is January 2015.

Other Principal Directorships:

Member of the Board of UK Asset Resolution Limited (which includes Bradford & Bingley plc and Northern Rock (Asset Management) plc), where he is the Senior Independent Director, Chairman of the Audit Committee and a member of the Risk Committee.

189


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Pat Butler

Pat is a partner of The Resolution Group, a financial services investment firm. Prior to this he spent twenty five years with McKinsey & Co., where he was a senior director and led the firm's UK Financial Services Practice and its EMEA Retail Banking Practice. At McKinsey & Co., he advised banks, insurance companies and asset managers in the UK, US, Australia, South Africa, Middle East and several European countries, as well as a range of companies outside financial services, on issues of strategy, operations, performance improvement and organisation.

Pat has considerable strategic experience in a broad range of industries with an international profile, and an in-depth strategic and operational knowledge of the European and International Banking sector in particular. He is a Fellow of Chartered Accountants Ireland.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in December 2011 (2 years). Date of Expiration of current term of office is December 2014.

Other Principal Directorships:

Chairman of the Investment Committee of Britain's Business Bank. Governor of the British Film Institute.

Tom Considine

Tom is a former Secretary General of the Department of Finance and a former member of the Advisory Committee of the National Treasury Management Agency. He was also formerly a board member of the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority of Ireland and a former member of the Council of the Economic & Social Research Institute.

Tom was nominated as a Director of the Bank by the Minister for Finance under the terms of the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Act, 2008 and is not required to stand for election or regular re-election by stockholders. Apart from the information available in the public domain at the time of nomination, a description of the skills and expertise brought to the Board by this appointment was not provided by the Government. However, the Court notes the value and benefit gained from Tom's membership of the Court and its Committees through his judgement and quality of contribution.

Tom has extensive experience in the public service, including at the most senior level in the Department of Finance and representing Ireland at European Union level. He has experience in finance at a strategic level, financial regulation, fiscal policy and risk management. As a former Secretary General of the Department of Finance and board member of the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority, he has broad experience of the wider macroeconomic environment and related policy issues. He is a Fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in January 2009 (5 years).

Other Principal Directorships:

President of the Institute of Public Administration.

190


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Patrick Haren

Patrick is a former CEO of the Viridian Group, having joined Northern Ireland Electricity (NIE) in 1992 as Chief Executive. He previously worked with the ESB, including as Director—New Business Investment and also served as a board member of Invest Northern Ireland for a number of years.

Patrick is an experienced Chief Executive Officer who has gained extensive strategic, corporate development and transactional experience, having led the privatisation of NIE by IPO in 1993 and grown the business under the new holding company Viridian through 2000 to 2007, positioning the company as the market leader in independent electricity generation and supply in competitive markets in Ireland, North and South. Patrick was appointed to the board of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc in June 2012.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in January 2012 (2 years). Date of Expiration of current term of office is January 2015.

Patrick Kennedy

Patrick is Chief Executive of Paddy Power plc since 2006. He has served as an Executive Director of Paddy Power plc since 2005 and a non-executive Director since 2004, during which time he served as Chairman of the Audit Committee. He has been a member of the Risk Committee of Paddy Power plc since 2006. Prior to joining Paddy Power plc, Patrick worked at Greencore Group plc for seven years where he was Chief Financial Officer and also held a number of senior strategic and corporate development roles. Patrick also worked with KPMG Corporate Finance in Ireland and the Netherlands and as a strategy consultant with McKinsey & Company in London, Dublin and Amsterdam.

As an experienced Chief Executive Officer and Finance Director, Patrick brings to the Board a background in international business, management, finance, corporate transactions, strategic development and risk management through his involvement in Paddy Power plc, Elan Corporation plc (where he was Chairman of the Leadership, Development and Compensation Committee and a member of the Transaction Committee), Greencore Group plc and McKinsey & Company. He is a Fellow of Chartered Accountants Ireland.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in July 2010 (3.5 years). Date of expiration of current term of office is July 2016.

Other Principal Directorships:

Chief Executive of Paddy Power plc.

Davida Marston

Davida is a non-executive Director of Liberbank S.A. and Mears Group plc (UK), where she chairs the Audit Committee. She is a former director of a number of companies, including CIT Bank Limited, ACE European Group Limited and Europe Arab Bank plc. She was a member of the UK senior management team of Citigroup's UK Corporate Bank (1990-2003), which included a period as Regional Head UK and Ireland for the Banks and Securities business, and a senior manager at Bank of Montreal (1981-1990).

191


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Davida has considerable financial services experience, both as an executive and non-executive Director and as Chair of Audit and Risk Committees in financial services companies. She has extensive non-executive experience with banking, life assurance and non-financial services companies.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in April 2013 (1 year). Date of expiration of current term of office is April 2016.

Other Principal Directorships:

Non-executive Director of Liberbank S.A. and non-executive Director and Chair of Audit Committee of Mears Group plc.

Brad Martin

Brad is Vice President, Strategic Investments, Fairfax Financial Holdings Limited, a publicly traded financial services holding company which, through its subsidiaries, is engaged in property and casualty insurance and reinsurance and investment management. Brad gained 11 years' experience with the Canadian Law Firm, Torys LLP, including a year on secondment to the Ontario Securities Commission, becoming a Partner in the firm in 1995. He has worked in a variety of senior roles in the Fairfax Financial Group and served on the boards of a number of companies in which Fairfax is a significant investor. He is the Chairman of Ridley Inc. and Resolute Forest Products Inc. and serves as a Director of HUB International Limited. Previous Board appointments include Odyssey Re Group Limited, Northbridge Financial Corporation, The Brick Limited and Chairman of Imvescor Restaurant Group Inc.

Brad is a highly qualified lawyer with strong experience in a legal professional firm and in-house with Fairfax Financial Holdings Limited. He has particular skills in the areas of corporate strategy, operations management, acquisitions, restructures, corporate finance, legal and corporate governance and people management.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in July 2013 (0.5 year). Date of expiration of current term of office is July 2016.

Other Principal Directorships:

Director of Fairfax, Inc., Chairman of Ridley Inc. and Resolute Forest Products Inc., Director of HUB International Limited, Cunningham Lindsey Group Limited, Blue Ant Media.

Patrick Mulvihill

Patrick spent much of his career at Goldman Sachs, retiring in 2006 as Global Head of Operations covering all aspects of Capital Markets Operations, Asset Management Operations and Payment Operations. He previously held the roles of Co-Controller, Co-Head of Global Controller's Department, covering financial/management reporting, regulatory reporting, product accounting and payment services. He was also a member of the firm's Risk, Finance and Credit Policy Committees.

Patrick has over twenty years' experience of international financial services and has held a number of senior management roles based in London and New York with Goldman Sachs. As a result, he has an in-depth knowledge of financial and management reporting, regulatory compliance, operational, risk and credit matters within a significant financial institution with an international focus. Patrick is a Fellow of Chartered Accountants Ireland.

192


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in December 2011 (2 years). Date of expiration of current term of office is December 2014.

Wilbur L Ross Jr

Wilbur is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of WL Ross & Co., LLC which he established in 2000. He previously served as Executive Managing Director of Rothschild Inc.

Wilbur has significant international experience gained through his investment activities and serving on the boards of a number of companies operating over a range of industries. He has considerable commercial and restructuring experience having assisted in restructuring more than $300 billion of corporate liabilities.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in June 2012 (1.5 years). Date of expiration of current term of office is June 2015.

Other Principal Directorships:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of WL Ross & Co., LLC. Chairman of Invesco Private Capital, Inc. Chairman of Plascar Participacoes Industriais S.A., Diamond S. Shipping, International Textile Group, Inc. and the Brooking Economic Studies Council. Non-executive Director of BankUnited, Inc., ArcelorMittal, Sun Bancorp, Inc., Assured Guaranty Ltd., EXCO Resources, Inc. and Navigator Holdings Ltd.

Joe Walsh

Joe served as Minister for Agriculture from 1992 to 1994 and from 1997 to 2004, having previously served as Minister for Food from 1987. He retired from the Cabinet in September 2004.

Joe was nominated as a Director of the Bank by the Minister for Finance under the terms of the Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Act, 2008 and is not required to stand for election or regular re-election by stockholders. Apart from the information available in the public domain at the time of nomination, a description of the skills and expertise brought to the Board by this appointment was not provided by the Government. However, the Court notes the value and benefit gained from Joe's membership of the Court and its Committees through his judgement and quality of contribution.

Joe has significant public service experience at local and European Union level, having served as both Minister for Agriculture and Minister for Food and having chaired the E.U. Council of Agriculture Ministers. These leadership roles provided experience at a strategic level and a deep understanding of the wider macroeconomic, political and regulatory environment. He is a Certified Bank Director with the Institute of Banking.

Term of Office:

Appointed to the Court in January 2009 (5 years).

Other Principal Directorships:

Chairman of Cork Racecourse (Mallow) Limited, the Irish Horse Board and the Irish Hunger Task Force. Director of SouthWestern Business Process Services Limited, HRI Racecourses Limited, Clonakilty Sports Association Limited and Cilcoone Limited.

193


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Executive Officers

Donal Collins—Head of Group Strategy Development

Donal joined Bank Of Ireland Group in 1999 and became a member of the Group Executive Committee in 2014. He has held a number of senior management positions including Director, Corporate Banking, Head of Group Projects and Head of Group Strategy Development. Prior to joining the Group Donal worked for KBC Bank in a range of international senior management roles in aerospace, infrastructure and asset financing and KPMG Ireland as Director, Taxation. Donal is a graduate of University College Dublin, holding a Bachelor of Commerce Degree and Diploma in Professional Accounting. He is a Fellow of Chartered Accountants Ireland and an Associate of the Irish Institute of Taxation. He also holds an MBA from the Open University.

Sean Crowe—Group Treasurer

Sean joined Bank of Ireland Group in 1993 and has worked as Head of Trading for Global Markets and Managing Director for Fixed Income, Property and Alternative Product for Bank of Ireland Asset Management. He was appointed as Group Treasurer in November 2008 and as a member of the Group Executive Committee in 2014. Before joining the Group, he worked as a Senior Fund Manager with Eagle Star Investment Managers. Sean is a graduate of the University of Limerick and is a member of the CFA Institute.

Desmond E Crowley—Chief Executive—Retail UK

Des joined Bank of Ireland Group in 1988 and became a member of the Group Executive Committee in 2000, on being appointed Chief Executive of Retail Banking and Distribution. In 2004, he was appointed Chief Executive, Retail Financial Services and Chief Executive, UK Financial Services in 2006. Appointed Director of the Bank in October 2006 until his retirement from this position in June 2011. Des was appointed Chief Executive Officer- Retail (Ireland & UK) in 2009 and Chief Executive- Retail UK and Chief Executive Officer of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc in 2012. He is a Director of First Rate Exchange Services Limited, the Group's joint venture with UK Post Office, and a Director of New Ireland Assurance Company plc. Prior to joining Bank of Ireland Group, Des worked with Arthur Andersen & Co. He is a graduate of Trinity College Dublin, holding a BA (Mod) degree and is a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.

Liam McLoughlin—Chief Executive—Retail Ireland

Liam joined Bank of Ireland Group in 2004 and has held a number of senior management positions, including Chief Operating Officer—Corporate Banking, and Divisional Finance Officer—Capital Markets Division. In July 2007, he was appointed Director of Group Finance. In July 2009, he was appointed Head of Group Manufacturing responsible for operations and technology Group-wide. He is a Director of New Ireland Assurance Company plc and of Bank of Ireland Mortgage Bank. In February 2012, Liam was appointed Chief Executive—Retail Ireland. Liam is a former President of the Institute of Banking. Before joining Bank of Ireland Group, Liam held a number of senior finance roles at Ulster Bank Group and, prior to that, he was financial controller for the National Treasury Management Agency. Liam is a graduate of University College Dublin, holding a Bachelor of Commerce degree. He is a Fellow of Chartered Accountants Ireland.

194


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Peter Morris—Chief Governance Risk Officer

Peter joined Bank of Ireland Group in 1974 and started his career in Branch Banking before he moved to Corporate Banking. He has held a number of senior management positions and has worked in the Group's international locations. Peter was Group Chief Internal Auditor and prior to that he held the position of Risk Director, UKFS where he was involved in building and strengthening the Group's relationship with the Financial Services Authority. Peter was appointed Chief Governance Risk Officer and a member of the Group Executive Committee in 2010. Peter is a qualified Certified Public Accountant (CPA) and a member of the Institute of Banking.

Vincent Mulvey—Chief Credit and Market Risk Officer

Vincent joined Bank of Ireland Group in 1979 and has held a number of senior management positions including Head of Group Credit. Prior to that, he managed a number of Corporate loan portfolios. Vincent started his banking career within the Group's Retail division where he worked in a number of locations. Vincent was appointed Chief Credit and Market Risk Officer and a member of the Group Executive Committee in May 2009. He is responsible for the development and execution of Credit & Market risk strategy. He is a graduate of University College Galway holding a Bachelor of Commerce Degree. Vincent is also a Fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) and a Fellow of the Institute of Banking.

Senan Murphy—Head of Group Manufacturing

Senan joined Bank of Ireland Group as Head of Group Manufacturing in 2012 and is responsible for Group-wide operations and technology. In addition, he was appointed Director of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc in June 2012. A chartered accountant, Senan was most recently Chief Operating Officer and Finance Director at Ulster Bank and was Chief Financial Officer of Airtricity, whose sale to Scottish and Southern Energy he led in 2007. Before that, Senan worked in a number of senior roles in General Electric in both the US and Europe. Senan is a graduate of University College Dublin, holding a Bachelor of Commerce degree and is a Fellow of Chartered Accountants Ireland.

Helen Nolan—Group Secretary

Helen joined Bank of Ireland Group in 1992 and has held senior finance positions in the Retail Division, the Bancassurance business and in the UK. Helen was Divisional Finance Officer for the Capital Markets Division and was appointed Head of Group Internal Audit in 2003. Helen was appointed Group Secretary in July 2009. Prior to joining Bank of Ireland Group, Helen worked with Lloyds Abbey Life (Ireland), Warner Lambert Pharmaceuticals (Ireland) and KPMG. Helen is a Fellow of Chartered Accountants Ireland.

Julie Sharp—Head of Group Human Resources

Julie joined Bank of Ireland Group in 2010 as Head of Group Human Resources. Prior to joining Bank of Ireland Group, Julie held a number of senior management positions with ING ranging from Regional HR Director Asia Pacific for ING Investment Management, based in Australia to Regional Head of HR and Management Board member, ING Asia Pacific based in Hong Kong. Prior to ING, Julie worked in senior HR Director roles with Arthur Anderson, Citibank and John Fairfax Media. Julie holds an MBA in International Business Management from Charles Sturt University, having previously graduated from the University of New South Wales with a Bachelor of Science, majoring in Psychology.

195


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Michael Torpey—Chief Executive—Corporate and Treasury Division

Michael Torpey joined Bank of Ireland Group in 2013 as Chief Executive, Corporate and Treasury Division. Prior to joining Bank of Ireland Group, Michael worked with the Irish Department of Finance and the National Treasury Management Agency. He played a central role on behalf of the State in the recapitalisation and restructuring of the Irish banking system, including the management of the State's shareholding and other interests in the banks. Michael also held senior positions in a number of banks including Group Treasurer for Irish Life & Permanent plc, Finance Director of Ulster Bank Group and Finance Director of First Active plc. He has completed the Harvard Business School Advanced Management Programme and holds a BA in Economics from University College Dublin.

The information below is as at 21 March 2014

 
   
Deputy Governor and Senior Independent Director
Patrick O'Sullivan

Group Audit Committee (GAC)
Kent Atkinson (Chairman)
Tom Considine
Patrick Haren
Davida Marston
Patrick Mulvihill
Patrick O'Sullivan

Group Remuneration Committee (REM COM)
Joe Walsh (Chairman)
Pat Butler
Patrick Haren
Archie Kane
Patrick Kennedy

Group Nomination and Governance Committee (N&G)
Archie Kane (Chairman)
Pat Butler
Patrick O'Sullivan
Joe Walsh

Court Risk Committee (CRC)
Tom Considine (Chairman)
Kent Atkinson
Pat Butler
Patrick Kennedy
Davida Marston
Patrick Mulvihill
  Group Risk Policy Committee
Vincent Mulvey (Chairman)
Richie Boucher (Court Member)
Sean Crowe
Des Crowley
Andrew Keating (Court Member)
Liam McLoughlin
Peter Morris
Senan Murphy
Declan Murray
Helen Nolan
Mick Sweeney
Michael Torpey

Group Investment Committee
Richie Boucher (Chairman and Court Member)
Donal Collins (Secretary)
Des Crowley
Andrew Keating (Court Member)
Liam McLoughlin
Peter Morris
Vincent Mulvey
Senan Murphy
Helen Nolan
Julie Sharp

Terms of Office of the Directors

See pages 489 and 490, in 'Additional Information' .

196


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

REMUNERATION REPORT

The Bank of Ireland Group's objective of attracting, retaining and motivating high calibre people is deemed fundamental to the achievement of our goals and objectives. We want to ensure we have the right people in the right roles and we recognise the importance that our shareholders place in the management of our remuneration strategy. To reflect this, we operate strong governance across the organisation on the management of remuneration.

Governance Structures

The Group Remuneration Committee holds delegated responsibility for the oversight of Group-wide remuneration policy with specific reference to the Governor, Directors and senior executives across the Group, and those employees whose activities have a material impact on the Group's risk profile.

It is the Group Remuneration Committee's responsibility to consider, agree and approve a remuneration strategy that supports the Group's objectives of long term sustainability and success, sound and responsible risk management and good corporate governance.

The remuneration of Non-Executive Directors is determined and approved by the Court. Neither the Governor nor any Director participates in decisions relating to their own personal remuneration.

During 2013 independent remuneration advice was received by the Bank from a number of external advisers on a range of issues relating to remuneration including career framework, mobility and performance management.

The Group Remuneration Committee met throughout 2013 and discussed the following key topics:

Group Remuneration Committee's Terms of Reference.

Group Remuneration Policy.

The Governor's remuneration and expenses.

Performance Reviews for the Group CEO and the Group Executive Committee.

Remuneration of the Heads of Key Risk Control Functions.

Group European Banking Authority (EBA) coded role list.

Review of defined benefit pension schemes.

Group risk profile and implications of remuneration policies for risk and risk management.

Remuneration Review of Covered Institutions, Mercer Report on behalf of the Department of Finance.

European Banking Authority Remuneration Guidelines

EBA Guidelines on Remuneration were published on 10 December 2010 and came into effect from 1 January 2011. They were enacted into Irish Law in January 2011. The objective of these guidelines is to ensure that an institution's remuneration policies and practices are consistent with and promote sound and effective risk management. They apply to all institutions which are currently covered by the Capital Requirements Directive including the Bank of Ireland Group.

197


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

During 2013, the Group continued to apply the Guidelines to the performance and reward structures across the Group with the key areas of focus as follows:

Disclosure

The Group in 2013 complied with its annual requirements to provide disclosures relating to:

Remuneration at Bank of Ireland

Decision-making processes for remuneration policy

Code staff

Remuneration restrictions

Link between pay and performance

Group Remuneration Strategy

Remuneration Expenditure

These disclosures were made as part of the Group's 2012 Pillar 3 disclosure in March 2013 which is available on the Group's website. The Group's 2013 Pillar 3 disclosures will be made during 2014.

As a significant institution in an Irish banking context, the Group is required to submit additional disclosures under the EBA Remuneration data collection exercises. The Group continued to comply with its annual reporting requirements in 2013, submitting the following reports to the Central Bank of Ireland (the Central Bank):

2012 European Benchmarking exercise; and

2012 High Earners (those earning €1 million and above) report.

Alignment of performance and reward with risk

The Group's Risk Appetite Statement as set out on page 85 forms an integral element of remuneration structures, practices and frameworks. The Group's Risk Appetite Statement has been cascaded, as appropriate, throughout the Group.

Involvement of Risk Function

The Chief Credit and Market Risk Officer attended the Group Remuneration Committee in 2013 to report on the Group's risk profile so that the Committee could consider the implications of remuneration policies for risk management within the Group.

Code Staff

In accordance with the Guidelines, the Group maintains a list of those employees deemed as being persons whose professional activities on behalf of the Group are deemed to have a material impact on the Group's risk profile.

Remuneration Restrictions

The Group is currently operating under a number of remuneration restrictions which cover all directors, senior executives, employees and service providers across the Group. In addition, variable incentive payments over a certain level which may be made to employees based in Ireland are currently subject to an

198


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

additional tax charge. The remuneration restrictions were contained within the 'Subscription Agreement' with the Irish Government (March 2009) and subsequently in the 'Minister's Letter' (July 2011), under which the Group gave a number of commitments and undertakings to the Minister for Finance in respect of remuneration practices. The Group's obligation to comply with the remuneration restrictions contained within the Subscription Agreement ceased to apply once the State no longer held preference shares in the Group. However, these remuneration restrictions continue in force pursuant to the terms of the Minister's Letter. The Minister's Letter was a further condition of the Transaction and Underwriting Agreement entered into with the Irish Government (July 2011) during the 2011 Recapitalisation of the Group.

The Group considers itself to be in compliance with these remuneration restrictions.

Attraction, Motivation and Retention

The Group's success depends in part on the availability of skilled management and the continued services of key members of its management team, both at its head office and at each of its business units.

If the Group fails to attract and appropriately train, motivate and retain highly skilled and qualified people, its businesses may be negatively impacted. Restrictions imposed on remuneration by Government, tax or regulatory authorities or other factors outside the Group's control in relation to the retention and recruitment of key executives and other skilled and qualified people may adversely impact on the Group's ability to attract and retain such staff.

Group Remuneration Strategy

The Group's Remuneration Strategy, which aims to support the Group's objectives of long term sustainability and success, sound and responsible risk management and good corporate governance, was reviewed in 2013. The application of this strategy is done in consideration of and in alignment with the Group's Risk Appetite Statement.

In addition the strategy seeks to ensure that:

our efforts are aligned with, and contribute to, the long term sustainability, value creation and success of the Group

where possible, we have the necessary platform to attract, retain and motivate high calibre employees

where possible, we offer a competitive remuneration package across all markets, in a cost effective manner

remuneration practices are simple, transparent, easy to understand and implement

sound and effective risk management is reflected in performance management and remuneration structures and their alignment to performance targets and governance structures

remuneration is applied in consideration of and in alignment with the Group's Risk Strategy and Appetite Statement and overall risk governance framework

risk adjusted financial performance is an important measure when evaluating performance

business and individual performance measures and targets are aligned with business objectives at either a Group or local business level, ensuring alignment with business strategy, risk measures and priorities and is based on a balanced scorecard approach

all remuneration practices are subject to appropriate governance

199


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

we are compliant with all applicable regulatory remuneration requirements as they relate to the Group

remuneration policies, process, procedures, systems and controls support the fair treatment of customers and mitigate the potential for conflict between commercial and customer interests.

These design features support all remuneration practices across the Group, being applied proportionately depending on the nature, scale and complexity of the particular business area.

Performance Management

A robust performance management system and process, incorporating performance planning and review, remains critical and is a key pillar of the Group's compliance with the EBA guidelines (the 'guidelines').

The performance management system allows the Group to align individual, business unit and divisional performance to the Group's strategic objectives through an ongoing dialogue between managers and their direct team members ensuring a strong alignment to risk.

Managers and executives have mandatory risk goals which reflect the nature of their role and their seniority within the Group and have an appropriate weighting attached to them.

The Balanced Scorecard and Key Result Areas ('KRAs')

The Balanced Scorecard approach incorporated within the Group's Performance Planning and Review Process is consistent with the Guidelines. It ensures that:

all key deliverables and accountabilities of a role are taken into account when performance is assessed. For example, financial results, risk management, impact on customers, leadership and development of people, regulatory and compliance requirements;

a comprehensive view of an individual's performance is taken, rather than focusing on one or two key areas to the detriment of others; and

organisational performance is continually enhanced by measuring both results and behaviours.

The Balanced Scorecard contains four Key Result Areas (KRAs), each with a minimum weighting of 10%, that apply to all executive and manager roles in the Group:

Customer KRA

Leadership and People Development KRA

Financial/Revenue/Cost/Efficiency KRA

Risk KRA (covers all areas of Risk including Credit, Regulatory and Operational Risk).

Goals set within these KRAs are linked to overall Divisional and Group Strategy, support the achievement of business unit objectives and are aligned to the Group's Risk Appetite Statement.

The KRAs are agreed between the manager/executive and his/her line manager at the beginning of the performance cycle. Regular informal reviews take place at times during the performance cycle. A formal end of year review occurs at the end of the performance cycle.

Remuneration packages for Executive Directors

There were no changes to the remuneration packages for Executive Directors during 2013.

200


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2013, the remuneration packages for Executive Directors were governed by the Group's commitments under both the Subscription Agreement (March 2009), and the Minister's Letter (July 2011).

The key elements of the remuneration package in respect of the year ended 31 December 2013 were as follows (further detail is available in Table 1 on page 202):

Salary—Salaries are paid monthly and reviewed annually by the Group Remuneration Committee; and

Retirement Benefits—The Executive Directors are members of the Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund, which is a contributory defined benefit scheme. In 2010, in line with the Group Pensions Review, all of the Executive Directors voluntarily agreed to a series of pension benefit reductions. These included, where applicable:

an initial freeze on salary; qualifying for pension purposes and following that freeze period, capping of any future salary increases qualifying for pension purposes; and

a freeze on increases to pension in payment for up to three years post-retirement; and

a cap on increases to pensions in payment following that three year period.

The Executive Directors voluntarily agreed to further changes to their defined benefit pension entitlements following the Group's Pensions 2013 review. These changes further restrict the level of salary increases qualifying for defined benefit pension purposes, and further restrict the level of pension increases payable post-retirement. A new defined contribution scheme will be introduced in 2014 for the portion of any future Basic Salary increases not pensionable on a defined benefit basis.

Other potential elements of the remuneration package for Executive Directors are as follows:

Performance-related bonus scheme—A decision was taken by the Group Remuneration Committee that no bonuses would be paid to Executive Directors in respect of the year ended 31 December 2013. No bonuses have been paid to an Executive Director since 2008;

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)—No grants have been made under this plan since 2008. The plan has now lapsed. Under the LTIP, which is described in more detail in note 47 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 335, conditional awards had previously been made to the Executive Directors. There are no outstanding grants to Executive Directors awaiting vesting under this scheme;

Executive Stock Option Scheme (ESOS)—No awards have been made under this scheme since 2008 (for further details see note 47 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 334). There are no outstanding grants to Executive Directors awaiting vesting under this scheme. The scheme has now lapsed;

Employee Stock Issue Scheme—There was no stock issue award under the Employee Stock Issue Scheme in 2013 (for further details see note 47 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 334). The last award made under the Employee Stock Issue Scheme was in 2008; and

Sharesave Scheme—In 1999, the Group established a Sharesave Scheme (SAYE Scheme) for all eligible employees. Under the SAYE Scheme the Executive Directors and Group Secretary who participated were granted options over units of ordinary stock. No SAYE Scheme has been launched since the 2007 SAYE Scheme. At 31 December 2013, neither the Executive Directors nor the Group Secretary held any options under the scheme. The scheme has now lapsed.

201


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

The information below forms an integral part of the audited financial statements as described in the Basis of preparation on page 222.

Directors' remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2013 (all figures in €000s)

Table 1:

 
  Gross
salary
(1-3)
  Fees
(4)
  Performance
bonus
(5)
  Other
remuneration
(6)
  Pension
funding
contributions
(7)
  Total
2013
before
amounts
waived
  Amounts
waived
during
the year
(8)
  Total
2013
(after
amounts
waived)
(9)
 
Governor                                                  
A Kane     394     59           37           490           490  

Deputy Governor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
P O'Sullivan     126                             126           126  

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
R Boucher     690                 34     186     910     (67 )   843  
A Keating     390                 31     35     456           456  

non-executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
K Atkinson           102                       102           102  
P Butler           80                       80           80  
T Considine           98                       98           98  
P Haren           148                       148           148  
P Kennedy           79                       79           79  
D Marston           *54                       54           54  
(appointed 24 April 2013)                                                  
B Martin           *28                       28           28  
(appointed 23 July 2013)                                                  
P Mulvihill           79                       79           79  
W L Ross Jr           63                       63           63  
J Walsh           90                       90           90  
P Watsa           *35                       35           35  
(retired 23 July 2013)                                                  
                                   
Totals     1,600     915         102     221     2,838     (67 )   2,771  
                                   
                                   
Ex-gratia payments paid to former Directors/dependents                                   219           219  
                                               
                                               

*
From date of appointment or to date of retirement as a non-executive Director, as indicated.
(1)
The Governor and Deputy Governor, as Non-executive Officers of the Bank, are remunerated by way of non-pensionable salary.
(2)
The Chief Executive Officer, R Boucher, has, with effect from 1 May 2009, waived a portion of his salary (€67,000 for the year ended 31 December 2013). The salary shown in the table is the gross amount before that waiver.

The voluntary waiver has been extended until 31 December 2014 for R Boucher.

202


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

(3)
The Group Chief Financial Officer A Keating receives an annual salary of €390,000. His annual salary for pension purposes is €200,000 and the balance of his salary (€190,000) is excluded for pension purposes.

(4)
Fees are paid to non-executive Directors and a basic fee of €63,000 per annum applies. Additional fees are paid to Committee Chairmen and for Committee membership. On 1 February 2009, all non-executive Directors agreed to reduce their fees by 25%. These reductions applied throughout 2013. The basic fee of €63,000 is the reduced fee.

In addition to the above, P Haren serves as non-executive Director and committee member of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc and received separate fees for these roles (Stg£58,000, equivalent €69,000 for the year ended 31 December 2013).

(5)
No bonuses were awarded in respect of the year ended 31 December 2013.

(6)
The figures include car allowances and, where applicable, benefits in kind.

(7)
The amounts shown for R Boucher and A Keating relate to the Bank's pension funding contribution in respect of the pension benefit they accrued in line with their contractual entitlement during 2013.
(8)
Amounts of salary waived are as set out in note (2) above.

(9)
In addition to the amounts shown, the Group bears the costs of Directors' travel to and from Court and committee meetings or while on the business of the Group.

203


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Directors' remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2012 (all figures in €000s)

Table 2:

 
  Gross
salary
(1-3)
  Fees
(4)
  Performance
bonus
(5)
  Other
remuneration
(6)
  Pension
funding
contributions
(7)
  Total
2012
before
amounts
waived
  Amounts
waived
during
the year
(8)
  Total
2012
(after
amounts
waived)
 
Governor                                                  
P Molloy     ^*197                             197           197  
(retired 29 June 2012)                                                  
A Kane     +209     +31           +22           262           262  
(appointed 29 June 2012)                                                  

Deputy Governor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
P O'Sullivan     126                             126           126  

Executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
R Boucher     690                 34     186     910     (67 )   843  
A Keating     **358                 **28     **32     418           418  
(appointed 1 February 2012)                                                  

non-executive Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
K Atkinson           ***91                       91           91  
(appointed 20 January 2012)                                                  
P Butler           79                       79           79  
T Considine           98                       98           98  
P Haren           ***103                       103           103  
(appointed 20 January 2012)                                                  
J Kennedy           ***33                       33           33  
(retired 24 April 2012)                                                  
P Kennedy           79                       79           79  
P Mulvihill           79                       79           79  
W L Ross Jr           ***33                       33           33  
(appointed 20 June 2012)                                                  
J Walsh           90                       90           90  
P Watsa           ***33                       33           33  
(appointed 20 June 2012)                                                  
                                   
Totals     1,580     749         84     218     2,631     (67 )   2,564  
                                   
                                   
Ex-gratia payments paid to former Directors/dependents                                   284           284  
                                               
                                               

^
In addition to amounts shown, P Molloy was also in receipt of a pension from the Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund relating to his previous employment with the Group.

*
To date of retirement as Governor.

+
A Kane was appointed a non-executive Director on 20 June and Governor on 29 June 2012. Please see note 1 on page 202.

**
A Keating was appointed an Executive Director and Group Chief Financial Officer on 1 February 2012. Please see note 3 on page 203.

***
From date of appointment or to date of retirement as a non-executive Director, as indicated.

Notes:


(1)
The Governor and Deputy Governor, as non-executive Officers of the Bank, are remunerated by way of non-pensionable salary.

204


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

(2)
The Chief Executive Officer, R Boucher, has, with effect from 1 May 2009, waived a portion of his salary (€67,000 for the year ended 31 December 2012). The salary shown in the table is the gross amount before that waiver.

(3)
A Keating receives an annual salary of €390,000 for his role as Group Chief Financial Officer. In addition he receives a car allowance of €27,500 per annum. He was paid a pro-rata equivalent amount from the date of his appointment to 31 December 2012 and these amounts are shown in columns (1-3), (6) and (7) above. His annual salary for pension purposes is €200,000, with the remaining balance of €190,000 of his salary being excluded for pension purposes.

(4)
Fees are paid to non-executive Directors and a basic fee of €63,000 per annum applies. Additional fees are paid to Committee Chairmen and for Committee membership. On 1 February 2009, all non-executive Directors agreed to reduce their fees by 25%. These reductions applied throughout 2012. The basic fee of €63,000 is the reduced fee.
(5)
No bonuses were awarded in respect of the year ended 31 December 2012.

(6)
The figures include car allowances and, where applicable, benefits in kind.

(7)
The amounts shown for R Boucher and A Keating relate to the Bank's pension funding contribution in respect of the pension benefit they accrued in line with their contractual entitlement during 2012. The amount shown for A Keating covers the period from date of appointment (1 February 2012).
(8)
Amounts of salary waived are as set out in note (2) above.

Executive stock options held by Directors and Secretary

No awards have been made under this scheme since 2008. Options granted in 2008 matured on 3 June 2011 and did not vest, as the performance conditions were not achieved. This confirms the strong link between returns to stockholders and the remuneration of executives.

There are no outstanding grants awaiting vesting under this scheme.

Table 3:

 
  Date
of grant
  Earliest
exercise
date
  Expiry
date
  Exercise
price
  Options
at
1 January
2013
  Granted
in
period
  Exercised
in year
  Lapsed
in
period
  Market
price at
exercise
date
  Options at
31 December
2013
 

R Boucher

    26 Jul 2004     26 Jul 2007     26 Jul 2014   10.76     26,000                     26,000  

    21 Jun 2005     21 Jun 2008     21 Jun 2015   12.85     23,000                     23,000  
                                                   

TOTAL

                            49,000                     49,000  
                                                   
                                                   

Secretary

                                                             

H Nolan

    18 Jun 2003     18 Jun 2006     18 Jun 2013   10.77     10,000             (10,000 )        

    26 Jul 2004     26 Jul 2007     26 Jul 2014   10.76     12,000                     12,000  

    21 Jun 2005     21 Jun 2008     21 Jun 2015   12.85     11,000                     11,000  
                                                   

TOTAL

                            33,000             (10,000 )       23,000  
                                                   
                                                   

The above options are pre the Group's 2010 Rights Issue and 2011 Rights Issue. The Group Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion to not make any technical adjustments to these grants in 2011. No other Directors have been granted options to subscribe for units of ordinary stock of the Bank or of other Group entities. The official closing price per unit of ordinary stock at 31 December 2013 was €0.252 (31 December 2012: €0.114).

205


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Directors' pension benefits

Set out below are details of the change in accrued pension benefits for the Directors during the year ended 31 December 2013.

Table 4:

 
  (a) Additional
inflation-adjusted
accrued pension
in the year
  (b) Increase/
(decrease)
in transfer value
  (c) Accrued pension
benefits at
31 December 2013
 

Executive Directors

                   

R Boucher

    5,635     85,475     322,430  

A Keating

    2,994     20,939     30,911  

Column (a) represents the inflation-adjusted increase in each individual's accrued pension benefit during the year. Increases are shown after the opening position has been adjusted for statutory revaluation, and comprise allowance for additional pensionable service, any increases in pensionable earnings and any agreed adjustment in the individual's pension accrual. This is in line with the requirements of the Listing Rules and the related actuarial professional guidance.


During 2013, both Directors' accrued pension amounts were negatively adjusted to reflect the passing on of the 2011 and 2012 instalments of the pensions levy to members. These adjustments are reflected in the figures in the table.


Column (b) is the additional/(reduced) capital value, less each Director's contributions, of Column (a) which could arise if the pension were to be transferred to another pension plan on the Director leaving the Group and is calculated using factors supplied by the actuary in accordance with actuarial guidance notes ASP PEN-2, and is based on leaving service pension benefits becoming payable at normal retirement date, age 60.


Column (c) is the aggregate pension benefits payable at normal retirement age based on each Director's pensionable service with the Group at 31 December 2013.

206


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

Directors' interests in stock

In addition to their interests in the ordinary stock through their holding of stock options as set out above, the interests of the Directors and Secretary in office at 31 December 2013, and of their spouses and minor children, in the stocks issued by the Bank are set out below:

Table 5:

 
  Units of €0.05 of
ordinary stock at
31 December 2013
beneficial
  Units of €0.05 of
ordinary stock at
1 January 2013
or at date of
appointment
beneficial
 

DIRECTORS

             

K Atkinson

    2,000     2,000  

R Boucher

    380,957     380,957  

P Butler

    1,000     1,000  

T Considine

    57,500     57,500  

P Haren

    1,000     1,000  

A Kane

    11,074     11,074  

A Keating

    56,014     56,014  

P Kennedy

    254,642     254,642  

D Marston

    5,000     *5,000  

B Martin

    **100,000      

P Mulvihill

    5,000     5,000  

P O'Sullivan

    115,000     115,000  

W L Ross Jr

    ^1,000     ^1,000  

J Walsh

    123,427     123,427  

SECRETARY

   
 
   
 
 

H Nolan

    80,043     80,043  

*
Interest in units of €0.05 of ordinary stock at date of appointment.

**
B Martin did not hold any units of ordinary stock at date of appointment (23 July 2013). Following the end of the 'close period' on 2 August 2013, he acquired 100,000 units of ordinary stock on 9 August 2013.

^
In addition to the holdings specified in the above table, W L Ross Jr had an interest in 2,933,635,858 units of ordinary stock of the Bank as at 31 December 2013, being ordinary stock owned by W L Ross Jr investment vehicles in which W L Ross Jr has beneficial interests.


As at 31 December 2012, investment vehicles in which W L Ross Jr is interested also held rights of first refusal in respect of any transfer or conversion of the Convertible Contingent Capital Notes 20161 (the 'CCNs') of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland held by the Minister of Finance, in respect of the portion of CCNs equal to the proportion of units or of ordinary stock purchased by these vehicles under the stock purchase agreements between the vehicles and the NPRFC, expressed as a percentage of the total issued ordinary stock of the Bank from time to time (the 'Pro-rata Share'). On 9 January 2013, the Minister for Finance sold the 100% of the CCNs to third parties and therefore these rights of refusal no longer apply.


In addition, as at 31 December 2013, there were 1,300,000,000 units of 2009 Preference Stock in issue. The 2009 Preference Stock entitles the holder (currently Baggot Securities Limited) to receive a non-cumulative dividend at a fixed rate of 10.25% per annum of the issue price comprising €0.01 nominal value and €0.99 premium, payable annually at the discretion of the Bank. If a cash dividend is not paid by the Bank, the Bank shall issue units of ordinary stock (the 'Bonus Stock') to Baggot Securities Limited to be settled on a day determined by the Directors', in their sole discretion, provided that this must occur no later than the day on which the Bank subsequently redeems or repurchases for cash or pays a cash dividend on the 2009 Preference Stock or any class of capital stock.

207


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GOVERNANCE (Continued)

(1)
Please see note 40 to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page 309, for further details on the Convertible Contingent Capital Notes 2016.

Apart from the interests set out above and in the previous section, the Directors and Secretary and their spouses and minor children had no other interests in the stock/securities of the Bank or its Group undertakings at 31 December 2013. There have been no changes in the stockholdings of the above Directors and Secretary between 31 December 2013 and 28 February 2014.

End of information in the Remuneration Report that forms an integral part of the audited financial statements.

Changes in the Directorate during the year

Table 6:

 
  Executive Directors   Non-Executive Directors
Number at 31 December 2012   2   11

Changes during 2013

 

 

 

 

Appointments

 

 

 

D Marston
(appointed 24 April 2013)
        B Martin
(appointed 23 July 2013)

Retirements

 

 

 

P Watsa
(retired 23 July 2013)

Number at 31 December 2013

 

2

 

12

Average number during 2013

 

2

 

12

(Average number during 2012)

 

(2)

 

(10)

208


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2013

 
  Page

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

  210

Consolidated income statement

  212

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

  213

Consolidated balance sheet

  214

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

  216

Consolidated cash flow statement

  219

Index to accounting policies

  221

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

  252

Index to notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

  256

209


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Court of Directors and members of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland and its subsidiaries (the 'Company') at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2013 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management are responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in 'Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting' appearing under 'Controls and Procedures' in the Additional Information section on pages 505 and 506 of the Annual Report on Form 20F. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Group's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in the accounting policies section on pages 224 and 225 and in note 62, in 2013 the Company changed the manner in which it assesses consolidation, due to the implementation of IFRS10: Consolidated Financial Statements; and the manner in which it accounts for its employee benefits due to the implementation of IAS 19 (revised): Employee Benefits, which resulted in the inclusion of the January 1, 2012 balance sheet.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

210


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM (Continued)

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers
Dublin
Ireland

31 March 2014

211


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 
  Note   Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Interest income

    2     3,669     4,006     4,618  

Interest expense

    3     (1,665 )   (2,560 )   (3,076 )
                     

Net interest income

          2,004     1,446     1,542  

Net insurance premium income

    4     1,073     1,156     929  

Fee and commission income

    5     493     515     612  

Fee and commission expense

    5     (192 )   (215 )   (192 )

Net trading income/(expense)

    6     12     (275 )   19  

Life assurance investment income, gains and losses

    7     531     678     (38 )

Gain on liability management exercises

    8     4     69     1,789  

Other operating income

    9     64     80     (1 )
                     

Total operating income

          3,989     3,454     4,660  

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

    10     (1,470 )   (1,725 )   (750 )
                     

Total operating income, net of insurance claims

          2,519     1,729     3,910  

Other operating expenses

    11     (1,581 )   (1,638 )   (1,653 )

Impact of amendments to defined benefit pension scheme

    44     274          

Cost of restructuring programme

    12     (90 )   (150 )   3  
                     

Operating profit/(loss) before impairment charges on financial assets and loss on deleveraging

          1,122     (59 )   2,260  

Impairment charges on financial assets (excluding assets sold to NAMA)

    14     (1,665 )   (1,769 )   (1,960 )

Impairment charges on assets sold to NAMA

    15             (44 )

(Loss)/gain on sale of assets to NAMA including associated costs

    16         (1 )   33  

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets

    17     (3 )   (326 )   (565 )
                     

Operating loss

          (546 )   (2,155 )   (276 )

Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax)

    18     31     46     35  

(Loss)/profit on disposal/liquidation of business activities

    19     (10 )   (69 )   34  
                     

Loss before tax

          (525 )   (2,178 )   (207 )

Taxation credit

    20     35     337     233  
                     

(Loss)/profit for the year

          (490 )   (1,841 )   26  
                     
                     

Attributable to stockholders

          (487 )   (1,835 )   30  

Attributable to non-controlling interests

          (3 )   (6 )   (4 )
                     

(Loss)/profit for the year

          (490 )   (1,841 )   26  
                     
                     

Earnings per unit of €0.05 ordinary stock

    21     (2.3c )   (6.7c )   (0.8c )
                     
                     

Diluted earnings per unit of €0.05 ordinary stock

    21     (2.3c )   (6.7c )   (0.8c )
                     
                     

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

   

The accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements and notes on pages 221 to 389 form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements

212


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

(Loss)/profit for the year

    (490 )   (1,841 )   26  
               

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

                   

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent years:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Available for sale reserve, net of tax:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Changes in fair value

    361     889     60  

Transfer to income statement

                   

—Asset disposal

    (44 )   (53 )   24  

—Impairment

        39     19  
               

Net change in available for sale reserve

    317     875     103  
               

Cash flow hedge reserve, net of tax:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Changes in fair value

    230     546     (800 )

Transfer to income statement

    (411 )   (398 )   1,114  
               

Net change in cash flow hedge reserve

    (181 )   148     314  
               

Foreign exchange reserve:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Foreign exchange translation (losses)/gains

    (93 )   80     180  

Transfer to income statement on liquidation of non-trading entities

    12     56      
               

Net change in foreign exchange reserve

    (81 )   136     180  
               

Total items that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent years

    55     1,159     597  
               

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent years:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit pension liability

    (117 )   (775 )   (104 )

Revaluation of property, net of tax

        (1 )   (6 )
               

Total items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent years

    (117 )   (776 )   (110 )
               

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    (62 )   383     487  
               

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    (552 )   (1,458 )   513  
               
               

Total comprehensive income attributable to equity stockholders

    (549 )   (1,452 )   518  

Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

    (3 )   (6 )   (5 )
               

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    (552 )   (1,458 )   513  
               
               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.


The effect of tax on these items is shown in note 20.

   

The accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements and notes on pages 221 to 389 form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements

213


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 
  Note   31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
As at
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
As at
1 January
2012(1)
€m
 

Assets

                         

Cash and balances at central banks

    53     6,385     8,472     8,181  

Items in the course of collection from other banks

          363     448     443  

Trading securities

    22     252     143     6  

Derivative financial instruments

    23     3,492     5,847     6,362  

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    24     10,306     9,460     8,914  

Loans and advances to banks

    25     4,759     9,502     8,051  

Available for sale financial assets

    26     12,104     11,093     10,262  

NAMA senior bonds

    27     3,957     4,428     5,016  

Loans and advances to customers

    28     84,514     92,621     99,314  

Interest in associates

    30     89     91     79  

Interest in joint ventures

    31     209     227     245  

Intangible assets

    32     374     371     393  

Investment properties

    33     805     848     995  

Property, plant and equipment

    34     322     333     336  

Current tax assets

          28     33     9  

Deferred tax assets

    43     1,714     1,640     1,371  

Other assets

    35     2,460     2,405     2,269  

Retirement benefit asset

    44     4     2     8  

Assets classified as held for sale

                  2,446  
                     

Total assets

          132,137     147,964     154,700  
                     
                     

Equity and liabilities

                         

Deposits from banks

    36     12,213     21,125     31,382  

Customer accounts

    37     73,867     75,170     70,506  

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

          147     268     271  

Derivative financial instruments

    23     3,228     5,274     6,018  

Debt securities in issue

    38     15,280     18,073     19,124  

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts

    39     5,460     5,256     4,954  

Insurance contract liabilities

    39     8,502     7,988     7,037  

Other liabilities

    41     2,841     3,137     3,106  

Current tax liabilities

          28     23     86  

Provisions

    42     90     119     38  

Deferred tax liabilities

    43     92     92     88  

Retirement benefit obligations

    44     845     1,077     348  

Subordinated liabilities

    40     1,675     1,707     1,426  

Liabilities classified as held for sale

                  13  
                     

Total liabilities

          124,268     139,309     144,397  
                     
                     

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

(1)
Opening balance sheet as at 1 January 2012 reflects the Group's restated closing balance as at 31 December 2011.

   

The accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements and notes on pages 221 to 389 form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements

214


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (Continued)

 
  Note   31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
As at
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
As at
1 January
2012
€m
 

Equity

                         

Capital stock

    47     2,558     2,452     2,452  

Stock premium account

    48     1,135     1,210     5,127  

Retained earnings

          3,791     4,673     3,571  

Other reserves

          404     336     (869 )

Own stock held for the benefit of life assurance policyholders

          (13 )   (14 )   (15 )
                     

Stockholders' equity

          7,875     8,657     10,266  

Non-controlling interests

          (6 )   (2 )   37  
                     

Total equity

          7,869     8,655     10,303  
                     

Total equity and liabilities

          132,137     147,964     154,700  
                     
                     

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

   

The accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements and notes on pages 221 to 389 form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements

215


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Capital stock

                   

Balance at the beginning of the year

    2,452     2,452     1,210  

Issue of ordinary stock (note 46, 49)

    111         1,242  

Redemption of the 2009 Preference Stock (note 46)

    (5 )        
               

Balance at the end of the year

    2,558     2,452     2,452  
               
               

Stock premium account

                   

Balance at the beginning of the year

    1,210     5,127     3,926  

Issue of ordinary stock (note 46, 49)

    469         1,331  

Transaction costs on issue of ordinary stock (note 46, 49)

    (12 )       (114 )

Redemption of the 2009 Preference Stock (note 46)

    (532 )        

Transfer to retained earnings (note 48)

        (3,920 )   (16 )

Transaction costs on transfer to retained earnings (note 48)

        3      
               

Balance at the end of the year

    1,135     1,210     5,127  
               
               

Retained earnings

                   

Balance at the beginning of the year (prior to restatement)

    4,607     3,507     3,740  

Effect of change in accounting policy*

    66     64     66  
               

Balance at the beginning of the year (restated)

    4,673     3,571     3,806  

Loss retained

    (727 )   (2,031 )   (192 )

—(Loss)/profit for year attributable to stockholders

    (487 )   (1,835 )   30  

—Dividends on 2009 Preference Stock and other preference equity interests paid in cash

    (240 )   (196 )   (222 )

Transfer to capital reserve

    (17 )   (47 )   (2 )

Transaction costs on the transfer of the 2009 Preference Stock

    (27 )        

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit pension liability

    (117 )   (775 )   (104 )

Repurchase of Capital note (note 8)

            41  

Transfer from share based payment reserve

    4         5  

Other movements

    2     (4 )    

Transfer from stock premium account

        3,920     16  

Purchase of non-controlling interest

        39      

Transfer from revaluation reserve

            2  

Repurchase of treasury stock

            (1 )
               

Balance at the end of the year

    3,791     4,673     3,571  
               
               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

   

The accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements and notes on pages 221 to 389 form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements

216


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (Continued)

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Other Reserves:

                   

Available for sale reserve

                   

Balance at the beginning of the year

    150     (725 )   (828 )

Net changes in fair value

    414     1,015     68  

Transfer to income statement (pre tax)

                   

—Asset disposal (note 9)

    (50 )   (60 )   28  

—Impairment (note 14)

        45     21  

Deferred tax on reserve movements

    (47 )   (125 )   (14 )
               

Balance at the end of the year

    467     150     (725 )
               
               

Cash flow hedge reserve

                   

Balance at the beginning of the year

    227     79     (235 )

Changes in fair value

    259     590     (1,034 )

Transfer to income statement (pre tax)

                   

—Net trading income (foreign exchange)

    (329 )   (473 )   1,226  

—Net interest income (note 2)

    (132 )   56     154  

Deferred tax on reserve movements

    21     (25 )   (32 )
               

Balance at the end of the year

    46     227     79  
               
               

Foreign exchange reserve

                   

Balance at the beginning of the year

    (726 )   (862 )   (1,042 )

Exchange adjustments during the year

    (93 )   80     180  

Transfer to income statement on liquidation of non-trading entities (note 19)

    12     56      
               

Balance at the end of the year

    (807 )   (726 )   (862 )
               
               

Capital contribution

    116     116     116  
               
               

Capital reserve

                   

Balance at the beginning of the year

    557     510     508  

Transfer from retained earnings

    17     47     2  
               

Balance at the end of the year

    574     557     510  
               
               

Share based payment reserve

                   

Balance at the beginning of the year

    7     7     12  

Transfer to retained earnings

    (4 )       (5 )
               

Balance at the end of the year

    3     7     7  
               
               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

   

The accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements and notes on pages 221 to 389 form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements

217


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (Continued)

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Revaluation reserve

                   

Balance at the beginning of the year

    5     6     14  

Revaluation of property

        (2 )   (8 )

Deferred tax on revaluation of property

        1     2  

Transfer to retained earnings

            (2 )
               

Balance at the end of the year

    5     5     6  
               
               

Total other reserves

    404     336     (869 )
               
               

Own stock held for the benefit of life assurance policyholders

                   

Balance at the beginning of the year

    (14 )   (15 )   (15 )

Changes in value and amount of stock held

    1     1      
               

Balance at the end of the year

    (13 )   (14 )   (15 )
               
               

Total stockholders' equity excluding non-controlling interests

    7,875     8,657     10,266  
               
               

Non-controlling interests

                   

Balance at the beginning of the year (prior to restatement)

    13     50     56  

Effect of change in accounting policy*

    (15 )   (13 )   (14 )
               

Balance at the beginning of the year (restated)

    (2 )   37     42  

Share of net loss

    (3 )   (6 )   (4 )

Capital contribution by non-controlling interest

        14      

Purchase of non-controlling interest

        (47 )    

Other movements

    (1 )       (1 )
               

Balance at the end of the year

    (6 )   (2 )   37  
               
               

Total equity

    7,869     8,655     10,303  
               
               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

   

The accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements and notes on pages 221 to 389 form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements

218


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

 
  Note   Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                         

Loss before tax

          (525 )   (2,178 )   (207 )

Share of results of associates and joint ventures

    18     (31 )   (46 )   (35 )

Loss/(profit) on disposal/liquidation of business activities

    19     10     69     (34 )

Depreciation and amortisation

          118     142     136  

Impairment charges on financial assets

    14     1,665     1,769     1,960  

Impairment charges on assets sold to NAMA

    15             44  

Gain on sale of assets to NAMA including associated costs

              1     (33 )

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets

    17     3     326     565  

Charge arising on revaluation of property

    34     1     11     15  

Revaluation of investment property

    33     32     25     7  

Interest expense on subordinated liabilities

    3     178     159     171  

Charge for retirement benefit obligation

    11     133     70     104  

Impact of amendments to defined benefit pension schemes

    44     (274 )        

Gain on liability management exercises

    8     (4 )   (69 )   (1,789 )

Charges/(gains) arising on the movement in credit spreads on the Group's own debt and deposits accounted for at 'fair value through profit or loss'

    6     154     297     (56 )

Gain on Contingent Capital Note

    3         (79 )    

Net change in accruals and interest payable

          (464 )   30     49  

Other non-cash items

          78     108     (4 )
                     

Cash flows from operating activities before changes in operating assets and liabilities

          1,074     635     893  
                     
                     

Net change in items in the course of collection from other banks

          (41 )   (4 )   30  

Net change in trading securities

          (109 )   (137 )   145  

Net change in derivative financial instruments

          481     (111 )   1,021  

Net change in other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

          (848 )   (545 )   1,124  

Net change in loans and advances to banks

          3,189     (3,107 )   148  

Net change in loans and advances to customers

          5,301     5,467     4,938  

Net change in other assets

          382     414     254  

Net change in deposits from banks

          (8,901 )   (10,265 )   (9,559 )

Net change in customer accounts

          (687 )   3,970     4,272  

Net change in debt securities in issue

          (2,477 )   (509 )   (8,478 )

Net change in liabilities to customers under investment contracts

          204     302     (317 )

Net change in insurance contract liabilities

          514     951     (151 )

Net change in other liabilities

          25     (433 )   (105 )

Effect of exchange translation and other adjustments

          (405 )   (679 )   (749 )
                     

Net cash flow from operating assets and liabilities

          (3,372 )   (4,686 )   (7,427 )
                     
                     

Net cash flow from operating activities before tax

          (2,298 )   (4,051 )   (6,534 )

Tax paid

          (50 )   (36 )   22  
                     

Net cash flow from operating activities

          (2,348 )   (4,087 )   (6,512 )

Investing activities (section a below)

          (766 )   3,150     12,747  

Financing activities (section b below)

          (694 )   (751 )   1,334  
                     

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

          (3,808 )   (1,688 )   7,569  

Opening cash and cash equivalents

    53     14,328     15,764     8,121  

Effect of exchange translation adjustments

          234     252     74  
                     

Closing cash and cash equivalents

    53     10,754     14,328     15,764  
                     
                     

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

   

The accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements and notes on pages 221 to 389 form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements

219


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT (Continued)

 
  Note   Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

(a)  Investing activities

                         

Additions to available for sale financial assets

    26     (3,346 )   (5,570 )   (21,532 )

Disposal/redemption of available for sale financial assets

    26     2,549     6,013     27,160  

Additions to property, plant and equipment

    34     (33 )(1)   (42 )(1)   (31 )

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

    34     2     6     5  

Additions to intangible assets

    32     (84 )   (78 )   (72 )

Disposals of intangible assets

    32         3      

Disposal of investment property

          12     127     30  

Dividends received from joint ventures

    31     50     60     52  

Net change in interest in associates

          (2 )   (5 )   (9 )

Net proceeds from disposal of loan portfolios

    17     86     1,981     6,996  

Net proceeds from disposal of business activities

              655     148  
                     

Cash flows from investing activities

          (766 )   3,150     12,747  
                     
                     

(b)  Financing activities

                         

Redemption of the 2009 Preference Stock

    46     (537 )        

Transaction costs on the transfer of the 2009 Preference Stock

    46     (27 )        

Net proceeds from issue of ordinary stock

    46     568          

Net proceeds from Rights Issue

                  1,794  

Net proceeds from Contingent Capital Note

                  985  

Interest paid on subordinated liabilities

          (159 )   (136 )   (240 )

Dividend paid on 2009 Preference Stock and other preference equity interests

          (240 )   (196 )   (222 )

Consideration paid in respect of liability management exercises

          (299 )   (680 )   (983 )

Proceeds from issue of new subordinated liabilities

              250      

Capital contribution by non-controlling interest

              14      

Consideration paid in respect of purchase of non-controlling interest

              (3 )    
                     

Cash flows from financing activities

          (694 )   (751 )   1,334  
                     
                     

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

(1)
Excludes €1 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €12 million) of property, plant and equipment acquired under finance lease agreements (note 34).


Opening
balance sheet as at 1 January 2011 has been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19B)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'.

   

The accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements and notes on pages 221 to 389 form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements

220


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

INDEX TO ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Index
  Page

Basis of preparation

  222

Going concern

  222

Adoption of new accounting standards

  224

Comparatives

  226

Group accounts

  226

Common control transactions

  229

Foreign currency translation

  229

Interest income and expense

  230

Fee and commission income

  230

Operating loss/profit

  231

Leases

  231

Financial assets

  231

Financial liabilities

  233

Valuation of financial instruments

  233

Sale and repurchase agreements and lending of assets

  234

Issued debt and equity securities

  234

Debt for debt exchanges

  235

Debt for equity exchanges

  235

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

  235

Impairment of financial assets

  236

Property, plant and equipment

  238

Investment property

  239

Intangible assets

  239

Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale

  240

Provisions

  241

Employee benefits

  242

Income taxes

  243

Cash and cash equivalents

  244

Capital stock and reserves

  244

Life assurance operations

  246

Offsetting financial instruments

  247

Collateral

  247

Financial guarantees

  247

Operating segments

  248

Materiality

  248

Impact of new accounting standards

  249

221


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following are Bank of Ireland Group's principal accounting policies.


Basis of preparation

The financial statements comprise the Consolidated income statement, the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the Consolidated balance sheet, the Consolidated statement of changes in equity, the Consolidated cash flow statement, the Group accounting policies and critical accounting estimates and judgements and the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 256 to 389. The financial statements include the information that is described as being an integral part of the audited financial statements contained in: (i) Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 4 of the Risk Management Report as described further on the bottom of page 74; (ii) the Remuneration Report as described further on page 202; and (iii) Other Information—Group exposures to selected countries as described further on the top of page 390. The financial statements also include the Tables in Other Information—Supplementary Asset Quality Disclosures that are described as being an integral part of the audited financial statements as described further on the top of page 401.

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) interpretations as adopted by the European Union (EU) and with those parts of the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2013 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS, with the European Communities (Credit Institutions: Accounts) Regulations, 1992 and with the Asset Covered Securities Acts, 2001 to 2007. The EU adopted version of IAS 39 currently relaxes some of the hedge accounting rules in IAS 39 'Financial Instruments—Recognition and Measurement'. The Group has not availed of this, hence these financial statements comply with both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB.

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified to include the fair valuation of certain financial instruments and land and buildings.

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on management's best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual results ultimately may differ from those estimates. A description of the critical estimates and judgements is set out on pages 252 to 255.

References to 'the State' throughout this document should be taken to refer to the Republic of Ireland, its Government and, where and if relevant, Government departments, agencies and local Government bodies.


Going concern

The time period that the Directors have considered in evaluating the appropriateness of the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 is a period of twelve months from the balance sheet date ('the period of assessment').

In making this assessment, the Directors considered the Group's business, profitability projections, funding and capital plans, under both base and plausible stress scenarios, together with a range of other factors such as the outlook for the Irish economy, taking due account of the impact of fiscal realignment measures

222


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

and the availability of collateral to access the Eurosystem together with the likely evolution and impact of the eurozone crises. The matters of primary consideration by the Directors are set out below:

Capital

On 2 December 2013, the Central Bank of Ireland's Balance Sheet Assessment (BSA)/Asset Quality Review (AQR) confirmed that the Bank had adequate capital as at 30 June 2013 to meet the requirements determined under the BSA, and consequently the Central Bank of Ireland did not require the Bank to raise additional capital as a result of the BSA.

A European-wide stress test is currently expected during 2014 and the phased implementation of CRD IV impacts the Group's capital position during the period of assessment. The Group has developed capital plans under base and stress scenarios and expects to maintain a buffer over regulatory minima throughout the period of assessment.

During December 2013, the Group successfully executed a Capital Package in relation to the 2009 Preference Stock comprising the placing of new units of ordinary stock to generate proceeds of c.€537 million (net of expenses), to redeem c.€537 million of 2009 Preference Stock, and the sale by the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission of €1.3 billion of 2009 Preference Stock to private investors. The Capital Package was substantially oversubscribed.

The Directors believe this satisfactorily addresses the capital risk.

Liquidity and funding

During 2013 the Group accessed wholesale funding markets through both secured and unsecured issuances, with further unsecured issuances in January and March 2014.

The Group's drawings from Monetary Authorities reduced by €4 billion during the year ended 31 December 2013, from €12 billion at 31 December 2012 (excluding €3 billion relating to the IBRC repo transaction) to €8 billion at 31 December 2013. The €8 billion of Monetary Authority funding matures in the period of assessment, in line with the ECB's 3-year LTRO. The ECB fixed rate full allotment policy in respect of its main refinancing operations, which roll on a short term basis, has been extended to July 2015 at the earliest and is available to the Group during the period of assessment.

It is expected that the Group will continue to require access to the Monetary Authorities for funding during the period of assessment. In addition, in the context of its assessment of going concern, the Group discussed the relevant public announcements from the ECB, the EC and the IMF and the Minister for Finance (together the announcements) with the Central Bank and it sought assurance on the continued availability of required liquidity from the Eurosystem during the period of assessment. The Directors are satisfied, based on the announcements and the clarity of confirmations received from the Central Bank, that, in all reasonable circumstances, the required liquidity and funding from the ECB and the Central Bank will be available to the Group during the period of assessment.

The Directors believe that this satisfactorily addresses the liquidity risk.

Conclusion

On the basis of the above, the Directors consider it appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis having concluded that there are no material uncertainties related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group's and Bank's ability to continue as a going concern over the period of assessment.

223


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


Adoption of new accounting standards

The following amendments to standards have been adopted by the Group during the year ended 31 December 2013:

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group adopted the following standards and amendments to standards:

IAS 19 (Revised 2011) Employee Benefits (IAS 19R);

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and IAS 27: Separate Financial Statements;

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement;

Amendment to IAS 1: Presentation of Financial Statements;

Amendment to IAS 34: Interim Financial Reporting;

Amendment to IFRS 7: Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities;

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements and IAS 28: Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures;

IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities; and

Annual Improvements 2009-2011 (Annual Improvements).

Several other new standards and amendments apply for the first time in 2013. However, they do not impact the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group.

New accounting pronouncements

The nature and the impact of each new standard/amendment is described below:

IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)

IAS 19R eliminated the option for deferred recognition of all changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation and in the fair value of plan assets (including the corridor approach, which was not applied by the Group). On the adoption of the new standard, capitalised future administration expenses relating to deferred and retired members were removed from the measurement of defined benefit plan obligations as such expenses are now recognised as incurred. In addition, the amended standard requires a net interest approach (based off high quality corporate bonds), which replaces the expected return on plan assets, with no change to the interest on pension obligations, and requires enhanced disclosures for defined benefit plans.

The main impacts for the Group on transition to IAS 19R were:

Restatement of the Retirement Benefit Obligation at 31 December 2012, as capitalised future administration expenses relating to deferred and retired members are removed from the measurement of defined benefit plan obligations; and

An increase in the costs of providing defined retirement benefits in the income statement, as the expected return on plan assets is replaced by a net interest charge.

The financial statements for the comparative period have been restated to reflect this change. The effect of the adoption of IAS 19R is explained further in note 62.

224


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

IAS 19R also changes the recognition criteria for termination benefits. Certain termination benefits will now be recognised at a later date unless they form part of a restructuring as defined in IAS 37. This had no impact on the Group's financial position or performance as the Group's restructuring programme, which includes termination benefits, meets the definition of a restructuring under IAS 37.

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements

IFRS 10 supersedes IAS 27, 'Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements' and SIC-12, 'Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities'. It establishes a single control model that applies to all entities, including those that were previously considered special purpose entities under SIC-12. An investor controls an investee when it is exposed, or has rights to variable returns from the investee, and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The assessment of control is based on all facts and circumstances and the conclusion is reassessed if there is an indication that there are changes in facts and circumstances.

The impact of the new standard has been to deconsolidate certain entities with interests in an international investment property. Under IFRS 10, the Group is not considered to control these entities and the investment has been equity accounted as an investment in associate. The financial statements for the comparative period have been restated to reflect this change. The effect of the adoption of IFRS 10 is explained further in note 62.

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement

IFRS 13 establishes a single source of guidance under IFRS for all fair value measurements. IFRS 13 does not change when an entity is required to use fair value, but rather provides guidance on how to measure fair value under IFRS when fair value is required or permitted. The application of IFRS 13 has not materially impacted the fair value measurements carried out by the Group.

IFRS 13 also requires specific disclosures on fair values, some of which replace existing disclosure requirements in other standards, including IFRS 7: Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The Group provides these disclosures in note 52.

IAS 1 Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income—Amendment to IAS 1

This amendment to IAS 1 introduces a grouping of items presented in other comprehensive income (OCI). Items that could be reclassified (or recycled) to profit or loss at a future point in time (e.g. exchange differences on translation of foreign operations, net movement on cash flow hedges and net loss or gain on available for sale financial assets) now have to be presented separately from items that will not be reclassified (e.g. remeasurement of the net defined benefit pension liability and revaluation of property). The amendment had no impact on the Group's financial position or performance but rather has changed the presentation.

IAS 34 Interim financial reporting and segment information for total assets and liabilities (Amendment)

The amendment clarifies the requirements in IAS 34 relating to segment information for total assets and liabilities for each reportable segment to enhance consistency with the requirements in IFRS 8 Operating Segments. Total assets and liabilities for a reportable segment need to be disclosed in the Interim Financial Statements only when the amounts are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker and there has been a material change in the total amount disclosed in the entity's previous annual Consolidated Financial Statements for that reportable segment. The amendment had no impact on the Group's financial position or performance.

225


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures—Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Amendment to IFRS 7

The amendment requires an entity to disclose information about rights to set off financial instruments and related arrangements (e.g. collateral agreements). The disclosures provide users with information that is useful in evaluating the effect of netting arrangements on an entity's financial position. The new disclosures are required for all recognised financial instruments that are set off in accordance with IAS 32. The disclosures also apply to recognised financial instruments that are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement, irrespective of whether the financial instruments are set off in accordance with IAS 32. The application of this amendment had no impact on the financial position of the Group. The Group provides these disclosures in note 60.

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements and IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

IFRS 11 supersedes IAS 31, 'Interests in Joint Ventures' and SIC-13, 'Jointly-controlled Entities—Nonmonetary Contributions by Venturers'. IFRS 11 classifies joint arrangements as either joint operations or joint ventures and focuses on the nature of the rights and obligations of the arrangement. IFRS 11 requires the use of the equity method of accounting for joint arrangements by eliminating the option to use the proportionate consolidation method, which was not applied by the Group. The application of this new standard had no impact on the financial position of the Group.

IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

IFRS 12 sets out the requirements for disclosures relating to an entity's interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and structured entities. The application of this new standard had no impact on the financial position of the Group. The Group provides these disclosures in note 58.

Annual Improvements 2009-2011 (the Annual Improvements)

The annual improvements process provides a vehicle for making non-urgent but necessary amendments to IFRSs. These amendments have had no impact on the financial position of the Group.


Comparatives

Comparative figures have been adjusted where necessary, to conform with changes in presentation or where additional analysis has been provided in the current period.

Comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'.

See note 62 for additional information.


Group accounts

(1)   Subsidiaries

Subsidiary undertakings are investees (including structured entities) controlled by the Group. The Group controls an investee when it has power over the investee, is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The Group reassesses whether it controls an investee when facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more elements of control.

226


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

A structured entity is an entity designed so that its activities are not governed by way of voting rights. The Group assesses whether it has control over such entities by considering factors such as the purpose and design of the entity; the nature of its relationship with the entity; and the size of its exposure to the variability of returns from the entity.

Assets, liabilities and results of all Group undertakings have been included in the Group financial statements on the basis of financial statements made up to the end of the financial period.

The existence and effect of potential voting rights are considered when assessing whether the Group controls an investee only if the rights are substantive.

Business combinations

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and are no longer consolidated from the date that control ceases. The Group uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest's proportionate share of the acquiree's net assets. The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group's share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of impairment of the asset transferred. In addition, foreign exchange gains and losses which arise on the retranslation to functional currency of intercompany monetary assets and liabilities are not eliminated.

Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed, where necessary, to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Upon adoption of IFRS, the Group availed of the exemption not to restate the Group financial statements for any acquisitions or business combinations that took place prior to 1 April 2004.

(2)   Associates and Joint Ventures

Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, over the entity's financial and operating decisions, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights.

A joint arrangement is an arrangement of which two or more parties have joint control.

A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Those parties are called joint venturers.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for by the equity method of accounting and are initially recognised at cost. Under this method, the Group's share of the post-acquisition profits or losses in associates and joint ventures is recognised in the Group's income statement, its share of other comprehensive income is recognised in the Group's other comprehensive income and its share of

227


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognised in reserves. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group's share of losses in an associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the associate or joint venture the Group does not recognise further losses unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture.

The Group utilises the venture capital exemption for investments where significant influence is present and the business operates as a venture capital business. These investments are designated at initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates or joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group's interest in the associate/joint venture; unrealised losses are also eliminated on the same basis unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. The Group's investment in associates and joint ventures includes goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment losses) on acquisition.

A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. Those parties are called joint operators.

The Group accounts for the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses relating to its interest in joint operations in accordance with the IFRSs applicable to the particular assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

Accounting policies of associates and joint ventures have been changed, where necessary, to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

(3)   Non-controlling Interests

Transactions with non-controlling interests where the Group has control over the entity are accounted for using the Economic entity model. This accounting model requires that any surplus or deficit that arises on any transaction(s) with non-controlling interests to dispose of or to acquire additional interests in the entity, is settled through equity.

(4)   Securitisations

Certain Group undertakings have entered into securitisation transactions in order to finance specific loans and advances to customers. All financial assets continue to be held on the Group balance sheet, and a liability recognised for the proceeds of the funding transaction, unless:

the rights to the cash flows have expired or been transferred;

substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the financial instruments have been transferred outside the Group, in which case the assets are derecognised in full; or

a significant portion, but not all, of the risks and rewards have been transferred outside the Group. In this case the asset is derecognised entirely if the transferee has the ability to sell the financial asset. Otherwise the asset continues to be recognised only to the extent of the Group's continuing involvement.

Where the above conditions apply to a fully proportionate share of all or specifically identified cash flows, the relevant accounting treatment is applied to that proportion of the asset.

228


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


Common control transactions

A business combination involving entities or businesses under common control is excluded from the scope of IFRS 3: Business Combinations. The exemption is applicable where the combining entities or businesses are controlled by the same party both before and after the combination. Where such transactions occur, the Bank, in accordance with IAS 8, uses its judgement in developing and applying an accounting policy that is relevant and reliable. In making this judgement management considers the requirements of IFRS dealing with similar and related issues and the definitions, recognition criteria and measurement concepts for assets, liabilities, income and expenses in the framework. Management also considers the most recent pronouncements of other standard setting bodies that use a similar conceptual framework to develop accounting standards, to the extent that these do not conflict with the IFRS framework or any other IFRS or interpretation.

Accordingly the Bank has applied the guidance as set out in FRS 6 'Acquisitions and Mergers' as issued by the Accounting Standards Board. Where the transactions meet the definition of a group reconstruction or achieves a similar result, predecessor accounting is applied. The assets and liabilities of the business transferred are measured in the acquiring entity upon initial recognition at their existing book value in the Group, as measured under IFRS. The Bank incorporates the results of the acquired businesses only from the date on which the business combination occurs.


Foreign currency translation

Items included in the financial statements of each entity of the Group are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group and the financial statements of the Bank are presented in euro.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into functional currency at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement. Translation differences on non-monetary items, such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss, are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. Translation differences on non-monetary items such as equities, classified as available for sale, are recognised in other comprehensive income. Exchange differences arising on translation to presentation currency and on consolidation of overseas net investments, are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Assets, liabilities and equity of all the Group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency (foreign operations) are translated at the closing rate at the balance sheet date and items of income and expense are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the date of the transactions). All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate component of equity. On disposal of a foreign operation the amount accumulated in the separate component of equity is reclassified from equity to profit or loss. The Group may dispose of its interest in a foreign operation through sale, liquidation, repayment of share capital, abandonment or through loss of control or significant influence.

The Group availed of the exemption to deem all accumulated balances arising from translation of foreign subsidiaries to be nil on transition to IFRS on 1 April 2004.

229


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign entities are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.

The principal rates of exchange used in the preparation of the financial statements are as follows:

 
  31 December 2013   31 December 2012   31 December 2011  
 
  Average   Closing   Average   Closing   Average   Closing  

€/Stg£

    0.8493     0.8337     0.8109     0.8161     0.8679     0.8353  

€/US$

    1.3281     1.3791     1.2848     1.3194     1.3920     1.2939  


Interest income and expense

Interest income and expense are recognised in the income statement for all instruments measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) but does not consider future credit losses. The calculation includes all fees and points paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts.

Once a financial asset or group of similar financial assets has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purposes of measuring the impairment loss. Where the Group revises its estimates of payments or receipts on a financial instrument measured at amortised cost, the carrying amount of the financial instrument (or group of financial instruments) is adjusted to reflect actual and revised estimated cash flows. The Group recalculates the carrying amount by computing the present value of estimated future cash flows at the financial instrument's original effective interest rate. The adjustment is recognised in profit or loss as income or expense.


Fee and commission income

Fees and commissions which are not an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument are generally recognised as the related services are provided. Commissions and fees arising from negotiating, or participating in the negotiation of a transaction for a third party, such as the acquisition of loans, shares or other securities or the purchase or sale of businesses, are recognised on completion of the underlying transaction. Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognised based on the applicable service contracts usually on a time apportioned basis. Asset management fees related to investment funds are recognised rateably over the period the service is provided. The same principle is applied for wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time. Loan commitment fees for loans that are likely to be drawn down, are deferred (together with related direct costs) and recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate on the loan once drawn.

230


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


Operating loss/profit

Operating loss/profit includes the Group's earnings from ongoing activities after impairment charges and loss on deleveraging of financial assets, and before share of profit or loss on associates and joint ventures (after tax) and loss on disposal/liquidation of business activities.


Leases

(1)   A Group company is the lessee

The total payments made under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the period of the lease.

When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognised as an expense in the period in which termination takes place.

Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease's inception at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments.

The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in long term payables. The interest element of the finance costs is charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

(2)   A Group company is the lessor

When assets are held under a finance lease, the present value of the lease payments is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as unearned finance income. Lease income is included within net interest income and is recognised over the term of the lease reflecting a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.


Financial assets

(1)   Classification, Recognition and Measurement

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following categories: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss; loans and receivables; and available for sale financial assets. The Group determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

(a)   Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss can either be held for trading, if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term, or designated at fair value through profit or loss at inception.

A financial asset may be designated at fair value through profit or loss only when:

(i)
it eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency, (an accounting mismatch), that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognising the gains and losses on them on a different basis; or

(ii)
a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with documented risk management or investment strategy; or

231


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(iii)
a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives that significantly changes the cash flows of the contract and the separation of the embedded derivative(s) is not prohibited.

The principal category of assets designated at fair value through profit or loss are those held by the Group's life assurance business, which are managed on a fair value basis.

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are recognised on trade date: the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Thereafter they are carried on the balance sheet at fair value, with all changes in fair value included in the income statement.

Financial assets may not be transferred out of this category, except for non-derivative financial assets held for trading, which may be transferred out of this category where:

(i)
in rare circumstances, they are no longer held for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the short term; or

(ii)
they are no longer held for trading, they meet the definition of loans and receivables at the date of reclassification and the Group has the intention and ability to hold the assets for the foreseeable future or until maturity.

(b)   Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable. Loans are recorded at fair value plus transaction costs when cash is advanced to the borrowers. They are subsequently accounted for at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

(c)   Available for sale

Available for sale financial assets are those intended to be held for an indefinite period of time, which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices.

Purchases and sales of available for sale financial assets are recognised on trade date. They are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs. Fair value movements are recognised in other comprehensive income. Interest is calculated using the effective interest method and is recognised in the income statement.

If an available for sale financial asset is derecognised or impaired the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is reclassified to the income statement.

Dividends on available for sale equity instruments are recognised in the income statement when the Group's right to receive payment is established.

Available for sale financial assets that would have met the definition of loans and receivables may be reclassified to loans and receivables if the Group has the intention and ability to hold the asset for the foreseeable future or until maturity.

(2)   Derecognition

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

232


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


Financial liabilities

The Group has two categories of financial liabilities: those that are carried at amortised cost and those that are carried at fair value through profit or loss. Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, (normally the issue proceeds i.e. the fair value of consideration received) less, in the case of financial liabilities subsequently carried at amortised cost, transaction costs. For liabilities carried at amortised cost, any difference between the proceeds, net of transaction costs, and the redemption value is recognised in the income statement using the effective interest method.

Preference shares which carry a mandatory coupon are classified as financial liabilities. The dividends on these preference shares are recognised in the income statement as interest expense using the effective interest method.

A liability may be designated as at fair value through profit or loss only when:

(i)
it eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency, (an accounting mismatch), that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognising the gains and losses on them on a different basis; or

(ii)
a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with documented risk management or investment strategy; or

(iii)
a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives that significantly changes the cash flows of the contract and the separation of the embedded derivative(s) is not prohibited.

The Group designates certain financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss as set out in note 51 to the financial statements. Financial liabilities are derecognised when they are extinguished, that is when the obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires.


Valuation of financial instruments

The Group recognises trading securities, other financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, derivatives and available for sale financial assets at fair value in the balance sheet. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date in the principal, or in its absence, the most advantageous market to which the Group has access at that date.

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities traded in active markets are based on unadjusted bid and offer prices respectively. If an active market does not exist, the Group establishes fair value using valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arm's length transactions, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other valuation techniques commonly used by market participants. To the extent possible, these valuation techniques use observable market data. Where observable data does not exist, the Group uses estimates based on the best information available.

The best evidence of the fair value of a financial instrument at initial recognition is the transaction price in an arm's length transaction, unless the fair value of that instrument is evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument (i.e. without modification or repackaging) or based on a valuation technique which uses only observable market inputs. When such evidence exists, the initial valuation of the instrument may result in the Group recognising a profit on initial recognition. In the absence of such evidence, the instrument is initially valued at the transaction price. Any day one profit is deferred and recognised in the income statement to the extent that it arises from a change in a factor that market participants would consider in setting a price. Straight line amortisation is used where it

233


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

approximates to that amount. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognised immediately in the income statement without the reversal of deferred day one profits or losses.

Where a transaction price in an arm's length transaction is not available, the fair value of the instrument at initial recognition is measured using a valuation technique.

For liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, the fair values reflect changes in the Group's own credit spread.

The fair values of the Group's financial assets and liabilities are disclosed within note 52 together with a description of the valuation technique used for each asset or liability category. For assets or liabilities recognised at fair value on the balance sheet, a description is given of any inputs into valuation models that have the potential to significantly impact the fair value, together with an estimate of the impact of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions.

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy

The Group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change occurred. The Group provides these disclosures in note 52.


Sale and repurchase agreements and lending of assets

Assets sold subject to repurchase agreements (repos) are retained on the balance sheet and reclassified as pledged assets when the transferee has the right by contract or custom to sell or repledge the collateral; the counterparty liability is included in deposits by banks or customer accounts, as appropriate.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repos) are treated as collateralised loans and recorded as loans and advances to banks or customers, as appropriate.

The difference between sale and repurchase price is treated as interest and recognised in the income statement over the life of the agreement using the effective interest method.

Securities lent to counterparties are also retained on the balance sheet. Securities borrowed are not recognised in the financial statements, unless these are sold to third parties, in which case the purchase and sale are recorded with the gain or loss included in trading income. The obligation to return the securities is recorded at fair value as a trading liability.


Issued debt and equity securities

The classification of instruments as a financial liability or an equity instrument is dependent upon the substance of the contractual arrangement. Instruments which carry a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset to another entity are classified as financial liabilities. The coupons on these instruments are recognised in the income statement as interest expense using the effective interest method. Where the Group has absolute discretion in relation to the payment of coupons and repayment of principal, the instrument is classified as equity and any coupon payments are classified as distributions in the period in which they are made.

If the Group purchases its own debt, it is removed from the balance sheet and the difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the consideration paid is included in other operating income, net of any costs or fees incurred.

234


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


Debt for debt exchanges

Where the Group and an existing lender agree to exchange financial liabilities and where the terms of the original financial liability and the new financial liability are substantially different, the exchange is treated as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a new financial liability. The Group considers both quantitative and qualitative measures in determining whether the terms are substantially different. The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability extinguished and the consideration paid, including any non-cash asset transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss. Any costs or fees incurred are recognised as part of the gain or loss on extinguishment.


Debt for equity exchanges

Where the Group settles a liability through the issuance of its own equity instruments, the difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability and the fair value of equity instruments issued is recognised in profit or loss. If the fair value of the equity instruments cannot be reliably measured then the fair value of the existing financial liability is used to measure the gain or loss.


Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which the contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value at each balance sheet date. All derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative.

Certain derivatives embedded in other financial instruments are separated from the host contract and accounted for as derivatives, when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract and the host contract is not carried at fair value through profit or loss.

Fair value gains or losses on derivatives are normally recognised in the income statement. However where they are designated as hedging instruments, the treatment of the fair value gains and losses depends on the nature of the hedging relationship.

The Group designates certain derivatives as either:

(i)
hedges of the exposure to changes in the fair value of recognised assets or liabilities that is attributable to a particular risk (fair value hedge); or

(ii)
hedges of highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognised asset or liability, or a forecast transaction (cash flow hedge).

Hedge accounting is applied to these derivatives provided certain criteria are met. The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

(a)   Fair value hedge

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. If the criteria for hedge accounting cease to be met, no further adjustments are made to the hedged item for fair value changes attributable to the hedged risk. The cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item is amortised to profit or loss over the period to maturity using the effective interest method.

235


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(b)   Cash flow hedge

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Amounts accumulated in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement in the periods in which the hedged item affects profit or loss.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in other comprehensive income at that time remains in other comprehensive income and is recognised in the income statement when the forecast transaction occurs. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in other comprehensive income is immediately reclassified to the income statement.


Impairment of financial assets

Assets carried at amortised cost

The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a 'loss event') and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.

Objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired includes observable data that comes to the attention of the Group about the following loss events:

(i)
delinquency in contractual payments of principal or interest;

(ii)
cash flow difficulties;

(iii)
breach of loan covenants or conditions;

(iv)
deterioration of the borrower's competitive position;

(v)
deterioration in the value of collateral;

(vi)
external rating downgrade below an acceptable level;

(vii)
initiation of bankruptcy proceedings; and

(viii)
granting a concession to a borrower, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower's financial difficulty that would otherwise not be considered.

The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on loans and advances has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of

236


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset's original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement. If a loan has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract. As a practical expedient the Group may measure impairment on the basis of an instrument's fair value using an observable market price.

The calculation of the present value of the estimated future cash flows of a collateralised financial asset reflects the cash flows that may result from foreclosure less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral, whether or not foreclosure is probable.

For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics (i.e. on the basis of the Group's grading process that considers asset type, industry, geographical location, collateral type, past due status and other relevant factors). Those characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors' ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated. Future cash flows in a group of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the group and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the group. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly by the Group to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor's credit rating), the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. The amount of the reversal is recognised in the income statement. When a loan is deemed uncollectible, it is derecognised and the provision for impairment is utilised. Subsequent recoveries decrease the amount of the charge for loan impairment in the income statement.

Forbearance

Forbearance occurs when a borrower is granted a temporary or permanent concession or an agreed change ('forbearance measure') to a loan for reasons relating to the actual or apparent financial stress or distress of that borrower. Forbearance has not occurred if the concession or agreed change to a loan granted to a borrower is not related to the actual or apparent financial stress or distress of that borrower.

Prior to any decision to grant forbearance the Group performs an assessment of a customer's financial circumstances and ability to repay. This assessment includes an individual assessment for impairment of the loan. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed forborne asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of loans with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment.

Where the forborne loan is considered to be impaired the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the asset's original effective interest rate before the modification of terms. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement. If a forborne asset has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate

237


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

determined under the contract before the modification of terms. As a practical expedient, the Group may measure impairment on the basis of an instrument's fair value using an observable market price.

Where a forborne loan in the non-mortgage book is subject to forbearance and no specific provision is required, the asset is reported as forborne. However, where a specific provision is required the asset is reported as impaired and is not reported as forborne. For residential mortgages, exposures that are subject to forbearance and have a specific provision are reported as both forborne and impaired.

Assets to which forbearance has been applied continue to be reported as forborne until the forbearance measure expires or the asset is repaid.

Where the cash flows from a forborne loan are considered to have expired, the original asset is derecognised and a new asset is recognised, initially measured at fair value. Any difference between the carrying value of the original asset and the fair value of the new asset on initial recognition are recognised in the income statement. Interest accrues on the new asset based on the current market rates in place at the time of the renegotiation.

Non-forbearance renegotiation

Where a concession or agreed change to a loan is not directly linked to apparent financial stress or distress, these amendments are not considered forbearance. Any changes in expected cash flows are accounted for under IAS 39 i.e. the carrying amount of the asset is adjusted to reflect any change to estimated cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate, before the modification of terms. If a renegotiated asset has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract. Any difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows is reflected in the income statement. However, where cash flows on the original asset have considered to have expired, the original asset is derecognised and a new asset is recognised at fair value. Any difference arising between the derecognised asset and the new asset is recognised in the income statement.

Available for sale financial assets

The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that an available for sale financial asset is impaired. In addition to the factors set out above, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of an investment in an available for sale equity instrument below its cost is considered in determining whether an impairment loss has been incurred. If an impairment loss has been incurred, the cumulative loss that had been recognised in other comprehensive income is removed from equity and recognised in the income statement. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available for sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised, the impairment loss is reversed through the income statement. Impairment losses recognised in the income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the income statement.


Property, plant and equipment

Freehold land and buildings are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently are revalued annually to open market value by independent external valuers. Revaluations are made with sufficient regularity to ensure that the carrying amount does not differ materially from the open market value at the balance sheet date.

238


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

All other property, plant and equipment, including freehold and leasehold adaptations, are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset's carrying amount or are recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

Increases in the carrying amount arising on the revaluation of land and buildings are recognised in other comprehensive income. Decreases that offset previous increases on the same asset are recognised in other comprehensive income: all other decreases are charged to the income statement.

The Directors consider that residual values of freehold and long leasehold property based on prices prevailing at the time of acquisition or subsequent valuation are such that depreciation is not material.

Depreciation is calculated on the straight line method to write down the carrying value of other items of property, plant and equipment to their residual values over their estimated useful lives as follows:

adaptation works on freehold and leasehold property—fifteen years, or the remaining period of the lease; and

computer and other equipment—maximum of ten years.

The assets' residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. Property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An asset's carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if its carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. The estimated recoverable amount is the higher of the asset's fair value less costs to sell or its value in use.

Gains and losses on the disposal of property, plant and equipment are determined by reference to their carrying amount and are taken into account in determining profit before tax. If the asset being disposed of had previously been revalued then any amount in other comprehensive income relating to that asset is reclassified directly to retained earnings on disposal rather than the income statement.


Investment property

Property held for long term rental yields and capital appreciation is classified as investment property. Investment property comprises freehold and long leasehold land and buildings. It is carried at fair value in the balance sheet based on annual revaluations at open market value and is not depreciated. Changes in fair values are recorded in the income statement. Rental income from investment properties is recognised as it becomes receivable over the term of the lease.


Intangible assets

(a)   Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group's share of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates or joint ventures is included in 'investments in associates' and 'investments in joint ventures' as appropriate. The carrying amount of goodwill in the Irish GAAP balance sheet as at 31 March 2004 was brought forward without adjustment on transition to IFRS.

239


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if there is any indication that it may be impaired, and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units (CGU) for the purpose of impairment testing. The CGU is considered to be the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or group of assets. The Group impairment model compares the recoverable amount of the CGU with the carrying value at the review date. An impairment loss arises if the carrying value of the CGU exceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of a CGU is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use, where the value in use is the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the CGU.

Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity are recognised having taken account of the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

(b)   Computer software

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. These costs are amortised on the basis of the expected useful lives, which is normally five years.

Costs associated with developing or maintaining computer software programmes are recognised as an expense as incurred. Costs that are directly associated with the production of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group and which will probably generate economic benefits exceeding costs beyond one year, are recognised as intangible assets. Direct costs include software development, employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.

Computer software development costs recognised as assets are amortised using the straight line method over their useful lives, which is normally between five and ten years.

Computer software is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An asset's carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if its carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. The estimated recoverable amount is the higher of the asset's fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.

(c)   Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets are carried at cost less amortisation and impairment, if any and, are amortised on a straight line basis over their useful lives which range from five years to twenty years and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An asset's carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if its carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. The estimated recoverable amount is the higher of the asset's fair value less costs to sell or its value in use.


Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale

An asset or a disposal group is classified as held for sale if the following conditions are met:

its carrying amount will be recovered principally through sale rather than continuing use;

it is available for immediate sale; and

the sale is highly probable within the next twelve months.

240


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

When an asset (or disposal group) is initially classified as held for sale, it is measured at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell at the date of classification, except for deferred tax assets, financial assets, investment properties, insurance contracts and assets arising from employee benefits, which are measured in accordance with the accounting policies applied to those assets prior to their classification as held for sale.

Impairment losses on initial classification of an asset (or disposal group) as held for sale, and on subsequent remeasurement of the asset (or disposal group), are recognised in the income statement. Increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset (or disposal group) that have been classified as held for sale are recognised in the income statement to the extent that the increase is not in excess of any cumulative impairment loss previously recognised in respect of the asset (or disposal group).

Impairment losses are allocated to non-current assets within the measurement scope of IFRS 5 and the amount recognised in the financial statements is limited to the carrying value of those assets. Other assets and liabilities are measured in accordance with applicable IFRSs in both initial and subsequent measurement of the asset (or disposal group) held for sale. As a result, in accordance with IFRS 5 any impairment losses in excess of the carrying value of the non-current assets in the scope measurement of IFRS 5 are not recognised until disposal.

When an asset (or disposal group) is classified as held for sale, amounts presented in the balance sheet for the prior period are not reclassified.

Where the criteria for the classification of an asset (or disposal group) as held for sale cease to be met, the asset (or disposal group) is reclassified out of held for sale and included in the appropriate balance sheet headings.

A discontinued operation is a cash-generating unit or a group of cash-generating units that either has been disposed of, or is classified as held for sale, and (a) represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, (b) is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations or (c) is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale.

The results of discontinued operations are shown as a single amount on the face of the income statement comprising the post-tax profit or loss of discontinued operations and the post-tax gain or loss recognised either on measurement to fair value less costs to sell or on the disposal of the discontinued operation.


Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made.

Provision is made for the anticipated costs of restructuring, including related redundancy costs, when an obligation exists. An obligation exists when the Group has a detailed formal plan for restructuring a business and has raised valid expectations in those affected by the restructuring by starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features.

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events or present obligations where the transfer of economic benefit is uncertain or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised but are disclosed unless the probability of their occurrence is remote.

241


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


Employee benefits

(a)   Pension obligations

The Group companies operate various pension schemes. The schemes are funded and the assets of the schemes are held in separate trustee administered funds. The Group has both defined contribution and defined benefit plans. A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit to be provided, usually as a function of one or more factors such as age, years of service or compensation. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity (a fund) and will have no legal or constructive obligations to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees' benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.

The asset or liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date minus the fair value of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates on high quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating the terms of the related pension liability. Service cost and net interest on the net defined benefit liability / (asset) are recognised in profit or loss, within operating expenses.

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability / (asset), including:

actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions; and

the return on plan assets, excluding amounts included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability / (asset); are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Past service cost is the change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation resulting from a plan amendment or curtailment, and is recognised as an expense at the earlier of:

when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs; and

when the Group recognises related restructuring costs or termination benefits.

Past service cost is recognised within operating expenses unless it meets the criteria for separate presentation as set out in IAS 1.

A plan amendment occurs when the Group introduces, or withdraws, a defined benefit plan, or changes the benefits payable under an existing plan. A curtailment occurs when the Group significantly reduces the number of employees covered by a plan. Past service cost may be either positive or negative.

For defined contribution plans, once the contributions have been paid, the company has no further payment obligations. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

(b)   Equity compensation benefits

The Group has a number of equity settled share based payment schemes. The fair value at the date of grant of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options or shares is recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined on the date the options or shares are granted by reference to their fair value, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting

242


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

conditions (for example, growth in EPS). Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options or shares that are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of options or shares that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, in the income statement, and a corresponding adjustment to equity over the remaining vesting period.

Where an option is cancelled, the Group immediately recognises, as an expense, the amount of the expense that would have otherwise been recognised over the remainder of the vesting period. When options are exercised, new shares are issued.

The fair value of the options granted is determined using option pricing models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the risk free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors.

Upon transition to IFRS, the Group availed of the exemption only to apply IFRS 2 to share based payments which were granted on or after 7 November 2002 that had not yet vested by 1 January 2005.

(c)   Short term employee benefits

Short term employee benefits, such as salaries and other benefits, are accounted for on an accruals basis over the period in which the employees' service is rendered. Bonuses are recognised where the Group has a legal or constructive obligation to employees that can be reliably measured.

(d)   Termination payments

Termination payments are recognised as an expense at the earlier of:

when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and

when the Group recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37 and involves the payment of termination benefits

For this purpose, in relation to termination benefits for voluntary redundancies, the Group is considered to be no longer able to withdraw the offer on the earlier of the following dates:

when the employee accepts the offer; and

when a restriction (e.g. a legal, regulatory or contractual requirement) on the Group's ability to withdraw the offer takes effect.

Termination benefits are recognised within operating expenses unless they meet the criteria for separate presentation as set out in IAS 1.

The Group measures termination benefits on initial recognition, and measures and recognises subsequent changes, in accordance with the nature of the benefit.


Income taxes

(a)   Current income tax

Income tax payable on profits, based on the applicable tax law in each jurisdiction, is recognised as an expense in the period in which profits arise. The tax effects of income tax losses available for carry forward are recognised as an asset when it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can be utilised.

243


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Tax provisions are provided on a transaction by transaction basis using a best estimate approach.

(b)   Deferred income tax

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

The rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date are used to determine deferred income tax. However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised and by reference to the expiry dates (if any) of the relevant unused tax losses or tax credits. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax on items taken to other comprehensive income is also recognised in other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified to the income statement together with the deferred gain or loss.

(c)   Investment tax credits

Investment tax credits are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that: (a) the Group has complied with the conditions attaching to them; and (b) the credits will be received. They are recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group recognises as expenses the related costs for which the credits are intended. Investment tax credits related to assets are presented in the balance sheet by deducting the grant in arriving at the carrying amount of the asset.


Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and balances with central banks and post office banks which can be withdrawn on demand. It also comprises balances with an original maturity of less than three months.


Capital stock and reserves

(1)   Equity transaction costs

Incremental external costs directly attributable to equity transactions, including the issue of new equity stock or options, are shown as a deduction from equity, net of tax.

(2)   Dividends on ordinary stock and preference stock

Dividends on ordinary stock and preference stock are recognised in equity in the period in which they are approved by the Bank's stockholders or the Court of Directors, as appropriate.

244


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(3)   Treasury stock

Where the Bank or its subsidiaries purchases the Bank's equity capital stock, the consideration paid is deducted from total stockholders' equity as treasury stock until they are cancelled. Where such stock is subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received is included in stockholders' equity. Any changes in the value of treasury stock held are recognised in equity at the time of the disposal and dividends are not recognised as income or distributions. This is particularly relevant in respect of Bank of Ireland stock held by Bank of Ireland Life for the benefit of policyholders.

(4)   Capital Reserve

The capital reserve represents transfers from retained earnings and other reserves in accordance with relevant legislation. The capital reserve is not distributable.

(5)   Foreign exchange reserve

The foreign exchange reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on the translation of the Group's net investment in its foreign operations since 1 April 2004. Gains and losses accumulated in this reserve are reclassified to the income statement when the Group loses control, joint control or significant influence over the foreign operation or on disposal or partial disposal of the operation.

(6)   Revaluation reserve

The revaluation reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on the revaluation of property occupied by Group businesses, included within property, plant and equipment and non-financial assets classified as held for sale.

(7)   Available for sale reserve

The available for sale reserve represents the cumulative change in fair value of available for sale financial assets together with the impact of any fair value hedge accounting adjustments.

(8)   Cash flow hedge reserve

The cash flow hedge reserve represents the cumulative changes in fair value, excluding any ineffectiveness, of cash flow hedging derivatives. These are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transactions impact the Group's profit or loss.

(9)   Share based payment reserve

The share based payment reserve represents amounts expensed in the income statement in connection with share based payments, net of transfers to retained earnings on the exercise, lapsing or forfeiting of share awards.

(10) Capital Contribution

Where a financial instrument is issued by the Group to a party acting in its capacity as a stockholder, a portion of the proceeds received, equal to the initial fair value of the financial instrument, is considered to be consideration for the issuance of the financial instrument, with any amount received in excess of this considered to be a capital contribution from the stockholder, and credited directly to this reserve.

245


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

(11) Stock Premium Account

Where, pursuant to Section 72 of the Companies Act 1963, there has been a reduction of the Bank's share capital by the cancellation of stock premium, the resulting profits available for distribution, as defined by Section 45 of the Companies (Amendment) Act 1983, are reclassified from the Stock Premium Account to Retained Earnings.


Life assurance operations

In accordance with IFRS 4, the Group classifies all life assurance products as either insurance or investment contracts for accounting purposes.

Insurance contracts are those contracts that transfer significant insurance risk. These contracts are accounted for using an embedded value basis.

Investment contracts are accounted for in accordance with IAS 39. All of the Group's investment contracts are unit linked in nature. These contracts are accounted for as financial liabilities whose value is contractually linked to the fair value of the financial assets within the policyholders' unit linked funds. The value of the unit linked financial liabilities is determined using current unit prices multiplied by the number of units attributed to the contract holders at the balance sheet date. Their value is never less than the amount payable on surrender, discounted for the required notice period where applicable.

The Group recognises an asset for deferred acquisition costs relating to investment contracts. Upfront fees received for investment management services are deferred. These amounts are amortised over the period of the contract.

Non-unit linked insurance liabilities are calculated using either a gross premium or net premium method of valuation. The assumptions are also set in accordance with the guidelines in the Insurance Regulations and contain a margin for adverse development. The key assumptions used in the valuation of insurance contract liabilities are:

Interest rate   The interest rates are derived in accordance with the guidelines in the Insurance Regulations. Margins for risk are allowed for in the derived interest rates.

Mortality and morbidity

 

The mortality and morbidity assumptions, which include an allowance for improvements in longevity for annuitants, are set with regard to the Group's actual experience and / or relevant industry data.

Maintenance expenses

 

Allowance is made for future policy costs and expense inflation explicitly.

The Group recognises the value of in force life assurance business asset as the present value of future profits expected to arise from contracts classified as insurance contracts under IFRS 4. The asset has been calculated in accordance with the embedded value achieved profits methodology in the Statement of Recommended Practice issued by the Association of British Insurers which came into force in 2002. The asset is determined by projecting the future statutory surpluses attributable to stockholders estimated to arise from insurance contracts. The surpluses are projected using appropriate assumptions as to future investment returns, persistency, mortality and expense levels and include consideration of guarantees and options. These surpluses are then discounted at a risk adjusted rate. Thus, the use of best estimate assumptions in the valuation of the value of in force asset ensures that the net carrying amount of insurance liabilities less the value of in force asset is adequate.

246


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The value of in force asset in the consolidated balance sheet and movements in the asset in the income statement are presented on a gross of tax basis. The tax charge comprises both current and deferred tax expense and includes tax attributable to both stockholders and policyholders for the period.

Premiums and claims

Premiums receivable in respect of non-unit linked insurance contracts are recognised as revenue when due from policyholders. Premiums received in respect of unit linked insurance contracts are recognised in the same period in which the related policyholder liabilities are created. Claims are recorded as an expense when they are incurred.

Reinsurance

Contracts entered into by the Group with reinsurers under which the Group is compensated for losses on one or more contracts issued by the Group are dealt with as insurance contracts, subject to meeting the significant insurance risk test in IFRS 4. Outward reinsurance premiums are accounted for in accordance with the contract terms when due for payment.


Offsetting financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right of set off and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.


Collateral

The Group enters into master agreements with counterparties, to ensure that if an event of default occurs, all amounts outstanding with those counterparties will be settled on a net basis. The Group obtains collateral in respect of customer liabilities where this is considered appropriate. The collateral normally takes the form of a lien over the customers' assets and gives the Group a claim on these assets for both existing and future liabilities. The collateral is, in general, not recorded on the Group balance sheet.

The Group also receives collateral in the form of cash or securities in respect of other credit instruments, such as stock borrowing contracts and derivative contracts, in order to reduce credit risk. Collateral received in the form of securities is not recorded on the balance sheet. Collateral received in the form of cash is recorded on the balance sheet, with a corresponding liability recognised within deposits from banks or deposits from customers. Any interest payable arising is recorded as interest expense.

In certain circumstances, the Group pledges collateral in respect of liabilities or borrowings. Collateral pledged in the form of securities or loans and advances continues to be recorded on the balance sheet. Collateral placed in the form of cash is recorded in loans and advances to banks or customers. Any interest receivable arising is recorded as interest income.


Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees are given to banks, financial institutions and other bodies on behalf of customers to secure loans, overdrafts and other banking facilities (facility guarantees), and to other parties in connection with the performance of customers under obligations related to contracts, advance payments made by other parties, tenders, retentions and the payment of import duties. Financial guarantees are initially recognised in the financial statements at fair value on the date that the guarantee is given. Subsequent to initial recognition, the Group's liabilities under such guarantees are measured at the higher

247


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

of the initial measurement, less amortisation calculated to recognise in the income statement the fee income earned over the period, and the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle any financial obligation arising as a result of the guarantees at the balance sheet date.

Any increase in the liability relating to guarantees is taken to the income statement and recognised on the balance sheet within provisions for undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees.


Operating segments

The segment analysis of the Group's results and financial position is set out in note 1. The Group has identified five reportable operating segments, which are as follows: Retail Ireland, Bank of Ireland Life, Retail UK, Corporate and Treasury and Group Centre.

These segments have been identified on the basis that the chief operating decision-maker uses information based on these segments to make decisions about assessing performance and allocating resources. The analysis of results by operating segment is based on management accounts information.

Transactions between the operating segments are on normal commercial terms and conditions. Internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments have been reflected in the performance of each segment. Revenue sharing agreements are used to allocate external customer revenues to operating segments on a reasonable basis.


Materiality

In its assessment of materiality, the Group considers the impact of any misstatements based on both:

the amount of the misstatement originating in the current year income statement; and

the effects of correcting the misstatement existing in the balance sheet at the end of the current year irrespective of the year in which the misstatement occurred.

248


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Impact of new accounting standards

The following standards, interpretations and amendments to standards will be relevant to the Group but were not effective at 31 December 2013 and have not been applied in preparing these financial statements. The Group's initial view of the impact of these accounting changes is outlined below.

Pronouncement
  Nature of change   Effective date   Impact
GRAPHIC   The IASB has issued amendments to IAS 32 'Financial Instruments: Presentation' that provide clarifications on the application of the offsetting rules. The revised standard was endorsed by the EU on 13 December 2012.   Financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014   Not significant.

GRAPHIC

 

These narrow-scope amendments to IAS 36, 'Impairment of Assets' require disclosure of information about the recoverable amount of impaired assets if that amount is based on fair value less costs of disposal. The scope of these disclosures is limited to the recoverable amount of impaired assets that is based on fair value less costs of disposal.

The revised standard was endorsed by the EU on 19 December 2013.


 

Financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

Not significant.

GRAPHIC

 

This narrow scope amendment to IAS 39 allows hedge accounting to continue where a derivative, which has been designated as a hedging instrument, is novated to effect clearing with a central counterparty as a result of laws or regulation, if specific conditions are met. A novation in this context indicates that parties to a contract agree to replace their original counterparty with a new one. The revised standard was endorsed by the EU on 19 December 2013.

 

Financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

Not significant.

GRAPHIC

 

This interpretation deals with accounting for levies imposed by governments, principally when an entity should recognise a liability to pay a levy. The interpretation clarifies that the obligating event that gives rise to a liability to pay a levy is the activity described in the relevant legislation that triggers the payment of the levy.

The new interpretation is still subject to EU endorsement.


 

Financial periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014.

 

Not significant.

GRAPHIC

 

The narrow scope amendments apply to contributions from employees or third parties to defined benefit plans. The objective of the amendments is to simplify the accounting for contributions that are independent of the number of years of employee service, for example, employee contributions that are calculated according to a fixed percentage of salary.

The revised standard is still subject to EU endorsement.


 

Financial periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014.

 

Not significant.

249


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Pronouncement
  Nature of change   Effective date   Impact
GRAPHIC   The annual improvements process provides a vehicle for making non-urgent but necessary amendments to IFRSs. The amendments are subject to EU endorsement. Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2010-2012 Cycle is a collection of amendments to IFRSs in response to eight issues addressed during the 2010-2012 cycle for annual improvements to IFRSs.   Financial periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014.   Not significant.

GRAPHIC

 

The annual improvements process provides a vehicle for making non-urgent but necessary amendments to IFRSs. The amendments are subject to EU endorsement. Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2011-2013 Cycle is a collection of amendments to IFRSs in response to four issues addressed during the 2011-2013 cycle.

 

Financial periods beginning on or after 1 July 2014.

 

Not significant.

250


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Pronouncement
  Nature of change   Effective date   Impact

GRAPHIC

  IFRS 9 is the standard which will replace IAS 39, 'Financial instruments: recognition and measurement'. The first stage of IFRS 9 dealt with the classification and measurement of financial assets and was issued in November 2009. An addition to IFRS 9 dealing with financial liabilities was issued in October 2010. In November 2013, further guidance was given on hedging and Own Credit Risk for financial liabilities at fair value.

The main changes from IAS 39 are summarised as follows:

the multiple classification model in IAS 39 is replaced with a single model that has only two classification categories: amortised cost and fair value;

classification under IFRS 9 is driven by the entity's business model for managing financial assets and the contractual characteristics of the financial assets;

the requirement to separate embedded derivatives from financial asset hosts is removed;

the cost exemption for unquoted equities is removed;

most of IAS 39's requirements for financial liabilities are retained, including amortised cost accounting for most financial liabilities;

guidance on separation of embedded derivatives will continue to apply to host contracts that are financial liabilities;

fair value changes attributable to changes in own credit risk for financial liabilities designated under the fair value option other than loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts are required to be presented in the statement of comprehensive income unless the treatment would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in profit or loss. These amounts are not subsequently reclassified to the income statement but may be transferred within equity. This change can now be early adopted; and

new general hedge accounting model.

The completed standard has not yet been published and is still subject to EU endorsement.

 

The IASB has tentatively decided that the effective date is 1 January 2018.

 

The Group is assessing the impact of adopting IFRS 9. The impact of IFRS 9 is expected to change when the completed standard is published.

251


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

In preparing the financial statements, the Group makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. As management judgement involves an estimate of the likelihood of future events, actual results could differ from those estimates, which could affect the future reported amounts of assets and liabilities. The estimates and judgements that have had the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Group's financial statements are set out below.

(a)   Impairment charges on financial assets

The Group reviews its loan portfolios for impairment on an ongoing basis. The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists. This assessment is performed individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. Impairment provisions are also recognised for losses not specifically identified but which, experience and observable data indicate, are present in the portfolio at the date of assessment.

Management uses estimates based on historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics and objective evidence of impairment similar to those in the portfolio, when scheduling its future cash flows. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating both the amount and timing of future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience. The use of historical loss experience is supplemented with significant management judgement to assess whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual level of inherent losses is likely to differ from those suggested by historical experience. In normal circumstances, historical experience provides objective and relevant information from which to assess inherent loss within each portfolio. In other circumstances, historical loss experience provides less relevant information about the inherent loss in a given portfolio at the balance sheet date, for example, where there have been changes in economic conditions such that the most recent trends in risk factors are not fully reflected in the historical information. In these circumstances, such risk factors are taken into account when calculating the appropriate levels of impairment allowances by adjusting the impairment loss derived solely from historical loss experience.

A key judgemental area is in relation to the Residential mortgages portfolio, which has been significantly impacted by the current economic climate, due to a considerable reduction in security values and very low levels of activity in the sector. At 31 December 2013, the Residential mortgages portfolio before impairment provisions amounted to €52 billion (31 December 2012: €55 billion), against which were held provisions for impairment of €2.0 billion (31 December 2012: €1.6 billion). A key assumption used in the calculation of the impairment charge for Residential mortgages is the expected decline in the value of the underlying residential properties securing the loans. At 31 December 2013, the assumption adopted by the Group in respect of the expected average decline in the value of Irish residential properties was 55% from their peak in 2007. The assumptions relating to the anticipated peak to trough house price decline, together with all other key impairment provisioning model factors, continue to be reviewed as part of the Group's year-end and half year financial reporting cycle. A 2% decline in average values beyond this assumed level would give rise to additional impairment provisions of c.€70 million to €80 million. At 31 December 2013 a 2% decline in average values in UK Residential properties beyond the assumed peak to trough would give rise to additional impairment provisions of c.£4 million to £6 million.

252


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

Residential mortgage impairment charges, in addition to containing judgements in relation to expected declines in residential property prices, also contain key assumptions relating to 'Time to Sale' and 'Loss Emergence periods'. The impairment charges can be sensitive to movements in these assumptions.

'Time to Sale' assumptions estimate the period of time taken from the recognition of the impairment charge to the sale of that collateral. An increase of three months in this assumption for Irish Residential mortgage properties would give rise to additional impairment provisions of c.€8 million to €12 million. An increase of three months in this assumption for UK Residential mortgage properties would give rise to additional impairment provisions of c.£1.5 million to £2.5 million.

'Loss emergence periods' refer to the period of time between the occurrence and reporting of a loss event. An increase of one month in this assumed loss emergence period for Irish Residential properties would give rise to additional impairment provisions of c.€5 million to €15 million. An increase of one month in this assumed loss emergence period for UK residential properties would give rise to additional impairment provisions of c.£0.5 million to £1.5 million.

'Weighted average cure rate' assumptions refer to the percentage of loans estimated to return from default to less than 30 days past due and satisfactorily complete a twelve month probation period. A 1% increase in this factor for Irish Residential mortgage properties would give rise to a release of impairment provisions of c.€8 million to €10 million.

A further important judgemental area is in relation to the level of impairment provisions applied to the Property and construction portfolio. The loans in this portfolio have been similarly affected by the current economic climate. Property and construction loans before impairment provisions at 31 December 2013 amounted to €16.8 billion (31 December 2012: €19.2 billion), against which were held provisions for impairment of €4.1 billion (31 December 2012: €3.9 billion).

In the case of the Property and construction portfolio a collective impairment provision is also made for impairment charges that have been incurred but not reported (IBNR). A key assumption used in calculating this charge is the emergence period between the occurrence and reporting of the loss event. An increase of one month in this emergence period beyond this assumed level would give rise to additional impairment provisions of c.€40 million to €45 million.

The estimation of impairment charges is subject to uncertainty, which has increased in the current economic environment, and is highly sensitive to factors such as the level of economic activity, unemployment rates, bankruptcy trends, property price trends and interest rates. The assumptions underlying this judgement are highly subjective. The methodology and the assumptions used in calculating impairment charges are reviewed regularly in the light of differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

In the case of the non-property SME and corporate portfolio a collective impairment provision is also made for impairment charges that have been IBNR. A key assumption used in calculating this charge is the emergence period between the occurrence and reporting of the loss event. An increase of one month in this emergence period beyond this assumed level would give rise to additional impairment provisions of c.€30 million to €35 million.

The detailed methodologies, areas of estimation and judgement applied in the calculation of the Group's impairment charge on financial assets are set out in the Credit Risk Methodologies section on pages 122 to 132 of the Risk Management Report.

253


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

(b)   Taxation

The taxation charge accounts for amounts due to fiscal authorities in the various territories in which the Group operates and includes estimates based on a judgement of the application of law and practice in certain cases to determine the quantification of any liabilities arising. In arriving at such estimates, management assesses the relative merits and risks of tax treatments assumed, taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance and, where appropriate, external advice. There is a risk that the final taxation outcome could be different to the amounts currently recorded.

At 31 December 2013, the Group had a net deferred tax asset of €1,622 million (31 December 2012: €1,548 million (restated)), of which €1,650 million (31 December 2012: €1,500 million) related to trading losses. See note 43.

A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences and unutilised tax losses can be utilised. In order for the Group to recognise an asset for unutilised losses it must have convincing evidence of sufficient future taxable profits against which the losses can be utilised. The recognition of a deferred tax asset relies on management's judgements surrounding the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profits, and the future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences.

To the extent that the recognition of a deferred tax asset is dependent on sufficient future profitability, a degree of estimation and the use of assumptions are required. The Group's judgement takes into consideration the impact of both positive and negative evidence, including historical financial performance, projections of future taxable income, the impact of tax legislation and future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences.

The most significant judgement relates to the Group's assessment of the recoverability of the portion of the deferred tax asset relating to trading losses. Under current Irish and UK tax legislation there is no time restriction on the utilisation of these losses. The Finance (No 2) Act 2013 abolished the tax provision applicable to financial institutions participating in NAMA which restricted by 50% the amount of profits against which the carried forward trading losses could be utilised. The effect of this change is to accelerate the Group's ability to utilise its tax losses carried forward and shorten the recovery period of the deferred tax asset. The Group expects to recover a significant portion of the deferred tax asset in a period more than ten years from the balance sheet date, however it expects that the greater part of the deferred tax asset will be recovered within ten years of the balance sheet date. Of the Group's total deferred tax asset of c.€1.6 billion at 31 December 2013, c.€1.3 billion related to Irish tax losses.

Based on its projections of future taxable income, the Group has concluded that it is probable that sufficient taxable profits will be generated to recover this deferred tax asset and it has been recognised in full.

(c)   Retirement benefits

The Group operates a number of defined benefit pension schemes. In determining the actual pension cost, the actuarial values of the liabilities of the schemes are calculated by external actuaries. This involves modelling their future growth and requires management to make assumptions as to discount rates, price inflation, salary and pensions increases, and employee mortality. There are acceptable ranges in which these estimates can validly fall. The impact on the results for the period and financial position could be materially different if alternative assumptions were used. An analysis of the sensitivity of the defined benefit pension liability to changes in the key assumptions is set out in note 44 on retirement benefit obligations.

254


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

(d)   Life assurance operations

The Group accounts for the value of the stockholders' interest in long term assurance business using the embedded value basis of accounting. Embedded value is comprised of the net tangible assets of Bank of Ireland Life and the present value of in force business. The value of in force business is calculated by projecting future surpluses and other net cash flows attributable to the shareholder arising from business written up to the balance sheet date and discounting the result at a rate which reflects the shareholder's overall risk premium, before provision has been made for taxation.

Future surpluses will depend on experience in a number of areas such as investment returns, lapse rates, mortality and investment expenses. Surpluses are projected by making assumptions about future experience, having regard to both actual experience and forecast long term economic trends.

Changes to these assumptions may cause the present value of future surpluses to differ from those assumed at the balance sheet date and could significantly affect the value attributed to the in force business. The value of in force business could also be affected by changes in the amounts and timing of other net cash flows (principally annual management charges and other fees levied upon the policyholders) or the rate at which the future surpluses and cash flows are discounted. In addition, the extent to which actual experience is different from that assumed will be recognised in the income statement for the period. An analysis of the sensitivity of profit after tax and stockholders' equity to changes in the key life assurance assumptions is set out in note 61 on the life assurance business.

(e)   Fair value of financial instruments

The Group measures certain of its financial instruments at fair value on the balance sheet. This includes trading securities, other financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, all derivatives and available for sale financial assets. The fair values of financial instruments are determined by reference to observable market prices where available and where an active market exists. Where market prices are not available or are unreliable, fair values are determined using valuation techniques including discounted cash flow models which, to the extent possible, use observable market inputs. Where valuation techniques are used they are validated and periodically reviewed by qualified personnel independent of the area that created them. All models are calibrated to ensure that outputs reflect actual data and comparable market prices. Using valuation techniques may necessitate the estimation of certain pricing inputs, assumptions or model characteristics such as credit risk, volatilities and correlations and changes in these assumptions could affect reported fair values.

The fair value movements on assets and liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss, including those held for trading, are included in net trading income.

The most significant area of judgement is in relation to certain financial assets and liabilities classified within level 3 of the 3-level fair value hierarchy. Further details are set out in note 52 on fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities.

An analysis of the sensitivity of the fair value movements of level 3 financial instruments to the use of reasonably possible alternative assumptions is also set out in note 52.

255


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

INDEX TO THE NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Index
   
  Page  

1

 

Operating segments

    258  

2

 

Interest income

    267  

3

 

Interest expense

    269  

4

 

Net insurance premium income

    269  

5

 

Fee and commission income and expense

    270  

6

 

Net trading income/(expense)

    270  

7

 

Life assurance investment income, gains and losses

    271  

8

 

Gain on liability management exercises

    272  

9

 

Other operating income

    276  

10

 

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

    276  

11

 

Other operating expenses

    277  

12

 

Cost of restructuring programme

    278  

13

 

Auditors' remuneration (excluding VAT)

    279  

14

 

Impairment charges on financial assets (excluding assets sold to NAMA)

    280  

15

 

Impairment charges on assets sold to NAMA

    280  

16

 

(Loss)/gain on sale of assets to NAMA including associated costs

    280  

17

 

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets

    281  

18

 

Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax)

    283  

19

 

(Loss)/profit on disposal/liquidation of business activities

    284  

20

 

Taxation

    285  

21

 

Earnings per share

    288  

22

 

Trading securities

    289  

23

 

Derivative financial instruments

    290  

24

 

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    293  

25

 

Loans and advances to banks

    294  

26

 

Available for sale financial assets

    294  

27

 

NAMA senior bonds

    296  

28

 

Loans and advances to customers

    297  

29

 

Impairment provisions

    298  

30

 

Interest in associates

    299  

31

 

Interest in joint ventures

    299  

32

 

Intangible assets

    300  

33

 

Investment properties

    301  

34

 

Property, plant and equipment

    302  

35

 

Other assets

    305  

36

 

Deposits from banks

    306  

37

 

Customer accounts

    306  

38

 

Debt securities in issue

    307  

39

 

Liabilities to customers under investment and insurance contracts

    307  

40

 

Subordinated liabilities

    309  

41

 

Other liabilities

    312  

42

 

Provisions

    313  

43

 

Deferred tax

    314  

44

 

Retirement benefit obligations

    316  

45

 

Contingent liabilities and commitments

    328  

46

 

Capital Package in relation to 2009 Preference Stock

    329  

256


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

INDEX TO THE NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Index
   
  Page  

47

 

Capital stock

    330  

48

 

Stock premium account

    335  

49

 

2011 Capital stress test and associated recapitalisation

    336  

50

 

Liquidity risk and profile

    338  

51

 

Measurement basis of financial assets and financial liabilities

    341  

52

 

Fair values of assets and liabilities

    343  

53

 

Cash and cash equivalents

    356  

54

 

Profit or loss of the parent company

    356  

55

 

Related party transactions

    357  

56

 

Summary of relations with the State

    366  

57

 

Principal undertakings

    372  

58

 

Interest in other entities

    373  

59

 

Transferred financial assets

    378  

60

 

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

    379  

61

 

Life assurance business

    380  

62

 

Impact of adopting new accounting standards

    382  

63

 

EU restructuring plan

    388  

64

 

Director's information

    388  

65

 

Risk Management

    388  

66

 

Post balance sheet events

    389  

67

 

Approval of financial statements

    389  

257


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1      OPERATING SEGMENTS

The Group has five reportable operating segments which reflect the internal financial and management reporting structure and are organised as follows:

Retail Ireland

Retail Ireland incorporates the Group's branch network and Direct Channels (mobile, online and phone), Mortgage Business, Consumer Banking, Business Banking and Private Banking activities in the Republic of Ireland and is built on a broad distribution platform and a comprehensive suite of retail and business products and services.

As set out in note 63, on 9 July 2013 the European Commission gave approval under the State aid rules to amend the Group's Revised 2011 EU Restructuring Plan, which permitted the retention of New Ireland Assurance Company plc (NIAC) its life assurance company which distributes protection, investment and pension products to the Irish market, through independent brokers, its financial advisors (direct sales force) and the Group's branch network, but required a range of substitution measures. One of these substitution measures is that the Group will exit from the origination of new mortgages through its intermediary channel, including the sale (or retirement) of the ICS Building Society's distribution platform together with the sale, if required by the acquirer, of up to €1.0 billion of intermediary originated mortgage assets and matched deposits.

Bank of Ireland Life (BoI Life)

Bank of Ireland Life comprises the life assurer, NIAC which distributes protection, investment and pension products to the Irish market, through independent brokers, its financial advisors (direct sales force) and the Group's branch network.

As set out in note 63, on 9 July 2013 the European Commission gave approval under the State aid rules to amend the Group's Revised 2011 EU Restructuring Plan, which permitted the retention of NIAC but required a range of substitution measures (see page 388).

Retail UK

The Retail UK Division incorporates the financial services relationship and foreign exchange joint venture with the UK Post Office, the UK Residential mortgage business, the Group's branch network in Northern Ireland and the Group's business banking business in Great Britain and Northern Ireland. The Retail UK division includes the activities of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc, the Group's wholly owned UK licensed banking subsidiary.

As set out in note 63, on 9 July 2013, the European Commission gave approval under the State aid rules to amend the Group's Revised 2011 EU Restructuring Plan, which permitted the retention of NIAC but required a range of substitution measures. One of these substitution measures is that the Group will exit its existing Great Britain based business banking activities, with gross assets of c.£3 billion, which form part of the Retail UK division. This measure does not impact on the Group's consumer banking business in Great Britain including its partnership with the Post Office, or its activities in Northern Ireland.

Corporate and Treasury

The Corporate and Treasury Division comprises Corporate Banking, Global Markets and IBI Corporate Finance.

258


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1      OPERATING SEGMENTS (Continued)

As set out in note 63, on 9 July 2013, the European Commission gave approval under the State aid rules to amend the Group's Revised 2011 EU Restructuring Plan, which permitted the retention of NIAC but required a range of substitution measures. One of these substitution measures is that the Group will exit from its Great Britain based Corporate banking activities, which form part of the Corporate and Treasury division. This measure does not impact on the Group's Leveraged Acquisition Finance business.

Group Centre

Group Centre comprises capital management activities, unallocated Group support costs and the cost associated with schemes such as the ELG scheme, the Deposit Guarantee Scheme (DGS) and the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS).

Other reconciling items

Other reconciling items represent inter segment transactions which are eliminated upon consolidation.

Basis of preparation of segmental information

The analysis of results by operating segment is based on the information used by the chief operating decision maker to allocate resources and assess performance. Transactions between the business segments are on normal commercial terms and conditions. Internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments have been reflected in the performance of each business. Revenue sharing agreements are used to allocate external customer revenues to a business segment on a reasonable basis.

The measures of segmental assets and liabilities provided to the chief operating decision maker are not adjusted for transfer pricing adjustments or revenue sharing agreements as the impact on the measures of segmental assets and liabilities is not significant.

Capital expenditure comprises additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

The Group's management reporting and controlling systems use accounting policies that are the same as those referenced in 'Group accounting policies' on pages 222 to 251. On an ongoing basis, the Group reviews the methodology for allocating funding and liquidity costs in order to ensure that the allocations continue to reflect each division's current funding requirement. During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group amended the allocation of funding and liquidity costs across the divisions resulting in a reduction of €39 million (31 December 2012: €nil, 31 December 2011: €nil) in net interest income in the Retail UK division with a corresponding increase in net interest income in the Retail Rol and Corporate and Treasury divisions of €32 million (31 December 2012: €nil, 31 December 2011: €nil) and €7 million (31 December 2012: €nil, 31 December 2011: €nil) respectively.

Gross external revenue comprises interest income, net insurance premium income, fee and commission income, net trading income, life assurance investment income gains and losses, gain on liability management exercises, other operating income and share of results of associates and joint ventures.

There were no revenues deriving from transactions with a single external customer that amounted to 10% or more of the Group's revenues.

259


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1      OPERATING SEGMENTS (Continued)

The Group measures the performance of its operating segments through a measure of segment profit or loss which is referred to as 'Underlying profit' in its internal management reporting systems. Underlying profit or loss excludes:

Impact of changes to pension benefits in the Bank sponsored defined benefit schemes;

Change arising on the movement in the Group's credit spreads;

Cost of restructuring programme;

Gross-up for policyholder tax in the Life business;

Loss on disposal / liquidation of business activities;

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets;

Gain on liability management exercises;

Investment return on treasury stock held for policyholders; and

Gain on Contingent Capital Note.

260


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1      OPERATING SEGMENTS (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2013
  Retail
Ireland
€m
  Bank of
Ireland
Life
€m
  Retail
UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Group
Centre
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Group
€m
 

Net interest income

    886     48     572     617     (120 )   1     2,004  

Other income, net of insurance claims

    326     149     3     174     (6 )   (4 )   642  
                               

Total operating income, net of insurance claims

    1,212     197     575     791     (126 )   (3 )   2,646  
                               

Other operating expenses

    (759 )   (86 )   (312 )   (167 )   (139 )       (1,463 )

Depreciation and amortisation

    (32 )   (4 )   (32 )   (5 )   (45 )       (118 )
                               

Total operating expenses

    (791 )   (90 )   (344 )   (172 )   (184 )       (1,581 )
                               

Underlying operating profit/(loss) before impairment charges on financial assets

    421     107     231     619     (310 )   (3 )   1,065  

Impairment charges on financial assets

    (1,109 )       (424 )   (132 )           (1,665 )

Share of results of associates and joint ventures

    (9 )       40                 31  
                               

Underlying (loss)/profit before tax

    (697 )   107     (153 )   487     (310 )   (3) 1   (569 )
                               
                               

 

Reconciliation of underlying loss before tax to loss before tax
  Group
€m
 

Underlying loss before tax

    (569 )

Impact of changes to pension benefits in the Group sponsored defined benefit schemes

    274  

Change arising on the movement in the Group's credit spreads

    (154 )

Cost of restructuring programme

    (90 )

Gross-up for policyholder tax in the Life business

    26  

Loss on disposal/liquidation of business activities

    (10 )

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets

    (3 )

Gain on liability management exercises

    4  

Investment return on treasury stock held for policyholders

    (3 )
       

Loss before tax

    (525 )
       
       

(1)
This relates to segmental income on certain inter-segment transactions, which is eliminated at a Group level.

261


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1      OPERATING SEGMENTS (Continued)

Restated1
Year ended 31 December 2012
  Retail
Ireland
€m
  Bank of
Ireland Life
€m
  Retail
UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Group
Centre
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Group
€m
 

Net interest income

    674     38     368     633     (347 )   1     1,367  

Other income, net of insurance claims

    304     151     40     57     (37 )   (19 )   496  
                               

Total operating income, net of insurance claims

    978     189     408     690     (384 )   (18 )   1,863  
                               

Other operating expenses

    (786 )   (87 )   (349 )   (177 )   (97 )       (1,496 )

Depreciation and amortisation

    (43 )   (6 )   (35 )   (7 )   (51 )       (142 )
                               

Total operating expenses

    (829 )   (93 )   (384 )   (184 )   (148 )       (1,638 )
                               

Underlying operating profit/(loss) before impairment charges on financial assets

    149     96     24     506     (532 )   (18 )   225  

Impairment charges on financial assets

    (1,149 )       (423 )   (157 )   (40 )       (1,769 )

Gains/(loss) on sale of assets to NAMA including associated costs

    5         (9 )   1     2         (1 )

Share of results of associates and joint ventures

    6         40                 46  
                               

Underlying (loss)/profit before tax

    (989 )   96     (368 )   350     (570 )   (18 )2   (1,499 )
                               
                               

 

Reconciliation of underlying loss before tax to loss before tax
  Group
€m
 

Underlying loss before tax

    (1,499 )

Change arising on the movement in the Group's credit spreads

    (297 )

Cost of restructuring programme

    (150 )

Gross-up for policyholder tax in the Life business

    16  

Loss on disposal/liquidation of business activities

    (69 )

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets

    (326 )

Gain on liability management exercises

    69  

Investment return on treasury stock held for policyholders

    (1 )

Gain on Contingent Capital Note

    79  
       

Loss before tax

    (2,178 )
       
       

(1)
From 1 January 2013, the Group adopted IFRS 10, which resulted in the deconsolidation of certain entities with interests in an international investment property within Retail Ireland. The impact of this has been to reclassify the income statement lines relating to these entities to share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax), but with no impact on underlying loss before tax. The comparative figures for the year ended 31 December 2012 for Retail Ireland have been restated to reflect this, resulting in a €9 million increase in Net interest income, a €26 million decrease in Other income, net of insurance claims, an €11 million decrease in Other operating expenses and a €5 million increase in share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax) (see note 62).
(2)
This relates to segmental income on certain inter-segment transactions, which is eliminated at a Group level.

262


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1      OPERATING SEGMENTS (Continued)

Restated1
Year ended 31 December 2011
  Retail
Ireland
€m
  Bank of
Ireland
Life
€m
  Retail
UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Group
Centre
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Group
€m
 

Net interest income

    857     5     367     742     (420 )   (9 )   1,542  

Other income, net of insurance claims

    284     122     119     44     (36 )   (22 )   511  
                               

Total operating income, net of insurance claims

    1,141     127     486     786     (456 )   (31 )   2,053  
                               

Other operating expenses

    (815 )   (96 )   (345 )   (179 )   (81 )3       (1,516 )

Depreciation and amortization

    (43 )   (6 )   (38 )   (9 )   (41 )       (137 )
                               

Total operating expenses

    (858 )   (102 )   (383 )   (188 )   (122 )       (1,653 )
                               

Underlying operating profit/(loss) before impairment charges on financial assets

    283     25     103     598     (578 )   (31 )   400  

Impairment charges on financial assets (excluding sold or held for sale to NAMA)

    (1,297 )       (435 )   (228 )           (1,960 )

Impairment charges on assets sold or held for sale to NAMA

    (9 )       (26 )   (9 )           (44 )

Gain/(loss on sale of assets to NAMA including associated costs

    1         (5 )   24     13         33  

Share of results of associates and joint ventures

    (1 )       36                 35  
                               

Underlying (loss)/profit before tax

    (1,023 )   25     (327 )   385     (565 )   (31 )2   (1,536 )
                               
                               


Reconciliation of underlying loss before tax to loss before tax
  Group
€m
 

Underlying loss before tax

    (1,536 )

Change arising on the movement in the Group's credit spreads

    56  

Cost of restructuring programme

    3  

Gross-up for policyholder tax in the Life business

    10  

Loss on disposal/liquidation of business activities

    34  

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets

    (565 )

Gain on liability management exercises

    1,789  

Investment return on treasury stock held for policyholders

    2  

Gain on Contingent Capital Note

     
       

Loss before tax

    (207 )
       
       

(1)
From 1 January 2013, the Group adopted IFRS 10, which resulted in the deconsolidation of certain entities with interests in an international investment property within Retail Ireland. The impact of this has been to reclassify the income statement lines relating to these entities to share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax), but with no impact on underlying loss before tax. The comparative figures for the year ended 31 December 2011 for Retail Ireland have been restated to reflect this, resulting in a €8 million increase in Net interest income, a €13 million decrease in Other income, net of insurance claims, an €10 million decrease in Other operating expenses and a €4 million increase in share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax) (see note 62).
(2)
This relates to segmental income on certain inter-segment transactions, which is eliminated at a Group level.

(3)
The impact of amendments to defined benefit pension schemes of €2 million is shown in operating expenses where as previously it had been shown as a separate line item.

263


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1      OPERATING SEGMENTS (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2013
Analysis by operating segment
  Retail
Ireland
€m
  Bank of
Ireland
Life
€m
  Retail
UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Group
Centre
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Group
€m
 

Investment in associates and joint ventures

    196     36     66                 298  
                               

External assets

    40,514     13,153     43,928     30,222     4,320         132,137  

Inter segment assets

    51,134     2,397     23,000     103,403     35,394     (215,328 )    
                               

Total assets

    91,648     15,550     66,928     133,625     39,714     (215,328 )   132,137  
                               

External liabilities

    47,421     14,438     29,836     29,929     2,630     14     124,268  

Inter segment liabilities

    43,920     321     34,731     102,861     33,489     (215,322 )    
                               

Total liabilities

    91,341     14,759     64,567     132,790     36,119     (215,308 )   124,268  
                               
                               

 

Restated* Year ended 31 December 2012
Analysis by operating segment
  Retail
Ireland
€m
  Bank of
Ireland
Life
€m
  Retail
UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Group
Centre
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Group
€m
 

Investment in associates and joint ventures

    210     42     66                 318  
                               

External assets

    43,292     12,288     51,193     37,264     3,927         147,964  

Inter segment assets

    51,267     2,558     43,589     129,317     40,830     (267,561 )    
                               

Total assets

    94,559     14,846     94,782     166,581     44,757     (267,561 )   147,964  
                               

External liabilities

    47,059     13,644     34,213     42,031     2,349     13     139,309  

Inter segment liabilities

    47,608     389     58,387     123,888     37,289     (267,561 )    
                               

Total liabilities

    94,667     14,033     92,600     165,919     39,638     (267,548 )   139,309  
                               
                               

 

Restated* Year ended 31 December 2011
Analysis by operating segment
  Retail
Ireland
€m
  Bank of
Ireland
Life
€m
  Retail
UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Group Centre
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Group
€m
 

Investment in associates and joint ventures

    150     52     74                 276  
                               

External assets

    45,686     11,485     55,033     39,833     2,663         154,700  

Inter segment assets

    66,792     2,228     39,955     149,010     38,894     (296,879 )    
                               

Total assets

    112,478     13,713     94,988     188,843     41,557     (296,879 )   154,700  
                               

External liabilities

    45,644     12,346     31,180     53,656     1,571         144,397  

Inter segment liabilities

    66,914     479     63,713     133,758     32,015     (296,879 )    
                               

Total liabilities

    112,558     12,825     94,893     187,414     33,586     (296,879 )   144,397  
                               
                               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

264


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1      OPERATING SEGMENTS (Continued)

Year ended 31 December 2013
Gross revenue by operating segments
  Retail
Ireland
€m
  Bank of
Ireland
Life
€m
  Retail
UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Group
Centre
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Group
€m
 

Gross external revenue

    1,739     1,615     1,450     1,059     17     (3 )   5,877  

Inter segment revenues

    792     142     769     1,493     302     (3,498 )    
                               

Gross revenue

    2,531     1,757     2,219     2,552     319     (3,501 )   5,877  

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

        (1,466 )           (4 )       (1,470 )
                               

Gross revenue after claims paid

    2,531     291     2,219     2,552     315     (3,501 )   4,407  
                               
                               

Capital expenditure

    24     1     18     3     72         118  
                               
                               

 

Restated* Year ended 31 December 2012
Gross revenue by operating segments
  Retail
Ireland
€m
  Bank of
Ireland
Life
€m
  Retail
UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Group
Centre
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Group
€m
 

Gross external revenue

    1,721     1,861     1,759     1,072     (124 )   (14 )   6,275  

Inter segment revenues

    1,168     148     1,244     2,262     339     (5,161 )    
                               

Gross revenue

    2,889     2,009     3,003     3,334     215     (5,175 )   6,275  

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

        (1,720 )           (5 )       (1,725 )
                               

Gross revenue after claims paid

    2,889     289     3,003     3,334     210     (5,175 )   4,550  
                               
                               

Capital expenditure

    28     3     12     2     87         132  
                               
                               

 

Restated* Year ended 31 December 2011
Gross revenue by operating segments
  Retail
Ireland
€m
  Bank of
Ireland
Life
€m
  Retail
UK
€m
  Corporate
and
Treasury
€m
  Group
Centre
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Group
€m
 

Gross external revenue

    1,833     912     1,933     1,487     1,798         7,963  

Inter segment revenues

    3,237     40     1,134     2,899     (825 )   (6,485 )    
                               

Gross revenue

    5,070     952     3,067     4,386     973     (6,485 )   7,963  

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

        (728 )           (22 )       (750 )
                               

Gross revenue after claims paid

    5,070     224     3,067     4,386     951     (6,485 )   7,213  
                               
                               

Capital expenditure

    14     4     18         67         103  
                               
                               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

265


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1      OPERATING SEGMENTS (Continued)

The analysis below is on a geographical basis—based on the location of the business unit where revenues are generated.

Year ended 31 December 2013
Geographical analysis
  Republic of
Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  Rest of
World
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Total
€m
 

Gross external revenue

    4,268     1,534     78     (3 )   5,877  

Inter segment revenues

    182     510     36     (728 )    
                       

Gross revenue

    4,450     2,044     114     (731 )   5,877  

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

    (1,466 )       (4 )       (1,470 )
                       

Gross revenue after claims paid

    2,984     2,044     110     (731 )   4,407  
                       

Capital expenditure

    100     18             118  
                       

External assets

    84,726     45,963     1,448         132,137  

Inter segment assets

    27,446     11,179     2,418     (41,043 )    
                       

Total assets

    112,172     57,142     3,866     (41,043 )   132,137  
                       

External liabilities

    92,257     31,317     694         124,268  

Inter segment liabilities

    15,159     23,523     2,361     (41,043 )    
                       

Total liabilities

    107,416     54,840     3,055     (41,043 )   124,268  
                       
                       

 

Restated* Year ended 31 December 2012
Geographical analysis
  Republic of
Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  Rest of
World
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Total
€m
 

Gross external revenue

    4,329     1,869     77         6,275  

Inter segment revenues

    435     930     61     (1,426 )    
                       

Gross revenue

    4,764     2,799     138     (1,426 )   6,275  

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

    (1,720 )       (5 )       (1,725 )
                       

Gross revenue after claims paid

    3,044     2,799     133     (1,426 )   4,550  
                       

Capital expenditure

    120     12             132  
                       

External assets

    92,587     54,237     1,140         147,964  

Inter segment assets

    34,774     14,347     2,727     (51,848 )    
                       

Total assets

    127,361     68,584     3,867     (51,848 )   147,964  
                       

External liabilities

    102,569     35,544     1,196         139,309  

Inter segment liabilities

    18,438     30,969     2,441     (51,848 )    
                       

Total liabilities

    121,007     66,513     3,637     (51,848 )   139,309  
                       
                       

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

266


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1      OPERATING SEGMENTS (Continued)

Restated* Year ended 31 December 2011
Geographical analysis
  Republic of
Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  Rest of
World
€m
  Other
reconciling
items
€m
  Total
€m
 

Gross external revenue

    5,366     2,462     135         7,963  

Inter segment revenues

    996     764     69     (1,829 )    
                       

Gross revenue

    6,362     3,226     204     (1,829 )   7,963  

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

    (728 )       (22 )       (750 )
                       

Gross revenue after claims paid

    5,634     3,226     182     (1,829 )   7,213  
                       

Capital expenditure

    85     18             103  
                       

External assets

    94,493     58,632     1,575         154,700  

Inter segment assets

    43,869     16,007     2,905     (62,781 )    
                       

Total assets

    138,362     74,639     4,480     (62,781 )   154,700  
                       

External liabilities

    110,269     33,067     1,061         144,397  

Inter segment liabilities

    18,004     41,625     3,152     (62,781 )    
                       

Total liabilities

    128,273     74,692     4,213     (62,781 )   144,397  
                       
                       

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

2      INTEREST INCOME

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Loans and advances to customers

    3,128     3,332     3,980  

Available for sale financial assets

    389     466     465  

Finance leases and hire purchase receivables

    101     104     109  

Loans and advances to banks

    51     104     64  
               

Interest income

    3,669     4,006     4,618  
               
               

Interest income recognised on loans and advances to customers

Interest income recognised on loans and advances to customers includes:

€212 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €231 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €202 million) of interest recognised on impaired loans and advances to customers on which a specific impairment provision has been recognised at the year end. €165 million of this amount (year ended 31 December 2012: €189 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €163 million) relates to loans on which specific provisions have been individually assessed and €47 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €42 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €39 million) relates to loans on which specific provisions have been collectively assessed;

267


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2      INTEREST INCOME (Continued)

€77 million of interest recognised on loans and advances to customers classified as greater than 90 days past due but on which a specific impairment provision has not been recognised at the year end; and

€331 million of interest recognised on loans and advances to customers classified as forborne and which are not in default at the year end.

For the year ended 31 December 2013, interest recognised on total forborne loans and advances to customers was €379 million.

Interest income received on loans and advances to customers

For the year ended 31 December 2013:

€291 million of interest income was received on impaired loans and advances to customers on which a specific impairment provision has been recognised at the year end;

€67 million of interest income was received on loans and advances to customers classified as greater than 90 days past due but on which a specific impairment provision has not been recognised at the year end; and

€320 million of interest income was received on arising on loans and advances to customers classified as forborne and which are not in default at the year end.

For the year ended 31 December 2013, interest income received on total forborne loans and advances to customers was €358 million.

Interest income recognised on available for sale financial assets

Interest income of €15 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €17 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €15 million) relates to interest on impaired available for sale financial assets on which an individually assessed specific impairment charge has been recognised.

Transferred from cash flow hedge reserve

Net interest income also includes a gain of €132 million (year ended 31 December 2012: loss of €56 million; year ended 31 December 2011: loss of €154 million) transferred from the cash flow hedge reserve (see page 217).

268


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3      INTEREST EXPENSE

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Customer accounts

    1,066     1,659     1,598  

Debt securities in issue

    283     450     549  

Deposits from banks

    138     371     758  

Subordinated liabilities

    178     80     171  

Gross interest expense on subordinated liabilities

    178     159     171  

Gain on Contingent Capital Note

        (79 )    

Interest expense

    1,665     2,560     3,076  
               
               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

Included within interest expense for the year ended 31 December 2013 is an amount of €129 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €388 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €449 million) relating to the cost of the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee Scheme (ELG). The cost of this scheme is classified as interest expense as it is directly attributable and incremental to the issue of specific financial liabilities. Further information on this scheme is outlined in note 56.

Interest expense on subordinated liabilities for the year ended 31 December 2012 includes a gain of €79 million in relation to a change in the expected cashflows of future coupon payments on the Convertible Contingent Capital Note 2016 (see note 40).

4      NET INSURANCE PREMIUM INCOME

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Gross premiums written

    1,297     1,241     1,026  

Ceded reinsurance premiums

    (224 )   (89 )   (104 )
               

Net premiums written

    1,073     1,152     922  

Change in provision for unearned premiums

        4     7  
               

Net insurance premium income

    1,073     1,156     929  
               
               

269


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5      FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME AND EXPENSE

Income
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Retail banking customer fees

    395     384     386  

Insurance commissions

    22     61     76  

Credit related fees

    34     44     66  

Asset management fees

    4     5     28  

Brokerage fees

    2     3     11  

Other

    36     18     45  
               

Fee and commission income

    493     515     612  
               
               

Included in other fees is an amount of €1 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €2 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €2 million) related to trust and other fiduciary fees.

Expense

Fee and commission expense of €192 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €215 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €192 million) primarily comprises brokerage fees, sales commissions and other fees paid to third parties.

6      NET TRADING INCOME/(EXPENSE)

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Financial assets designated at fair value

    13     4     (1 )

Financial liabilities designated at fair value

                   

—Credit spreads relating to the Group's liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss (see table below)

    (112 )   (245 )   42  

—Other

    (86 )   (116 )   14  

Related derivatives held for trading

    3     38     (82 )
               

    (182 )   (319 )   (27 )

Other financial instruments held for trading

    195     33     44  

Net fair value hedge ineffectiveness

    3     11     1  

Cash flow hedge ineffectiveness

    (4 )       1  
               

Net trading income/(expense)

    12     (275 )   19  
               
               

Net trading income/(expense) includes the gains and losses on financial instruments held for trading and those designated at fair value through profit or loss (other than unit linked life assurance assets and investment contract liabilities). It includes the gains and losses arising on the purchase and sale of these instruments, the interest income receivable and expense payable and the fair value movement on these instruments, together with the funding cost of the trading instruments. It also includes €34 million (year

270


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6      NET TRADING INCOME/(EXPENSE) (Continued)

ended 31 December 2012: €32 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €54 million) in relation to net gains arising from foreign exchange.

Net trading income/(expense) includes the total fair value movement (including interest receivable and payable) on liabilities that have been designated at fair value through profit or loss. The interest receivable on amortised cost assets, which are funded by those liabilities, is reported in net interest income.

Net trading income/(expense) also includes the total fair value movements on derivatives that are economic hedges of assets and liabilities which are measured at amortised cost, the net interest receivable or payable on which is also reported within net interest income. The net amount reported within net interest income relating to these amortised cost instruments was €10 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €87 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €102 million).

Net fair value hedge ineffectiveness reflects a net gain from hedging instruments of €24 million (year ended 31 December 2012: net charge of €65 million; year ended 31 December 2011: gain of €56 million) offsetting a net charge from hedged items of €21 million (year ended 31 December 2012: net gain of €76 million; year ended 31 December 2011: net charge of €55 million).

The table below sets out the impact on the Group's income statement of the (charges)/gains arising on the movement in credit spreads on the Group's own debt and deposits:

Credit spreads relating to the Group's liabilities designated
at fair value through profit or loss
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Recognised in

                   

—Net trading expense

    (112 )   (245 )   42  

—Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

    (36 )   (47 )   11  

—Other operating income

    (6 )   (5 )   3  
               

    (154 )   (297 )   56  
               
               

Cumulative (charges)/gains arising on the movement in credit spreads relating the Group's liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    (26 )   128     425  
               
               

7      LIFE ASSURANCE INVESTMENT INCOME, GAINS AND LOSSES

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Gross life assurance investment income, gains and losses

    532     679     (39 )

Elimination of investment return on treasury stock held for the benefit of policyholders in the Life businesses

    (1 )   (1 )   1  
               

Life assurance investment income, gains and losses

    531     678     (38 )
               
               

Life assurance investment income, gains and losses comprise the investment return, realised gains and losses and unrealised gains and losses which accrue to the Group on all investment assets held by Bank of

271


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7      LIFE ASSURANCE INVESTMENT INCOME, GAINS AND LOSSES (Continued)

Ireland Life, other than those held for the benefit of policyholders whose contracts are considered to be investment contracts.

IFRS requires that Bank of Ireland stock held by the Group, including that held by Bank of Ireland Life for the benefit of policyholders, is reclassified as treasury stock and accounted for as a deduction from equity. The impact on the Group income statement for the year ended 31 December 2013 is that the gain arising on life assurance investment income, gains and losses of €532 million is reduced by €1 million which is the change in the value of Bank of Ireland stock held under insurance contracts.

8      GAIN ON LIABILITY MANAGEMENT EXERCISES

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Repurchase for cash

    4     69     526  

Debt for equity offer

            1,177  

Call option

            101  

Debt for debt exchange

            17  

Transaction costs

            (32 )
               

Gain on liability management exercises

    4     69     1,789  
               
               

Year ended 31 December 2013

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group repurchased certain debt securities for cash, generating gains before tax of €4 million, being the difference between the consideration paid of €299 million and the carrying value of the securities repurchased of €303 million.

Year ended 31 December 2012

During the year ended 31 December 2012, the Group repurchased certain debt securities and mortgage-backed securities for cash, generating gains before tax of €32 million and €37 million respectively, being the difference between the consideration paid of €680 million and the carrying value of the securities repurchased of €749 million.

Year ended 31 December 2011

As part of its capital management activities, including the 2011 recapitalisation of the Bank (see note 49), the Group repurchased and/or exchanged certain subordinated liabilities and mortgage-backed securities at significant discounts to their nominal amounts generating gains before transaction costs of €1,514 million and €307 million, respectively,

272


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8      GAIN ON LIABILITY MANAGEMENT EXERCISES (Continued)

This involved a number of transactions as follows:

 
   
  Nominal amount exchanged/repurchased    
  Average
price (% of
nominal
amount
exchanged)
 
 
  Nominal
amount
prior to debt
exchange
   
 
Dated Securities
Description
  Debt for
debt
exchange
  Debt for
equity
offer
  Cash
offer
  Call
option(1)
  Residual
nominal
amount
 

€650 million

                             

Fixed/Floating Rate Subordinated Note due 2019

  €202m     €178m   €5m   €19m     36 %

€600 million

                             

Subordinated Floating Rate Notes 2017

  €48m     €32m   €15m     €1m   39 %

€750 million

                             

Floating Rate Subordinated Notes 2017

  €93m     €87m   €2m   €4m     38 %

US$600 million

                             

Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2018

  US$185m     US$180m   US$1m   US$4m     39 %

Stg£400 million

                             

Fixed/Floating Rate Subordinated Note due 2018

  Stg£57m     Stg£57m         40 %

Stg£450 million

                             

Fixed/Floating Rate Subordinated Notes 2020

  Stg£272m     Stg£268m   Stg£2m   Stg£2m     40 %

Stg£75 million

                             

103/4% subordinated Note 2018

  Stg£27m     Stg£25m   Stg£1m   Stg£1m     37 %

€1,002 million

                             

Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes 2020

  €747m     €530m   €11m     €206m   40 %

Stg£197 million

                             

Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes 2020

  Stg£87m     Stg£61m   Stg£24m     Stg£2m   41 %

CAD$400 million

                             

Fixed/Floating Rate Subordinated Notes 2015

  CAD$221m   CAD$83m   CAD$38m   CAD$1m     CAD$99m   48 %

CAD$145 million

                             

Fixed/Floating Rate Subordinated 2018

  CAD$145m   CAD$55m   CAD$39m   CAD$50.8m     CAD$0.2m   49 %
(1)
The Group was granted the right to insert a call option (which it subsequently exercised) to compulsorily acquire €0.1 billion of debt securities for cash at 0.001% of their nominal value

The net gain before transaction costs set out in the table above amounted to €1,049 million (€1,042 million after taxation), being the difference between the fair value of the consideration of €682 million and the carrying value of the securities of €1,731 million.

273


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8      GAIN ON LIABILITY MANAGEMENT EXERCISES (Continued)

 
   
  Nominal amount
exchanged/repurchased
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Average
price (% of
nominal
amount
exchanged)
 
 
  Nominal
amount
prior to debt
exchange
   
 
Undated debt exchanges
Description
  Debt for
equity
offer
  Cash
offer
  Call
option(1)
  Residual
nominal
amount
 

€600 million

                         

7.40% Guaranteed step-up Callable Perpetual Preferred Securities

  €253m   €108m   €113m     €32m   34 %

Stg £350 million

                         

6.25% Guaranteed Callable Perpetual Preferred Securities

  Stg£40m   Stg£39m   Stg£1m       20 %

€600 million

                         

Fixed Rate/Variable rate Guaranteed Non-voting Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities

  €216m   €96m   €54m   €66m     11 %

US$800 million

                         

Fixed Rate/Variable Rate Guaranteed Non-voting Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities

  US$61m   US$55m   US$3m   US$3m     19 %

US$400 million

                         

Fixed Rate/Variable Rate Guaranteed Non-voting Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities

  US$20m   US$14m   US$2m   US$4m     14 %

Stg£500 million

                         

Fixed Rate/Variable Rate Guaranteed Non-voting Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities

  Stg£5m   Stg£4m   Stg£1m       18 %

Stg£75 million

                         

13.375% Perpetual Subordinated Bonds

  Stg£75m     Stg£29m     Stg£46m   35 %

US$150 million Floating Rate Note (FRN) (accounted for as preference equity(2))

  US$80m   US$65m   US$15m       37 %
(1)
The Group was granted the right to insert a call option (which it subsequently exercised) to compulsorily acquire €0.1 billion of debt securities for cash at 0.001% of their nominal value.

(2)
The difference of €41 million between the fair value of the consideration of €20 million and the carrying value of the notes of €61 million is shown as an increase in retained earnings in the Statement of Changes in Equity (see page 216).

The net gain before transaction costs set out in the table above amounted to €465 million (€465 million after taxation), being the difference between the fair value of the consideration of €131 million and the carrying value of the notes repurchased of €596 million.

274


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8      GAIN ON LIABILITY MANAGEMENT EXERCISES (Continued)

The following table summarises the results of the repurchase of certain residential mortgage-backed securities:

Repurchase of mortgage-backed securities during the year
ended 31 December 2011
Description/Issuer
  Nominal
amount prior
to repurchase
  Nominal
amount
repurchased
  Residual
nominal
amount
  Average price
(% of nominal
amount
repurchased)
 

Kildare Securities Limited mortgage-backed

                 

Floating Rate Notes December 2043:

                 

Class A2

  US$474m   US$15m   US$459m   88 %

Class A3

  €1,062m   €260m   €802m   75 %

Class B

  €97m   €61m   €36m   51 %

Class C

  €91m   €60m   €31m   42 %

Class D

  €27m   €21m   €6m   33 %

Brunel Residential Mortgage Securitisation No. 1 plc

                 

Mortgage-backed Floating Rate Notes January 2039:

                 

Class A4a

  €723m   €125m   €598m   92 %

Class A4b

  Stg£743m   Stg£301m   Stg£442m   75 %

Class A4c

  US$1,111m   US$141m   US$970m   92 %

Class B4a

  €98m   €9m   €89m   77 %

Class B4b

  Stg£19m   Stg£12m   Stg£7m   75 %

Class C4a

  €156m   €28m   €128m   72 %

Class C4b

  Stg£23m   Stg£2m   Stg£21m   67 %

Class C4c

  US$23m   US$8m   US$15m   72 %

Class D4a

  €122m   €69m   €53m   66 %

Class D4b

  Stg£21m   Stg£9m   Stg£12m   65 %

Class D4c

  US$23m   US$21m   US$2m   64 %

Bank of Ireland Mortgage Bank

                 

ACS 4% 5 July 2013

  €2,100m   €8m   €2,092m   89 %

ACS 3.25% 22 June 2015

  €2,000m   €20m   €1,980m   77 %

The net gain before transaction costs on the repurchase of these mortgage-backed securities amounted to €307 million (€268 million after taxation) being the difference between the fair value of the consideration of €872 million and the carrying value of the mortgage-backed securities of €1,179 million.

275


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9      OTHER OPERATING INCOME

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Transfer from available for sale reserve on asset disposal (note 26)

    50     60     (28 )

Other insurance income

    32     27     49  

Dividend income

    5     2     2  

Movement in value of in force asset (note 61)

    (21 )   (1 )   (19 )

Elimination of investment return on treasury stock held for the benefit of policyholders in the Life businesses

    (2 )       1  

Other income

        (8 )   (6 )
               

Other operating income

    64     80     (1 )
               
               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of "IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements". See note 62 for additional information.

There was no charge relating to the Group's share of joint operations (JO) during the year ended 31 December 2013 (year ended 31 December 2012: €2 million charge; year ended 31 December 2011: €nil) (see note 58).

10    INSURANCE CONTRACT LIABILITIES AND CLAIMS PAID

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Claims paid

                   

Policy surrenders

    (895 )   (856 )   (795 )

Death and critical illness claims

    (126 )   (145 )   (148 )

Annuity payments

    (59 )   (48 )   (41 )

Policy maturities

    (1 )   (1 )   (1 )

Other claims

    (29 )   (25 )   (39 )
               

Gross claims paid

    (1,110 )   (1,075 )   (1,024 )
               

Recovered from reinsurers

    71     69     53  
               

Net claims paid

    (1,039 )   (1,006 )   (971 )
               

Change in insurance contract liabilities

                   

Gross liabilities

    (514 )   (951 )   151  

Reinsured liabilities

    83     232     70  
               

Net change in insurance contract liabilities

    (431 )   (719 )   221  
               

Insurance contract liabilities and claims paid

    (1,470 )   (1,725 )   (750 )
               
               

276


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11    OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

Administrative expenses and staff costs
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Staff costs excluding cost of restructuring programme

    824     841     878  

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 32)

    78     101     99  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 34)

    40     41     37  

Revaluation of property

    1     11     15  

Reversal of impairment of intangible assets

            (4 )

Other administrative expenses excluding cost of restructuring programme

    638     644     628  
               

Total

    1,581     1,638     1,653  
               
               

Total staff costs are analysed as follows:

                   

Total staff costs excluding restructuring

    824     841     878  

Wages and salaries

    613     686     692  

Social security costs

    67     73     72  

Retirement benefit costs (defined benefit plans) (note 44)

    132     69     104 1

Retirement benefit costs (defined contribution plans)

    1     1     2  

Other staff costs

    11     12     8  

Staff costs included in cost of restructuring programme (note 12)

    48     134      
               

Total staff costs

    872     975     878  
               
               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

1
Included in other operating expenses for the year ended 31 December 2011 is a gain on amendments to defined benefit pension schemes of €2 million.

Retirement benefit costs exclude a gain of €274 million in relation to the impact of amendments to the Group's sponsored defined benefit pension scheme, the Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund (BSPF). The Group completed a review of the Group sponsored BSPF during 2013 and made amendments to benefits to partly address the scheme deficit. Based on the status of implementation of the amendments and assumption changes made at 31 December 2013, the Group recognised a reduction in the scheme deficit of €394 million, of which €274 million has been recognised within the income statement as a separate line item, net of any directly related expenses, and €117 million has been recognised within other comprehensive income. Further details are set out in note 44 on page 316.

277


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11    OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES (Continued)

Defined benefit retirement benefit costs of €132 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 (year ended 31 December 2012: €69 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €104 million) includes a trustee approved recovery of €28 million in respect of the Irish pension levy in respect of 2013 for the BSPF and 2011, 2012 and 2013 for a number of smaller schemes (year ended 31 December 2012: €43 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €nil) (note 44).

Other administrative expenses includes an amount of €70 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €60 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €69 million) relating to operating lease payments.

Also included in other administrative expenses is an amount of €5 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €2 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €nil) relating to the Group's share of joint operation (JO) (see note 58).

Staff numbers

At 31 December 2013, the number of staff (full time equivalents) was 11,255 (31 December 2012: 12,016; year ended 31 December 2011: 13,234).

The average number of staff (full time equivalents) during the year was 11,831 (year ended 31 December 2012: 13,091; year ended 31 December 2011: 13,671) categorised as follows in line with the operating segments as stated in note 1.

Average number of staff
(full time equivalents)
  Year ended
31 December
2013
  Year ended
31 December
2012
  Year ended
31 December
2011
 

Retail Ireland

    4,794     4,887     5,374  

Retail UK

    1,446     2,112     2,236  

Bank of Ireland Life

    968     1,023     1,073  

Corporate and Treasury

    580     686     925  

Group Centre

    4,043     4,383     4,063  
               

Total

    11,831     13,091     13,671  
               
               

12    COST OF RESTRUCTURING PROGRAMME

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Staff costs (note 11)

    48     134      

Property and other

    42     16     (3 )
               

    90     150     (3 )
               
               

278


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13    AUDITORS' REMUNERATION (EXCLUDING VAT)

 
  Notes   RoI (i)
€m
  Overseas (ii)
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2013
Total
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
Total
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
Total
€m
 

Audit and assurance services

                                     

Statutory audit

          2.1     0.8     2.9     3.1     3.3  

Assurance services

                                     

—Assurance services relating to capital package

          1.1         1.1          

—Assurance services relating to IBRC transaction

    (iii )               0.6      

—Assurance services relating to capital raising

                          1.8  

—Other assurance services

    (iv )   2.3     0.3     2.6     3.0     2.9  
                             

          5.5     1.1     6.6     6.7     8.0  

Other services

                                     

Taxation services

          0.1         0.1     0.1     0.2  

Other non-audit services

    (v )       0.1     0.1     0.3     0.5  
                             

Auditors' remuneration

          5.6     1.2     6.8     7.1     8.7  
                             
                             

The figures in the above table relate to fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). The Group Audit Committee has reviewed the level of fees and is satisfied that it has not affected the independence of the auditors.

(i)
Fees paid to the Statutory Auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers Ireland;

(ii)
Fees to overseas auditors principally consist of fees to PricewaterhouseCoopers in the UK;

(iii)
These fees are in respect of transaction services relating to the securities repurchase transaction between the Group and Irish Bank Resolution Corporation Limited (IBRC), see note 56. Under the terms of the transaction agreement, costs reasonably incurred in relation to the transaction, including this fee, were recovered from IBRC;

(iv)
Other assurance services consist primarily of fees in connection with reporting to regulators including the Central Bank of Ireland, review of the interim financial statements, letters of comfort, review of compliance with Government Guarantee Schemes, reporting on Sarbanes-Oxley, reporting accountants' work and other accounting matters; and

(v)
Other non-audit services consist primarily of fees for translation services and other assignments.

279


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14    IMPAIRMENT CHARGES ON FINANCIAL ASSETS (EXCLUDING ASSETS SOLD TO NAMA)

 
  Year ended
31 December 2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December 2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December 2011
€m
 

Loans and advances to customers (note 29)

    1,665     1,724     1,939  

Available for sale financial assets (AFS)

        45     21  
               

Impairment charges on financial assets

    1,665     1,769     1,960  
               
               

Included within impairment charges on available for sale financial assets is a charge of €nil (year ended 31 December 2012: €40 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €nil) relating to the NAMA subordinated bonds.

15    IMPAIRMENT CHARGES ON ASSETS SOLD TO NAMA

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Impairment charges on assets sold to NAMA

            44  

At 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Group did not have any assets held for sale to NAMA.

16    (LOSS)/GAIN ON SALE OF ASSETS TO NAMA INCLUDING ASSOCIATED COSTS

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
  Year ended
31 December
2012
  Year ended
31 December
2011
 
(Loss)/gain on sale of assets to NAMA
  €m   €m   €m   €m   €m   €m  

Fair value of consideration(1)

                              246  

Assets transferred

                                     

—Loans sold to NAMA (nominal value)

                        (498 )      

—Derivatives sold to NAMA (fair value)

                               

—Impairment provisions at date of sale

                    198     (300 )
                                 

Other items(2)

                    (1 )         (3 )
                                 

                      (1 )         (57 )

Adjustment to consideration in respect of assets transferred during 2010(3)

                              90  
                                 

(Loss)/gain on sale of assets to NAMA

                    (1 )         33  
                                 
                                 

(1)
The consideration consists of the fair value of NAMA senior bonds (representing 95% of the nominal consideration) and the fair value of NAMA subordinated bonds (representing 5% of the nominal consideration) (see note 27 and note 26).

(2)
Other items includes provision for servicing liability, other related sale costs and adjustments in respect of movements in assets between the due diligence valuation date and the date at which they transferred to NAMA.

(3)
As at 31 December 2010, the final NAMA due diligence process was still ongoing for €3.6 billion of assets transferred to NAMA. Given the uncertainty over the final consideration for these transferred assets, the Group was required to estimate the amount receivable from NAMA. The ultimate amount received from NAMA was greater than originally anticipated by €90 million.

280


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16    (LOSS)/GAIN ON SALE OF ASSETS TO NAMA INCLUDING ASSOCIATED COSTS (Continued)

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group recognised no (loss)/gain on sale of assets to NAMA including associated costs.

During the year ended 31 December 2012, the Group recognised a net loss of €1 million which relates primarily to an adjustment to the consideration in respect of assets previously transferred to NAMA. No assets were transferred to NAMA during the year ended 31 December 2012.

During the year ended 31 December 2011, the Group sold €498 million of assets to NAMA before impairment provisions at the date of sale of €198 million. The fair value of the consideration received for these assets amounted to €246 million. After taking account of other items and the adjustment to consideration in respect of assets transferred during 2010, the Group's gain on sale of assets to NAMA was €33 million.

17    LOSS ON DELEVERAGING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

During 2013, the Group undertook deleveraging of certain financial assets, all of which had been completed and settled at the balance sheet date. An analysis of the deleveraging completed during the year ended 31 December 2013 and the year ended 31 December 2012 (which includes the sale of loan portfolios to third parties together with managed refinancing decisions taken by the Group) is set out below:

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Corporate and Treasury

    1     203     146  

Retail UK

    2     123     419  
               

Loss on deleveraging of financial assets

    3     326     565  
               
               

Year ended 31 December 2013

Corporate and Treasury

Loans with a carrying value of €87 million were derecognised through individual sales and managed refinancing decisions. The Group received consideration (net of costs) of €86 million for these loans, giving rise to a loss on deleveraging of €1 million.

Retail UK

During the year ended 31 December 2013, UK Intermediary Mortgages with a carrying value of €180 million were deleveraged through managed refinancing resulting in a loss of €2 million.

Year ended 31 December 2012

Corporate and Treasury

281


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17    LOSS ON DELEVERAGING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS (Continued)

Retail UK

Year ended 31 December 2011

Corporate and Treasury

Retail UK

282


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17    LOSS ON DELEVERAGING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS (Continued)

18    SHARE OF RESULTS OF ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES (AFTER TAX)

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

First Rate Exchange Services (note 31)

    40     40     37  

Property unit trust (note 31)

    (5 )   (1 )   3  

Associates

    (4 )   7     (5 )
               

Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax)

    31     46     35  
               
               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

Summarised aggregated financial information for Bank of Ireland's jointly controlled entities and joint ventures is as follows:

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Income Statement amounts:

                   

Income

    201     203     191  

Gross Profit

    172     174     164  

Profit before tax

    119     123     116  

Profit after tax

    95     97     90  

Balance sheet amounts:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Current Assets

    433     318     305  

Non-current assets

    291     317     341  

Current liabilities

    (308 )   (189 )   (159 )

Non-current liabilities

             
               

Net assets

    416     446     487  
               
               

283


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19    (LOSS)/PROFIT ON DISPOSAL/LIQUIDATION OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Corporate and Treasury Division

                   

Burdale

                   

—Loss on disposal

        (14 )    

—Impairment of goodwill

            (45 )

Bank of Ireland Asset Management (BIAM)

    1     (1 )   39  

Bank of Ireland Securities Services (BOISS)

    1     2     32  

Retail Ireland Division

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Foreign Currency Exchange (FCE) Corporation

            8  

Transfer of foreign exchange reserve to income statement on liquidation of non-trading entities

    (12 )   (56 )    
               

(Loss)/profit on disposal/liquidation of business activities

    (10 )   (69 )   34  
               
               

Burdale

In line with the agreements given in the EU Restructuring Plan, on 19 December 2011 the Group announced the sale of Burdale to Wells Fargo Bank N.A. in exchange for cash of €655 million. The Group incurred a charge of €45 million in the year ended 31 December 2011, being the impairment of the goodwill on Burdale Financial Holdings Limited following the announcement of the sale of this business. The sale was completed on 1 February 2012. In the year ended 31 December 2012, the Group recognised a loss on disposal of €14 million.

Bank of Ireland Asset Management (BIAM)

In line with the agreements given in the EU Restructuring plan, on 22 October 2010 the Group announced the sale of BIAM to State Street Global Advisors for cash consideration of €57 million, subject to certain conditions. On 10 January 2011, all conditions of the sale were satisfied and the sale was completed. In the year ended 31 December 2011, the Group recognised a profit on disposal of €39 million.

Bank of Ireland Securities Services (BoISS)

On 24 February 2011, the Group announced the sale of BoISS to Northern Trust Corporation for cash and deferred consideration. The fair value of the consideration was estimated to be €51 million and the sale was completed on 1 June 2011. In the year ended 31 December 2011, the Group recognised a profit on disposal of €32 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange (FCE) Corporation

In line with the agreements given in the EU Restructuring plan, on 9 May 2011 the Group announced the sale of FCE Corporation to Wells Fargo Bank N.A. for consideration of €31 million. On 1 August 2011, all conditions were satisfied and the sale was completed. In the year ended 31 December 2011, the Group recognised a profit on disposal of €8 million.

284


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19    (LOSS)/PROFIT ON DISPOSAL/LIQUIDATION OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIES (Continued)

Transfer of foreign exchange reserve to income statement on liquidation of non-trading entities

As part of the Group's focus on simplifying its corporate structure, the Group has an ongoing programme of winding up a number of wholly owned, dormant and non-trading companies, a number of which are foreign operations. During this process, the Group voluntarily appointed a liquidator to manage the winding up. Upon appointment of the liquidator, the Group is considered to have lost control of the companies and has accounted for this loss of control as a disposal. In accordance with IAS 21, the Group has reclassified net cumulative foreign exchange losses of €12 million relating to these companies from the foreign exchange reserve to the income statement during the year ended 31 December 2013 (year ended 31 December 2012: €56 million; year ended 31 December 2011: €nil) (page 217).

20    TAXATION

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Current tax

                   

Irish Corporation Tax

                   

—Current year

    (20 )   (20 )   (25 )

—Adjustments in respect of prior year

        24     16  

—Transfer from deferred tax

    6     11     16  

Double taxation relief

    2     2     2  

Foreign tax

                   

—Current year

    (25 )   (9 )   (49 )

—Adjustments in respect of prior year

    (44 )   6     7  

—Transfer from deferred tax

    19     34      
               

    (62 )   48     (33 )

Deferred tax

                   

—Current year losses

    175     363     323  

—Impact of Corporation Tax rate change (note 43)

    (58 )   (33 )   (18 )

—Origination and reversal of temporary differences

    (66 )   (14 )   (10 )

—Transfer to current tax

    (25 )   (45 )   (16 )

—Reassessment of the value of tax losses carried forward (note 43)

    65          

—Adjustments in respect of prior year

    6     18     (13 )
               

Taxation credit

    35     337     233  
               
               

285


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

20    TAXATION (Continued)

The reconciliation of tax on the loss before taxation at the standard Irish corporation tax rate to the Group's actual tax credit for the years ended 31 December 2013, 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 is as follows:

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Loss before tax multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax in Ireland of 12.5% (2012: 12.5%)

    66     271     26  

Effects of:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Gains arising on repurchase of subordinated liabilities

            185  

Reassessment of the value of tax losses carried forward

    65          

Foreign earnings subject to different rates of tax

    15     66     84  

Other adjustments for tax purposes

    (8 )   9     (35 )

Non-deductible goodwill impairment

            (13 )

Share of results of associates and joint ventures shown post tax in the income statement

    5     5     5  

Impact of corporation tax rate change on deferred tax

    (58 )   (33 )   (18 )

Adjustments in respect of prior year

    (38 )   48     10  

Bank of Ireland Life companies—different basis of accounting

    (12 )   (21 )   (23 )

(Loss)/profit on disposal/liquidation of business activities

        (8 )   12  
               

Taxation credit

    35     337     233  
               
               

286


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

20    TAXATION (Continued)

The effective taxation rate on a statutory basis for the year ended 31 December 2013 is 7% (tax credit) (year ended 31 December 2012: 16% (tax credit); year ended 31 December 2011: 113% (tax credit)).

The tax effects relating to each component of other comprehensive income are as follows:

 
  Year ended 31 December 2013   Restated* Year ended 31 December 2012   Restated* Year ended 31 December 2011  
 
  Pre tax
€m
  Tax
€m
  Net of tax
€m
  Pre tax
€m
  Tax
€m
  Net of tax
€m
  Pre tax
€m
  Tax
€m
  Net of tax
€m
 

Available for sale reserve

                                                       

Changes in fair value

    414     (53 )   361     1,015     (126 )   889     68     (8 )   60  

Transfer to income statement

                                                       

—On asset disposal

    (50 )   6     (44 )   (60 )   7     (53 )   28     (4 )   24  

—Impairment

                45     (6 )   39     21     (2 )   19  
                                       

Net change in reserve

    364     (47 )   317     1,000     (125 )   875     117     (14 )   103  
                                       

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit pension liability

    (130 )   13     (117 )   (892 )   117     (775 )   (122 )   18     (104 )

Cash flow hedge reserve

                                                       

Changes in fair value

    259     (29 )   230     590     (44 )   546     (1,034 )   234     (800 )

Transfer to income statement

    (461 )   50     (411 )   (417 )   19     (398 )   1,380     (266 )   1,114  
                                       

Net change in cash flow hedge reserve

    (202 )   21     (181 )   173     (25 )   148     346     (32 )   314  
                                       

Net change in foreign exchange reserve

    (81 )       (81 )   136         136     180         180  

Net change in revaluation reserve

                (2 )   1     (1 )   (8 )   2     (6 )
                                       

Other comprehensive income for the year

    (49 )   (13 )   (62 )   415     (32 )   383     513     (26 )   487  
                                       
                                       

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)'. See note 62 for additional information.

287


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

21    EARNINGS PER SHARE

The calculation of basic earnings per unit of €0.05 ordinary stock is based on the loss attributable to ordinary stockholders divided by the weighted average number of units of ordinary stock in issue excluding treasury stock and own stock held for the benefit of life assurance policyholders.

The diluted earnings per share is based on the loss attributable to ordinary stockholders divided by the weighted average number of units of ordinary stock in issue excluding treasury stock and own stock held for the benefit of life assurance policyholders adjusted for the effect of all dilutive potential ordinary stock.

For the years ended 31 December 2013, 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011 there was no difference in the weighted average number of units of stock used for basic and diluted earnings per share as the effect of all potentially dilutive ordinary units of stock outstanding was anti-dilutive.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated* Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

                   

(Loss)/profit attributable to stockholders

    (487 )   (1,835 )   30  

Dividend on 2009 Preference Stock

    (185 )   (188 )   (188 )

Adjustment on partial redemption of 2009 Preference Stock(1)

    (23 )        

Repurchase of capital note

            41  

Dividend on other preference equity interests

    (7 )   (7 )   (7 )
               

Loss attributable to ordinary stockholders

    (702 )   (2,030 )   (124 )
               
               

 

 
  Units
(millions)
  Units
(millions)
  Units
(millions)
 

Weighted average number of units of stock in issue excluding treasury stock and own stock held for the benefit of life assurance policyholders(2)

    30,252 (3)   30,109     15,704  
               

Basic and diluted earnings per share (cent)

    (2.3c )   (6.7c )   (0.8c )
               
               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

(1)
537,041,304 units of 2009 Preference Stock were redeemed at the subscription price of €1 per unit. This was greater than its carrying value of €0.9577 per unit due to transaction costs and warrants issued on the issue of the stock on 31 March 2009. Under IAS 33 , the difference of €23 million on redemption has been reflected in the EPS calculation by reducing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent entity.


(2)
The weighted average number of units of treasury stock and own stock held for the benefit of life assurance policyholders amounted to 42.9 million units (year ended 31 December 2012: 45.3 million units; year ended 31 December 2011: 34.4 million units).


(3)
The weighted average number of units of stock in issue is calculated based on daily averages. As a result the number of weighted average number of units of stock in issue reflect c.20 days of the units of the Placing Stock (see note 46).

288


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

21    EARNINGS PER SHARE (Continued)

As at 31 December 2013, the Convertible Contingent Capital Note (see note 40) and options over 1.2 million units of potential ordinary stock (31 December 2012: 2.7 million units, 31 December 2011: 3 million units) could potentially have a dilutive impact in the future, but were anti-dilutive in the years ended 31 December 2013, 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011.

22    TRADING SECURITIES

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Debt securities—listed

    252     143  
           

Trading securities

    252     143  
           
           

For the purpose of disclosure of credit risk exposures, trading securities are included within other financial instruments of €29.5 billion (31 December 2012: €35.5 billion) in the Risk Management Report on page 122.

289


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

23    DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Group's use of objectives and policies on managing the risks that arise in connection with derivatives, including the policies for hedging, are included in the Risk Management Report on page 142. The notional amounts of certain types of derivatives do not necessarily indicate the amounts of future cash flows involved or the current fair value of the instruments and, therefore, do not indicate the Group's exposure to credit risk. The derivative instruments give rise to assets or liabilities as a result of fluctuations in market rates or prices relative to their terms.

The notional amounts and fair values of derivative instruments held by the Group are set out in the following tables:

 
   
  Fair Values  
31 December 2013
  Contract/
notional amount
€m
  Assets
€m
  Liabilities
€m
 

Derivatives held for trading

                   

Foreign exchange derivatives

                   

Currency forwards

    8,722     46     67  

Currency swaps

    577     41     28  

Over the counter currency options

    348     2     2  
               

Total foreign exchange derivatives held for trading

    9,647     89     97  
               

Interest rate derivatives

                   

Interest rate swaps

    150,071     1,906     2,191  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    5,508     365     289  

Forward rate agreements

    1,651         1  

Over the counter interest rate options

    5,136     40     35  
               

Total interest rate derivatives held for trading

    162,366     2,311     2,516  
               

Equity contracts and credit derivatives

                   

Equity index-linked contracts held

    3,886     239     40  

Equity conversion feature in Contingent Capital Note

    1,000     50      

Credit derivatives

    134     2     2  
               

Total equity contracts and credit derivatives

    5,020     291     42  
               

Total derivative assets/liabilities held for trading

    177,033     2,691     2,655  
               
               

Derivatives held for hedging

                   

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges

                   

Interest rate swaps

    19,520     387     375  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    75     6      
               

Total designated as fair value hedges

    19,595     393     375  
               
               

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

                   

Interest rate swaps

    17,835     334     93  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    7,744     74     105  

Currency forwards

    11          
               

Total designated as cash flow hedges

    25,590     408     198  
               

Total derivative assets/liabilities held for hedging

    45,185     801     573  
               

Total derivative assets/liabilities

    222,218     3,492     3,228  
               
               

290


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

23    DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)


 
   
  Fair Values  
31 December 2012
  Contract/
notional amount
€m
  Assets
€m
  Liabilities
€m
 

Derivatives held for trading

                   

Foreign exchange derivatives

                   

Currency forwards

    7,247     69     33  

Currency swaps

    563     32     36  

Over the counter currency options

    392     2     2  
               

Total foreign exchange derivatives held for trading

    8,202     103     71  
               

Interest rate derivatives

                   

Interest rate swaps

    131,870     2,580     2,610  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    6,820     540     373  

Forward rate agreements

    2,003          

Over the counter interest rate options

    5,616     94     86  
               

Total interest rate derivatives held for trading

    146,309     3,214     3,069  
               
               

Equity contracts and credit derivatives

                   

Equity index-linked contracts held

    4,688     171     45  

Equity conversion feature in Contingent Capital Note

    1,000     62      

Credit derivatives

    17          
               

Total equity contracts and credit derivatives

    5,705     233     45  
               

Total derivative assets/liabilities held for trading

    160,216     3,550     3,185  
               
               

Derivatives held for hedging

                   

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges

                   

Interest rate swaps

    18,198     600     583  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    465     56     2  
               

Total designated as fair value hedges

    18,663     656     585  
               
               

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

                   

Interest rate swaps

    76,096     1,581     1,247  

Cross currency interest rate swaps

    12,813     59     257  

Currency forwards

    15     1      
               

Total designated as cash flow hedges

    88,924     1,641     1,504  
               

Total derivative assets/liabilities held for hedging

    107,587     2,297     2,089  
               

Total derivative assets/liabilities

    267,803     5,847     5,274  
               
               

Derivatives held for trading above comprise derivatives entered into with trading intent as well as derivatives entered into with economic hedging intent to which the Group does not apply hedge accounting. Derivatives classified as held for hedging in the table above comprise only those derivatives to which the Group applies hedge accounting.

291


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

23    DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

The Group uses netting arrangements and collateral agreements to reduce its exposure to credit losses. Of the derivative assets of €3.5 billion at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €5.8 billion):

€2 billion (31 December 2012: €3.6 billion) are available for offset against derivative liabilities under master netting arrangements. These transactions do not meet the criteria under IAS 32 to enable the assets to be presented net of the liabilities; and

€1.5 billion (31 December 2012: €2.2 billion) are not covered by master netting arrangements or relate to counterparties covered by master netting arrangements with whom a net asset position was held at the balance sheet date.

At 31 December 2013, cash collateral of €0.9 billion (31 December 2012: €1.1 billion) was held against these assets and is reported within deposits from banks (see note 36).

Placements with other banks includes cash collateral of €1.1 billion (31 December 2012: €1.7 billion) placed with derivative counterparties in respect of a net derivative liability position of €1.3 billion (31 December 2012: €1.7 billion).

The Group designates certain derivatives as hedging instruments in either fair value or cash flow hedge relationships.

Fair value hedges

Certain interest rate and cross currency interest rate derivatives are designated as hedging instruments. These are primarily used to reduce the interest rate and foreign exchange exposure on the Group's fixed rate debt held and debt issued portfolios.

Cash flow hedges

The Group designates certain interest rate and currency derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships in order to hedge the exposure to variability in future cash flows arising from floating rate assets and liabilities and from foreign currency assets. Movements in the cash flow hedge reserve are shown in the Consolidated statement of changes in equity (page 217).

The years in which the hedged cash flows are expected to occur are shown in the table below:

31 December 2013
  Up to
1 year
€m
  1 to 2
years
€m
  2 to 5
years
€m
  Over 5
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Forecast receivable cash flows

    5,971     1,843     674     352     8,840  

Forecast payable cash flows

    (29 )   (31 )   (127 )   (352 )   (539 )

 

31 December 2012
  Up to
1 year
€m
  1 to 2
years
€m
  2 to 5
years
€m
  Over 5
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Forecast receivable cash flows

    6,801     4,937     1,757     545     14,040  

Forecast payable cash flows

    (66 )   (74 )   (233 )   (573 )   (946 )

292


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

23    DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

The hedged cash flows are expected to impact the income statement in the following years:

31 December 2013
  Up to
1 year
€m
  1 to 2
years
€m
  2 to 5
years
€m
  Over 5
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Forecast receivable cash flows

    8,062     98     349     331     8,840  

Forecast payable cash flows

    (41 )   (28 )   (130 )   (340 )   (539 )

 

31 December 2012
  Up to
1 year
€m
  1 to 2
years
€m
  2 to 5
years
€m
  Over 5
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Forecast receivable cash flows

    13,024     128     364     524     14,040  

Forecast payable cash flows

    (90 )   (69 )   (228 )   (559 )   (946 )

During the years ended 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012 there were no forecast transactions to which the Group has applied hedge accounting which were no longer expected to occur.

24    OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Assets linked to policyholder liabilities

             

Equity securities

    6,735     6,305  

Government bonds

    933     993  

Unit trusts

    994     713  

Debt securities

    381     290  
           

    9,043     8,301  
           
           

Other financial assets

             

Government bonds

    890     810  

Other

    373     349  
           

    1,263     1,159  
           
           

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    10,306     9,460  
           
           

A portion of the Group's life assurance business takes the legal form of investment contracts, under which legal title to the underlying investment is held by the Group, but the inherent risks and rewards in the investments are borne by the policyholders. Due to the nature of these contracts, the carrying value of the assets is always the same as the value of the liabilities due to policyholders and any change in the value of the assets results in an equal change in the value of the amounts due to policyholders. The associated liabilities are included in liabilities to customers under investment contracts and insurance contract liabilities on the balance sheet. At 31 December 2013, such assets amounted to €9,043 million (31 December 2012: €8,301 million).

Other financial assets of €1,263 million (31 December 2012: €1,159 million) primarily relate to assets held by the Group's life assurance business for solvency margin purposes or as backing for non-linked policyholder liabilities.

293


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

25    LOANS AND ADVANCES TO BANKS

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
31 December
2012
€m
 

Placements with other banks

    3,264     4,436  

Securities purchased with agreement to resell

             

—IBRC repo transaction (note 56)

        3,060  

—Other

    184     332  

Mandatory deposits with central banks

    1,311     1,293  

Funds placed with central banks

        381  
           

Loans and advances to banks

    4,759     9,502  
           
           

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

Placements with other banks includes cash collateral of €1.1 billion (31 December 2012: €1.7 billion) placed with derivative counterparties in relation to net derivative liability positions (note 23).

The Group has entered into transactions to purchase securities with agreement to resell and has accepted collateral that it is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default by the owner of the collateral. The fair value of this collateral at 31 December 2013 was €207 million (31 December 2012: €3,863 million).

Mandatory deposits with central banks includes €1,134 million relating to collateral in respect of the Group's issued bank notes in circulation in Northern Ireland (31 December 2012: €1,051 million).

Loans and advances to banks of €4,759 million (31 December 2012: €9,502 million) included €312 million (31 December 2012: €350 million) of assets held on behalf of Bank of Ireland Life policyholders.

For the purpose of disclosure of credit risk exposures, loans and advances to banks are included within other financial instruments of €29.5 billion (31 December 2012: €35.5 billion) in the Risk Management Report on page 122.

26    AVAILABLE FOR SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Government bonds

    6,619     5,642  

Other debt securities

             

—listed

    5,251     5,120  

—unlisted

    198     277  

Equity securities

             

—listed

    4     1  

—unlisted

    32     53  
           

Available for sale financial assets

    12,104     11,093  
           
           

294


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

26    AVAILABLE FOR SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS (Continued)

At 31 December 2013, available for sale financial assets with a fair value of €4 billion (31 December 2012: €6.7 billion) had been pledged to third parties in sale and repurchase agreements. The Group has not derecognised any securities delivered in such sale and repurchase agreements.

Included within unlisted debt securities are subordinated bonds issued by NAMA with a fair value of €132 million (31 December 2012: €117 million) and a nominal value of €281 million (31 December 2012: €281 million). These bonds represented 5% of the nominal consideration received for assets sold to NAMA, with the remaining 95% received in the form of NAMA senior bonds (note 27). The subordinated bonds are not guaranteed by the State, they are not marketable and the payment of interest and repayment of capital is dependent on the performance of NAMA. During the years ended 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012, no interest was paid by NAMA on subordinated bonds. During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group did not incur any impairment charge on the NAMA subordinated bonds (year ended 31 December 2012: €40 million) (see note 14).

Further details on the Group's available for sale financial assets are set out on page 394.

The movement on available for sale financial assets is analysed as follows:

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

At beginning of year

    11,093     10,262  

Revaluation, exchange and other adjustments

    159     1,202  

Additions

    3,346     5,570  

Redemptions

    (1,422 )(1)   (1,874 )

Sales

    (1,127 )(1)   (4,139 )

Amortisation

    55     72  
           

At end of year

    12,104     11,093  
           
           

(1)
During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group sold/redeemed available for sale assets of €2.5 billion which resulted in a gain of €50 million (see note 9).

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group reclassified available for sale financial assets with a carrying amount and fair value of €40 million to loans and advances to customers. At the date of this reclassification, the effective interest rate on reclassified assets was 5.17% with expected recoverable cash flows of €52 million. At the date of this reclassification, the Group had the intention and ability to hold these assets for the foreseeable future or until maturity.

 
  31 December
2013
  31 December
2012
 
 
  Carrying
amount
€m
  Fair
Value
€m
  Carrying
amount
€m
  Fair
Value
€m
 

AFS financial assets reclassified to loans and advances to customers

    40     40          

Interest income of €2 million has been recognised in the income statement for the year ended 31 December 2013 in relation to these assets. If the assets had not been reclassified a fair value gain of €nil would have been recognised in Other comprehensive income.

295


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

26    AVAILABLE FOR SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS (Continued)

During the year ended 31 March 2009, the Group reclassified available for sale financial assets with a carrying amount and fair value of €419 million to loans and advances to customers. At the date of this reclassification, the effective interest rate on reclassified assets ranged from 0.73% to 7.12% with expected recoverable cash flows of €753 million. At the date of this reclassification, the Group had the intention and ability to hold these assets for the foreseeable future or until maturity.

 
  31 December
2013
  31 December
2012
 
 
  Carrying
amount
€m
  Fair
Value
€m
  Carrying
amount
€m
  Fair
Value
€m
 

AFS financial assets reclassified to loans and advances to customers

    203     192     215     281  

Interest income of €23 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €56 million) and a release of an impairment charge of €12 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €4 million charge) have been recognised in the income statement for the year ended 31 December 2013 in relation to these assets. If the assets had not been reclassified a fair value gain of €18 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €22 million) would have been recognised in Other comprehensive income and a release of an impairment charge of €12 million would have been recognised (year ended 31 December 2012: €3 million charge).

27    NAMA SENIOR BONDS

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

NAMA senior bonds

    3,957     4,428  

The Group received as consideration for the assets transferred to NAMA a combination of Government guaranteed bonds (NAMA senior bonds) issued by NAMA (95% of the nominal consideration), and non-guaranteed subordinated bonds issued by NAMA (5% of nominal consideration).

At 31 December 2013, €2.8 billion of NAMA senior bonds had been pledged to Monetary Authorities in sale and repurchase agreements.

The interest rate on the NAMA senior bonds is six month Euribor, set semi-annually on 1 March (0.336%) and 1 September (0.345%). The contractual maturity of these bonds is 1 March 2014. NAMA may, only with the consent of the Group, settle the bonds by issuing new bonds with the same terms and conditions and a maturity date of up to 364 days.

During the year ended 31 December 2013, NAMA redeemed senior bonds held by the Group with a nominal value of €484 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €615 million).

296


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

28    LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Loans and advances to customers

    91,214     98,658  

Finance leases and hire purchase receivables (see below)

    1,541     1,507  

    92,755     100,165  

Less allowance for impairment charges on loans and advances to customers
(note 29)

    (8,241 )   (7,544 )
           

Loans and advances to customers

    84,514     92,621  
           
           

Amounts include

             

Due from joint ventures and associates

    170     102  
           

Finance leases and hire purchase receivables

Loans and advances to customers include finance leases and hire purchase receivables, which are analysed as follows:

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Gross investment in finance leases:

             

Not later than 1 year

    701     703  

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years

    991     862  

Later than 5 years

    5     5  
           

    1,697     1,570  

Unearned future finance income on finance leases

    (156 )   (63 )
           

Net investment in finance leases

    1,541     1,507  
           
           

The net investment in finance leases is analysed as follows:

             

Not later than 1 year

    637     675  

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years

    899     828  

Later than 5 years

    5     4  
           

    1,541     1,507  
           
           

The Group's material leasing arrangements include the provision of instalment credit and leasing finance for both consumer and business customers.

At 31 December 2013, the accumulated allowance for uncollectable minimum lease payments receivable was €25 million (31 December 2012: €31 million).

Securitisations

Loans and advances to customers include balances that have been securitised but not derecognised, comprising both Residential mortgages and commercial loans. In general, the assets, or interests in the

297


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

28    LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS (Continued)

assets, are transferred to structured entities, which then issue securities to third party investors or to other entities within the Group. All of the Group's securitisation structured entities are consolidated.

29    IMPAIRMENT PROVISIONS

The following tables show the movement in the impairment provisions on total loans and advances to customers during the year ended 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012.

31 December 2013
  Residential
mortgages
€m
  Non-Property
SME and
corporate
€m
  Property and
construction
€m
  Consumer
€m
  Total
impairment
provisions
€m
 

Provision at 1 January 2013

    1,594     1,836     3,876     238     7,544  

Exchange adjustments

    (3 )   (12 )   (22 )   (1 )   (38 )

Charge against income statement

    573     468     583     41     1,665  

Provisions utilised

    (187 )   (579 )   (233 )   (89 )   (1,088 )

Other movements

    26     196     (86 )   22     158  
                       

Provision at 31 December 2013

    2,003     1,909     4,118     211     8,241  
                       
                       

 

31 December 2012
  Residential
mortgages
€m
  Non-Property
SME and
corporate
€m
  Property and
construction
€m
  Consumer
€m
  Total
impairment
provisions
€m
 

Provision at 1 January 2012

    1,159     1,723     3,205     278     6,365  

Exchange adjustments

    3     8     23     1     35  

Charge against income statement

    462     413     797     52     1,724  

Provisions utilised

    (51 )   (376 )   (164 )   (115 )   (706 )

Release of provision on loan book disposals

            (18 )       (18 )

Other movements

    21     68     33     22     144  
                       

Provision at 31 December 2012

    1,594     1,836     3,876     238     7,544  
                       
                       

Provisions include specific and 'incurred but not reported' (IBNR) provisions. IBNR provisions are recognised on all categories of loans for incurred losses not specifically identified but which, experience and observable data indicate, are present in the portfolio at the date of assessment.

Provisions utilised reflect impairment provisions which have been utilised against the related loan balance; the utilisation of a provision does not alter a customer's obligations nor does it impact on the Group's rights to take relevant enforcement action.

298


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

30    INTEREST IN ASSOCIATES

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
31 December
2012
€m
 

At beginning of year

    91     78  

Share of results and associates

    (4 )   7  

Increase in investments

    13     11  

Fair value and other movements

    (10 )   (4 )

Decrease in investments

    (1 )   (1 )
           

At end of year

    89     91  
           
           

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

In presenting details of the associates of the Group, the exemption permitted by Regulation 10 of the European Communities (Credit Institutions: Accounts) Regulations, 1992 has been availed of and the Group will annex a full listing of associates to its annual return to the Companies Registration Office.

For further information on associates refer to note 58—Interests in other entities.

31    INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES

Joint ventures (JV)
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

At beginning of year

    227     245  

Exchange adjustments

    (3 )   3  

Share of results after tax (note 8)

    35     39  

First Rate Exchange Services

    40     40  

Property unit trust

    (5 )   (1 )

Dividends received

    (50 )   (60 )
           

At end of year

    209     227  
           
           

For further information on joint ventures refer to note 58—Interests in other entities.

299


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

32    INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 
  Computer
software
externally
purchased
€m
  Computer
software
internally
generated
€m
  Other
externally
purchased
intangible
assets
€m
  Total
€m
 

Cost

                         

At 1 January 2013

    160     967     172     1,299  

Exchange adjustments

    (1 )   (3 )   (3 )   (7 )

Additions

        78     6     84  

Disposals / write-offs

    (14 )   (10 )       (24 )
                   

At 31 December 2013

    145     1,032     175     1,352  
                   
                   

Accumulated amortisation

                         

At 1 January 2013

    (147 )   (697 )   (84 )   (928 )

Exchange adjustments

    1     1     2     4  

Disposals / write-offs

    14     10         24  

Charge for the year (note 11)

    (7 )   (61 )   (10 )   (78 )
                   

At 31 December 2013

    (139 )   (747 )   (92 )   (978 )
                   

Net book value at 31 December 2013

    6     285     83     374  
                   
                   

Intangible assets predominantly comprise of computer software that is developed internally by the Group and purchased computer software.

Impairment review—intangible assets

Intangible assets have been reviewed for any indication that impairment may have occurred. Where any such indication exists impairment has been measured by comparing the carrying value of the intangible asset to its recoverable amount. There was no impairment identified in the year ended 31 December 2013 (year ended 31 December 2012: €nil).

300


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

32    INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

 
  Computer
software
externally
purchased
€m
  Computer
software
internally
generated
€m
  Other
purchased
intangible
assets
€m
  Total
€m
 

Cost

                         

At 1 January 2012

    171     905     160     1,236  

Exchange adjustments

    1     4     3     8  

Additions

        69     9     78  

Disposals / write-offs

    (12 )   (11 )       (23 )
                   

At 31 December 2012

    160     967     172     1,299  
                   
                   

Accumulated amortisation

                         

At 1 January 2012

    (147 )   (625 )   (71 )   (843 )

Exchange adjustments

    (1 )   (2 )   (1 )   (4 )

Disposals / write-offs

    9     11         20  

Charge for the year (note 11)

    (8 )   (81 )   (12 )   (101 )
                   

At 31 December 2012

    (147 )   (697 )   (84 )   (928 )
                   

Net book value at 31 December 2012

    13     270     88     371  
                   
                   

33    INVESTMENT PROPERTIES

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
31 December
2012
€m
 

At beginning of year

    848     995  

Exchange adjustment

        (1 )

Revaluation

    (32 )   (25 )

Disposals

    (11 )   (121 )
           

At end of year

    805     848  
           
           

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

Rental income from investment property amounted to €52 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 (year ended 31 December 2012: €63 million (restated*)). Expenses directly attributable to investment property generating rental income amounted to €8 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 (year ended 31 December 2012: €5 million (restated*)). There were no expenses directly attributable to investment properties which are not generating rental income for the year ended 31 December 2013 or the year ended 31 December 2012.

Of the €805 million (31 December 2012: €848 million) of investment properties held by the Group, €681 million (31 December 2012: €730 million) is held on behalf of Bank of Ireland Life policyholders.

301


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

34    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 
  Freehold land
and buildings
and long
leaseholds
(held at
fair value)
€m
  Adaptations
(at cost)
€m
  Computer
and other
equipment
(at cost)
€m
  Finance
lease
assets
(at cost)
€m
  Payments
on accounts
and assets in
the course of
construction
(at cost)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Cost or valuation

                                     

At 1 January 2013

    135     177     470     17     10     809  

Exchange adjustments

    (1 )   (1 )   (2 )           (4 )

Additions

        1     3     1     29     34  

Disposals / write-offs

    (1 )   (10 )   (19 )           (30 )

Revaluation

                                     

Recognised in the income statement

    (1 )                   (1 )

Reclassifications

        8     25         (33 )    
                           

At 31 December 2013

    132     175     477     18     6     808  
                           
                           

Accumulated depreciation

                                     

At 1 January 2013

        (101 )   (369 )   (6 )       (476 )

Exchange adjustments

            2             2  

Disposals / write-offs

        9     19             28  

Charge for the year (note 11)

        (13 )   (23 )   (4 )       (40 )
                           

At 31 December 2013

        (105 )   (371 )   (10 )       (486 )
                           

Net book value at 31 December 2013

    132     70     106     8     6     322  
                           
                           

Property, plant and equipment at 31 December 2013 held at fair value was €132 million (31 December 2012: €135 million). The historical cost of property, plant and equipment held at fair value at 31 December 2013 was €89 million (31 December 2012: €91 million). The net book value of property, plant and equipment at 31 December 2013 held at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment amounted to €190 million (31 December 2012: €198 million).

302


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

34    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

 
  Freehold land
and buildings
and long
leaseholds
(held at
fair value)
€m
  Adaptations
(at cost)
€m
  Computer
and other
equipment
(at cost)
€m
  Finance
lease
assets
(at cost)
€m
  Payments
on accounts
and assets in
the course of
construction
(at cost)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Cost or valuation

                                     

At 1 January 2012

    151     164     522     5     16     858  

Exchange adjustments

    1         3         1     5  

Additions

            7     12     35     54  

Disposals / write-offs

    (4 )   (8 )   (83 )           (95 )

Revaluation

                                     

—Recognised in the income statement

    (11 )                   (11 )

—Recognised in other comprehensive income

    (2 )                   (2 )

Reclassifications

        21     21         (42 )    
                           

At 31 December 2012

    135     177     470     17     10     809  
                           
                           

Accumulated depreciation

                                     

At 1 January 2012

        (95 )   (424 )   (3 )       (522 )

Exchange adjustments

            (2 )           (2 )

Disposals / write-offs

        8     81             89  

Charge for the year (note 11)

        (14 )   (24 )   (3 )       (41 )
                           

At 31 December 2012

        (101 )   (369 )   (6 )       (476 )
                           

Net book value at 31 December 2012

    135     76     101     11     10     333  
                           
                           

Property

A revaluation of Group property was carried out as at 31 December 2013.

Future capital expenditure

The table below shows future capital expenditure in relation to both property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Future capital expenditure:

             

—contracted but not provided for in the financial statements

    13     5  

—authorised by the Directors but not contracted

    72     84  

303


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

34    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Continued)

Operating leases

The Group leases a number of branch and office premises to carry out its business. The commercial leases typically are 25 to 35 year operating leases with five-yearly rent reviews. The majority of the rent reviews are on an upwards only basis. Some leases also include break options. The Group also holds a number of short term leases for less than ten years and a number of long term leases at market rent with less than 140 years unexpired. On expiry of long term leases greater than ten years the Group has rights of renewal in the majority of the leases.

Minimum future rentals are the rentals payable under operating leases up to the next available break option where this exists or to expiry date of the lease. Both the required break option notice period and the amount of any penalty rent have been included in the amounts payable below.

The Group has entered into a small number of sub-leases as lessor which represent properties and components of properties surplus to the Group's own requirements.

Minimum future rentals under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

 
  Payable
31 December
2013
€m
  Receivable
31 December
2013
€m
  Payable
31 December
2012
€m
  Receivable
31 December
2012
€m
 

Not later than 1 year

    61     3     64     3  

Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years

    225     7     224     5  

Later than 5 years

    498     5     455     1  

Included in the operating lease rental receivable is an amount of €14 million in relation to sub-lease rental (31 December 2012: €8 million).

Finance leases

The Group leases computer equipment under finance lease agreements. The leases range from one to five years, contain no material contingent rents or restrictions imposed by lease agreements and contain standard terms of renewal.

 
  At 31 December 2013   At 31 December 2012  
 
  Total
minimum
future
payments
€m
  Future
finance
charges
€m
  Present value
of finance
lease
commitments
€m
  Total
minimum
future
payments
€m
  Future
finance
charges
€m
  Present value
of finance
lease
commitments
€m
 

Not later than 1 year

    4         4     3         3  

Later than 1 year not later than 5 years

    6     (1 )   5     9     (1 )   8  

Later than 5 years

                         

The net carrying amount of the assets held under finance leases at 31 December 2013 was €9 million (31 December 2012: €11 million).

As outlined in note 44, a Group pension scheme has a charge over a portfolio of Group assets (a contingent asset) with a value of €375 million at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €250 million) including Group properties with a fair value of €42 million at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €42 million).

304


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

35    OTHER ASSETS

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
31 December
2012
€m
 

Reinsurance asset

    1,023     940  

Value in force of life assurance business (note 61)

    497     518  

Interest receivable

    425     469  

Sundry and other debtors

    364     316  

Accounts receivable and prepayments

    151     162  
           

Other assets

    2,460     2,405  
           
           

Other assets are analysed as follows:

             

Within 1 year

    843     835  

After 1 year

    1,617     1,570  
           

    2,460     2,405  
           
           

The movement in the reinsurance asset is noted below:

             

At beginning of year

    940     708  

New business

    94     122  

Changes in business

    (11 )   110  
           

At the end of the year

    1,023     940  
           
           

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

For the purpose of disclosure of credit risk exposures, the reinsurance asset is included within other financial instruments of €29.5 billion (31 December 2012: €33.5 billion) in the Risk Management Report on page 122.

Included in other assets is an amount of €2 million (31 December 2012: €9 million) relating to the Group's share of the assets of the joint operation (JO) (see note 58).

305


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

36    DEPOSITS FROM BANKS

 
  31 December 2013
€m
  Restated*
31 December 2012
€m
 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

    10,533     19,307  

Monetary Authorities

             

IBRC repo transaction (note 56)

        3,060  

Other

    6,415     11,040  

Private market repos

    4,118     5,207  

Deposits from banks

    1,537     1,602  

Other bank borrowings

    143     216  
           

Deposits from banks

    12,213     21,125  
           
           

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225 comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information

At 31 December 2013, total drawings from Monetary Authorities amounted to €8 billion (net) (31 December 2012: €15 billion (net)), of which €2 billion (31 December 2012: €1 billion) is included in debt securities in issue (note 38). €8 billion is on a term funding basis, utilising the ECB's three year Long Term Refinancing Operation (LTRO). The LTRO matures in two tranches in January and February 2015. The Group has an option, from February 2013, to repay these facilities at an earlier date.

Deposits from banks include cash collateral of €0.9 billion (31 December 2012: €1.1 billion) received from derivative counterparties in relation to net derivative asset positions (see note 23).

37    CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Term deposits and other products

    37,056     42,318  

Demand deposits

    19,453     17,647  

Current accounts

    17,358     15,205  
           

Customer accounts

    73,867     75,170  
           
           

Amounts include;

             

Due to associates and joint ventures

    55     36  
           

Deposit accounts where a period of notice is required to make a withdrawal are classified within term deposits and other products. An analysis of the contractual maturity profile of customer accounts is set out in note 50.

Term deposits and other products include a number of term accounts that contain easy access features. These allow the customer to access a portion or all of their deposit notwithstanding that this repayment could result in financial penalty being paid by the customer. For such accounts, the portion subject to the potential early access has been classified in the 'demand' category in the liquidity risk and profile note (see page 338).

306


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

37    CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS (Continued)

At 31 December 2013, the Group's largest 20 customer deposits amounted to 7% (31 December 2012: 5%) of customer accounts. Information on the contractual maturities of customer accounts is set out on page 135 in the Risk Management Report.

Included within Term deposits and other products is €0.5 billion (31 December 2012: €1 billion) relating to sale and repurchase agreements with financial institutions who do not hold a banking licence.

38    DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Bonds and medium term notes

    11,548     14,687  

Monetary Authorities—LTRO (note 36)

    1,885     1,260  

Other debt securities in issue

    1,847     2,126  
           

Debt securities in issue

    15,280     18,073  
           
           

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group issued €4,465 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €2,317 million) of new debt, repurchases amounted to €303 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €749 million), redemptions amounted to €6,658 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €2,988 million) and other movements of €297 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €369 million).

39    LIABILITIES TO CUSTOMERS UNDER INVESTMENT AND INSURANCE CONTRACTS

Investment contract liabilities
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts, at fair value

    5,460     5,256  
           
           

The movement in gross life insurance contract liabilities can be analysed as follows:

Insurance contract liabilities
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

At beginning of year

    7,988     7,037  

New business

    1,148     1,210  

Changes in existing business

    (634 )   (259 )
           

At end of year

    8,502     7,988  
           
           

Bank of Ireland Life (BoI Life) writes the following life assurance contracts that contain insurance risk:

Non-unit linked life assurance contracts

These contracts provide the policyholder with insurance in the event of death, critical illness or permanent disability (principally mortality and morbidity risk).

307


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

39    LIABILITIES TO CUSTOMERS UNDER INVESTMENT AND INSURANCE CONTRACTS (Continued)

Non-unit linked annuity contracts

These contracts provide the policyholder with an income until death (principally longevity and market risk).

Linked insurance contracts

These contracts include both policies primarily providing life assurance protection and policies providing investment but with a level of insurance risk deemed to be significant (principally mortality and market risk).

Insurance contract liabilities, which consist of both unit linked and non-unit linked liabilities, are calculated in accordance with the Insurance Regulations. Unit linked liabilities reflect the value of the underlying funds in which the policyholder is invested. Non-unit linked liabilities are calculated using either a gross premium or net premium method of valuation.

The assumptions are also set out in accordance with the guidelines within the Insurance Regulations and contain a margin for adverse development. The key assumptions used in the valuation of insurance contract liabilities are:

Interest rate:   The interest rates are derived in accordance with the guidelines in the Insurance Regulations. Margins for risk are allowed for in the derived interest rates.

Mortality and morbidity:

 

The mortality and morbidity assumptions, which include an allowance for improvements in longevity for annuitants, are set with regard to the Group's actual experience and/or relevant industry data.

Maintenance expenses:

 

Allowance is made for future policy costs and expense inflation explicitly.

Options and guarantees

The company has a very limited range of options and guarantees in its business portfolio as the bulk of the business is unit linked without investment guarantees. Where investment guarantees do exist they are either hedged with an outside party or matched through appropriate investment assets.

Uncertainties associated with insurance contract cash flows and risk management activities

For life assurance contracts where death is the insured risk, the most significant factors that could adversely affect the frequency and severity of claims are the incidence of disease and general changes in lifestyle. Where the insured risk is longevity, advances in medical care is the key factor that increases longevity. The Group manages its exposures to insurance risks through a combination of applying strict underwriting criteria, asset and liability matching, transferring risk to reinsurers and the establishment of prudent insurance contract liabilities.

Credit risk

Reinsurance programmes are in place to restrict the amount of cover on any single life. The Group uses a panel of highly rated reinsurance companies to diversify credit risk.

308


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

39    LIABILITIES TO CUSTOMERS UNDER INVESTMENT AND INSURANCE CONTRACTS (Continued)

Capital management and available resources

The Group holds technical reserves to meet its liabilities to policyholders based on prudent actuarial assumptions. In addition, the Central Bank requires the Group's life assurance operation to hold shareholder equity that exceeds a statutory margin, the required minimum regulatory solvency margin. The table below sets out the shareholder equity held by the Group's life assurance business compared to the required minimum regulatory solvency margin as at 31 December 2013.

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Minimum regulatory solvency margin

    175     177  

Shareholder equity held for life business

    354     329  
           

40    SUBORDINATED LIABILITIES

 
  Notes   31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Undated loan capital

                   

Bank of Ireland UK Holdings plc

                   

€600 million 7.40% Guaranteed Step-up Callable Perpetual Preferred Securities

    a, b     32     32  

Bank of Ireland

                   

Stg£75 million 133/8% Perpetual Subordinated Bonds

    c     91     93  

Bristol & West plc

                   

Stg£32.6 million 81/8% Non-Cumulative Preference Shares

    d     39     40  
                 

          162     165  
                 
                 

Dated loan capital

                   

CAD$400 million Fixed/Floating Rate Subordinated Notes 2015

          63     64  

€1,000 million 10% Convertible Contingent Capital Note 2016

    e     977     986  

€600 million Subordinated Floating Rate Notes 2017

          1     1  

€1,002 million 10% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes 2020

          230     239  

Stg£197 million 10% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes 2020

          2     2  

€250 million 10% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes 2022

          240     250  
                 

          1,513     1,542  
                 

Total subordinated liabilities

          1,675     1,707  
                 
                 

Subordinated liabilities in issue at 31 December 2013

Undated loan capital

The principal terms and conditions of the subordinated liabilities which were in issue by the Group at 31 December 2013 are set out below.

309


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

40    SUBORDINATED LIABILITIES (Continued)

(a)
The securities are redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the Issuer subject to the prior consent of the Central Bank of Ireland and of the Bank, at their principal amount together with any outstanding payments on any coupon payment date. They bear interest at a rate of three month Euribor plus 3.26% per annum and reset quarterly each year on 7 March, 7 June, 7 September and 7 December.

(b)
The rights and claims of the holder of the Preferred Securities are subordinated to the claims of the senior creditors of the Issuer or of the Bank (as the case may be) in that no payment in respect of the Preferred Securities or the guarantee in respect of them shall be due and payable except to the extent that the Issuer or the Bank (as applicable) is solvent and could make such payment and still be solvent immediately thereafter. Upon any winding up of the Issuer or the Bank (in respect of claims under the guarantee), the holders of the Preferred Securities will rank pari passu with the holders of the most senior class or classes of preference shares or stock (if any) of the Issuer or of the Bank then in issue and in priority to all other shareholders of the Issuer and of the Bank.

(c)
The 133/8% Perpetual Subordinated Bonds were revalued as part of the fair value adjustments on the acquisition by Bristol & West plc of the business of Bristol & West Building Society in July 1997. Bank of Ireland became the issuer of these bonds in 2007 in connection with the transfer of the business of Bristol & West plc to Bank of Ireland.

(d)
These Preference Shares which are non-redeemable, non-equity shares rank equally amongst themselves as regards participation in profits and in priority to the ordinary shares of Bristol & West plc.

Holders of the Preference Shares are entitled to receive, in priority to the holders of any other class of shares in Bristol & West plc, a non-cumulative preference dividend at a fixed rate per annum payable in equal half yearly instalments in arrears on 15 May and 15 November each year. The preference dividend on the Preference Shares will only be payable to the extent that payment can be made out of profits available for distribution as at each dividend payment date in accordance with the provisions of the UK Companies Acts.

On 1 October 2007 in connection with the transfer of the business of Bristol & West plc to Bank of Ireland, Bank of Ireland entered into a Guarantee and Capital Maintenance Commitment (the Guarantee) with respect to the Preference Shares. Under the terms of the Guarantee, the liability of Bristol & West plc in relation to the ongoing payment of dividends and any repayment of capital in relation to the preference shares that remained following the transfer of business would be protected. Under the Guarantee, Bank of Ireland agreed, subject to certain conditions, to (i) contribute capital to Bristol & West plc to the extent required to ensure that Bristol & West plc has sufficient distributable reserves to pay the dividends on the preference shares and to the extent required, repay the preference share capital and (ii) guarantee Bristol & West plc's obligations to make repayment of the dividends and preference share capital.

In this connection the Guarantee contains provisions to the effect that the rights of Bank of Ireland's creditors under the Guarantee are subordinated to (i) unsubordinated creditors and debtors of Bank of Ireland and (ii) subordinated creditors of Bank of Ireland other than those whose claims rank, or are expressed to rank pari passu or junior to the payments under the Guarantee.

310


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

40    SUBORDINATED LIABILITIES (Continued)

Dated loan capital

Dated loan capital, which includes bonds and notes, constitute unsecured obligations of the Bank subordinated in right of payments to the claims of depositors and other unsubordinated creditors of the Bank and rank pari passu without any preference among themselves. Interest rates on the floating rate and fixed rate subordinated liabilities (accommodated through swaps) are determined by reference to the relevant currency reference rate.

The table on page 309 provides a description of the dated loan capital, including:

the currency of the issue;

if the issue is fixed, floating or a combination of both; and

maturity.

All of the dated notes in issue at 31 December 2013 with the exception of the Convertible Contingent Capital Note 2016 were issued under the Bank's Euro Note Programme.

(e)   Convertible Contingent Capital Note 2016

During the year ended 31 December 2011, the Group issued a Contingent Capital Note to the State to satisfy the requirements of the 2011 PCAR. The nominal value of this note is €1 billion and cash proceeds of €985 million were received (net of a fee paid to the State of €15 million). The note has a term of five years and an annual coupon of 10%, which could have been increased to a market rate subject to a maximum coupon of 18% if the State sold the note to a third party.

If the Core tier 1 capital ratio (or the transitional Common equity tier 1 ratio from the commencement of the Capital Requirement Regulations) of the Group (as calculated under the terms of the instrument) falls below 8.25%, the note automatically converts to units of ordinary stock. The conversion price at which the note would convert is the volume-weighted average price (VWAP) of the ordinary stock over the 30 days prior to conversion, subject to a current minimum conversion price of €0.05 per unit.

The Group measured the Contingent Capital Note at fair value at initial recognition. As the note did not initially trade in an active market, and was issued to a related party, the fair value was established using a valuation technique. The key inputs into the valuation technique were the expected interest payments over the life of the note, the estimated market yield for the instrument at the date of issuance and the estimated market yield for a subordinated liability without an equity conversion feature. The fair value of the note at initial recognition was €869 million.

The difference of €116 million between the fair value of the note on initial recognition and the net amount received from the State was treated as a capital contribution and credited directly to other reserves, as the State is a significant investor in the Group and was considered to be acting in that capacity.

The equity conversion feature of the note is considered to be an embedded derivative requiring separation, initially an asset with a fair value of €91 million. This derivative has been separated from the host instrument and is subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss. The fair value of the derivative is established using a valuation technique. The host subordinated liability was measured on initial recognition as the residual after separation of the embedded derivative at an amount of €960 million, and is subsequently measured at amortised cost. At 31 December 2013, the fair value of the embedded derivative was €50 million (31 December 2012: €62 million) (see note 23).

311


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

40    SUBORDINATED LIABILITIES (Continued)

The Group recognised a gain of €79 million in interest expense during the year ended 31 December 2012, reflecting a decrease arising on the remeasurement of the carrying value of the note as a result of a fall in the expected future coupon payments.

On 9 January 2013, the State sold its entire holding of the note to a diverse group of international institutional investors, thereby fixing all future cash coupon payments on the notes at 10% per annum. The option to increase the market rate noted above was not exercised and lapsed on the sale.

41    OTHER LIABILITIES

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
31 December
2012
€m
 

Accrued interest payable

    690     1,104  

Notes in circulation

    991     930  

Sundry creditors

    420     274  

Accruals and deferred income

    172     211  

Finance lease obligations

    9     11  

Other

    559     607  
           

Other liabilities

    2,841     3,137  
           
           

Other liabilities are analysed as follows:

             

Within 1 year

    2,535     2,905  

After 1 year

    306     232  
           

    2,841     3,137  
           
           

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

The Bank was authorised to issue bank notes in Northern Ireland under the Banking Act 2009. As from 15 May 2012, under the Bank of Ireland (UK) plc Act 2012, that authority to issue bank notes and the liability for existing issued bank notes transferred from the Bank in Northern Ireland to the Bank of Ireland (UK) plc.

Included in other liabilities is an amount of €8 million (31 December 2012: €14 million) relating to the Group's share of the liabilities of the joint operation (JO) (see note 58).

312


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

42    PROVISIONS

 
  Restructuring
€m
  Onerous
contracts
€m
  Legal
€m
  Other
€m
  Total
€m
 

As at 1 January 2013

    65     19     2     33     119  

Charge to income statement

    90         2     11     103  

Utilised during the year

    (88 )   (7 )   (1 )   (27 )   (123 )

Unused amounts reversed during the year

        (7 )       (2 )   (9 )
                       

As at 31 December 2013

    67     5     3     15     90  
                       
                       

Of the €67 million closing provision for restructuring, €24 million relates to staff exits and €43 million relates to property and other costs.

Expected utilisation
  Restructuring
€m
  Onerous
contracts
€m
  Legal
€m
  Other
€m
  Total
€m
 

Less than 1 year

    38     1     2     14     55  

1 to 2 years

    13     1     1     1     16  

2 to 5 years

    9     1             10  

5 to 10 years

    6     1             7  

More than 10 years

    1     1             2  
                       

Total

    67     5     3     15     90  
                       
                       

The Group has recognised provisions in relation to restructuring costs, onerous contracts, legal and other. Such provisions are sensitive to a variety of factors, which vary depending on their nature. The estimation of the amounts of such provisions is judgemental because the relevant payments are due in the future and the quantity and probability of such payments is uncertain.

The methodology and the assumptions used in the calculation of provisions are reviewed regularly and, at a minimum, at each reporting date.

313


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

43    DEFERRED TAX

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
31 December
2012
€m
 

The movement on the deferred tax account is as follows:

             

At beginning of year

    1,548     1,293  

Income statement credit for year

    97     289  

Pension

    16     106  

Available for sale financial assets—charge to other comprehensive income

    (47 )   (125 )

Cash flow hedges—charge to other comprehensive income

    21     (25 )

Revaluation/reclassification of property during the year

        1  

Other movements

    (13 )   9  
           

At end of year

    1,622     1,548  
           
           

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following items:

             

Deferred tax assets

             

Unutilised tax losses

    1,650     1,500  

Pensions and other post retirement benefits

    115     148  

Accelerated capital allowances on equipment used by the Group

    20     12  

Provision for loan impairment

    12     12  

Cash flow hedge reserve

    3      

Other temporary differences

        19  
           

Deferred tax assets

    1,800     1,691  
           
           

Deferred tax liabilities

             

Available for sale reserve

    (72 )   (25 )

Life companies

    (69 )   (54 )

Property revaluation surplus

    (9 )   (10 )

Accelerated capital allowances on finance leases

    (5 )   (13 )

Cash flow hedge reserve

        (18 )

Other temporary differences

    (23 )   (23 )
           

Deferred tax liabilities

    (178 )   (143 )
           
           

Represented on the balance sheet as follows:

             

Deferred tax assets

    1,714     1,640  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (92 )   (92 )
           

    1,622     1,548  
           
           

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

314


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

43    DEFERRED TAX (Continued)

In accordance with IAS 12, in presenting the deferred tax balances above the Group offsets deferred tax assets and liabilities where:

an entity has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, and

the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on the same taxable entity.

Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised for tax that may be payable if earnings of certain overseas subsidiaries were remitted to Ireland as the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Unremitted earnings for overseas subsidiaries totalled €121 million (31 December 2012: €164 million).

The deferred tax asset of €1,714 million (31 December 2012: €1,640 million (restated)) shown on the balance sheet is after netting by jurisdiction (€1,800 million before netting by jurisdiction, 31 December 2012: €1,691 million (restated)). This includes an amount of €1,650 million at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €1,500 million) in respect of operating losses which are available to relieve future profits from tax. In order for the Group to recognise an asset for unutilised losses it must have convincing evidence of sufficient future taxable profits against which the losses can be utilised. The deferred tax asset has been recognised on the basis that it is probable it will be recovered as the Directors are satisfied that it is probable that the Group will have sufficient future taxable profits against which the unutilised losses can be utilised.

Under current Irish and UK tax legislation there is no time restriction on the utilisation of trading losses. The Finance (No 2) Act 2013 abolished the tax provision applicable to financial institutions participating in NAMA which restricted by 50% the amount of profits against which the carried forward trading losses could be utilised. The effect of this change is to accelerate the Group's ability to utilise its tax losses carried forward and shorten the recovery period of its deferred tax asset. The Group expects to recover a significant portion of the deferred tax asset in a period more than ten years from the balance sheet date, however it expects that the greater part of the deferred tax asset will be recovered within ten years of the balance sheet date. The deferred tax asset has been recognised on the basis that it is probable the tax losses will be recovered as the Directors are satisfied that it is probable that the Group will have sufficient future taxable profits against which the deferred tax assets can be utilised to the extent they have not already reversed. Under accounting standards these assets are measured on an undiscounted basis.

The Group's projections of future taxable profits incorporate estimates and assumptions on economic factors such as employment levels and interest rates as well as other measures such as loan volumes and impairment losses. The Group projections are based on the current business plan for the four years to 2017. The Group assumes long term growth in profitability thereafter. The use of alternative assumptions representing reasonably possible alternative outcomes would not impact the recognition of the Group's deferred tax assets, although they could increase or decrease the recovery period. If the projected rate of growth of taxable profits was increased or decreased by 2 percentage points, the Group estimates that this would respectively decrease or increase the recovery period by up to 2 years.

The UK Government announced that the main rate of corporation tax would reduce to 21% from 1 April 2014 and 20% for years beginning on or after 1 April 2015. The reduction in the corporation tax rate to 20% from 1 April 2015 was substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and the effect of this change has been to reduce the deferred tax asset at 31 December 2012 by €66 million.

315


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

43    DEFERRED TAX (Continued)

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of US tax losses of €73 million (31 December 2012: €70 million) and US temporary differences of €2 million (31 December 2012: €4 million). €27 million (31 December 2012: €23 million) of the tax losses expire in the period 2020 to 2028 with €46 million due to expire in 2029. There is no expiry date on the tax credits. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these losses due to an annual limitation on use.

The amount of the deferred tax asset expected to be recovered after more than one year is c.€1.7 billion (31 December 2012: c.€1.7 billion). The amount of deferred tax liability expected to be settled after more than one year is c.€0.2 billion (31 December 2012: c.€0.1 billion).

The deferred tax credit in the income statement comprises the following temporary differences:

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
31 December
2012
€m
 

Current year losses

    175     363  

Reassessment of the value of tax losses carried forward

    65 (1)    

Impact of corporation tax rate change

    (58 )   (33 )

Pensions and other retirement benefits

    (50 )   (20 )

Life companies

    (15 )   (8 )

Accelerated tax depreciation

    14     15  

Other temporary differences

    (15 )   (1 )

Transfer to current tax

    (25 )   (45 )

Adjustments in respect of prior year

    6     18  
           

Total deferred tax

    97     289  
           
           

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

(1)
During the year the Group's assessment of the value of UK losses has increased by €65 million.

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS

The Group sponsors a number of defined benefit and defined contribution schemes in Ireland and overseas. The defined benefit schemes are funded and the assets of the schemes are held in separate trustee administered funds. In determining the level of contributions required to be made to each scheme and the relevant charge to the income statement the Group has been advised by independent actuaries, which in the case of the majority of the Group's schemes is Towers Watson.

The most significant defined benefit scheme in the Group is the Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund (BSPF) which accounts for approximately 71% of the pension deficit on the consolidated Group balance sheet at 31 December 2013. The BSPF was closed to new members from 1 October 2006, with the exception of a number of new entry-level employees (who joined from 1 October 2006 to 21 November 2007), who were offered a one-off option to join the scheme. All new employees in the Group from 21 November 2007 are eligible to become members of the Bank of Ireland Group Pensions Fund (BIGPF)

316


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

or the Bank of Ireland Group UK Pension Fund. The BIGPF is a hybrid scheme which includes elements of both a defined benefit and a defined contribution scheme.

Retirement benefits under the BSPF and a majority of the other defined benefit plans are calculated by reference to pensionable service and pensionable salary at normal retirement date.

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group adopted IAS19 Employees Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS19R), see Impact of adopting new accounting standards (note 62) and Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225.

Regulatory Framework

The Group operates the defined benefit plans under broadly similar regulatory frameworks. Benefits under the BSPF are paid to members from a fund administered by Trustees, who are responsible for ensuring compliance with the Pensions Act 1990 and other relevant legislation. These responsibilities include ensuring that contributions are received, investing the scheme assets and making arrangements to pay the benefits. Plan assets are held in trusts and are governed by local regulations and practice in each country.

In order to assess the level of contributions required, triennial valuations are carried out with plan obligations generally measured using prudent assumptions and discounted based on the return expected from assets held in accordance with the actual scheme investment policy.

The BSPF is also subject to an annual valuation under the Irish Pensions Board Minimum Funding Standard (MFS). The MFS valuation is designed to provide a check that a scheme has sufficient funds to provide a minimum level of benefits in a wind-up scenario. If the MFS valuation indicates a funding level of below 100%, action would be required. This generally takes the form of agreeing a 'Funding Proposal' with the Trustees with the aim of meeting the MFS at a specified future point in time.

The responsibilities of the Trustees, and the regulatory framework, are broadly similar for the Group's other defined benefit schemes and take account of pension regulations in each specific jurisdiction. The Group works closely with the Trustees of each scheme to manage the plans.

The nature of the relationship between the Group and the Trustees is governed by local regulations and practice in each country and by the respective legal documents underpinning each plan.

Actuarial Valuation of the BSPF

The last formal Triennial valuation of the BSPF, using the Attained Age method, was carried out as at 31 December 2012. The Attained Age method measures liabilities taking account of the projected future levels of pensionable earnings at the time of commencement of benefits i.e. at normal retirement date. For measurement of the obligation in the financial statements under IAS 19R the defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method.

The Triennial valuation disclosed that the fair value of scheme assets represented 88% of the benefits that had accrued to members after allowing for expected future increases in earnings and pensions. The valuation did not take account of the impact of changes in the pension benefits set out below as negotiations in relation to the Pensions 2013 Review (see below) with staff representative bodies had not concluded by the valuation due date. Following conclusion of the valuation the actuary recommended that

317


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

the future service contribution rate increase to 21.7% of basic salaries (inclusive of employee contributions), from 19.8% previously.

The actuarial valuations are available for inspection by members but are not available for public inspection.

Following acceptance of the Pensions 2013 Review by the largest staff representative body, the IBOA, the actuary recalculated the joint future service contribution rate and the funding level of the scheme, taking account of the impact of post-retirement changes to benefits and assumptions as set out below. The fair value of the scheme assets represented 97% of the liabilities on this revised basis. The actuary recommended a joint contribution rate of 19.8% following this change (unchanged from 19.8% at the previous triennial valuation). Following the conclusion of the staff acceptance process in relation to the pensionable salary changes outlined in the Pensions 2013 Review (see below), a revised contribution rate and schedule of deficit-reducing contributions are expected to be agreed with the Trustees during 2014.

In addition to the future service contributions the Group continues to make additional contributions of €25.75 million per quarter to mid-2016 to the BSPF arising from the 2010 Group Pensions Review.

The next formal triennial valuation of the BSPF will be carried out during 2016 with an effective date no later than 31 December 2015.

The MFS valuation of the BSPF disclosed that the fund satisfied the statutory Funding Standard at 31 December 2012.

Pension levy

The Irish Finance (No. 2) Act 2011 introduced a stamp duty levy of 0.6% on the market value of assets under management in Irish pension funds, for the years 2011 to 2014 (inclusive). The levy is based on scheme assets as at 30 June in each year, or as at the end of the preceding scheme financial year.

The Group has recognised a charge of €24 million in respect of the 2013 pension levy through other comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2013.

During 2012 and 2013, the Group and the Trustees of the Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund (BSPF) agreed that in exchange for additional security for scheme members, the cost of the pension levies incurred to date would be borne by the relevant Republic of Ireland scheme members, in the form of adjustments to members' benefits. The additional security was provided by a charge over a portfolio of Group assets (a contingent asset) with an initial value of €250 million which increased to €375 million at 31 December 2013, including Group properties with a fair value of €42 million at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €42 million), which will remain in place until the scheme's assets exceed the core liabilities under the Minimum Funding Standard by a satisfactory margin. The Trustees of the BIF, ICS and BAPF schemes have also agreed that the cost of the levies incurred to date would be borne by the relevant Republic of Ireland scheme members, in the form of an adjustment to member's benefits.

The Group has recognised a negative past service cost of €28 million in the income statement during the year ended 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €43 million) in relation to these benefit adjustments.

318


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

Pensions 2013 Review

During 2013, the Group completed a review of the BSPF and the IAS 19R deficit of same. This review involved communication with the members of the scheme, together with an extensive process of consultation with staff representative bodies and other stakeholders. The proposals arising from the review were accepted by the largest staff representative body, the IBOA.

The objectives of this review were to continue to sponsor competitive pension arrangements and benefits and help secure the future viability of the scheme, while recognising the need to substantially reduce the IAS 19R deficit and associated volatility.

Arising from this review the Group proposed a number of amendments to the scheme. These amendments involved the employee members of the BSPF agreeing to some changes to how potential future salary increases qualify for pension. The Group has also advised members of changes to how increases to pensions in payment will be determined. The Group also made certain assumption changes following the review.

In return for agreement from employee members to changes in how potential future salary increases qualify for pension, the Group has agreed to increase its support for the BSPF, above existing support arrangements, so as to broadly match the IAS 19R deficit reductions arising from changes to potential benefits. It is also intended, subject to consultation with the BSPF's Trustees, that there will be reductions in the proportion of the BSPF's assets which are invested in return seeking assets. This has had no accounting impact as at 31 December 2013.

By 31 December 2013, the amendments and changes in assumptions in respect of future levels of pension increases had been implemented.

The impact of the Pensions 2013 Review at 31 December 2013 has been to reduce the Group's pension deficit by €394 million, which was recognised as follows:

   
 
  €m
 

Income Statement

       

Amendment to future pension increases

    251  

Amendment to future increases in members' pensionable salary

    26  
       

Negative past service cost

    277  

Directly related costs

    (3 )
       

Total recognised in the income statement, net of directly related costs

    274  

Statement of comprehensive income

   
 
 

Change in assumptions in respect of future pension increases

    117  
       

Total reduction in pension deficit

    394  
       
       

In relation to the amendment to future increases in members' pensionable salaries, active members in RoI were asked to individually accept the changes during 2013. As at 31 December 2013, 19% of those members had accepted the changes and the defined benefit pension scheme deficit at 31 December 2013 reflects this level of acceptances. This has been recognised as a negative past service cost of €26 million. As

319


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

at 21 March 2014, the acceptance level had increased to over 97%, giving rise to an estimated further negative past service cost of c.€81 million.

In relation to the negotiated package of pension amendments, the IBOA recommended the solution to its members and the changes were put to ballot in late November 2013. The ballot was passed in early December 2013. By 31 December 2013, the amendments to future levels of pension increases had been implemented. As a result, a negative past service cost of €251 million has been recognised in the income statement at 31 December 2013.

The total income statement impact of the amendments, net of directly related expenses, amounted to a gain of €274 million.

In addition, the Pensions 2013 Review outcome also resulted in a financial assumption change. As a result, at 31 December 2013, €117 million has been recognised in other comprehensive income.

Plan details

The following table sets out details of the membership of the BSPF.

Plan details at last valuation date
  Number of members   Proportion of funding liability  

Active members

    8,598     37 %

Deferred members

    6,380     19 %

Pensioner members

    3,097     44 %
           

Total

    18,075     100 %
           
           

Financial and Demographic assumptions

The assumptions used in calculating the accounting costs and obligations of the Group's defined benefit pension plans, as detailed below, are set by the Directors after consultation with independent actuaries.

Discount rates are determined in consultation with the Group's independent actuary with reference to market yields at the balance sheet date on high quality corporate bonds (AA rated or equivalent) with a term corresponding to the term of the benefit payments. The yield curve is extrapolated when the term of the benefit payments is longer than the term of available bonds and the single discount rate specified takes the shape of the yield curve and the benefit payments into account. The assumption for ROI price inflation is set by reference to the European Central Bank inflation target for eurozone countries, which is to maintain inflation at below 2% per annum, and to the long term expectation for eurozone inflation as implied by the difference between eurozone fixed interest and indexed linked bonds. The assumptions for UK price inflation are set by reference to the difference between yields on longer-term conventional government bonds and index-linked bonds with appropriate adjustments to reflect distortions due to supply and demand, except for UK CPI inflation, which is set by reference to RPI inflation, with an adjustment applied, as no CPI-linked bonds exist.

The salary assumption takes into account inflation, seniority, promotion and current employment markets relevant to the Group.

320


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

The financial assumptions used in measuring the Group's defined benefit pension liability under IAS 19 are set out in the table below.

Financial assumptions
  31 December
2013
% p.a.
  31 December
2012
% p.a.
 

Irish schemes

             

Inflation rate

    2.00     2.00  

Discount rate

    3.65     3.90  

Rate of general increase in salaries

    *2.50     *2.50  

Rate of increase in pensions in payments

    *1.24     *1.90  

Rate of increase to deferred pensions

    1.90     1.90  

UK schemes

   
 
   
 
 

Consumer Price Inflation

    2.70     2.40  

Retail Price Inflation

    3.60     2.90  

Discount rate

    4.45     4.60  

Rate of general increase in salaries

    *4.10     *3.40  

Rate of increase in pensions in payments

    *2.49     *2.70  

Rate of increase to deferred pensions

    2.70     2.40  

*
Weighted average increase across all Group schemes.

Mortality assumptions

The mortality assumptions adopted for Irish pension arrangements are based on the results of the Society of Actuaries in Ireland mortality investigation.

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Longevity at age 70 for current pensioners

             

Males

    17.5     17.3  

Females

    18.9     18.7  

Longevity at age 60 for active members currently aged 60 years

   
 
   
 
 

Males

    27.1     26.9  

Females

    28.7     28.5  

Longevity at age 60 for active members currently aged 40 years

   
 
   
 
 

Males

    29.6     29.5  

Females

    30.8     30.7  

321


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

Amounts recognised in financial statements

The table below outlines where the Group's defined benefit plans are recognised in the financial statements

31 December 2013
  Irish Pension
Plans
€m
  UK Pension(1)
Plans
€m
  Total
€m
 

Income statement credit/(charge)

                   

—Other operating expenses

    (110 )   (22 )   (132 )

—Impact of amendments to the defined benefit pension scheme, net of directly related expenses

    237     37     274  

—Cost of restructuring programme

    3     2     5  

Statement of other comprehensive income

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Impact of remeasurement

    (106 )   (23 )   (129 )
               

Balance sheet obligations

    (747 )   (94 )   (841 )
               

This is shown on the balance sheet as:

                   

Retirement benefit obligation

                (845 )

Retirement benefit asset

                4  
                   

Total net liability

                (841 )
                   
                   

All figures above are shown before deferred tax.

Restated*
31 December 2012
  Irish Pension
Plans
€m
  UK Pension(1)
Plans
€m
  Total
€m
 

Income statement credit/(charge)

                   

—Other operating expenses

    (45 )   (24 )   (69 )

—Cost of restructuring programme

    2     (1 )   1  

Statement of other comprehensive income

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

—Impact of remeasurement

    (869 )   (25 )   (894 )
               

Balance sheet obligations

    (954 )   (121 )   (1,075 )
               

This is shown on the balance sheet as:

                   

Retirement benefit obligation

                (1,077 )

Retirement benefit asset

                2  
                   

Total net liability

                (1,075 )
                   
                   

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)'. See note 62 for additional information.

(1)
The UK Pension Plans include a portion of the BSPF which relates to UK members.

322


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

The movement in the net defined benefit obligation over the year in respect of the Group's defined benefit plans is as follows:

 
  Present
value of
obligation
  Fair value
of plan
assets
  (Surplus)/
deficit of
plans
 

At 1 January 2013

    (6,137 )   5,062     (1,075 )

Impact of Pensions 2013 Review

    394         394  

Negative past service cost (income statement)

    277         277  

Change in financial assumptions (other comprehensive income)

    117         117  

Cost of restructuring programme

   
5
   
   
5
 

Negative past service cost

    5         5  

Other operating expenses

   
(333

)
 
201
   
(132

)

Current service cost

    (122 )       (122 )

Negative past service cost

    28         28  

Interest (expense)/income

    (239 )   201     (38 )

Return on plan assets not included in income statement

   
   
85
   
85
 

Change in demographic assumptions

             

Other changes in financial assumptions

    (355 )       (355 )

Experience gains

    8         8  

Employer contributions

   
   
213
   
213
 

Deficit clearing(1)

        119     119  

Other

        94     94  

Employee contributions

   
(13

)
 
13
   
 

Benefit payments

    153     (153 )    

Changes in exchange rates

    25     (9 )   16  

At 31 December 2013

    (6,253 )   5,412     (841 )
               
               

The above amounts are recognised in the financial statements as follows: (charge)/credit

 

Other operating expenses

   
(333

)
 
201
   
(132

)

Impact of amendments to defined benefit pension schemes, net of directly related costs

    274         274  

Cost of restructuring programme

    5         5  
               

Total amount recognised in income statement

    (54 )   201     147  
               
               

Changes in financial assumptions

    (238 )       (238 )

Return on plan assets not included in income statement

        85     85  

Change in demographic assumptions

             

Changes in exchange rates

    25     (9 )   16  

Experience gains

    8         8  
               

Total remeasurements in other comprehensive income

    (205 )   76     (129 )
               
               

Total Negative past service cost comprises

                   

Impact of amendments to defined benefit pension schemes

               
277
 

Impact of restructuring programme

                5  

Other operating expenses

                28  
                   

Total

                310  
                   
                   

(1)
Deficit reducing contributions are additional contributions related to the Group's Pensions Reviews.

323


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

Restated*
  Present
value of
obligation
  Fair value
of plan
assets
  (Surplus)/
deficit of
plans
 

At 1 January 2012

    (4,802 )   4,463     (339 )

Cost of restructuring programme

    1         1  

                   

     

Negative past service cost

    1         1  

                   

     

Other operating expenses

    (306 )   237     (69 )

                   

     

Current service cost

    (99 )       (99 )

Negative past service cost

    43         43  

Interest (expense)/income

    (250 )   237     (13 )

                   

     

Return on plan assets not included in income statement

        268     268  

Change in demographic assumptions

             

Other changes in financial assumptions

    (1,162 )       (1,162 )

Experience gains

    16         16  

Employer contributions

        226     226  

                   

     

Deficit clearing(1)

        120     120  

Other

        106     106  

                   

     

Employee contributions

   
(14

)
 
14
   
 

Benefit payments

    155     (155 )    

Changes in exchange rates

    (25 )   9     (16 )

At 31 December 2012

    (6,137 )   5,062     (1,075 )
               
               

The above amounts are recognised in the financial statements as follows: (charge)/credit

 

Other operating expenses

   
(306

)
 
237
   
(69

)

Cost of restructuring programme

    1         1  
               

Total amount recognised in income statement

    (305 )   237     (68 )
               
               

Changes in financial assumptions

    (1,162 )       (1,162 )

Return on plan assets not included in income statement

        268     268  

Change in demographic assumptions

             

Changes in exchange rates

    (25 )   9     (16 )

Experience gains

    16         16  
               

Total remeasurements in other comprehensive income

    (1,171 )   277     (894 )
               
               

Total Negative past service cost comprises

                   

Impact of restructuring programme

                1  

Other operating expenses

                43  
                   

Total

                44  
                   
                   

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)'. See note 62 for additional information.

(1)
Deficit reducing contributions are additional contributions related to the Group's Pensions Reviews.

324


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

Asset breakdown
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
 

Equities (quoted)

    2,375     2,372  

Liability Driven Investment (unquoted)

    1,219     1,382  

Corporate bonds (quoted)

    318     315  

Property (unquoted)

    314     252  

Government bonds (quoted)

    283     282  

Cash (quoted)

    251     225  

Senior secured loans (unquoted)

    197      

Reinsurance (unquoted)

    196      

Hedge funds (unquoted)

    193     184  

Private equities (unquoted)

    66     51  
           

Total fair value of assets

    5,412     5,063  
           
           

The retirement benefit schemes' assets include Bank of Ireland stock amounting to €7 million (31 December 2012: €3 million) and property occupied by Bank of Ireland Group companies to the value of €25 million (31 December 2012: €24 million).

Sensitivity of defined benefit obligation to key assumptions

The table below sets out how the defined benefit obligation would have been affected by changes in the significant actuarial assumptions that were reasonably possible at 31 December 2013:

Impact on defined benefit obligation
  Change in
assumption
  Impact on
actuarial liabilities
€m
 

Discount rate

  0.25% decrease     318  

RPI inflation*

  0.10% decrease     (111 )

Salary growth

  0.10% decrease     (21 )

Life expectancy

  1 year increase     152  

*
Including other inflation-linked assumptions (CPI inflation, pension increases, salary growth)

The sensitivity analysis is prepared by the independent actuaries calculating the defined benefit obligation under the alternative assumptions.

While the table above shows the estimated impact of an individual assumption change, a change in one assumption could impact on other assumptions due to the relationship between assumptions.

Some of the above changes in assumptions may have an impact on the value of the schemes' investment holdings. For example, the plans hold a proportion of their assets in corporate bonds. A fall in the discount rate as a result of lower corporate bond yields would be expected to lead to an increase in the value of these assets, thus partly offsetting the increase in the defined benefit obligation. The extent to which these sensitivities are managed is discussed further below.

325


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

Future cash flows

The plans' liabilities represent a long-term obligation and most of the payments due under the plans will occur several decades into the future.

The duration, or average term to payment for the benefits due weighted by liability, is c.20 years for the Irish plans and c.21 years for the UK plans.

Expected employer contributions for the year ended 31 December 2014 are €214 million, inclusive of €131 million of additional contributions related to the Group pensions reviews. Expected employee contributions for the year ended 31 December 2014 are €13 million.

Risks and risk management

The Group's defined benefit pension plans have a number of areas of risk. The key areas of risk, and the ways in which the Group has sought to manage them, are set out in the table below.

The risks are considered from both a funding perspective, which drives the cash commitments of the Group, and from an accounting perspective, i.e. the extent to which such risks affect the amounts recorded in the Group's financial statements.

Risk
  Description
Asset volatility   The defined benefit pension plans hold a significant proportion of their assets in equities and other return-seeking assets. The returns on such assets tend to be volatile. For the purposes of the triennial valuation, the defined benefit liabilities, however, are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to government bond yields, with allowance for additional return to be generated from the investment portfolio. For measurement of the obligation in the financial statements under IAS 19R the defined benefit obligation is calculated using a discount rate set with reference to high-quality corporate bond yields. The movement in the asset portfolio is not fully correlated with the movement in the two liability measures and this means that the funding level is likely to be volatile in the short-term, potentially resulting in short-term cash requirements and an increase in the net defined benefit deficit recorded on the balance sheet.

In order to limit the volatility in asset returns, the schemes' assets are well-diversified by investing in a range of asset classes, including listed equity, private equity, hedge funds, infrastructure, reinsurance, property, government bonds and corporate bonds. The investment in bonds is discussed further below.

326


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

44    RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS (Continued)

Risk
  Description
Changes in bond yields   Interest rate and inflation risks, along with equity risk, are the defined benefit schemes' largest risks. From an accounting liability perspective, the schemes are also exposed to movements in corporate bond spreads. As part of its Risk Management the largest Group sponsored pension scheme, the BSPF has invested 29% in a Liability Driven Investment (LDI) approach to help manage its interest rate and inflation risk. The LDI approach invests in cash, sovereign bonds and interest rate and inflation swaps to create a portfolio which is both euro inflation-linked and of significantly longer duration than possible in the physical bond market. The portfolio will broadly hedge against movements in long-term interest rates and inflation expectations.

The LDI portfolio only hedges a portion of the BSPF's interest rate and inflation risks. Furthermore, the portfolio does not hedge against changes in the credit spread on corporate bonds used to derive the accounting liabilities, nor protect against differences between expectations for eurozone average inflation and the Fund's Irish inflation exposure.

However, the investment in corporate and government bonds offers a further degree of matching, i.e. the movement in assets arising from changes in bond yields partially matches the movement in the funding or accounting liabilities. In this way, the exposure to movements in bond yields is further reduced.


Inflation risk

 

The majority of the plans' benefit obligations are linked to inflation and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities, although in most cases caps on the level of inflationary increases are in place to protect the plans against high inflation and the Pensions 2013 Review changes have further limited this exposure.

Life expectancy

 

The majority of the plans' obligations are to provide a pension for the life of the member, which means that increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the plans' liabilities.

Although investment decisions are the responsibility of the trustees, the Group takes an active interest to support the efficient management of risk including through the appointment of a Group Pensions Chief Investment Officer. The role of Group Pensions Chief Investment Officer is to advise and support the Trustees of the Group sponsored pension schemes in the design, implementation and management of investment strategy to meet the various scheme liabilities. The duties include, but not are limited to, the identification and management of risks such as the risk of insufficient asset returns, changing interest rates, inflation, counterparty exposures, geographical risk, asset concentration risk, liquidity risk, regulatory risk, manager risk and longevity risk.

327


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

45    CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

The table below gives the contract amounts of contingent liabilities and commitments. The maximum exposure to credit loss under contingent liabilities and commitments is the contractual amount of the instrument in the event of non-performance by the other party where all counter claims, collateral or security prove worthless.

 
  31 December
2013
Contract
amount
€m
  31 December
2012
Contract
amount
€m
 

Contingent liabilities

             

Acceptances and endorsements

    9     9  

Guarantees and irrevocable letters of credit

    819     742  

Other contingent liabilities

    327     349  
           

    1,155     1,100  
           
           

Commitments

             

Documentary credits and short term trade related transactions

    85     93  

Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend:

             

—revocable or irrevocable with original maturity of 1 year or less

    13,043     13,284  

—irrevocable with original maturity of over 1 year

    2,764     3,202  
           

    15,892     16,579  
           
           

In common with other banks, the Group conducts business involving acceptances, performance bonds and indemnities. The majority of these facilities are offset by corresponding obligations of third parties.

An acceptance is an undertaking by a bank to pay a bill of exchange drawn on a customer. The Group expects most acceptances to be presented, but reimbursement by the customer is normally immediate. Endorsements are residual liabilities of the Group in respect of bills of exchange, which have been paid and subsequently rediscounted.

Guarantees and letters of credit are given as security to support the performance of a customer to third parties. As the Group will only be required to meet these obligations in the event of the customer's default, the cash requirements of these instruments are expected to be considerably below their nominal amounts.

Other contingent liabilities primarily include performance bonds and are generally short term commitments to third parties which are not directly dependent on the customers' credit worthiness. The Group is also party to legal, regulatory and other actions arising out of its normal business operations. In this context, the Group has received correspondence from certain parties considering taking legal action against the Group with respect to their participation in Tier 1 and Tier 2 security exchanges in June 2011. The Group considers that it has a robust defence to any such claims and will defend them vigorously, should they arise.

Documentary credits commit the Group to make payments to third parties, on production of documents, which are usually reimbursed immediately by customers.

Commitments to lend are agreements to lend to a customer in the future, subject to certain conditions.

328


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

46    CAPITAL PACKAGE IN RELATION TO 2009 PREFERENCE STOCK

The 2009 Preference Stock was issued by the Bank on 31 March 2009. At 31 December 2012, the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission (NPRFC) held 1,837,041,304 units of the 2009 Preference Stock, which could be repurchased at the option of the Bank, in whole or in part, at a price per unit equal to the issue price of €1.00 per unit before 31 March 2014 and thereafter at a price per unit of €1.25 (a 'step-up' of 25% of par value), subject in either case to the consent of the Central Bank of Ireland being obtained.

Having considered its options, the Bank agreed a Capital Package with the NPRFC and the Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) which it implemented in December 2013 which included the following:

(i)
the placing of new units of ordinary stock (the Placing Stock) to generate proceeds of c.€537 million (net of expenses), to redeem c.€537 million of the 2009 Preference Stock;

(ii)
the sale by the NPRFC of €1.3 billion 2009 Preference Stock to Baggot Securities Limited (Baggot), a special purpose company, which funded the purchase using the proceeds of the issuance of €1.3 billion 10.24% perpetual non-cumulative notes (the Notes) to private investors. Baggot irrevocably waived its rights to the step-up by Waiver Deed (the Waiver Deed) in favour of the Bank;

(iii)
the Bank advised CBI that it is not the Bank's intention to recognise 2009 Preference Stock as regulatory Common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital after July 2016, unless derecognition would mean that an adequate capital buffer cannot be maintained above applicable regulatory requirements; and

(iv)
the Bank announced that it does not expect to redeem the €1.3 billion of the 2009 Preference Stock sold to Baggot prior to 1 January 2016, save in certain limited circumstances(1).

Issue of Ordinary Stock:  On 4 December 2013, a total of 2,230,769,231 units of Placing Stock were placed at a price of 26 cent per unit of ordinary stock (being a discount of 3% to the previous days closing price), generating gross proceeds of €580 million. The Placing Stock represented approximately 7.4% of the Group's issued ordinary stock prior to the issue. The Placing Stock ranks pari passu in all respects with the existing ordinary stock of the Group, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions declared, made or paid on or in respect of such stock after the date of issue of the Placing Stock.

Redemption of the 2009 Preference Stock:  On 9 December 2013, net proceeds of €537,041,304 from the issue of the Placing Stock were used to redeem 537,041,304 units of the 2009 Preference Stock at the initial issue price of €1.00 per unit. In addition to redeeming 2009 Preference Stock, the Group paid the dividend accrued up to that date, amounting to €44 million to the NPRFC, representing the 10.25% interest over 288 days since 20 February 2013.

Transfer of the 2009 Preference Stock to private investors:  The State sold its holding of 1.3 billion units of the 2009 Preference Stock to Baggot, a structured entity, not controlled by the Group. The Group mandated a team of investment banks to manage and underwrite the sale to private investors of the Notes which are secured on 1.3 billion units of the 2009 Preference Stock. The sale was structured so that Baggot has waived its rights to the step-up and consequently, none of Baggot or the private investors is entitled to receive or seek the step-up. The costs of the sale of the 2009 Preference Stock to Baggot were paid by the Group, but otherwise, the sale had no impact on the financial statements of the Group. The State generated a gain of €62 million on the sale.

   


(1)
These circumstances would include changes in regulatory capital treatment, breach of Waiver Deed and taxation.

329


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

46    CAPITAL PACKAGE IN RELATION TO 2009 PREFERENCE STOCK (Continued)

The following table shows the impact for the year ended 31 December 2013 of the redemption and sale of the 2009 Preference Stock on capital stock, stock premium and retained earnings.

 
  Capital stock    
   
   
 
 
  Stock
premium
€m
  Retained
earnings
€m
   
 
 
  Number   €m   Total  

Issue of ordinary stock

    2,230,769,231     111     469         580  

Redemption of the 2009 Preference Stock

    (537,041,304 )   (5 )   (532 )       (537 )
                               

Dividend paid on redemption of the 2009 Preference Stock

                  (44 )   (44 )

Transaction costs

              (12 )   (27 )   (39 )
                         

Total

          106     (75 )   (71 )   (40 )
                         
                         

47    CAPITAL STOCK

Authorised
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Eur€

             

90 billion units of ordinary stock of €0.05 each

    4,500     4,500  

228 billion units of deferred stock of €0.01 each

    2,280     2,280  

100 million units of non-cumulative preference stock of €1.27 each

    127     127  

100 million units of undesignated preference stock of €0.25 each

    25     25  

3.5 billion units of non-cumulative 2009 Preference Stock of €0.01 each

    35     35  

 

 
  £m   £m  

Stg£

             

100 million units of non-cumulative preference stock of Stg£1 each

    100     100  

100 million units of undesignated preference stock of Stg£0.25 each

    25     25  

 

 
  $m   $m  

US$

             

8 million units of non-cumulative preference stock of US$25 each

    200     200  

100 million units of undesignated preference stock of US$0.25 each

    25     25  
           

330


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

47    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)


Allotted and fully paid
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

32.344 billion units of €0.05 ordinary stock (31 December 2012: 30.109 billion units)

    1,616     1,505  

91.981 billion units of €0.01 deferred stock

    920     920  

41.696 million units of €0.05 treasury stock (31 December 2012: 45.586 million units)

    2     2  

1.9 million units of non-cumulative preference stock of Stg£1 each

    3     3  

3.0 million units of non-cumulative preference stock of €1.27 each

    4     4  

1.3 billion units of non-cumulative 2009 Preference Stock of €0.01 each

             

(31 December 2012: 1.837 billion units)

    13     18  
           

    2,558     2,452  
           
           

Ordinary stock

All units of ordinary stock carry the same voting rights.

The weighted average number of units of ordinary stock in issue at 31 December 2013, used in the earnings per share calculation, excludes treasury stock which does not represent ordinary stock in issue. Treasury stock does not rank for dividend. While own stock held for the benefit of life assurance policyholders legally ranks for dividend, in line with accounting standards any dividend would not accrue in the Group financial statements.

 
  Ordinary Stock   Treasury Stock  
Movements in ordinary and treasury stock (units)
  31 December
2013
  31 December
2012
  31 December
2013
  31 December
2012
 

At beginning of year

    30,108,928,692     30,109,381,214     45,585,840     45,133,318  

Issue of ordinary stock

    2,230,769,231              

Stock (purchased)/sold and held for the benefit of life assurance policyholders

    3,889,379     (452,522 )   (3,889,379 )   452,522  
                   

At end of year

    32,343,587,302     30,108,928,692     41,696,461     45,585,840  
                   
                   

On 9 December 2013, the Bank issued 2,230,769,231 units of ordinary stock (the 'Placing Stock') with nominal value of €0.05 each. Following the issuance of the Placing Stock the Bank's total ordinary stock in issue is 32,343,587,302 units (net of stock held for the benefit of life assurance policyholders).

At 31 December 2013, New Ireland Assurance Company plc held 19,687,771 units of ordinary stock as 'own shares' (31 December 2012: 23,577,150 units).

Deferred stock

The total authorised deferred stock is 228 billion units at a par value of €0.01 per unit. The deferred stock has no voting or dividend rights and, on a winding up of, or other return of capital (other than on a redemption of stock of any class in the capital of the Bank) by the Bank, the deferred stockholders will be entitled to receive the amount paid up or credited as paid up on such unit of deferred stock only after ordinary stockholders have received, in aggregate, any amounts paid up or credited as paid up on those

331


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

47    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

units of ordinary stock held by them at that time, plus €10 million in cash per unit of €0.05 ordinary stock, the purpose of which is to ensure that the units of deferred stock have no economic value.

The deferred stock is not transferable at any time, other than with the prior written consent of the Directors. At the appropriate time, the Bank may redeem or repurchase the deferred stock, make an application to the High Court of Ireland for the deferred stock to be cancelled, or acquire, cancel or seek the surrender of the deferred stock (in each case for no consideration) using such other lawful means as the Directors may determine.

2009 Preference Stock

On 9 December 2013, net proceeds of €537,041,304 from the issue of capital stock were used to redeem 537,041,304 units of the 2009 Preference Stock at the initial issue price of €1.00 per unit. In addition to redeeming 2009 Preference Stock, the Group paid the dividend accrued up to that date, amounting to €44 million to the NPRFC.

On 11 December 2013, the balance of 1,300,000,000 units of the 2009 Preference Stock was sold by the NPRFC to Baggot Securities Limited (Baggot) a special purpose company, which funded the purchase using the proceeds of the issuance of €1,300,000,000 of 10.24% perpetual non-cumulative notes to private investors. Baggot has irrevocably waived its right to receive any redemption monies in respect of the 2009 Preference Stock in excess of €1.00 per unit.

On 20 February 2014, the Group paid a cash dividend of €133.3 million (20 February 2013: €188.3 million to the NPRFC) on the 2009 Preference Stock to Baggot.

The terms and conditions attaching to the 2009 Preference Stock are outlined below:

The 2009 Preference Stock entitles the holder to receive a non-cumulative cash dividend at a fixed rate of 10.25% per annum payable annually in arrears on 20 February at the discretion of the Bank. If a cash dividend is not paid by the Bank, the Bank shall issue units of ordinary stock to the holder to be settled on a day determined by the Bank, in its sole discretion, provided that this must occur no later than the day on which the Bank subsequently redeems or repurchases or pays a dividend on the 2009 Preference Stock or any class of capital stock. The number of units of ordinary stock that the Bank would be required to issue in the event of non-payment of a cash dividend is calculated by dividing the amount of the unpaid dividend by the Thirty Day Average Price.

If the dividend on the 2009 Preference Stock is not paid in any particular year, the Bank is precluded from paying any dividend on ordinary stock until the Bank resumes the payment of dividends on the 2009 Preference Stock in cash. The Bank will also be precluded from paying any dividend on ordinary stock where the payment of such a dividend would reduce the distributable reserves of the Bank to such an extent that the Bank would be unable to pay the next dividend due for payment on the 2009 Preference Stock.

The repayment of the capital paid up (inclusive of premium) on the 2009 Preference Stock ranks pari passu with the repayment of the paid up nominal value (excluding premium) of the ordinary stock on a winding up or other return of capital of the Bank.

The 2009 Preference Stock ranks ahead of ordinary stock as regards dividends and the repayment of premium on the ordinary stock on a winding up or other return of capital of the Bank. It ranks pari passu

332


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

47    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

as regards dividends with other stock or securities which constitute Core tier 1 capital of the Bank (other than ordinary stock and other than dividends to Non-controlling Interests).

The 2009 Preference Stock is transferable in minimum lots of 50,000 units.

The 2009 Preference Stock may be repurchased in whole or in part at the option of the Bank at a price per unit equal to €1.00 per unit before 31 March 2014 and thereafter at a price per unit of €1.25, representing a 25% step-up per unit provided in either case that the consent of the CBI to the repurchase of the 2009 Preference Stock is obtained. Baggot, the current holder of the 2009 Preference Stock, has waived its rights to receive redemption monies in excess of €1.00 per unit. The 2009 Preference Stock is not capable of being repurchased if it would breach or cause a breach of Irish banking capital adequacy requirements from time to time applicable to the Bank subject to regulatory approval. The Bank may only redeem the 2009 Preference Stock in accordance with company law, and with the approval of the CBI, out of profits available for distribution or the proceeds of a fresh issue of stock or an issue of securities treated by the CBI as constituting Core tier 1 capital.

If the ordinary stock to be issued in the event of non-payment of cash dividends on the 2009 Preference Stock is not settled on the dividend payment date to which it relates, the holder is entitled to exercise the voting rights of that as yet unissued ordinary stock from the dividend payment date. Such voting rights will have no effect on the Bank's unfettered discretion in respect of (i) the payment of dividends on the 2009 Preference Stock or any other securities of the Bank ranking pari passu with, or junior to, the 2009 Preference Stock or the issuance of ordinary stock in the event of non-payment of cash dividends on the 2009 Preference Stock; or (ii) the redemption or repurchase of the 2009 Preference Stock or any other securities of the Bank ranking pari passu with, or junior to, the 2009 Preference Stock.

Preference stock—Stg£1 each and €1.27 each

The preference stock is non-redeemable. The holders of preference stock are entitled to receive at the discretion of the Bank a non-cumulative preferential dividend, which in the case of the sterling preference stock is payable in sterling, in a gross amount of Stg£1.2625 per unit per annum and in the case of euro preference stock is payable in euro in a gross amount of €1.523686 per unit per annum, in equal semi-annual instalments, in arrears, on 20 February and 20 August in each year.

On a winding up of, or other return of capital by, the Bank (other than on a redemption of stock of any class in the capital of the Bank) the holders of preference stock will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the amount paid up or credited as paid up on each unit of the preference stock held (including the premium) out of the surplus assets available for distribution to the Bank's members. Subject to the Bank's Bye-Laws, the preference stockholders may also be entitled to receive a sum in respect of dividends payable.

The preference stockholders are not entitled to vote at any General Court except in certain exceptional circumstances. Such circumstances did not arise during 2013 and consequently the preference stockholders were not entitled to vote at the Annual General Court held on 24 April 2013.

As at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012, 1,876,090 units of sterling preference stock and 3,026,598 units of euro preference stock were in issue.

333


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

47    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

Use of ordinary stock in employee schemes

(a)   Employee Stock Issue Scheme

Under this scheme, each year the Court may set aside an element of Group profit before taxation for allocation to the trustees of the scheme to enable them to acquire units of ordinary stock on behalf of the scheme participants.

In addition, if an employee elects for any such free stock award, they become eligible to purchase additional stock at market price from gross salary subject to Revenue Commissioners and HM Revenue & Customs rules respectively.

The maximum award permitted under the scheme is 6% of a participant's salary. There have been no awards to employees under the employee stock issue scheme since 2008.

(b)   Executive Stock Option Scheme (ESOS)

The last grant of options under this Scheme were made in 2008. Options granted in 2006, 2007 and 2008 lapsed as the performance conditions were not achieved. The performance conditions for options granted in 1996 up to and including 2005 were satisfied. Options may not be transferred or assigned and may be exercised only between the third and tenth anniversaries of their grant. No options were either granted or exercised in the year ended 31 December 2013 or in the year ended 31 December 2012.

Under this Scheme, which was approved by stockholders, key executives may be granted options to subscribe for units of ordinary stock at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. Under this scheme, the total value of options granted in a year may not exceed 100% of an executive's annual salary at the time of the award. The subscription price per unit of stock shall not be less than the market value of the stock at the date of grant.

 
  31 December 2013   31 December 2012  
 
  Number of options   Weighted average
exercise price (€)
  Number of options   Weighted average
exercise price (€)
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

    2,686,513   11.45     3,113,513   11.59  

Expired during year

    (1,456,499 ) 11.17     (427,000 ) 12.46  

Outstanding at end of year

    1,230,014   11.79     2,686,513   11.45  

Exercisable at end of year

    1,230,014   11.79     2,686,513   11.45  
   

The options above are before the Group's 2010 and 2011 Rights Issues. The Group Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion not to make any technical adjustments to these grants.

Exercise Price Range (€)
  Number of options  

10.76 – 13.68

    1,230,014  
       

Total

    1,230,014  
       
       

Outstanding options under the Stock Option Scheme are exercisable at price ranges above. The weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding options under the Stock Option Scheme is less than three years.

334


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

47    CAPITAL STOCK (Continued)

(c)   Long Term Incentive Plan

The Bank of Ireland Group Long Term Incentive Plan—2004 (LTIP) was approved by the stockholders at the Annual General Court in July 2004. The LTIP links the number of units of stock receivable by participants to the Group's Total Shareholder Return (TSR). TSR represents stock price growth plus dividends.

Under this Plan key senior executives may receive a conditional award of a number of units of ordinary stock. The maximum award for executive Directors and Group Executive Committee members, cannot exceed 100% (150% for the Group CEO) of their annual salary at the time of the award.

The performance conditions for awards in 2006, 2007 and 2008 were not met and subsequently all conditional awards lapsed. There have been no further awards under the Group LTIP since 2008.

(d)   Limitations on Employee Stock Issue and Stock Option Schemes

All of the above stock issue and stock option schemes are subject to a range of flow rate controls approved by the stockholders and which conform to current institutional investor guidelines.

48    STOCK PREMIUM ACCOUNT

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Stock premium account

             

Balance at the beginning of the year

    1,210     5,127  

Issue of ordinary stock

    469      

Redemption of the 2009 Preference Stock

    (532 )    

Transaction costs, net of tax

    (12 )   3  

Reduction in stock premium transferred to retained earnings

        (3,920 )
           

Balance at the end of the year

    1,135     1,210  
           
           

During the year ended 31 December 2012, the Irish High Court approved the application by the Bank for a reduction in the Stock premium account of €3,920 million. As a result, this amount was transferred to retained earnings.

335


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

49    2011 CAPITAL STRESS TEST AND ASSOCIATED RECAPITALISATION

Following the announcement of the results of the 2011 PCAR by the Central Bank on 31 March 2011, the Group undertook a range of initiatives to generate the incremental capital required. Ultimately these initiatives, the principal elements of which were approved at the Extraordinary General Court on 11 July 2011 and 9 September 2011, included the following:

(i)
Liability management exercises;

(ii)
A Rights Issue underwritten by the State with a significant investment by institutional investors; and

(iii)
The issuance of a Contingent Capital Note to the State.

The completion of the above has enabled the Group to satisfy the requirement of the 2011 PCAR to generate €4.2 billion of additional equity capital and €1 billion of Contingent Capital.

The following table summarises the 31 December 2011 balance sheet impact of the 2011 recapitalisation of the Bank.

 
  Income
statement/
retained
earnings
€m
  Ordinary
stock
€m
  Stock
premium
€m
  Other
reserves
€m
  Total
€m
 

Liability management exercises

                               

Gain arising on the liability management exercises(1) (note 8)

    1,804                 1,804  

Issue of ordinary stock

        288     377         665  

Repurchase of US$150 million Floating Rate Note(2)

    40             (58 )   (18 )
                       

Impact of liability management exercises

    1,844     288     377     (58 )   2,451  

Rights issue

        954     954         1,908  
                       

    1,844     1,242     1,331     (58 )   4,359  
                       
                       

Transaction costs

                               

Liability management exercises

                               

—Recognised in the income statement(1)

    (32 )               (32 )

—Transferred from retained earnings to stock premium

    16         (16 )        

Rights issue

            (114 )       (114 )

Taxation

   
(45

)
 
   
   
   
(45

)
                       

2011 recapitalisation of the Bank, net of transaction costs and taxation

    1,783     1,242     1,201     (58 )   4,168  
                       
                       

(1)
Recognised in the income statement during the year ended 31 December 2011.

(2)
The US$150 million Floating Rate Note was previously classified as equity within other reserves. On the repurchase of this note, the difference between the fair value of the consideration and the carrying value of the note is shown as a credit in retained earnings.

336


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

49    2011 CAPITAL STRESS TEST AND ASSOCIATED RECAPITALISATION (Continued)

(i)    Liability management exercises

During 2011, the Group undertook a number of liability management exercises which generated €2,451 million of additional equity capital.

In June 2011, the Group invited certain subordinated bondholders to exchange their bonds for cash or units of ordinary stock. This resulted in subordinated bonds, with a nominal value of €1,924 million, being tendered in exchange for 5,755,203,190 units of ordinary stock at a price of €0.1156 per unit and €13 million of cash. In addition, the Group was granted the right to insert a call option (which it subsequently exercised), to compulsorily acquire certain subordinated bonds with a nominal value of €101 million for cash at 0.001% of their nominal value.

In September 2011 and December 2011, the Group announced that it had repurchased certain subordinated bonds with a nominal value of €205 million. In December 2011, the Group announced that it had repurchased certain Residential mortgage-backed securities with a total nominal value of €1,148 million issued by Kildare Securities Limited and Brunel Residential Mortgage Securitisation No.1 plc (Brunel).

(ii)   A Rights Issue underwritten by the State with a significant investment by institutional investors

In July 2011 the Group successfully completed an 18 for 5 Rights Issue of 19,077,889,032 units of ordinary stock at a Rights Issue price of €0.10 per unit of ordinary stock, which raised gross proceeds of €1,908 million. The results of the Rights Issue were as follows:

valid acceptances were received from the State in respect of 6,875,316,158 units of ordinary stock (representing 36% of the stock issued);

valid acceptances were received from other stockholders in respect of 4,486,370,275 units of ordinary stock (representing 23.5% of the stock issued);

1,432,343,038 units of ordinary stock (representing 7.5% of the stock issued) were placed in the rump issue; and

in accordance with the transaction agreement with the State, the State subscribed for the remaining 6,283,859,561 units of ordinary stock (representing 33% of the stock issued).

Following the completion of the Rights Issue, the State sold 10,510,960,763 units of ordinary stock to a group of institutional investors comprising Fairfax Financial Holdings, WL Ross, Capital Research (part of The Capital Group), Fidelity Investments and Kennedy Wilson. The institutional investors all manage their stockholdings independently. The sale completed on 17 October 2011, following which the State's stockholding in the Bank represents 15.13% of the issued ordinary stock. In consideration of the institutional investors entering into the Stock Purchase Agreements, the Group agreed to pay each of the institutional investors a fee of 0.5% of the price paid by each institutional investor pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreements (plus VAT, to the extent applicable). In addition, the Group agreed to reimburse the vouched costs and expenses of the institutional investors in connection with the investment which amounted to €2.7 million in aggregate.

337


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

49    2011 CAPITAL STRESS TEST AND ASSOCIATED RECAPITALISATION (Continued)

(iii) Contingent Capital Note

During the year ended 31 December 2011, the Group issued a Contingent Capital Note to the State to satisfy the requirements of the 2011 PCAR. The note has a term of five years and an annual coupon of 10%, which could be increased to a market rate subject to a maximum coupon of 18% if the State sold the note to a third party. On 9 January 2013, the State sold its entire holding of the note to a diverse group of international institutional investors, thereby fixing all future cash coupon payments on the notes at 10% per annum. The Group recognised a gain of €79 million in interest expense (note 3) during the year ended 31 December 2012, reflecting the decrease in the carrying value of the note as a result of a fall in the expected future coupon payments. Further details are set out in note 40.

50    LIQUIDITY RISK AND PROFILE

The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group's financial liabilities (excluding those arising from insurance and investment contracts in Bank of Ireland Life) at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012 based on contractual undiscounted repayment obligations. The Group does not manage liquidity risk on the basis of contractual maturity. Instead the Group manages liquidity risk based on expected cash flows.

Unit linked investment liabilities and unit linked insurance liabilities with a carrying value of €5,460 million and €8,502 million respectively (31 December 2012: €5,256 million and €7,988 million respectively) are excluded from this analysis as their repayment is linked directly to the financial assets backing these contracts.

Customer accounts include a number of term accounts that contain easy access features. These allow the customer to access a portion or all of their deposit notwithstanding that this repayment could result in financial penalty being paid by the customer. For such accounts, the portion subject to the potential early access has been classified in the 'demand' category in the table below.

The balances will not agree directly to the consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates all cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, related to both principal and interest payments.

As at 31 December 2013
Contractual maturity
  Demand
€m
  Up to
3 months
€m
  3-12 months
€m
  1-5 years
€m
  Over
5 years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Deposits from banks

    361     3,284     2,008     211         5,864  

Drawings from Monetary Authorities (gross)

                8,439         8,439  

Customer accounts

    43,457     17,258     9,210     4,151     170     74,246  

Debt securities in issue

        460     1,569     8,274     4,399     14,702  

Subordinated liabilities

        28     133     1,513     764     2,438  

Contingent liabilities

    1,155                     1,155  

Commitments

    13,043             2,764         15,807  
                           

Total

    58,016     21,030     12,920     25,352     5,333     122,651  
                           
                           

338


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

50    LIQUIDITY RISK AND PROFILE (Continued)


Restated*
As at 31 December 2012
Contractual maturity
  Demand
€m
  Up to
3 months
€m
  3-12 months
€m
  1-5 years
€m
  Over
5 years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Deposits from banks

    468     3,517     507     2,690         7,182  

Drawings from Monetary Authorities (gross)

        3,080 (1)   62     12,411         15,553  

Customer accounts

    46,979     20,512     5,329     2,658     134     75,612  

Debt securities in issue

        656     4,872     8,430     4,248     18,206  

Subordinated liabilities

        22     138     1,598     780     2,538  

Contingent liabilities

    1,100                     1,100  

Commitments

    13,377             3,202         16,579  
                           

Total

    61,924     27,787     10,908     30,989     5,162     136,770  
                           
                           

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

(1)
Includes €3,060 million related to the IBRC repo transaction which was terminated in February 2013 (see note 56).

As set out in note 23, derivatives held for trading comprise derivatives entered into with trading intent as well as derivatives entered with economic hedging intent to which the Group does not apply hedge accounting. Derivatives held with hedging intent also include all derivatives to which the Group applies hedge accounting.

The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group's derivative liabilities. The Group manages liquidity risk based on expected cash flows, therefore the undiscounted cash flows payable on derivatives liabilities held with hedging intent are classified according to their contractual maturity, while derivatives held with trading intent have been included at fair value in the 'demand' time bucket.

As at 31 December 2013
Derivative financial instruments
  Demand
€m
  Up to
3 months
€m
  3-12 months
€m
  1-5 years
€m
  Over
5 years €m
  Total
€m
 

Derivatives held with hedging intent

                                     

Gross settled derivative liabilities—outflows

        4,140     2,373     3,570     381     10,464  

Gross settled derivative liabilities—inflows

        (4,032 )   (2,299 )   (3,369 )   (333 )   (10,033 )
                           

Gross settled derivative liabilities—net flows

        108     74     201     48     431  

Net settled derivative liabilities

        213     435     1,192     1,071     2,911  
                           

Total derivatives held with hedging intent

        321     509     1,393     1,119     3,342  

Derivative liabilities held with trading intent

    796                     796  
                           

Total derivative cash flows

    796     321     509     1,393     1,119     4,138  
                           
                           

339


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

50    LIQUIDITY RISK AND PROFILE (Continued)


As at 31 December 2012
Derivative financial instruments
  Demand
€m
  Up to
3 months
€m
  3-12 months
€m
  1-5 years
€m
  Over
5 years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Derivatives held with hedging intent

                                     

Gross settled derivative liabilities—outflows

        3,530     1,493     6,180     530     11,733  

Gross settled derivative liabilities—inflows

        (3,453 )   (1,340 )   (5,904 )   (525 )   (11,222 )
                           

Gross settled derivative liabilities—net flows

        77     153     276     5     511  

Net settled derivative liabilities

        175     713     1,873     381     3,142  
                           

Total derivatives held with hedging intent

        252     866     2,149     386     3,653  

Derivative liabilities held with trading intent

    1,508                     1,508  
                           

Total derivative cash flows

    1,508     252     866     2,149     386     5,161  
                           
                           

340


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

51    MEASUREMENT BASIS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

The table below analyses the carrying amounts of the financial assets and financial liabilities by accounting treatment and by balance sheet heading.

 
  At fair value through
profit or loss
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  At fair value
through Other
Comprehensive
income (OCI)
   
   
   
 
 
  Derivatives
designated
as fair value
hedging
instruments
€m
   
   
   
   
   
 
31 December 2013
  Held for
trading
€m
  Designated
upon initial
recognition
€m
  Available
for sale
€m
  Cash flow
hedge
derivatives
€m
  Held at
amortised
cost
€m
  Insurance
contracts
€m
  Total
€m
 

Financial assets

                                                 

Cash and balances at central banks

                        6,385         6,385  

Items in the course of collection from other banks

                        363         363  

Trading securities

        252                         252  

Derivative financial instruments

    393     2,691             408             3,492  

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

            10,306                     10,306  

Loans and advances to banks

                        4,759         4,759  

Available for sale financial assets

                12,104                 12,104  

NAMA senior bonds

                        3,957         3,957  

Loans and advances to customers

                        84,514         84,514  

Interest in associates

            41             48         89  
                                   

Total financial assets

    393     2,943     10,347     12,104     408     100,026         126,221  
                                   
                                   

Financial liabilities

                                                 

Deposits from banks

            143             12,070         12,213  

Customer accounts

            1,832             72,035         73,867  

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

                        147         147  

Derivative financial instruments

    375     2,655             198             3,228  

Debt securities in issue

            519             14,761         15,280  

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts

            5,460                     5,460  

Insurance contract liabilities

                            8,502     8,502  

Subordinated liabilities

            63             1,612         1,675  

Other short positions

        8                         8  
                                   

Total financial liabilities

    375     2,663     8,017         198     100,625     8,502     120,380  
                                   
                                   

341


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

51    MEASUREMENT BASIS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (Continued)


 
  At fair value through
profit or loss
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  At fair value
through Other
Comprehensive
income (OCI)
   
   
   
 
 
  Derivatives
designated
as fair value
hedging
instruments
€m
   
   
   
   
   
 
Restated*
31 December 2012
  Held for
trading
€m
  Designated
upon initial
recognition
€m
  Available
for sale
€m
  Cash flow
hedge
derivatives
€m
  Held at
amortised
cost
€m
  Insurance
contracts
€m
  Total
€m
 

Financial assets

                                                 

Cash and balances at central banks

                        8,472         8,472  

Items in the course of collection from other banks

                        448         448  

Trading securities

        143                         143  

Derivative financial instruments

    656     3,550             1,641             5,847  

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

            9,460                     9,460  

Loans and advances to banks

                        9,502         9,502  

Available for sale financial assets

                11,093                 11,093  

NAMA senior bonds

                        4,428         4,428  

Loans and advances to customers

                        92,621         92,621  

Interest in associates

            91                     91  
                                   

Total financial assets

    656     3,693     9,551     11,093     1,641     115,471         142,105  
                                   
                                   

Financial liabilities

                                                 

Deposits from banks

            216             20,909         21,125  

Customer accounts

            1,910             73,260         75,170  

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

                        268         268  

Derivative financial instruments

    585     3,185             1,504             5,274  

Debt securities in issue

            521             17,552         18,073  

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts

            5,256                     5,256  

Insurance contract liabilities

                            7,988     7,988  

Subordinated liabilities

            64             1,643         1,707  

Other short positions

        76                         76  
                                   

Total financial liabilities

    585     3,261     7,967         1,504     113,632     7,988     134,937  
                                   
                                   

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

342


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

51    MEASUREMENT BASIS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (Continued)

The fair value and contractual amount due on maturity of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition are shown in the table below.

 
  31 December 2013   31 December 2012  
 
  Fair
values
€m
  Contractual
amount
due on
maturity
€m
  Fair
values
€m
  Contractual
amount
due on
maturity
€m
 

Deposits from banks

    143     143     216     216  

Customer accounts

    1,832     1,827     1,910     1,967  

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts

    5,460     5,460     5,256     5,256  

Debt securities in issue

    519     524     521     613  

Subordinated liabilities

    63     67     64     75  
                   

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    8,017     8,021     7,967     8,127  
                   
                   

For financial assets and financial liabilities which are recognised and subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss or through other comprehensive income, a description of the methods and assumptions used to calculate those fair values is set out in note 52.

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities

The fair value of a financial instrument is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Where possible, the Group calculates fair value using observable market prices. Where market prices are not available, fair values are determined using valuation techniques which may include discounted cash flow models or comparisons to instruments with characteristics either identical or similar to those of the instruments held by the Group or of recent arm's length market transactions. These fair values are classified within a three-level fair value hierarchy, based on the inputs used to value the instrument. Where the inputs might be categorised within different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement in its entirety is categorised in the same level of the hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement. The levels are defined as:

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date.

Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

Transfers between different levels are assessed at the end of all reporting periods.

343


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

(a)   Financial assets and financial liabilities recognised and subsequently measured at fair value

All financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value. The Group subsequently measures trading securities, other financial assets and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, derivatives and available for sale financial assets at fair value in the balance sheet. These instruments are shown as either at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) or at fair value through the statement of comprehensive income.

A description of the methods and assumptions used to calculate fair values of these assets and liabilities is set out below. For fair value measurements categorised within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the valuation policies and procedures are developed by the management of the relevant business unit. The valuation process is documented before being reviewed and approved by senior management to ensure that the valuation method is consistent with market practice, that the output is reasonable and that the methodology is consistent both across the Group and compared to prior reporting periods.

Financial assets held for trading

These instruments are valued using observable market prices (level 1 inputs), directly from a recognised pricing source or an independent broker or investment bank.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group's derivative financial instruments are valued using valuation techniques commonly used by market participants. These consist of discounted cash flow and options pricing models, which typically incorporate observable market data, principally interest rates, basis spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and counterparty credit (level 2 inputs).

The fair values of the Group's derivative financial liabilities reflect the impact of changes in own credit spreads derived from observable market data (debit valuation adjustment). The impact of the cost of funding derivative positions is also taken into account in determining the fair value of derivative financial instruments (funding valuation adjustment). The funding cost is derived from observable market data; however the model may perform numerical procedures in the pricing such as interpolation when market data input values do not directly correspond to the exact parameters of the trade. Both methodologies are considered to use level 2 inputs.

Certain derivatives are valued using unobservable inputs relating to counterparty credit such as credit grade, which are significant to their valuation. The effect of using reasonably possible alternative assumptions in the valuation of these derivatives would be to increase their fair value by up to €15 million or decrease their fair value by up to €15 million, with a corresponding impact on the income statement. Where the impact of unobservable inputs is material to the valuation of the asset or liability, it is categorised as level 3 on the fair value hierarchy.

In addition a small number of derivative financial instruments are valued using significant unobservable inputs other than counterparty credit (level 3 inputs). However, changing one or more assumptions used in the valuation of these derivatives would not have a significant impact as they are entered into to hedge the exposure arising on certain customer accounts (see below), leaving the Group with no net valuation risk due to the unobservable inputs.

344


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

These consist of assets designated at fair value through profit or loss, which are predominantly held for the benefit of unit linked policyholders, with any changes in valuation accruing to the policyholders. These assets consist principally of bonds, equities and unit trusts, which are traded on listed exchanges, are actively traded and have readily available prices. Substantially all of these assets are valued using valuation techniques which use observable market data i.e. level 1 or level 2 inputs.

Available for sale financial assets

For available for sale financial assets for which an active market exists, fair value has been determined directly from observable market prices (level 1 inputs) or yields through a recognised pricing source or an independent broker, price-provider or investment bank (level 2 inputs).

A small number of assets have been valued using vendor prices, which are not considered to represent observable market data (level 3 inputs).

NAMA subordinated debt does not trade in an active market for which observable market data is available. Its fair value has been estimated using a discounted cash flow valuation technique i.e. level 3 inputs. A 1% increase / (decrease) in the discount rate used to value the debt would result in a decrease of €7 million / (increase of €7 million) in its fair value, with a corresponding impact on other comprehensive income.

Interest in associates

Investments in associates which are venture capital investments are accounted for at fair value and are valued in accordance with the 'International Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation Guidelines'. This requires the use of various inputs such as discounted cash flow analysis and comparison with the earnings multiples of listed comparative companies amongst others. Although the valuation of unquoted equity instruments is subjective by nature, the relevant methodologies are commonly applied by other market participants and have been consistently applied over time. Using reasonably possible alternative assumptions would not have a material impact on the value of these assets. As the inputs are unobservable, the valuation is deemed to be based on level 3 inputs.

Customer accounts and deposits by banks

Customer accounts and deposits by banks designated at fair value through profit or loss consist of deposits which contain an embedded derivative (typically an equity option). These instruments are typically valued using valuation techniques which use observable market data. The Group incorporates the effect of changes in its own credit spread when valuing these instruments. The Group estimates this spread by reference to recent transactions in the same instrument or in similar instruments issued by the Group (level 2 inputs).

A small number of customer accounts are valued using additional non-observable inputs (level 3 inputs). However, changing one or more assumptions used in the valuation of these customer accounts would not have a significant impact as these customer accounts are hedged with offsetting derivatives (see below), leaving the Group with no net valuation risk due to those non-observable inputs.

345


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Liabilities to customers under insurance and investment contracts

The accounting policy for these instruments is set out on page 246. In accordance with the accounting policy, the fair value of liabilities to customers under both insurance and investment unit linked contracts is contractually linked to the fair value of the financial assets within the policyholders' unit linked funds. The value of the unit linked financial liabilities is determined using current unit prices multiplied by the number of units attributed to the contract holders at the balance sheet date. Their value is never less than the amount payable on surrender, discounted for the required notice period where applicable.

Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities

These instruments comprise debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities with a fair value of €582 million (31 December 2012: €585 million) which are measured at fair value through profit or loss, the fair value of which is based on valuation techniques incorporating significant unobservable market data (level 3 inputs). The significant unobservable input is the Group's credit spread, the estimation of which is judgemental in current market circumstances. The Group estimates this spread by reference to recent transactions in the same instrument or in similar instruments issued by the Group. In addition the Group considers the credit spread applicable to Irish Government bonds. A 1% increase / (decrease) in the estimated credit spread at 31 December 2013 would result in a decrease of €25 million / (increase of €25 million) in the fair value of the liabilities, with a corresponding impact on the income statement.

(b)   Financial assets and liabilities held at amortised cost

For financial assets and financial liabilities which are not subsequently measured at fair value on the balance sheet, the Group discloses their fair value in a way that permits them to be compared to their carrying amounts. The methods and assumptions used to calculate the fair values of these assets and liabilities are set out below.

Loans and advances to banks

The estimated fair value of floating rate placements and overnight placings is their carrying amount. The estimated fair value of fixed interest bearing placements is based on discounted cash flows using prevailing money market interest rates for assets with similar credit risk and remaining maturity (level 2 inputs).

Loans and advances to customers

Loans and advances are carried net of provisions for impairment. The fair value of both fixed and variable rate loans and advances to customers is estimated using valuation techniques which include:

the discounting of estimated future cash flows at current market rates, incorporating the impact of current credit spreads and margins. The fair value reflects both loan impairments at the balance sheet date and estimates of market participants' expectations of credit losses over the life of the loans (level 3 inputs); and

recent arm's length transactions in similar assets (level 2 inputs).

346


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

NAMA senior bonds

NAMA senior bonds are classified as loans and receivables and are carried net of provisions for impairment. As with all financial assets, NAMA senior bonds are measured at fair value at initial recognition. The bonds do not trade in an active market. Their fair value has been estimated by using a valuation technique which takes into consideration the contractual maturity date of the bonds, the Government guarantee, collateral and other support, valuations in the repo market and the yield on Irish Government bonds of similar maturity (level 2 inputs). The bonds are subsequently measured at amortised cost.

Deposits from banks and customer accounts

The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, which includes non-interest bearing deposits, is the amount repayable on demand. The estimated fair value of fixed interest bearing deposits and other borrowings without quoted market prices is based on discounted cash flows using interest rates for new deposits with similar remaining maturity (level 2 inputs).

Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities

The fair values of these instruments are calculated based on quoted market prices where available (level 1 inputs). For those notes where quoted market prices are not available, a discounted cash flow model is used based on a current yield curve appropriate to the Group for the remaining term to maturity. The yield curve used incorporates the effect of changes in the Group's own credit spread (level 2 and level 3 inputs).

(c)   Fair value on offsetting positions

Where the Group manages certain financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of its net exposure to either market risks or credit risk, the Group applies the exception allowed under paragraph 48 of IFRS 13. That exception permits the Group to measure the fair value of a group of financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of the price that would be received to sell a net long position (i.e. an asset) for a particular risk exposure or paid to transfer a net short position (i.e. a liability) for a particular risk exposure in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. Accordingly, the Group measures the fair value of the group of financial assets and financial liabilities consistently with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.

(d)   Fair value of non-financial assets

Investment properties

Investment properties are carried at fair value as determined by external qualified property surveyors appropriate to properties held. Fair values have been calculated using current trends in the market of property sales and rental yields in the retail, office and industrial property markets (level 2 inputs). Other inputs take into consideration occupancy rate forecasts, sales price expectations and letting prospects (level 3 inputs).

347


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Property

A revaluation of Group property was carried out as at 31 December 2013. All freehold and long leasehold commercial properties were valued by Lisney as external valuers, with the exception of some select properties which were valued internally by the Bank's qualified surveyors. Lisney valuations were made on the basis of observable inputs such as comparable lettings and sales (level 2 inputs). Unobservable inputs such as profile, lot size, layout and presentation of accommodation are also used (level 3 inputs).

31 December 2013
  Quoted
prices in
active market
Level 1
€m
  Valuation
techniques
observable
inputs
Level 2
€m
  Valuation
techniques
unobservable
inputs
Level 3
€m
  Total
€m
 

Financial assets held at fair value

                         

Trading securities

    252             252  

Derivative financial instruments

        3,142     350     3,492  

Other financial assets at FVTPL

    9,635     654     17     10,306  

AFS financial assets

    11,615     314     175     12,104  

Interest in associates

            41     41  

Non-financial assets held at fair value

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Investment property

            805     805  

Property held at fair value

            132     132  
                   

    21,502     4,110     1,520     27,132  
                   
                   

Financial liabilities held at fair value

                         

Deposits from banks

        143         143  

Customer accounts

        1,809     23     1,832  

Derivative financial instruments

        3,147     81     3,228  

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts

        5,460         5,460  

Insurance contract liabilities

        8,502         8,502  

Debt securities in issue

            519     519  

Subordinated liabilities

            63     63  

Other short positions

    8             8  
                   

    8     19,061     686     19,755  
                   
                   

348


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

31 December 2013
  Quoted
prices in
active market
Level 1
€m
  Valuation
techniques
observable
inputs
Level 2
€m
  Valuation
techniques
unobservable
inputs
Level 3
€m
  Total
€m
 

Fair value of financial assets held at amortised cost

                         

Cash and balances at central banks

    6,385             6,385  

Items in the course of collection from other banks

    363             363  

Loans and advances to banks

        4,759         4,759  

Loans and advances to customers

            74,548     74,548  

NAMA senior bonds

        3,986         3,986  

Interests in associates

    48             48  

Fair value of financial liabilities held at amortised cost

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Deposits from banks

        12,070         12,070  

Customer accounts

        72,168         72,168  

Items in the course of transmission to other banks

    147             147  

Debt securities in issue

    9,629     4,917     94     14,640  

Subordinated liabilities

        1,779         1,779  
                   

31 December 2012
  Quoted
prices in
active market
Level 1
€m
  Valuation
techniques
observable
inputs
Level 2
€m
  Valuation
techniques
unobservable
inputs
Level 3
€m
  Total
€m
 

Financial assets held at fair value

                         

Trading securities

    143             143  

Derivative financial instruments

    1     5,337     509     5,847  

Other financial assets at FVTPL

    8,753     691     16     9,460  

AFS financial assets

    10,430     442     221     11,093  

Interest in associates

            39     39  
                   

    19,327     6,470     785     26,582  
                   
                   

Financial liabilities held at fair value

                         

Deposits from banks

        216         216  

Customer accounts

        1,898     12     1,910  

Derivative financial instruments

        5,227     47     5,274  

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts

        5,256         5,256  

Insurance contract liabilities

        7,988         7,988  

Debt securities in issue

            521     521  

Subordinated liabilities

            64     64  

Other short positions

    76             76  
                   

    76     20,585     644     21,305  
                   
                   

349


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Movements in level 3 assets

31 December 2013
  Other
financial
assets at
FVTPL
€m
  Derivative
financial
instruments
€m
  Available
for sale
financial
assets
€m
  Interest in
associates
€m
  Investment
property
€m
  Property
held at
fair value
€m
  Total
€m
 

Opening Balance

    16     509     221     39     848     135     1,768  

Exchange Adjustment

        (8 )               (1 )   (9 )

Reclassifications

            (44 )(1)               (44 )

Total gains or losses in:

                                           

Profit or loss

                                           

—Net trading income/(expense)

        (65 )                   (65 )

—Other income

                    5         5  

—Interest income

            16                 16  

—Share of results of associates

                (4 )           (4 )

—Life assurance investment income and gains

                    (20 )       (20 )

—Other operating income

    1                 (17 )       (16 )

—Other operating expenses

                        (1 )   (1 )

Other comprehensive income—AFS reserve

            6                 6  

Additions

            4     7             11  

Disposals

            (1 )   (1 )   (11 )   (1 )   (14 )

Redemptions

        (6 )   (30 )               (36 )

Transfers out of level 3

                                           

—from level 3 to level 2

        (110 )                   (110 )

Transfers into level 3

                                           

—from level 1 to level 3

            3                 3  

—from level 2 to level 3

        30                     30  
                               

Closing balance

    17     350     175     41     805     132     1,520  
                               
                               

Total gains and losses for the year included in profit or loss for assets held in level 3 at the end of the reporting year

                                           

—Net trading income/(expense)

        90                     90  

—Other income

                    5         5  

—Interest income

            16                 16  

—Share of results of associates

                (4 )           (4 )

—Life assurance investment income and gains

                    (20 )       (20 )

—Other operating income

    1                 (17 )       (16 )

—Other operating expenses

                        (1 )   (1 )
   
(1)
In accordance with IAS 39, the Group reclassified available for sale financial assets with a carrying amount and fair value of €44 million to loans and advances to customers, with effect from 31 December 2013. At the date of this reclassification, the Group had the intention and ability to hold these assets for the foreseeable future or until maturity.

350


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

The transfer from level 3 to level 2 arose as a result of the availability of observable market prices at 31 December 2013 which were unavailable at 31 December 2012 or as a result of unobservable inputs becoming less significant to the fair value measurement of these assets.

The transfer from level 1 to level 3 is as a result of the unavailability of a level 1 pricing source as the balance sheet date for that security.

The transfer from level 2 to level 3 arose as a result of the unobservable inputs becoming significant to the fair value measurement of these assets.

There were no transfers between levels 1 and 2.

Movements in level 3 assets

31 December 2012
  Other
financial
assets at
FVTPL
€m
  Derivative
financial
instruments
€m
  Available
for sale
financial
assets
€m
  Interest in
associates
€m
  Total
€m
 

Opening Balance

    17     531     174     31     753  

Exchange Adjustment

        7             7  

Total gains or losses in:

                               

Profit or loss

                               

—Net trading income/(expense)

        (6 )           (6 )

—Other income

            16         16  

—Impairment charges

    (1 )               (1 )

—Share of results of associates

                (2 )   (2 )

Other comprehensive income—AFS reserve

            (12 )       (12 )

Additions

        34     49     11     94  

Disposals

            (6 )   (1 )   (7 )

Redemptions

        (37 )           (37 )

Transfers out of level 3

                               

—from level 3 to level 2

        (78 )           (78 )

Transfers into level 3

                               

—from level 2 to level 3

        58             58  
                       

Closing balance

    16     509     221     39     785  
                       
                       

Total gains for the year included in profit or loss for assets held in level 3 at the end of the reporting year

                               

—Net trading income

        168             168  
                       

The transfer from level 3 to level 2 arose as a result of the availability of observable market prices at 31 December 2012 which were unavailable at 31 December 2011 or as a result of unobservable inputs becoming less significant to the fair value measurement of these assets.

The transfer from level 2 to level 3 arose as a result of the unobservable inputs becoming significant to the fair value measurement of these assets.

351


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

There were no transfers between levels 1 and 2.

Movements in level 3 liabilities

31 December 2013
  Customer
accounts
€m
  Derivative
financial
instruments
€m
  Debt
securities
in issue
€m
  Subordinated
liabilities
€m
  Total
€m
 

Opening Balance

    12     47     521     64     644  

Exchange adjustments

        1         (4 )   (3 )

Total gains or losses in:

                               

Profit or loss

                               

—Net trading income/(expense)

        39     40     7     86  

—Other income

                     

—Revaluation

                (4 )   (4 )

Additions

                     

Disposals

                     

Redemptions and maturities

    (11 )       (42 )       (53 )

Transfers out of level 3

                               

—from level 3 to level 2

        (10 )           (10 )

Transfers into level 3

                               

—from level 2 to level 3

    22     4             26  
                       

Closing balance

    23     81     519     63     686  
                       
                       

Total gains/(losses) for the year included in profit or loss for liabilities held at the end of the reporting year

                               

—Net trading income/(expense)

    (2 )   109     54     (4 )   157  
                       

The transfer from level 3 to level 2 arose as a result of an ability to obtain observable market prices at 31 December 2013 which were unavailable at 31 December 2012.

The transfer from level 2 to level 3 arose as a result of the unobservable inputs becoming significant to their fair value measurement.

There were no transfers between levels 1 and 2.

352


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Movements in level 3 liabilities

31 December 2012
  Customer
accounts
€m
  Derivative
financial
instruments
€m
  Debt
securities
in issue
€m
  Subordinated
liabilities
€m
  Total
€m
 

Opening Balance

    11     50     457     27     545  

Exchange adjustments

                1     1  

Total gains or losses in:

                               

Profit or loss

                               

—Net trading income/(expense)

    1         90     36     127  

Additions

        7             7  

Redemptions and maturities

        (12 )   (26 )       (38 )

Transfers out of level 3

                               

—from level 3 to level 2

        (2 )           (2 )

Transfers into level 3

                               

—from level 2 to level 3

        4             4  
                       

Closing balance

    12     47     521     64     644  
                       
                       

Total gains/(losses) for the year included in profit or loss for liabilities held at the end of the reporting year

                               

—Net trading income/(expense)

    (1 )   5     (105 )       (101 )
                       

The transfer from level 3 to level 2 arose as a result of an ability to obtain observable market prices at 31 December 2012 which were unavailable at 31 December 2011.

The transfer from level 2 to level 3 arose as a result of the unobservable inputs becoming significant to their fair value measurement.

There were no transfers between levels 1 and 2.

353


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Quantitative information about fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)

Level 3 assets
  Fair
value
€m
  Valuation technique   Unobservable input   Range
%

Derivative financial assets

    350   Discounted cash flow   Credit spread(1)   0%–14%

        Option pricing model   Credit spread(1)   0%–14%

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

   
17
 

Discounted cash flow

 

Discount rate(2)

 

Third party pricing

AFS financial assets

   
175
 

Discounted cash flow
Vendor valuations

 

Discount rate(2)
EBITDA multiple(3)

 

10%–13%
Third party pricing

            Liquidity factor   Third party pricing

Interest in associates

   
41
 

Market comparable

 

Price of recent investment

 

Third party pricing

        companies   Earnings multiple(3)   Third party pricing

            Revenue multiple(3)   Third party pricing

Investment property

   
805
 

Market comparable

 

Property valuation assumptions

 

Third party pricing

        property transactions        

Property held at fair value

   
132
 

Market comparable

 

Property valuation assumptions

 

Third party pricing

        property transactions        

 

Level 3 liabilities
  Fair
value
€m
  Valuation technique   Unobservable input   Range
%

Customer accounts

    23   Discounted cash flow   Credit spread(1)   1%–4%

Derivative financial liabilities

   
81
 

Discounted cash flow

 

Credit spread(1)

 

1%–4%

        Option pricing model   Credit spread(1)   Third party pricing

Debt securities in issue

   
519
 

Discounted cash flow

 

Credit spread(1)

 

2%–4%

Subordinated liabilities

   
63
 

Market comparable

 

Credit spread(1)

 

Third party pricing

        companies        

(1)
The Group's credit spread represents the range of credit spreads that market participants would use in valuing these contracts.

(2)
The Group's discount rate represents a range of discount rates that market participants would use in valuing these investments.

(3)
The Group's multiples represents multiples that market participants would use in valuing these investments.

354


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

52    FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

The carrying amount and the fair value of the Group's assets and liabilities as at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012 are set out in the table below.

 
  31 December 2013   Restated*
31 December 2012
 
 
  Carrying
amount
€m
  Fair
values
€m
  Carrying
amount
€m
  Fair
values
€m
 

Financial instruments held for trading

                         

Trading securities(1)

    252     252     143     143  

Derivative financial instruments—trading

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Foreign exchange contracts(1)

    (8 )   (8 )   32     32  

Interest rate contracts(1)

    (205 )   (205 )   144     144  

Equity and commodity contracts(1)

    249     249     188     188  

Non-trading financial instruments

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Assets

                         

Cash and balances at central banks(1)

    6,385     6,385     8,472     8,472  

Items in course of collection from other banks(1)

    363     363     448     448  

Loans and advances to banks(1)

    4,759     4,759     9,502     9,502  

Loans and advances to customers

    84,514     74,548     92,621     80,440  

Available for sale financial assets(1)

    12,104     12,104     11,093     11,093  

NAMA senior bonds

    3,957     3,986     4,428     4,467  

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss(1)

    10,306     10,306     9,460     9,460  

Liabilities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Deposits from banks

    12,213     12,213     21,125     21,152  

Customer accounts

    73,867     74,000     75,170     75,425  

Items in the course of transmission to other banks(1)

    147     147     268     268  

Liabilities to customers under investment contracts(1)

    5,460     5,460     5,256     5,256  

Insurance contract liabilities(1)

    8,502     8,502     7,988     7,988  

Debt securities in issue

    15,280     15,159     18,073     17,513  

Subordinated liabilities

    1,675     1,842     1,707     1,677  

Derivative financial instruments—hedging

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Interest rate contracts and foreign exchange contracts(1)

    228     228     207     207  
                       

Non-financial assets

                         

Investment property

    805     805              

Property held at fair value

    132     132              
                       

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

(1)
The fair value of these financial instruments is equal to the carrying value. These instruments are either carried at market value or have minimal credit losses and are either short term in nature or repriced frequently.

355


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

53    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following balances:

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
31 December
2012
€m
 

Cash and balances at central banks

    6,385     8,472  

Loans and advances to banks (with an original maturity of less than 3 months)

    4,369     5,856  
           

Cash and cash equivalents

    10,754     14,328  
           
           

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See not 62 for additional information.

Cash and balances at central banks is made up as follows:

Cash and balances at central banks
  Year ended
31 December 2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December 2012
€m
 

United Kingdom (Bank of England)

    4,903     8,002  

Republic of Ireland (Central Bank of Ireland)

    663      

United States (Federal Reserve)

    484     128  

Other (cash holdings)

    335     342  
           

Total

    6,385     8,472  
           
           

54    PROFIT OR LOSS OF THE PARENT COMPANY

The parent company of the Group is the Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland (the Bank). In accordance with Section 148(8) of the Companies Act, 1963 and Section 7(1A) of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986, the Bank is availing of the exemption of presenting its individual income statement to the Annual General Court and from filing it with the Registrar of Companies. The Bank's loss after tax for the year ended 31 December 2013 determined in accordance with IFRS is €661 million (31 December 2012: €1,311 million*).

The Bank is a corporation established in Ireland in 1783 under Royal Charter with a primary listing on the Irish Stock Exchange and a premium listing on the London Stock Exchange.

In the US the Bank's ordinary stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depository Shares (ADSs). Each ADS represents the right to receive 40 units of ordinary stock and evidenced by American Depository Receipts (ADRs).

   


*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)'. See note 62 for additional information.

356


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

55    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A number of banking transactions are entered into between the Bank and its subsidiaries in the normal course of business. These include loans, deposits and foreign currency transactions. The amounts outstanding at 31 December 2013 are set out in notes 28 and 37.

(a)   Associates, joint ventures and joint operations

The Group provides to and receives from its associates, joint ventures and joint operations certain banking and financial services, which are not material to the Group, on similar terms to third party transactions. These include loans, deposits and foreign currency transactions. The amounts outstanding at the 31 December 2013 are set out in notes 30 and 31.

Where appropriate under tax rules, the Group claims from or surrenders tax losses to its associates and joint ventures. In these cases, payments, equal to the value of the losses claimed or surrendered, are made to or received from the associates or joint ventures concerned.

(b)   Pension funds

The Group provides a range of normal banking and financial services, which are not material to the Group, to various pension funds operated by the Group for the benefit of its employees (principally to the Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund (BSPF)), which are conducted on similar terms to third party transactions. Details on the Group's contributions to the pension funds are set out in note 44.

The Group occupies a number of premises owned by the Group's pension schemes. The total value of these properties at 31 December 2013 is €25 million (31 December 2012: €24 million). The total rental income paid to the Group's pension schemes during the year ended 31 December 2013 was €2.1 million (year ended 31 December 2012: €2.1 million).

As outlined in note 44 a Group pension scheme has a charge over a portfolio of Group assets (a contingent asset) with a value of €375 million at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €250 million) including Group properties with a fair value of €42 million at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €42 million).

The Group's pension schemes assets included Bank of Ireland stock amounting to €7.1 million at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €3.2 million).

During the year ended December 2013, no fees were paid to the Group by the BSPF for services carried out by the Group relating to the administration of the pension schemes (year ended 31 December 2012: €nil).

(c)   Transactions with the State

The State, through both the Group's participation in the ELG scheme(1) and the investment by the NPRFC in the 2009 Preference Stock of the Bank up to 11 December 2013, is a related party of the Group.

Details of individually or collectively significant transactions with the State and entities under its control or joint control are set out in note 56.

   


(1)
This includes all existing term deposits and eligible liabilities up to the date of withdrawal of the scheme for new liabilities from midnight 28 March 2013.

357


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

55    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

(d)   Transactions with Directors and Key Management Personnel

(i)    Loans to Directors

The following information is presented in accordance with the Companies Act 1990, as amended. For the purposes of the Companies Acts disclosures, Directors means the Court of Directors and any past Directors who were Directors during the relevant period.

Directors' emoluments are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 202 to 205.

Where no amount is shown in the tables below, this indicates either a credit balance, a balance of nil, or a balance of less than €500.

358


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

55    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

Companies Acts disclosure

Loans
  Balance
as at
1 January
2013(1)
€'000
  Balance
as at
31 December
2013(1)
€'000
  Aggregate
maximum
amount
outstanding
during the
year ended
31 December
2013(2)
€'000
 

Directors at 31 December 2013

                   

R Boucher

                   

Mortgage total

    145     113     145  

Other loans total(3)

    609     276     609  

Credit card total

    4         4  
               

Total

    758     389     758  
               
               

T Considine

                   

Credit card total

    1     2     2  
               

Total

    1     2     2  
               
               

A Keating

                   

Credit card total(4)

    1     3     4  
               

Total

    1     3     4  
               
               

P Kennedy

                   

Mortgages total

    4,761     3,023     4,761  

Credit card total

    8         9  

Current account total

            274  
               

Total

    4,769     3,023     5,044  
               
               

P Mulvihill

                   

Credit card total(3)

             
               

Total

             
               
               

J Walsh

                   

Credit card total

    1         2  
               

Total

    1         2  
               
               

(1)
Balance includes principal and interest.

(2)
These figures include credit card exposures at the maximum statement balance. While the closing balance includes interest accrued and interest paid, the maximum balance includes interest paid.

(3)
Foreign currency amounts are converted into euro using exchange rates at 31 December 2013, 31 December 2012 and the average exchange rate for the year as appropriate.

(4)
On terms similar to those available to staff generally.

359


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

55    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

P Watsa (retired 23 July 2013), K Atkinson, P Butler, P Haren, A Kane, D Marston, B Martin, P O'Sullivan and W L Ross Jr had no loans from the Group during the year ended 31 December 2013.

All Directors except T Considine have other transactions with the Bank. The nature of these transactions includes investments, pension funds, deposits, general insurance, life assurance and current accounts with credit balances. The relevant balances on these accounts are included in the aggregate figure for deposits on page 365.

Other than as indicated, all loans to Directors are made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for similar transactions with other persons unconnected with the Bank and of similar financial standing and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability.

There are no provisions or expenses in respect of any failure or anticipated failure to repay any of the above loans or interest thereon. There is no interest which having fallen due on the above loans has not been paid.

Where no amount is shown in the tables below, this indicates either a credit balance, a balance of nil, or a balance of less than €500.

360


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

55    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

Companies Acts disclosure

Loans
  Balance
as at
1 January
2012(1)
€'000
  Balance
as at
31 December
2012(1)
€'000
  Aggregate
maximum
amount
outstanding
during the
year ended
31 December
2012(2)
€'000
 

Directors at 31 December 2012

                   

R Boucher

                   

Mortgage total

    176     145     176  

Other loans total(3)

    660     609     660  

Credit card total

    2     4     12  
               

Total

    838     758     848  
               
               

T Considine

                   

Credit card total

    3     1     4  
               

Total

    3     1     4  
               
               

A Keating

                   

Credit card total(4)

    1     1     7  
               

Total

    1     1     7  
               
               

P Kennedy

                   

Mortgages total

    5,046     4,761     5,046  

Credit card total

    16     8     20  

Current account total

             
               

Total

    5,062     4,769     5,066  
               
               

P Mulvihill

                   

Credit card total(3)

             
               

Total

             
               
               

J Walsh

                   

Credit card total

    2     1     3  

Current account total

    8         8  
               

Total

    10     1     11  
               
               

(1)
Balance includes principal and interest.

(2)
These figures include credit card exposures at the maximum statement balance. While the closing balance includes interest accrued and interest paid, the maximum balance includes interest paid.

(3)
Foreign currency amounts are converted into euro using exchange rates at 31 December 2012, 31 December 2011 and the average exchange rate for the year as appropriate.

(4)
On terms similar to those available to staff generally.

361


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

55    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

Companies Acts disclosure

Loans
  Balance
as at
1 January
2012(1)
€'000
  Balance
as at
31 December
2012(1)
€'000
  Aggregate
maximum
amount
outstanding
during the
year ended
31 December
2012(2)
€'000
 

Directors no longer in office at 31 December 2012

                   

J Kennedy (retired 24 April 2012)

                   

Mortgages total

    651     651     651  

Other loans total

        70     70  

Credit card total

    3         3  

Current account total

            2  
               

Total

    654     721     726  
               
               

P Molloy (retired 29 June 2012)

                   

Credit card total

    10     9     10  
               

Total

    10     9     10  
               
               

(1)
Balance includes principal and interest.

(2)
These figures include credit card exposures at the maximum statement balance. While the closing balance includes interest accrued and interest paid, the maximum balance includes interest paid.

K Atkinson, P Butler, P Haren, A Kane, P O'Sullivan, W L Ross Jr and P Watsa had no loans from the Group during the year ended 31 December 2012.

All Directors except T Considine and W L Ross Jr had other transactions with the Bank. The nature of these transactions included investments, pension funds, deposits, general insurance, life assurance and current accounts with credit balances. The relevant balances on these accounts are included in the aggregate figure for deposits on page 365.

Other than as indicated, all loans to Directors were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for similar transactions with other persons unconnected with the Bank and of similar financial standing and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability.

There were no provisions or expenses in respect of any failure or anticipated failure to repay any of the above loans or interest thereon. There was no interest which having fallen due on the above loans had not been paid.

362


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

55    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

(ii)   Loans to connected persons on favourable terms

2013
  Balance
as at
31 December
2013(1)
€'000
  Maximum
amounts
outstanding
during the
year ended
31 December
2013(2)
€'000
  Number of
persons
as at
31 December
2013
  Maximum
number of
persons
during the
year ended
31 December
2013
 

Connected Persons(3) of the following Directors:

                         

J Walsh

    1     1     1     1  

 

2012
  Balance
as at
31 December
2012(1)
€'000
  Maximum
amounts
outstanding
during the
year ended
31 December
2012(2)
€'000
  Number of
persons
as at
31 December
2012
  Maximum
number of
persons
during the
year ended
31 December
2012
 

Connected Persons(3) of the following Directors:

                         

P Molloy

    2     7     1     2  

(1)
Balance includes principal and interest.

(2)
These figures include credit card exposures at the maximum statement balance. While the closing balance includes interest accrued and interest paid, the maximum balance includes interest paid.

(3)
Connected persons of Directors are defined by Section 26 of the Companies Act 1990 as the Director's spouse, civil partner, parent, brother, sister, child, a trustee where the beneficiaries of the trust are the Director, his spouse, children or a company which the Director controls, or a company controlled by the Director or a person in partnership within the meaning of the Partnership Act 1890.

While the above arrangements are on favourable terms the terms are similar to those available to staff generally.

(iii) Loans to connected persons—Central Bank licence condition disclosures

Under its banking licence, the Bank is required to disclose in its annual audited financial statements details of:

(a)
the aggregate amount of lending to all connected persons, as defined in Section 26 of the Companies Act 1990 and

(b)
the aggregate maximum amount outstanding during the period for which those financial statements are being prepared.

Disclosure is subject to certain de minimis exemptions and to exemptions for loans relating to principal private residences where the total of such loans to an individual connected person does not exceed €1 million.

363


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

55    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

The following information is presented in accordance with this licence condition.

2013
  Balance
as at
31 December
2013(1)
€'000
  Maximum
amounts
outstanding
during the
year ended
31 December
2013(2)
€'000
  Number of
persons
as at
31 December
2013
  Maximum
number of
persons
during the
year ended
31 December
2013
 

Connected persons(3) of the following Directors

                         

Persons connected to P Butler

    493     521     1     1  

Persons connected to P Kennedy

    1,937     2,017     1     1  

Persons connected to J Walsh

    216     227     1     1  

 

2012
  Balance
as at
31 December
2012(1)
€'000
  Maximum
amounts
outstanding
during the
year ended
31 December
2012(2)
€'000
  Number of
persons
as at
31 December
2012
  Maximum
number of
persons
during the
year ended
31 December
2012
 

Connected persons(3) of the following Directors

                         

Persons connected to P Butler

    521     547     1     1  

Persons connected to P Kennedy

    2,001     2,064     1     1  

Persons connected to P Molloy

    606     624     1     1  

(1)
Balance includes principal and interest.

(2)
These figures include credit card exposures at the maximum statement balance. While the closing balance includes interest accrued and interest paid, the maximum balance includes interest paid.

(3)
Connected persons of Directors are defined by Section 26 of the Companies Act 1990 as the Director's spouse, civil partner, parent, brother, sister, child, a trustee where the beneficiaries of the trust are the Director, his spouse, children or a company which the Director controls, or a company controlled by the Director or a person in partnership within the meaning of the Partnership Act 1890.

(iv)  Key management personnel (KMP)—loans and deposits (IAS 24)

For the purposes of IAS 24: Related Party Disclosures, KMP of 24 (31 December 2012: 24) comprise the Directors of the Court, the members of the Group Executive Committee (GEC), the Group Secretary and any past KMP who was a KMP during the relevant period. In addition to executive Directors, the GEC comprises the Chief Executive, Retail UK, the Chief Executive, Corporate and Treasury, the Head of Non-Core, the Chief Executive, Retail Ireland, the Chief Credit and Market Risk Officer, the Head of Group Manufacturing, the Group Chief Governance Risk Officer and the Head of Group HR. Key management personnel, including Directors, hold products with Group companies in the ordinary course of business.

Other than as indicated, all loans to non-executive Directors are made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for similar transactions with other persons, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability. Loans to key management personnel other than non-executive Directors are made on terms similar to those available to staff generally and/or in the ordinary course of business on normal commercial terms.

364


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

55    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

The aggregate amounts outstanding, in respect of all loans, quasi-loans and credit transactions between the Bank and its KMP, as defined above, together with members of their close families and entities influenced by them are shown in the table below:

IAS 24 Disclosures

Key management personnel 2013
  Balance
as at
1 January
2013(1)
€'000
  Balance
as at
31 December
2013(1)
€'000
  Maximum
amounts
outstanding
during the
year ended
31 December
2013(2)
€'000
  Total number
of relevant
KMP
as at
1 January 2013
  Total number
of relevant
KMP
as at
31 December 2013
 

Loans(3)

    30,625     27,009     30,312     17     15  

Deposits

    9,814     9,700     17,753     21     21  

 

Key management personnel 2012
  Balance
as at
1 January
2012(1)
€'000
  Balance
as at
31 December
2012(1)
€'000
  Maximum
amounts
outstanding
during the
year ended
31 December
2012(2)
€'000
  Total number
of relevant
KMP
as at
1 January
2012
  Total number
of relevant
KMP
as at
31 December
2012
 

Loans

    8,159     30,625     32,141     17     17  

Deposits

    11,015     9,814     43,180     19     21  

(1)
Balance includes principal and interest.

(2)
These figures include credit card exposures at the maximum statement balance. In all cases key management personnel have not exceeded their approved limits. The maximum approved credit limit on any credit card held by key management personnel is €25,400. The maximum amount outstanding was calculated using the maximum balance on each account. The highest maximum outstanding liability for any member of key management personnel, close family and entities influenced by them did not exceed €23 million during the year ended 31 December 2013 (year ended 31 December 2012: €23 million). In some cases with investment type products (i.e. funds based products, life assurance and other policies) the maximum balance amounts were not available, in which case the greater of the balance at the start of the year and the balance at the end of the year has been included as the maximum balance amount. While the closing balance includes interest accrued and interest paid, the maximum balance includes interest paid.

(3)
The opening balance includes balances and transactions with KMP who have retired during 2012 and are not related parties during the current year. Therefore, these KMP's are not included in the maximum amounts outstanding.

KMP have other protection products with the Bank. The nature of these products includes mortgage protection, life assurance and critical illness cover. It also includes general insurance products which are underwritten by a number of external insurance companies and for which the Bank acts as an intermediary only. None of these products has any encashment value at 31 December 2013 or 31 December 2012.

Included in the above figures are loans to key management personnel (other than non-executive Directors) and close family members of KMP on terms similar to those available to staff generally, amounting to €589,930 (31 December 2012: €649,113).

There are no provisions or expenses in respect of any failure or anticipated failure to repay any of the above loans or interest thereon.

365


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

55    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

A lien amounting to €3,153 over the deposit account of one Director in respect of an overdraft facility provided on a current account was released during the year.

Connected persons of three Directors have entered into guarantees in favour of the Group amounting to €418,000. There was a call on one of these guarantees during the year ended 31 December 2013. There were no calls on these guarantees during the year ended 31 December 2012.

(v)   Compensation of KMP

Details of compensation paid to KMP are provided below:

Remuneration
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€'000
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€'000
 

Salaries and other short term benefits(1)

    7,320     6,879  

Post employment benefits(2)

    483     507  
           

Total remuneration before amounts waived

    7,803     7,386  

Amounts waived(3)

    (205 )   (219 )
           

    7,598     7,167  
           
           

(1)
Comprises gross salary, Employer Pay Related Social Insurance contributions, fees, cash in lieu of pension, car allowance and other short term benefits paid in the year.

(2)
This comprises Employer contributions paid to pension funds.

(3)
The executive Directors and members of the GEC who were in office on 1 May 2009 agreed to waive an amount equal to at least 10% of their salary until 31 December 2013. The voluntary waiver has been extended until 31 December 2014 for R Boucher.

There were no increases in 2013 in total remuneration before amounts waived for any executive KMP's or fee rates for non-executive KMP's. The increase in the salaries and other short term benefits to €7.3 million for the year ended 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €6.9 million) reflects the increase in the average number of KMP's in the year.

56    SUMMARY OF RELATIONS WITH THE STATE

The State, through both the Group's participation in the ELG scheme(1) and the investment by the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission (NPRFC) in the 2009 Preference Stock of the Bank during the year, is a related party of the Group.

A relationship framework between the Minister for Finance and the Bank has been in place since 30 March 2012. The purpose of this framework is to provide the basis on which the relationship shall be governed. This framework is available on the Department of Finance website.

   


(1)
This includes all existing term deposits and eligible liabilities up to the date of withdrawal of the scheme for new liabilities from midnight 28 March 2013.

366


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

56    SUMMARY OF RELATIONS WITH THE STATE (Continued)

(a)   Ordinary stock

At 31 December 2013, the State through the NPRFC held 14.08% (31 December 2012: 15.13%) of the ordinary stock of the Bank.

(b)   2009 Preference Stock

At 31 December 2012, NPRFC held 1,837,041,304 units of the 2009 Preference Stock, which could be repurchased at the option of the Bank, in whole or in part, at a price per unit equal to the issue price of €1.00 per unit before 31 March 2014 and thereafter at a price per unit of €1.25 (a 'step-up' of 25% of par value), subject in either case to the consent of the Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) being obtained.

Having considered its options, the Bank agreed a Capital Package with the NPRFC and the Central Bank of Ireland which it implemented in December 2013 which included the following:

(i)
the placing of new units of ordinary stock (the Placing Stock) to generate proceeds of c.€537 million (net of expenses), to redeem c.€537 million of the 2009 Preference Stock;

(ii)
the sale by the NPRFC of €1.3 billion 2009 Preference Stock to Baggot Securities Limited (Baggot), a special purpose company, which funded the purchase using the proceeds of the issuance of €1.3 billion 10.24% perpetual non-cumulative notes (the Notes) to private investors. Baggot irrevocably waived its rights to the step-up by Waiver Deed (the Waiver Deed) in favour of the Bank;

(iii)
the Bank advised CBI that it is not the Bank's intention to recognise 2009 Preference Stock as regulatory Common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital after July 2016, unless derecognition would mean that an adequate capital buffer cannot be maintained above applicable regulatory requirements; and

(iv)
the Bank announced that it does not expect to redeem the €1.3 billion of the 2009 Preference Stock sold to Baggot prior to 1 January 2016, save in certain limited circumstances(2).

On 11 December 2013, the balance of 1,300,000,000 units of the 2009 Preference Stock was sold by the NPRFC to Baggot Securities Limited (Baggot) a special purpose company, which funded the purchase using the proceeds of the issuance of €1,300,000,000 of 10.24% perpetual non-cumulative notes to private investors.

On 9 December 2013, the Group paid a cash dividend to the NPRFC of €44 million in relation to €537 million of the 2009 Preference Stock that was redeemed. The State generated a gain of €62 million on the sale.

On 20 February 2013, the Group paid a cash dividend of €188.3 million (20 February 2012: €188.3 million) on the 2009 Preference Stock to the NPRFC.

The terms and conditions attaching to the 2009 Preference Stock are outlined in note 47.

   


(2)
These circumstances would include changes in regulatory capital treatment, breach of the Waiver Deed and taxation.

367


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

56    SUMMARY OF RELATIONS WITH THE STATE (Continued)

(c)   Contingent Capital Note

In July 2011, the Group issued a Contingent Capital Note (CCN) to the State, satisfying the requirement under the 2011 PCAR to issue €1 billion of contingent capital. The nominal value of this note is €1 billion and cash proceeds of €985 million were received (net of a fee paid to the State of €15 million). The note has a term of five years and a coupon of 10%. On 9 January 2013, the State sold its entire holding in the Convertible CCN 2016 at a small premium to a diverse group of international institutional investors.

(d)   Guarantee schemes

Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009 (ELG scheme)

The ELG scheme ended for all new liabilities on 28 March 2013. After this date no new liabilities were guaranteed under the scheme. All qualifying deposits made up to the date of expiry from the ELG scheme continued to be covered until the date of maturity of the deposit.

After the date of expiry, eligible liabilities will continue to include the following until date of maturity:

deposits to the extent not covered by deposit protection schemes in Ireland or any other jurisdiction;

senior unsecured certificates of deposit;

senior unsecured commercial paper;

other senior unsecured bonds and notes; and

other forms of senior unsecured debt which may be specified by the Minister, consistent with EU State aid rules and the EU Commission's Banking Communication (2008/C270/02) and subject to prior consultation with the EU Commission.

Dated subordinated debt, covered bonds and other forms of secured funding are not guaranteed under the ELG scheme.

A fee is payable in respect of each liability guaranteed under the ELG scheme. The following table summarises the fees paid under the ELG scheme during the years ended 31 December 2013 and 2012 and the liabilities covered at each balance sheet date.

Liabilities covered at year end
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€bn
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€bn
 

ELG

             

—Customer deposits

    2     21  

—Debt securities in issue

    3     5  
           

Total

    5     26  
           
           

Fees for the year
  €m     €m    

ELG

   
129
   
388
 
           

Total

    129     388  
           
           

368


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

56    SUMMARY OF RELATIONS WITH THE STATE (Continued)

European Communities (Deposit Guarantee Schemes) Regulations, 1995

Under the European Communities (Deposit Guarantee Schemes) Regulations, 1995 as amended by the State on 20 September 2008, deposits of up to €100,000 per depositor per licensed financial institution regulated by the CBI are guaranteed by the State. This Scheme covers current accounts, demand deposit accounts and term deposit accounts. The Scheme is funded by credit institutions lodging funds in a deposit protection account maintained at the CBI.

In addition to the deposits covered by these Regulations and by the ELG scheme as set out above, certain other Group deposits are covered by the deposit protection schemes in other jurisdictions, chiefly the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (in respect of deposits issued by Bank of Ireland (UK) plc) and the Isle of Man Depositors Compensation Scheme (in respect of deposits issued by Bank of Ireland (I.O.M.) Limited). At 31 December 2013, €20.4 billion (31 December 2012: €24.2 billion) of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc deposits and €28 million (31 December 2012: €156 million) of Bank of Ireland (I.O.M.) Limited deposits were covered under these schemes.

(e)   Bonds issued by the State

At 31 December 2013, the Group held sovereign bonds issued by the State with a carrying value of €6,846 million (31 December 2012: €5,751 million) of which €6,403 million (31 December 2012: €5,420 million) are classified as available for sale financial assets and €443 million (31 December 2012: €331 million) are classified as other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

(f)    National Asset Management Agency (NAMA)

At 31 December 2013, the Group held bonds issued by NAMA with a carrying value of €4,089 million (31 December 2012: €4,545 million)

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

NAMA senior bonds (guaranteed by the State) (note 27)

    3,957     4,428  

NAMA subordinated bonds

    132     117  
           

Total

    4,089     4,545  
           
           

(g)   National Asset Management Agency Investment Limited (NAMAIL)

On 30 March 2010, the Group, through its wholly-owned subsidiary New Ireland Assurance Company plc, acquired 17 million B shares in NAMAIL, corresponding to one-third of the 51 million B shares issued by NAMAIL. The balance of the B shares were acquired at that time in equal proportion by Irish Life Assurance and major pension and institutional clients of AIB Investment Managers. The cost to the Group of acquiring these B shares was €17 million. NAMAIL has also issued 49 million A shares to NAMA. As a result the Group holds 17% of the total ordinary share capital of NAMAIL. NAMAIL is a holding company and its subsidiaries include the entities to which NAMA Participating Institutions transfer Eligible Bank Assets and which issue the NAMA senior bonds and NAMA subordinated debt as consideration for those assets.

369


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

56    SUMMARY OF RELATIONS WITH THE STATE (Continued)

The A shares and B shares generally rank equally, except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Association of NAMAIL. NAMA may appoint up to six Directors to the board of NAMAIL. In total, the B shareholders may also jointly appoint up to six Directors and have collectively appointed one director. As holder of the A shares, NAMA has veto rights in relation to: the declaration of dividends; the appointment or removal of Directors; the exercise of voting rights in respect of any subsidiary of NAMAIL and the appointment of a Chairman. In addition NAMA can veto any actions by NAMAIL, which NAMA considers in any manner to be inconsistent with its objectives. A holder of the B shares may not sell the shares without the consent of NAMA.

On a winding-up, the return on B shares is capped at 110% of the capital invested, (€18.7 million in the case of the Group), and the maximum loss that may be suffered is limited to the original amount invested (€17 million in the case of the Group).

A discretionary non-cumulative dividend on the capital invested may be paid on an annual basis and this is limited to the yield on ten year State bonds. A dividend of €0.7 million was received by the Group on 2 April 2013 (2 April 2012: €1.15 million).

(h)   Securities repurchase transaction with Irish Bank Resolution Corporation (IBRC)

On 29 March 2012, the Bank, the State and IBRC, reached a conditional agreement to enter into a securities repurchase transaction (repo) whereby the Group would purchase long term Irish Government Bonds from IBRC for a purchase price of €3.1 billion, less any cash margin payable by IBRC to the Bank on the purchase date. IBRC had an obligation to repurchase the bonds for €3.1 billion in cash, less any cash margin held by the Bank on the repurchase date, not later than 364 days after the effective date of the transaction. The transaction was considered to be a related party transaction under the Listing Rules and consequently required independent stockholder approval which involved the publication of a stockholder circular and an Extraordinary General Court (EGC) which approved the transaction on 18 June 2012. The transaction was financed by the Group by using the bonds, which are eurosystem eligible, to access standard ECB open market operations. The margin for the Group over ECB funding which applies to this transaction was 135 basis points. The transaction was governed by a Global Master Repurchase Agreement which incorporates standard market terms including daily margining provisions with respect to changes in the value of the bonds. All IBRC's payment obligations to the Group under the terms of the transaction were guaranteed by the Minister for Finance. The impact of this transaction on the financial statements at 31 December 2012 was an increase in Loans and advances to banks of €3.1 billion, an increase in Deposits from banks of €3.1 billion and net interest income of €22 million. Transaction costs of €6 million were incurred and, under the terms of the transaction agreement, were reimbursed by IBRC.

Following the announcement by the Irish Government in early February 2013 that it would liquidate the Irish Bank Resolution Corporation (IBRC), the Group's IBRC repo transaction was terminated by the Group on a no gain / no loss basis effective on 13 February 2013.

(i)    Other transactions with the State and entities under its control or joint control

In addition to the matters set out above, the Group enters into other transactions in the normal course of business with the State, its agencies and entities under its control or joint control. These transactions include the provision of banking services, including money market transactions, dealing in government securities and trading in financial instruments issued by certain banks.

370


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

56    SUMMARY OF RELATIONS WITH THE STATE (Continued)

At 31 December 2013, the Group held senior bonds with a carrying value of €822 million issued by the following entities which are related parties of the Group, as follows:

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Allied Irish Banks plc (AIB)

   
618
   
602
 

Permanent TSB Group Holdings plc

    204     204  
           

Total

    822     806  
           
           

At 31 December 2013, €566 million (31 December 2012: €551 million) of the AIB senior bonds and €204 million (31 December 2012: €204 million) of the Permanent TSB Group Holdings plc senior bonds were guaranteed under the ELG scheme.

At 31 December 2013, the Group also had loans of €59 million to AIB (31 December 2012: €46 million) and €6 million to Permanent TSB Group Holdings plc (31 December 2012: €6 million) which were included within loans and advances to banks.

At 31 December 2013, the Group held deposits from the National Treasury Management Agency (NTMA) of €1.7 billion (31 December 2012: €1.3 billion). The maximum amount of these deposits during the period was €2.1 billion (31 December 2012: €1.3 billion).

The Group also held a number of deposits from the State, its agencies and entities under its control or joint control, which are considered to be collectively significant, totalling c.€0.8 billion (31 December 2012: c.€0.9 billion).

In addition, at 31 December 2013, the Group held accounts from IBRC (in Special Liquidation) and its associates of €668 million (31 December 2012: €13 million) which were included in the Customer accounts at 31 December 2013.

(j)    Irish bank levy

The Finance Bill (No. 2) 2013 which was enacted on 18 December 2013, introduced a bank levy on certain financial institutions, including the Group. The levy will equal 35% of each financial institution's Deposit Interest Retention Tax (DIRT) payment for 2011 and will be charged for three-years, from 2014 to 2016 inclusive. The annual levy payable by the Group will be c.€41 million.

371


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

57    PRINCIPAL UNDERTAKINGS

The principal Group undertakings at 31 December 2013 were:

Name
  Principal activity   Country of
incorporation
  Statutory
year end
 
Bank of Ireland International Finance Limited(1)     International asset financing     Ireland     31 December  

New Ireland Assurance Company plc

 

 

Life assurance business

 

 

Ireland

 

 

31 December

 

Bank of Ireland Mortgage Bank(1)

 

 

Mortgage lending and
mortgage covered securities

 

 

Ireland

 

 

31 December

 

Bank of Ireland (UK) plc(1)

 

 

Retail financial services

 

 

England and Wales

 

 

31 December

 

First Rate Exchange Services Holdings Limited(2)

 

 

Foreign exchange

 

 

England and Wales

 

 

31 March

 

ICS Building Society(1)

 

 

Building society

 

 

Ireland

 

 

31 December

 

(1)
Direct subsidiary of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland.

(2)
This entity is a joint venture with the UK Post Office, in which the Group holds 50% of the equity of the business.

All the Group undertakings are included in the consolidated accounts. Unless stated otherwise, the Group owns 100% of the equity of the principal Group undertakings and 100% of the voting shares of all these undertakings and in the case of ICS Building Society, 100% of the investment shares.

In presenting details of the principal subsidiary undertakings, the exemption permitted by Regulation 10 of the European Communities (Credit Institutions: Accounts) Regulations, 1992 has been availed of and the Bank will annex a full listing of Group undertakings to its annual return to the Companies Registration Office.

Bank of Ireland Mortgage Bank (BoIMB)

BoIMB's principal activities are the issuance of Irish Residential mortgages and mortgage covered securities in accordance with the Asset Covered Securities Act 2001 and the Asset Covered Securities (Amendment) Act 2007. BoIMB asset covered securities may be purchased from Bank of Ireland and other members of the Group or third parties.

At 31 December 2013, the total amount outstanding in respect of mortgage covered securities issued was €10 billion (31 December 2012: €11.7 billion). At 31 December 2013, the total amount of principal outstanding in the mortgage covered pool including mortgage assets and cash was €14.9 billion (31 December 2012: €16 billion).

BoIMB issues other debt securities under BoIMB's obligation to the Central Bank of Ireland within the terms of the Special Mortgage Backed Promissory Note (SMBPN) programme. At 31 December 2013, BoIMB had debt securities in issue to the value of €0.6 billion (31 December 2012: €0.6 billion).

372


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

58    INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES

The Group holds ordinary shares and voting rights in a significant number of entities. In addition, the Group has been involved in setting up separate legal entities. While the Group still has involvement in some of these entities, in other instances, this is no longer the case. Management has assessed its involvement in all such entities in accordance with the definitions and guidance in:

IFRS 10: Consolidated Financial Statements;

IFRS 11: Joint Arrangements;

IAS 28: Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures; and

IFRS 12: Disclosure of interests in other entities.

The Group controls an entity when it has power over the entity, is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

Generally, control or significant influence is identified by the level of ownership of ordinary shares and the level of management involvement in the relevant activities of the entity. However, in the case of 'structured entities', management's judgement is required in determining how the investee should be accounted for.

A structured entity is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements. The Group assesses whether it has power over the relevant activities in assessing control over such an entity by considering factors such as who manages the assets of these entities, if the Group has lending to them or has a residual interest in them.

In the case of structured entities, the Group considers it has control over the investee in the following situations:

securitisation vehicles whose purpose is to finance specific loans and advances to customers; or

defeasance companies set up to facilitate big-ticket leasing transactions.

In each case the Group considers that it has power over the entity, is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

The Group does not consider it controls an investee when:

the Group's only involvement in the arrangement is to administer transactions, for which the Group receives a fixed fee, on the basis that the Group is acting as an agent for the investors; or

an entity is in the process of being liquidated, on the basis that the entity is controlled by the liquidator.

In the case of some venture capital investments, the Group may hold 50% or more of the voting power of an entity, but has been considered to have significant influence, rather than control of the entity because the Group is not involved in directing the relevant activities of the entity and does not have the right to remove the manager of the entity.

373


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

58    INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES (Continued)

An associated undertaking is an entity over which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the entity's operating and financial policy decisions. If the Group holds 20% or more of the voting power of an entity, it has presumed that the Group has significant influence, unless it could be clearly demonstrated that this was not the case. There are no such cases where the Group holds 20% or more of the voting power of an entity, and is not considered to have significant influence over that entity.

A joint arrangement is an arrangement of which two or more parties have joint control i.e. contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement where decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. These arrangements are identified by reference to the power sharing agreements, ensuring that unanimous consent of all parties is a requirement. Where the arrangement has been structured through a separate vehicle, the Group has accounted for it as a joint venture.

On the basis that the Group's relationship with the UK Post Office is a joint arrangement, but is not a separate legal entity, it is accounted for as a jointly controlled operation.

Significant restrictions on the Group's ability to access or use the assets and settle the liabilities of the Group

Regulated banking and insurance subsidiaries are required to maintain minimum regulatory liquidity and solvency ratios and are subject to other regulatory restrictions that may impact on transactions between these subsidiaries and the Bank, including on the subsidiaries ability to make distributions. In addition certain transactions between Bank of Ireland (UK) plc and the Bank are subject to regulatory limits and approvals agreed with the Prudential Regulatory Authority. Total assets of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc amounted to €43.1 billion (31 December 2012: €64.1 billion) and liabilities amounted to €41.2 billion (31 December 2012: €62.5 billion). The activities of Bank of Ireland Mortgage Bank (BoIMB) are subject to the Asset Covered Securities Act 2001 to 2007 which imposes certain restrictions over the assets of BoIMB. Total assets of BoIMB amounted to €19.3 billion (31 December 2012: €20.1 billion) and liabilities amounted to €7.4 billion (31 December 2012: €7.9 billion).

The Group's Life Assurance Business is required to hold shareholder equity that exceeds a certain margin, see note 39 for details. In addition, the Isle of Man Insurance and Pension authority requires the Group's IOM insurance business to hold shareholder equity that exceeds a statutory margin.

Under section 17(1)(b) of the Companies (Amendment) Act 1986, the Bank has given an irrevocable guarantee to meet the liabilities of certain Group undertakings. For further details on the Group's undertakings please see note 57. The liabilities of these undertakings amounted to €358 million as at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €369 million).

Structured entities

The Group holds a number of structured entities (Brunel, Bowbells plc, Colston No 1, Kildare and Partholon), whose purpose is to acquire mortgage loans and other financial assets and issue mortgage backed securities. All of the assets and liabilities are restricted. Total assets amounted to €14.1 billion (31 December 2012: €15.9 billion) and liabilities amounted to €10.6 billion (31 December 2012: €12.5 billion). The Group also holds a structured entity (Avondale Securities S.A.) whose purpose is to acquire other financial assets and issue debt securities. All of the assets and liabilities of this entity are restricted. Total assets amounted to €511 million (31 December 2012: €541 million) and liabilities amounted to €178 million (31 December 2012: €250 million).

374


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

58    INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES (Continued)

In relation to these entities, there are no contractual arrangements that require the Group to provide financial support. In the years ended 31 December 2013 or 31 December 2012 the Group did not provide financial or other support, nor does it expect or intend to do so. All of these entities were consolidated in the Group's financial statements for the years ended 31 December 2013 or 31 December 2012.

Purchase of non-controlling interest

During 2012, the Group signed an agreement to enhance its strategic partnership with the UK Post Office. Prior to this transaction, the Group held 50.01% of the equity of Midasgrange Limited with the remaining 49.99% held by the UK Post Office. As a consequence of this agreement, the Group purchased this non-controlling interest for consideration of £6 million, of which £3 million was cash, recognising an increase of €39 million in retained earnings.

Consequences of losing control of a subsidiary during the reporting period

As part of the Group's focus on simplifying its corporate structure, the Group has an ongoing programme of winding up a number of wholly owned, dormant and non-trading companies, a number of which are foreign operations.

During this process, the Group voluntarily appointed a liquidator to manage the winding up. Upon appointment of the liquidator, the Group is considered to have lost control of the companies and has accounted for this loss of control as a disposal. In accordance with IAS 21, the Group must reclassify net cumulative foreign exchange losses of €12 million relating to these companies from the foreign exchange reserve to the income statement during the year ended 31 December 2013 (year ended 31 December 2012: €56 million); year ended 31 December 2011: €nil) (page 217).

Joint arrangement
  Holding   Classification   Country of operation   Nature of activities  
First Rate Exchange Services Holdings Limited     50%     Joint venture     UK     Sale of foreign exchange products through the UK Post Office network  

Enterprise 2000 Fund

 

 

50%

 

 

Joint venture

 

 

Ireland

 

 

Investment in venture capital companies

 

Property unit trust

 

 

37.5%

 

 

Joint venture

 

 

UK

 

 

Investment in property unit trust

 

UK Post Office

 

 


 

 

Joint operation

 

 

UK

 

 

Sale of financial products through the UK Post Office relationship

 

All joint ventures investments are unquoted and are measured using the equity method of accounting. All income from these investments has been included in profit or loss from continuing operations. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of these entities to transfer funds to the Group in the form of cash dividends, or to repay loans or advances made by the Group. Nor is there any unrecognised share of losses either for the year ended 31 December 2013 or cumulatively in respect of these entities. The Group does not have any further commitments or contingent liabilities in respect of these entities other than its investment to date.

375


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

58    INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES (Continued)

Associates

The Group holds a number of investments in associates, none of which is individually material. All income from these investments has been included in profit or loss from continuing operations. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of these entities to transfer funds to the Group in the form of cash dividends, or to repay loans or advances made by the Group. Nor is there any unrecognised share of losses either for the year ended 31 December 2013 or cumulatively in respect of these entities. The Group does not have any contingent liabilities in respect of these entities other than its investment to date.

Unconsolidated structured entities

The Group has incorporated certain entities to provide investment opportunities to clients in international commercial properties. The Group considers that it sponsors these entities where it continues to be involved in the entity or if it is in receipt of income from the entity during the year. At 31 December 2013, there were 9 of these entities (31 December 2012: 14).

At 31 December 2013, the Group considered that it had significant influence over one of these companies and has accounted for this holding as an investment in associate. During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group lent €9 million to the associate to enhance an investment property (31 December 2012: €2 million) on an arm's length basis. The Group was not contractually obliged to extend this loan.

At 31 December 2013, the fair value of the underlying property was €211 million with liabilities of €148 million.

With regard to the remaining unconsolidated structured entities, they are all property holding companies whose principal activity is managing property investments. In the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group earned asset management fees from these entities. The total gross asset value of these entities at 31 December 2013 was €800 million (31 December 2012: €1,184 million).

These structured entities are not consolidated, but the associated income and the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in relation to these entities, are included in the Group's financial statements as follows:

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Income

             

Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax)

    (1 )   5  

Fee and commission income

    1     2  

Interest income

    1      
           

Total income

    1     7  
           
           

Carrying amounts of assets and liabilities

             

Interest in associates

    49     52  

Loans and advances to customers

    11     2  
           

Maximum exposure to loss

    60     54  
           
           

376


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

58    INTERESTS IN OTHER ENTITIES (Continued)

In relation to these entities, there are no contractual arrangements that require the Group to provide financial support. However, in the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group lent funds to one of these entities as outlined above. At 31 December 2013, the Group does not expect to increase this loan or provide any other support.

As outlined in note 46, Baggot Securities Limited (Baggot) is a structured entity set up by the Group to fund the purchase of 1,300,000,000 units of the 2009 Preference Stock using the proceeds of the issuance of €1,300,000,000 of 10.24% perpetual non-cumulative notes to private investors. Baggot has irrevocably waived its right to receive any redemption monies in respect of the 2009 Preference Stock in excess of €1.00 per unit. On the basis that the Group does not absorb any risks of Baggot and has no exposure or rights to the variable returns of Baggot, the Group considers it does not control Baggot. Therefore, Baggot is not consolidated.

377


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

59    TRANSFERRED FINANCIAL ASSETS

The Group has transferred certain financial assets that are not derecognised from the Group's balance sheet. Such arrangements are securitisations and sale or repurchase agreements. The Group is exposed to substantially all risks and rewards including credit and market risk associated with the transferred assets.

31 December 2013
Categories
  Carrying
amount of
transferred
assets
€m
  Carrying
amount of
associated
liabilities
€m
  Fair value of
transferred
assets
€m
  Fair value of
associated
liabilities
€m
  Net fair
value
position
€m
 

Securitisation

                               

Loans and receivables

                               

Residential mortgages book (Brunel SPE)
—Including buybacks(1)

    1,362     1,659 (3)   1,194     1,560 (3)   (366 )

Irish Residential mortgages (Kildare SPE) ICS Group(1)

    1,453     1,452     1,079     1,125     (46 )

Partholon CDO plc (corporate loans)(1)

    107     107     92     92      

Sale and repurchase

                               

Available for sale financial assets(2)

    3,854     3,691     N/a     N/a     N/a  

NAMA senior bonds

    2,730     2,702     N/a     N/a     N/a  

Trading securities

    7     7     N/a     N/a     N/a  

 

31 December 2012
Categories
  Carrying
amount of
transferred
assets
€m
  Carrying
amount of
associated
liabilities
€m
  Fair value of
transferred
assets
€m
  Fair value of
associated
liabilities
€m
  Net fair
value
position
€m
 

Securitisation

                               

Loans and receivables

                               

Residential mortgages book (Brunel SPE)
—Including buybacks(1)

    1,602     1,945 (3)   1,424     1,744 (3)   (320 )

Irish Residential mortgages (Kildare SPE) ICS Group(1)

    1,543     1,547     1,204     1,077     127  

Partholon CDO plc (corporate loans)(1)

    164     164     135     135      

Sale and repurchase

                               

Available for sale financial assets(2)

    6,296     5,887     N/a     N/a     N/a  

NAMA senior bonds

    4,428     4,452     N/a     N/a     N/a  

Description of the relationship between the transferred assets and the associated liabilities, including the restrictions on the entity's use of those assets:

(1)
For each securitisation the relevant loan book/pool is ring-fenced whereby the cash flows associated with these assets can only be used to repay the related notes holders plus associated issuance fees/costs.

(2)
Assets sold subject to repurchase agreements are retained on the balance sheet and reclassified as pledged assets when the transferee has the right by contract to sell or repledge the collateral; the counterparty liability is included in deposits by banks or customer accounts, as appropriate. The difference between the original sale price of the bonds and the repurchase price is the repo rate.

(3)
Certain of the liabilities consist of debt securities issued in currencies other than that of the transferred assets. Changes in foreign exchange rates result in changes in both the carrying value and the fair value of the liabilities. The foreign exchange risk is hedged with the cross-currency swaps.

N/a:
Not applicable as arrangement has recourse to assets other than the transferred assets. 

The Group has not entered into any agreements on the sale of assets that entail the Group's continuing involvement in derecognised financial assets.

378


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

60    OFFSETTING FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The following tables sets out the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on the Group's financial position. This includes the effect or potential effect of rights of set-off associated with the Group's recognised financial assets and recognised financial liabilities that are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement, irrespective of whether they are set off in accordance with paragraph 42 of IAS 32.

 
   
  Gross amounts
of recognised
financial liabilities
set off in the
balance sheet
€m
   
  Related amounts not set off in the balance sheet    
 
 
   
  Net amounts of
financial assets
presented in the
balance sheet
€m
   
 
 
  Gross amounts
of recognised
financial assets
€m
   
 
31 December 2013
Assets
  Financial(1)
instruments
€m
  Cash(2)
collateral received
€m
  Net
amount
€m
 

Derivative financial assets

    3,044         3,044     (1,994 )   (862 )   188  

Loans and advances to customers

    2,082     (2,082 )                
                           

Total

    5,126     (2,082 )   3,044     (1,994 )   (862 )   188  
                           
                           

(1)
Amounts of €1,994 million represent recognised derivatives liabilities at fair value that do not meet the offsetting criteria.

(2)
Cash collateral amounts disclosed reflect the actual collateral received, at amortised cost. Cash collateral received is reported within deposits from banks (see note 36).

The following financial liabilities are subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements.

 
   
  Gross amounts
of recognised
financial assets
set off in the
balance sheet
€m
   
  Related amounts not set off in the balance sheet    
 
 
   
  Net amounts of
financial liabilities
presented in the
balance sheet
€m
   
 
 
  Gross amounts
of recognised
financial liabilities
€m
   
 
31 December 2013
Liabilities
  Financial(1)
instruments
€m
  Cash(2)
collateral received
€m
  Net
amount
€m
 

Derivative financial liabilities

    3,115         3,115     (1,931 )   (1,062 )   122  

Customer deposits

    2,081     (2,081 )                

Deposits by banks

    143         143     (63 )   (80 )    
                           

Total

    5,339     (2,081 )   3,258     (1,994 )   (1,142 )   122  
                           
                           

(1)
Amounts of €1,994 million represent recognised derivatives assets at fair value that do not meet the offsetting criteria.

(2)
Cash collateral amounts disclosed reflect the actual collateral pledged, at amortised cost.

 
   
  Gross amounts
of recognised
financial liabilities
set off in the
balance sheet
€m
   
  Related amounts not set off in the balance sheet    
 
 
   
  Net amounts of
financial assets
presented in the
balance sheet
€m
   
 
 
  Gross amounts
of recognised
financial assets
€m
   
 
31 December 2012
Assets
  Financial(1)
instruments
€m
  Cash(2)
collateral received
€m
  Net
amount
€m
 

Derivative financial assets

    4,972         4,972     (3,761 )   (1,002 )   209  

Loans and advances to customers

    2,230     (2,230 )                
                           

Total

    7,202     (2,230 )   4,972     (3,761 )   (1,002 )   209  
                           
                           



(1)
Amounts of €3,761 million represent recognised derivatives liabilities at fair value that do not meet the offsetting criteria.


(2)

(2) Cash collateral amounts disclosed reflect the actual collateral received, at amortised cost. Cash collateral received is reported within deposits from banks (see note 36).

379


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

60    OFFSETTING FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

The following financial liabilities are subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements.

 
   
  Gross amounts
of recognised
financial assets
set off in the
balance sheet
€m
   
  Related amounts not set off in the balance sheet    
 
 
   
  Net amounts of
financial liabilities
presented in the
balance sheet
€m
   
 
 
  Gross amounts
of recognised
financial liabilities
€m
   
 
31 December 2012
Liabilities
  Financial(1)
instruments
€m
  Cash(2)
collateral received
€m
  Net
amount
€m
 

Derivative financial liabilities

    5,139         5,139     (3,718 )   (1,347 )   74  

Customer deposits

    2,230     (2,230 )                

Deposits by banks

    216         216     (43 )   (173 )    
                           

Total

    7,585     (2,230 )   5,355     (3,761 )   (1,520 )   74  
                           
                           

(1)
Amounts of €3,761 million represent recognised derivatives assets at fair value that do not meet the offsetting criteria.

(2)
Cash collateral amounts disclosed reflect the actual collateral pledged, at amortised cost.

The 'Financial Instruments' column identifies financial assets and liabilities that are subject to set off under netting agreements such as ISDA Master agreement. The agreement between the Group and the counterparty allows for net settlement of the relevant financial assets and liabilities when both elect to settle on a net basis. In the absence of such an election, financial assets and liabilities will be settled on a gross basis, however, each party to the master netting agreement will have the option to settle all such amounts on a net basis in the event of default of the other party.

61    LIFE ASSURANCE BUSINESS

Value of the in force asset
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

At beginning of year

    518     519  

Income statement movement in value of the in force asset (gross of tax)

    (21 )   (1 )
           

At end of year

    497     518  
           
           

The Group recognises as an asset the value of the in force assurance business in respect of insurance contracts. The value of the in force asset, has been calculated in accordance with the achieved profits embedded value methodology in the Statement of Recommended Practice issued by the Association of British Insurers which came into force in 2002. The value of the in force asset, which is presented gross of attributable tax, represents the present value of future profits expected to arise from these contracts as at the balance sheet date. It is determined by projecting future surpluses and other cash flows arising from insurance contracts and discounting at an appropriate rate. The useful life of the asset is based on the length of the underlying individual policies upon which the asset is calculated. This useful life is expected to be 6.3 years as at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 6.5 years).

380


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

61    LIFE ASSURANCE BUSINESS (Continued)

The key economic assumptions used in the calculation of the value of the in force business are set out below:

 
  31 December
2013
  31 December
2012
 

Risk discount rate

    7.11%     6.6%  

Unit growth rate

    4.75%     4.15%  

Shareholder tax rate

    12.5%     12.5%  

The process used in determining the key economic and experience assumptions is set out below:

Risk discount rate:   The risk discount rate is the rate used to discount the future surpluses that will arise on insurance business in the long term funds. The interest rates used to calculate policyholder liabilities are derived in accordance with the guidelines in the Insurance Regulations. Margins for risk are allowed for in the derived interest rates. In line with December 2012 the Euro Swap curve is used as a benchmark for an international mix of fixed interest assets. The risk discount rate applied to future cash flows at December 2013 is 7.11% (31 December 2012: 6.6%).

Unit growth rate:

 

The unit growth rate is the assumed rate of return on the unit linked assets before taxation and management fees in future years. The growth rate reflects the mix of assets held. The unit growth rate was increased to 4.75% at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 4.15%).

Shareholder tax rate:

 

The current rate of corporation tax is assumed to be maintained over the term of the business. Deferred tax is allowed for on the release of retained surplus in the life business.

Mortality and morbidity:

 

Mortality and morbidity assumptions, which include allowances for improvements in longevity for annuitants, are set by reference to the Group's actual experience and/or relevant industry data.

Persistency:

 

Persistency rates refer to the rate of policy termination for insurance policies. These rates are based on historical experience and management's views on future experience.

Maintenance expenses:

 

Allowance is made for future policy costs by reference to current and expected future costs. Explicit allowance is made for future expense inflation.

381


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

61    LIFE ASSURANCE BUSINESS (Continued)

Sensitivities

The table below indicates the standalone impact of changes in the key assumptions on profit.

 
  31 December
2013
  31 December
2012
 

1% increase in risk discount rate

    (€29 million )   (€30 million )

1% decrease in risk discount rate

    €32 million     €33 million  

10% improvement in mortality

    €12 million     €14 million  

10% improvement in longevity

    (€13 million )   (€12 million )

10% improvement in morbidity

    €7 million     €7 million  

10% deterioration in persistency

    (€15 million )   (€15 million )

5% improvement in maintenance expenses

    €8 million     €8 million  

1% increase in equity markets

    €2 million     €1 million  

While the table above shows the impact of an individual assumption change, a change in one assumption could impact on other assumptions due to the relationship between assumptions.

62    IMPACT OF ADOPTING NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

From 1 January 2013, the Group adopted 'IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)' and 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. Each standard is required to be applied retrospectively and accordingly the Group has restated the comparative periods.

The following tables reflect the impact on the Group's financial statements at 31 December 2013 of the adoption of these standards at 1 January 2013.

Income statement—year ended 31 December 2013
  IAS 19R
Gain/(loss)
€m
  IFRS 10
Gain/(loss)
€m
  Total
Gain/(loss)
€m
 

Interest expense

        10     10  

Other operating income

        (21 )   (21 )

Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax)

        (1 )   (1 )

Other operating expenses

    (40 )   10     (30 )
               

Loss before tax

    (40 )   (2 )   (42 )
               
               

Taxation credit

    5         5  
               

Loss for the year

    (35 )   (2 )   (37 )
               
               

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit pension liability, net of tax

    38         38  
               

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    3     (2 )   1  
               
               

Attributable to stockholders

    3         3  

Attributable to non-controlling interests

        (2 )   (2 )
               

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    3     (2 )   1  
               
               

Basic and diluted earnings per share (cent)

             
               
               

382


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

62    IMPACT OF ADOPTING NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (Continued)


Balance sheet—31 December 2013
  IAS 19R
€m
  IFRS 10
€m
  Total
€m
 

Loans and advances to banks

        (9 )   (9 )

Loans and advances to customers

        11     11  

Interest in associates

        49     49  

Investment properties

        (213 )   (213 )

Deferred tax assets

    (15 )       (15 )

Other assets

        (4 )   (4 )
               

Total assets

    (15 )   (166 )   (181 )
               
               

Deposits from banks

        (139 )   (139 )

Retirement benefit obligations

    (84 )       (84 )

Other liabilities

        (10 )   (10 )
               

Total liabilities

    (84 )   (149 )   (233 )
               
               

Non-controlling interests

        (17 )   (17 )

Retained earnings—current year

    3         3  

Retained earnings—prior years

    66         66  
               

Total equity

    69     (17 )   52  
               
               

IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) (IAS 19R)

From 1 January 2013, the Group adopted IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Revised 2011) which resulted in an increase in the pension charge included in operating expenses of €11 million for the year ended 31 December 2012 (year ended 31 December 2011: €18 million).

As a result of this restatement stockholders' equity at 31 December 2012 has been increased by €66 million and total assets have been reduced by €13 million.

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements

The Group adopted IFRS 10, from 1 January 2013, which resulted in the deconsolidation of certain entities with interests in an international investment property within Retail Ireland. The impact of this has been to reclassify the income statement lines relating to these entities to Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax), but with no impact on underlying loss before tax. The comparative figures for the year ended 31 December 2012 have been restated to reflect this, resulting in a €9 million (year ended 31 December 2011: increase of €8 million) increase in net interest income, a €26 million (year ended 31 December 2011: decrease of €13 million) decrease in net other income, a €11 million (year ended 31 December 2011: decrease €10 million) decrease in operating expenses and a €5 million (year ended 31 December 2011: decrease €4 million) increase in share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax).

The balance sheet impact of this deconsolidation has been to reclassify the balance sheet lines relating to these entities to interest in associated undertakings. The comparative figures for 31 December 2012 have been restated to reflect this, resulting in a reduction of €169 million in total assets and a reduction of €147 million in wholesale funding.

Reclassifications

Gain on amendment to defined benefit pension schemes of €2 million for the year ended 31 December 2011 previously shown on the face of the income statement has been reclassified to other operating expenses.

383


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

62    IMPACT OF ADOPTING NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (Continued)

The following tables set out the impact of the adoption of these standards on the Group's financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2012.

 
  31 December 2012  
 
  Published
€m
  IAS19R
€m
  IFRS10
€m
  Restated
€m
 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT (selected lines)

                         

Interest expense

    (2,569 )       9     (2,560 )

Other operating income

    106         (26 )   80  

Other operating expenses

    (1,638 )   (11 )   11     (1,638 )

Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax)

    41         5     46  

Loss before tax

    (2,166 )   (11 )   (1 )   (2,178 )

Loss after tax

    (1,829 )   (11 )   (1 )   (1,841 )

Basic and diluted earnings per share (cent)

    (6.7c )           (6.7c )
                   

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (selected lines)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Assets

                         

Loans and advances to banks

    9,506         (4 )   9,502  

Interest in associates

    39         52     91  

Investment properties

    1,066         (218 )   848  

Other assets

    2,404         1     2,405  

Deferred tax assets

    1,653     (13 )       1,640  

Total assets

    148,146     (13 )   (169 )   147,964  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Deposits from banks

    21,272         (147 )   21,125  

Other liabilities

    3,144         (7 )   3,137  

Retirement benefit obligations

    1,156     (79 )       1,077  

Total liabilities

    139,542     (79 )   (154 )   139,309  
                   

Equity

                         

Retained earnings

    4,607     66         4,673  

Non-controlling interests

    13         (15 )   (2 )

Total equity

    8,604     66     (15 )   8,655  
                   

384


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

62    IMPACT OF ADOPTING NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (Continued)

The tables below outline the impact of the restatement on the relevant financial statement line items for the year ended 31 December 2012:

 
  31 December 2012  
 
  Published
€m
  IAS19R
€m
  IFRS10
€m
  Restated
€m
 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (selected lines)

                         

Loss for the year

    (1,829 )   (11 )   (1 )   (1,841 )

Remeasurement of net defined benefit pension liability, net of tax

    (789 )   14         (775 )

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    369     14         383  

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    (1,460 )   3     (1 )   (1,458 )

Total comprehensive income attributable to equity stockholders

    (1,455 )   3         (1,452 )

Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

    (5 )       (1 )   (6 )

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    (1,460 )   3     (1 )   (1,458 )
                   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (selected lines)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Retained earnings

                         

Balance at the beginning of the year

    3,507     64         3,571  

Loss for the period attributable to stockholders

    (1,824 )   (11 )       (1,835 )

Remeasurement of net defined benefit pension liability

    (789 )   14         (775 )

Balance at the end of the year

    4,607     66         4,673  
                   

Non-controlling interests

                         

Balance at the beginning of the year

    50         (13 )   37  

Share of net loss

    (5 )       (1 )   (6 )

Balance at the end of the year

    13         (15 )   (2 )
                   

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT (selected lines)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cash flows from operating activities before changes

                         

in operating assets and liabilities

    628         7     635  

Net cash flow from operating assets and liabilities

    (4,682 )       (4 )   (4,686 )

Cash flows from investing activities

    3,149         1     3,150  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    (1,692 )       4     (1,688 )

Closing cash and cash equivalents

    14,332         (4 )   14,328  
                   

385


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

62    IMPACT OF ADOPTING NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (Continued)

The tables below outline the impact of the restatement on the consolidated balance sheet for the year commencing 31 December 2011:

 
  31 December 2011  
 
  Published
€m
  IAS19R
€m
  IFRS10
€m
  Reclassifications
€m
  Restated
€m
 

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT (selected lines)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Interest expense

    (3,084 )       8         (3,076 )

Other operating income

    12         (13 )       (1 )

Other operating expenses

    (1,647 )   (18 )   10     2     (1,653 )

Impact of amendment to defined benefit schemes

    2             (2 )    

Share of results of associates and joint ventures (after tax)

    39         (4 )       35  

Loss before tax

    (190 )   (18 )   1         (207 )

Taxation credit

    230     3             233  

Loss after tax

    40     (15 )   1         26  

Basic and diluted earnings per share (cent)

    (0.7 )   (0.1 )           (0.8 )
                       

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (selected lines)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Assets

                               

Loans and advances to banks

    8,059         (8 )       8,051  

Interest in associates

    31         48         79  

Investment properties

    1,204         (209 )       995  

Other assets

    2,270         (1 )       2,269  

Deferred tax assets

    1,381     (10 )           1,371  

Total assets

    154,880     (10 )   (170 )       154,700  
                       

Liabilities

                               

Deposits from banks

    31,534         (152 )       31,382  

Other liabilities

    3,111         (5 )       3,106  

Retirement benefit obligations

    422     (74 )           348  

Total liabilities

    144,628     (74 )   (157 )       144,397  
                       

Equity

                               

Retained earnings

    3,507     64             3,571  

Non-controlling interests

    50         (13 )       37  

Total equity

    10,252     64     (13 )       10,303  
                       

386


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

62    IMPACT OF ADOPTING NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS (Continued)

The tables below outline the impact of the restatement on the relevant financial statement line items for the year ended 31 December 2011:

 
  31 December 2011  
 
  Published
€m
  IAS19R
€m
  IFRS10
€m
  Restated
€m
 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (selected lines)

                         

Profit for the year

    40     (15 )   1     26  

Remeasurement of net defined benefit pension liability, net of tax

    (117 )   13         (104 )

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    474     13         487  

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    514     (2 )   1     513  

Total comprehensive income attributable to equity stockholders

    520     (2 )       518  

Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

    (6 )       1     (5 )

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

    514     (2 )   1     513  
                   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (selected lines)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Retained earnings

                         

Balance at the beginning of the year

    3,740     66         3,806  

Loss for the period attributable to stockholders

    45     (15 )       30  

Remeasurement of net defined benefit pension liability

    (117 )   13         (104 )

Balance at the end of the year

    3,507     64         3,571  
                   

Non-controlling interests

                         

Balance at the beginning of the year

    56         (14 )   42  

Share of net loss

    (5 )       1     (4 )

Balance at the end of the year

    50         (13 )   37  
                   

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT (selected lines)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cash flows from operating activities before changes

                         

in operating assets and liabilities

    891         2     893  

Net cash flow from operating assets and liabilities

    (7,434 )       7     (7,427 )

Cash flows from investing activities

    12,750         (3 )   12,747  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    7,563         6     7,569  

Closing cash and cash equivalents

    15,772         (8 )   15,764  
                   

387


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

63    EU RESTRUCTURING PLAN

Amendment to the Group's Revised 2011 EU Restructuring Plan

On 9 July 2013, the European Commission gave approval under the State aid rules to amend the Group's Revised 2011 EU Restructuring Plan, with substitutions for the measure to divest of NIAC. The Group is no longer required to sell NIAC its life assurance company which distributes protection, investment and pension products to the Irish market, through independent brokers, its financial advisors (direct sales force) and the Group's branch network. The NIAC divestment measure will be replaced with substitution measures summarised below:

the Group will exit from its Great Britain (GB) based business banking and corporate banking activities having gross loan assets of c.€3.5 billion at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: c.€4.6 billion). This measure does not impact on the Group's consumer banking businesses in GB including its partnership with the Post Office, or its activities in Northern Ireland or its Leveraged Acquisition Finance business;

the Group will exit from the origination of new mortgages through its intermediary channel, including the sale (or retirement) of the ICS Building Society's distribution platform together with the sale, if required by an acquirer, of up to €1.0 billion of intermediary originated mortgage assets and matched deposits;

the Group's market opening measures will be prolonged by one year to 31 December 2016; and

under the July 2013 Amended EU Restructuring Plan, the Bank had restrictions on the payment of dividends on its ordinary stock. These dividend restrictions no longer apply as the 2009 Preference Stock is no longer owned by the State following the capital transaction executed by the Group in December 2013.

64    DIRECTORS' INFORMATION

The disclosures required relating to directors' information have been included within the Remuneration Report and are described as those which form an integral part of the audited financial statements as set out in the basis of preparation on page 222.

65    RISK MANAGEMENT

The disclosures required under IFRS relating to financial risks and capital resources have been included within the Risk Management Report and Other Supplementary Information—Group Exposures to Selected Countries. The relevant disclosures related to Credit Risk, Liquidity Risk, Market Risk, Life Insurance Risk and Capital Management and Other Supplementary Information—Group Exposures to Selected Countries have been described as those which form an integral part of the audited financial statements as set out in the basis of preparation on page 222.

The financial statements also includes the tables which have been included within Other Supplementary Information—Supplementary Asset Quality Disclosures that have been described as those which form an integral part of the audited finance statements as set out in the basis of preparation on page 222.

This move has been to improve transparency and ease of reference, by concentrating related information in one place, and to reduce duplication.

388


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

66    POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS

€750 million debt issuance

On 8 January 2014, the Group raised €750 million of five-year senior unsecured funding with a yield of 3.337% from a diversified range of investors.

2009 Preference Stock Dividend

On 20 February 2014 the Group paid a cash dividend of €133.3 million on the 2009 Preference Stock to Baggot Securities Limited.

NAMA

On 3 March 2014, NAMA paid the Group a coupon of c.€15 million on its holding of NAMA subordinated bonds. On 12 March 2014, NAMA repurchased €528 million nominal NAMA senior bonds, which reduced the Group's nominal holding to €3,463 million.

€750 million debt issuance

On 19 March 2014, the Group raised a further €750 million by issuing a five-year covered bond with a yield of 1.82%.

67    APPROVAL OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Court of Directors approved the financial statements for inclusion in Form 20-F on 31 March 2014.

389


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

GROUP EXPOSURES TO SELECTED COUNTRIES

The information in Group exposures to selected countries on pages 390 to 399 forms an integral part of the audited financial statements as described in the Basis of preparation on page 222.

Set out in the tables below is a summary of the Group's exposure to sovereign debt and other country exposures for selected balance sheet line items as at 31 December 2013. For these line items, further information on the Group's exposures to eurozone countries that have a Standard & Poor's credit rating of AA or below where the Group has an exposure of over €250 million (being Ireland, Spain and France), is set out on pages 395 to 399.

31 December 2013
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(4)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Assets

                                           

Cash and balances at central banks

    663     4,948     484             290     6,385  

Trading securities

    17         36     11     25     163     252  

Derivative financial instruments (net)(1)

    129     433     12     16     5     41     636  

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss(2)

    449     37     26     12     386     353     1,263  

Loans and advances to banks(2)

    188 (3)   2,586     49         980     644     4,447  

Available for sale financial assets

    7,364     840     331     956     647     1,966     12,104  

NAMA senior bonds

    3,957                         3,957  
                               

Total

    12,767     8,844     938     995     2,043     3,457     29,044  
                               
                               

 

Restated*
31 December 2012
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(5)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Assets

                                           

Cash and balances at central banks

        8,040     128             304     8,472  

Trading securities

        45             35     63     143  

Derivative financial instruments (net)(1)

    204     622     34     18     12     133     1,023  

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss(2)

    372     67     8     8     372     332     1,159  

Loans and advances to banks(2)

    3,702     3,469     189     3     951     838     9,152  

Available for sale financial assets

    6,409     1,248     382     1,117     678     1,259     11,093  

NAMA senior bonds

    4,428                         4,428  
                               

Total

    15,115     13,491     741     1,146     2,048     2,929     35,470  
                               
                               

(1)
Net Derivative exposure is calculated after the application of master netting arrangements and associated cash collateral received.

(2)
This excludes those assets held by the Group's life assurance business which are linked to policyholder liabilities. See page 393 for details.

(3)
The decrease in Loans and advances to banks from 31 December 2012 primarily reflects the termination of the IBRC repo transaction in February 2013 of €3.1 billion. See note 56 for details.

(4)
At 31 December 2013, other is primarily made up of exposures to the following countries: Netherlands: €0.5 billion, Germany: €0.2 billion, Norway: €0.2 billion, Austria: €0.2 billion, Italy: €0.2 billion, Sweden €0.2 billion, Switzerland: €0.2 billion and other Supranational bonds: €0.9 billion. Also included in other is the Group's euro cash holding in branches.

(5)
At 31 December 2012, other is primarily made up of exposures to the following countries: Netherlands: €0.4 billion, Switzerland: €0.4 billion, Austria: €0.2 billion, Canada: €0.2 billion, Finland: €0.2 billion, Luxembourg: €0.2 billion. Also included in other is the Group's euro cash holding in branches.

*
As set out in the Group accounting policies on page 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

390


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Set out in the following tables is more detailed analysis of the Group's exposures at 31 December 2013 by asset class:

Cash and balances at central banks

Cash and balances at central banks is made up as follows:

Cash and balances at central banks
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
 

United Kingdom (Bank of England)

    4,903     8,002  

United States (Federal Reserve)

    484     128  

Other (cash holdings)

    998     342  
           

Total

    6,385     8,472  
           
           

Trading securities

31 December 2013
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(1)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Trading securities

                                           

Government bonds

    17         36     11         18     82  

Corporate and other bonds

                    25     145     170  
                               

Total

    17         36     11     25     163     252  
                               
                               

 

31 December 2012
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(2)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Trading securities

                                           

Government bonds

        45                 24     69  

Corporate and other bonds

                    35     39     74  
                               

Total

        45             35     63     143  
                               
                               

(1)
At 31 December 2013, other is made up of exposures to the following countries: Netherlands: €50 million, Australia: €39 million, Sweden: €32 million, Italy €23 million and Canada: €19 million.

(2)
At 31 December 2012, other is primarily made up of exposures to the following countries: Finland: €36 million, Canada: €11 million and Denmark: €10 million.

Trading securities are carried in the balance sheet at their fair value. Any changes in the fair value of these assets are treated as gains or charges in the Group's income statement.

391


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Derivative financial instruments

31 December 2013
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(2)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Gross derivative assets

                                           

Sovereign

    5                         5  

Financial institutions

    39     1,295     504     7     307     776     2,928  

Corporate

    129     372     8     11     4     34     558  
                               

Total

    173     1,667     512     18     311     810     3,491  
                               
                               

Net Derivative Assets(1)

                                           

Sovereign

                             

Financial institutions

    8     67     4     5     1     7     92  

Corporate

    121     366     8     11     4     34     544  
                               

Total

    129     433     12     16     5     41     636  
                               
                               

 

Restated*
31 December 2012
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(3)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Gross derivative assets

                                           

Sovereign

    62                         62  

Financial institutions

    88     2,224     896     3     416     1,239     4,866  

Corporate

    174     615     24     16     12     78     919  
                               

Total

    324     2,839     920     19     428     1,317     5,847  
                               
                               

Net Derivative Assets(1)

                                           

Sovereign

    1                         1  

Financial institutions

    39     8     10     2         55     114  

Corporate

    164     614     24     16     12     78     908  
                               

Total

    204     622     34     18     12     133     1,023  
                               
                               

(1)
Net Derivative Assets exposure is calculated after the application of master netting arrangements and associated cash collateral received.

(2)
At 31 December 2013, other Net Derivative Assets exposure is primarily made up of exposures to the following countries: Canada: €26 million, Austria: €7 million, Australia: €6 million and Netherlands: €2 million.

(3)
At 31 December 2012, other Net Derivative Assets exposure is primarily made up of exposures to the following countries: Canada: €50 million, Germany: €39 million, Denmark: €12 million, Australia: €11 million, Austria: €11 million and Netherlands: €5 million.

392


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

31 December 2013
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(1)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Government bonds

    354                 333     203     890  

Other

    95     37     26     12     53     150     373  
                               

Total

    449     37     26     12     386     353     1,263  
                               
                               

 

31 December 2012
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(2)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Government bonds

    229                 326     255     810  

Other

    143     67     8     8     46     77     349  
                               

Total

    372     67     8     8     372     332     1,159  
                               
                               

(1)
At 31 December 2013, other is primarily made up of exposures to the following country: Austria: €0.2 billion.

(2)
At 31 December 2012, other is primarily made up of exposures to the following country: Austria: €0.2 billion.

The Group's holdings of 'Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss' primarily relate to the Group's life assurance business.

A portion of the Group's life assurance business takes the legal form of investment contracts, under which legal title to the underlying asset is held by the Group, but the inherent risks and rewards in the assets are borne by the policyholders. Due to the nature of these contracts, the carrying value of the assets is always the same as the value of the liabilities due to policyholders and any change in the value of the assets results in an equal change in the value of the amounts due to policyholders. These assets have been excluded from the analysis of the Groups exposure in the tables above.

At 31 December 2013, such assets which were included in Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss amounted to €9,043 million (31 December 2012: €8,301 million). At 31 December 2013, Loans and advances to banks also included an amount of €312 million (31 December 2012: €350 million) relating to such assets.

Loans and advances to banks

31 December 2013
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(3)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Loans and advances to banks(1)

    188 (2)   2,586     49         980     644     4,447  

 

Restated*
31 December 2012
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(4)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Loans and advances to banks(1)

    3,702     3,469     189     3     951     838     9,152  

(1)
Loans and advances to banks of €312 million (31 December 2012: €350 million) is held on behalf of Bank of Ireland Life policyholders and has been excluded from the analysis above.

(2)
The decrease in Loans and advances to banks from 31 December 2012 primarily reflects the termination of the IBRC repo transaction in February 2013 of €3.1 billion. See note 56 for details.

(3)
At 31 December 2013, other is primarily made up of exposures to the following countries: Germany: €0.2 billion, Switzerland: €0.2 billion and Turkey: €0.2 billion.

(4)
At 31 December 2012, other is primarily made up of exposures to the following country: Switzerland: €0.3 billion.

*
As set out in the Group accounting policies on page 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

393


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Loans and advances to banks include loans to and placements with credit institutions and certain placements with central banks which are accounted for at amortised cost. No provisions are held against these balances. The Group exposures disclosed above are prepared on the basis of exposure to the country of operations of the counterparty.

Available for sale financial assets

31 December 2013
Available for sale financial assets
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(2)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Government bonds

    6,403     118     2             97     6,620  

Senior bank debt and other senior debt

    770         40         210     1,238     2,258  

Covered bonds

    52     521     252     903     428     581     2,737  

Subordinated debt

    132 (1)   1                     133  

Asset backed securities

    7     200     37     53     9     50     356  
                               

Total

    7,364     840     331     956     647     1,966     12,104  
                               
                               

 

31 December 2012
Available for sale financial assets
  Ireland
€m
  United
Kingdom
€m
  United
States
€m
  Spain
€m
  France
€m
  Other(3)
€m
  Total
€m
 

Government bonds

    5,420     123     1         10     88     5,642  

Senior bank debt and other senior debt

    755     157     58         81     593     1,644  

Covered bonds

    51     691     258     1,060     577     526     3,163  

Subordinated debt

    117 (1)                       117  

Asset backed securities

    66     277     65     57     10     52     527  
                               

Total

    6,409     1,248     382     1,117     678     1,259     11,093  
                               
                               

(1)
NAMA subordinated debt of €132 million (31 December 2012: €117 million) is classified as an available for sale debt instrument. The Group incurred an impairment charge of €nil on the NAMA subordinated bonds during the year ended 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €40 million).

(2)
At 31 December 2013, other is primarily made up of exposures to the following countries: Netherlands: €0.4 billion, Norway: €0.2 billion, Sweden: €0.2 billion and other Supranational bonds: €0.9 billion.

(3)
At 31 December 2012, other is primarily made up of exposures to the following countries: Netherlands: €0.3 billion, Italy: €0.2 billion and Luxembourg: €0.2 billion.

Available for sale financial assets are carried in the balance sheet at their fair value. Other than in respect of impairment, any change in fair value is treated as a movement in the AFS reserve in Stockholder's equity.

NAMA senior bonds

At 31 December 2013, the Group had holdings of NAMA senior bonds which are guaranteed by the Irish Government with a nominal value of €3,991 million (31 December 2012: €4,475 million) and a fair value at that date of €3,986 million (31 December 2012: €4,467 million). The contractual maturity date of the NAMA senior bonds is 1 March 2014. NAMA may, only with the consent of the Group, settle the bonds by issuing new bonds with the same terms and conditions and a maturity date of up to 364 days.

NAMA senior bonds are classified as 'Loans and receivables' and accounted for at amortised cost which includes any provisions for impairment. The carrying value of these assets is not adjusted for changes in their fair value.

394


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Additional information on selected European countries

The tables below show the Group's exposures to eurozone countries that have a Standard & Poor's credit rating of AA or below where the Group has an exposure of over €250 million (being Ireland, Spain and France). The maturity analysis in the tables below is based on the residual contractual maturity of the exposures (except where otherwise indicated).

Ireland

As at 31 December 2013, Ireland's credit rating from Standard & Poor's was BBB+ (31 December 2012: BBB+). The table below shows the Group's exposure to Ireland by selected balance sheet line items:

 
  Carrying value   Nominal
value
 
As at 31 December 2013
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
  Total
€m
 

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss(1)

    30     42         7     140     230     449     412  

Government bonds

                6     118     230     354     325  

Other

    30     42         1     22         95     87  

Loans and advances to banks(1)

    46     142 (2)                   188     188  

Available for sale financial assets

    3         1,541     3,376     2,444         7,364     6,902  

Government bonds

            751     3,340     2,312         6,403     5,816  

Senior bank debt and other(3)

    3         790     36     132         961     1,086  

NAMA senior bonds(4)

        417     417     1,770     1,353         3,957     3,991  
                                   

Total(5)

    79     601     1,958     5,153     3,937     230     11,958     11,493  
                                   
                                   

 

 
  Carrying value   Nominal
value
 
As at 31 December 2012
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
  Total
€m
 

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    51     47     25     77     119     53     372     347  

—Government bonds

                77     99     53     229     211  

—Other

    51     47     25         20         143     136  

Loans and advances to banks(1)

    526     3,176                     3,702     3,702  

Available for sale financial assets

    6     51     334     4,833     1,133     52     6,409     6,245  

—Government bonds

        51     327     4,027     1,015         5,420     5,099  

—Senior bank debt and other(3)

    6         7     806     118     52     989     1,146  

NAMA senior bonds(4)

        667     396     1,484     1,881         4,428     4,475  
                                   

Total(5)

    583     3,941     755     6,394     3,133     105     14,911     14,769  
                                   
                                   

(1)
This excludes those assets held by the Group's life assurance business which are linked to policyholder liabilities.

(2)
The decrease in Loans and advances to banks from 31 December 2012 primarily reflects the termination of the IBRC repo transaction in February 2013 of €3.1 billion. See note 56 for details.

395


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

(3)
Senior bank debt and other primarily relates to the Group's holdings of Irish Government senior bank debt issued by Irish financial institutions.

(4)
The maturity date of the NAMA senior bonds is based on their ultimate expected maturity.

(5)
The Group also has a net derivative asset exposure to Ireland at 31 December 2013 of €129 million (31 December 2012: €204 million).

Available for sale financial assets
As at 31 December 2013
Maturity profile
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Nominal value

    3         1,486     3,046     2,367         6,902  

Fair value

    3         1,541     3,376     2,444         7,364  

AFS reserve (before tax)

            85     370     176         631  

 

Available for sale financial assets
As at 31 December 2012
Maturity profile
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Nominal value

    7     50     328     4,571     1,237     52     6,245  

Fair value

    6     51     334     4,833     1,133     52     6,409  

AFS reserve (before tax)

        1     6     362     55         424  

During 2013, the maturity profile of the liquid asset book was extended. Irish Sovereign bonds maturing in 2014 and 2015 were sold and longer dated securities were purchased.

396


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Spain

As at 31 December 2013, Spain's credit rating from Standard & Poor's was BBB- (31 December 2012: BBB-). The table below shows the Group's exposure to Spain by selected balance sheet line items:

 
  Carrying value   Nominal
Value
 
As at 31 December 2013
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
  Total
€m
 

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                    12         12     11  

Loans and advance to banks

                                 

Available for sale financial assets

                                                 

—Covered bonds and other

    7         136     648     155     10     956     932  
                                   

Total(1)

    7         136     648     167     10     968     943  
                                   
                                   

 

 
  Carrying value   Nominal
Value
 
As at 31 December 2012
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
  Total
€m
 

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                    8         8     7  

Loans and advance to banks

    3                         3     3  

Available for sale financial assets

                                                 

—Covered bonds and other

    100     132         698     177     10     1,117     1,166  
                                   

Total(1)

    103     132         698     185     10     1,128     1,176  
                                   
                                   

(1)
The Group also has a net derivative asset exposure to Spain at 31 December 2013 of €16 million (31 December 2012: €18 million).

Available for sale financial assets
As at 31 December 2013
Maturity profile
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Nominal value

    8         133     623     157     11     932  

Fair value

    7         136     648     155     10     956  

AFS reserve (before tax)

    (1 )       (1 )   (25 )       (25 )   (52 )

 

Available for sale financial assets
As at 31 December 2012
Maturity profile
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Nominal value

    100     134         713     207     12     1,166  

Fair value

    100     132         698     177     10     1,117  

AFS reserve (before tax)

        (5 )       (85 )   (67 )   (2 )   (159 )

397


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

France

As at 31 December 2013, France's credit rating from Standard & Poor's was AA (31 December 2012: AA+). The table below shows the Group's exposure to France by selected balance sheet line items:

 
  Carrying value   Nominal
value
 
As at 31 December 2013
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
  Total
€m
 

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                3     32     351     386     367  

Government bonds

                        333     333     315  

Other

                3     32     18     53     52  

Loans and advances to banks

    960     20                     980     980  

Available for sale financial assets

    65     51     84     243     204         647     614  

Government bonds

                                 

Senior bank debt and other

    65     51     84     243     204         647     614  

Total

    1,025     71     84     246     236     351     2,013     1,961  
                                   
                                   

 

 
  Carrying value   Nominal
value
 
As at 31 December 2012
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
  Total
€m
 

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                2     25     345     372     310  

—Government bonds

                        326     326     267  

—Other

                2     25     19     46     43  

Loans and advances to banks

    933                     18     951     951  

Available for sale financial assets

    50     240     130     258             678     643  

—Government bonds

            10                 10     10  

—Senior bank debt and other

    50     240     120     258             668     633  

Total(1)

    983     240     130     260     25     363     2,001     1,904  
                                   
                                   

(1)
The Group also has a net derivative asset exposure to France at 31 December 2013 of €5 million (31 December 2012: €12 million).

Available for sale financial assets
As at 31 December 2013
Maturity profile
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Nominal value

    65     50     80     224     195         614  

Fair value

    65     51     84     243     204         647  

AFS reserve (before tax)

                        (1 )   (1 )

398


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)


Available for sale financial assets
As at 31 December 2012
Maturity profile
  0-3
months
€m
  3-12
months
€m
  1-2
years
€m
  2-5
years
€m
  5-10
years
€m
  Over 10
years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Nominal value

    50     235     125     233             643  

Fair value

    50     240     130     258             678  

AFS reserve (before tax)

            (1 )   (3 )           (4 )

399


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)


SUPPLEMENTARY ASSET QUALITY DISCLOSURES

Retail Ireland mortgages
   
 

Book composition

       

Loan volumes

    401  

Origination profile

    402  

Risk profile

    403  

Arrears profile

    404  

Loan to value profiles

       

—Loan to value ratio analysis—total loans

    405  

—Loan to value ratio analysis—defaulted loans

    407  

Asset quality

       

Composition and impairment

    408  

Repossessions

    409  

Disposals of repossessed properties

    409  

Forbearance measures

    409  

Loan to value profiles

       

—Loan to value ratio analysis—forborne loans

    418  

—Loan to value ratio analysis—defaulted forborne loans

    419  

 

Retail UK mortgages
   
 

Book composition

       

Loan volumes

    420  

Origination profile

    421  

Risk profile

    422  

Arrears profile

    423  

Loan to value profiles

       

—Loan to value ratio analysis—total loans

    424  

—Loan to value ratio analysis—defaulted loans

    425  

Asset quality

       

Composition and impairment

    426  

Repossessions

    427  

Disposals of repossessed properties

    427  

Forbearance measures

    428  

Loan to value profiles

       

—Loan to value ratio analysis—forborne loans

    434  

—Loan to value ratio analysis—defaulted forborne loans

    435  

 

Loans and advances (excluding Residential mortgages)
   
 

Asset quality

       

Forbearance measures

    436  

400


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

The tables below (except where denoted unaudited) in the Supplementary Asset Quality disclosures on pages 401 to 443 form an integral part of the audited financial statements as described in the Basis of preparation on page 222. All other information in the Supplementary Asset Quality disclosures is additional information and does not form part of the audited financial statements

RETAIL IRELAND MORTGAGES

The following disclosures refer to the Retail Ireland mortgage loan book and provide additional detail and analysis on the composition and quality of this loan book.

The Group has a long established infrastructure for the origination, underwriting and management of its mortgage portfolio. The processes of underwriting through to account management are centralised and no delegated discretions are in operation outside the centralised units. The mortgage process is a comprehensively documented process with documentary evidence of key borrower information including an independent valuation of the security property.

Retail Ireland mortgage origination lending policy and guidelines are subject to annual governance. Each applicant is primarily assessed based on their ability and capacity to repay the loan while the creditworthiness of the applicant, value of the property and the individual circumstances of the applicant are key factors in the underwriting decision.

At 31 December 2013, lending criteria for the Retail Ireland mortgage portfolio include:

repayment capacity of the borrower;

loan to value (LTV) limits;

mortgage term duration; and

loan specific terms and conditions.

Book composition

Loan volumes

TABLE 1
Retail Ireland mortgages—Volumes
(before impairment provisions)
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
 

Owner occupied mortgages

    20,437     20,815  

Buy to let mortgages

    6,263     6,670  
           

Total Retail Ireland mortgages

    26,700     27,485  
           
           

401


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Retail Ireland mortgages were €26.7 billion at 31 December 2013 compared to €27.5 billion at 31 December 2012. The decrease of €785 million or 2.9% reflects a combination of factors including muted demand for new mortgage lending, accelerated capital repayments and the significant progress made by the Group in returning interest only mortgage borrowers to a 'principal and interest'(1) repayment basis.

The proportion of the Retail Ireland mortgage portfolio on a 'principal and interest' repayment basis at 31 December 2013 was 86% (31 December 2012: 82%) with the balance of 14% on an 'interest only'(2) repayment basis (31 December 2012: 18%). Of the Owner occupied mortgages of €20.4 billion, 93% were on a 'principal and interest' repayment basis (31 December 2012: 91%), while 65% of the Buy to let mortgages of €6.3 billion were on a 'principal and interest' repayment basis (31 December 2012: 52%).


(1)
'Principal and interest' repayment basis mortgages consist of mortgages that are contracted to be repaid over the agreed term on an amortising basis. The typical term at origination for these mortgages was 20 to 30 years.

(2)
'Interest only' mortgages typically consist of mortgages where the repayment consists of the full interest element (or greater) for an agreed period at the end of which the mortgage repayment basis becomes 'principal and interest' contracted to be repaid over the agreed term. 'Interest only' periods on Retail Ireland mortgages typically range between 3 and 5 years.

Origination profile

 
  Total Retail Ireland
mortgage loan book
  Defaulted loans  
TABLE 2
31 December 2013
Origination of Retail Ireland mortgage loan book
(before impairment provisions)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(1)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(1)
 

1996 and before

    68     4,701     7     268  

1997

    43     1,940     5     131  

1998

    77     2,601     8     180  

1999

    145     4,238     15     266  

2000

    272     5,815     29     395  

2001

    402     6,657     39     492  

2002

    748     9,590     91     770  

2003

    1,283     13,320     189     1,295  

2004

    2,163     18,129     315     1,831  

2005

    3,427     23,344     528     2,618  

2006

    5,067     28,479     1,036     4,107  

2007

    4,404     23,258     917     3,347  

2008

    3,029     17,005     481     1,848  

2009

    1,648     11,227     108     586  

2010

    1,176     7,609     22     123  

2011

    978     6,750     5     33  

2012

    920     6,034     1     9  

2013

    850     5,151         1  
                   

Total

    26,700     195,848     3,796     18,300  
                   
                   

(1)
The number of accounts does not equate to either the number of customers or the number of properties.

402


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

 
  Total Retail Ireland
mortgage loan book
  Defaulted loans  
31 December 2012
Origination of Retail Ireland mortgage loan book
(before impairment provisions)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(1)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(1)
 

1996 and before

    94     5,792     9     365  

1997

    53     2,113     5     150  

1998

    94     3,196     9     207  

1999

    171     4,525     18     301  

2000

    312     6,195     32     428  

2001

    448     7,054     40     503  

2002

    825     10,108     90     802  

2003

    1,397     14,212     181     1,266  

2004

    2,317     18,733     314     1,794  

2005

    3,638     24,018     524     2,581  

2006

    5,361     29,135     999     3,996  

2007

    4,631     23,658     861     3,240  

2008

    3,185     17,333     427     1,705  

2009

    1,739     11,491     85     474  

2010

    1,235     7,781     13     86  

2011

    1,004     6,852     3     24  

2012

    981     6,115          
                   

Total

    27,485     198,311     3,610     17,922  
                   
                   

(1)
The number of accounts does not equate to either the number of customers or the number of properties.

The tables above illustrate that at 31 December 2013, €8.6 billion or 32% of the Retail Ireland mortgage loan book originated before 2006, €12.5 billion or 47% between 2006 and 2008 and €5.6 billion or 21% in the years since.

At 31 December 2013, total defaulted loans were €3.8 billion (31 December 2012: €3.6 billion) or 14.2% of the Retail Ireland mortgage loan book, of which €2.4 billion originated between 2006 and 2008. While there has been an increase in defaulted loans since 31 December 2012, the overall pace of increase during 2013 was significantly slower than 2012, reflecting the effectiveness of the Group's operating infrastructure, restructure of customer mortgages on a sustainable basis, mortgage resolution activity and improving economic conditions.

At 31 December 2013, impairment provisions were €1.9 billion equating to 49% of defaulted balances on the Retail Ireland mortgage book.

Risk profile

 
  Owner occupied   Buy to let   Total  
TABLE 3a
31 December 2013
Risk profile of Retail Ireland mortgage loan book
(before impairment provisions)
 
  €m   %   €m   %   €m   %  

Neither past due nor impaired

    17,822     87 %   4,252     68 %   22,074     83 %

1-90 days past due but not impaired

    564     3 %   266     4 %   830     3 %

Defaulted loans

    2,051     10 %   1,745     28 %   3,796     14 %
                           

Total

    20,437     100 %   6,263     100 %   26,700     100 %
                           
                           

403


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)


 
  Owner occupied   Buy to let   Total  
31 December 2012
Risk profile of Retail Ireland mortgage loan book
(before impairment provisions)
 
  €m   %   €m   %   €m   %  

Neither past due nor impaired

    18,068     87 %   4,812     72 %   22,880     83 %

1-90 days past due but not impaired

    704     3 %   291     4 %   995     4 %

Defaulted loans

    2,043     10 %   1,567     24 %   3,610     13 %
                           

Total

    20,815     100 %   6,670     100 %   27,485     100 %
                           
                           

The tables above illustrate that €22.1 billion or 83% of the total Retail Ireland mortgage loan book at 31 December 2013 was classified as 'neither past due nor impaired' compared to €22.9 billion or 83% at 31 December 2012.

The '1-90 days past due but not impaired' category amounted to €0.8 billion or 3% of the total Retail Ireland mortgage loan book at 31 December 2013 compared to €1.0 billion or 4% at 31 December 2012.

The defaulted category amounted to €3.8 billion or 14% of the total Retail Ireland mortgage loan book at 31 December 2013 compared to €3.6 billion or 13% at 31 December 2012.

Defaulted Owner occupied mortgages increased marginally to €2.1 billion at 31 December 2013 from €2.0 billion at 31 December 2012, reflecting a significant slowdown in the growth in defaulted balances during 2013.

Defaulted Buy to let mortgages increased to €1.7 billion at 31 December 2013 from €1.6 billion at 31 December 2012.

The slowdown in default formation for both Owner occupied and Buy to let mortgages reflects the effectiveness of the Group's operating infrastructure, restructure of customer mortgages on a sustainable basis, mortgage resolution activity and improving economic conditions. While increased repayments as 'interest only' periods come to an end and customers move to fully amortising loans continue to impact Buy to let borrowers, the slowdown in default formation for Buy to let mortgages also reflects improved rental market conditions, particularly evident in primary urban areas.

The Retail Ireland Buy to let mortgage loan portfolio reduced by €407 million or 6.1% in 2013 and the percentage of the Buy to let portfolio on a 'principal and interest' repayment basis increased from 52% at 31 December 2012 to 65% at 31 December 2013.

Arrears profile

TABLE 3b (unaudited)
Mortgage arrears—Defaulted loans
(number of accounts)
  31 December
2013
%
  30 June
2013
%
  31 December
2012
%
 

Retail Ireland Owner occupied mortgages

    7.4%     7.9%     7.5%  

Industry(1) Owner occupied (Number of accounts)

    14.1% (2)   14.1% (2)   13.1% (2)

Retail Ireland Buy to let mortgages

    18.2%     17.6%     15.8%  

Industry(1) Buy to let (Number of accounts)

    22.6% (2)   21.9% (2)   20.5% (2)

404


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Mortgage arrears—Defaulted loans
(value)
  31 December
2013
%
  30 June
2013
%
  31 December
2012
%
 

Retail Ireland Owner occupied mortgages

    10.1%     10.5%     9.9%  

Industry(1) Owner occupied (value)

    18.7% (2)   18.6% (2)   17.2% (2)

Retail Ireland Buy to let mortgages

    27.7%     26.0%     23.4%  

Industry(1) Buy to let (value)

    30.4% (2)   30.0% (2)   28.7% (2)

(1)
Industry statistics do not include impaired loans less than or equal to 90 days past due (all quoted Bank of Ireland statistics include impaired loans less than or equal to 90 days past due).

(2)
Industry source: CBI Mortgage Arrears Statistics Report December 2013—adjusted to exclude Bank of Ireland.

The latest information published by the Central Bank of Ireland pertains to the quarter ended 31 December 2013. This information indicates that the proportion of the Retail Ireland mortgage book in default arrears (greater than 90 days past due) consistently remains significantly below the industry average for both Owner occupied and Buy to let mortgages. At 31 December 2013, 7.4% and 18.2% of Bank of Ireland's Retail Ireland Owner occupied and Buy to let mortgages respectively (by number of accounts) were greater than '90 days past due and / or impaired' compared to 14.1% and 22.6% for the industry (respectively).

Loan to value profiles—total loans

 
  Owner occupied   Buy to let   Total  
TABLE 3c
31 December 2013
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of total
Retail Ireland mortgages
 
  €m   %   €m   %   €m   %  

Less than 50%

    2,901     14 %   462     7 %   3,363     13 %

51% to 70%

    2,823     14 %   486     8 %   3,309     12 %

71% to 80%

    1,909     9 %   325     5 %   2,234     8 %

81% to 90%

    2,049     10 %   565     9 %   2,614     10 %

91% to 100%

    1,800     9 %   443     7 %   2,243     9 %
                           

Subtotal

    11,482     56 %   2,281     36 %   13,763     52 %
                           

101% to 120%

    3,411     17 %   1,095     18 %   4,506     17 %

121% to 150%

    3,619     18 %   1,848     30 %   5,467     20 %

151% to 180%

    1,593     8 %   714     11 %   2,307     9 %

Greater than 181%

    332     1 %   325     5 %   657     2 %
                           

Subtotal

    8,955     44 %   3,982     64 %   12,937     48 %
                           

Total

    20,437     100 %   6,263     100 %   26,700     100 %
                           
                           

Weighted average LTV(1):

                                     

Stock of Retail Ireland mortgages at year end

          94 %         115 %         99 %

New Retail Ireland mortgages during the year

          70 %         53 %         70 %

405


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

 
  Owner occupied   Buy to let   Total  
31 December 2012
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of total
Retail Ireland mortgages
 
  €m   %   €m   %   €m   %  

Less than 50%

    2,663     13 %   409     6 %   3,072     11 %

51% to 70%

    2,461     12 %   478     7 %   2,939     11 %

71% to 80%

    1,497     7 %   293     5 %   1,790     7 %

81% to 90%

    1,746     8 %   493     7 %   2,239     8 %

91% to 100%

    1,796     9 %   417     6 %   2,213     8 %
                           

Subtotal

    10,163     49 %   2,090     31 %   12,253     45 %
                           

101% to 120%

    3,484     17 %   1,056     16 %   4,540     16 %

121% to 150%

    3,901     19 %   1,763     26 %   5,664     21 %

151% to 180%

    2,223     10 %   1,109     17 %   3,332     12 %

Greater than 181%

    1,044     5 %   652     10 %   1,696     6 %
                           

Subtotal

    10,652     51 %   4,580     69 %   15,232     55 %
                           

Total

    20,815     100 %   6,670     100 %   27,485     100 %
                           
                           

Weighted average LTV(1):

                                     

Stock of Retail Ireland mortgages at year end

          102 %         124 %         108 %

New Retail Ireland mortgages during the year

          74 %         57 %         73 %

(1)
Weighted Average LTVs are calculated at a property level and reflect the average property value in proportion to the outstanding mortgage.

The tables above set out the weighted average indexed LTV for the total Retail Ireland mortgage loan book which was 99% at 31 December 2013, 94% for Owner occupied mortgages and 115% for Buy to let mortgages. The weighted average indexed LTV for new Residential mortgages written during 2013 was 70%, 70% for Owner occupied mortgages and 53% for Buy to let mortgages.

Point in time property values are determined by reference to the original or latest property valuations held, indexed to the Residential Property Price Index published by the Central Statistics Office (CSO). The indexed LTV profile of the Retail Ireland mortgage loan book contained in Table 3c is based on the CSO Residential Property Price Index, at the applicable reporting date.

The CSO index for December 2013 reported that average national residential property prices were 46% below peak (31 December 2012: 50% below peak), with Dublin residential prices and outside of Dublin residential prices 49% and 47% below peak respectively (31 December 2012: 56% and 47% below peak respectively). The annual rate of increase in residential property prices was 6.4% as at 31 December 2013, compared to an annual rate of decline of 4.5% as at 31 December 2012. In the year, the market experienced the first year of average residential property price increases since 2007, with residential property prices in Dublin being the key driver of this improvement.

At 31 December 2013, €13.8 billion or 52% of Retail Ireland mortgages are in positive equity, 56% for Owner occupied mortgages and 36% for Buy to let mortgages.

At 31 December 2013, the total calculated negative equity in the Retail Ireland mortgage loan book was €3.0 billion (31 December 2012: €4.0 billion). The majority of Retail Ireland mortgage borrowers in negative equity continue to meet their mortgage repayments with €2.0 billion negative equity related to loans that were 'neither past due nor impaired' at 31 December 2013. Of the remaining €1.0 billion of calculated negative equity, €0.1 billion related to loans that were '1 - 90 days past due but not impaired' and €0.9 billion related to loans that were defaulted.

406


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Loan to value profiles—defaulted loans

 
  Owner occupied   Buy to let   Total  
TABLE 3d
31 December 2013
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of total
Retail Ireland mortgages—defaulted loans
 
  €m   %   €m   %   €m   %  

Less than 50%

    117     6%     43     2%     160     4%  

51% to 70%

    145     7%     48     3%     193     5%  

71% to 80%

    101     5%     39     2%     140     4%  

81% to 90%

    116     6%     102     6%     218     6%  

91% to 100%

    153     7%     81     5%     234     6%  
                           

Subtotal

    632     31%     313     18%     945     25%  
                           

101% to 120%

    330     16%     245     14%     575     15%  

121% to 150%

    548     27%     647     37%     1,195     32%  

151% to 180%

    420     20%     358     21%     778     20%  

Greater than 181%

    121     6%     182     10%     303     8%  
                           

Subtotal

    1,419     69%     1,432     82%     2,851     75%  
                           

Total

    2,051     100%     1,745     100%     3,796     100%  
                           
                           

 

 
  Owner occupied   Buy to let   Total  
31 December 2012
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of total
Retail Ireland mortgages—defaulted loans
 
  €m   %   €m   %   €m   %  

Less than 50%

    112     5%     37     2%     149     4%  

51% to 70%

    133     7%     42     3%     175     5%  

71% to 80%

    93     5%     33     2%     126     4%  

81% to 90%

    108     5%     79     5%     187     5%  

91% to 100%

    130     6%     62     4%     192     5%  
                           

Subtotal

    576     28%     253     16%     829     23%  
                           

101% to 120%

    293     15%     209     14%     502     14%  

121% to 150%

    515     25%     456     29%     971     27%  

151% to 180%

    412     20%     363     23%     775     21%  

Greater than 181%

    247     12%     286     18%     533     15%  
                           

Subtotal

    1,467     72%     1,314     84%     2,781     77%  
                           

Total

    2,043     100%     1,567     100%     3,610     100%  
                           
                           

The tables above illustrate the indexed loan to value ratios at the applicable reporting dates for defaulted Retail Ireland mortgages. The ratios reflect the application of the CSO index at the applicable reporting date to the portfolio, capital reductions and out of course customer payments.

Of the defaulted Retail Ireland mortgages €0.9 billion or 25% are in positive equity (31 December 2012: €0.8 billion or 23%) while €2.9 billion or 75% are in negative equity at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €2.8 billion or 77%).

For the defaulted category, 31% of the Owner occupied Retail Ireland mortgages (31 December 2012: 28%) and 18% of the Buy to let Retail Ireland mortgages (31 December 2012: 16%) are in positive equity at 31 December 2013.

407


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Asset quality

Composition and impairment

 
  Total   Of which  
TABLE 4
31 December 2013
Retail Ireland mortgages
  Retail
Ireland
mortgages
€m
  Defaulted
loans
€m
  Defaulted
loans
as % of
advances
%
  Impairment
provisions
€m
  Impairment
provisions
as % of
defaulted
loans
%
  Forborne
Retail
Ireland
mortgages
€m
  Defaulted(1)
forborne
loans
€m
  Impairment
provisions
forborne
Retail
Ireland
mortgages
€m
  Impairment
provisions
as % of
defaulted
forborne
Retail
Ireland
mortgages
%
 

Owner occupied mortgages

    20,437     2,051     10.0 %   869     42 %   1,869     578     243     42 %

Buy to let mortgages

    6,263     1,745     27.9 %   994     57 %   657     207     115     56 %
                                       

Total Retail Ireland

    26,700     3,796     14.2 %   1,863     49 %   2,526     785     358     46 %
                                       
                                       

 

 
  Total   Of which  
31 December 2012
Retail Ireland mortgages
  Retail
Ireland
mortgages
€m
  Defaulted
loans
€m
  Defaulted
loans
as % of
advances
%
  Impairment
provisions
€m
  Impairment
provisions
as % of
defaulted
loans
%
  Forborne
Retail
Ireland
mortgages
€m
  Defaulted(1)
forborne
loans
€m
  Impairment
provisions
forborne
Retail
Ireland
mortgages
€m
  Impairment
provisions
as % of
defaulted
forborne
Retail
Ireland
mortgages
%
 

Owner occupied mortgages

    20,815     2,043     9.8 %   711     35 %   1,707     546     165     30 %

Buy to let mortgages

    6,670     1,567     23.5 %   741     47 %   731     200     78     39 %
                                       

Total Retail Ireland

    27,485     3,610     13.1 %   1,452     40 %   2,438     746     243     33 %
                                       
                                       

(1)
The 'defaulted loans' classification includes both accounts which were classified as 'defaulted loans' prior to the forbearance measure being put in place and also those loans which have moved from 'non-defaulted' loans during the year. The 'defaulted loans' classification does not indicate that the terms of the forbearance measure are not being met.

Defaulted Retail Ireland mortgages at 31 December 2013 were €3.8 billion or 14.2% of advances compared to €3.6 billion or 13.1% of advances at 31 December 2012. During 2013, the increase in value in defaulted loans in the overall mortgage portfolio was significantly lower than 2012, reflecting the effectiveness of the Group's operating infrastructure and mortgage resolution activity. A significant slowdown in the pace of arrears formation was experienced in the Owner occupied mortgage portfolio, reflecting the factors noted above, the Group's on-going strategy to assist customers in financial difficulty, together with improving economic conditions.

In addition, the pace of arrears formation in the Buy to let mortgage portfolio was slower during 2013 reflecting factors noted above, together with improved rental market conditions, particularly evident in primary urban areas.

408


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Repossessions

At 31 December 2013, the Group had possession of properties held as security as follows:

 
  31 December 2013   31 December 2012  
TABLE 5a
Repossessions
Retail Ireland mortgages
  Number of
repossessions
at balance
sheet date
  Balance(1)
outstanding
before
impairment
provisions
€m
  Number of
repossessions
at balance
sheet date
  Balance(1)
outstanding
before
impairment
provisions
€m
 

Owner occupied

    129     37     96     25  

Buy to let

    85     26     84     30  
                   

Total residential repossessions

    214     63     180     55  
                   
                   

Disposals of repossessed properties

 
  31 December 2013   31 December 2012  
TABLE 5b
Disposals of repossessions
Retail Ireland mortgages
  Number of
disposals
during
the year
  Balance(1)
outstanding
after
impairment
provisions
€m
  Number of
disposals
during
the year
  Balance(1)
outstanding
after
impairment
provisions
€m
 

Owner occupied

    86     10     88     10  

Buy to let

    63     11     53     4  
                   

Total disposals

    149     21     141     14  
                   
                   

(1)
Balance outstanding before value of additional collateral applied.

During the year ended 31 December 2013, the Group disposed of 149 repossessed properties (31 December 2012: 141 repossessed properties were disposed).

The total contracted disposal proceeds were adequate to cover the balance outstanding after provisions and net of additional collateral held.

For the year ended 31 December 2013, the proceeds from disposals of Owner occupied repossessed properties were €10 million (31 December 2012: €10 million).

For the year ended 31 December 2013, the proceeds from disposals of Buy to let repossessed properties before value of additional collateral applied were €9 million (31 December 2012: €4 million).

In addition, the Group disposed of a further 166 properties through fixed charge receivers during the year (31 December 2012: 7).

Forbearance measures

Mortgage forbearance

The Group continues to offer a range of forbearance measures for customers in arrears or facing potential arrears on contracted mortgage repayments, in order to arrange, where viable, sustainable short term or longer term repayment solutions as appropriate.

409


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Forbearance occurs when a borrower is granted a temporary or permanent agreed change to the contractual terms of a mortgage loan ('forbearance measure'), for reasons relating to the actual or apparent financial stress or distress of that borrower. If the agreed change to a mortgage loan granted to a borrower is not related to the actual or apparent financial stress or distress of that borrower, forbearance has not occurred. A mortgage loan which has an active 'forbearance measure' is a 'forborne' mortgage.

The Group has a well-established operating infrastructure in place to assess and, where appropriate, implement sustainable forbearance measures for customers. Forbearance requests are assessed on a case-by-case basis, taking due consideration of the individual circumstances and risk profile of the borrower to ensure, where possible, the most suitable and sustainable repayment arrangement is put in place.

The forbearance strategies adopted by the Group seek to maximise recoveries arising from non-repayment of debt, while providing suitable and sustainable forbearance options that are supportive of customers in challenged financial circumstances.

A forbearance request by the borrower will always be a trigger event for the Group to undertake an assessment of the customer's financial circumstances, ability to repay and impairment status. This assessment will determine the most appropriate course of action ensuring, where possible, the most suitable and sustainable repayment arrangement is put in place. Impaired forborne loans carry a specific provision. Probability of default factors for non-impaired forborne loans are empirically calculated, resulting in an IBNR provision.

It is the Group's policy to review the effectiveness or otherwise of forbearance measures over the lifetime of those measures.

A forbearance measure is considered to be effective where the risk profile of the borrower that is subject to the forbearance measure stabilises or improves over the measured time period, resulting in an improved outcome for the Group and the customer.

The effectiveness of forbearance is considered taking account of:

the strategy that is being followed is with a view to maximising recovery for the Group and providing a suitable option for the customer;

the intended outcome of the particular measure;

the nature of the measure being granted; and

the period over which the measure is granted.

The nature and type of forbearance measures include:

full interest: (step up to principal and interest) on the principal balance, on a temporary or longer term basis, with the principal balance unchanged;

reduced payment: (greater than full interest with step up to principal and interest) on the principal balance, on a temporary or longer term basis with the principal balance unchanged;

term extension: the original term of the mortgage is extended and the instalment is re-calculated to clear the outstanding mortgage debt over the remaining term;

capitalisation of arrears: the arrears are added to the principal outstanding on the mortgage and the instalment is recalculated to clear the outstanding mortgage debt over the remaining term;

hybrids: comprising a combination of forbearance measures; and

other: comprising primarily permanent restructures and an element of temporary payment suspensions.

410


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

The table below sets out Retail Ireland mortgages (before impairment provisions) forborne loan stock(1) subject to active forbearance measures at 31 December 2013.

 
  Non-defaulted loans   Defaulted loans(2)   All loans  
TABLE 6a
31 December 2013
Formal forbearance measures—Retail Ireland
mortgages (before impairment provisions)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(3)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(3)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(3)
 

Owner occupied

                                     

Full interest

    205     1,452     116     785     321     2,237  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    262     1,787     240     1,326     502     3,113  

Term extension

    351     3,923     96     835     447     4,758  

Capitalisation of arrears

    194     1,384     33     160     227     1,544  

Hybrids(4)

    256     1,775     73     468     329     2,243  

Other

    23     126     20     114     43     240  
                           

Total

    1,291     10,447     578     3,688     1,869     14,135  
                           
                           

Buy to let

                                     

Full interest

    97     438     62     267     159     705  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    101     466     60     270     161     736  

Term extension

    132     917     29     180     161     1,097  

Capitalisation of arrears

    30     170     22     70     52     240  

Hybrids(4)

    89     423     34     123     123     546  

Other

    1     4         3     1     7  
                           

Total

    450     2,418     207     913     657     3,331  
                           
                           

Total

                                     

Full interest

    302     1,890     178     1,052     480     2,942  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    363     2,253     300     1,596     663     3,849  

Term extension

    483     4,840     125     1,015     608     5,855  

Capitalisation of arrears

    224     1,554     55     230     279     1,784  

Hybrids(4)

    345     2,198     107     591     452     2,789  

Other

    24     130     20     117     44     247  
                           

Total

    1,741     12,865     785     4,601     2,526     17,466  
                           
                           

(1)
Comprises the stock position of forbearance measures (agreed since November 2008). Where a mortgage loan was granted a full interest forbearance measure for a defined period of time and this measure has expired prior to or on 31 December 2013, this mortgage loan is not included in the stock of active forbearance measures.

(2)
The 'defaulted loans' classification includes both accounts which were classified as 'defaulted loans' prior to the forbearance measure being put in place and also those loans which have moved from 'non-defaulted loans' during the year. The 'defaulted loans' classification does not indicate that the terms of the forbearance measure are not being met.

(3)
The number of accounts does not equate to either the number of customers or the number of properties.

(4)
Hybrids were reported at 31 December 2012 within 'Other' and for 31 December 2013 are reported as a separate category.

Comparative figures have been adjusted where necessary, to conform with changes in presentation or where additional analysis has been provided in the current year.

411


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

 
  Non-defaulted loans   Defaulted loans(2)   All loans  
31 December 2012
Formal forbearance measures(1)—Retail Ireland
mortgages (before impairment provisions)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(3)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(3)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(3)
 

Owner occupied

                                     

Full interest

    450     3,062     392     2,628     842     5,690  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    307     1,589     94     402     401     1,991  

Term extension

    233     2,657     26     276     259     2,933  

Capitalisation of arrears

    76     592     6     21     82     613  

Hybrids(4)

    76     566     11     98     87     664  

Other

    19     108     17     96     36     204  
                           

Total

    1,161     8,574     546     3,521     1,707     12,095  
                           
                           

Buy to let

                                     

Full interest

    182     914     110     584     292     1,498  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    215     860     56     187     271     1,047  

Term extension

    81     609     16     73     97     682  

Capitalisation of arrears

    13     72     10     29     23     101  

Hybrids(4)

    40     171     7     32     47     203  

Other

        1     1     5     1     6  
                           

Total

    531     2,627     200     910     731     3,537  
                           
                           

Total

                                     

Full interest

    632     3,976     502     3,212     1,134     7,188  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    522     2,449     150     589     672     3,038  

Term extension

    314     3,266     42     349     356     3,615  

Capitalisation of arrears

    89     664     16     50     105     714  

Hybrids(4)

    116     737     18     130     134     867  

Other

    19     109     18     101     37     210  
                           

Total

    1,692     11,201     746     4,431     2,438     15,632  
                           
                           

(1)
Comprises the stock position of forbearance measures (agreed since November 2008). Where a mortgage loan was granted a full interest forbearance measure for a defined period of time and this measure has expired prior to or on 31 December 2012, this mortgage loan is not included in the stock of active forbearance measures.

(2)
The 'defaulted loans' classification includes both accounts which were classified as 'defaulted loans' prior to the forbearance measure being put in place and also those loans which have moved from 'non-defaulted loans' during the year. The 'defaulted loans' classification does not indicate that the terms of the forbearance measure are not being met.

(3)
The number of accounts does not equate to either the number of customers or the number of properties.

(4)
Hybrids were reported at 31 December 2012 within 'Other' and for 31 December 2013 are reported as a separate category. The table above has been restated on this basis.

Comparative figures have been adjusted where necessary, to conform with changes in presentation or where additional analysis has been provided in the current year.

The total number of accounts in forbearance has increased from 15,632 at 31 December 2012 to 17,466 accounts at 31 December 2013. The balances on accounts in forbearance have increased from €2.4 billion

412


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

at 31 December 2012 to €2.5 billion at 31 December 2013. This overall increase reflects the Group's progress in implementing end state restructure and resolution strategies.

For Owner occupied mortgages, 14,135 accounts or €1.9 billion are in forbearance at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 12,095 accounts or €1.7 billion). For Buy to let mortgages, 3,331 accounts or €0.7 billion are in forbearance at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 3,537 accounts or €0.7 billion).

Furthermore, in the month of December 2013, there were a further 1,724 existing arrears accounts not classified as forborne, whereby the borrower has met their contractual payment and made an additional payment towards their arrears balance (31 December 2012: 1,988 accounts).

In addition to the forbearance pertaining to Buy to let mortgages, the Group has a strategy to appoint fixed charge receivers. At 31 December 2013, there were 1,385 properties where a fixed charge receiver had been appointed or approved, compared to 1,105 properties at 31 December 2012.

Term extension is the largest forbearance category by number of accounts with 5,855 accounts at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 3,615 accounts), followed by reduced payment (greater than full interest) with 3,849 accounts at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 3,038 accounts).

A total of 1,548 accounts or €0.2 billion new term extensions were extended during the year. A further 1,125 accounts or €0.1 billion changed to term extension from another forbearance measure, while 293 accounts or €34 million changed forbearance measure. A reduction of 140 accounts relates to redeemed accounts; a reduction of €25 million was due to those redeemed accounts and principal repayments made during the year.

Reduced payment (greater than full interest with step up to full capital and interest) increased to 3,849 accounts or €0.7 billion at 31 December 2013, compared to 3,038 accounts or €0.7 billion at 31 December 2012. A total of 2,140 accounts or €0.3 billion of new reduced payment (greater than full interest with step up to full capital and interest) forbearance measures were extended during the year. A further 887 accounts or €0.2 billion changed their forbearance measure to reduced payment (greater than full interest), while 746 accounts or €148 million changed to another forbearance measure. A total of 1,413 accounts or €0.3 billion exited during the year. A reduction of 57 accounts relates to redeemed accounts; a reduction of €35 million was due to those redeemed accounts and principal repayments made during the year.

At 31 December 2013, 2,942 accounts or €0.5 billion were subject to full interest forbearance compared to 7,188 accounts or €1.1 billion at 31 December 2012. A total of 1,629 accounts or €0.3 billion of new full interest forbearance measures were extended during the year, 139 accounts or €27 million changed to full interest, while 2,206 accounts or €0.3 billion changed from full interest to another forbearance measure. A total of 3,622 accounts or €0.6 billion exited forbearance during the year. A reduction of 186 accounts relates to redeemed accounts; a reduction of €25 million was due to those redeemed accounts and principal repayments made during the year.

Hybrids increased to 2,789 accounts or €0.5 billion at 31 December 2013 from 867 accounts or €0.1 billion at 31 December 2012. A total of 1,145 accounts or €0.2 billion new hybrid measures were put in place during the year, 1,147 accounts or €0.2 billion changed from another forbearance measure to hybrid, while 343 accounts or €51 million changed to another forbearance measure. A reduction of 27 accounts relates to redeemed accounts; a reduction of €9 million was due to those redeemed accounts and principal repayments made during the year.

Capitalisations of arrears increased to 1,784 accounts or €0.3 billion at 31 December 2013 from 714 accounts or €0.1 billion at 31 December 2012. A total of 786 accounts or €0.1 billion had capitalisation of arrears applied during the year. A further 389 accounts or €67 million changed to capitalisation of arrears

413


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

from another forbearance measure, while 93 accounts or €10 million changed to another forbearance measure. A reduction of 12 accounts relates to redeemed accounts; a reduction of €5 million was due to those redeemed accounts and principal repayments made during the year.

'Other' forbearance measures, increased to 247 accounts or €44 million at 31 December 2013 from 210 accounts or €37 million at 31 December 2012.

414


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

The following table shows the movement in the stock of active forborne Retail Ireland mortgages (before impairment provisions) during the year ended 31 December 2013.

 
  Owner occupied   Buy to let   All loans  
TABLE 6b
Reconciliation of forborne loan stock by
non-default/default status—Retail
Ireland mortgages
(before impairment provisions)
 
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(1)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(1)
  Balance
€m
  Number of
accounts(1)
 

All

                                     

Opening balance at 1 January 2013

    1,707     12,095     731     3,537     2,438     15,632  

New forbearance extended

    841     6,039     278     1,375     1,119     7,414  

Exited forbearance

                                     

—Improved to or remained in non-default

    (333 )   (2,126 )   (157 )   (774 )   (490 )   (2,900 )

—Improved/stabilised and remained in default

    (118 )   (742 )   (59 )   (281 )   (177 )   (1,023 )

—Disimproved to or within default

    (161 )   (819 )   (104 )   (406 )   (265 )   (1,225 )

—Redemptions, principal repayments and other

    (67 )   (312 )   (32 )   (120 )   (99 )   (432 )

Transfers within forbearance between non-defaulted and defaulted loans

                         
                           

Closing balance at 31 December 2013

    1,869     14,135     657     3,331     2,526     17,466  
                           
                           

Non-defaulted loans

                                     

Opening balance at 1 January 2013

    1,161     8,574     531     2,627     1,692     11,201  

New forbearance extended

    530     4,045     169     898     699     4,943  

Exited forbearance

                                     

—Remained in non-default

    (303 )   (1,900 )   (150 )   (732 )   (453 )   (2,632 )

—Disimproved to default

    (62 )   (319 )   (61 )   (244 )   (123 )   (563 )

—Redemptions, principal repayments and other

    (60 )   (255 )   (24 )   (89 )   (84 )   (344 )

Transfers within forbearance between non-defaulted and defaulted loans

    25     302     (15 )   (42 )   10     260  
                           

Closing balance at 31 December 2013

    1,291     10,447     450     2,418     1,741     12,865  
                           
                           

Defaulted loans

                                     

Opening balance at 1 January 2013

    546     3,521     200     910     746     4,431  

New forbearance extended

    311     1,994     109     477     420     2,471  

Exited forbearance

                                     

—Improved to non-default

    (30 )   (226 )   (7 )   (42 )   (37 )   (268 )

—Improved/stabilised and remained in default

    (118 )   (742 )   (59 )   (281 )   (177 )   (1,023 )

—Disimproved and remained in default

    (99 )   (500 )   (43 )   (162 )   (142 )   (662 )

—Redemptions, principal repayments and other

    (7 )   (57 )   (8 )   (31 )   (15 )   (88 )

Transfers within forbearance between non-defaulted and defaulted loans

    (25 )   (302 )   15     42     (10 )   (260 )
                           

Closing balance at 31 December 2013

    578     3,688     207     913     785     4,601  
                           
                           

(1)
The number of accounts does not equate to either the number of customers or the number of properties.

415


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

The table above illustrates the movement in forborne accounts and balances between 1 January 2013 and 31 December 2013 and illustrates the following:

Those accounts for which new forbearance measures were put in place during the year;

Those accounts which exited forbearance measures during the year, either:

Improved to or remained in non-default

Improved/stabilised and remained in default

Disimproved to or within default

Redeemed (i.e. whereby the outstanding balance has been repaid in full) or balances reduced due to principal repayments (i.e. payments made to reduce the outstanding loan balance on accounts which were in the forbearance stock at 1 January 2013 and remained in forbearance stock at 31 December 2013); and

Those accounts and balances which transferred between non-defaulted loans and defaulted loans but remained in forbearance.

The defaulted loan classification does not indicate that the terms of the forbearance measure have not been met. The 'non-default/default' status of accounts which exited forbearance during the year is determined at the date of exit.

A total of 17,466 accounts or €2.5 billion of account balances were in forbearance at 31 December 2013, compared to 15,632 accounts or €2.4 billion at 31 December 2012. Of these, 7,414 accounts or €1.1 billion new forbearance measures were put in place during the year, of which 4,943 accounts or €0.7 billion were classified as 'non-defaulted loans' while 2,471 accounts or €0.4 billion were classified as 'defaulted loans'. Of those that exited forbearance during the year 2,900 accounts or €0.5 billion improved to or remained in non-default, 1,023 accounts or €0.2 billion remained in default with improved or stabilised arrears and 1,225 accounts or €0.3 billion disimproved arrears to or within default. A reduction in the forbearance stock of 432 accounts relates to redeemed accounts during the year; a reduction of €0.1 billion was due to those redeemed accounts and principal repayments made during the year.

For Owner occupied mortgages, 14,135 accounts or €1.9 billion of account balances were in forbearance at 31 December 2013 compared to 12,095 accounts or €1.7 billion at 31 December 2012. Of these, 6,039 accounts or €0.8 billion new forbearance were measures put in place during the year of which 4,045 accounts or €0.5 billion were classified as 'non-defaulted loans', while 1,994 accounts or €0.3 billion were classified as 'defaulted loans'. Of those that exited forbearance during the year 2,126 accounts or €0.3 billion improved to or remained in non-default, 742 accounts or €0.1 billion remained in default with improved or stabilised arrears and 819 accounts or €0.2 billion disimproved arrears to or within default. A reduction of 312 accounts relates to redeemed accounts during the year; a reduction of €67 million was due to those redeemed accounts and principal repayments made during the year.

For Buy to let mortgages, 3,331 accounts or €0.7 billion of account balances were in forbearance at 31 December 2013 compared to 3,537 accounts or €0.7 billion at 31 December 2012. Of these, 1,375 accounts or €0.3 billion were new forbearance measures put in place during the year of which 898 accounts or €0.2 billion were classified as 'non-defaulted loans' while 477 accounts or €0.1 billion were classified as 'defaulted loans'. Of those that exited forbearance during the year 774 accounts or €0.2 billion improved to or remained in non-default, 281 accounts or €59 million remained in default with improved or stabilised arrears and 406 accounts or €0.1 billion disimproved arrears to or within default. A reduction of 120

416


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

accounts relates to redeemed accounts during the year; a reduction of €32 million was due to those redeemed accounts and principal repayments made during the year.

Mortgage Arrears

The Group has invested in its Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategy (MARS), its infrastructure and continues to implement restructuring and resolution options for customers. The increased activity in forbearance measures reflects the on-going effectiveness of the Group's MARS strategy in supporting customers encountering mortgage difficulties.

The revised Code of Conduct on Mortgage Arrears as published by the Central Bank of Ireland, became effective 1 July 2013, with a six month implementation deadline. The Group has implemented the requirements of the revised Code.

The Group's defined Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategy relating to both Owner occupied and Buy to let mortgages, seeks to maximise recoveries arising from non repayment of customer mortgages while ensuring that customers are treated with respect through the arrears management and resolution process.

The Group has participated in the Central Bank led pilot scheme for consumer Multi-Debt restructuring. This pilot provided a framework that sought to agree where possible, sustainable restructure arrangements on both unsecured and mortgage debt between participating lenders, without requiring the customer to engage separately with each lender.

Personal Insolvency Act 2012

The Personal Insolvency Act 2012 ('the Act'), enacted on the 26th of December 2012, provides for three debt resolution options for consumers deemed to have unsustainable indebtedness levels. These options are alternatives to bankruptcy and the Act also amends the existing bankruptcy regime. The Insolvency Service of Ireland (ISI) began accepting submissions from authorised Personal Insolvency Practitioners and Approved Intermediaries for these resolution options in September 2013, following the establishment of the necessary infrastructure and the enactment of the required statutory instruments under the Act. The revised bankruptcy regime came into effect in December 2013. The Group has an operating infrastructure in place to support the management of all relevant applications under the Act.

417


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Loan to value profiles—forborne loans

 
  Owner occupied   Buy to let   Total  
TABLE 7a
31 December 2013
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of forborne
Retail Ireland mortgages
 
  €m   %   €m   %   €m   %  

Less than 50%

    199     11 %   37     6 %   236     9 %

51% to 70%

    199     11 %   44     7 %   243     10 %

71% to 80%

    130     7 %   30     4 %   160     6 %

81% to 90%

    145     7 %   71     11 %   216     9 %

91% to 100%

    152     8 %   59     9 %   211     8 %
                           

Subtotal

    825     44 %   241     37 %   1,066     42 %

101% to 120%

    346     19 %   129     20 %   475     19 %

121% to 150%

    427     23 %   192     29 %   619     25 %

151% to 180%

    230     12 %   54     8 %   284     11 %

Greater than 181%

    41     2 %   41     6 %   82     3 %
                           

Subtotal

    1,044     56 %   416     63 %   1,460     58 %
                           

Total

    1,869     100 %   657     100 %   2,526     100 %
                           
                           

 

 
  Owner occupied   Buy to let   Total  
31 December 2012
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of forborne
Retail Ireland mortgages
 
  €m   %   €m   %   €m   %  

Less than 50%

    153     9 %   31     4 %   184     8 %

51% to 70%

    150     9 %   52     7 %   202     8 %

71% to 80%

    101     6 %   28     4 %   129     5 %

81% to 90%

    119     7 %   56     8 %   175     7 %

91% to 100%

    137     8 %   50     7 %   187     8 %
                           

Subtotal

    660     39 %   217     30 %   877     36 %

101% to 120%

    274     16 %   139     19 %   413     17 %

121% to 150%

    388     23 %   192     26 %   580     24 %

151% to 180%

    249     14 %   104     14 %   353     14 %

Greater than 181%

    136     8 %   79     11 %   215     9 %
                           

Subtotal

    1,047     61 %   514     70 %   1,561     64 %
                           

Total

    1,707     100 %   731     100 %   2,438     100 %
                           
                           

The tables above illustrate the indexed loan to value ratios for total Retail Ireland forborne mortgages. The ratios reflect the application of the CSO index at the applicable reporting date to the portfolio, capital reductions, out of course customer payments and movements in forbearance stock.

Of the total Retail Ireland mortgages with active forbearance measures in place €1.1 billion or 42% are in positive equity (31 December 2012: €0.9 billion or 36%) while €1.5 billion or 58% are in negative equity at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €1.6 billion or 64%). 44% of forborne Owner occupied mortgages (31 December 2012: 39%) and 37% of forborne Buy to let mortgages (31 December 2012: 30%) are in positive equity at 31 December 2013.

418


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Loan to value profiles—defaulted forborne loans

 
  Owner occupied   Buy to let   Total  
TABLE 7b
31 December 2013
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of forborne
Retail Ireland mortgages—defaulted loans
 
  €m   %   €m   %   €m   %  

Less than 50%

    39     7 %   8     4 %   47     6 %

51% to 70%

    46     8 %   9     4 %   55     7 %

71% to 80%

    34     6 %   7     3 %   41     5 %

81% to 90%

    33     5 %   13     6 %   46     6 %

91% to 100%

    46     8 %   18     9 %   64     8 %
                           

Subtotal

    198     34 %   55     26 %   253     32 %

101% to 120%

    103     18 %   38     18 %   141     18 %

121% to 150%

    151     26 %   79     38 %   230     29 %

151% to 180%

    108     19 %   23     12 %   131     17 %

Greater than 181%

    18     3 %   12     6 %   30     4 %
                           

Subtotal

    380     66 %   152     74 %   532     68 %
                           

Total

    578     100 %   207     100 %   785     100 %
                           
                           

 

 
  Owner occupied   Buy to let   Total  
31 December 2012
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of forborne
Retail Ireland mortgages—defaulted loans
 
  €m   %   €m   %   €m   %  

Less than 50%

    36     7 %   6     3 %   42     6 %

51% to 70%

    40     7 %   10     5 %   50     7 %

71% to 80%

    28     5 %   4     2 %   32     4 %

81% to 90%

    32     6 %   15     7 %   47     6 %

91% to 100%

    37     7 %   11     6 %   48     6 %
                           

Subtotal

    173     32 %   46     23 %   219     29 %

101% to 120%

    80     15 %   37     19 %   117     16 %

121% to 150%

    137     25 %   57     28 %   194     26 %

151% to 180%

    99     18 %   33     16 %   132     18 %

Greater than 181%

    57     10 %   27     14 %   84     11 %
                           

Subtotal

    373     68 %   154     77 %   527     71 %
                           

Total

    546     100 %   200     100 %   746     100 %
                           
                           

The tables above illustrate the indexed loan to value ratios for defaulted Retail Ireland forborne mortgages. The ratios reflect the application of the CSO index at the applicable reporting date to the portfolio, capital reductions, out of course customer payments and movements in forbearance stock.

Of the defaulted Retail Ireland mortgages with active forbearance measures in place, €0.3 billion or 32% are in positive equity (31 December 2012: €0.2 billion or 29%), while €0.5 billion or 68% are in negative equity at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €0.5 billion or 71%). 34% of the Owner occupied Retail Ireland mortgages (31 December 2012: 32%) and 26% of the Buy to let Retail Ireland mortgages (31 December 2012: 23%) are in positive equity at 31 December 2013.

419


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

RETAIL UK MORTGAGES

The following disclosures refer to the Retail UK mortgage loan book. These provide additional detail and analysis on the composition and quality of this loan book.

The Group has a long established infrastructure for the origination, underwriting and management of its mortgage portfolio. The processes of underwriting through to account management are centralised and no delegated discretions are in operation outside the centralised units. The mortgage process is comprehensively documented process with documentary evidence of key borrower information including an independent valuation of the security property.

Retail UK mortgage origination lending policy and guidelines are subject to annual governance. Each applicant is primarily assessed based on their ability and capacity to repay the loan. In addition to the above, the credit worthiness of the applicant, value of the property and the individual circumstances of the applicant are key factors in the underwriting decision.

At 31 December 2013, lending criteria for the Retail UK mortgage portfolio include:

repayment capacity of the borrower;

loan to value (LTV) limits;

mortgage term duration; and

loan specific terms and conditions.

BOOK COMPOSITION

Loan volumes

TABLE 1
Retail UK mortgages—Volumes
(before impairment provisions)
  31 December
2013
£m
  31 December
2012
£m
 

Standard mortgages

    9,236     10,026  

Buy to let mortgages

    8,302     8,812  

Self certified mortgages

    3,259     3,640  
           

Total Retail UK mortgages

    20,797     22,478  
           
           

Retail UK mortgages were £20.8 billion at 31 December 2013 compared to £22.5 billion at 31 December 2012. The decrease of £1.68 billion or 7.5% reflects muted demand for new mortgages in the early part of the year and a deleveraging programme for existing customers. The Group's withdrawal from the intermediary sourced mortgage market in January 2009 remains in place which continues to impact on new business volumes.

New mortgage business continues to be sourced through the Group's relationship with the UK Post Office and through the branch network in Northern Ireland.

420


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Of the £9.2 billion standard mortgages, 57% are on a 'principal and interest'(1) repayment basis (31 December 2012: 54%). Of the Self certified mortgages of £3.3 billion, 22% are on a 'principal and interest' repayment basis (31 December 2012: 23%). Of the Buy to let mortgages of £8.3 billion, 9% are on a 'principal and interest' repayment basis (31 December 2012: 10%). Overall 68% of the UK Retail mortgage portfolio at 31 December 2013 are on an 'interest only'(2) repayment basis.

(1)
'Principal and interest' repayment basis mortgages consist of mortgages that are contracted to be repaid over the agreed term on an amortising basis. The typical term at origination for these mortgages was 20 to 30 years.

(2)
'Interest only' mortgages consist of mortgages where the repayment consists of the full interest element (or greater) for an agreed period at the end of which the mortgage repayment basis becomes 'principal and interest' contracted to be repaid over the agreed term. 'Interest only' on mortgage products offered in the UK may extend for the full period of the mortgage.

Origination profile

 
  Total Retail UK
mortgage loan book
  Defaulted loans  
TABLE 2
31 December 2013
Origination profile of Retail UK mortgage loan book
(before impairment provisions)
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts(1)
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts(1)
 

1996 and before

    222     6,647     13     349  

1997

    45     1,120     1     23  

1998

    69     1,645     2     35  

1999

    84     2,029     2     25  

2000

    105     2,207     2     34  

2001

    221     3,329     4     41  

2002

    284     3,913     8     80  

2003

    644     7,335     23     177  

2004

    721     7,913     25     188  

2005

    1,794     16,387     53     370  

2006

    2,626     23,144     77     510  

2007

    4,382     36,168     112     758  

2008

    5,454     44,228     159     1,040  

2009

    1,003     8,001     8     66  

2010

    829     5,918     2     16  

2011

    623     4,302     1     8  

2012

    792     4,625         3  

2013

    899     4,909         1  
                   

Total

    20,797     183,820     492     3,724  
                   
                   

(1)
The number of accounts does not equate to the number of customers.

421


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)


 
  Total Retail UK
mortgage loan book
  Defaulted loans  
31 December 2012
Origination profile of Retail UK mortgage loan book
(before impairment provisions)
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts(1)
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts(1)
 

1996 and before

    306     8,759     8     175  

1997

    58     1,383     1     15  

1998

    96     2,137     1     17  

1999

    106     2,408     1     19  

2000

    133     2,642     2     22  

2001

    271     3,926     4     31  

2002

    341     4,563     7     67  

2003

    775     8,816     20     151  

2004

    831     8,892     23     177  

2005

    1,976     17,806     55     386  

2006

    2,904     25,254     69     472  

2007

    4,842     39,368     128     851  

2008

    6,055     48,586     194     1,229  

2009

    1,126     8,727     10     85  

2010

    1,031     6,979     2     14  

2011

    791     5,149     1     6  

2012

    836     4,772         1  
                   

Total

    22,478     200,167     526     3,718  
                   
                   

(1)
The number of accounts does not equate to the number of customers.

The tables above illustrate that at 31 December 2013, £4.2 billion or 20% of the Retail UK mortgage loan book originated before 2006, £12.5 billion or 60% between 2006 and 2008 and £4.1 billion or 20% in the years since.

The fall off in originations since 2008 is primarily due to the Group's withdrawal from the intermediary sourced mortgage market in the UK.

Defaulted Retail UK mortgages were £0.5 billion (31 December 2012: £0.5 billion) or 2% of the Retail UK mortgage loan book at 31 December 2013, of which £0.4 billion or 1.7% were originated between 2006 and 2008.

Risk profile

 
  Standard   Buy to let   Self certified   Total  
TABLE 3a
31 December 2013
Risk profile of Retail UK mortgage loan book
(before impairment provisions)
 
  £m   %   £m   %   £m   %   £m   %  

Neither past due nor impaired

    8,763     94 %   7,885     95 %   2,724     84 %   19,372     94 %

1-90 days past due but not impaired

    327     4 %   249     3 %   357     11 %   933     4 %

Defaulted loans

    146     2 %   168     2 %   178     5 %   492     2 %
                                   

Total Retail UK mortgages

    9,236     100 %   8,302     100 %   3,259     100 %   20,797     100 %
                                   
                                   

422


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)


 
  Standard   Buy to let   Self certified   Total  
31 December 2012
Risk profile of Retail UK mortgage loan book
(before impairment provisions)
 
  £m   %   £m   %   £m   %   £m   %  

Neither past due nor impaired

    9,503     95 %   8,315     95 %   3,057     84 %   20,875     93 %

1-90 days past due but not impaired

    383     4 %   287     3 %   407     11 %   1,077     5 %

Defaulted loans

    140     1 %   210     2 %   176     5 %   526     2 %
                                   

Total Retail UK mortgages

    10,026     100 %   8,812     100 %   3,640     100 %   22,478     100 %
                                   
                                   

The above tables illustrate that £19.4 billion or 94% of the total Retail UK mortgage loan book at 31 December 2013 was classified as 'neither past due nor impaired' compared to £20.9 billion or 93% at 31 December 2012.

The '1-90 days past due but not impaired' category amounted to £0.9 billion or 4% of the total Retail UK mortgage loan book at 31 December 2013 compared to £1.1 billion or 5% at 31 December 2012.

The defaulted loans category amounted to £0.5 billion or 2% of the total Retail UK mortgage loan book at 31 December 2013 compared to £0.5 billion or 2% at 31 December 2012.

Defaulted Standard mortgages increased marginally to £146 million at 31 December 2013 from £140 million at 31 December 2012.

Defaulted Buy to let mortgages reduced from £210 million at 31 December 2012 to £168 million at 31 December 2013 driven by low interest rates and rental increases allowing borrowers to clear arrears.

Defaulted Self certified mortgages remained broadly stable at £178 million at 31 December 2013 compared to £176 million at 31 December 2012.

The Buy to let portfolio reduced by £510 million or 5.8% in 2013 while the Self certified portfolio reduced by £381 million or 10.5% in the same period.

Arrears profile

TABLE 3b
Mortgage arrears—Defaulted loans (number of accounts)
  31 December
2013
%
  30 June
2013
%
  31 December
2012
%
 

Standard mortgages

    1.69 %   1.43 %   1.27 %

Buy to let mortgages

    1.76 %   1.73 %   1.97 %

Self certified mortgages

    4.27 %   4.05 %   3.71 %

 

Mortgage arrears—Defaulted loans (value)
  31 December
2013
%
  30 June
2013
%
  31 December
2012
%
 

Standard mortgages

    1.58 %   1.53 %   1.39 %

Buy to let mortgages

    2.02 %   2.08 %   2.38 %

Self certified mortgages

    5.46 %   5.26 %   4.84 %

Data published by the Council Mortgage Lenders (CML) for December 2013 indicates that the proportion of the Retail UK mortgage book in default (greater than 90 days but excluding possessions and receivership cases) remains below the UK industry average across all segments at 1.68% (Retail UK: 1.48%).

423


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Loan to value profiles—total loans

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Total Retail UK
mortgage portfolio
 
 
  Standard   Buy to let   Self certified  
TABLE 3c
31 December 2013
Loan to value (LTV) ratio
of total Retail UK mortgages
 
  £m   %   £m   %   £m   %   £m   %  

Less than 50%

    1,774     19 %   1,025     12 %   350     11 %   3,149     15 %

51% to 70%

    2,079     22 %   2,901     35 %   885     27 %   5,865     28 %

71% to 80%

    1,916     21 %   1,890     23 %   786     24 %   4,592     22 %

81% to 90%

    1,691     18 %   1,355     16 %   723     22 %   3,769     18 %

91% to 100%

    1,007     11 %   781     10 %   403     13 %   2,191     11 %
                                   

Subtotal

    8,467     91 %   7,952     96 %   3,147     97 %   19,566     94 %

101% to 120%

    634     7 %   283     3 %   93     3 %   1,010     5 %

121% to 150%

    82     1 %   45     1 %   9         136     1 %

Greater than 150%

    53     1 %   22         10         85      
                                   

Subtotal

    769     9 %   350     4 %   112     3 %   1,231     6 %
                                   

Total

    9,236     100 %   8,302     100 %   3,259     100 %   20,797     100 %
                                   
                                   

Weighted average LTV(1):

                                                 

Stock of Retail UK mortgages at year end(1)

          71 %         71 %         73 %         71 %

New Retail UK mortgages during year(1)

          70 %         65 %         n/a           70 %

 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Total Retail UK mortgage portfolio  
 
  Standard   Buy to let   Self certified  
31 December 2012
Loan to value (LTV) ratio
of total Retail UK mortgages
 
  £m   %   £m   %   £m   %   £m   %  

Less than 50%

    1,849     18 %   776     9 %   314     9 %   2,939     13 %

51% to 70%

    1,498     15 %   2,183     24 %   678     19 %   4,359     19 %

71% to 80%

    1,557     16 %   1,986     23 %   746     20 %   4,289     19 %

81% to 90%

    2,033     20 %   1,918     22 %   902     24 %   4,853     22 %

91% to 100%

    1,571     16 %   1,248     14 %   724     20 %   3,543     16 %
                                   

Subtotal

    8,508     85 %   8,111     92 %   3,364     92 %   19,983     89 %

101% to 120%

    1,340     13 %   628     7 %   258     7 %   2,226     10 %

121% to 150%

    126     1 %   54     1 %   13     1 %   193     1 %

Greater than 150%

    52     1 %   19         5         76      
                                   

Subtotal

    1,518     15 %   701     8 %   276     8 %   2,495     11 %
                                   

Total

    10,026     100 %   8,812     100 %   3,640     100 %   22,478     100 %
                                   
                                   

Weighted average LTV(1):

                                                 

Stock of Retail UK mortgages at year end(1)

          76 %         76 %         78 %         76 %

New Retail UK mortgages during year(1)

          77 %         71 %         n/a           76 %

(1)
Weighted Average LTVs are calculated at a property level and reflect the average of property values in proportion to the outstanding mortgage.

The table above sets out the weighted average indexed LTV for the total Retail UK mortgage loan book, which was 71% at 31 December 2013, 71% for Standard mortgages, 73% for Self certified mortgages and 71% for Buy to let mortgages. The weighted average LTV for new Residential mortgages written during 2013 was 70%, 70% for Standard mortgages and 65% for Buy to let mortgages.

424


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Property values are determined by reference to the original or latest property valuations held, indexed to the 'Nationwide UK House Price Index' published by the UK's Nationwide Building Society. In tables 3c and 3d the December 2013 or December 2012 'Nationwide UK House Price Index' as appropriate, is the index applied to the relevant valuations.

At 31 December 2013, £19.6 billion (94%) of the Retail UK mortgage book was in positive equity, comprising £8.5 billion or 91% of Standard mortgages, £8.0 billion or 96% of Buy to let mortgages and £3.1 billion or 97% of Self certified mortgages. This improvement reflects the upward movement in house prices in the year with house prices increasing by 8.4% on average across the UK together with capital reductions and principal repayments.

At 31 December 2013, the total calculated negative equity in the Retail UK mortgage book was £116 million, which comprised £101 million (87%) related to mortgages classified as 'neither past due nor impaired', £5 million (4%) related to mortgages classified as '1-90 days past due but not impaired' and £10 million (9%) related to mortgages that were defaulted.

Loan to value profiles—defaulted loans

 
  Standard   Buy to let   Self certified   Total  
TABLE 3d
31 December 2013
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of total
Retail UK mortgages—defaulted loans
 
  £m   %   £m   %   £m   %   £m   %  

Less than 50%

    28     19 %   10     6 %   6     3 %   44     9 %

51% to 70%

    25     17 %   35     21 %   33     19 %   93     19 %

71% to 80%

    20     14 %   34     20 %   38     21 %   92     19 %

81% to 90%

    25     17 %   30     18 %   43     24 %   98     19 %

91% to 100%

    20     13 %   32     19 %   40     22 %   92     19 %
                                   

Subtotal

    118     80 %   141     84 %   160     89 %   419     85 %

101% to 120%

    21     14 %   20     12 %   12     7 %   53     11 %

121% to 150%

    5     4 %   5     3 %   3     2 %   13     3 %

Greater than 150%

    2     2 %   2     1 %   3     2 %   7     1 %
                                   

Subtotal

    28     20 %   27     16 %   18     11 %   73     15 %
                                   

Total

    146     100 %   168     100 %   178     100 %   492     100 %
                                   
                                   

425


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)


 
  Standard   Buy to let   Self certified   Total  
31 December 2012
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of total
Retail UK mortgages—defaulted loans
 
  £m   %   £m   %   £m   %   £m   %  

Less than 50%

    16     11 %   5     2 %   4     2 %   25     5 %

51% to 70%

    20     14 %   21     10 %   16     9 %   57     11 %

71% to 80%

    19     14 %   30     14 %   27     15 %   76     14 %

81% to 90%

    21     15 %   46     22 %   42     24 %   109     21 %

91% to 100%

    21     15 %   46     22 %   50     28 %   117     22 %
                                   

Subtotal

    97     69 %   148     70 %   139     78 %   384     73 %

101% to 120%

    34     25 %   47     23 %   31     19 %   112     21 %

121% to 150%

    7     5 %   11     5 %   2     1 %   20     4 %

Greater than 150%

    2     1 %   4     2 %   4     2 %   10     2 %
                                   

Subtotal

    43     31 %   62     30 %   37     22 %   142     27 %
                                   

Total

    140     100 %   210     100 %   176     100 %   526     100 %
                                   
                                   

ASSET QUALITY

Composition and impairment

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Of which  
 
  Total  
 
   
   
   
  Impairment
provisions
as % of
defaulted
forborne
Retail UK
mortgages
%
 
TABLE 4
31 December 2013
Retail UK mortgages
  Retail UK
mortgages
£m
  Defaulted
loans
£m
  Defaulted
loans
as % of
advances
%
  Impairment
provisions
£m
  Impairment
provisions
as % of
defaulted
loans
%
  Forborne
Retail UK
mortgages
£m
  Defaulted(1)
forborne
loans
£m
  Impairment
provisions
forborne
Retail UK
mortgages
£m
 

Standard mortgages

    9,236     146     1.6 %   34     23 %   106     10     1     10 %

Buy to let mortgages

    8,302     168     2.0 %   51     30 %   48     3     1     33 %

Self certified mortgages

    3,259     178     5.5 %   31     17 %   78     12     2     17 %
                                       

Total Retail UK

    20,797     492     2.4 %   116     24 %   232     25     4     16 %
                                       
                                       

 

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Of which  
 
  Total  
 
   
   
   
  Impairment
provisions
as % of
defaulted
forborne
Retail UK
mortgages
%
 
31 December 2012
Retail UK mortgages
  Retail UK
mortgages
£m
  Defaulted
loans
£m
  Defaulted
loans
as % of
advances
%
  Impairment
provisions
£m
  Impairment
provisions
as % of
defaulted
loans
%
  Forborne
Retail UK
mortgages
£m
  Defaulted(1)
forborne
loans
£m
  Impairment
provisions
forborne
Retail UK
mortgages
£m
 

Standard mortgages

    10,026     140     1.4 %   34     24 %   129     13     1     8 %

Buy to let mortgages

    8,812     210     2.4 %   55     26 %   51     5     1     20 %

Self certified mortgages

    3,640     176     4.8 %   27     15 %   83     12     1     8 %
                                       

Total Retail UK

    22,478     526     2.3 %   116     22 %   263     30     3     10 %
                                       
                                       

(1)
The 'defaulted loans' classification includes both accounts which were classified as 'defaulted loans' prior to the forbearance measure being put in place and also those loans which have moved from 'non-defaulted' loans during the year. The 'defaulted loans' classification does not indicate that the terms of the forbearance measure are not being met.

426


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

At 31 December 2013 total Retail UK mortgages had decreased by £1.7 billion or 7.5% to £20.8 billion (31 December 2012: £22.5 billion). This decrease is attributable to natural redemption rates and a deleveraging programme.

Defaulted Retail UK mortgages were £492 million at 31 December 2013 compared to £526 million at 31 December 2012 attributable to an increase in Standard mortgages of £6 million and Self certified mortgages of £2 million with a decrease in Buy to let mortgages of £42 million compared to 31 December 2012.

The overall impairment provision coverage ratio on the defaulted Retail UK mortgages book has increased marginally to 24% (31 December 2012: 22%).

Repossessions

At 31 December 2013, the Group had possession of properties held as security as follows:

 
  31 December 2013   31 December 2012  
TABLE 5a
Repossessions
Retail UK mortgages
  Number of
repossessions
at balance
sheet date
  Balance
outstanding
before
impairment
provisions
£m
  Number of
repossessions
at balance
sheet date
  Balance
outstanding
before
impairment
provisions
£m
 

Standard mortgages

    57     8     70     10  

Buy to let mortgages

    79     11     139     19  

Self certified mortgages

    47     10     45     9  
                   

Total residential repossessions

    183     29     254     38  
                   
                   

Disposals of repossessed properties

 
  31 December 2013   31 December 2012  
TABLE 5b
Disposals of repossessions
Retail UK mortgages
  Number of
disposals
during the year
  Balance outstanding
after impairment
provisions
£m
  Number of
disposals
during the year
  Balance outstanding
after impairment
provisions
£m
 

Standard mortgages

    205     19     194     18  

Buy to let mortgages

    314     23     358     30  

Self certified mortgages

    131     19     141     20  
                   

Total residential repossessions

    650     61     693     68  
                   
                   

During the year ending 31 December 2013, the Group disposed of 650 repossessed properties (for the year ending 31 December 2012: 693 repossessed properties disposed of). The total contracted disposal proceeds were adequate to cover the balance outstanding after provisions.

For the year ending 31 December 2013, the proceeds from disposals of Standard mortgages was £22 million (year ended 31 December 2012: £21 million).

For the year ending 31 December 2013, the proceeds from disposals of Buy to let mortgages was £25 million (year ended 31 December 2012: £31 million).

For the year ending 31 December 2013, the proceeds from disposals of Self certified mortgages was £20 million (year ended 31 December 2012: £23 million).

427


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Forbearance measures

Mortgage forbearance

The Group continues to offer a range of forbearance measures for customers in arrears or facing potential arrears on contracted mortgage repayments, in order to arrange, where viable, sustainable short term or longer term repayment solutions as appropriate.

Forbearance occurs when a borrower is granted a temporary or permanent agreed change to the original contractual terms of a mortgage loan ('forbearance measure'), for reasons relating to the actual or apparent financial stress or distress of that borrower. If the agreed change to a mortgage loan granted to a borrower is not related to the actual or apparent financial stress or distress of that borrower, forbearance has not occurred. A mortgage loan which has an active 'forbearance measure' is a 'forborne' mortgage.

The Group has a well-established operating infrastructure in place to assess and, where appropriate, implement sustainable forbearance measures for customers. Forbearance requests are assessed on a case-by-case basis, taking due consideration of the individual circumstances and risk profile of the borrower to ensure, where possible, the most suitable and sustainable repayment arrangement is put in place.

The forbearance strategies adopted by the Group seek to maximise recoveries, while providing suitable and sustainable restructure options that are supportive of customers in challenged circumstances.

A forbearance request, by the borrower, will always be a trigger event for the Group to undertake an assessment of the customer's financial circumstances, ability to repay and impairment status. This assessment will determine the most appropriate course of action ensuring, where possible, the most suitable and sustainable repayment arrangement is put in place. Impaired forborne loans carry a specific provision. Probability of default factors for non-impaired forborne loans are empirically calculated, resulting in an IBNR provision.

It is the Group's policy to review the effectiveness or otherwise of forbearance measures over the lifetime of those measures.

A forbearance measure is considered to be effective where the risk profile of the borrower that is subject to the forbearance measure stabilises or improves over the measured time period, resulting in an improved outcome for the Group and the customer.

The effectiveness of forbearance is considered taking account of:

the strategy that is being followed is with a view to maximising recovery for the Group and providing a suitable option for the customer;

the intended outcome of the particular measure;

the nature of the measure being granted; and

the period over which the measure is granted.

The nature and type of forbearance measures include:

full interest: (step up to principal and interest) on the principal balance, on a temporary or longer term basis, with the principal balance unchanged;

term extension: the original term of the mortgage is extended and the instalment is re-calculated to clear the outstanding mortgage debt over the remaining term;

428


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

capitalisation of arrears: the arrears are added to the principal outstanding on the mortgage and the instalment is recalculated to clear the outstanding mortgage debt over the remaining term; and

other: comprising primarily a combination of forbearance measures and an element of temporary payment suspensions.

During 2013, the total number of new loans entering forbearance was 141 with balances of £15 million with a total of 393 loans £46 million of balances exiting forbearance. Of the loans exiting forbearance 230 repaid their loan in full or in part.

The prominence of interest only as the most common measure is consistent with expectations and reflects the overall UK market. Such concessions are now granted for a period of six months and then reviewed with a view to achieving a sustainable means to repay the mortgage within an agreed time frame. Capitalisations continue to be the least common of forbearance measure.

Although the volume of forborne accounts has reduced from £263 million to £232 million (a decrease of 12%), the distribution of forborne cases across sub-segments based on performance has remained static. As at 31 December 2013, the volume of cases regarded as Satisfactory or Acceptable stood at 69.5% against 68.8% as at 31 December 2012. There was minimal movement in percentage terms across the other sub-segments.

429


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

The table below sets out Retail UK mortgages (before impairment provisions) forborne loan stock1 subject to active forbearance measures at 31 December 2013.

 
  Non-defaulted loans   Defaulted loans2   All loans  
TABLE 6a
31 December 2013
Forbearance measures—Retail UK mortgages
(before impairment provisions)
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts3
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts3
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts3
 

Standard mortgages

                                     

Full interest

    72     656     8     79     80     735  

Term extension

    17     258     1     18     18     276  

Capitalisation of arrears

    5     31     1     4     6     35  

Other

    2     23         4     2     27  
                           

Total

    96     968     10     105     106     1,073  
                           
                           

Buy to let

                                     

Full interest

    22     230     2     16     24     246  

Term extension

    7     62         2     7     64  

Capitalisation of arrears

    15     107     1     4     16     111  

Other

    1     6             1     6  
                           

Total

    45     405     3     22     48     427  
                           
                           

Self certified

                                     

Full interest

    46     345     9     56     55     401  

Term extension

    4     27         1     4     28  

Capitalisation of arrears

    15     61     2     12     17     73  

Other

    1     8     1     4     2     12  
                           

Total

    66     441     12     73     78     514  
                           
                           

Total

                                     

Full interest

    140     1,231     19     151     159     1,382  

Term extension

    28     347     1     21     29     368  

Capitalisation of arrears

    35     199     4     20     39     219  

Other

    4     37     1     8     5     45  
                           

Total

    207     1,814     25     200     232     2,014  
                           
                           

(1)
Comprises the current stock position of forbearance measures (agreed since January 2010), for example, where a mortgage loan is granted a full interest forbearance measure for a defined period of time and this measure has expired prior to 31 December 2013, this mortgage loan is not included in the stock of current active forbearance measures.

(2)
The 'defaulted loans' classification includes both accounts which were classified as 'defaulted loans' prior to the forbearance measure being put in place and also those loans which have moved from 'non-defaulted loans' during the year. The 'defaulted loans' classification does not indicate that the terms of the forbearance measure are not being met.

(3)
The number of accounts does not equate to the number of customers.

430


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Comparative figures have been adjusted where necessary, to conform with changes in presentation or where additional analysis has been provided in the current year.

 
  Non-defaulted loans   Defaulted loans2   All loans  
31 December 2012
Forbearance measures1—Retail UK mortgages
(before impairment provisions)
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts3
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts3
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts3
 

Standard mortgages

                                     

Full interest

    88     785     12     111     100     896  

Term extension

    20     288         8     20     296  

Capitalisation of arrears

    6     34         1     6     35  

Other

    2     16     1     6     3     22  
                           

Total

    116     1,123     13     126     129     1,249  
                           
                           

Buy to let

                                     

Full interest

    24     256     4     27     28     283  

Term extension

    7     56         3     7     59  

Capitalisation of arrears

    14     104     1     9     15     113  

Other

    1     8             1     8  
                           

Total

    46     424     5     39     51     463  
                           
                           

Self certified

                                     

Full interest

    51     381     10     61     61     442  

Term extension

    3     24             3     24  

Capitalisation of arrears

    15     63     2     10     17     73  

Other

    2     11         4     2     15  
                           

Total

    71     479     12     75     83     554  
                           
                           

Total

                                     

Full interest

    163     1,422     26     199     189     1,621  

Term extension

    30     368         11     30     379  

Capitalisation of arrears

    35     201     3     20     38     221  

Other

    5     35     1     10     6     45  
                           

Total

    233     2,026     30     240     263     2,266  
                           
                           

(1)
Comprises the current stock position of forbearance measures (agreed since January 2010), for example, where a mortgage loan is granted a full interest forbearance measure for a defined period of time and this measure has expired prior to 31 December 2012, this mortgage loan is not included in the stock of current active forbearance measures.

(2)
The 'defaulted loans' classification includes both accounts which were classified as 'defaulted loans' prior to the forbearance measure being put in place and also those loans which have moved from 'non-defaulted loans' during the year. The 'defaulted loans' classification does not indicate that the terms of the forbearance measure are not being met.

(3)
The number of accounts does not equate to the number of customers.

Comparative figures have been adjusted where necessary, to conform with changes in presentation or where additional analysis has been provided in the current year.

The volume and number of forborne accounts at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012 are set out in Table 6a. This is a point in time reflection of forbearance positions and movement in forbearance over the period. 2013 opened with 2,266 accounts (£263 million) where forbearance had been granted. This reduced to 2,014 accounts (£232 million) by the end of 2013.

431


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Overall the number and balances of accounts in forbearance have decreased. In addition the number of accounts in default has also reduced from £30 million of balances (240 accounts) at 31 December 2012 to £25 million at 31 December 2013. This is a reflection of the current low interest rate environment and an active review and customer contact programme.

The level of forborne loans at 31 December 2013 represents 1.1% of the total book a small reduction from 1.2% at 31 December 2012.

The number of accounts in forbearance has decreased from 2,226 at 31 December 2012 to 2,014 accounts at 31 December 2013. The balances on accounts in forbearance have also reduced from £263 million to £232 million over the same period. Accepting payments of interest only for a defined period is the largest forbearance measure employed with 1,382 accounts at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 1,621 accounts), followed by term extensions with 368 accounts at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 379 accounts). For Standard mortgages 1,073 accounts or £106 million are in forbearance at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 1,249 accounts or £129 million). For Buy to let mortgages, 427 accounts or £48 million are in forbearance at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 463 accounts or £51 million). For Self certified mortgages, 514 accounts or £78 million are in forbearance at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 554 accounts or £83 million).

At 31 December 2013, £159 million or 1,382 Retail UK Residential mortgage accounts were subject to interest only payments, compared to £189 million or 1,621 accounts at 31 December 2012.

At 31 December 2013, £29 million or 368 Retail UK Residential mortgage accounts were subject to term extension, compared to £30 million or 379 accounts at 31 December 2012. These loans may have been granted a temporary term extension pending sale of the property or maturity of a repayment vehicle.

At 31 December 2013, £39 million or 219 Retail UK Residential mortgage accounts were subject to capitalisation of arrears, compared to £38 million or 221 accounts at 31 December 2012.

In addition to the forbearance pertaining to the Buy to let mortgages, the Group has a strategy to appoint fixed charge receivers. At 31 December 2013, there were 272 properties where a Fixed Charge Receiver had been appointed or approved, compared to 408 properties at 31 December 2012.

432


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

The following table shows the movement in the stock of forborne Retail UK mortgages (before impairment provisions) during the year ended 31 December 2013.

 
  Standard mortgages   Buy to let   Self certified   All loans  
TABLE 6b
Reconciliation of forborne loan stock
by non-default/default status—
Retail UK mortgages
(before impairment provisions)
 
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts(1)
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts(1)
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts(1)
  Balance
£m
  Number of
accounts(1)
 

All loans

                                                 

Opening balance at 1 January 2013

    129     1,249     51     463     83     554     263     2,266  

New forbearance extended

    9     93     1     15     5     33     15     141  

Exited forbearance

                                                 

—Improved to or remained in non-default

    (13 )   (109 )   (1 )   (10 )   (3 )   (27 )   (17 )   (146 )

—Improved/stabilised and remained in default

        (6 )       (2 )       (5 )       (13 )

—Disimproved to or within default

    (1 )   (3 )               (1 )   (1 )   (4 )

—Redemptions, principal repayments and other

    (18 )   (151 )   (3 )   (39 )   (7 )   (40 )   (28 )   (230 )

Transfers within forbearance between non-defaulted and defaulted loans

                                 
                                   

Closing balance at 31 December 2013

    106     1,073     48     427     78     514     232     2,014  
                                   
                                   

Non-defaulted loans

                                                 

Opening balance at 1 January 2013

    116     1,123     46     424     71     479     233     2,026  

New forbearance extended

    9     83     1     14     3     23     13     120  

Exited forbearance

                                                 

—Remained in non-default

    (12 )   (100 )   (1 )   (8 )   (3 )   (25 )   (16 )   (133 )

—Disimproved to default

                        (1 )       (1 )

—Redemptions, principal repayments and other

    (16 )   (131 )   (3 )   (35 )   (5 )   (34 )   (24 )   (200 )

Transfers within forbearance between non-defaulted and defaulted loans

    (1 )   (7 )   2     10         (1 )   1     2  
                                   

Closing balance at 31 December 2013

    96     968     45     405     66     441     207     1,814  
                                   
                                   

Defaulted loans

                                                 

Opening balance at 1 January 2013

    13     126     5     39     12     75     30     240  

New forbearance extended

        10         1     2     10     2     21  

Exited forbearance

                                                 

—Improved to non-default

    (1 )   (9 )       (2 )       (2 )   (1 )   (13 )

—Improved/stabilised and remained in default

        (6 )       (2 )       (5 )       (13 )

—Disimproved and remained in default

    (1 )   (3 )                   (1 )   (3 )

—Redemptions, principal repayments and other

    (2 )   (20 )       (4 )   (2 )   (6 )   (4 )   (30 )

Transfers within forbearance between non-defaulted and defaulted loans

    1     7     (2 )   (10 )       1     (1 )   (2 )
                                   

Closing balance at 31 December 2013

    10     105     3     22     12     73     25     200  
                                   
                                   

(1)
The number of accounts does not equate to the number of customers.

The table above illustrates the movement in forborne accounts and balances between 1 January 2013 and 31 December 2013 and illustrates the following:.

Those accounts for which new forbearance measures were put in place during the year;

Those accounts which exited forbearance measures during the year, either:

Improved to or remained in non-default

Improved/stabilised and remained in default

433


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Disimproved to or within default

Redeemed (i.e. whereby the outstanding balance has been repaid in full) or balances reduced due to principal repayments (i.e. payments made to reduce the outstanding loan balance on accounts which were in the forbearance stock at 1 January 2013 and remained in forbearance stock at 31 December 2013); and

Those accounts and balances which transferred between non-defaulted loans and defaulted loans but remained in forbearance.

The defaulted loan classification does not indicate that the terms of the forbearance measure have not been met. The non-default/default status of accounts which exited forbearance during the year is determined at the date of exit.

A total of 2,014 accounts or £232 million of account balances were in forbearance at 31 December 2013, compared to 2,266 or £263 million at 31 December 2012. Of these, 141 accounts or £15 million new forbearance measures were put in place during the year, of which 120 accounts or £13 million were classified as 'non-defaulted loans' while 21 accounts or £2 million were classified as 'defaulted loans'. Of those that exited forbearance during the year, 146 accounts or £17 million exited to non-default status, 13 accounts remained in default with an improved or stabilised status, and 4 accounts or £1 million within default with disimproved status. A reduction in the forbearance stock of 230 accounts relates to redeemed accounts during the year; a reduction of £28 million was due to those redeemed accounts and principle payments during the year.

For standard mortgages, 1,073 accounts or £106 million of account balances were in forbearance at 31 December 2013, compared to 1,249 accounts or £129 million at 31 December 2012.

For Buy to let mortgages 427 accounts or £48 million of account balances were in forbearance at 31 December 2013, compared to 463 accounts or £51 million at 31 December 2012.

For self-certified mortgages 514 accounts or £78 million of account balances were in forbearance at 31 December 2013, compared to 554 accounts or £83 million at 31 December 2012.

Loan to value profiles—forborne loans

 
  Standard   Buy to let   Self certified   Total  
TABLE 7a
31 December 2013
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of forborne
Retail UK mortgages
 
  £m   %   £m   %   £m   %   £m   %  

Less than 50%

    26     25 %   8     17 %   8     10 %   42     18 %

51% to 70%

    24     23 %   16     33 %   20     25 %   60     26 %

71% to 80%

    12     11 %   9     19 %   16     21 %   37     16 %

81% to 90%

    17     16 %   7     15 %   20     26 %   44     19 %

91% to 100%

    14     13 %   5     10 %   9     12 %   28     12 %
                                   

Subtotal

    93     88 %   45     94 %   73     94 %   211     91 %

101% to 120%

    10     9 %   2     4 %   4     5 %   16     7 %

121% to 150%

    2     2 %   1     2 %   1     1 %   4     2 %

Greater than 150%

    1     1 %                   1      
                                   

Subtotal

    13     12 %   3     6 %   5     6 %   21     9 %
                                   

Total

    106     100 %   48     100 %   78     100 %   232     100 %
                                   
                                   

434


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)


 
  Standard   Buy to let   Self certified   Total  
31 December 2012
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of forborne
Retail UK mortgages
 
  £m   %   £m   %   £m   %   £m   %  

Less than 50%

    28     22 %   6     12 %   8     10 %   42     16 %

51% to 70%

    28     22 %   15     29 %   18     22 %   61     23 %

71% to 80%

    16     12 %   10     20 %   14     17 %   40     15 %

81% to 90%

    16     12 %   8     16 %   21     25 %   45     17 %

91% to 100%

    20     16 %   8     16 %   16     19 %   44     17 %
                                   

Subtotal

    108     84 %   47     93 %   77     93 %   232     88 %

101% to 120%

    17     13 %   3     5 %   6     7 %   26     10 %

121% to 150%

    3     2 %   1     2 %           4     2 %

Greater than 150%

    1     1 %                   1      
                                   

Subtotal

    21     16 %   4     7 %   6     7 %   31     12 %
                                   

Total

    129     100 %   51     100 %   83     100 %   263     100 %
                                   
                                   

The tables above illustrate the indexed loan to value ratios for Retail UK forborne mortgages. The ratios reflect the application of the Nationwide Building Society House Price Index at the applicable reporting date on the portfolio, capital reductions, out of course customer payments and movements in forbearance stock.

Of the Retail UK mortgages with active forbearance measures in place £211 million or 91% are in positive equity (31 December 2012: £232 million or 88%) while £21 million or 9% are in negative equity at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: £31 million or 12%). 88% of forborne standard mortgages (31 December 2012: 84%), 94% of forborne Buy to let mortgages (31 December 2012: 93%) and 94% of Self certified mortgages (31 December 2012: 93%) are in positive equity at 31 December 2013.

Loan to value profiles—defaulted forborne loans

 
  Standard   Buy to let   Self certified   Total  
TABLE 7b
31 December 2013
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of forborne
Retail UK mortgages—defaulted loans
 
  £m   %   £m   %   £m   %   £m   %  

Less than 50%

    3     30 %   1     33 %           4     16 %

51% to 70%

    2     20 %   1     34 %   3     25 %   6     24 %

71% to 80%

    1     10 %           2     17 %   3     12 %

81% to 90%

    1     10 %           3     25 %   4     16 %

91% to 100%

    1     10 %           2     17 %   3     12 %
                                   

Subtotal

    8     80 %   2     67 %   10     84 %   20     80 %

101% to 120%

    2     20 %           1     8 %   3     12 %

121% to 150%

                                 

Greater than 150%

            1     33 %   1     8 %   2     8 %
                                   

Subtotal

    2     20 %   1     33 %   2     16 %   5     20 %
                                   

Total

    10     100 %   3     100 %   12     100 %   25     100 %
                                   
                                   

435


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)


 
  Standard   Buy to let   Self certified   Total  
31 December 2012
Loan to value (LTV) ratio of forborne
Retail UK mortgages—defaulted loans
 
  £m   %   £m   %   £m   %   £m   %  

Less than 50%

    2     15 %   1     20 %           3     10 %

51% to 70%

    2     16 %   1     20 %   2     17 %   5     17 %

71% to 80%

    2     15 %           2     17 %   4     13 %

81% to 90%

    1     8 %   2     40 %   3     25 %   6     20 %

91% to 100%

    2     15 %   1     20 %   4     33 %   7     23 %
                                   

Subtotal

    9     69 %   5     100 %   11     92 %   25     83 %

101% to 120%

    3     23 %           1     8 %   4     14 %

121% to 150%

    1     8 %                   1     3 %

Greater than 150%

                                 
                                   

Subtotal

    4     31 %           1     8 %   5     17 %
                                   

Total

    13     100 %   5     100 %   12     100 %   30     100 %
                                   
                                   

The tables above illustrate that the volume of forborne loans which are in default has reduced from £30 million as at 31 December 2012 to £25 million as at 31 December 2013, however, the volume of defaulted forborne loans which are in negative equity has remained constant at £5 million. The reduction in the balance of defaulted forborne loans has come from the standard and Buy to let segments.

LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS (EXCLUDING RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES)

The following disclosures refer to the forbearance of the loans and advances to customers (excluding Residential mortgages). These provide additional detail and analysis on the quality of the stock of forborne loans.

Asset quality

Forbearance measures

The Group continues to extend significant support to customers who are experiencing current difficulties in meeting their debt servicing commitments by restructuring loans on a sustainable basis using a range of short term and longer term forbearance solutions.

The range of forbearance solutions employed by the Group varies depending on the individual circumstances of the customer, and may result in an amendment to the timing of the contractual cash flows and/or an amendment to the other terms of a loan. Typically, a breach or expected breach of covenants is the first early indication of a borrower's actual or potential difficulty with servicing debt commitments. Therefore adjustment, non-enforcement or waiver of covenant(s) is frequently an important constituent part of a resolution strategy agreed with a customer, particularly in loan portfolios where covenants are a standard feature of facility agreements. These 'covenant forbearance' arrangements (for example, a waiver of a loan-to-value covenant breach) are unlikely, of themselves, to result in an impact to the timing of contractual cash flows. Other forbearance arrangements are more likely to have a direct impact on the timing of cash flows.

Forbearance alone is not necessarily an indicator of impairment but will always be a trigger event for the Group to undertake an assessment of the customer's financial circumstances and ability to repay. This assessment to determine if impairment has occurred and if a specific provision is required will always take place prior to a decision to grant forbearance to the customer. Where a loan is subject to forbearance and

436


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

no specific provision is required, the loan is reported as forborne. However, where a specific provision is required, the loan is reported as impaired and is no longer reported as forborne.

Forbearance effectiveness

It is the Group's policy to measure the effectiveness or otherwise of forbearance measures over the lifetime of those measures.

A forbearance measure is considered to be effective where the risk profile of the borrower that is subject to the forbearance measure stabilises or improves over the measured time period, resulting in an improved outcome for the Group and for the customer.

The performance of forbearance measures is measured taking account of:

the strategy that is being followed with the customer with a view to maximising recovery for the Group and providing a suitable option for the customer;

the intended outcome of the particular measure;

the nature of the measure being granted; and

the period over which the measure is granted.

Each business unit within the Group has an operating infrastructure in place to assess and, where appropriate, implement suitable forbearance arrangements. Such arrangements are implemented on either a temporary or a permanent basis. Temporary forbearance occurs where the measure has a specific term and will expire at some point in the future in advance of maturity of the loan. Permanent forbearance occurs where the measure is intended to remain in place for the remainder of the loan term.

The choice of forbearance measure is considered on a case by case basis bearing in mind the individual circumstance and risk profile of each borrower.

An exposure is restored to 'non-forborne' status for reporting purposes on the expiration date of the forbearance measure.

The nature and type of forbearance measures include:

Term extension:  an arrangement where the original term of the loan is extended, all interest is fully serviced and a revised repayment arrangement is agreed for the principal balance;

Adjustment or non-enforcement of covenants:  an arrangement whereby the Group agrees to either waive an actual or expected covenant breach for an agreed period, or adjusts the covenant(s) to reflect the changed circumstances of the borrower;

Facilities in breach of terms placed on demand:  an arrangement whereby the Group places a facility in breach of its contractual terms on a demand basis as permitted under the facility agreement rather than enforcing, and pending a more long term resolution;

Reduced payments (full interest):  an arrangement where the borrower pays the full interest on the principal balance, on a temporary or longer term basis, with the principal balance unchanged, rather than repaying some of the principal as required under the original facility agreement;

Reduced payments (greater than full interest) incorporating some principal repayments:  a temporary or medium term arrangement where the borrower pays the full interest due plus an element of principal due on the basis that principal payments will increase in the future;

437


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Capitalisation of arrears:  an arrangement whereby arrears are added to the principal balance, effectively clearing the arrears, with either the repayments or the original term of the loan adjusted accordingly to accommodate the increased principal balance; and

Other:  Additional, less frequently applied, forbearance arrangements include short term/temporary payment suspensions.

At 31 December 2013, the stock of forborne loans and advances to customers(1) (excluding Residential mortgages), analysed by forbearance type is as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
Table 1 (unaudited)
Formal forbearance measures—Loans and advances to customers (excluding Residential mortgages) (before impairment provisions)
  Non-defaulted
loans(1)
balance
€m
  Defaulted
loans(2)
balance
€m
  Total loans
balance
€m
  Non-defaulted
loans(1)
balance
€m
  Defaulted
loans(2)
balance
€m
  Total loans
balance
€m
 

Republic of Ireland SME

                                     

Term extension

    615     64     679     494     100     594  

Adjustment or non-enforcement of covenants

    106     10     116     47     17     64  

Facilities in breach of terms placed on demand

    17     47     64     7     15     22  

Reduced payment (full interest)

    228     50     278     215     116     331  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    225     52     277     169     73     242  

Capitalisation of arrears

    27     9     36     7     2     9  

Other

    23     14     37     104     36     140  
                           

Total

    1,241     246     1,487     1,043     359     1,402  
                           
                           

UK SME

                                     

Term extension

    65     14     79     156     26     182  

Adjustment or non-enforcement of covenants

    64         64     49     3     52  

Facilities in breach of terms placed on demand

    5     14     19     26     23     49  

Reduced payment (full interest)

    22     13     35     31     23     54  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    39         39     59     5     64  

Capitalisation of arrears

        1     1     1     1     2  

Other

    54     2     56     46         46  
                           

Total

    249     44     293     368     81     449  
                           
                           

Corporate

                                     

Term extension

    441         441     538         538  

Adjustment or non-enforcement of covenants

    648         648     704         704  

Facilities in breach of terms placed on demand

                         

Reduced payment (full interest)

    9         9     9         9  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    9         9     1         1  

Capitalisation of arrears

    13         13     17         17  

Other

    246         246     79         79  
                           

Total

    1,366         1,366     1,348         1,348  
                           
                           

Investment property

                                     

Term extension

    2,532     305     2,837     1,866     187     2,053  

Adjustment or non-enforcement of covenants

    683     4     687     1,153     45     1,198  

Facilities in breach of terms placed on demand

    173     22     195     390     519     909  

Reduced payment (full interest)

    156     46     202     129     87     216  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    309     38     347     205     63     268  

Capitalisation of arrears

    17     61     78     28     50     78  

Other

    247     18     265     55     24     79  
                           

Total

    4,117     494     4,611     3,826     975     4,801  
                           
                           

(1)
Non-defaulted loans include loans that are neither past due nor impaired and loans that are up to and including 90 days past due. Defaulted loans include only those loans that are greater than 90 days past due but do not require a specific provision. Loans that have a specific provision are classified as impaired and are not included in the non-mortgage forbearance population.

(2)
Defaulted loans include both accounts which were classified as defaulted loans prior to the forbearance measure being put in place and those loans which have moved from non-defaulted loans during the year. The defaulted loans classification does not indicate that the terms of the forbearance measure are not being met.

438


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

 
  2013   2012  
Formal forbearance measures—Loans and advances to customers (excluding Residential mortgages) (before impairment provisions)
  Non-defaulted
loans(1)
balance
€m
  Defaulted
loans(2)
balance
€m
  Total loans
balance
€m
  Non-defaulted
loans(1)
balance
€m
  Defaulted
loans(2)
balance
€m
  Total loans
balance
€m
 

Land and development

                                     

Term extension

    163     49     212     103     69     172  

Adjustment or non-enforcement of covenants

                13         13  

Facilities in breach of terms placed on demand

    2     31     33     41     12     53  

Reduced payment (full interest)

    16     4     20     13     26     39  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    5     2     7     6     8     14  

Capitalisation of arrears

                    1     1  

Other

    4     3     7     10     9     19  
                           

Total

    190     89     279     186     125     311  
                           
                           

Consumer

                                     

Term extension

    165         165     212         212  

Adjustment or non-enforcement of covenants

                         

Facilities in breach of terms placed on demand

                         

Reduced payment (full interest)

                         

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

                1         1  

Capitalisation of arrears

                         

Other

                         
                           

Total

    165         165     213         213  
                           
                           

Total

                                     

Term extension

    3,981     432     4,413     3,369     382     3,751  

Adjustment or non-enforcement of covenants

    1,501     14     1,515     1,966     65     2,031  

Facilities in breach of terms placed on demand

    197     114     311     464     569     1,033  

Reduced payment (full interest)

    431     113     544     397     252     649  

Reduced payment (greater than full interest)

    587     92     679     441     149     590  

Capitalisation of arrears

    57     71     128     53     54     107  

Other

    574     37     611     294     69     363  
                           

Total

    7,328     873     8,201     6,984     1,540     8,524  
                           
                           

(1)
Non-defaulted loans include loans that are neither past due nor impaired and loans that are up to and including 90 days past due. Defaulted loans include only those loans that are greater than 90 days past due but do not require a specific provision. Loans that have a specific provision are classified as impaired and are not included in the non-mortgage forbearance population.

(2)
Defaulted loans include both accounts which were classified as defaulted loans prior to the forbearance measure being put in place and those loans which have moved from non-defaulted loans during the year. The defaulted loans classification does not indicate that the terms of the forbearance measure are not being met.

The Group's loans and advances to customers (excluding Residential mortgages) at 31 December 2013 were €41.1 billion before impairment provisions (31 December 2012: €45.1 billion), of which €8.2 billion or 20% was classified and reported as forborne (31 December 2012: €8.5 billion or 19%). Property and construction exposures represent 60% of all forborne loans (excluding Residential mortgages) at

439


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

31 December 2013, 38% relate to non-property SME and Corporate lending, with Consumer Lending representing just 2% of forborne loans at 31 December 2013. The percentage of loans classified and reported as forborne and the percentage split of such forborne loans by portfolio have remained broadly consistent with the position at 31 December 2012.

The total volume of forborne loans reduced by €0.3 billion during the year. Within the total stock of forborne loans, there was an increase in the volume of loans where term extension was the principal forbearance measure granted and a reduction in the volume of loans where the waiver of covenants or placing a facility on demand was the principal forbearance measure granted. This trend is consistent with an increasing proportion of customers that are experiencing financial difficulties moving from temporary to longer term forbearance measures during the year, in line with the Group's overall strategy in this area.

The increase in other forbearance measures during the year reflected the impact of new forbearance measures granted in the restructuring of a small number of large syndicated corporate transactions.

Further information on the movements in forborne loans during the year is set out later in this section.

Total loans and advances to customers in the non-property SME and Corporate portfolio at 31 December 2013 were €21.5 billion before impairment provisions, of which €3.1 billion or 15% was classified and reported as forborne (31 December 2012: €3.2 billion or 14%). Customers in the non-property SME and Corporate sector have a number of options typically available to deal with adverse trading conditions, particularly in times of depressed economic conditions in their primary markets, such as reducing operating overheads, sourcing new markets, asset sales and renegotiating terms with suppliers, before their ability to continue to meet their debt servicing commitments is at risk.

Within the non-property SME and Corporate portfolio, the total Republic of Ireland SME loans and advances to customers before impairment provisions at 31 December 2013 were €10.3 billion, of which €1.5 billion or 14% was classified and reported as forborne (31 December 2012: €1.4 billion or 13%). Term extension is the primary forbearance measure within the Republic of Ireland SME portfolio, accounting for 46% of forborne loans at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 42%) with reduced payment (full interest) accounting for 19% (31 December 2012: 24%) and a further 19% accounted for by reduced repayment (greater than full interest) (31 December 2012: 17%).

Forbearance resolution strategies for the Group's Republic of Ireland SME lending are assessed on a case-by-case basis taking account of the individual customer's circumstances and risk profile. Short term resolution arrangements are typically implemented in cases where a customer's cash flow difficulties are considered to be only short term in nature and are expected to improve in the near term due to a change in the customer's operating circumstances. Where cash flow difficulties are considered more long term, and where all other available options of dealing with adverse trading conditions have been considered, longer term forbearance solutions, such as term extensions, are implemented. The longer term strategies look to potential cash flows over a longer time horizon.

The total UK SME loans and advances to customers before impairment provisions at 31 December 2013 were €3.3 billion, of which €0.3 billion or 9% was classified and reported as forborne (31 December 2012: €0.4 billion or 13%). Within the UK SME portfolio, term extension and loan covenant amendments/waivers are the two primary forbearance measures, accounting for a combined 49% of forborne loans at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 52%).

The total Corporate loans and advances to customers before impairment provisions at 31 December 2013 were €7.9 billion, of which €1.4 billion or 17% was classified and reported as forborne (31 December 2012: €1.3 billion or 16%). Loan covenant amendments/waivers account for 47% of forborne loans with term

440


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

extensions accounting for a further 32% at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 52% and 40% respectively).

Covenants are a standard feature of most facilities originated within the corporate lending portfolio given the larger, structured nature of the facilities. Typically, breach of covenant is the first early indication of actual or potential financial difficulties of a borrower and, as such, a waiver or resetting of covenant levels is frequently an important element of any resolution strategy agreed with a borrower to address its new operating circumstances. Where a waiver or resetting of covenants of itself is not sufficient to address a borrower's financial difficulties, and given the relatively shorter term maturity profile of the portfolio, extension of the loan term represents the main alternative solution to assist customers that are experiencing financial difficulties.

In the Investment property portfolio, total loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2013 were €13.6 billion before impairment provisions, of which €4.6 billion or 34% was classified and reported as forborne (31 December 2012: €4.8 billion or 31%). Defaulted forborne loans were €0.5 billion (or 11% of total forborne loans) as at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €1.0 billion or 20%). The reduction in defaulted loans of €0.5 billion primarily reflected facilities placed on demand transferring to other longer term forbearance measures or being specifically provisioned during the year.

Term extension is the primary forbearance measure within both the RoI and UK Investment property portfolios, accounting for 62% of total forborne loans at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: 43%), with covenant amendments/waivers accounting for 15% (31 December 2012: 25%), and facilities placed on demand accounting for 4% (31 December 2012: 19%). Given the maturity profile and structuring of the facilities in this portfolio, extending the term of a facility and/or amending or adjusting the covenants are the most common longer term arrangements utilised, in particular, in times of reduced market liquidity where refinancing options are limited and short term forced collateral sales unattractive.

The level of the Group's Land and development portfolio classified and reported as forborne, €0.3 billion or 9% at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €0.3 billion or 9%), is reflective of the challenged nature of this sector which has seen significant declines in land values resulting in the majority of the portfolio being already specifically provisioned.

Total loans and advances to customers in the Consumer portfolio at 31 December 2013 were €2.8 billion before impairment provisions, of which €0.2 billion or 6% was classified and reported as forborne (31 December 2012: €0.2 billion or 6%). The €0.2 billion of forborne balances at 31 December 2013 relate to personal loans that have had their term extended as part of a consolidated debt restructure.

441


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

 
  Non-property SME and Corporate   Property and Construction    
   
 
Table 2
31 December 2013
Reconciliation of forborne loan stock by non-default/default status—Loans and advances to customers (excluding Residential mortgages) (before impairment provisions)
  Republic of
Ireland SME €m
  UK SME
€m
  Corporate
€m
  Investment
property
€m
  Land and
development
€m
  Consumer
€m
  All loans
€m
 

All loans

                                           

Opening balance at 1 January 2013

    1,402     449     1,348     4,801     311     213     8,524  

New forbearance extended

    612     71     508     1,119     98     40     2,448  

Exited forbearance

                                           

Improved to or remained in non-default

    (125 )   (38 )   (115 )   (186 )   (2 )       (466 )

Remained in/disimproved to default without specific provision

    (12 )   (26 )       (105 )   (7 )       (150 )

Disimproved to default with specific provision

    (160 )   (27 )   (190 )   (529 )   (62 )   (16 )   (984 )

Redemptions, principal repayments and other

    (195 )   (138 )   (349 )   (334 )   (83 )   (72 )   (1,171 )

Transfers within forbearance between non-defaulted and defaulted loans

                             

Transfers between sub product class

    (35 )   2     164     (155 )   24          
                               

Closing balance at 31 December 2013

    1,487     293     1,366     4,611     279     165     8,201  
                               
                               

Non-defaulted loans

                                           

Opening balance at 1 January 2013

    1,043     368     1,348     3,826     186     213     6,984  

New forbearance extended

    481     63     508     982     57     40     2,131  

Exited forbearance

                                           

Remained in non-default

    (122 )   (34 )   (115 )   (161 )   (2 )       (434 )

Disimproved to default without specific

                                           

provision

    (4 )   (24 )       (31 )   (6 )       (65 )

Disimproved to default with specific provision

    (65 )   (16 )   (190 )   (169 )   (12 )   (16 )   (468 )

Redemptions, principal repayments and other

    (139 )   (126 )   (349 )   (195 )   (55 )   (72 )   (936 )

Transfers within forbearance between non-defaulted and defaulted loans

    79     18         21     (2 )       116  

Transfers between sub product class

    (32 )       164     (156 )   24          
                               

Closing balance at 31 December 2013

    1,241     249     1,366     4,117     190     165     7,328  
                               
                               

Defaulted loans

                                           

Opening balance at 1 January 2013

    359     81         975     125         1,540  

New forbearance extended

    131     8         137     41         317  

Exited forbearance

                                           

Improved to non-default

    (3 )   (4 )       (25 )           (32 )

Remained in default without specific provision

    (8 )   (2 )       (74 )   (1 )       (85 )

Disimproved to default with specific provision

    (95 )   (11 )       (360 )   (50 )       (516 )

Redemptions, principal repayments and other

    (56 )   (12 )       (139 )   (28 )       (235 )

Transfers within forbearance between non-defaulted and defaulted loans

    (79 )   (18 )       (21 )   2         (116 )

Transfers between sub product class

    (3 )   2         1              
                               

Closing balance at 31 December 2013

    246     44         494     89         873  
                               
                               

Non-defaulted loans include loans that are neither past due nor impaired and loans that are up to and including 90 days past due. Defaulted loans include only those loans that are greater than 90 days past due but do not require a specific provision. Loans that have a specific provision are classified as impaired and are not included in the non-mortgage forbearance population.

At 31 December 2013, €8.2 billion of the Group's loans and advances to customers (excluding Residential mortgages) were classified and reported as forborne. This represented a reduction of €0.3 billion from the level classified and reported as forborne at 31 December 2012.

442


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

The reduction in forborne loans during the year reflected the fact that €2.8 billion of forborne loans exited forbearance during the year while €2.5 billion of loans were granted new forbearance during the year.

Term extensions and loan covenant amendments/waivers were the most common principal forbearance measure utilised for new forborne loans during the year. This is consistent with experience in previous years and the nature of the underlying portfolios, which include a large proportion of loans that have shorter term maturities and financial covenants, as part of the facility terms, to facilitate improved credit management of these portfolios.

Of the new forborne loans during the year, €1.1 billion or 46% was from the Group's Investment property portfolio, €0.6 billion or 25% was from the Republic of Ireland SME loan portfolio and €0.5 billion or 21% was from the Corporate portfolio.

Of the loans that exited forbearance during the year, €0.5 billion improved to or remained in non-default. €434 million, or 93% of these loans, had been categorised as non-default at 31 December 2012, and, €32 million categorised as default at 31 December 2012 improved to non-default. €150 million in forborne loans remained in or dis-improved to default without a specific provision. €105 million or 70% of these loans were in the Investment portfolio.

€0.98 billion in forborne loans dis-improved to default with a specific provision, of these €0.51 billion or 52% had been classified as default at 31 December 2012. The Investment property portfolio accounted for 54% of the total, with 19% from Corporate and 16% from Republic of Ireland SME portfolios.

When a specific provision is raised on a forborne loan, the loan ceases to be classified as forborne. It is expected that most loans that ultimately require a specific provision will previously have experienced a breach of loan terms and, in a large proportion of these cases, some element of forbearance will have been granted in order to provide flexibility to both the Group and the borrower to explore the optimum solution for both parties.

The volume of loans that exited forbearance during the year due to repayment, redemptions or sales reflected the impact of an improvement in market conditions and liquidity in the Group's principal markets during the year. €0.7 billion or 58% of these movements were in the Investment property and Corporate portfolios.

At 31 December 2013 €0.9 billion or 11% of total forborne loans were classified as default (31 December 2012: €1.5 billion or 18%). The reduction in forborne loans classified as default of €0.7 billion reflected the fact that a larger proportion of these forborne loans required a specific provision during the year and the fact that a higher proportion of forborne facilities transferred to longer term or permanent forbearance solutions during the year.

443


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)


OTHER DISCLOSURES

TARGET 2

1.     On 15 February 2008 a first floating charge was placed in favour of the Central Bank of Ireland (CBI) over all Bank of Ireland's right, title, interest and benefit, present and future, in and to the balances now or at any time standing to the credit of Bank of Ireland's account held as a TARGET 2 participant with the CBI (the Charged Property) where TARGET 2 is a real time gross settlement system for payments in euro with settlement in central bank money.

This floating charge contains a provision whereby during the subsistence of the security, otherwise than with the prior written consent of the CBI, Bank of Ireland shall:

(a)
not create or attempt to create or permit to arise or subsist any encumbrance on or over the charged property or any part thereof; or

(b)
not, otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, sell, transfer, lend or otherwise dispose of the charged property or any part thereof or attempt or agree to do so whether by means of one or a number of transactions related or not and whether at one time or over a period of time.

2.     On 15 February 2008 a first floating charge was placed in favour of the CBI over all Bank of Ireland's right, title, interest and benefit, present and future, in and to certain segregated securities (the Charged Property) listed in an Eligible Securities Schedule kept by Bank of Ireland for purposes of participating in TARGET 2 where TARGET 2 is a real time gross settlement system for payments in euro with settlement in central bank money.

This floating charge contains a provision whereby during the subsistence of the security, otherwise than with the prior written consent of the CBI, Bank of Ireland shall:

(a)
not create or attempt to create or permit to arise or subsist any encumbrance on or over the charged property or any part thereof; or

(b)
not, otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, sell, transfer, lend or otherwise dispose of the Charged Property or any part thereof or attempt or agree to do so whether by means of one or a number of transactions related or not and whether at one time or over a period of time.

444


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (Continued)

Capital stock

Defined terms

Capital Stock Resolution   any resolution proposed at a General Court of the Bank to alter the capital stock of the Bank by way of:

 

 

(a)

 

an increase in the capital stock of the Bank, the reissue of treasury stock or the allotment of any unissued capital stock of the Bank save for the issue of additional preference stock pursuant to the rights attaching to existing preference stock or the issue of capital stock to fund a repurchase or redemption of the 2009 Preference Stock;

 

 

(b)

 

the redemption, consolidation, conversion or sub-division of the capital stock of the Bank save for the repurchase or redemption of the 2009 Preference Stock; or

 

 

(c)

 

any other changes in the capital structure of the Bank.


Government entity


 


(i)


 


the NTMA, the NPRFC, the NPRF, the Minister for Finance or any Minister or Department of the Government, in each case holding 2009 Preference Stock, but excludes any other holder of 2009 Preference Stock provided however this shall not include any occupational pension scheme approved by the Revenue Commissioners and registered with the Pension Board; and

 

 

(ii)

 

any custodian or nominee holding 2009 Preference Stock on behalf of the NPRFC, the Minister for Finance, any Minister or Department of the Government provided however that where such custodian or nominee holds 2009 Preference Stock for any other person, such holding shall not be taken into account for the purpose of determining the voting rights of the Stockholder.


Thirty Day Average Price


 


(i)


 


100% of the average daily closing price of the ordinary stock on the Irish Stock Exchange over the 30 dealing days immediately preceding the original scheduled dividend declaration date, (in the event that the ordinary stock issued in the event of non-payment of dividends on the 2009 Preference Stock is settled on the dividend payment date to which it relates); or

 

 

(ii)

 

95% of the average daily closing price of the ordinary stock on the Irish Stock Exchange over the 30 dealing days immediately preceding the original scheduled dividend declaration date (in the event that the ordinary stock, issued in the event of non-payment of dividends on the 2009 Preference Stock, is settled after the dividend payment date to which it relates).

445


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland was established as a chartered corporation by an Act of the Irish Parliament of 1781/2 and by a Royal Charter of King George III in 1783. The Bank of Ireland Group had total assets of €132 billion at 31 December 2013. The address of the principal executive offices is 40 Mespil Road, Dublin 4, Ireland. (Telephone +35316378000).

The Group provides a broad range of banking and other financial services. All of these services are provided by the Group in Ireland, with selected services being offered in the UK and internationally. The Group has a network of retail branches in Ireland and a financial services relationship and joint venture in the UK engaged in the provision of consumer financial services. Corporate Banking and Global Markets conduct the Group's international business with offices in Dublin, London and the US, as well as branches in Paris and Frankfurt.

Subsidiaries of the Group include Bank of Ireland (UK) plc (which comprises the financial services relationship with the UK Post Office, its branch business in Northern Ireland, certain assets from its former intermediary sourced mortgage business, and other parts of its UK business banking operations), New Ireland Assurance Company plc, a life assurance and pensions company in Ireland, ICS Building Society (ICS), a home mortgage business in Ireland, and Bank of Ireland Mortgage Bank (BoIMB).

The Group provides a broad range of financial services in Ireland to all major sectors of the Irish economy. These include checking and deposit services, overdrafts, term loans, mortgages, business and corporate lending, international asset financing, leasing, instalment credit, invoice discounting, foreign exchange facilities, interest and exchange rate hedging instruments, executor, trustee, life assurance, pension and financial advisory services, including mergers and acquisitions. The Group provides services in euro and other currencies. The Group markets and sells its products on a domestic basis through its extensive nationwide distribution network in the Republic of Ireland, which consists of 246 full time service branches and c.1,679 ATMs, its direct telephone banking service, direct sales forces and its online services.

446


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


COMPETITION

The Bank of Ireland Group faces ongoing competition in all of its major markets. Other financial services groups, including local banks and domestic and foreign financial services companies, compete for business in these markets.

Ireland

Bank of Ireland provides a comprehensive range of banking services in Ireland and faces competition from various types of institutions in the financial services sector, both domestic and foreign.

The Bank's main competitors across the range of banking activities are other banks, in particular, Allied Irish Banks, Ulster Bank, KBC Bank Ireland, and Permanent TSB.

Allied Irish Banks and Permanent TSB each has its head offices in Dublin, while Ulster Bank is a subsidiary of the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc and KBC Bank Ireland is a subsidiary of KBC Bank NV.

In addition to these banks, there is also competition in different segments from other banks operating in Ireland, building societies, An Post (the Irish Post Office) and credit unions.

The general competitive environment in Ireland is subject to the operation of the Competition Act, 2002 (as amended). The recent Competition (Amendment) Act 2012 (which came into effect on 3 July 2012) has strengthened competition law enforcement. The main provisions of the Act include an increase from five to ten years in the maximum prison sentence for conviction of an offence relating to anti-competitive agreements, decisions and concerted practices; increases in fines that may be imposed for competition offences from €4 million to €5 million; and measures making it easier for private individuals affected by anti-competitive practices to prove an action for damages against a cartelist, once public enforcement proceedings have successfully been taken. An existing provision (under section 10 of the Competition Act, 2002), which provides measures to assist juries in considering complex financial and economic evidence during trials for breaches of competition law, was also commenced.

United Kingdom

The Bank of Ireland Group's operations in the UK, conducted primarily through its Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) authorised and PRA and Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) regulated UK subsidiary, Bank of Ireland (UK) plc, focus on specific market niches, in particular business banking, retail savings and current accounts, mortgage lending and retail financial services (the latter through its financial services relationship with the UK Post Office).

In the UK (including Northern Ireland) the competitive environment is subject to the Competition Act 1998 and the Enterprise Act 2002, which (as in Ireland) broadly reflects and supplements EU competition legislation. The Enterprise and Regulatory Reform Bill became law in April 2013 amending the 1998 and 2002 legislation and introducing a number of changes, including the establishment of a new Competition and Markets Authority which will replace the existing Competition Authority and also take on the competition role of the Office of Fair Trading. The UK Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act of December 2013 made further provision about banking and financial services including the ring fencing of certain activities.

The UK has a competitive and sophisticated financial market. The Group's principal competitors include other providers of personal and commercial financial services, such as banks, building societies, supermarkets and insurance companies many of which have extensive branch networks throughout the UK

447


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

and some with direct or online-only propositions. Significant recent developments in the UK competitive landscape have included the return of the TSB brand to the High Street (split from Lloyds Banking Group) and the planned return of Williams & Glyn from 2015 (split from RBS). The Personal Current Account (PCA) switching service was introduced in September 2013 with a number of non-traditional challenger brands indicating an intention to enter the current account market during 2014.

The FCA has an operational objective to promote effective competition in the interests of consumers. It also has a duty to promote effective competition when addressing its consumer protection or market integrity objectives. Together, the objective and the duty provide it with a strong mandate to promote competition in the interests of consumers. Since its inception, in April 2013, the FCA have made use of its new powers to make the authorisations process for new banks wishing to enter the market easier and less costly. It is currently undertaking a number of competition based reviews that will analyse how effective competition is in different parts of the market, and how competition works in the interests of the consumer. Further the Competition and Markets Authority (CMA) takes effect from 1st April 2014, replacing the Office of Fair Trading (OFT), and will assume the OFT's competition investigation powers from this date. The FCA and CMA will carry-forward any open reviews that the OFT have currently in progress.

International

In those markets where the Group's strategy is to create niche businesses internationally the range and number of competitors is even more extensive. In addition, certain businesses based in Ireland, such as corporate finance, face competition on an international rather than a national basis.

Inquiries

In July 2013, the Westminster Northern Ireland Affairs Committee announced an inquiry into the banking structure in Northern Ireland and is expected to report its findings and recommendations during 2014.

448


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

IRELAND

1.     General regulation and supervision

Measures by the Irish Government to support the Irish financial sector have resulted in closer supervision of financial institutions as well as additional regulatory requirements relating to the specific measures implemented, such as the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (ELG) scheme and NAMA.

Banking activities in Ireland are regulated and supervised by the Central Bank. The Irish banking law regulations consist primarily of the Central Bank Acts 1942 to 2013, including the Central Bank Reform Act 2010, the Central Bank and Credit Institutions (Resolution) Act 2011, the Central Bank (Supervision and Enforcement) Act 2013 (which are described in more detail below), the 1992 Supervision Regulations, the 1992 Licensing Regulations, regulations made by the Minister for Finance under the European Communities Act 1972 and regulatory notices issued by the Central Bank.

The Central Bank Reform Act 2010 (the 2010 Reform Act) was commenced on 1 October 2010. The 2010 Reform Act creates a single fully integrated Central Bank with a unitary board, the Central Bank Commission, chaired by the Governor of the Central Bank. The Central Bank is now responsible and accountable for the prudential supervision of individual financial firms, ensuring the best interests of consumers of financial services are protected through conduct of business rules and contributing to the stability of the financial system overall.

The Central Bank also has responsibility for ensuring the efficient and effective operation of payment and settlement systems, for the provision of analysis and comment to support national economic policy development and for the performance of functions imposed on the Central Bank under the Treaty of Rome and the Statute of the European System of Central Banks.

The 2010 Reform Act also included:

the requirement for the Central Bank to approve, prior to their appointment, key office holders in financial service providers (the types of office holder to which this obligation will apply are prescribed by secondary legislation or by orders issued by the Central Bank);

the power of the Central Bank to suspend or remove a director, chief executive or other senior executive (prescribed in secondary legislation) from his or her position in a financial services provider; and

the power of the Central Bank to impose levies for the purposes of funding regulation of financial service providers.

The 2010 Reform Act removed the promotion of financial services as one of the functions of the Central Bank. The 2010 Reform Act also provided for the transfer of some of the consumer information and education functions from the Central Bank to the National Consumer Agency, with the National Consumer Agency being granted the power to impose levies on financial service providers, including the Bank, for the purposes of funding its performance of these functions.

On 1 September 2011, the Central Bank published its Regulations and Standards of Fitness and Probity under Part 3 of the Central Bank Reform Act 2010 and on 30 November 2011 the Central Bank published amended Regulations and revised Standards. This Act gave the Central Bank wide ranging powers across the financial services industry to: approve or veto the appointment of people to certain positions; investigate and where appropriate remove or prohibit certain position holders; and set statutory standards of fitness and probity across the financial services industry.

449


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

The Bank is responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) interpretations adopted by the European Union (EU) and with those parts of the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2013 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS, the European Communities (Credit Institutions: Accounts) Regulations, 1992 and, in respect of the Consolidated financial statements, Article 4 of the International Accounting Standards (IAS) Regulation.

The Bank holds a licence granted under the 1971 Act. The Central Bank, after consultation with the Minister for Finance, may revoke a licence under certain circumstances specified in the 1971 Act. The Central Bank has statutory power to carry out inspections of the books and records of licence holders and to obtain information from licence holders about their banking and bank related business. Pursuant to this power, the Central Bank carries out regular review meetings and periodically inspects licensed banks. The Central Bank is also empowered by law to obtain information from licence holders about their banking and bank related business.

The Central Bank may also prescribe ratios to be maintained between and requirements as to the composition of, the assets and liabilities of licensed banks and to make regulations for the prudent and orderly conduct of banking business of such banks.

The Group is required to comply with the liquidity requirements applied by the Central Bank and with the requirements of local regulators in those jurisdictions in which liquidity requirements apply to the Group. The Central Bank requires that banks have sufficient payment resources (cash inflows and marketable assets) to cover 100% of the expected cash outflows in the 0 to 8 day time horizon and 90% of expected cash outflows in the 9 to 30 day time horizon.

The capital adequacy requirements set by the Central Bank of Ireland are used by the Group as the basis for its capital management. These requirements set a floor under which capital levels must not fall. The Group seeks to maintain sufficient capital to ensure that even under difficult conditions these requirements are met.

The EU Capital Requirements Directive (CRD I) came into force on 1 January 2007 and is divided into three sections commonly referred to as Pillars.

Pillar I introduced the Internal Ratings Based Approach (IRBA) which permits banks to use their own internal rating systems to calculate their capital requirements for credit risk. Use of IRBA is subject to regulatory approval where credit portfolios are not subject to IRBA, the calculation of the minimum capital requirements is subject to the Standardised Approach;

Pillar II of the CRD deals with the regulatory response to the first pillar whereby banks undertake an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) which is then subject to supervisory review; and

Pillar III of the CRD (Market Discipline) involves the disclosure of a range of qualitative and quantitative information relating to capital and risk. The CRD also introduced a requirement to calculate capital requirements, and to set capital aside, with respect to operational risk. In assessing capital adequacy the Group is also required to set capital aside for market risk. The Group considers other methodologies of capital metrics used by rating agencies. Separately it also calculates economic capital based on its own internal models. The Group stress tests the capital held to ensure that under difficult conditions, it continues to comply with regulatory minimum ratios.

The Capital Requirements Directive IV (CRD IV) and the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) were published in the Official Journal of the EU on 27 June 2013. The CRR had direct effect in EU member

450


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

states and CRD IV was required to be implemented through national legislation in EU member states by 31 December 2013. CRD IV also includes requirements for regulatory and technical standards to be published by the European Banking Authority (EBA). Many of these have not yet been published or their impact is uncertain. The CRD IV legislation is being implemented on a phased basis from 1 January 2014, with full implementation by 2019. The Group continues to expect to maintain a buffer above a Common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 10% on a transitional basis. The Basel III/CRD IV transition rules results in a number of new deductions from CET1 capital being introduced on a phased basis typically with a 20% impact in 2014, 40% in 2015 and so on until 2018. In addition, deferred tax assets related to losses forward will be deducted from CET 1 Capital on a phased basis, with a 10% impact in 2015, 20% in 2016 and so on until 2023. The CBI published their 'Implementation of Competent Authority Discretions and Options in CRD IV and CRR' on 24 December 2013 which clarifies the application of transitional rule in Ireland under CRD IV.

Solvency II is the new pan European regulatory framework for Insurance Companies. When implemented, it will transition the regulatory framework to a more risk based system coupled with additional governance and disclosure requirements. It is expected that the new capital regime will apply from 1 January 2016. From 2014 onward companies are expected to demonstrate their readiness for Solvency II through compliance with the interim guidelines. As a risk based capital measure, Solvency II is expected to increase New Ireland Assurance Company's plc (NIAC's) total level of free assets.

The Group's operations in overseas locations are subject to the regulations and reporting requirements of the regulatory and supervisory authorities in the overseas locations. The Central Bank is required to supervise the Group on a consolidated basis, i.e. taking account of the entire Group activities and relationships.

Licensed banks must notify their existing fees and charges and related terms and conditions, and any changes therein from time to time to the Central Bank, who can direct that no fees, charges or increases or changes therein be made without its approval. Following the introduction of the Central Bank (Supervision and Enforcement) Act 2013, a new relevant credit institution will not have to apply with this notification requirement until 3 years after it has commenced business.

All credit institutions are obliged to take the necessary measures to counteract money laundering effectively in accordance with the Criminal Justice (Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing) Act 2010 as amended by the Criminal Justice Act 2013 and the guidance notes relating to the Criminal Justice (Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing) Act 2010.

In May 2013, the Central Bank of Ireland issued its revised 'Impairment Provisioning and Disclosure Guidelines' paper. This paper updated the Central Bank of Ireland's previously issued 'Impairment Provisioning and Disclosure Guidelines' from December 2011 which the Group responded to in its Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2012.

The revised paper sets out guidelines regarding the policies, procedures and disclosures which should be adopted for loans and receivables financial assets that are subject to impairment review and forbearance. The Group has implemented changes to its impairment and forbearance policies and procedures during 2013 and provided additional disclosures in its Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2013 in relation to its asset quality, impairment, forbearance, interest income.

As outlined in the 'Principal Risks and Uncertainties' of the Risk Management Report, the Group is subject to risks associated with the Irish banking system and the regulatory environment in the jurisdictions in which the Group carries out its principal activities, primarily in Ireland and the UK.

451


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Under the European Communities (Deposit Guarantee Schemes) Regulations, 1995 (as amended) the Central Bank operates a statutory depositor protection scheme. The Deposit Guarantee Scheme (DGS) protects depositors in the event of a licensed bank (the Bank) or building society (ICS Building Society) authorised by the Central Bank of Ireland being unable to repay deposits.

The DGS is administered by the Central Bank of Ireland and is funded by the credit institutions covered by the scheme. Each credit institution is required to maintain a Deposit Protection Account (DPA) equivalent to 0.2 percent of their total deposits, in order to fund the DGS.

Deposits up to €100,000 per person per institution are protected. The DGS is obliged to issue compensation to depositors duly verified as eligible within 20 working days of a credit institution failing. The DGS does not have an end date.

The DGS provides compensation in respect of: Current accounts, demand deposit accounts, notice deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixed-term deposit accounts, share accounts in a building society, Deposit element of structured deposits/tracker bonds and Credit balances on credit cards issued by credit institutions may also be eligible.

Under the DGS, the compensation payment process is initiated by either the Central Bank determining that a credit institution is unable to repay deposits due to its financial condition, or a court making a ruling, for reasons directly related to a credit institution's financial circumstances, that suspends depositors' ability to make claims against that institution. The Central Bank is expected to pay compensation to depositors within 21 days of a determination that deposits are unavailable, or of a ruling by the court (subject to the terms and conditions set out in the regulations).

In 1997, the EU Investor Compensation Directive laid down basic requirements for investor compensation schemes. This was done to provide a harmonised minimum level of investor protection across the EU. In Ireland, this Directive was transposed into Irish law pursuant to the Investor Compensation Act, 1998 under which the Investor Compensation Company Limited ('ICCL') was established.

The main purpose of the scheme is to provide adequate funds out of which eligible investors (private clients) of failed investment firms are compensated for financial losses arising. The funds are generated solely from contributions from investment firms. The method to calculate the contribution rate is determined by the nature of the financial products provided and in certain situations, is based on the number of eligible clients being provided with products by the firm.

This scheme covers certain investment products i.e. non-deposit based products where the authorised investment firm or authorised intermediary is unable, due to its financial circumstances, to return client money or investment instruments owed or belonging to a private client. The amount recoverable from the ICCL is currently 90% of the customer's net loss from the investment product, or €20,000 whichever is the lesser. The ICCL can only begin the process of making compensation payments to eligible investors once it has been advised by the Central Bank that an authorised firm has either been the subject of a court ruling which prevents the firm returning money or investment instruments to clients; or been the subject of a determination by the Central Bank that the firm is unable to meet its obligations arising from claims by clients

In addition to the deposits covered by the above Regulations and by the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee scheme, certain other group deposits are covered by the deposit protection schemes in other jurisdictions, chiefly the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (in respect of deposits issued by Bank of Ireland (UK) plc) and the Isle of Man Depositors Compensation Scheme (in respect of deposits issued by Bank of Ireland (I.O.M.) Limited).

452


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

The Central Bank has implemented a Consumer Protection Code and Minimum Competency Requirements. The original Consumer Protection Code has been updated and the revised Code is effective from 1 January 2012. The Consumer Protection Code requires regulated entities to know their customers and their suitability for products or services, to prepare terms of business and minimum levels of information for customers, including disclosure requirements and customer record obligations, to identify all charges, fees or other rewards connected with the supply of a service and to establish processes to deal with errors, complaints and conflicts of interest. There are also detailed rules on the fairness of advertising, and specific sectoral rules on banking products, loans, insurance services and investment products.

The Minimum Competency Requirements, effective from January 2007, require employees of regulated entities who provide advice on or sell retail financial products and adjudicate on any complaint communicated to a regulated firm by a consumer which relates to advice about a retail financial product provided to that consumer acquire the competencies set out therein and to engage in continuing professional development on an ongoing basis. The Central Bank issued a revised code of practice in relation to the Minimum Competency Requirements in 2011 which was effective from December 2011 and has been implemented by the Group.

A financial services ombudsman's and a financial services ombudsman council have been established under the Central Bank and Financial Services Authority Act of 2004. This Act also sets out the functions and powers of that council and bureau, respectively. The Minister for Finance has signed a Statutory Instrument which gives the Financial Services Ombudsman (FSO) the power to publish reports identifying regulated financial service providers who, in the preceding financial year, have had at least three complaints against them substantiated or partly substantiated. This power came into effect on 1 September, 2013.

On 23 December 2013 the Central Bank published a revised Auditor Protocol which came into effect on 1 January 2014. This Protocol is in addition to the statutory requirements on auditors of firms to report to the Central Bank under Irish legislative requirements e.g. under 'prescribed' enactments and under Sections 27B and 27C of the Central Bank Act, 1997. However, the Protocol does not extend in any way the nature and purpose of the statutory audit as required under legislation. The scope of the Protocol extends to all meetings between the Central Bank and auditors and covers the following areas: bilateral meetings; and trilateral meetings.

On 13 March, 2013 the Central Bank announced new measures to address mortgage arrears, including the publication of performance targets for the main Irish mortgage banks (which include the Group) and proposed changes to the Code of Conduct on Mortgage Arrears (CCMA). This revised Code was effective from 1 July 2013 and replaces the previous CCMA which became effective on the 1 January 2011. The Central Bank will consider regulatory action, including the imposition of additional capital requirements, for Irish banks that fail to meet targets or which demonstrate poor resolution strategies or poor execution of their strategies. The Central Bank issued in May 2013 enhanced provisioning, impairment and disclosure guidelines for mortgage loans in arrears greater than 90 days.

Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010

The Credit Institutions (Stabilisation) Act 2010 (the Stabilisation Act) has been extended for a period of 24 months from 31 December 2012 to 31 December 2014 and gives the Minister for Finance extensive powers of intervention regarding the affairs, assets and liabilities of certain covered financial institutions in Ireland, including the Bank pending the implementation in 2015 of the proposed Directive of The European Parliament and of the Council establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms ("BRRD"). In particular, Section 48 of the Stabilisation Act imposes a

453


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

duty on the Directors of the Bank to align the activities of the Bank and the duties and responsibilities of the Directors, officers and employees of the Bank, with the public interest and the other purposes of the Stabilisation Act (as set out in Section 4 of the Stabilisation Act). This duty is owed by the Directors to the Minister, on behalf of the State, and takes priority over any other duty of the Directors.

The Central Bank and Credit Institutions (Resolution) Act 2011 (the Resolution Act 2011)

The Resolution Act 2011 is scheduled to replace the Stabilisation Act 2010 with the permanent resolution regime currently applicable to all other relevant financial institutions (pending the implementation of the BRRD). Under the Resolution Act 2011 the Central Bank is given the authority to take over, run and break up troubled financial institutions as it seeks to minimise the cost of a bank failure for taxpayers (this power rests with the Minister under the Stabilisation Act). A special resolution fund is also to be set up, with a levy to be placed on banks to cover the cost of the Central Bank assuming control of a financial institution. Both the Resolution Act and the Stabilisation Act allow the Central Bank and the Minister respectively to require banks to be managed in the national interest rather than shareholders' interest. Under the Resolution Act, the Central Bank is also given the power to make an application to the High Court to appoint a special manager to run troubled banks and is also allowed to remove any staff directors or consultants. It can also create 'bridge banks' to take control of deposits and loans of a failed Institution pending their transfer to another bank.

The Central Bank (Supervision and Enforcement) Act 2013, (the "2013 Act")

The Central Bank (Supervision and Enforcement) Act, 2013 (the "2013 Act") came into operation on 1 August 2013 for the purposes of strengthening the regulatory and enforcement powers of the Central Bank. Key powers and provision of the 2013 Act include:

increased powers to investigate and give directions to financial service providers;

a statutory right of action for damages for customers who have suffered loss as a result of any failure by a financial service provider to comply with its obligations under financial services legislation;

power to direct financial service providers to make redress to customers as a result of widespread or regular relevant defaults

increased penalties (of up to €1 million for individuals, and up to €10 million or 10% of turnover (in the most recent complete financial year) for corporate bodies;

power to suspend a financial service providers authorisation for up to 12 months, or completely where a prescribed contravention has been committed;

power to make regulations covering a wide range of matters for the proper and effective regulation of regulated financial service providers (including in respect of advancing credit, safeguarding client money and assets, dealing with customers in financial difficulty, resolution of disputes with customers); and

the ability for credit institutions operating outside the EU/EEA to operate branches in Ireland, subject to satisfying certain criteria (a Section 9A bank licence under the Central Bank Act 1971).

The Banking Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD)

The aim of the BRRD is to equip national authorities with harmonised tools and powers to tackle bank crises at the earliest possible moment, and to minimise costs for taxpayers. Firms will be required to produce and maintain recovery plans. A recovery plan is a document, or set of documents, setting out the arrangements that a firm has in place to allow it to take early action to restore its long-term viability if

454


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

there were a material deterioration of its financial situation. Firms must update their recovery plans at least annually or after any change to their legal or organisational structure, their business or their financial situation that could have a material effect on, or necessitate a change to their recovery plans. Firms must submit their recovery plans to competent authorities for assessment. The competent authorities will review the plans and, if they discover material deficiencies, they will direct firms to make appropriate changes to the plan.

Following the political agreement on the BRRD reached by the Council of the EU and the European Parliament in December 2013. It is expected that it will be adopted by the European Institutions before 30 June 2014 and will come into force on 1 January 2015 with the bail-in system taking effect from 1 January 2016.

As an interim step pending the formal approval of the BRRD the Group was directed by the Central Bank of Ireland to prepare and submit a recovery plan for the consolidated Group in December 2013.

Resolution authorities, in consultation with competent authorities, will be required to prepare resolution plans. A resolution plan is a document, or set of documents, prepared by authorities setting out how a firm might be resolved in an orderly fashion and its essential functions preserved, if it were to fail. This includes the potential application of resolution tools and powers as well as options for ensuring the continuity of critical functions. Resolution plans should be updated at least annually or after any change to firms' legal or organisational structure, their business or their financial situation that could have a material effect on, or necessitate a change to their resolutions. Individual firms are expected to provide the necessary information to resolution authorities to enable them to prepare these plans.

European Banking Authority (EBA) Guidelines on Internal Governance

The EBA published new Guidelines on Internal Governance in September 2011. The Central Bank has directed the full implementation of these Guidelines which cover: Corporate Structure and Organisation; Management Body; Risk Management; Internal Control; Systems and Continuity; and Transparency. These Guidelines have been implemented by the Group.

Prudential Capital Assessment Review/Prudential Liquidity Assessment Review

Regulatory Initiatives and Capital Stress Testing

2011 PCAR/PLAR

On 31 March 2011 the Central Bank announced the results of the 2011 PCAR. The key highlights of the 2011 PCAR results for the Group were as follows: a requirement to generate incremental equity capital of €4.2 billion including a regulatory buffer of €0.5 billion, leading to a very strongly capitalised Group with a Core tier 1 ratio at 31 December 2011 of 15.1% (14.3% of PCAR/EBA stress test basis)(1).

The equity capital requirement was set to cover:

the higher target capital ratios set by the Central Bank of a minimum Core tier 1 ratio (PCAR/EBA stress test basis)(1) of 10.5% on an on-going basis and a Core tier 1 ratio of 6% under the adverse stress scenario;

a prudent regulatory buffer of €0.5 billion for additional conservatism;

   


(1)
Core tier 1 (PCAR/EBA stress test basis) is calculated in line with methodology used for the 2011 PCAR and EBA stress test. As stated in the Financial Measures Programme 'The Central Bank applied capital requirement rules and a definition of Core tier 1 capital as prescribed by the Capital Requirements Directive, which is the prevailing regulatory standard in the EU. To increase conservatism, the Central Bank has included all supervisory deductions, including 50:50 deductions'.

455


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

the adverse stress scenario loan loss estimates based on aggressively conservative assumptions;

notwithstanding that the land and development loans of the Group where an individual customer/sponsor exposure was less than €20 million at 31 December 2010 were not expected to transfer to NAMA, the 2011 PCAR process was prepared under an assumption that the relevant loans would transfer to NAMA using conservative loss on disposal assumptions; and

a conservative estimate of losses arising from deleveraging under an adverse stress scenario.

In addition €1.0 billion of Contingent Capital was also required through the issue of a debt instrument which under certain circumstances would convert to equity capital.

European Banking Authority (EBA) stress testing

The EBA was established on 1 January 2011 with a broad remit that includes safeguarding the stability of the EU financial system. The EBA is required, in cooperation with the European Systemic Risk Board (ESRB), to initiate and coordinate EU-wide stress tests to assess the resilience of financial institutions to adverse market developments. Building on experience of two previous EU-wide stress tests undertaken by the EBA's predecessor, the Committee of European Banking Supervisors (CEBS), the EBA conducted a stress test on a wide sample of banks (including the Group) in the first half of 2011. This exercise was undertaken in coordination with national supervisory authorities, the ESRB, the European Central Bank (ECB) and the European Commission.

The EBA stress test was carried out across 91 banks in 2011, covering over 65% of the EU banking system total assets. It sought to assess the resilience of European banks to severe shocks and their specific solvency to hypothetical stress events under certain restrictive conditions.

The methodology applied in the EBA stress test incorporated a number of differences to that applied in the 2011 PCAR which assessed the capital requirements of Irish banks under a base and adverse stress scenario as well as including specific deleveraging objectives for Irish banks in order to reduce their reliance on short term wholesale funding and achieve a loan to deposit ratio of 122.5% by December 2013.

The EBA stress test set a 5% Core tier 1 capital requirement in the adverse stress scenario over a two year time frame (2011-2012) whereas PCAR applied a 6% Core tier 1 requirement under the adverse stress scenario over a three year timeframe (2011-2013). In addition, the EBA methodology also applied a significantly different approach in relation to future changes in the balance sheet, the calculation of loan losses, the application of funding constraints, and treatment of sovereign and bank credit losses.

On 15 July 2011 the EBA announced the results of the 2011 stress test. The Group passed the stress test, where under the adverse stress scenario, the Group's Core tier 1 ratio was estimated to be 7.1% at 31 December 2012, which would have been 2.1% or €1.3 billion in excess of the 5% Core tier 1 capital requirement in the adverse stress scenario. The result confirms the adequacy of the Group capital raising proposals and the ability of the Group to remain above the required minimum capital ratio under the EBA severe adverse stress scenario. Furthermore, the €1 billion of Contingent Capital would, if required, add a further 1.6% to the Group's Core tier 1 ratio, bringing it up to 8.7% under the EBA adverse stress scenario at 31 December 2012.

On 8 December 2011 the EBA announced the results of its capital exercise incorporating a capital buffer against sovereign debt exposures. Bank of Ireland passed the capital exercise with a Core tier 1 ratio of 12.9% which was 3.9% or €2.7 billion in excess of the 9% Core tier 1 requirement set by the EBA.

In October 2012, the Group exceeded the required 9% Core tier 1 ratio including the sovereign buffer as stated in the EBA December 2011 Recommendation. The Group's Core tier 1 ratio at 30 June 2012, for

456


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

the purpose of the EBA Capital Exercise, of 13.8% was €3 billion or 4.8% in excess of the 9% Core tier 1 capital requirement. The Group's Core tier 1 ratio was calculated using the methodology set out in the EBA December 2011 Recommendation and reflected the exceptional and temporary capital buffer against sovereign debt exposures based on market prices as at the end of September 2011. As noted by the Central Bank of Ireland the results showed that the Group did not require any additional capital.

Recapitalisation of the Bank

Information on the Recapitalisation of the Bank in the year ended 31 December 2011 is shown in note 49 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

2.     Government Guarantee Schemes

The Government introduced the Credit Institutions Financial Support (CIFS) scheme on 30 September 2008 which guaranteed the deposits and certain liabilities of covered institutions and it expired on 29 September 2010.

On 9 December 2009, the Minister for Finance commenced the Eligible Liabilities Guarantee (ELG) scheme intended to facilitate participating institutions issuing debt securities and taking deposits with a maturity of up to five years on either a guaranteed or unguaranteed basis, provided the relevant liabilities are acquired during an Issuance Window which was initially scheduled to expire on 29 September 2010 but which was subsequently extended. The Bank joined the scheme on 11 January 2010.

In February 2012, the Minister for Finance gave notice that at the request of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc and pursuant to paragraph 13 of the Schedule to the Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009, deposits made with Bank of Ireland (UK) plc after 30 March 2012 will not be guaranteed under the scheme and Bank of Ireland (IOM) Limited withdrew from the ELG scheme for new deposits with effect from 10 August 2012.

On 26 February 2013 the Minister for Finance announced that deposits made after midnight on 28 March 2013, would not be guaranteed under the Scheme. Eligible liabilities incurred after January 2010 and before midnight on 28 March 2013 would continue to be guaranteed until their next maturity, subject to a maximum term of 5 years.

Under the ELG scheme and the CIFS scheme, the Minister for Finance may impose restrictions on the expansion of capital and lending activity of the Group as a covered institution, the declaration and payment of dividends and the implementation of buy-backs or share redemptions. No covered institution, including the Group, may acquire shares in any other credit institution or financial institution, establish subsidiaries or enter into or acquire new businesses where such activities would increase the liability of the covered institution under the ELG scheme or the CIFS scheme. In addition, the NTMA may issue directions to covered institutions to comply with some or all of the provisions of conduct, transparency and reporting requirements applicable to covered institutions under the ELG scheme and the CIFS scheme. These restrictions continue under the terms of the ELG scheme and survive the expiry of the CIFS scheme.

3.     NAMA

As a Participating Institution in the National Asset Management Agency (NAMA), the Bank is subject to additional directions from the Central Bank and/or the Minister for Finance as to the conduct of its business. Under section 206 of the NAMA Act, the Central Bank may, with the approval of the Minister for Finance, give a direction to a Participating Institution in order to achieve the purposes of the NAMA

457


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Act. A direction under this section may restrict balance sheet growth, restrict the institution's ability to take over other credit institutions, require balance sheet reductions, or restrict or require consolidation and merger of Participating Institutions. Under section 207 of the NAMA Act the Central Bank may also direct a Participating Institution in writing to make any report that the Central Bank considers necessary to monitor the Participating Institution's compliance with the obligations under or by virtue of the NAMA Act. Pursuant to section 208 of the NAMA Act, a Participating Institution may also be directed by the Minister for Finance to draw up, or amend a restructuring or business plan and take reasonable steps to ensure that any draft business plan submitted to the Minister for Finance accurately contains all relevant information. If the Minister for Finance approves a draft business plan, the Participating Institution is obliged to take reasonable steps to implement that plan.

Section 131 of the NAMA Act provides that a Participating Institution from which NAMA has acquired an Eligible Bank Asset may be obliged to continue to service (i.e. manage) the Eligible Bank Asset and a Participating Institution must comply with directions given by NAMA in respect of servicing such assets. In addition, Section 133 of the NAMA Act provides that NAMA may, for the furtherance of the achievement of its purposes under the Act, give directions to a Participating Institution to deal in a specified way with an Eligible Bank Asset which was not acquired. In exercising servicing obligations for NAMA, a Participating Institution must ensure that all relevant authorisations, consents and licences are in place. NAMA itself services Eligible Bank Assets that it has acquired.

Credit Review Guidelines under the NAMA Act

On 30 March 2010 the Minister for Finance brought into force the Credit Review Guidelines regarding lending practices and procedures relating to the review of decisions of Participating Institutions, including the Bank, to refuse credit. The guidelines set out the procedures to be operated by the Credit Reviewer.

The Credit Reviewer has the power to review a Participating Institution's decision to refuse a credit application for between €1,000 and €250,000 by an SME, a sole trader or a farming enterprise. Where the Credit Reviewer makes a recommendation that, considering the viability and repayment capacity of the applicant, the credit facilities should have been granted, the Participating Institution is required to either comply with the recommendation or issue an explanation as to why compliance with the recommendation is not appropriate. The guidelines do not grant the Credit Reviewer the power to override the lending decision of the Participating Institution.

In addition to the power to review individual applications, the Credit Reviewer also has a general power to review the lending policies (including from the perspective of a particular sector) of each Participating Institution and to issue reports to the Minister for Finance following such a review.

NPRFC Investment

See note 46 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Charter and Bye-Laws on pages 178 to 186.

4.     Recent legislation impacting the regulation and supervision of the banking sector

Personal Insolvency Act 2012

The Personal Insolvency Act 2012 ("the Act") was enacted on 26 December 2012. On 1 March 2013, the Minister for Justice commenced certain parts of the Act which deal with the establishment and functioning of the Insolvency Service, the authorisation and regulation of Personal Insolvency Practitioners and other ancillary powers.

458


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

The main parts of the Act which introduces three non-judicial debt settlement procedures for individuals deemed under the provisions of the Act to have unsustainable indebtedness levels. These three debt resolution options are alternatives to bankruptcy were commenced on 31 July 2013.

Debt Relief Notices (DRNs) can be applied for if a Debtor has secured and unsecured debts not exceeding €20,000 and has satisfied certain income and asset criteria.

Debt Settlement Arrangements (DSAs) apply to unsecured debts only in excess of €20,000 and will allow for the restructuring of unsecured debt owed by certain eligible individuals.

Personal Insolvency Arrangements (PIAs) will allow for restructuring both secured debt up to a limit of €3,000,000 (unless all secured creditors agree in writing) and unsecured debts of any amount owed by certain eligible individuals.

DSAs and PIAs require the approval of a majority of Creditors in a Creditors Meeting prior to Court approval.

The part of the Act which amends the existing bankruptcy legislation and reduces the discharge period from bankruptcy from 12 years to 3 years was commenced on 3 December 2013.

The Bank has and will continue to engage constructively with all stakeholders in connection with the process.

Possession Proceedings

On the 24 July 2013, the Land and Conveyancing Law Reform Act 2013 was enacted. This legislation rectifies the problems created by the decision in Start Mortgages Ltd & Ors v Gunn & Ors (2011) EHC 275 which prevented the Bank from commencing legal proceedings for possession of properties unless certain conditions had been satisfied prior to 1 December 2009. This Act resolves this issue and allows the Bank commence legal proceedings for possession. It also provides safeguards for the borrower allowing adjournments to be granted in order that borrowers may apply for a PIA as an alternative to a possession.

UNITED KINGDOM

The Group's subsidiary bank in the United Kingdom, Bank of Ireland (UK) plc, comprises the financial services relationship with the UK Post Office, its branch business in Northern Ireland, certain assets from its former intermediary sourced mortgage business, and other parts of its UK business banking operations.

Bank of Ireland (UK) plc

Bank of Ireland (UK) plc, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, commenced business on 1 November 2010. It is a United Kingdom registered bank which is authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the PRA.

Bank of Ireland (UK) plc undertakes the majority of Group banking business within the United Kingdom, which includes; current account banking services, lending and deposit gathering through the Northern Ireland branch network and business banking relationship managers; all new residential mortgage lending within the United Kingdom; and certain business and consumer credit provision activities.

As well as banking activities undertaken in its own name, Bank of Ireland (UK) plc also participates and manages the Group's financial services arrangement with Post Office Limited. Bank of Ireland (UK) plc acts as the product provider for deposits, residential mortgages and other banking products provided under this arrangement. The financial services arrangement between Bank of Ireland (UK) plc and Post Office Limited (POL) ensures that POL have insurance products to distribute to its customers. As a consequence

459


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

of these arrangements Post Office Limited is an appointed representative of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc for those activities it carries out which are regulated by the FCA.

As a consequence of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc being authorised by the PRA, deposits held with the firm are protected by the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) which protects the first £85,000 of deposits, per eligible depositor, per institution.

In respect of its banking operations in Northern Ireland, Bank of Ireland (UK) plc is empowered to issue bank notes as local currency.

Governor & Company of the Bank of Ireland

Under the Banking Consolidation Directive, Bank of Ireland has the right to provide banking services on a cross border basis, or through the establishment of a branch, to clients located in other European Economic Area (EEA) member states (known as host member states) on the basis of its home (Irish) authorisation, without the need for separate authorisation by the competent authorities of those host member states. This is known as passporting.

Bank of Ireland has exercised its EU passport rights to provide banking services in the United Kingdom through its UK branch and also the provision of services on a cross border basis. These services consist principally of professional and corporate banking and the management of those residential mortgage contracts within the United Kingdom that have not been transferred to Bank of Ireland (UK) plc.

The powers of the PRA and FCA in relation to passported EEA credit institutions (such as the Bank of Ireland) are less extensive than those which it has in relation to UK authorised credit institutions (such as Bank of Ireland (UK) plc). Pursuant to the principle of home country control incorporated in the Banking Consolidation Directive, the competent authority of the home country (in Ireland, the Central Bank) has primary responsibility for the supervision of credit institutions incorporated in another EEA state. The PRA, however, retains specific responsibility, in conjunction with the Central Bank, for supervising the liquidity of branches of EEA credit institutions which operate in the United Kingdom. The relevant regulatory body also has the right to carry out on-the-spot verifications of supervisory information relating to branches to ensure that EEA credit institutions carrying on activities listed in the Banking Consolidation Directive in the United Kingdom take sufficient steps to protect against risks arising from their open positions on financial markets in the United Kingdom. The FCA is also able to apply conduct of business rules to credit institutions providing banking services in the United Kingdom. For example, in relation to deposit taking, it has made rules about conduct of business, approval of advertisements, the handling of complaints and the avoidance of money laundering.

Under the Banking Consolidation Directive as implemented in the United Kingdom, the relevant regulatory bodies are empowered in specified circumstances to impose a prohibition on, or to restrict the listed activities of, an EEA credit institution providing services into the United Kingdom. Consistent with the allocation of supervisory responsibilities in the Banking Consolidation Directive, the relevant regulatory authority would usually exercise its power only after consulting the relevant home state authority which, as a 'consolidated supervisor' under the Banking Consolidation Directive, amongst other things, coordinates the gathering and dissemination of information amongst any relevant supervisory authorities. The home state authority also provides for the exchange of information and the planning and co-ordination of supervisory activities in crisis situations and in cases where the authorities become aware of contraventions of the law by institutions covered by the Banking Consolidation Directive operating in their territory. Also in addition to being able to enforce its conduct of business rules, the FCA also has certain enforcement powers under UK legislation.

460


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Regulatory oversight by the PRA and FCA

Both the PRA and FCA's powers and responsibilities derive from the Financial Services and Markets Act (FSMA). The scope of the FSMA was extended in 2004 to include the sale and administration of certain retail mortgages, and in 2005 for general insurance intermediation. It was further extended in 2009 to include the provision of certain banking services that were previously covered by the UK Banking Code.

The FCA has a single strategic objective to ensure that the markets for financial services function well. Three operational objectives support this: (1) securing an appropriate degree of protection for consumers; (2) protecting and enhancing the integrity of the UK financial system; and (3) promoting effective competition in the interests of consumers in the markets for financial services.

The PRA is responsible under FSMA for the authorisation and prudential supervision on individual deposit-takers, insurers and certain designated-investment firms. Its objective is to promote the safety and soundness of dual-regulated firms, and it is required to advance this objective primarily by seeking to minimise any adverse effects of firm failure on the UK financial system and to ensure that firms carry on their business in a way that avoids adverse effects on the system.

Both regulators employ methods of supervising banks in a manner consistent with the perceived threat that the institution poses to the regulatory bodies' statutory objectives. This supervisory approach will include the regular reporting of statistical information and a regular set of returns giving levels of capital and liquidity, balance sheet and consolidated statement of income data, material on the maturity structure of assets and liabilities, sector—analysis of business and details of concentration of risk in assets and deposits. Review meetings are held by both the PRA and FCA with the management of regulated firms. The PRA also publishes requirements it expects banks to meet on matters such as capital adequacy, limits on large exposures to individual entities and groups of closely connected entities, and liquidity. The PRA can also, at its discretion, utilise its powers under Section 166 of the FSMA to require the firm to commission Skilled Persons to undertake focused reviews of its business. As part of this process the Skilled Person is required to report their findings and recommendations directly to the PRA.

In order to maintain authorisation under the FSMA, regulated firms (such as Bank of Ireland (UK) plc) must be able to demonstrate that they meet (and will continue to meet) a number of threshold conditions set out in the FSMA. For example, authorised firms must have adequate financial resources, not have close links of a nature that would impede the regulatory bodies' supervision of the firm and generally satisfy both regulatory bodies that they are a fit and proper person. In addition, banks are subject to the rules set out in the FCA and PRA Handbook, which also provides guidance on the application and interpretation of these rules. The relevant Handbook contains rules governing senior management arrangements, systems and controls, conduct of business, training and competence, money laundering and complaints handling. Any person within a regulated firm performing a controlled function will also need to be personally approved by the PRA or FCA under the Approved Persons regime. Approved persons are individually regulated by the PRA and FCA, and personally accountable to it, and must meet on-going standards of conduct and fitness and propriety. Each regulatory body has the power to take a wide range of disciplinary actions against regulated firms and any approved persons, including private warnings, public censure, the imposition of fines, the variation, suspension or termination of the firm's authorisation or the removal of approved status from individuals.

The regulation of mortgages under the FSMA is in relation to regulated mortgage contracts, which are, broadly speaking, owner occupier credit agreements made on or after 31 October 2004 with individuals (whether consumer or business customers) and secured by first ranking security over land in the United Kingdom.

461


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

As a result of the EU Third Money Laundering Directive, the UK Money Laundering Regulations 2007 place a requirement on banks to verify the identity and address of customers opening accounts in the United Kingdom, and to keep records to help prevent money laundering and fraud. Guidance in respect of the Money Laundering Regulations 2007 is contained in the Guidance Notes of the Joint Money Laundering Steering Group, including in respect of the identification of new customers, record keeping and otherwise. On 1 November 2009, the Banking Conduct Regime for retail banking was introduced. The main constituents of the regime are: (a) extending the Principles for Business as they apply to deposit taking, from prudential matters only, to conduct of business matters in addition; (b) conduct of business requirements in the Payment Services Regulations 2009 (PSR), which apply to certain payment services made in euro or sterling; and (c) Handbook rules on banking conduct of business, which apply to deposit taking in respects not covered by the PSR. On 1 November 2009, the British Bankers' Association, the Building Societies Association and the UK Cards Association launched The Lending Code, a voluntary code on unsecured lending to personal and small business customers, which is monitored and enforced by the Lending Standards Board.

UK Banking Act 2009

Under the UK Banking Act 2009 (the Banking Act), substantial powers have been granted to HM Treasury, the Bank of England and the PRA (the Authorities) as part of a special resolution regime (SRR).

These powers enable the Authorities to deal with a UK bank (such as the Bank of Ireland (UK) plc), building society or other UK institution with permission to accept deposits pursuant to FSMA (each a relevant entity) in circumstances in which the Authorities consider its failure has become highly likely and a threat is posed to the public interest. The SRR consists of three stabilisation options and two insolvency and administration procedures applicable to UK banks which may be commenced by the Authorities. The stabilisation options provide for: (i) private sector transfer of all or part of the business of the relevant entity; (ii) transfer of all or part of the business of the relevant entity to a bridge bank established by the Bank of England; and (iii) temporary public ownership (nationalisation) of the relevant entity. In each case, the Authorities have been granted wide powers under the Banking Act including powers to modify contractual arrangements in certain circumstances and powers for HM Treasury to disapply or modify laws (with possible retrospective effect) to enable the powers under the Banking Act to be used effectively.

The purpose of the stabilising options is to address the situation where all or part of a business of a relevant entity has encountered, or is likely to encounter, financial difficulties, giving rise to wider public interest concerns. Accordingly, the stabilisation options may only be exercised if (a) the PRA is satisfied that a relevant entity (such as Bank of Ireland (UK) plc) is failing, or is likely to fail, to satisfy the threshold conditions within the meaning of section 41 of the FSMA (which are the conditions that a relevant entity must satisfy in order to retain its authorisation to accept deposits), (b) following consultation with the other Authorities, the PRA determines that it is not reasonably likely that (ignoring the stabilising options) action will be taken that will enable the relevant entity to satisfy those threshold conditions, and (c) the Authorities consider the exercise of the stabilisation options to be necessary, having regard to certain public interest considerations (such as the stability of the UK financial systems, public confidence in the UK banking system and the protection of depositors). It is therefore possible that one of the stabilisation options could be exercised prior to the point at which any insolvency proceedings with respect to the relevant entity could be initiated.

HM Treasury or the Bank of England may exercise extensive share transfer powers (applying to a wide range of securities) and property transfer powers (including powers for partial transfers of property, rights and liabilities subject to certain protections made under The Banking Act 2009 (Restrictions of Partial Property Transfers) Order 2009) in respect of the Bank of Ireland (UK) plc. Exercise of these powers could involve taking various actions in relation to any securities issued by the Bank of Ireland (UK) plc

462


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

(including ordinary shares) without the consent of the Bank (as its sole shareholder), including (among other things): (i) transferring the shares notwithstanding any restrictions on transfer and free from any trust, liability or encumbrance; (ii) converting the shares into another form or class; (iii) modifying or disapplying certain terms of the shares; and/or (iv) where property is held on trust, removing or altering the terms of such trust.

The Financial Service Compensation Scheme

The FSMA established the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS). This applies to the activities of Bank of Ireland (UK) plc but not those of the Governor & Company of the Bank of Ireland in the UK (which are covered by the Irish compensation scheme arrangements summarised above), The FSCS pays compensation to eligible customers of FSA authorised financial services firms that are unable, or likely to be unable, to pay claims against them. The levels of compensation are, for example, for firms declared in default on or after 1 January 2010 (31 December 2010 deposits), per eligible customer, per firm and per type of claim: (a) for deposits, 100% of the first £85,000 (100% of the first sterling amount equivalent to €100,000 for firms declared in default on or after 1 January 2011); (b) for mortgage advice and arranging, 100% of the first £50,000; and (c) for insurance, 90% of the claim with no upper limit (except compulsory insurance is protected in full). Claims on the FSCS are funded by loans from the Bank of England and by levies on PRA/FCA authorised firms. FSA authorised deposit takers may be required to pay increased levies to repay such loans from the Bank of England.

Financial Ombudsman Service

The FSMA also established the Financial Ombudsman Service (FOS), which determines complaints by eligible complainants in relation to FSA authorised financial services firms, consumer credit licensees and certain other businesses, in respect of activities and transactions within its jurisdiction. These arrangements cover the activities of both Bank of Ireland (UK) plc and the Governor & Company of the Bank of Ireland in the UK.

The FOS determines complaints on the basis of what, in its opinion, is fair and reasonable in all the circumstances of the case. The maximum level of financial award by the FOS is £150,000 plus interest and costs. The FOS may also make directions awards, which direct the business to take steps as the FOS considers just and appropriate.

Consumer Protection Legislation

In the United Kingdom, persons carrying on consumer credit business, consumer hire business or an ancillary credit business, need a consumer credit licence from the UK Office of Fair Trading (OFT) under the UK Consumer Credit Act 1974 (CCA). The OFT from time to time issues general or sector specific guidance on what it expects of consumer credit licensees, and breaches of law and of OFT guidance may be taken into account by the OFT in determining whether a person is fit to hold a licence. The OFT has certain disciplinary powers in relation to consumer credit licensees, including imposing requirements and financial penalties for breach of such requirements. Various members of the Group are consumer credit licensees in relation to regulated consumer credit lending and mortgage broking.

The regulation of credit under the CCA is in relation to regulated consumer credit agreements, which are credit agreements made with individuals (whether consumer or business customers) subject to any applicable financial limits and exemptions. For example, a regulated mortgage contract under the FSMA is not a regulated consumer credit agreement under the CCA. A regulated consumer credit agreement is unenforceable against the borrower: (a) without an OFT order if the lender or the broker did not hold a consumer credit licence in relation to regulated consumer credit lending or broking respectively; or

463


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

(b) without a court order, or totally in certain circumstances, if agreement requirements were not complied with. A borrower may have a claim against a lender in certain circumstances in relation to misrepresentation or breach of contract by a supplier in a transaction financed by a regulated consumer credit agreement.

The OFT is also the consumer and competition authority under the UK Enterprise Act 2002. The OFT and other bodies may enforce consumer legislation under the Enterprise Act 2002 by seeking an informal undertaking, or a formal undertaking, from a business, or seeking a court enforcement order against a business.

Reform of Consumer Credit Legislation

The UK Government has announced that with effect from 1st April 2014 responsibility for consumer credit regulation will transfer to the FCA.

UNITED STATES

In the United States, the Bank, its Connecticut Branch ('Branch'), its representative offices and certain of its US non-bank subsidiaries are subject to a comprehensive regulatory framework involving numerous federal and state statutes, rules and regulations.

The Bank operates a branch in Connecticut from which it conducts a wholesale banking business. The Branch is licensed, and subject to regulation and examination, by the Connecticut Department of Banking. The Bank also maintains representative offices in the States of New York and Illinois. These representative offices are licensed by their respective state bank authority and are subject to the laws and regulations of those states. In addition, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System exercises supervisory and regulatory authority over the Branch, the representative offices and has umbrella or overall supervisory responsibility for the US activities of the Group. US and State laws and regulations, including prudential restrictions, limit the permissible US activities of a foreign bank. For example, the Branch has limits on the amount of credit it may grant to a single borrower, the Branch may not accept retail deposits, and Branch deposits and obligations are not insured by the US Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other United States government agency. In addition, the Connecticut Department of Banking has the authority to take possession of the business and property of the Group located in Connecticut in certain circumstances relating to the Branch. Such circumstances generally include violations of law, unsafe business practices and insolvency.

In addition to the direct regulation of our US banking offices, by operating a branch in the United States, the Bank and its subsidiaries are subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under various laws, including the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (BHCA), and the International Banking Act of 1978. In this regard, the Bank has elected to become a 'financial holding company' (FHC) under the BHCA. FHCs may engage in a broader spectrum of commercial activities than are permitted to banking organisations that are not FHCs, including underwriting and dealing in all types of securities and merchant banking activities. To maintain its FHC status, the Bank is required to meet or exceed certain capital ratios and its Branch is required to meet or exceed certain examinations ratings. The failure to maintain FHC status could limit the activities of the Bank and its subsidiaries in the US and it may have other adverse consequences.

The U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act) contains far reaching regulatory reform, and will change the way in which the Group is regulated in the US and in some cases outside the US. Since enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act in July 2010, there has been a stream of proposed regulations and final regulations issued by the various financial sector administrative agencies (e.g., the SEC, the CFTC, the Federal Reserve Board) and others are expected. Approximately

464


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

one-half of the regulations have been either proposed or enacted. These regulations include new rules for derivatives trading, reporting and clearing, prohibitions on proprietary trading, and the sponsorship of, and investment in, hedge funds and private equity funds (the "Volcker rule"), new regulations for foreign investment advisors, systemic risk oversight, and heightened prudential standards for large US and foreign banking organisations and the annual submission to US Regulators of a Living Will or resolution plan. The Dodd-Frank Act also makes changes to the corporate governance requirements applicable to Boards, and foreign banking organisations and shareholder "say-on-pay" of executive compensation and severance payments for departing employees. The Federal Reserve has also issued final and proposed prudential rules for foreign banking organizations in the US (sections 165 and 166 of Dodd-Frank Act) that include (i) a requirement for an intermediate holding company to hold US non-bank subsidiary operations, (ii) risk-based capital and leverage requirements, (iii) liquidity requirements (both substantive and procedural), (iv) singlecounterparty credit limits, (v) risk management and risk committee requirements, (vi) stress test requirements, including public disclosure of the results, (vii) a debt-to-equity limit, and (viii) a framework for early remediation of financial weaknesses. The final rules and the proposal rules impose different requirements based on the overall size of the foreign banking organization and the size of its US-based assets. Under the prudential rules that have been finalized, the Bank will be (i) subject to risk-based and leverage capital requirements on a consolidated basis consistent with the Basel Committee's regulatory capital framework which can be satisfied by meeting its Irish requirements, (ii) required to meet internal liquidity stress testing requirements under Irish law for its consolidated operations or its combined U.S. operations only, (iii) required to be subject to and satisfy Irish general stress test requirements including stress tests conducted or evaluated by the Central Bank and management related stress tests governance and control requirements, (iv) required to maintain a committee of its Court, on a standalone basis or as part of its enterprise-wide risk committee (or equivalent thereof), which oversees the risk management policies of its combined U.S. operations and has at least one member with experience in "identifying, assessing, and managing risk exposures of large, complex firms" and (v) subject to a debt-to-equity ratio limitation of no more than 15-to-1. A failure to meet any of these requirements could result in the Bank and the Bank's U.S. operations and subsidiaries being subject to additional requirements, conditions or restrictions. As of this date, it is still uncertain whether the cost or impact of compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act will be materially adverse (measured by revenue) to the Group. A definitive analysis of the effects of the legislation will not be available until all the final rules and the proposal rules have been fully adopted, a process which is underway and which will take effect over several years.

A major focus of US governmental policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been combating money laundering and terrorist financing and enforcing compliance with US economic sanctions issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. The Bank Secrecy Act as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act imposes obligations on the Branch and the Group's subsidiaries to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their clients to ensure compliance with US economic sanctions against designated foreign countries, nationals and others. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programmes to combat money laundering and terrorist financing or to ensure economic sanctions compliance, could have serious consequences, in legal and monetary terms and in terms of our reputation.

ISLE OF MAN

The Isle of Man Depositors Compensation Scheme ('the Scheme') was established by the Depositors' Compensation Scheme Regulations 2010, in which Bank of Ireland (IOM) Limited ('BOI IOM'), as a licensed deposit taker, participates. The Scheme compensates eligible people with money in current and deposit accounts in financial institutions in the Isle of Man (including in the Bank) with up to £50,000 of net deposits (loans may be netted off against any deposits held with the same deposit taker) per individual

465


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

depositor or £20,000 for most other categories of depositor. Cover is calculated per depositor, per deposit taker, if a bank fails.

Participants in the Scheme may be directed, by written notice, to make contribution levies in respect of the Scheme compensation fund. The net total amounts to be provided to the Fund in respect of all compensation costs arising from defaults in any period of ten years must not exceed:

(a)
£100,000,000 from the Treasury; and

(b)
£100,000,000 from all participants.

These levies may, in any one financial year of the Scheme, equate to the greater of £50,000 and a sum representing 0.175% of the average deposits of the participant as determined by the Scheme Manager, up to a maximum of £500,000. In addition, participants in the Scheme may be directed to provide security in respect of any present or future levy contributions.

BOI IOM became a participating institution for the purposes of the Credit Institutions (Eligible Liabilities Guarantee) Scheme 2009 ('the ELG') on the 11 January 2010. Since 10 August 2012, participation in the ELG has been limited and all eligible net deposits (demand and new fixed term) with BOI IOM are solely covered by the Isle of Man's Depositors' Compensation Scheme up to the maximum compensation of £50,000.

Following a strategic review of its businesses, the Bank of Ireland Group ('the Group') has taken the decision to cease all operations through its subsidiary, BOI IOM.

As a consequence of this decision, an orderly wind down of the business commenced 6 August 2013. This will involve the closure of all banking relationships held with the Bank. Customers have been informed of BOI IOM's intentions with regard to the closure and appropriate notice of changes to existing terms and conditions.

It is envisaged that BOI IOM will surrender its Banking Licence on 30 May 2014 and the remaining operations in respect of the Company will cease by 31 August 2014.


IRAN THREAT REDUCTION AND SYRIA HUMAN RIGHTS ACT OF 2012

Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 (ITRA) added new section 13(r) to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 'Exchange Act'), requiring a public reporting issuer to disclose in its annual and quarterly reports whether it or any of its affiliates have knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or with the Government of Iran or designated natural persons or entities involved in terrorism or the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction during the period covered by the report, including activities not prohibited by U.S. law and conducted outside the U.S. by non-U.S. affiliates in compliance with local law.

The Group holds certain accounts for the Embassy of Iran in Ireland, and certain Embassy personnel, and process payments into and out of those accounts related to official Embassy business, scholarship payments to Iranian students in Ireland and the personal expenses of Embassy personnel. These accounts are used for local expenses and are operated in accordance with applicable local law and authorisations. For the period covered by this report, the Group had €1,906 in gross revenues for all Iranian bank-related activity described in this section, which includes fees and/or commissions. The Group does not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and therefore has not disclosed a separate profits measure. The Group intends to maintain these accounts, in accordance with applicable local law and authorisations.

466


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


INTEREST RATES—IRELAND, UK AND US

 
  31 December
2013
%
  31 December
2012
%
  31 December
2011
%
 

Ireland

                   

European interbank offered rate:

                   

One month Euribor

    0.22 %   0.11 %   1.02 %

Three month Euribor

    0.29 %   0.19 %   1.36 %

United Kingdom

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

London interbank offered rate:

                   

One month

    0.49 %   0.49 %   0.77 %

Three month

    0.53 %   0.52 %   1.08 %

United States

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Prime Rate

    3.25 %   3.25 %   3.25 %

467


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET AND INTEREST RATES

The following tables show the average balances and interest rates of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities for the year ended 31 December 2013, the year ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 31 December 2011. The calculations of average balances are based on daily, weekly or monthly averages, depending on the reporting unit. The average balances used are considered to be representative of the operations of the Group. The explanation of the underlying business trends in the Group's net interest margin is explained on pages 27 and 28.

 
  31 December 2013   Restated*
31 December 2012
  Restated*
31 December 2011
 
ASSETS
  Average
balance
€m
  Interest
€m
  Rate
%
  Average
balance
€m
  Interest
€m
  Rate
%
  Average
balance
€m
  Interest
€m
  Rate
%
 

Loans and advances to banks(1)

                                                       

Domestic offices

    3,722     18     0.5     6,417     56     0.9     4,699     28     0.6  

Foreign offices

    7,144     33     0.5     11,093     48     0.4     5,103     36     0.7  

Loans and advances to customers(2)

                                                       

Domestic offices

    49,486     2,119     4.3     52,953     2,272     4.3     62,509     2,850     4.6  

Foreign offices

    38,346     1,110     2.9     45,676     1,164     2.5     51,073     1,239     2.4  

Available for sale financial assets and NAMA senior bonds

                                                       

Domestic offices

    15,480     382     2.5     15,878     463     2.9     16,675     443     2.7  

Foreign offices

    569     7     1.2     245     3     1.2     2,324     22     0.9  

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                                                       

Domestic offices

                1             14          

Foreign offices

    12             28             56          
                                       

Total interest earning assets

    114,759     3,669     3.2     132,291     4,006     3.0     142,453 (3)   4,618     3.2  
                                       
                                       

Domestic offices

    68,688     2,519     3.7     75,249     2,791     3.7     83,897     3,321     4.0  

Foreign offices

    46,071     1,150     2.5     57,042     1,215     2.1     58,556     1,297     2.2  
                                       

    114,759     3,669     3.2     132,291     4,006     3.0     142,453     4,618     3.2  

Non interest earning assets

    21,821             20,285             16,004          
                                       

Total assets

    136,580     3,669     2.7     152,576     4,006     2.6     158,457     4,618     2.9  
                                       
                                       

Percentage of assets applicable to foreign activities

                34.6 %               38.8 %               37.8 %

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

(1)
Including Cash and balances at Central banks.

(2)
Including assets classified as held for sale.

(3)
For the year ended 31 December 2011, average assets of €142 billion include loans and advances to customers before specific impairment provision of €4.6 billion.

468


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

 
  31 December 2013   Restated*
31 December 2012
  Restated*
31 December 2011
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Average
balance
€m
  Interest
€m
  Rate
%
  Average
balance
€m
  Interest
€m
  Rate
%
  Average
balance
€m
  Interest
€m
  Rate
%
 

Deposits from banks

                                                       

Domestic offices

    14,914     134     0.9     29,029     366     1.3     38,229     752     2.0  

Foreign offices

    393     4     1.0     429     5     2.4     137     6     4.4  

Customer accounts

                                                       

Domestic offices

    31,427     533     1.7     31,302     739     2.4     30,852     812     2.6  

Foreign offices

    26,142     533     2.0     27,819     920     3.3     22,677     786     3.5  

Debt securities in issue

                                                       

Domestic offices

    13,134     263     2.0     15,065     425     2.8     18,428     515     2.8  

Foreign offices

    1,776     20     1.1     2,069     25     1.2     2,986     34     1.1  

Subordinated liabilities

                                                       

Domestic offices

    1,468     166     11.3     1,149     144 (1)   12.5     1,524     133     8.7  

Foreign offices

    160     12     7.5     239     15     6.3     617     38     6.2  
                                       

Total interest bearing liabilities

    89,414     1,665     1.9     107,101     2,639     2.5     115,450     3,076     2.7  
                                       
                                       

Domestic offices

    60,943     1,096     1.8     76,545     1,674     2.2     89,033     2,212     2.5  

Foreign offices

    28,471     569     2.0     30,556     965     3.2     26,417     864     3.3  
                                       

    89,414     1,665     1.9     107,101     2,639     2.5     115,450     3,076     2.7  

Current accounts

    15,703             13,585             12,862          

Other non interest bearing liabilities

    23,403             22,727             21,074          

Stockholders' equity

    8,059             9,163             9,071          
                                       

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

    136,579     1,665     1.2     152,576     2,639     1.7     158,457     3,076     1.9  
                                       
                                       

Net yield on interest on earning assets(2)

                                                       

Domestic offices

                2.1                 1.5                 1.3  

Foreign offices

                1.2                 0.4                 0.7  

Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign activities

                25.7 %               25.3 %               20.5 %

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

(1)
Excludes the gain on the Contingent Capital Note of €79 million. Please refer to note 3 for further details.

(2)
The net yield on interest earning assets represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

Certain lines above have been adjusted to correct for inter jurisdictional funding items that arise through normal business activities, to give a more meaningful picture of the Group's domestic and foreign activities.

The balance sheets of the life assurance companies have been consolidated and are reflected under 'non interest earning assets' and 'other non interest bearing liabilities'.

469


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


CHANGE IN NET INTEREST INCOME

Volume and Rate Analysis

The following table allocates changes in net interest income between volume and rate for the year ended 31 December 2013 compared to the year ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 31 December 2012 compared to the year ended 31 December 2011. Volume and rate variances have been calculated based on movements in average balances over the period and changes in average interest earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate are allocated rateably to volume and rate.

470


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

 
  Increase/(decrease) due to change in  
 
  Year ended
31 December 2013
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December 2012
 
 
  Average
volume
€m
  Average
rate
€m
  Net
change
€m
  Average
volume
€m
  Average
rate
€m
  Net
change
€m
 

INTEREST EARNING ASSETS

                                     

Loans to and advances to banks

                                     

Domestic offices

    (18 )   (20 )   (38 )   12     16     28  

Foreign offices

    (19 )   4     (15 )   18     (6 )   12  

Loans and advances to customers

                                     

Domestic offices

    (148 )   (5 )   (153 )   (417 )   (161 )   (578 )

Foreign offices

    (353 )   299     (54 )   (144 )   69     (75 )

Available for sale financial assets

                                     

Domestic offices

    (11 )   (70 )   (81 )   (19 )   39     20  

Foreign offices

    4         4     (28 )   9     (19 )

Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                                     

Domestic offices

                         

Foreign offices

                         

Other

                         
                           

Total interest income

    (545 )   208     (337 )   (578 )   (34 )   (612 )
                           
                           

INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES

                                     

Deposits from banks

                                     

Domestic offices

    (146 )   (86 )   (232 )   (155 )   (231 )   (386 )

Foreign offices

        (1 )   (1 )   (2 )   1     (1 )

Customer accounts

                                     

Domestic offices

    3     (209 )   (206 )   12     (85 )   (73 )

Foreign offices

    (53 )   (334 )   (387 )   168     (34 )   134  

Debt securities in issue

                                     

Domestic offices

    (50 )   (112 )   (162 )   (95 )   5     (90 )

Foreign offices

    (3 )   (2 )   (5 )   (11 )   2     (9 )

Subordinated liabilities

                                     

Domestic offices

    34     (12 )   22     (14 )   25     11  

Foreign offices

    (7 )   4     (3 )   (24 )   1     (23 )

Other

                         
                           

Total interest expense

    (222 )   (752 )   (974 )   (121 )   (316 )   (437 )
                           
                           

Total change in net interest income

    (323 )   960     637     (457 )   282     (175 )
                           
                           

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

471


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


DESCRIPTION OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The following sections provide information relating to the assets and liabilities of the Bank of Ireland Group.

ASSETS

Loan portfolio

Loans and advances to customers in the tables on pages 473 to 484 include loans and advances to customers and loans held for sale at 31 December 2011 and 31 December 2010. There were no loans held for sale at 31 December 2013 and 31 December 2012. For an analysis of the asset quality of the Group's loans and advances to customers, see pages 99 to 120.

The Bank of Ireland Group's loan portfolio comprises of loans to customers (including overdrafts) and instalment credit and finance lease receivables.

The Group provides mortgage loans for house purchases as well as home improvement loans and secured personal loans to existing mortgage customers. The Group's home mortgage loan products consist of amortising, interest only and endowment loans. Interest on mortgage loans is typically at a floating rate but the Group also makes some fixed rate loans.

The Group's residential mortgage portfolio at 31 December 2013 is widely diversified by individual borrower and amounts to 56% (31 December 2012: 55%) of loans and advances to customers (pre impairment provisions).

The Group loan book comprises exposure of 18% or €17 billion (31 December 2012: 19%/€19 billion) to property and construction lending, and exposure of 10% or €9 billion (31 December 2012: 10%/€10 billion) to business and other services.

With the exception of residential mortgages, property and construction and business and other services, the Group's exposure to credit risk from its lending activities in any individual sector or industry does not exceed 10% of loans and advances to customers.

472


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Total loans and advances to customers

The following tables set forth the Bank of Ireland Group's total loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 using data prepared in accordance with IFRS.

The Risk Management Report on pages 74 to 156 contains a description of the Group's loan loss provisioning methodology. Where necessary, comparative figures have been adjusted to conform to changes in presentation in the current year.

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
  31 December
2011
€m
  31 December
2010
€m
  31 December
2009
€m
 

Ireland

                               

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    26,700     27,485     27,854     28,067     28,196  

—Other lending

    1,506     1,665     1,993     2,401     2,906  

Property and construction

    9,144     9,877     10,381     11,761     19,472  

Business and other services

    6,323     6,771     9,193     9,660     11,983  

Manufacturing

    2,627     3,094     3,160     3,806     4,511  

Distribution

    2,883     3,289     3,469     3,897     4,463  

Transport

    1,437     1,532     1,186     1,225     778  

Financial

    880     787     906     1,758     1,088  

Agriculture

    1,499     1,492     1,628     1,609     1,726  

Energy

    599     684     838     1,454     1,438  
                       

Total Ireland

    53,598     56,676     60,608     65,638     76,561  
                       
                       

United Kingdom & Other

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    24,946     27,543     29,636     32,199     32,274  

—Other lending

    1,316     1,337     1,321     1,298     1,434  

Property and construction

    7,658     9,285     10,199     13,501     16,038  

Business and other services

    3,161     3,484     3,849     4,461     3,627  

Manufacturing

    1,174     1,011     1,134     1,581     1,744  

Distribution

    176     264     591     758     525  

Transport

    180     61     198     324     618  

Financial

    177     169     262     310     1,354  

Agriculture

    283     246     205     161     388  

Energy

    86     89     99     69     108  
                       

Total United Kingdom & Other

    39,157     43,489     47,494     54,662     58,110  
                       
                       

Gross loans and advances to customers

    92,755     100,165     108,102     120,300     134,671  
                       
                       

Allowance for loan losses

    (8,241 )   (7,544 )   (6,365 )   (5,050 )   (5,775 )
                       

Total loans and advances to customers

    84,514     92,621     101,737     115,250     128,896  
                       
                       

473


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Total loans to customers (%)

The following table sets forth the percentage of total loans to customers represented by each category of loan at 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 using data prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 
  31 December
2013
%
  31 December
2012
%
  31 December
2011
%
  31 December
2010
%
  31 December
2009
%
 

Ireland

                               

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    28.8     27.4     25.8     23.3     20.9  

—Other lending

    1.6     1.7     1.8     2.0     2.2  

Property and construction

    9.9     9.9     9.6     9.8     14.5  

Business and other services

    6.8     6.8     8.5     8.0     8.9  

Manufacturing

    2.8     3.1     2.9     3.2     3.3  

Distribution

    3.1     3.3     3.2     3.3     3.3  

Transport

    1.5     1.5     1.1     1.0     0.6  

Financial

    0.9     0.7     0.9     1.5     0.8  

Agriculture

    1.6     1.4     1.5     1.3     1.3  

Energy

    0.6     0.7     0.8     1.2     1.1  
                       

Total Ireland

    57.6     56.5     56.1     54.6     56.9  
                       
                       

United Kingdom & Other

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    26.9     27.5     27.4     26.8     24.0  

—Other lending

    1.4     1.3     1.2     1.1     1.0  

Property and construction

    8.3     9.3     9.4     11.2     11.9  

Business and other services

    3.5     3.5     3.6     3.7     2.7  

Manufacturing

    1.3     1.0     1.1     1.3     1.3  

Distribution

    0.2     0.3     0.5     0.6     0.4  

Transport

    0.2     0.1     0.2     0.3     0.4  

Financial

    0.2     0.2     0.2     0.2     1.0  

Agriculture

    0.3     0.2     0.2     0.1     0.3  

Energy

    0.1     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.1  
                       

Total United Kingdom & Other

    42.4     43.5     43.9     45.4     43.1  
                       
                       

Group total loan portfolio

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0  
                       
                       

Analysis of Loans to Customers by Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity

The following tables analyse loans by maturity and interest rate sensitivity. Overdrafts, which represent a significant proportion of the portfolio, are classified as repayable within one year. Approximately 4% of the Bank of Ireland Group's loan portfolio at 31 December 2013 was provided on a fixed rate basis. Fixed-rate loans are defined as those loans for which the interest rate is fixed for the full life of the loan. Variable-rate loans include some loans for which the interest rate is fixed for an initial period (e.g. some residential mortgages) but not for the full life of the loan. The interest rate exposure is managed by Global Markets within agreed policy parameters. See Risk Management Report on pages 74 to 156.

474


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

 
  Within
1 year
€m
  After 1 year
but within
5 years
€m
  After
5 years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Ireland

    11,305     13,243     29,050     53,598  

United Kingdom & Other

    8,534     10,908     19,715     39,157  
                   

Total loans by maturity

    19,839     24,151     48,765     92,755  
                   
                   

Fixed rate

    1,346     1,815     753     3,914  

Variable rate

    18,493     22,336     48,012     88,841  
                   

Total loans by maturity

    19,839     24,151     48,765     92,755  
                   
                   

The following table sets forth an analysis of loans by maturity within each classification as at 31 December 2013.

 
  Within
1 year
€m
  After 1 year
but within
5 years
€m
  After
5 years
€m
  Total
€m
 

Ireland

                         

Personal

                         

—Residential mortgages

    1,552     4,689     20,459     26,700  

—Other lending

    1,113     258     135     1,506  

Property and construction

    3,621     2,849     2,674     9,144  

Business and other services

    1,687     1,806     2,830     6,323  

Manufacturing

    784     1,287     556     2,627  

Distribution

    1,091     882     910     2,883  

Transport

    300     549     588     1,437  

Financial

    490     280     110     880  

Agriculture

    501     483     515     1,499  

Energy

    166     160     273     599  
                   

Total Ireland

    11,305     13,243     29,050     53,598  
                   
                   

United Kingdom & Other

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Personal

                         

—Residential mortgages

    1,817     6,140     16,989     24,946  

—Other lending

    759     556     1     1,316  

Property and construction

    4,390     1,938     1,330     7,658  

Business and other services

    1,051     1,164     946     3,161  

Manufacturing

    189     728     257     1,174  

Distribution

    63     54     59     176  

Transport

    31     127     22     180  

Financial

    43     59     75     177  

Agriculture

    157     109     17     283  

Energy

    34     33     19     86  
                   

Total UK & Other

    8,534     10,908     19,715     39,157  
                   
                   

Group total loan portfolio

    19,839     24,151     48,765     92,755  
                   
                   

475


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Movement in the allowances for loan losses

An analysis of the Group's impairment provisions at 31 December 2013 is set out in note 29 to the Consolidated financial statements.

Impaired loans reduced from €16,294 million at 31 December 2012 to €15,785 million at 31 December 2013, or from 1,627bps to 1,702bps of total loans.

Total balance sheet provisions against loans and advances to customers were €8,241 million at 31 December 2013 compared to €7,544 million at 31 December 2012. Impairment provisions as a percentage of total loans were 888 bps (31 December 2012: 753 bps), the ratio being 388bps (31 December 2012: 290bps) for the Group mortgage book and 1,518bps (31 December 2012: 1,318 bps) for non-mortgage lending.

Impairment provisions as a percentage of impaired loans (the 'Coverage Ratio') is 52% at 31 December 2013, which compares to 46% at 31 December 2012.

476


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

The following table presents information regarding the movement in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and for the nine months ended 31 December 2009 using data prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2010
€m
  9 months to
31 December
2009
€m
 

Allowance at beginning of period

    7,543.6     6,365.1     5,049.8     5,775.0     1,781.0  

Total allowance

    7,543.6     6,365.1     5,049.8     5,775.0     1,781.0  

Exchange and other adjustments

    (38.2 )   34.3     48.0     28.5     47.7  

Other Movements

    146.4     115.2     (106.5 )   (2,141.4 )   33.4  

Recovery of amounts previously charged off:

                               

Ireland

    (2.8 )   3.0     2.6     (3.2 )   0.9  

United Kingdom

    15.0     8.2     4.3     8.4     2.3  
                       

Total recovery of amounts previously charged off

    12.2     11.2     6.9     5.2     3.2  
                       
                       

Amounts charged off:

                               

Ireland

    (772.1 )   (396.9 )   (293.2 )   (566.1 )   (54.9 )

United Kingdom

    (315.9 )   (309.4 )   (322.4 )   (167.8 )   (90.3 )
                       

Total amounts charged off

    (1,088.0 )   (706.3 )   (615.6 )   (733.9 )   (145.2 )

Provision for impairment losses charged to income:

                               

Ireland

    1,234.2     1,285.4     1,491.6     1,594.2     2,986.5  

United Kingdom

    430.8     438.7     490.9     522.2     1,068.4  
                       

    1,665.0     1,724.1     1,982.5     2,116.4     4,054.9  

Impairment loss write back

                     

Allowance at end of period

    8,241.1     7,543.6     6,365.1     5,049.8     5,775.0  
                       

Total allowance

    8,241.1     7,543.6     6,365.1     5,049.8     5,775.0  
                       
                       

Total allowance is split as follows:

                               

Loans and advances to customers

    8,241.1     7,543.6     6,365.1     4,974.4     2,997.0  

Loans held for sale to NAMA

                75.4     2,778.0  
                       

Total allowance

    8,241.1     7,543.6     6,365.1     5,049.8     5,775.0  
                       
                       

477


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Provisions and allowances for loan losses (%)

The following table presents additional information regarding provisions and allowances for loan losses for the year ended 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and for the nine months ended 31 December 2009 using data prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2010
€m
  9 months to
31 December
2009
€m
 

Allowance at end of year as a percentage
of total loans to customers at end of year:

                               

Ireland

    11.64     10.05     7.78     5.41     5.61  

United Kingdom

    5.11     4.25     3.47     2.74     2.55  
                       

Total

    8.88     7.53     5.89     4.20     4.29  
                       
                       

Specific

    7.92     6.83     4.96     3.52     3.42  

IBNR

    0.96     0.70     0.93     0.67     0.86  
                       

Total

    8.88     7.53     5.89     4.20     4.29  
                       
                       

Allowance at end of year as a percentage
of impaired loans at end of year

                               

Ireland

    56.04     49.90     50.76     45.54     42.17  

United Kingdom

    43.05     37.87     39.38     41.80     46.76  
                       

Total

    52.21     46.30     47.23     44.36     43.26  
                       
                       

Average loans to customers(1) (€m)

    95,016     104,617     113,582     131,016     138,396  

Provisions charged to income as a percentage of average loans to customers:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Specific

    1.55     1.94     1.57     1.86     3.34  

IBNR

    0.20     (0.29 )   0.18     (0.24 )   0.57  
                       

Total

    1.75     1.65     1.75     1.62     3.91  
                       
                       

Net loans charged off as a percentage of average loans to customers

    1.15     0.68     0.54     0.56     0.14 *

*
Annualised.

(1)
Average loans include average interest earning and non-interest earning loans.

478


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Loans charged off

The following table provides information regarding loans charged off for the year ended 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and for the nine months ended 31 December 2009 using data prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2010
€m
  9 months to
31 December
2009
€m
 

Ireland

                               

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    150.0     10.0     2.3     7.0      

—Other lending

    62.1     79.9     109.1     165.8     41.6  

Property and construction

    79.7     53.7     15.2     124.9     0.7  

Business and Other Services

    282.0     97.7     66.7     41.8     5.0  

Manufacturing

    58.3     32.0     50.0     140.3     0.4  

Distribution

    73.3     109.1     31.6     40.0     7.1  

Transport

    47.2     4.2     7.1     16.9      

Financial

    1.1     3.1     6.4     22.2      

Agriculture

    6.9     6.7     4.0     7.0     0.1  

Energy

    11.5     0.5     0.8     0.2      
                       

    772.1     396.9     293.2     566.1     54.9  
                       
                       

United Kingdom

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    37.4     40.5     46.5     36.7     29.4  

—Other lending

    27.2     35.3     37.4     36.9     34.5  

Property and construction

    153.0     110.3     151.3     74.8      

Business and Other Services

    87.1     73.5     52.7     7.6     19.6  

Manufacturing

    1.8     32.1     2.3     0.9     0.3  

Distribution

    8.7     3.5     25.4     0.2     6.5  

Transport

    0.2     0.4     0.5     0.5      

Financial

        9.3     4.9     9.3      

Agriculture

    0.5     1.1     1.4     0.9      

Energy

        3.4              
                       

    315.9     309.4     322.4     167.8     90.3  
                       
                       

Group total

    1088.0     706.3     615.6     733.9     145.2  
                       
                       

479


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

The following table presents an analysis of the Group's recoveries of loans previously charged off (net of legal fees) for the year ended 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and for the nine months ended 31 December 2009 using data prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2010
€m
  9 months to
31 December
2009
€m
 

Ireland

                               

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    (10.8 )   (4.8 )   (2.2 )   (1.1 )    

—Other lending

    9.0     8.3     6.1     0.6     0.2  

Property and construction

    (1.7 )   (1.5 )   (1.5 )   (1.6 )    

Business and Other Services

    0.7     1.0     0.2     (0.8 )   0.7  

Manufacturing

                     

Distribution

                (0.1 )    

Transport

                     

Financial

                     

Agriculture

                (0.2 )    
                       

    (2.8 )   3.0     2.6     (3.2 )   0.9  
                       
                       

United Kingdom

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    3.4     1.5     (0.2 )   2.2     0.3  

—Other lending

    5.5     5.0     4.2     3.8     1.6  

Property and construction

    5.0     1.3              

Business and Other Services

    1.1     0.4     0.3     2.4     0.4  

Manufacturing

                     

Distribution

                     

Transport

                     

Financial

                     

Agriculture

                     

Commercial mortgages

                     
                       

    15.0     8.2     4.3     8.4     2.3  
                       
                       

Group total

    12.2     11.2     6.9     5.2     3.2  
                       
                       

480


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Analysis of allowances for loan losses by sector

The following table presents an analysis of allowances for loan losses at 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and for the nine months ended 31 December 2009 using data prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2010
€m
  9 months to
31 December
2009
€m
 

Ireland

                               

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    1,337.6     1,159.4     606.5     377.0     133.2  

—Other lending

    148.6     166.7     194.5     223.3     271.7  

Property and construction

    2,553.7     2,399.0     1,884.1     1,395.5     2,207.5  

Business and Other Services

    860.9     776.7     615.1     491.3     406.7  

Manufacturing

    177.7     193.6     171.5     153.7     247.7  

Distribution

    317.2     343.4     344.9     265.7     163.9  

Transport

    62.6     65.2     58.4     48.0      

Financial

    13.4     14.8     6.4     10.2      

Agriculture

    64.7     59.1     58.7     42.8     29.8  

Energy

    1.1     5.2     23.4     7.5     10.3  
                       

    5,537.5     5,183.1     3,963.5     3,015.0     3,470.8  
                       
                       

United Kingdom

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    52.0     65.1     56.1     63.2     34.1  

—Other lending

    31.9     35.4     40.7     39.7     33.9  

Property and construction

    1,436.8     1,318.2     1,051.5     890.5     969.9  

Business and Other Services

    244.5     187.5     164.6     149.4     86.6  

Manufacturing

    39.5     31.6     63.7     40.1     1.8  

Distribution

        11.7     9.0     23.3     14.7  

Transport

    2.5     2.6     3.4     0.6      

Financial

    1.7     3.2     11.6     15.3      

Agriculture

    1.7     1.7     1.9     1.6     0.1  

Energy

    2.0     0.9              
                       

    1,812.6     1,657.9     1,402.5     1,223.7     1,141.1  
                       
                       

Total specific allowance

    7,350.1     6,841.0     5,366.0     4,238.7     4,611.9  
                       
                       

Total IBNR allowance

    891.0     702.6     999.1     811.1     1,163.1  
                       
                       

Total Group allowance

    8,241.1     7,543.6     6,365.1     5,049.8     5,775.0  
                       
                       

481


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Loan losses as a percentage of total loans

The following table presents for each sector an analysis of allowances for loan losses as a percentage of total loans at 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 using data prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
%
  Year ended
31 December
2012
%
  Year ended
31 December
2011
%
  Year ended
31 December
2010
%
  9 months to
31 December
2009
%
 

Ireland

                               

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    5.01     4.22     2.18     1.34     0.47  

—Other lending

    9.87     10.01     9.76     9.30     9.35  

Property and construction

    27.93     24.29     18.15     11.87     11.34  

Business and other services

    13.62     11.47     6.69     5.08     3.39  

Manufacturing

    6.76     6.26     5.43     4.04     5.49  

Distribution

    11.00     10.44     9.94     6.82     3.67  

Transport

    4.36     4.26     4.92     3.92      

Financial

    1.52     1.88     0.71     0.58      

Agriculture

    4.32     3.96     3.61     2.66     1.73  

Energy

    0.18     0.76     2.79     0.52     0.72  
                       

    10.33     9.15     6.54     4.59     4.53  
                       
                       

United Kingdom

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Personal

                               

—Residential mortgages

    0.21     0.24     0.19     0.20     0.11  

—Other lending

    2.42     2.65     3.08     3.06     2.37  

Property and construction

    18.76     14.2     10.31     6.60     6.05  

Business and Other Services

    7.73     5.38     4.28     3.35     2.39  

Manufacturing

    3.36     3.13     5.62     2.54     0.10  

Distribution

    0.01     4.43     1.52     3.08     2.80  

Transport

    1.39     4.26     1.72     0.18      

Financial

    0.96     1.89     4.43     4.95      

Agriculture

    0.60     0.69     0.93     1.01     0.04  

Energy

    2.33     1.01              

Commercial mortgages

                     
                       

    4.63     3.81     2.95     2.24     1.96  
                       
                       

Total specific allowance

    7.92     6.83     4.96     3.52     3.42  
                       
                       

Total IBNR allowance

    0.96     0.70     0.93     0.67     0.87  
                       
                       

Total Group allowance

    8.88     7.53     5.89     4.20     4.29  
                       
                       

482


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Risk elements in lending

The US Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") requires potential credit risk elements in lending to be analysed as (i) loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis; (ii) accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments; (iii) loans not included in (i) or (ii) which are "troubled debt restructurings" as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 15 "Accounting by Debtors and Creditors for Troubled Debt Restructurings", and (iv) potential problem loans not included in (i), (ii) or (iii).

These categories reflect US financial reporting practices which differ from those used by the Bank of Ireland Group. See Risk Management Report on pages 74 to 156.

The amount of loans set out below do not give effect to available security and are before the deduction of specific provisions, which would have been so reported had the Commission's classifications been employed. The category of non-accrual loans includes those loans on which interest continues to be accrued but against which specific provisions have been made.

The table below details the information using data prepared in accordance with IFRS for the year ended 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and for the nine months ended 31 December 2009.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
  Year ended
31 December
2010
€m
  9 months to
31 December
2009
€m
 

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis

                               

Ireland(1)

    10,496     10,595     8,450     6,934     8,490  

United Kingdom(1)

    4,215     4,002     3,204     2,719     2,446  
                       

Total

    14,711     14,597     11,654     9,653     10,936  
                       
                       

Accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest(2)

                               

Ireland

    639     817     838     862     1,692  

United Kingdom

    435     880     986     869     722  
                       

Total

    1,074     1,697     1,824     1,731     2,414  
                       
                       

Home Mortgage Loans—Accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest(3)

                               

Ireland

    1,016     1,034     1,361     760     699  

United Kingdom

    324     374     603     711     661  
                       

Total

    1,340     1,408     1,964     1,471     1,360  
                       

Total risk elements in lending

    17,125     17,702     15,442     12,855     14,710  
                       
                       

Restructured loans not included above

    2,804     2,042     722     115     189  

(1)
Includes loans in Ireland and the UK where interest is accrued but a specific provision has been made. All of these loans are considered impaired. The specific provisions recorded against these loans are analysed between specific provisions individually assessed and specific provisions collectively assessed in the 'Impairment provision by nature of impairment provision' table on page 105. The loans on which no interest is accrued amounted to €1,957 million at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €1,523, 31 December 2011: €1,124 million, 31 December 2010: €554 million and 31 December 2009: €3,342 million) and the provisions thereon amounted to €1,400 million at 31 December 2013 (31 December 2012: €939 million, 31 December 2011: €724 million, 31 December 2010: €383 million, and 31 December 2009: €1,299 million).

(2)
Overdrafts generally have no fixed repayment schedule and are not included in this category.

(3)
Includes Home Mortgage Loans in Ireland and the UK (31 December 2013: €1,016 million in Ireland and €324 million in the UK) which are secured and, typically in the UK, where the original loan to value ratio exceeds 75%, benefit from mortgage indemnity insurance.

483


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

The Bank of Ireland Group generally expects that loans, where known information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with loan repayment terms, would be included under its definition of non-accrual loans and would therefore have been reported in the above table.

It is not normal practice for banks in Ireland or the UK to take property onto their books in settlement of problem loans or to classify them as Other Real Estate Owned. Where formal insolvency procedures are entered into, the property charged to the Group is sold by the receiver, administrator or liquidator, with the proceeds received by the Group. Loans subject to insolvency proceedings are included within non-performing loans in the table above, to the extent that they are not written off. This treatment is also followed for loans in Ireland and the UK which would be classified as "In-Substance Foreclosure" under US reporting practices.

Cross Border Outstandings

Cross border outstandings are those outstandings that create claims outside a reporting center's country unless loaned in and funded or hedged in the local currency of the borrower. They comprise loans, acceptances, interest bearing deposits with other banks, other interest bearing investments, leases and any other monetary assets, but exclude finance provided within the Bank of Ireland Group. The geographical and sectoral breakdown is based on the country and sector of the borrower or of the guarantor of ultimate risk. Cross border outstandings exceeding 1% of total assets are set forth in the following table.

 
  Banks and
other
financial
institutions
€m
  Government
and official
institutions
€m
  Commercial
and industrial
and other
private sector
€m
  Total
€m
  As
percentage of total
assets(1)
%
 

Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis

                               

As at 31 December 2013, United Kingdom

                     

As at 31 December 2012, United Kingdom

                     

As at 31 December 2011, United Kingdom

    817         910     1,727     1.12 %

As at 31 December 2010, United Kingdom

    1,334         1,521     2,855     1.70 %

(1)
Assets, consisting of total assets as reported in the consolidated balance sheet plus acceptances were €132.1 billion at 31 December 2013 (€148.2 billion at 31 December 2012 and €154.9 billion at 31 December 2011).

Cross border outstandings to borrowers in countries in which such outstandings amounted to between 0.75% and 1.0% of total assets in aggregate were €1,008 million at 31 December 2013 to the United Kingdom, €1,214 million at 31 December 2012, €nil at 31 December 2011 and €nil at 31 December 2010.

484


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Debt Securities

The following table shows the book value of Bank of Ireland Group's debt securities at 31 December 2013, 31 December 2012 and 31 December 2011.

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
  31 December
2011
€m
 

Irish Government

    6,403     5,420     4,222  

Other European Government

    215     221     347  

US Treasury and US Government agencies

    2     1     1  

Mortgage backed obligations

             

Collateralised Mortgage Obligations

    212     256     385  

Corporate bonds

    5,022     4,810     4,911  

Other securities

    213     332     343  
               

    12,067     11,040     10,209  
               
               

The market value of Bank of Ireland Group's Irish Government securities (the book value of which exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity) at 31 December 2013 was €6.4 billion (31 December 2012: €5.4 billion, 31 December 2011: €4.2 billion).

The following table categorises the Group's available for sale debt securities by maturity and weighted average yield at 31 December 2013.

 
  Less than 1 year   More than 1 year
less than 5 years
  More than 5 year
less than 10 years
  After 10 years  
At 31 December 2013
  Market
value
€m
  Weighted
average
percent
yield
%
  Market
value
€m
  Weighted
average
percent
yield
%
  Market
value
€m
  Weighted
average
percent
yield
%
  Market
value
€m
  Weighted
average
percent
yield
%
 

Irish Government

            4,091     5.0     2,312     4.1          

Other European Government

            215     1.3                  

US Treasury & US Government agencies

    2     0.1                          

Mortgage backed obligations

                                 

Collateralised mortgage obligations

    29     5.1     140     1.0     25     0.6     18     2.3  

Corporate bonds

    338     3.3     3,503     3.7     1,181     2.4          

Other

            17     0.6     174     9.0     22     2.0  
                                           

Total market value

    369           7,966           3,692           40        
                                           
                                           

Maturity is remaining contractual maturity except for mortgage backed securities where maturity has been calculated on an expected duration basis. The weighted average yield for each range of maturities is calculated by dividing the annual interest income prevailing at the balance sheet date by the book value of securities held at that date.

The figures included in the table above are net of impairment charges of €nil in the year ended 31 December 2013 (year ended 31 December 2012: €45 million, year ended 31 December 2011: €21 million).

485


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Loans and Advances to Banks

The Group places funds with other banks for a number of reasons, including liquidity management, the facilitation of international money transfers and the conduct of documentary credit business with correspondent banks.

Limits on the aggregate amount of placings that may be made with individual institutions are established in accordance with Group credit policy.

The following table analyses placings with banks, based on the branches from which the placing is made for the year ended 31 December 2013, the year ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 31 December 2011. Placings with banks are included in Loans and Advances to Banks in the financial statements.

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
31 December
2011
€m
 

Placings with banks repayable within 30 days:

                   

Domestic

    2,037     3,032     4,346  

Foreign

    1,094     1,367     2,094  
               

Total

    3,131     4,399     6,440  
               
               

Placings with banks repayable beyond 30 days:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Domestic

    418     4,001     526  

Foreign

    1,210     1,102     1,085  
               

Total

    1,628     5,103     1,611  
               
               

Total

    4,759     9,502     8,051  
               
               

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

486


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Liabilities

Deposits

The following table analyses average deposits by customers based on the location of the branches in which the deposits are recorded for the year ended 31 December 2013, the year ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 31 December 2011.

 
  31 December
2013
€m
  31 December
2012
€m
  31 December
2011
€m
 

Branches in Ireland

    45,204     43,326     42,371  

Branches outside Ireland

    28,068     29,380     24,020  
               

Total

    73,272     72,706     66,391  
               
               

 

 
  Average
interest
rate during
year ended
31 December
2013
%
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Average
interest
rate during
year ended
31 December
2012
%
  Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Average
interest
rate during
year ended
31 December
2011
%
  Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Branches in Ireland

                                     

Current accounts:

                                     

Interest bearing

    0.1     769     0.2     922     0.3     1,107  

Non-interest bearing

        13,777         12,023         11,519  

Deposit accounts:

                                     

Demand

    0.1     7,507     0.6     7,141     0.5     9,306  

Time

    1.8     23,151     2.7     23,240     3.0     20,439  
                                 

Total branches in Ireland

          45,204           43,326           42,371  
                                 
                                 

Branches outside Ireland

                                     

Current accounts:

                                     

Interest bearing

    0.4     978     0.2     1,346     1.1     2,443  

Non-interest bearing

        1,926         1,562         1,343  

Deposit accounts:

                                     

Demand

    1.4     10,557     1.6     10,441     1.7     8,274  

Time

    2.6     14,607     3.3     16,031     3.0     11,960  
                                 

Total branches outside Ireland

          28,068           29,380           24,020  
                                 
                                 

Total

          73,272           72,706           66,391  
                                 
                                 

The interest rates shown above exclude the cost of the ELG scheme which is included within interest expense in the consolidated income statement (see note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The calculations of average balances are based on daily, weekly or monthly averages, depending on the reporting unit.

Current accounts are checking accounts raised through the Group's branch network and in Ireland are primarily non-interest bearing. Demand deposits bear interest at rates which vary from time to time. Such accounts are not subject to withdrawal by check or similar instrument and have no fixed maturity dates.

487


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Time deposits are generally larger and bear higher rates of interest than demand deposits but have predetermined maturity dates.

The following table shows details of the Group's large time deposits and certificates of deposit (US$100,000 and over or the equivalent in other currencies) by time remaining until maturity.

At 31 December 2013
  0-3 months
€m
  3-6 months
€m
  6-12 months
€m
  Over
12 months
€m
 

Time deposits

                         

Domestic branches

    13,521     2,842     2,250     2,061  

Foreign branches

    3,708     220     316     38  

Certificates of deposit

                         

Domestic branches

    30              

Foreign branches

                 
                   

    17,259     3,062     2,566     2,099  
                   
                   

Non-resident deposits held in domestic branches at 31 December 2013 accounted for approximately 3% of total deposits.

Return on Equity and Assets

Please see Table 2 in 'Selected Consolidated Financial Data' on page 13 for further details.

488


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Short-Term Borrowings

The following table shows details of short term borrowings of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2013, the year ended 31 December 2012 and the year ended 31 December 2011.

 
  Year ended
31 December
2013
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2012
€m
  Restated*
Year ended
31 December
2011
€m
 

Debt securities in issue

                   

End of year outstandings

    15,280     18,073     19,124  

Highest month-end balance

    18,067     18,406     28,086  

Average balance

    14,910     17,134     21,414  

Average rate of interest

                   

At year end

    1.4%     2.5%     4.2%  

During year

    1.7%     2.0%     3.2%  

Deposits by banks

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

End of year outstandings

    1,680     1,818     1,797  

Highest month end balance

    2,328     2,097     7,747  

Average balance

    1,912     1,717     5,401  

Average rate of interest

                   

At year end

    0.4%     0.3%     1.3%  

During year

    0.7%     1.1%     2.7%  

Repurchase agreements

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

End of year outstandings

    10,989     20,378     29,585  

Highest month end balance

    19,611     32,768     36,869  

Average balance

    14,177     28,569     33,102  

Average rate of interest

                   

At year end

    0.9%     1.1%     1.4%  

During year

    0.9%     1.3%     1.6%  

*
As outlined in the Group accounting policies on pages 224 and 225, comparative periods have been restated to reflect the impact of the adoption of 'IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements'. See note 62 for additional information.

The calculations of average balances are based on daily, weekly or monthly averages, depending on the reporting unit. The average balances used are considered to be representative of the operations of the Group.

Average interest rates during the year are computed by dividing total interest expense by the average amount borrowed. Average interest rates at year end are average rates for a single day and as such may reflect one-day market distortion, which may not be indicative of generally prevailing rates. The interest rates shown above exclude the cost of the ELG scheme which is included within interest expense in the consolidated income statement note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


TERMS OF OFFICE OF THE DIRECTORS

With the exception of those Directors appointed by the Minister for Finance, all Directors appointed between Annual General Courts are required to offer themselves for election at the next Annual General Court following their co-option and must submit themselves for re-election by the stockholders at intervals of no more than three years thereafter in accordance with the Bye-Laws of the Bank.

489


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Under the terms of the service contracts for the Bank's current Executive Directors, the Bank must provide 12 months' written notice of termination to Richie Boucher and 6 months' written notice of termination to Andrew Keating. The Bank reserves the right to make payment of salary and other emoluments in lieu of notice to Richie Boucher and Andrew Keating. The normal retirement age for Executive Directors is 60. The service contracts for non-executive Directors do not make provision for benefits on termination.


GROUP PENSION PLANS

The Group operates a number of pension plans in Ireland and overseas. The plans are funded and are primarily of the defined benefit type and the assets of the plans are held in separate trustee administered funds. Payments to these defined benefit funds are determined on an actuarial basis, designed to build up reserves during the working life of employees to pay the employees, or their dependants, a pension after retirement. A formal actuarial valuation is undertaken at least triennially to determine the payments to each of these defined benefit funds. At each valuation the funds' actuaries assess whether the liabilities of each fund, based on current salary levels, are fully funded on a discontinuance basis.

The total pension cost including curtailment gains for the Group in respect of the year ended 31 December 2013 was a charge of €128 million of which a charge of €93 million related to the main scheme.


INDEBTEDNESS OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The aggregate amount of indebtedness of key management personnel (15 persons) and their connected persons, on normal commercial/staff terms, to the Bank of Ireland Group amounted to €27 million at 31 December 2013. The interest rates payable thereon and other terms were at prevailing market rates and terms and reflect ordinary commercial/staff transactions and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavourable features. The aggregate amount of indebtedness of key management personnel of the Bank included in the above figure, on terms similar to those on which loans are made to members of staff generally, which are at interest rates and on terms more favourable than prevailing market rates and terms, was €0.6 million at 31 December 2013. These staff loans were made in accordance with the US Sarbanes Oxley Act and the rules thereunder, which permits these loans if the loans are made on the same basis as and on terms no more favourable than, loans made available to employees generally. All loans are fully performing as at 21 March 2014. For further information refer to note 55 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.


STOCK OPTIONS

Under the terms of the senior Executive Stock Option Scheme approved by the stockholders, options may be granted, at the discretion of the Directors, enabling senior executives to subscribe for specified numbers of units of Ordinary Stock.

As at 21 March 2014, options were outstanding over 1,156,014 units of stock representing 0.0036% of the total ordinary stock then in issue.

Such options are exercisable as follows:

Exercise price (€)
  Number Outstanding at 21 March 2014   Exercise Period  

13.68

    47,514     January 2009–January 2016  

12.85

    509,500     June 2008–June 2015  

10.76

    599,000     July 2007–July 2014  

490


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

As at 21 March 2014, Executive Directors and Senior Executives as a group held options under the above scheme over a total of 1,156,014 units, representing 0.0036% of the total ordinary stock in issue.

The interests of all Directors and Executive Officers in the ordinary stock issued by the Group are set out below.


DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS INTEREST IN STOCK

 
  Units of €0.05 of ordinary stock at 21 March 2014 beneficial   Percentage Holding  

DIRECTORS

             

Archie Kane

    11,074     0.00003  

Patrick O'Sullivan

    115,000     0.00036  

Richie Boucher

    380,957     0.00118  

Andrew Keating

    56,014     0.00017  

Kent Atkinson

    2,000     0.00001  

Pat Butler

    1,000     0.000003  

Tom Considine

    57,500     0.00018  

Patrick Haren

    1,000     0.000003  

Patrick Kennedy

    254,642     0.00079  

Davida Marston

    5,000     0.00002  

Brad Martin

    100,000     0.00031  

Patrick Mulvihill

    5,000     0.00002  

Wilbur L. Ross Jr. 

    1,000     0.000003  

Joe Walsh

    123,427     0.00038  

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

   
 
   
 
 

Donal Collins

    388,773     0.0012  

Sean Crowe

    34,572     0.00011  

Des Crowley

    1,515,253     0.00468  

Julie Sharp

         

Helen Nolan

    80,043     0.00025  

Peter Morris

    100,072     0.00031  

Liam McLoughlin

    82,933     0.00026  

Vincent Mulvey

    337,197     0.00104  

Senan Murphy

         

Michael Torpey

    1,050,000     0.00324  

(1)
In addition to the holdings specified in the above table, W L Ross Jr had an interest in 1,793,818,229 units of ordinary stock of the Bank as at 21 March 2014, being ordinary stock owned by W L Ross Jr investment vehicles in which W L Ross Jr has beneficial interests.

As at 31 December 2012, investment vehicles in which W L Ross Jr is interested also held rights of first refusal in respect of any transfer or conversion of the Convertible Contingent Capital Notes 2016 see note 40 on page 309 for further details on the Convertible Contingent Capital Notes 2016 (the 'CCNs') of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland held by the Minister of Finance, in respect of the portion of CCNs equal to the proportion of units or of ordinary stock purchased by these vehicles under the stock purchase agreements between the vehicles and the NPRFC, expressed as a percentage of the total issued ordinary stock of the Bank from time to time (the 'Pro-rata Share'). On 9 January 2013, the Minister for Finance sold 100% of the CCNs to third parties and therefore these rights of refusal no longer apply.

In addition, as at 21 March 2014, there were 1,300,000,000 units of 2009 Preference Stock in issue. The 2009 Preference Stock entitles the holder (currently Baggot Securities Limited) to receive a non-cumulative dividend at a fixed rate of 10.25% per annum of the issue

491


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


CONTROL OF REGISTRANT

Name
  Units held   % Voting interest  

National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission (NPRFC)/Minister for Finance of Ireland

    4,514,555,443     13.95  

Hamblin Watsa Investment Counsel Ltd. 

    1,871,642,572     5.78  

Wilbur L. Ross, Jr. WLR Recovery Fund IV, L. 

    1,793,819,229     5.54  

FMR LLC

    2,407,456,341     7.98  

The Capital Group Companies, Inc. 

    2,565,458,444     7.93  

EuroPacific Growth Fund

    1,936,525,353      

MainStay Marketfield Fund, MainStay VP Marketfield Portfolio & Marketfield Dublin VP

    1,077,701,607     3.33  

Blackrock, Inc. 

    972,879,421     3.01  

492


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

493


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

DESCRIPTION OF US STOCKHOLDERS

At 31 December 2013, 1,382,876 units of Ordinary Stock were held by 511 stockholders with registered addresses in the United States and 33,096,637 ADSs were held by 177 registered holders with addresses in the United States. The combined shareholdings of these holders comprise approximately 4.1% of the total number of units of Ordinary Stock in issue at 31 December 2013 (being 32,363,275,073 units). These figures do not include either the number of units of ordinary stock held by stockholders with registered addresses outside the United States in which United States residents have an interest or the number of such US residents.

494


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


DIVIDEND POLICY

The table below provides a summary of dividends per unit of ordinary stock paid in respect of the past five financial periods.

Dividend Payment Date
  Dividends
per unit of
Ordinary Stock
(in euro cents)
  Translated into
US cents
per Unit of
Ordinary
Stock(1)
 

Financial Year ended 31 December 2013

    Nil     Nil  

Financial Year ended 31 December 2012

    Nil     Nil  

Financial Year ended 31 December 2011

    Nil     Nil  

Financial Year ended 31 December 2010

    Nil     Nil  

Nine month Financial Period ended 31 December 2009

    Nil     Nil  

(1)
Translated at the Spot Rate on the dates of payment.

The Group stated in the 2013 Annual Report that it did not propose to issue any dividend on ordinary stock in respect of the year ending 31 December 2013.

Dividends

On 20 February 2013, the Group paid dividends on its euro and sterling preference stock of €3.4 million and a dividend of €188.3 million on the 2009 Preference Stock held by the NPRFC. On 20 August 2013, the Group paid dividends due of €3.3 million on its euro and sterling Preference Stock.

On 9 December 2013, the Group redeemed 537,041,304 units of the 2009 Preference Stock. In addition to redeeming 2009 Preference Stock, the Group paid the dividend accrued up to that date, amounting to €44 million to the NPRFC. On 11 December 2013 the NPRFC transferred the remainder of its holding of 1,300,000,000 units of preference stock to Baggot Securities Limited.

On 20 February 2014, the Group paid dividends on its euro and sterling preference stock of €3.4 million and a dividend of €133.3 million on the 2009 Preference Stock to Baggot Securities Limited.

495


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Save as disclosed in the paragraphs below, there have been no governmental, legal or arbitration proceedings (including any such proceedings which are pending or threatened of which the Group is aware) which may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on the financial position or profitability of the Group taken as a whole.

Banking inquiry

The Irish Government previously commissioned and received three preliminary reports into the factors which contributed to the Irish banking crisis, including one report from the Statutory Commission of Investigation (under the Commissions of Investigation Act, 2004).

In addition, the Irish Government has brought forward legislation to provide a statutory framework for enquiries by the Oireachtas (Houses of the Oireachtas (Inquiries Privileges and Procedures) Act 2013). Under this legislation, the Irish Government is expected to hold an inquiry into the banking crisis.

Litigation in relation to the Debt for Equity Offers

The Group has received correspondence from certain parties asserting they are considering taking legal action against the Group with respect to their participation in certain debt for equity exchanges that occurred in 2011. The Group considers that it would have a robust defence to any such claims and would intend to defend them vigorously, should they arise.

496


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


NATURE OF THE TRADING MARKET

As at 21 March 2014, the authorised capital stock of the Bank was made up of €6,967,000,000, US$225,000,000 and Stg£125,000,000 divided as follows:

(i)
90,000,000,000 units of ordinary stock of €0.05 each;

(ii)
8,000,000 units of non-cumulative preference stock of US$25 each;

(iii)
100,000,000 units of non-cumulative preference stock of Stg£1 each;

(iv)
100,000,000 units of non-cumulative preference stock of €1.27 each and 3,500,000,000 units of non-cumulative 2009 Preference Stock of €0.01 each;

(v)
100,000,000 units of undesignated Dollar preference stock of US$0.25 each, 100,000,000 units of undesignated sterling preference stock of £0.25 each and 100,000,000 units of undesignated euro preference stock of €0.25 each; and

(vi)
228,000,000,000 units of deferred stock of €0.01 each.

As at 21 March 2014, there were in issue 32,363,275,073 units of ordinary stock of €0.05 each, 1,300,000,000 units of non-cumulative preference stock of €0.01 each, 1,876,090 units of Sterling preference stock of £1.00 each, 3,026,598 units of euro preference stock of €1.27 each and 91,980,594,628 units of Deferred Stock of €0.01 each.

The principal trading markets for the ordinary stock are the Irish Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange. In the US, the Bank's ordinary stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depositary Shares (ADSs), each ADS representing the right to receive forty shares of ordinary stock and evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). ADRs are negotiable securities that are used to represent, among other things, a non-US company's publicly traded ordinary share capital. The Bank of New York is the Depositary Bank for the Bank's ADR programme.

497


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported highest and lowest closing price for one unit of Ordinary Stock on the Irish Stock Exchange, as derived from the Daily Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange quoted in euro and the highest and lowest sales prices for the ADSs as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite tape.

 
  Ordinary Stock   ADSs*  
 
  High
  Low
  High
$
  Low
$
 

Financial Year Ended

                         

Nine months ended 31 December 2009

    3.42     0.58     201.80     27.80  

31 December 2010

    1.91     0.26     105.70     13.80  

31 December 2011*

    0.40     0.07     6.88     0.80  

31 December 2012

    0.15     0.08     7.88     4.34  

31 December 2013

    0.29     0.12     15.63     6.93  

Financial year ended 31 December 2011

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

First quarter

    0.40     0.22     26.30     12.50  

Second quarter

    0.34     0.12     25.20     10.50  

Third quarter

    0.12     0.07     15.40     8.70  

Fourth quarter

    0.11     0.07     6.88     0.80  

Financial year ended 31 December 2012

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

First quarter

    0.15     0.08     7.88     4.34  

Second quarter

    0.12     0.08     6.57     4.75  

Third quarter

    0.11     0.08     6.27     5.01  

Fourth quarter

    0.12     0.09     6.60     4.75  

Financial year ended 31 December 2013

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

First quarter

    0.17     0.12     9.52     6.93  

Second quarter

    0.19     0.14     10.20     7.72  

Third quarter

    0.24     0.15     12.75     8.29  

Fourth quarter

    0.29     0.21     15.63     11.53  

Month ended

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

September 2013

    0.24     0.21     12.75     11.27  

October 2013

    0.27     0.21     14.72     11.53  

November 2013

    0.29     0.24     15.63     14.00  

December 2013

    0.28     0.25     15.20     14.18  

January 2014

    0.31     0.25     18.20     14.22  

February 2014

    0.39     0.29     21.60     16.22  

*
Restated to reflect the ratio change with respect to its American Depositary Receipt (ADR) programme, as implemented by the Group on 14 October 2011, where the ratio changed from one (1) ADS representing four (4) units of ordinary stock (1:4), to one (1) ADS representing forty (40) units of ordinary stock (1:40). Following this change, each ADS represents the right to receive forty units of ordinary stock and evidenced by American Depository Receipts (ADRs).

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the dollar will affect the dollar equivalent of the price of the ordinary stock on the Irish Stock Exchange and as a result may affect the market price of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.

See 'Exchange Rates' on page 9.

498


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


EXCHANGE CONTROLS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SECURITY HOLDERS

There are no restrictions under the Bye-Laws of the Group, presently in force, that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners, as such, to hold securities of the Group freely or, when entitled, to vote such securities freely. There are currently no Irish foreign exchange controls or laws restricting the import or export of capital, although the Council of the European Union does have the power, under Articles 63 to 66 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, to impose restrictions on capital movements to and from third countries. There are currently no restrictions under Irish law affecting the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of securities of the Group, except in respect of entities and/or individuals detailed in relevant European Union and United Nations sanctions listings received from regulatory authorities from time to time. The Group also complies with applicable requirements arising in respect of non-cooperative countries and territories (NCCT), pursuant to the NCCT initiative of the Financial Action Task Force.

499


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)


TAXATION

The following summary of certain consequences to US holders (as defined below), or as in the case of Irish taxation, to eligible US holders (also as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs or ordinary stock deals only with US holders that hold ADSs or units of ordinary stock as capital assets for Irish and US federal income tax purposes and does not deal with special classes of holders, such as dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to use a mark to market method of accounting for their securities holdings, tax-exempt organisations, life insurance companies, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the voting stock of the Bank, persons that hold units of ordinary stock or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, persons that purchase or sell units of ordinary stock or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes or US holders or eligible US holders whose functional currency is not the US dollar. While the summary discussion relates to material matters relevant to the tax laws of the United States and Ireland, all holders should consult their own tax advisors as to the Irish, US or any other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary stock or ADSs including the effect of any foreign, state or local tax laws as they apply to their particular circumstances. This summary is based (i) on the income tax treaty between Ireland and the United States (the 'Tax Treaty'), tax laws, regulations, administrative rulings and court decisions of Ireland and the United States, all as currently in effect and all subject to change at any time, perhaps with retroactive effect, and (ii) in part, on representations of the Depositary, and assumes that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

If a partnership holds the ordinary stock or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding ordinary stock or ADSs should consult its tax advisor with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in the ordinary stock or ADSs.

For purposes of this discussion, a 'US holder' is a beneficial owner of ADSs or ordinary stock that is, for US federal income tax purposes, (i) a citizen or resident of the US, (ii) a US domestic corporation or an entity taxable as a corporation, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust's administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

An 'eligible US holder' is a US holder that is (i) not a resident of Ireland for purposes of Irish taxes, (ii) not engaged in a trade or business in Ireland through a permanent establishment and (iii) otherwise eligible for benefits under the Tax Treaty with respect to income and gain from ordinary stock or ADSs.

For purposes of the Tax Treaty and the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 'Code'), US holders will be treated as the beneficial owners of the ordinary stock underlying the ADSs represented by the ADRs.

Irish Taxation

Dividends:    Dividends paid by an Irish resident company do not carry a tax credit and are generally subject to Dividend Withholding Tax (DWT) at the standard rate of income tax, currently 20%. This could include dividends paid by the Group with respect to ordinary stock or ADSs. There are a number of exemptions available from DWT including: (i) for ordinary stock, where the recipient is an eligible US holder who completes a relevant declaration and submits the same to the Bank's Registration Department prior to the due date of payment of the relevant dividend; and (ii) in relation to dividends paid with respect to ADSs as evidenced by an ADR, where the beneficial holder's address on the register of depositary receipts is located in the US and is held by the Bank of New York or other 'qualifying intermediary' as

500


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

defined in section 172E Irish Taxes Consolidation Act 1997 (or see list at http://www.revenue.ie/en/tax/dwt/authorised qualifying intermediaries.html) or by any intervening 'specified intermediary' as defined in section 172F Irish Taxes Consolidation Act 1997.

An eligible US holder that receives a dividend which has been subjected to DWT may, in certain circumstances, claim repayment of the DWT by making an application to the Irish Tax Authorities in accordance with provisions of Irish law. Under the provisions of Irish law an eligible US holder, who is not under the control (direct or indirect) of a person or persons who are Irish resident, is exempt from Irish tax on dividends paid by the Group. Where entitlement to a full repayment under these provisions cannot be established, the procedures outlined in the immediately following paragraphs will apply.

The Tax Treaty limits the Irish tax liability of an eligible US holder (that is unable to claim repayment of the full DWT under provisions of Irish law) in respect of a dividend paid by the Bank to 15% of the gross amount. Consequently such holders may claim repayment from the Irish Tax Authorities, in accordance with the Tax Treaty, of the amount of DWT in excess of 15% of the sum of the cash dividend and the related DWT.

Gain on Disposition:    A gain realised on the disposition of ADSs or ordinary stock by a US holder who is not resident or ordinarily resident in Ireland for Irish tax purposes is not subject to Irish Capital Gains Tax unless such ADSs or units of ordinary stock are held in connection with a trade or business carried on by such holder in Ireland through a branch or agency.

Irish Stamp Duty:    Section 90 of the Irish Stamp Duties Consolidation Act 1999 exempts from Irish stamp duty transfers of ADRs where the ADRs (or the underlying securities they represent) are dealt in and quoted on a recognised stock exchange in the US. The ordinary stock that is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of ADSs, evidenced by ADRs, falls within this exemption. Irish stamp duty will be charged at a rate of 1% rounded down to the nearest euro of the consideration on any conveyance or transfer on the sale of the ordinary stock or the value of that stock if higher. If less than one euro, stamp duty is rounded up to one euro.

Stamp duty (which would be applicable at the rate of 1% rounded down to the nearest euro of the price paid or, if higher, the value of the ordinary stock) may apply to conversions of ordinary stock into ADSs and of ADSs to ordinary stock. This would include a deposit of ordinary stock with the depository in exchange for ADSs and withdrawals of ordinary stock if the deposit withdrawal is done as a conveyance on sale or in contemplation of sale.

US Federal Income Taxation

Dividends:    Under the Code and subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, the gross amount of any dividend (including any related applicable DWT) paid by the Bank to a US holder out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) is subject to US federal income taxation. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the ADSs or ordinary stock and thereafter as capital gain. However, because the Bank does not compute its current or accumulated earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax principles, the entire amount of any distribution may be treated as a taxable dividend.

501


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to the holder at preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gain provided that the ADSs or ordinary stock are held for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and the holder meets other holding period requirements. The Bank expects that dividends paid by it will generally be qualified dividend income; however, whether any particular payment represents qualified dividend income will depend on the facts and circumstances existing at the time the dividend is paid (including, for example, whether and how the Bank qualifies for benefits under the Tax Treaty). The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporations. The amount of any dividend distribution that a US holder must include in income will be the US dollar value of the euro payment (determined at the spot US dollar/euro exchange rate) on the date of actual or constructive receipt by the US holder, in the case of ordinary stock, or by the Depositary in the case of ADSs, regardless of whether the payment is converted into dollars. Gain or loss, if any, resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the periods from the date a US holder includes the dividend payment in income to the date such US holder converts the payment into US dollars, generally will be ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income, and generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Subject to certain limitations, any Irish tax (including DWT) withheld and paid over to Ireland will be creditable or deductible against the US holder's US federal income tax liability. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the preferential tax rate that is applicable to qualified dividend income to non-corporate US holders. To the extent a refund of the tax withheld is available to a US holder under Irish law or the Tax Treaty, the amount of tax withheld that is refundable will not be eligible for credit against a US holder's US federal income tax liability.

Dividends paid by the Bank with respect to ADSs or ordinary stock will be income from sources outside the United States and will, depending on a US holder's circumstances, generally be 'passive' income or 'general' income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit available to a US holder. US holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the implications of the US foreign tax credit rules in light of their particular circumstances.

Gain on Disposition:    Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary stock, a US holder will recognise gain or loss, if any, equal to the difference between the US dollar amount realised upon the sale, exchange, or other disposition and the US holder's tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary stock. Capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the US holder has a holding period greater than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

PFIC Rules:    The Bank believes that ADSs and ordinary stock should not be treated as stock of a Passive Foreign Investment Company ('PFIC') for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If, contrary to the Bank's belief, the Bank were to be treated as a PFIC, gain realised on the sale or other disposition of a US holder's ADSs or ordinary stock would in general not be treated as a capital gain. Instead, a US holder would be treated as if it had realised such gain and certain 'excess distributions' ratably over its holding period for the ADSs or ordinary stock and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain or distribution was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. With certain exceptions, a US holder's ADSs or ordinary stock will be treated as stock in a PFIC if the Bank were a PFIC at any time during such US holder's holding period in its ADSs or ordinary stock.

502


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Dividends received by a US holder from the Bank will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if the Bank is treated as a PFIC with respect to such US holder either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.


DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE THROUGH THE SEC

It is possible to read and copy documents referred to in this annual report on Form 20-F that have been filed with the SEC at the SEC's public reference room located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room and its copy charges. Documents filed with the SEC on or after 4 November 2002 are available on the website maintained by the SEC (www.sec.gov).


RELATIONS WITH STOCKHOLDERS

Communication with stockholders is given high priority. The Group seeks to provide through its Annual Report a balanced, clear assessment of the Group's performance and prospects. It also uses its website (www.bankofireland.com) to provide investors with the full text of the Annual Report and Interim Statement, the Form 20-F (which is filed annually with the US Securities and Exchange Commission) and copies of presentations to analysts and investors as they are made, so that information is available to all stockholders. Annual and interim results presentations are webcast live so that all stockholders can receive the same information at the same time.

Additionally, the Investor Relations section on the Group's website is updated with all Stock Exchange releases as they are made by the Group. The Group has an active and well developed Investor Relations programme, which involves regular meetings by the Group Chief Executive, the Chief Financial Officer and other members of his senior executive team and the Director of Group Investor Relations with the Group's principal institutional stockholders and with financial analysts and brokers. The Directors are kept informed on investor issues through regular reports from Group Investor Relations on the outcome of these meetings. All meetings with stockholders are conducted in such a way as to ensure that price sensitive information is not divulged. In addition, all Directors are encouraged and facilitated to hear the views of investors and analysts at first hand through their participation in conference calls following major announcements. The Court concluded that the objective of keeping Directors fully informed on stockholder views was achieved in the year ended 31 December 2013.

The Governor and/or the Senior Independent Director are available to stockholders if they have concerns that cannot be resolved through the normal channels.

The Group's policy is to make constructive use of the Annual General Court and all stockholders are encouraged to participate. Questions are invited from stockholders in advance of the Annual General Court and a dedicated email address is provided for this purpose. A substantial part of the agenda of the Annual General Court is dedicated to responding to stockholder questions. The Group's practice is to issue notice of the Annual General Court at least 20 working days before the meeting. Following the implementation in Ireland of the EU Shareholders' Rights Directive, the Bye-Laws were amended to allow an Extraordinary General Court called for the passing of an ordinary resolution to be convened by giving 14 clear days' notice of the meeting. Extraordinary General Courts called for the passing of a special resolution are convened by giving 21 clear days' notice of the meeting. At General Courts, separate resolutions are proposed on each substantially separate issue and voting is conducted by way of poll. The voting results of every General Court are published on the Group's website as soon as possible after the General Court and released to the Irish, London and New York Stock Exchanges. It is usual for all

503


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

Directors to attend the Annual General Court to be available to answer relevant questions; however, Wilbur Ross and Prem Watsa were unavailable to attend the Annual General Court held on 24 April 2013 due to separate personal issues. A 'Help Desk' facility is provided by the Group's Registrar at General Courts to assist stockholders to resolve any specific queries that they may have in relation to their stockholding.


AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary, collects fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, or from intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The Depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares must pay:   For:
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)  

Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

 

Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs) (A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance in ADSs)

 

Distribution of deposited securities by the Depositary to registered ADS holders

Applicable Registration or transfer fee

 

Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the Depositary or its agent when the holder deposits or withdraws shares

Applicable Expenses of the Depositary

 

Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions

Applicable Taxes and other governmental charges the Depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

 

As necessary

Fees and direct and indirect payments made by the Depositary to the Group

The Depositary has agreed to reimburse certain Group expenses related to the Group's ADS programme and incurred by the Group in connection with the ADS programme. For the year ended 31 December 2013, the Depositary has agreed to reimburse to the Group a total sum of $225,000.

504


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

The table below sets forth the categories of expense that the Depositary has agreed to reimburse the Group and the amounts actually reimbursed for the year ended 31 December 2013.

Category of expense reimbursed to the Group
  Amount reimbursed
for the year ended
31 December 2013
$
 

NYSE listing fees

     

Investor Relations programme support*

    Nil  
       

Total

    Nil  
       
       

*
For 2013, a reimbursement of $225,000 has been agreed but not yet paid which included $89,127 NYSE annual fee for listing ADS which Bank of Ireland paid directly to NYSE.

Category of expense waived or paid directly by the Depository to third parties
  Amount reimbursed
for the year ended
31 December 2013
$
 

NYSE listing fees

       

Printing, distribution and administration costs paid directly to third parties in connection with US shareholder communications and AGC related expenses in connection with the ADS program

    3,367  
       

Total

    3,367  
       
       

The Depositary has also agreed to waive fees for standard costs associated with the administration of the ADS program.


MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS & USE OF PROCEEDS

See note 47 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of changes to preferential shares relevant to holders of ordinary shares.


CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)   Evaluation Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation has been completed under the supervision and with the participation of the Group's management, including the Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Group's disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Disclosure controls and procedures are defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and generally refer to those controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within specific time periods. As of the date of the evaluation, the Group's management, including the Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

(b)   Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of the Group is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Group's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable

505


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union and the IASB. Management assessed the effectiveness of the Group's internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2013 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control Integrated Framework (1992). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of 31 December 2013 the Group's internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. See section 'Corporate Governance Statement: Internal Controls' for additional information.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2013, and has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of Group's internal controls over financial reporting as of 31 December 2013.

(c)   Attestation Report of registered public accounting firm

Please see Report of independent registered public accounting firm on page 210.

(d)   Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The Group Audit Committee comprises only independent non-executive Directors as described in the NYSE guidelines. The Court believes that at least one, or more, members have, individually or collectively, recent and relevant financial experience.


CODE OF ETHICS

A written code of ethics has been adopted applicable to all staff including the Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer and persons performing the functions of the principal accounting officer or controller. The code is available to any person without charge upon request to the Group Secretary. Requests should be submitted in writing to Bank of Ireland, 40 Mespil Road, Dublin 4, Ireland, Attention: Group Secretary.


PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

During the year, the audit committee operated a comprehensive policy on the provision of non-audit services by the principal accountant to the Group. This policy provides for the pre-approval of all non-audit services as well as the prohibition on the provision of certain other named services by the Group's auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers. Management seeks annual pre-approval for certain categories of services which may be rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers, along with budgets attaching to each category, which cannot be exceeded without the prior approval of the Committee. Any assignment outside of the approved categories or which would cause fees to exceed the agreed budget must be pre-approved

506


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (Continued)

by any one member of the Audit Committee and notified to the Audit Committee for ratification. Management periodically reports to the Audit Committee the amount of fees committed in respect of each category of service. For further details see note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

As at 31 December 2012, 23,577,150 units of ordinary stock held by the Group's life assurance company were categorised as 'own shares'. There was a net disposal of 3,889,379 units of ordinary stock by the life assurance company during the year ended 31 December 2013. At 31 December 2013, the Group's life assurance company held 19,687,771 units of ordinary stock as 'own shares'.


UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.


DEFAULTS, DIVIDENDS, ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.

507


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

EXHIBITS

EXHIBITS

  1.1   Charter & Acts (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the annual report on Form 20-F of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 March, 2001, File No. 1-14452).

 

1.2

 

Bye-Laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 of the annual report on Form 20-F of the Governor of the Bank of Ireland for the year ended 31 December, 2012, File No. 1-14452).

 

4.1

 

Rules of the Bank of Ireland Group Stock Options Scheme—2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the annual report on Form 20-F of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 March, 2001, File No. 1-14452).

 

4.2

 

Rules of the Bank of Ireland Group Long Term Performance Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the annual report on Form 20-F of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 March, 2001, File No. 1-14452).

 

4.3

 

Rules of the Bank of Ireland Group Long Term Incentive Plan 2004 and Executive Stock Option Scheme 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the annual report on Form 20-F of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 March, 2006, File No. 1-14452).

 

4.4

 

Rules of the Bank of Ireland Group Staff Stock Issue 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the annual report on Form 20-F of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 March, 2006, File No. 1-14452).

 

4.5

 

Transaction Agreement between The Minister for Finance, The National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission and The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland, dated 26 April, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the annual report on Form 20-F of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 December, 2009, File No. 1-14452).

 

4.6

 

Placing and Rights Issue Underwriting and Sponsors' Agreement between The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland, the Sponsors, the Joint Bookrunners, the Placing Agents and the Underwriters, dated 26 April, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the annual report on Form 20-F of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 December, 2009, File No. 1-14452).

 

4.7

 

Transaction and Underwriting Agreement between The Minister for Finance, The National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission, The National Treasury Management Agency, The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland, The Sponsors and the Joint Bookrunners dated 18 June, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the annual report on Form 20-F of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 December, 2010, File No. 1-14452).

 

4.8

 

Shareholders Agreement between, amongst others, National Asset Management Agency, National Asset Management Agency Investment Limited and New Ireland Assurance Company plc dated 29 March, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the annual report on Form 20-F of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 December 2012, File No. 1-14452).

508


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

EXHIBITS

  4.9   Subscription Agreement between, amongst others, National Asset Management Agency, National Asset Management Agency Investment Limited and New Ireland Assurance Company plc dated 29 March, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the annual report on Form 20-F of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 December 2012, File No. 1-14452).

 

4.10

 

Subscription Agreement between the Minister for Finance, The National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission and The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland dated 31 March, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the annual report on Form 20-F of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland for the financial year ended 31 December 2012, File No. 1-14452).

 

4.11

 

Deposit Agreement between The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland, The Bank of New York and holders of American Depository Receipts dated 28 November, 1995 as amended and restated as of 6 September, 1996 and as further amended and restated as of 19 July, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of the registration statement on form F-6 of The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 24 June, 2010, File No. 333-167737).

 

4.12

 

Purchase Agreement between Baggot Securities Limited, the National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission, the Minister for Finance of Ireland, The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland, Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, J&E Davy, Merrill Lynch International and UBS Limited dated 4 December, 2013.

 

8

 

List of significant subsidiariesincorporated by reference to page 372 of this Form 20-F.

 

12.1

 

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer as required by Section 302 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

 

12.2

 

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer as required by Section 302 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

 

13.1

 

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer as required by Section 906 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

 

13.2

 

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer as required by Section 906 of Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

509


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GLOSSARY (DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS)

ACS   Asset Covered Securities
ADR   American Depository Receipts
ADS   American Depository Shares
AFS   Available for sale
AGC   Annual General Court
AIB   Allied Irish Banks plc
ALCO   Group Asset and Liability Committee
AQR   Asset Quality Review
AT1   Additional Tier 1
BIAM   Bank of Ireland Asset Management
BIGPF   Bank of Ireland Group Pension Fund
BoE   Bank of England
BoI   Bank of Ireland
BoI IOM   Bank of Ireland (Isle of Man) Limited
BoI Life   Bank of Ireland Life
BoIGM   Bank of Ireland Global Markets
BoISS   Bank of Ireland Securities Services
bps   Basis points
BSA   Balance Sheet Assessment
BSPF   Bank of Ireland Staff Pensions Fund
BTL   Buy to Let
CA   Comprehensive Assessment
CBI   Central Bank of Ireland
CCA   UK Consumer Credit Act 1974
CCMRO   Chief Credit & Market Risk Officer
CCMA   Code of Conduct on Mortgage Arrears
CCN   Contingent Capital Note
CDO   Collateralised debt obligation
CDS   Credit Default Swap
CEO   Chief Executive Officer
CET1   Common Equity Tier 1
CGU   Cash generating units
CIFS   Credit Institutions (Financial Support) Scheme
CMBS   Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities
CML   Council Mortgage Lenders
COREP   Common Reporting
CPI   Consumer Price Index
CRC   Court Risk Committee
CRD   Capital Requirements Directive (European Union)
CRR   Capital Requirements Regulation
CSAs   Credit Support Annexes
CSO   Central Statistics Office
CVA   Credit Valuation Adjustment
DBRS   Dominion Bond Rating Service
DCF   Discounted Cash Flow
DGS   Deposit Guarantee Scheme
DIRT   Deposit Interest Retention Tax
DIV   Data Integrity Verification
DTA   Deferred Tax Asset
EAD   Exposure at default
EBA   European Banking Authority
EBITDA   Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation
ECB   European Central Bank
EGC   Extraordinary General Court
ELG   Eligible Liabilities Guarantee Scheme
EMIR   European Market Infrastructure Regulation
EPS   Earnings per share
ESB   Electricity Supply Board
ESOS   Executive Stock Option Scheme
ESRI   Economic and Social Research Institute
EU   European Union
Euribor   Euro Inter Bank Offered Rate
EV   Expected Value
FCA   Financial Conduct Authority
FRA   Full Risk Assessment
FRES   First Rate Exchange Services Limited
FSA   Financial Services Authority
FSCS   Financial Services Compensation Scheme
FSMA   Financial Services and Market Act
FVTPL   Fair Value Through Profit or Loss
FX   Foreign Exchange
GAAP   Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
GAC   Group Audit Committee
GB   Great Britain
GCC   Group Credit Committee
GCR   Group Credit Review
GDP   Gross Domestic Product
GEC   Group Executive Committee
GIA   Group Internal Audit
GIC   Group Investment Committee
GRCORC   Group Regulatory Compliance and Operational Risk Committee
GRPC   Group Risk Policy Committee
HICP   Harmonised Index of Consumer Prices
IAS   International Accounting Standards
IASB   International Accounting Standards Board
IBNR   Incurred but not Reported
IBRC   Irish Banking Resolution Corporation
ICAAP   Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process
ICU   Independent Control Unit
IFRIC   IFRS Interpretations Committee
IFRS   International Financial Reporting Standards
ILP   Irish Life and Permanent
IMF   International Monetary Fund
IOM   Isle of Man
IPD   Investment Property Databank
IPO   Initial Public Offering
IRBA   Internal Ratings Based Approach
IRE   Ireland
ISA   Individual Savings Account
ISDA   International Swaps and Derivative Association

510


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

GLOSSARY (DEFINITIONS & ABBREVIATIONS)

IT   Information Technology
JO   Joint Operation
KMP   Key management personnel
KRAs   Key Result Areas
LAF   Leveraged Acquisition Finance
LCR   Liquidity Coverage Ratio
LDI   Liability Driven Investment
LGD   Loss Given Default
Libor   London Inter Bank Offered Rate
LLC   Limited Liability Company
LLP   Limited Liability Partnership
LTIP   Long Term Incentive Plan
LTPSP   Long Term Performance Stock Plan
LTRO   Long Term Refinancing Operation
LTV   Loan to Value
MARS   Mortgage Arrears Resolution Strategy
MFS   Minimum Funding Standard
MI   Management Information
NAMA   National Asset Management Agency
NAMAIL   National Asset Management Agency Investment Limited
NIAC   New Ireland Assurance Company plc
NIE   Northern Ireland Electricity
NPRF   National Pensions Reserve Fund
NPRFC   National Pensions Reserve Fund Commission
NSFR   Net Stable Funding Ratio
NTMA   National Treasury Management Agency
NYSE   New York Stock Exchange
N&G   Group Nomination and Governance Committee
OCI   Other Comprehensive Income
OFT   UK Office of Fair Trading
OTC   Over The Counter
PCAR   Prudential Capital Assessment Review
PD   Probability of default
PiT   Point in Time
PLAR   Prudential Liquidity Assessment Review
PRA   Prudential Regulation Authority
PRC   Portfolio Review Committee
PwC   PricewaterhouseCoopers
RAR   Risk Adjusted Returns
RAS   Risk Appetite Statement
RAROC   Risk adjusted return on capital
REM COM   Group Remuneration Committee
RMC   Risk Measurement Committee
RoI   Republic of Ireland
RoW   Rest of World
RPI   Retail Price Index
RWAs   Risk weighted assets
SAYE   Save as you earn
SEPA   Single European Payments Area
SIC   Standing Interpretations Committee
SID   Senior Independent Director
SMBPN   Special Mortgage Backed Promissory Note
SME   Small Medium Enterprise
SOx   Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
SPE   Special Purpose Entity
SREP   Supervisory Review & Evaluation Process
SRM   Single Resolution Mechanism
SSM   Single Supervisory Mechanism
TSR   Total shareholder return
TtC   Through-the-Cycle
UK   United Kingdom
US   United States
VaR   Value at Risk
VAT   Value Added Tax

511


Table of Contents


BANK OF IRELAND GROUP

SIGNATURES

The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

    THE GOVERNOR AND COMPANY OF THE
BANK OF IRELAND (REGISTRANT)

 

 

Date: 31 March 2014

 

 

By:

 

/s/ RICHIE BOUCHER

Name: Richie Boucher
Title:
Group Chief Executive Officer

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW KEATING

Name: Andrew Keating
Title:
Group Chief Financial Officer



Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘20-F/A’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
Filed on:9/30/14
6/30/146-K
3/31/1420-F,  6-K,  IRANNOTICE
For Period End:12/31/1320-F,  6-K
1/1/12
 List all Filings
Top
Filing Submission 0001047469-14-007972   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Sat., Apr. 20, 9:52:58.7am ET